Table of Contents

 

\

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10

 

GENERAL FORM REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

State Bank Financial Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Georgia

 

27-1744232

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

 

415 East Paces Ferry Road, NE, Suite 200, Atlanta, Georgia

 

30305

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

478-722-6200

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which

to be so registered

 

each class is to be registered

None.

 

Not Applicable.

 

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

 

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

(Title of class)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer o

Accelerate filer  o

Non-accelerated filer x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company o

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

1

 

 

 

ITEM 1.

Business

2

 

 

 

ITEM 1A.

Risk Factors

24

 

 

 

ITEM 2.

Financial Information

36

 

 

 

ITEM 3.

Properties

69

 

 

 

ITEM 4.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

70

 

 

 

ITEM 5.

Directors and Executive Officers

73

 

 

 

ITEM 6.

Executive Compensation

75

 

 

 

ITEM 7.

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions, and Director Independence

84

 

 

 

ITEM 8.

Legal Proceedings

84

 

 

 

ITEM 9.

Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

84

 

 

 

ITEM 10.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

85

 

 

 

ITEM 11.

Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered

86

 

 

 

ITEM 12.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

87

 

 

 

ITEM 13.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

89

 

 

 

ITEM 14.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

91

 

 

 

ITEM 15.

Financial Statements and Exhibits

91

 



Table of Contents

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Certain statements contained in this registration statement on Form 10 that are not statements of historical fact may constitute forward-looking statements.  These forward-looking statements, which are based on certain assumptions and describe our future plans, strategies and expectations, can generally be identified by the use of the words “may,” “would,” “could,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “intend,” “plan” and “estimate,” as well as similar expressions.  These forward-looking statements include statements related to our projected growth, anticipated future financial performance, and management’s long-term performance goals, as well as statements relating to the anticipated effects on results of operations and financial condition from expected developments or events, or business and growth strategies, including anticipated internal growth and plans to establish or acquire banks or the assets of failed banks.

 

These forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in such statements.  Potential risks and uncertainties include those described under “Risk Factors” and the following:

 

·                   general economic conditions (both generally and in our markets) may be less favorable than expected, which could result in, among other things, a continued deterioration in credit quality, a further reduction in demand for credit and a further decline in real estate values;

·                   the general decline in the real estate and lending markets, particularly in our market areas, may continue to negatively affect our financial results;

·                   our ability to raise additional capital may be impaired if current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen;

·                   we may be unable to collect reimbursements on losses that we incur on our assets covered under loss share agreements with the FDIC as we anticipate;

·                   costs or difficulties related to the integration of the banks we acquired from the FDIC as receiver may be greater than expected;

·                   restrictions or conditions imposed by our regulators on our operations may make it more difficult for us to achieve our goals;

·                   legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in accounting standards and compliance requirements, may adversely affect us;

·                   competitive pressures among depository and other financial institutions may increase significantly;

·                   changes in the interest rate environment may reduce margins or the volumes or values of the loans we make or have acquired;

·                   other financial institutions have greater financial resources and may be able to develop or acquire products that enable them to compete more successfully than we can;

·                   our ability to attract and retain key personnel can be affected by the increased competition for experienced employees in the banking industry;

·                   adverse changes may occur in the bond and equity markets;

·                   war or terrorist activities may cause further deterioration in the economy or cause instability in credit markets;

·                   economic, governmental or other factors may prevent the projected population, residential and commercial growth in the markets in which we operate; and

·                   we will or may continue to face the risk factors discussed from time to time in the periodic reports we file with the SEC.

 

You should not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this registration statement.  All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section.  We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.  See Item 1A, Risk Factors, for a description of some of the important factors that may affect actual outcomes.

 

1



Table of Contents

 

INFORMATION REQUIRED IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT

 

Voluntary Filing

 

We are voluntarily filing this registration statement on Form 10 to become a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”).  Following the effective date of this registration statement, we will be obligated to file various reports required by the Exchange Act, including current reports on Form 8-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and annual reports on Form 10-K.

 

Item 1.  Business

 

General Overview

 

State Bank Financial Corporation (the “Company”) is a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the State of Georgia in January 2010 to serve as the holding company for State Bank and Trust Company (the “Bank”).  The Bank is a Georgia state-chartered bank that opened in October 2005 in Pinehurst, Georgia.  The Company was organized at the direction of the board of directors of the Bank for the purpose of acquiring all of the capital stock of the Bank.  On July 23, 2010, the Company became the bank holding company of the Bank under a plan of reorganization and share exchange that was approved by the boards of directors of the Company and the Bank and adopted by the shareholders of the Bank at its annual meeting held on March 11, 2010.

 

Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references to “we,” “us” and “our” refer to State Bank Financial Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiary, State Bank and Trust Company, except that if the discussions relate to a period before July 23, 2010, these terms refer solely to State Bank and Trust Company.  All references to the “Bank” refer to State Bank and Trust Company.

 

Under the plan of reorganization and share exchange, the holding company reorganization was effected through a contribution of all of the outstanding shares of the Bank’s common stock to the Company in a one-for-one exchange for shares of the Company’s common stock.  Upon consummation of the reorganization, the Bank became the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and all of the former shareholders of the Bank became shareholders of the Company.  Before the reorganization, the Company did not engage in any operations other than organizational activities.  As a result, the consolidated financial statements included in Item 15 of this registration statement reflect the holding company reorganization.  The only significant activities of the Company are the ownership and supervision of the Bank.

 

We offer a variety of community banking services to individuals and businesses within our middle Georgia and metropolitan Atlanta markets.  Our product line includes loans to small and medium-sized businesses, residential and commercial construction and development loans, commercial real estate loans, farmland and agricultural production loans, residential mortgage loans, home equity loans, consumer loans and a variety of commercial and consumer demand, savings and time deposit products.  We also offer online banking and bill payment services, online cash management, safe deposit box rentals, debit card and ATM card services and the availability of a network of ATMs for our customers.

 

As of June 30, 2010, our total assets were approximately $2.6 billion, our total loans receivable were approximately $1.1 billion, our total deposits were approximately $2.2 billion and our total shareholders’ equity was approximately $335.0 million.  We are headquartered at 415 East Paces Ferry Road, Suite 200, Atlanta, Georgia 30305.  The Bank’s executive office is located at 4219 Forsyth Road, Macon, Georgia 31210.

 

Recent Developments

 

July 2009 Offering and Acquisitions

 

On July 24, 2009, the Bank’s new management team led by Joseph W. Evans, J. Daniel Speight and Kim M. Childers took control of the Bank to be able to use the Bank’s charter to acquire failed banks from the FDIC.  Simultaneously with the change in control transaction, we raised approximately $292.1 million in gross proceeds (before expenses) from investors in a private placement of our common stock, including investments from our new executive management team.  The purchase price for the shares in the offering was $10.00 per share.  The investors in the offering,

 

2



Table of Contents

 

either directly or through affiliated funds, included hedge funds, mutual funds, an insurance company and individuals.  These new investors now own approximately 92% of our outstanding common stock.

 

Also on July 24, 2009, the Bank assumed all of the deposits and acquired certain assets and liabilities of the six bank subsidiaries of Security Bank Corporation, Macon, Georgia, from the FDIC, as receiver, under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated July 24, 2009 (the “Security Bank Agreement”).

 

The six banks involved in the transaction were:

 

·                   Security Bank of Bibb County in Macon, Georgia;

·                   Security Bank of Houston County in Perry and Warner Robins, Georgia;

·                   Security Bank of Jones County in Gray, Georgia;

·                   Security Bank of North Metro in Woodstock, Georgia;

·                   Security Bank of North Fulton in Alpharetta, Georgia; and

·                   Security Bank of Gwinnett County in Suwanee, Georgia.

 

The six acquired banks (the “Security Banks”) had a total of 20 branches that reopened as branches of our Bank on July 25, 2009.

 

Terms of the Security Bank Agreement.  Under the terms of the Security Bank agreement, we assumed $2.2 billion of liabilities, including $1.2 billion of retail deposits and $817.4 million of wholesale deposits with no deposit premium paid.  The liabilities assumed also included $159.5 million of Federal Home Loan Bank advances and $23.5 million of other liabilities.  We acquired approximately $2.0 billion of the assets of the Security Banks, including $1.5 billion in loans, net of unearned income, and $115.2 million of other real estate with a discount of $57.6 million of fair value adjustments.  The assets acquired also included $878.1 million of cash and cash equivalents, securities, Federal Home Loan Bank stock and other assets, including the effect of the $316.5 million negative bid described in the following paragraph.

 

In connection with the acquisition, we conducted due diligence on the Security Banks’ loan portfolios and created financial models of the portfolios to determine expected losses, the costs of administering the portfolios and expected carrying costs and expenses.  Based on this due diligence, we submitted a negative bid to the FDIC to purchase the assets of the Security Banks at a discount of $316.5 million in exchange for the Bank assuming substantially all of the Security Banks’ deposits and certain other liabilities.  We did not pay any deposit premium or other consideration.  The negative bid represents an amount that we believed would be adequate to absorb our share of the probable losses and expenses relating to the Security Banks’ loan portfolios, expected carrying costs for the non-performing assets and the costs to manage those portfolios.  Our judgment as to the adequacy of our negative bid is based on a number of assumptions about future events that we believe to be reasonable but which may or may not prove to be accurate.  The terms of the agreement provide for the FDIC to indemnify us against claims with respect to liabilities and assets of the Security Banks that we did not assume and with respect to certain other claims made after the acquisition based on, among other things:

 

·                   rights of shareholders of the Security Banks or shareholders of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Security Banks;

·                   rights of creditors of the Security Banks;

·                   rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Security Banks or of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Security Banks; and

·                   any action or inaction of the Security Banks, its directors, employees or agents, or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Security Banks before the acquisition.

 

Loss Share Arrangements.  In connection with the acquisition of the Security Banks, we entered into 12 loss share agreements with the FDIC (two for each Security Bank) that collectively cover approximately $1.6 billion of the acquired assets, including 100% of the acquired loans and other real estate.  The first type of loss share agreement covers single-family residential mortgage loans (the “Single Family Loss Agreement”) and the second type of loss share agreement covers construction, commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans, other real estate owned and other commercial assets (the “Commercial Loss Agreement”).  In this registration statement, we refer to all of the loans and other real estate covered under the loss share agreements as “covered assets.”  These loss share agreements with the FDIC afford the Bank significant protection against future losses on the acquired loans and other real estate owned.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

Under the terms of the loss share agreements for the Security Banks, the FDIC’s obligation to reimburse us for losses with respect to covered assets begins with the first dollar of loss incurred.  The FDIC agreed to assume 80% of losses and share 80% of loss recoveries on the first $563.0 million of losses on the acquired loans and other real estate owned, and assume 95% of losses and share 95% of loss recoveries on losses exceeding $563.0 million.  The loss share agreements cover losses on single-family residential mortgage loans for 10 years and all other losses for five years (eight years for recoveries on non-residential loans).  In addition to the $712.9 million of fair value discounts on loans and other real estate owned, the Bank recorded a $403.6 million indemnification asset from the FDIC as part of the loss share agreements.  The Bank has received $162.0 million in cash from the FDIC under the loss share agreements for the Security Banks as of June 30, 2010.

 

December 2009 Acquisitions

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

 

On December 4, 2009, the Bank assumed substantially all of the deposits and acquired certain assets and liabilities of The Buckhead Community Bank, Atlanta, Georgia, under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated December 4, 2009, similar to the Security Bank Agreement.  The Buckhead Community Bank and its six branches operated under the following names:  The Sandy Springs Community Bank, The Midtown Community Bank, The Alpharetta Community Bank, The Cobb Community Bank, The Forsyth Community Bank and The Hall Community Bank.  Each of these branches reopened as branches of our Bank.

 

Under the purchase and assumption agreement for The Buckhead Community Bank, we assumed $810.0 million of liabilities, including $690.7 million of retail deposits and $99.6 million of wholesale deposits with no deposit premium paid.  The liabilities assumed also included $16.5 million of Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings and $3.2 million of other liabilities.  We acquired approximately $880.5 million of the assets of The Buckhead Community Bank, including $635.4 million in loans, net of unearned income, with a discount of $291.8 million of fair value adjustments and $62.1 million of other real estate with a discount of $27.4 million of fair value adjustments.  The assets acquired also included $211.8 million of cash and cash equivalents, securities, Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock and other assets, including the effect of the $100.3 million negative bid described in the following paragraph.

 

In connection with the acquisition, we conducted due diligence on the The Buckhead Community Bank’s  loan portfolio and created financial models of the portfolio to determine expected losses, the costs of administering the portfolio and expected carrying costs and expenses.  Based on this due diligence, we submitted a negative bid to the FDIC to purchase the assets of The Buckhead Community Bank at a discount of $100.3 million in exchange for the Bank assuming substantially all of The Buckhead Community Bank’s deposits and certain other liabilities.  We did not pay any deposit premium or other consideration.  The negative bid represents an amount that we believe will be adequate to absorb the probable losses and expenses relating to The Buckhead Community Bank’s loan portfolio, expected carrying costs for the non-performing assets and the costs to manage that portfolio.  Our judgment as to the adequacy of our negative bid is based on a number of assumptions about future events that we believe to be reasonable but which may or may not prove to be accurate.

 

The Bank entered into two loss share agreements with the FDIC on approximately $697.5 million of The Buckhead Community Bank’s assets, including 100% of the acquired loans and other real estate, similar to the loss share agreements described above for the Security Banks.  The FDIC agreed to assume 80% of losses and share 80% of loss recoveries on the first $254.0 million of losses on the acquired loans and other real estate owned, and assume 95% of losses and share 95% of loss recoveries on losses exceeding $254.0 million.  In addition to the $319.2 million of fair value discounts on loans and other real estate owned, the Bank recorded a $213.8 million indemnification asset from the FDIC as part of the loss share agreements.  The Bank has received $26.7 million in cash from the FDIC under the loss share agreements for The Buckhead Community Bank as of June 30, 2010.

 

First Security National Bank

 

On December 4, 2009, the Bank also assumed substantially all of the deposits and acquired certain assets and liabilities of First Security National Bank, Norcross, Georgia under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated December 4, 2009, similar to the agreements described above.  The four branches of

 

4



Table of Contents

 

First Security National Bank reopened as branches of our Bank.  Under the purchase and assumption agreement, we assumed $118.9 million of liabilities, including $113.2 million of retail deposits and $4.5 million of wholesale deposits with no deposit premium paid.  The liabilities assumed also included $1.2 million of other liabilities.  We acquired approximately $113.0 million of the assets of First Security National Bank, including $50.7 million in loans, net of unearned income, with a discount of $17.4 million of fair value adjustments and $29.4 million of other real estate with a discount of $12.0 million of fair value adjustments.  The assets acquired also included $49.5 million of cash and cash equivalents, securities, and other assets, including the effect of the $10.7 million negative bid described in the following paragraph.

 

In connection with the acquisition, we conducted due diligence on the First Security National Bank’s  loan portfolio and created financial models of the portfolio to determine expected losses, the costs of administering the portfolio and expected carrying costs and expenses.  Based on this due diligence, we submitted a negative bid to the FDIC to purchase the assets of First Security National Bank at a discount of $10.7 million in exchange for the Bank assuming substantially all of First Security National Bank’s deposits and certain other liabilities.  We did not pay any deposit premium or other consideration.  The negative bid represents an amount that we believe will be adequate to absorb the probable losses and expenses relating to First Security National Bank’s loan portfolio, expected carrying costs for the non-performing assets and the costs to manage that portfolio.  Our judgment as to the adequacy of our negative bid is based on a number of assumptions about future events that we believe to be reasonable but which may or may not prove to be accurate.

 

The Bank entered into two loss share agreements on approximately $80.1 million of First Security National Bank’s assets, including 100% of the acquired loans and other real estate, similar to the loss share agreements described above for the Security Banks.  The FDIC agreed to assume 80% of losses and share 80% of loss recoveries on the first $27.0 million of losses on the acquired loans and other real estate owned, and assume 95% of losses and share 95% of loss recoveries on losses exceeding $27.0 million.  In addition to the $29.4 million of fair value discounts on loans and other real estate owned, the Bank recorded a $19.8 million indemnification asset from the FDIC as part of the loss share agreements.  The Bank has received $5.1 million in cash from the FDIC under the loss share agreements for First Security National Bank as of June 30, 2010.

 

NorthWest Bank and Trust

 

On July 30, 2010, the Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with a loss share arrangement with the FDIC, as receiver of NorthWest Bank and Trust, Acworth, Georgia, to assume $133.3 million in liabilities and acquire approximately $154.6 million in assets of NorthWest Bank and Trust, a former full-service community bank headquartered in Acworth, Georgia.  The Bank now operates one former NorthWest Bank and Trust branch in Marietta, Georgia.  Under the purchase and assumption agreement, we assumed $132.6 million of retail deposits with no deposit premium paid.  The liabilities assumed also included $700,000 of other liabilities.  We acquired approximately $154.6 million of the assets of NorthWest Bank and Trust, including $97.8 million in loans, net of unearned income, with a discount of $41.0 million of fair market value adjustments and $5.0 million of other real estate with a discount of $2.5 million of fair value adjustments.  The assets acquired also included $30.5 million of cash and cash equivalents, securities, and other assets, including the effect of the $18.8 million negative bid described in the following paragraph.

 

In connection with the acquisition, we conducted due diligence on the NorthWest Bank and Trust’s loan portfolio and created financial models of the portfolio to determine expected losses, the costs of administering the portfolio and expected carrying costs and expenses.  Based on this due diligence, we submitted a negative bid to the FDIC to purchase the assets of NorthWest Bank and Trust at a discount of $18.8 million in exchange for the Bank assuming substantially all of NorthWest Bank and Trust’s deposits and certain other liabilities.  We did not pay any deposit premium or other consideration.  The negative bid represents an amount that we believe will be adequate to absorb the probable losses and expenses relating to NorthWest Bank and Trust’s loan portfolio, expected carrying costs for the non-performing assets and the costs to manage that portfolio.  Our judgment as to the adequacy of our negative bid is based on a number of assumptions about future events that we believe to be reasonable but which may or may not prove to be accurate.

 

The Bank entered into two loss share agreements on approximately $102.0 million of NorthWest Bank and Trust’s assets, including 100% of the acquired loans (with the exception of consumer loans) and other real estate, similar to the loss share agreements described above for the Security Banks.  The FDIC agreed to assume 80% of losses and share 80% of loss recoveries on the acquired loans and other real estate owned.  In addition to the $43.5 million of fair value discounts on

 

5



Table of Contents

 

loans and other real estate owned, the Bank recorded a $24.5 million indemnification asset from the FDIC as part of the loss share agreements.

 

In this registration statement, we refer to the six bank subsidiaries of Security Bank Corporation, Macon, Georgia; The Buckhead Community Bank, Atlanta, Georgia; First Security National Bank, Norcross, Georgia; and NorthWest Bank and Trust collectively as the “Acquired Banks”; and we refer to the indemnification assets associated with the FDIC loss share agreements related to the Acquired Banks as the “FDIC receivable.”

 

Strategic Plan

 

As a result of the nine FDIC acquisitions over the past 15 months and the fair value discounts associated with each acquisition, we anticipate that a significant portion of our revenue over the next three years will be derived from the continued realization of accretable discounts on the loans that we purchased.  For example, in the second quarter of 2010, we recognized $22.2 million of income, or 49.0% of our total income from the quarter, from the realization of accretable discounts on covered loans and the FDIC receivable.  (See “Lending Activities — General” on page 8 below for an explanation of “accretable discounts.”)  Additionally, we have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, significantly higher non-interest expenses than many peer banks.  These additional expenses are primarily due to the costs associated with staffing and operating our Special Assets Division, which manages the non-performing assets acquired from the FDIC, and our Regulatory Relations Department, which manages compliance with our loss share agreements.

 

In the short term, we expect that the resolution of our non-performing assets acquired under the loss share agreements with the FDIC in the acquisitions of the Acquired Banks will result in decreasing loan balances as our Special Assets Division works to reduce and resolve these non-performing assets and when necessary liquidate the real estate collateral associated with these loans.  We are also seeking to expand our loan portfolio through traditional community bank lending, the purchase of select loan portfolios, whole loans and loan participations from correspondent banks and specialty lending, including loans acquired and marketed by the FDIC from failed banks.  We will also consider the purchase of select lines of business that complement our existing operations.

 

To achieve our goals, we have assembled an experienced senior management team, combining extensive market knowledge with an energetic and entrepreneurial culture.  The members of our management team have close ties to, and are actively involved in, the communities where we operate, which is critical to our relationship banking focus.  We believe this experienced senior management team has implemented the necessary infrastructure to allow us to integrate the Acquired Banks into our operations and successfully manage the non-performing assets we acquired under the loss share agreements with the FDIC.

 

As noted above, we have created a Special Assets Division and a Regulatory Relations Department to manage our problem assets and compliance with the loss share agreements with the FDIC.  These departments are fully staffed with over 40 bankers with experience in debt restructuring, loan collection and recovery, real estate appraisal and evaluation and regulatory compliance.  The Special Assets Division works to resolve or liquidate those acquired assets that are non-performing, while the Regulatory Relations Department monitors compliance under the loss share agreements with the FDIC.

 

Our Market Area

 

Our primary market area is middle Georgia (including Macon) and metropolitan Atlanta.  In addition to our administrative offices located at 415 East Paces Ferry Road, NE, Suite 200, Atlanta, Georgia, we have 22 full service banking offices.  Our current banking market consists of Bibb, Cobb, Dooly, Houston, Jones, Fulton and Gwinnett Counties.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows key demographic information about our market areas:

 

County/
Market

 

Population (1)

 

2000-2009
Population
Growth (2)

 

2008-2009
Employment
Growth
(Loss) (3)

 

Unemployment
 Rate (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Middle Georgia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bibb

 

156,060

 

1.4

%

(5.2

)%

9.8

%

Dooly

 

11,819

 

2.6

%

0.6

%

9.6

%

Houston

 

135,715

 

22.5

%

1.2

%

7.0

%

Jones

 

27,740

 

17.3

%

(7.5

)%

8.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Metro Atlanta

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cobb

 

714,692

 

17.6

%

(5.1

)%

9.4

%

Fulton

 

1,033,756

 

26.7

%

(4.7

)%

10.5

%

Gwinnett

 

808,167

 

37.3

%

(5.2

)%

9.1

%

 


(1)       Estimated 2009 population provided by the U.S. Census Bureau.

(2)       Estimate percentage population change from April 1, 2000 to July 1, 2009 for counties provided by the U.S. Census Bureau.

(3)       Estimate based on Bureau of Labor Statistics Quarterly Census of Employment and Wages Year-to-Date percentage change from December 2008 to December 2009 (preliminary).

(4)       Estimate based on Bureau of Labor Statistics Labor force data by county, not seasonally adjusted, July 2009-August 2010 (preliminary).

 

Competition

 

The banking business is highly competitive, and we experience competition in our market areas from many other financial institutions.  Competition among financial institutions is based on interest rates offered on deposit accounts, interest rates charged on loans, other credit and service charges relating to loans, the quality and scope of the services rendered, the convenience of banking facilities, and, in the case of loans to commercial borrowers, relative lending limits.  We compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings institutions, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market funds and other mutual funds, as well as super-regional, national and international financial institutions that operate offices in our market areas and elsewhere.

 

We compete with these institutions both in attracting deposits and in making loans.  In addition, we have to attract our customer base from other existing financial institutions and from new residents.  Many of our competitors are well-established, larger financial institutions, such as SunTrust, Bank of America, Wells Fargo and BB&T.  These institutions offer some services, such as extensive and established branch networks, that we do not provide.  In addition, many of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive federal regulations that govern bank holding companies and federally insured banks.

 

Loss Share Resolution

 

As described above, we have completed nine FDIC-assisted acquisitions that significantly grew our asset and liability base.  As of June 30, 2010, 91.3% of our loans are covered by loss share agreements with the FDIC.  Because of the loss protection provided by the FDIC, the risks associated with the loans and foreclosed real estate we acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisitions are significantly different from the risks associated with our loans and foreclosed real estate that are not covered under the FDIC loss share agreements.  Where applicable, we refer to loans subject to loss share agreements with the FDIC as “covered loans” and loans that are not subject to loss share agreements with the FDIC as “non-covered loans.”  As of June 30, 2010, our covered loans totaled $979.4 million and our non-covered loans totaled $153.6 million.  Given the FDIC loss share protection for our covered loans, our business model since July 24, 2009 and for the immediate future relies heavily on our loss share resolution business and on the income generated from the remediation

 

7



Table of Contents

 

and disposal of the assets we acquired from the FDIC, rather than interest earned on loans and other assets like a traditional community bank.

 

Both the Commercial Loss Agreement and the Single Family Loss Agreement for each of our acquisitions contain specific terms and conditions regarding the management of the covered assets that we must follow to receive reimbursement on losses from the FDIC.  In general, under the loss share agreements, we must:

 

·                   manage and administer covered loans and other assets and collect and effect charge-offs and recoveries in a manner consistent with our usual and prudent business and banking practices and, with respect to single family shared-loss loans, customary servicing procedures;

·                   exercise our best judgment in managing, administering and collecting amounts on covered loans and other assets and effecting charge-offs with respect to covered loans and other assets;

·                   use commercially reasonable efforts to maximize recoveries with respect to losses on single family shared-loss loans and use our best efforts to maximize collections with respect to shared-loss assets under the Commercial Loss Agreement;

·                   retain sufficient staff to perform the duties under the loss share agreements;

·                   adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Commercial Loss Agreement;

·                   comply with the terms of the modification guidelines approved by the FDIC or another federal agency for any single-family shared-loss loan; and

·                   file quarterly certificates with the FDIC specifying the amount of losses, charge-offs and recoveries.

 

To ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of the loss share agreements, we use several departments to monitor, manage and administer the different aspects of the loss share agreements.

 

Our Credit Administration Department supervises the management of performing covered loans.  Our personnel use a loan submission sheet to approve all new loans and renewals.  The loan submission sheet requires credit personnel completing the form to indicate whether or not the loan is covered under loss share.  We have trained our credit personnel to watch for any actions that could remove a loan from loss share protection and to contact the Regulatory Relations Department (described below) with any concerns.  In that event, the Regulatory Relations Department reviews the situation and, if necessary, obtains advice from the appropriate FDIC personnel.

 

We have also created a 36-person Special Assets Division comprised of bankers with extensive experience working with borrowers in distressed situations to manage the part of the covered assets portfolio that consists of sub-performing loans, non-performing loans and other real estate owned.  The immediate objective of the Special Assets Division is to remediate the covered problem assets to a satisfactory level of performance or, when that cannot be achieved, liquidate the collateral securing a loan in a manner to minimize the loss to the Bank and the FDIC.  The Finance Department, working closely with the Special Assets Division, manages and tracks all expenses and losses on covered assets and reports these expenses and losses to the FDIC for reimbursement on a quarterly basis.  The FDIC typically reimburses us for our reported losses and expenses within 30 to 40 days after submission.

 

We monitor compliance with the loss share agreements through the Regulatory Relations Department, a subpart of the Bank’s Risk Management Division.  Specially trained personnel within the Regulatory Relations Department are responsible for reviewing the management of our covered assets to ensure full compliance with the loss share agreements.

 

Lending Activities

 

General

 

We offer a range of lending services, including commercial and residential real estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans, commercial and industrial loans and consumer loans.  Our customers are generally individuals, owner-managed businesses, farmers, professionals, real estate investors and smaller community banks within our market areas.  At June 30, 2010, the outstanding principal balance of our loan portfolio was $1.8 billion.  After subtracting the accretable discount, non-accretable discount, allowance for loan losses and unamortized loan origination fees, net, we had total loans of $1.1 billion, representing 61.4% of our total earning assets.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

We recorded the loans we acquired in each of our FDIC-assisted acquisitions at their estimated fair values on the date of each acquisition.  We calculated the fair value of performing loans by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity date of the loan using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit risk inherent in the loan.  We refer to the excess of the performing loans’ estimated cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value as the “accretable discount.”  The accretable discount is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan.  The “non-accretable discount” is the difference, calculated at acquisition, between contractually required payments (of both performing and non-performing loans) and the cash flows expected to be collected.  We expect to have sufficient non-accretable discounts to cover our estimated losses on the covered assets.

 

At June 30, 2010, our loan portfolio was comprised of the following:

 

 

 

Loans
(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Balance
June 30, 2010

 

% of
Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

$

314,701

 

17.67

%

Real estate construction and development

 

606,697

 

34.07

%

Commercial real estate

 

590,391

 

33.15

%

Commercial and industrial

 

179,831

 

10.10

%

Consumer and other

 

89,220

 

5.01

%

 

 

1,780,840

(1)

100.00

%

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accretable discount

 

501,769

 

 

 

Accretable discount

 

145,172

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

3,645

 

 

 

Unamortized loan origination fees, net

 

853

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,129,401

 

 

 

 


(1) As of June 30, 2010, 91.3% of our loans were covered by loss share agreements with the FDIC.

 

Real Estate Loans

 

Loans secured by real estate are the principal component of our loan portfolio.  Real estate loans are subject to the same general risks as other loans and are particularly sensitive to fluctuations in the value of real estate.  Fluctuations in the value of real estate, as well as other factors arising after a loan has been made, could negatively affect a borrower’s cash flow, creditworthiness and ability to repay the loan.  When we make new real estate loans, we obtain a security interest in real estate whenever possible, in addition to any other available collateral, to increase the likelihood of the ultimate repayment of the loan.  To control concentration risk, we monitor collateral type and industry concentrations within this portfolio.

 

As of June 30, 2010, loans secured by first or second mortgages on real estate comprised approximately $905.1 million, or 50.8% of our loan portfolio.   These loans generally fall into one of two categories: residential real estate loans or commercial real estate loans.

 

·                   Residential Real Estate Loans .  We generally originate and hold short-term first mortgages and traditional second mortgage residential real estate loans and home equity lines of credit.  With respect to fixed and adjustable rate long-term residential real estate loans with terms of up to 30 years, we typically originate these loans only for third-party investors.  At June 30, 2010, residential real estate loans amounted to $314.7 million, or 17.7% of our loan portfolio.  Home equity loans comprised $73.1 million, or 23.2% of our residential real estate loan portfolio.  Generally, at the inception of the loan, we limit the loan-to-value ratio on

 

9



Table of Contents

 

our residential real estate loans to 85%.  Our underwriting criteria for, and the risks associated with, home equity loans and lines of credit are generally the same as those for first mortgage loans.  Home equity lines of credit typically have terms of 35 months or less, and we generally limit the extension of credit to less than 90% of the available equity of each property.

 

·                   Commercial Real Estate Loans .  At June 30, 2010, commercial real estate loans amounted to $590.4 million, or approximately 33.2% of our loan portfolio.  These loans generally have terms of five years or less, although payments may be structured on a longer amortization basis.  We evaluate each borrower on an individual basis and attempt to determine the business risks and credit profile of each borrower.  We attempt to reduce credit risk in the commercial real estate portfolio by emphasizing loans on owner-occupied office buildings where the loan-to-value ratio, established by independent appraisals, does not exceed 85%.  We also generally require that a borrower’s cash flow exceeds 125% of monthly debt service obligations.  To ensure secondary sources of payment and liquidity to support a loan request, we typically review the personal financial statements of the principal owners and require their personal guarantees.

 

Real Estate Construction and Development Loans

 

At June 30, 2010, real estate construction and development loans amounted to $606.7 million, or approximately 34.1% of our loan portfolio.  We offer fixed and adjustable rate residential and commercial construction loans to builders and developers and to consumers who wish to build their own homes.  The term of our construction and development loans generally is limited to 18 months.  In some instances a commercial construction loan may have an amortization period following the completion of construction, with a balloon maturity of not more than five years.  Construction and development loans generally carry a higher degree of risk than long-term financing of existing properties because repayment depends on the ultimate completion of the project and usually on the subsequent lease-up and/or sale of the property.  Specific risks include:

 

·                   cost overruns;

·                   mismanaged construction;

·                   inferior or improper construction techniques;

·                   economic changes or downturns during construction;

·                   a downturn in the real estate market;

·                   rising interest rates which may prevent sale of the property; and

·                   failure to lease-up or sell completed projects in a timely manner.

 

We attempt to reduce the risk associated with construction and development loans by obtaining personal guarantees and by keeping the loan-to-value ratio of the completed project at or below 85%.  Generally, we do not build interest reserves into loan commitments but require periodic cash payments for interest from the borrower’s cash flow.

 

We make residential land loans to both commercial entities and consumer borrowers for the purpose of financing land upon which to build a residential home.  Residential land loans are reclassified as residential construction loans once construction of the residential home commences.  These loans are further categorized as:

 

·                   pre-sold commercial, which is a loan to a commercial entity with a pre-identified buyer for the finished home;

·                   owner-occupied consumer, which is a loan to an individual who intends to occupy the finished home; and

·                   non owner-occupied commercial (speculative), which is a loan to a commercial entity intending to lease or sell the finished home.

 

We make commercial land loans to commercial entities for the purpose of financing land on which to build a commercial project.  These loans are for projects that typically involve small-and medium-sized single and multi-use commercial buildings.

 

We make commercial construction loans to the borrower for the purpose of financing the construction of a commercial development.  These loans are further categorized depending on whether the borrower intends (a) to occupy the finished development (owner-occupied) or (b) to lease or sell the finished development (non owner-occupied).

 

10



Table of Contents

 

Commercial and Industrial Loans

 

At June 30, 2010, commercial and industrial loans amounted to $179.8 million, or 10.1% of our total loan portfolio.  We make loans for commercial purposes in various lines of businesses, including the manufacturing industry, service industry and professional service areas.  While these loans may have real estate as partial collateral, they are generally considered to have greater risk than first or second mortgages on real estate because these loans may be unsecured or, if they are secured, the value of the non-real estate collateral may be difficult to assess and more likely to decrease than real estate, and the control of the collateral is more at risk.

 

Consumer and Other Loans

 

At June 30, 2010, consumer and other loans amounted to $89.2 million, or 5.0% of our loan portfolio.  We make a variety of loans to individuals for personal and household purposes, including secured and unsecured installment loans and revolving lines of credit.  We underwrite consumer loans based on the borrower’s income, current debt level, balance sheet composition, past credit history and the availability and value of collateral.  Consumer rates are both fixed and variable, with negotiable terms.  Our installment loans typically amortize over periods up to 60 months.  Although we typically require monthly payments of interest and a portion of the principal on our loan products, we may offer consumer loans with a single maturity date when a specific source of repayment is available.  Consumer loans not secured by real estate are generally considered to have greater risk than first or second mortgages on real estate because they may be unsecured, or, if they are secured, the value of the collateral may be difficult to assess and more likely to decrease in value, and is more difficult to control, than real estate.

 

Loan Approval

 

Certain credit risks are inherent in making loans.  These include repayment risks, risks resulting from uncertainties in the future value of collateral, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions and risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers.  We attempt to mitigate repayment risks by adhering to internal credit policies and procedures.  We employ consistent analysis and underwriting to examine credit information and prepare underwriting documentation.  We monitor and approve exceptions to policy as required, and we also track and address technical exceptions.

 

Our loan approval policy contains modest officer lending limits, with approval concurrence from experienced credit risk managers required as the size of the transaction and relationship exposure increases.  Generally, a lender must seek concurring approval from an Executive Vice President Regional Credit Officer to approve relationship debt of up to $2 million.  Relationship debt that exceeds $2 million requires approval of two or more members of our loan committee, which includes our Executive Vice President Regional Credit Officers and our Chief Credit Officer.  Relationship debt of between $6 million and $20 million must be approved by a loan committee consisting of at least three members.  All loan committee approvals must be unanimous.  Total approved relationship debt that exceeds $10 million is reported to all senior executive officers of the Bank.

 

As a policy, we do not make loans to any director, executive officer or principal shareholder, or the related interests of each.  One of the banks that we acquired, however, maintained a loan balance with one of our directors totaling $48,519.  The director repaid the loan in January 2010.

 

Credit Administration and Loan Review

 

In our loan review process, we apply a credit grading system to each loan, and use an internal loan review specialist to review the loan underwriting of the portfolio and validate assigned loan grades.  The internal loan review specialist also assesses the adequacy of and adherence to our loan policy, systemic risk that may be inherent in our practices and procedures, concentration risk and portfolio trends.  Each loan officer is responsible for each loan he or she makes, its performance and grade integrity, regardless of whether other individuals or committees joined in the approval.  This responsibility continues until the loan is repaid or until the loan is officially assigned to another officer.

 

On an ongoing basis, the internal loan review specialist monitors, tests and reviews various areas of the loan portfolio to assess and report risk to the Bank’s senior management.  This internal loan review is risk-based to measure areas of highest perceived risk.  During the third quarter of 2010, we also engaged Steve H. Powell & Company, a third

 

11



Table of Contents

 

party loan review specialist, to perform a review of our loan portfolio and to validate the work performed by our internal loan review specialist.  In addition, as our non-covered loan portfolio grows, management plans to increase the frequency of the external loan review from an annual to a semi-annual basis.

 

We also manage our performing covered loans that are subject to loss share agreements with the FDIC to ensure continued coverage under the loss share agreements.  Generally, under the Commercial Loss Agreement, coverage will be lost on a covered loan if we make certain advances, amendments, modifications, renewals or extensions that are not permitted under the agreement.  For instance, coverage will be lost if we make any additional advance or commitment on a covered loan unless:

 

·                   the advance or commitment is made within one year of the acquisition date;

·                   total advances are less than 10% of the loan’s book value; and

·                   such advances are made in good faith and supported by documentation in the credit files and in accordance with our credit policy guidelines.

 

Covered loans also cannot be amended, modified, renewed or extended, or any term, right or remedy thereunder waived, unless made in good faith and otherwise in accordance with our credit policy guidelines, provided that no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver can:

 

·                   extend the term of the loan beyond the end of the final quarter in which the agreement terminates (or beyond the term of the loan as currently in effect);

·                   increase the amount of principal under a term loan (unless such increase is a permitted advance described above); or

·                   increase the maximum amount of principal authorized under a revolving line of credit.

 

Under both the Single Family Loss Agreement and Commercial Loss Agreement, the FDIC is not required to make any payments with respect to any charge-off or loss event that it determines we should not have effected.  For instance, under the Single Family Loss Agreement, the FDIC can deny coverage if it finds we failed to undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts in accordance with the applicable modification guidelines or failed to follow customary servicing procedures.  Under both loss share agreements, the FDIC must provide the Bank with notice and an opportunity to cure any such deficiency.  Any unresolved disputes with the FDIC regarding losses or payments will be subject to binding arbitration.

 

We have developed a loan submission sheet for all credit personnel to help us track all actions with respect to loans covered under loss share.  When we determine that a borrower is seeking an advance, amendment, modification, renewal or extension with respect to a covered loan, we first evaluate the covered loan as we would any other loan and seek to make the right banking decision.  We then determine whether the terms, rates and collateral are in line with our loan policy and whether the customer demonstrates the ability to repay the loan.  Because significant changes in the terms of the loan could negate our loss share protection, we may need to work with the customer to arrive at a solution other than amending the terms of the loan.  As of June 30, 2010, approximately $5.1 million of covered loans have been renewed or modified out of loss share coverage.

 

Lending Limits

 

Our lending activities are subject to a variety of lending limits imposed by federal law.  In general, the Bank is subject to a legal limit on loans to a single borrower equal to 15% of the Bank’s capital and unimpaired surplus, or 25% if the loan is fully secured.  This limit increases or decreases as the Bank’s capital increases or decreases.  Based upon the capitalization of the Bank at June 30, 2010, our legal lending limits were approximately $49.6 million (15%) and $82.7 million (25%) and we maintained an internal lending limit of $20.0 million.  We may seek to sell participations in our larger loans to other financial institutions, which will allow us to manage the risk involved in these loans and to meet the lending needs of our customers requiring extensions of credit in excess of these limits.  In the current economic environment, however, it has been difficult to sell participations to other financial institutions.  As market conditions improve and banks are in need of loan growth, however, we expect to be able to sell participations in soundly underwritten loans.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Deposit Products

 

We offer a full range of deposit services that are typically available in most banks and savings institutions, including checking accounts, commercial accounts, savings accounts and other time deposits of various types, ranging from daily money market accounts to longer-term certificates of deposit.  Transaction accounts and time deposits are tailored to and offered at rates competitive to those offered in our primary market areas.  In addition, we offer certain retirement account services.  We solicit accounts from individuals, businesses, associations, organizations and governmental authorities.  We believe that our branch infrastructure will assist us in obtaining retail deposits from local customers in the future.  Our retail deposits were $2.2 billion at June 30, 2010, or 98.8% of our total deposits.

 

Employees

 

As of June 30, 2010, we had 403 full-time equivalent employees.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 

Both State Bank Financial Corporation and State Bank and Trust Company are subject to extensive state and federal banking regulations that impose restrictions on and provide for general regulatory oversight of their operations.  These laws generally are intended to protect depositors and not shareholders.  The following summary is qualified by reference to the statutory and regulatory provisions discussed.  Changes in applicable laws or regulations may have a material effect on our business and prospects.  Our operations may be affected by legislative changes and the policies of various regulatory authorities.  We cannot predict the effect that fiscal or monetary policies, economic control or new federal or state legislation may have on our business and earnings in the future.

 

The following discussion is not intended to be a complete list of all the activities regulated by the banking laws or of the impact of those laws and regulations on our operations.  It is intended only to briefly summarize some material provisions.

 

Recent Legislative and Regulatory Initiatives to Address the Financial and Economic Crises

 

Markets in the United States and elsewhere have experienced extreme volatility and disruption for more than 18 months.  These circumstances have exerted significant downward pressure on prices of equity securities and virtually all other asset classes, and have resulted in substantially increased market volatility, severely constrained credit and capital markets, particularly for financial institutions, and an overall loss of investor confidence.  Loan portfolio performances have deteriorated at many institutions resulting from, among other factors, a weak economy and a decline in the value of the collateral supporting their loans.  Dramatic slowdowns in the housing industry, due in part to falling home prices and increasing foreclosures and unemployment, have created strains on financial institutions.  Many borrowers are now unable to repay their loans, and the collateral securing these loans has, in some cases, declined below the loan balance.  In response to the challenges facing the financial services sector, the following regulatory and governmental actions have recently been enacted.

 

Emergency Economic Stabilization Act .   On October 3, 2008, President Bush signed into law The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”), which, among other provisions, allowed the U.S. Treasury to purchase up to $700 billion of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets.

 

Troubled Asset Relief Program .  On October 14, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced the creation of a new program, the Troubled Asset Relief Program (the “TARP”) Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”) that encourages and allows financial institutions to build capital through the sale of senior preferred shares to the U.S. Treasury on terms that are non-negotiable.

 

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act .  On February 17, 2009, President Obama signed into law The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”), more commonly known as the economic stimulus or economic recovery package. ARRA includes a wide variety of programs intended to stimulate the economy and provide for extensive infrastructure, energy, health, and education needs.  In addition, ARRA imposes certain executive compensation and corporate expenditure limits on all current and future TARP recipients that are in addition to those previously announced by the U.S. Treasury.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act .  On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act which, among other things, changes the oversight and supervision of financial institutions, introduces minimum capital requirements, creates a new federal agency to regulate consumer financial products and services and implements changes to corporate governance and compensation practices.  The act is focused in large part on the financial services industry, particularly large bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, and contains a number of provisions that will affect us, including:

 

·                   Minimum Leverage and Risk-Based Capital Requirements .   Under the act, the appropriate Federal banking agencies are required to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements on a consolidated basis for all insured depository institutions and bank holding companies, which can be no less than the currently applicable leverage and risk-based capital requirements for depository institutions.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

·                   Deposit Insurance Modifications .  The act modifies the FDIC’s assessment base upon which deposit insurance premiums are calculated.  The new assessment base will equal our average total consolidated assets minus the sum of our average tangible equity during the assessment period.  The act also makes permanent the increase in maximum federal deposit insurance limits from $100,000 to $250,000.

 

·                   Creation of New Consumer Protection Bureau .  The act creates a new Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection within the Federal Reserve with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection will have broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all insured depository institutions. The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection has examination and enforcement authority over all depository institutions with more than $10 billion in assets.  Depository institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, such as the Bank, will be examined by their applicable bank regulators.

 

·                   Executive Compensation and Corporate Governance Requirements .  The act requires us to include, at least once every three years, a separate non-binding “say on pay” vote in our proxy statement by which shareholders may vote on the compensation of our named executive officers.  In addition, the act also includes provisions that may impact our corporate governance.  For instance, the act grants the SEC authority to issue rules that allow shareholders to nominate directors by using the company’s proxy solicitation materials and requires the SEC to adopt rules:

 

·                   prohibiting the listing of any equity security of a company that does not have an independent compensation committee; and

·                   requiring all exchange-traded companies to adopt clawback policies for incentive compensation paid to executive officers in the event of accounting restatements based on material non-compliance with financial reporting requirements.

 

Many provisions of the act require the adoption of additional rules to implement the changes.  In addition, the act mandates multiple studies that could result in additional legislative action.  Governmental intervention and new regulations under these programs could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

State Bank Financial Corporation

 

We own 100% of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank, and therefore we are required to be registered as a bank holding company under the federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “Bank Holding Company Act”).  As a result, we are primarily subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve (the “Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act and the regulations promulgated under it.  As a bank holding company located in Georgia, the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance also regulates and monitors our operations.

 

Permitted Activities.   Under the Bank Holding Company Act, a bank holding company is generally permitted to engage in, or acquire direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in, the following activities:

 

·                   banking or managing or controlling banks;

·                   furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiaries; and

·                   any activity that the Federal Reserve determines to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking.

 

Activities that the Federal Reserve has found to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking include:

 

·                   factoring accounts receivable;

·                   making, acquiring, brokering or servicing loans and usual related activities;

·                   leasing personal or real property;

·                   operating a non-bank depository institution, such as a savings association;

·                   trust company functions;

 

15



Table of Contents

 

·                   financial and investment advisory activities;

·                   conducting discount securities brokerage activities;

·                   underwriting and dealing in government obligations and money market instruments;

·                   providing specified management consulting and counseling activities;

·                   performing selected data processing services and support services;

·                   acting as agent or broker in selling credit life insurance and other types of insurance in connection with credit transactions; and

·                   performing selected insurance underwriting activities.

 

As a bank holding company, we also can elect to be treated as a “financial holding company,” which would allow us to engage in a broader array of activities.  In sum, a financial holding company can engage in activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to financial activities, including insurance underwriting, sales and brokerage activities, providing financial and investment advisory services, underwriting services and limited merchant banking activities.  We have not sought financial holding company status, but we may elect that status in the future as our business matures.  If we were to elect in writing for financial holding company status, we would be required to be well capitalized and well managed, and each insured depository institution we control would also have to be well capitalized, well managed and have at least a satisfactory rating under the CRA (discussed below).

 

The Federal Reserve has the authority to order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any of these activities or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when it has reasonable cause to believe that the bank holding company’s continued ownership, activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of it or any of its bank subsidiaries.

 

Change in Control In addition, and subject to certain exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with regulations promulgated under them, require Federal Reserve approval before any person or company acquires “control” of a bank holding company.  Control is conclusively presumed to exist if an individual or company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank holding company.  Following the relaxing of these restrictions by the Federal Reserve in September 2008, control will be rebuttably presumed to exist if a person acquires more than 33% of the total equity of a bank or bank holding company, of which it may own, control or have the power to vote not more than 15% of any class of voting securities.

 

Source of Strength .   In accordance with Federal Reserve policy, we are expected to act as a source of financial strength to the Bank and to commit resources to support the Bank in circumstances in which we might not otherwise do so.  If the Bank were to become “undercapitalized,” we would be required to provide a guarantee of the Bank’s plan to return to capital adequacy.  (See “State Bank and Trust Company — Prompt Corrective Action” below).  Additionally, under the Bank Holding Company Act, the Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or relinquish control of a nonbank subsidiary, other than a nonbank subsidiary of a bank, upon the Federal Reserve’s determination that the activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness or stability of any depository institution subsidiary of the bank holding company.  In addition, federal bank regulatory authorities have additional discretion to require a bank holding company to divest itself of any bank or nonbank subsidiaries if the agency determines that divestiture may aid the depository institution’s financial condition.  Further, any loans by a bank holding company to a subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and certain other indebtedness of the subsidiary bank.  In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank at a certain level would be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority payment.

 

Capital Requirements.   The Federal Reserve imposes certain capital requirements on the bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act, including a minimum leverage ratio and a minimum ratio of “qualifying” capital to risk-weighted assets.  These requirements are essentially the same as those that apply to the Bank and are described below under “State Bank and Trust Company — Prompt Corrective Action.”  Subject to our capital requirements and certain other restrictions, including the consent of the Federal Reserve, we are able to borrow money to make a capital contribution to the Bank, and these loans may be repaid from dividends paid from the Bank to the Company.  Our ability to pay dividends depends on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us, which is subject to regulatory restrictions as described below in “State Bank and Trust Company — Dividends.”  We are also able to raise capital for contribution to the bank by issuing securities without having to receive regulatory approval, subject to compliance with federal and state securities laws.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

State Bank and Trust Company

 

The Bank operates as a state bank incorporated under the laws of the State of Georgia and is subject to examination by the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance and the FDIC.  Deposits in the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to a maximum amount of $250,000.  The Bank is also participating in the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program which expires on December 31, 2010 and fully insures non-interest bearing transaction accounts.

 

The Georgia Department of Banking and Finance and the FDIC regulate or monitor virtually all areas of the Bank’s operations, including:

 

·                   security devices and procedures;

·                   adequacy of capitalization and loss reserves;

·                   loans;

·                   investments;

·                   borrowings;

·                   deposits;

·                   mergers;

·                   issuances of securities;

·                   payment of dividends;

·                   interest rates payable on deposits;

·                   interest rates or fees chargeable on loans;

·                   establishment of branches;

·                   corporate reorganizations;

·                   maintenance of books and records; and

·                   adequacy of staff training to carry on safe lending and deposit gathering practices.

 

The Georgia Department of Banking and Finance requires the Bank to maintain specified capital ratios and imposes limitations on the Bank’s aggregate investment in real estate, bank premises, and furniture and fixtures.  The Georgia Department of Banking and Finance also requires the Bank to prepare quarterly reports on the Bank’s financial condition in compliance with its minimum standards and procedures.

 

All insured institutions must undergo regular on site examinations by their appropriate banking agency.  The cost of examinations of insured depository institutions and any affiliates may be assessed by the appropriate agency against each institution or affiliate as it deems necessary or appropriate.  Insured institutions are required to submit annual reports to the FDIC, their federal regulatory agency, and their state supervisor when applicable.  The FDIC has developed a method for insured depository institutions to provide supplemental disclosure of the estimated fair market value of assets and liabilities, to the extent feasible and practicable, in any balance sheet, financial statement, report of condition or any other report of any insured depository institution.  The FDIC Improvement Act also requires the federal banking regulatory agencies to prescribe, by regulation, standards for all insured depository institutions and depository institution holding companies relating, among other things, to the following:

 

·                   internal controls;

·                   information systems and audit systems;

·                   loan documentation;

·                   credit underwriting;

·                   interest rate risk exposure; and

·                   asset quality.

 

Prompt Corrective Action

 

As an insured depository institution, the Bank is required to comply with the capital requirements promulgated under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations under it, which set forth five capital categories, each with specific regulatory consequences.  Under these regulations, the categories are:

 

17



Table of Contents

 

·                   Well Capitalized - The institution exceeds the required minimum level for each relevant capital measure.  A well capitalized institution:

 

·                has total capital ratio of 10% or greater; and

·      has a tier 1 capital ratio of 6% or greater; and

·      has a leverage capital ratio of 5% or greater; and

·                is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.

 

·                   Adequately Capitalized — The institution meets the required minimum level for each relevant capital measure.  The institution may not make a capital distribution if it would result in the institution becoming undercapitalized.  An adequately capitalized institution:

 

·                   has a total capital ratio of 8% or greater; and

·                   has a tier 1 capital ratio of 4% or greater; and

·                   has a leverage capital ratio of 4% or greater or a leverage capital ratio of 3% or greater if the institution is rated composite 1 under the CAMELS (Capital, Assets, Management, Earnings, Liquidity and Sensitivity to market risk) rating system.

 

·                   Undercapitalized — The institution fails to meet the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure.  An undercapitalized institution:

 

·                   has a total capital ratio of less than 8%; or

·                   has a tier 1 capital ratio of less than 4%; or

·                   has a leverage capital ratio of less than 4%, or if the institution is rated a composite 1 under the CAMELS rating system, a leverage capital ratio of less than 3%.

 

·                   Significantly Undercapitalized — The institution is significantly below the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure.  A significantly undercapitalized institution:

 

·                   has a total capital ratio of less than 6%; or

·                   has a tier 1 capital ratio of less than 3%; or

·                   has a leverage capital ratio of less than 3%.

 

·                   Critically Undercapitalized — The institution fails to meet a critical capital level set by the appropriate federal banking agency.  A critically undercapitalized institution has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.

 

As a condition to the FDIC’s approval of the Interagency Change in Control Application filed by Joseph W. Evans, J. Daniel Speight and Kim M. Childers (our new management team) in connection with the July 2009 private placement and acquisition, the Bank was required to execute a Capital Maintenance Agreement with the FDIC.  Under the terms of that agreement, the Bank must at all times maintain a leverage ratio of at least 10% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12%.  The agreement terminates on July 23, 2012.

 

If the FDIC determines, after notice and an opportunity for hearing, that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition, the regulator is authorized to reclassify the institution to the next lower capital category (other than critically undercapitalized) and require the submission of a plan to correct the unsafe or unsound condition.

 

If the institution is not well capitalized, it cannot accept brokered deposits without prior FDIC approval.  Even if approved, rate restrictions will govern the rate the institution may pay on the brokered deposits.  In addition, a bank that is undercapitalized cannot offer an effective yield in excess of 75 basis points over the “national rate” paid on deposits (including brokered deposits, if approval is granted for the bank to accept them) of comparable size and maturity.  The “national rate” is defined as a simple average of rates paid by insured depository institutions and branches for which data are available and is published weekly by the FDIC.  Institutions subject to the restrictions that believe they are operating in an area where the rates paid on deposits are higher than the “national rate” can use the local market to determine the prevailing rate if they seek and receive a determination from the FDIC that it is operating in a high-rate area.  Regardless of

 

18



Table of Contents

 

the determination, institutions must use the national rate to determine conformance for all deposits outside their market area.

 

Moreover, if the institution becomes less than adequately capitalized, it must adopt a capital restoration plan acceptable to the FDIC.  The institution also would become subject to increased regulatory oversight, and is increasingly restricted in the scope of its permissible activities.  Each company having control over an undercapitalized institution also must provide a limited guarantee that the institution will comply with its capital restoration plan.  Except under limited circumstances consistent with an accepted capital restoration plan, an undercapitalized institution may not grow.  An undercapitalized institution may not acquire another institution, establish additional branch offices or engage in any new line of business unless it is determined by the appropriate federal banking agency to be consistent with an accepted capital restoration plan, or unless the FDIC determines that the proposed action will further the purpose of prompt corrective action.  The appropriate federal banking agency may take any action authorized for a significantly undercapitalized institution if an undercapitalized institution fails to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails in any material respect to implement a plan accepted by the agency.  A critically undercapitalized institution is subject to having a receiver or conservator appointed to manage its affairs and for loss of its charter to conduct banking activities.

 

An insured depository institution may not pay a management fee to a bank holding company controlling that institution or any other person having control of the institution if, after making the payment, the institution would be undercapitalized.  In addition, an institution cannot make a capital distribution, such as a dividend or other distribution that is in substance a distribution of capital, to the owners of the institution if following such a distribution the institution would be undercapitalized.

 

As of June 30, 2010, the Bank’s regulatory capital surpassed the levels required to be considered “well capitalized” and met the requirements of the Capital Maintenance Agreement with the FDIC.

 

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

 

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank.  Various legal limitations restrict the Bank from lending or otherwise supplying funds to the Company or its non-bank subsidiaries.  The Company and the Bank are subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W.  Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act places limits on the amount of loans or extensions of credit to, or investments in, or certain other transactions with, affiliates and on the amount of advances to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates.  The aggregate of all covered transactions is limited in amount, as to any one affiliate, to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus and, as to all affiliates combined, to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus.  Furthermore, within the foregoing limitations as to amount, each covered transaction must meet specified collateral requirements.  The Bank is forbidden to purchase low quality assets from an affiliate.

 

Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, among other things, prohibits an institution from engaging in certain transactions with certain affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to such institution or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies.

 

Regulation W generally excludes all non-bank and non-savings association subsidiaries of banks from treatment as affiliates, except to the extent that the Federal Reserve Board decides to treat these subsidiaries as affiliates.  The regulation also limits the amount of loans that can be purchased by a bank from an affiliate to not more than 100% of the bank’s capital and surplus.

 

The Bank is also subject to certain restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, certain principal shareholders, and their related interests.  Those extensions of credit:

 

·                   must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with third parties; and

·                   must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

Branching

 

Under current Georgia law, we may open branch offices throughout Georgia with the prior approval of the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance.  In addition, with prior regulatory approval, the Bank will be able to acquire branches of existing banks located in Georgia.  Furthermore, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act authorizes a state or national bank to branch into any state as if they were chartered in that state.

 

Anti-Tying Restrictions

 

Under amendments to the Bank Holding Company Act and Federal Reserve regulations, a bank is prohibited from engaging in certain tying or reciprocity arrangements with its customers.  In general, a bank may not extend credit, lease, sell property, or furnish any services or fix or vary the consideration for these on the condition that:

 

·                   the customer obtain or provide some additional credit, property, or services from or to the bank, the bank holding company or its subsidiaries; or

·                   the customer may not obtain some other credit, property, or services from a competitor, except to the extent reasonable conditions are imposed to assure the soundness of the credit extended.

 

Certain arrangements are permissible: a bank may offer combined-balance products and may otherwise offer more favorable terms if a customer obtains two or more traditional bank products; and certain foreign transactions are exempt from the general rule.  A bank holding company or any bank affiliate also is subject to anti-tying requirements in connection with electronic benefit transfer services.

 

Community Reinvestment Act

 

The Community Reinvestment Act requires a financial institution’s primary regulator, which is the FDIC for the Bank, to evaluate the record of each financial institution in meeting the credit needs of its local community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods.  These factors are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility.  Failure to adequately meet these criteria could result in the imposition of additional requirements and limitations on the institution.  Additionally, the institution must publicly disclose the terms of various Community Reinvestment Act-related agreements.

 

Finance Subsidiaries

 

Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLBA”), subject to certain conditions imposed by their respective banking regulators, national and state-chartered banks are permitted to form “financial subsidiaries” that may conduct financial or incidental activities, thereby permitting bank subsidiaries to engage in certain activities that previously were impermissible.  The GLBA imposes several safeguards and restrictions on financial subsidiaries, including that the parent bank’s equity investment in the financial subsidiary be deducted from the bank’s assets and tangible equity for purposes of calculating the bank’s capital adequacy.  In addition, the GLBA imposes new restrictions on transactions between a bank and its financial subsidiaries similar to restrictions applicable to transactions between banks and non-bank affiliates.

 

Consumer Protection Regulations

 

Activities of the Bank are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations designed to protect consumers.  Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates.  The Bank’s loan operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as:

 

·                   the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act that created the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection within the Federal Reserve, which has broad rule-making authority over a wide range of consumer laws that apply to all insured depository institutions;

·                   the federal Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

·                   the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

·                   the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited

 

20



Table of Contents

 

factors in extending credit;

·                   the Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies, certain identity theft protections and certain credit and other disclosures;

·                   the Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; and

·                   the rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing these federal laws.

 

The deposit operations of the Bank also are subject to:

 

·                   the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; and

·                   the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E issued by the Federal Reserve Board to implement that Act, which governs automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.

 

Enforcement Powers

 

The Bank and its “institution-affiliated parties,” including its management, employees, agents, independent contractors, and consultants such as attorneys and accountants and others who participate in the conduct of the financial institution’s affairs, are subject to potential civil and criminal penalties for violations of law, regulations or written orders of a government agency.  These practices can include the failure of an institution to timely file required reports or the filing of false or misleading information or the submission of inaccurate reports.  Civil penalties may be as high as $1,375,000 a day for those violations.  Criminal penalties for some financial institution crimes have been increased to 20 years.  In addition, regulators are provided with greater flexibility to commence enforcement actions against institutions and institution-affiliated parties.  Possible enforcement actions include the termination of deposit insurance.  Furthermore, banking agencies’ power to issue cease-and-desist orders were expanded.  These orders may, among other things, require affirmative action to correct any harm resulting from a violation or practice, including restitution, reimbursement, indemnifications or guarantees against loss.  A financial institution may also be ordered to restrict its growth, dispose of certain assets, rescind agreements or contracts, or take other actions as determined by the ordering agency to be appropriate.

 

Anti-Money Laundering

 

Financial institutions must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function.  Financial institutions are also prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence and “knowing your customer” in their dealings with foreign financial institutions, foreign customers and other high risk customers.  Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions, and recent laws provide law enforcement authorities with increased access to financial information maintained by banks.  Anti-money laundering obligations have been substantially strengthened as a result of the USA PATRIOT Act, enacted in 2001 and renewed in 2006, as described below.  Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and are required to consider compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications.  The regulatory authorities have been active in imposing “cease and desist” orders and money penalty sanctions against institutions found to be violating these obligations.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

 

The USA PATRIOT Act became effective on October 26, 2001 and amended the Bank Secrecy Act.  The USA PATRIOT Act provides, in part, for the facilitation of information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions for the purpose of combating terrorism and money laundering by enhancing anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws, as well as enhanced information collection tools and enforcement mechanics for the U.S. government, including:

 

·                   requiring standards for verifying customer identification at account opening;

 

21



Table of Contents

 

·                   rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering;

·                   reports by nonfinancial trades and businesses filed with the Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network for transactions exceeding $10,000; and

·                   filing suspicious activities reports by brokers and dealers if they believe a customer may be violating U.S. laws and regulations.

 

The USA PATRIOT Act requires enhanced due diligence requirements for financial institutions that administer, maintain, or manage private bank accounts or correspondent accounts for non-U.S. persons.  Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and are required to consider compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications.

 

Under the USA PATRIOT Act, the Federal Bureau of Investigation can send our banking regulatory agencies lists of the names of persons suspected of involvement in terrorist activities.  The Bank can be requested to search its records for any relationships or transactions with persons on those lists.  If the Bank finds any relationships or transactions, it must file a suspicious activity report and contact the FBI.

 

The Office of Foreign Assets Control

 

The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which is a division of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, is responsible for helping to insure that United States entities do not engage in transactions with “enemies” of the United States, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress.  OFAC has sent, and will send, our banking regulatory agencies lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts.  If the Bank finds a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, it must freeze the account, file a suspicious activity report and notify the FBI.  The Bank has appointed an OFAC compliance officer to oversee the inspection of its accounts and the filing of any notifications.  The Bank actively checks high-risk OFAC areas such as new accounts, wire transfers and customer files.  The Bank performs these checks using software that is updated each time a modification is made to the lists provided by OFAC and other agencies of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.

 

Privacy and Credit Reporting

 

Financial institutions are required to disclose their policies for collecting and protecting confidential information.  Customers generally may prevent financial institutions from sharing nonpublic personal financial information with nonaffiliated third parties except under narrow circumstances, such as the processing of transactions requested by the consumer or when the financial institution is jointly sponsoring a product or service with a nonaffiliated third party.  Additionally, financial institutions generally may not disclose consumer account numbers to any nonaffiliated third party for use in telemarketing, direct mail marketing or other marketing to consumers.  The Bank’s policy is not to disclose any personal information unless required by law.

 

Like other lending institutions, the Bank uses credit bureau data in its underwriting activities.  Use of that data is regulated under the Federal Credit Reporting Act on a uniform, nationwide basis, including credit reporting, prescreening, sharing of information between affiliates, and the use of credit data.  The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 authorizes states to enact identity theft laws that are not inconsistent with the conduct required by the provisions of the act.

 

Payment of Dividends

 

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiary.  While there are various legal and regulatory limitations under federal and state law on the extent to which our Bank can pay dividends or otherwise supply funds to the Company, the principal source of the Company’s cash revenues is dividends from our Bank.  The relevant federal and state regulatory agencies also have authority to prohibit a bank or bank holding company, which would include the Company and the Bank, from engaging in what, in the opinion of the regulatory body, constitutes an unsafe or unsound practice in conducting its business.  The payment of dividends could, depending upon the financial condition of the subsidiary, be deemed to constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in conducting its business.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

Under Georgia law, the prior approval of the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance is required before any cash dividends may be paid by a state bank if:

 

·                   total classified assets at the most recent examination of the bank exceed 80% of the equity capital (as defined, which includes the reserve for loan losses) of the bank;

·                   the aggregate amount of dividends declared or anticipated to be declared in the calendar year exceeds 50% of the net profits (as defined) for the previous calendar year; and

·                   the ratio of equity capital to adjusted total assets is less than 6%.

 

In addition, under the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance’s letter dated July 24, 2009, issuing its approval of the Interagency Notice of Change in Control filing with respect to the Bank, for a period of three years after consummation of the change in control transaction, the Bank must also obtain approval from the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance before paying any dividends, including dividend payments to the Company.  The Bank received approval from the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance to make a $718,000 dividend payment to the Company to fund its expected operating expenses for 2010.

 

Check 21

 

The Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act gives “substitute checks,” such as a digital image of a check and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check.  Some of the major provisions include:

 

·                   allowing check truncation without making it mandatory;

·                   requiring every financial institution to communicate to accountholders in writing a description of its substitute check processing program and their rights under the law;

·                   legalizing substitutions for and replacements of paper checks without agreement from consumers;

·                   retaining in place the previously mandated electronic collection and return of checks between financial institutions only when individual agreements are in place;

·                   requiring that when accountholders request verification, financial institutions produce the original check (or a copy that accurately represents the original) and demonstrate that the account debit was accurate and valid; and

·                   requiring the re-crediting of funds to an individual’s account on the next business day after a consumer proves that the financial institution has erred.

 

Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies

 

Our earnings are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies.  The Federal Reserve Board’s monetary policies have had, and are likely to continue to have, an important effect on the operating results of commercial banks through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession.  The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have major effects on the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its open market operations in United States government securities and through its regulation of the discount rate on borrowings of member banks and the reserve requirements against member bank deposits.  We cannot predict the nature or effect of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.

 

Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC

 

Our deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC.  As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC insured institutions.  It also may prohibit any FDIC insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the insurance fund.

 

Due to the large number of recent bank failures and the FDIC’s new Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, the FDIC adopted a revised risk-based deposit insurance assessment schedule in February 2009 that raised deposit insurance premiums.  The FDIC also implemented a five basis point special assessment of each insured depository institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, which special assessment amount was capped at 10 basis points times the institution’s assessment base for the second quarter of 2009.  In addition, the FDIC required financial institutions like us to

 

23



Table of Contents

 

prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010 through and including 2012 to re-capitalize the Deposit Insurance Fund.  During 2009, we paid $12.8 million in deposit insurance, which included regular premiums, the special assessment and the prepayment for all of 2010 through and including 2012.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act requires the FDIC to amend its regulations to modify the FDIC’s assessment base on which deposit premiums are calculated.  The new assessment base will be equal to (1) the average consolidated total assets of an insured depository institution during the assessment period, minus (2) the average tangible equity of such insured depository institution during the assessment period.

 

FDIC insured institutions are required to pay an assessment to fund the interest on bonds issued to resolve thrift failures in the 1980s.  For the first quarter of 2009, the assessment equaled 1.14 basis points for domestic deposits.  These assessments, which may be revised based upon the level of deposits, will continue until the bonds mature in the years 2017 through 2019.

 

The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.  It also may suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent termination of insurance, if the institution has no tangible capital.  If insurance of accounts is terminated, the accounts at the institution at the time of the termination, less subsequent withdrawals, remain insured for a period of six months to two years, as determined by the FDIC.

 

Proposed Legislation and Regulatory Action

 

New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging provisions for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of the nation’s financial institutions.  We cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed regulation or statute will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected by any new regulation or statute.

 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

 

Our business is subject to certain risks, including those described below.  The risks below do not describe all risks applicable to our business and are intended only as a summary of certain material factors that affect our operations in our industry and markets.  New risks may emerge at any time, and we cannot predict those risks or estimate the extent to which they may affect our financial performance.  More detailed information concerning these and other risks is contained in other sections of this registration statement, including “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Recent negative developments in the financial industry and the current economic environment pose significant challenges for our industry and us and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations .

 

We are operating in a challenging and uncertain economic environment, including generally uncertain national and local conditions.  Recent negative developments in the global credit and securitization markets have resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets in general, and the economy has continued to be weak in 2010, both nationally and in our Georgia markets.  As a result of this “credit crunch,” commercial as well as consumer loan portfolio performances have deteriorated at many institutions, and the competition for deposits and quality loans has increased significantly.  Global securities markets, and bank and bank holding company stock prices in particular, have been negatively affected, as has the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets.

 

Financial institutions like us have been, and may continue to be, affected by sharp declines in the real estate market, including falling home prices and increasing delinquencies, foreclosures and increased unemployment.  Concerns over the stability of the financial markets and the economy have resulted in decreased lending by financial institutions to their customers and to each other.  Those concerns have lead to increased commercial and consumer deficiencies, lack of customer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction in general business activity.  We do not expect

 

24



Table of Contents

 

these difficult conditions to improve in the near future.  A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects on us.

 

As a result, we may face the following risks:

 

·                   economic conditions that negatively affect housing prices and the job market may cause the credit quality of our loan portfolios to deteriorate;

·                   market developments that affect consumer confidence may cause adverse changes in payment patterns by our customers, causing increases in delinquencies and default rates on loans and other credit facilities;

·                   the processes that we use to estimate our allowance for loan losses and reserves may no longer be reliable because they rely on judgments, such as forecasts of economic conditions, that may no longer be capable of accurate estimation;

·                   the value of our securities portfolio may decline; and

·                   we face increased regulation of our industry, and the costs of compliance with such regulation may increase.

 

These conditions or similar ones may continue to persist or worsen, causing us to experience continuing or increased adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations and the price of our common stock.

 

A further adverse change in real estate market values may result in losses and otherwise adversely affect our profitability.

 

As of June 30, 2010, approximately 77.6% of our non-covered loan portfolio (those loans not covered by loss share agreements with the FDIC) was comprised of loans with real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral.  The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended.  The recent negative developments in the financial industry and economy as a whole have adversely affected the real estate market values generally and in our market areas in Georgia specifically and may continue to decline.  A further decline in real estate values could further impair the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon any foreclosure.  In the event of a default with respect to any of these loans, the amounts we receive on the sale of the collateral may be insufficient to recover the outstanding principal and interest on the loan.  As a result, our profitability and financial condition may be adversely affected by a further decrease in real estate market values.

 

If, over the next three years, we are unable to replace the revenue we expect to derive from the continued realization of accretable discounts on our acquired loans and the FDIC receivable with new loans and other earning assets, our financial condition and earnings may be adversely affected.

 

As a result of the nine FDIC-assisted acquisitions we have made over the past 15 months and the negative purchase price associated with each acquisition, we anticipate that a significant portion of our income over the next three years will be derived from the continued realization of accretable discounts on the loans that we purchased in our FDIC-assisted acquisitions and from the FDIC receivable.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, we recognized $45.6  million of income, or 49.0 % of our total income from the period, from the realization of accretable discounts on our acquired loans and the FDIC receivable.  The accretable discount on the acquired loans will be recognized into interest income and the discount recorded on the FDIC receivable will be accreted into non-interest income over a period of four years from the date of each acquisition.  During this period, if we are unable to replace our acquired loans and the related accretion with new performing loans and other earning assets, our financial condition and earnings may be adversely affected.

 

We may decide to make future acquisitions, which could expose us to additional risks.

 

We periodically evaluate opportunities to acquire additional financial institutions, including additional purchases from the FDIC.  As a result, we may engage in negotiations or discussions that, if they were to result in a transaction, could have a material effect on our operating results and financial condition, including short and long-term liquidity.

 

Our acquisition activities could be material and could require us to use a substantial amount of cash, other liquid assets, and/or incur debt.  In addition, if goodwill recorded in connection with our prior or potential future acquisitions were determined to be impaired, then we would be required to recognize a charge against our earnings, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations during the period in which the impairment was recognized.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

Our acquisition activities could involve a number of additional risks, including the risks of:

 

·                   incurring time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and negotiating potential transactions, resulting in management’s attention being diverted from the operation of our existing business;

·                   using inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, management and market risks with respect to the target institution or assets;

·                   incurring time and expense required to integrate the operations and personnel of the combined businesses, creating an adverse short-term effect on results of operations; and

·                   losing key employees and customers as a result of an acquisition that is poorly received.

 

We may be exposed to difficulties in combining the operations of acquired institutions, including the Acquired Banks, into our own operations, which may prevent us from achieving the expected benefits from our acquisition activities.

 

We may not be able to fully achieve the strategic objectives and operating efficiencies that we anticipate in our acquisition activities, including our recent acquisition of the Acquired Banks.  Inherent uncertainties exist in integrating the operations of an acquired institution.  In addition, the markets in which we and our potential acquisition targets operate are highly competitive.  We may lose customers or the customers of an acquired institution as a result of an acquisition.  We also may lose key personnel from the acquired institution as a result of an acquisition.  We may not discover all known and unknown factors when examining an institution for acquisition during the due diligence period.  These factors could produce unintended and unexpected consequences.  Undiscovered factors as a result of an acquisition could bring civil, criminal and financial liabilities against us, our management and the management of the institutions we acquire.  These factors could contribute to our not achieving the expected benefits from our acquisitions within desired time frames, if at all.

 

Our business is subject to interest rate risk, and fluctuations in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings and capital levels and overall results.

 

The majority of our assets are monetary in nature and, as a result, we are subject to significant risk from changes in interest rates.  Changes in interest rates may affect our net interest income as well as the valuation of our assets and liabilities.  Our earnings depend significantly on our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.  We expect to periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa.  In either event, if market interest rates move contrary to our position, this “gap” may work against us, and our earnings may be adversely affected.

 

An increase in the general level of interest rates may also, among other things, adversely affect the demand for loans and our ability to originate loans.  Conversely, a decrease in the general level of interest rates, among other things, may lead to prepayments on our loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios and increased competition for deposits.  Accordingly, changes in the general level of market interest rates may adversely affect our net yield on interest-earning assets, loan origination volume and our overall results.

 

Although our asset-liability management strategy is designed to control and mitigate exposure to the risks related to changes in the general level of market interest rates, those rates are affected by many factors outside of our control, including inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets.  We may not be able to accurately predict the likelihood, nature and magnitude of those changes or how and to what extent they may affect our business.  We also may not be able to adequately prepare for or compensate for the consequences of such changes.  Any failure to predict and prepare for changes in interest rates or adjust for the consequences of these changes may adversely affect our earnings and capital levels and overall results.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

We depend on our management team, and the loss of our senior executive officers or other key employees could impair our relationship with customers and adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

Our success largely depends on the continued service and skills of our existing management team, including Joseph W. Evans, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, J. Daniel Speight, our Vice Chairman, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Kim M. Childers, our President and Chief Credit Officer and Stephen W. Doughty, our Chief Banking Officer and Executive Risk Officer, as well as other key employees with long-term customer relationships.  Our growth strategy is built primarily on our ability to retain employees with experience and business relationships within their respective segments.  The loss of one or more of these key personnel could have an adverse effect on our business because of their skills, knowledge of the market, years of industry experience and the difficulty of finding qualified replacement personnel.

 

Our management team’s strategies for the enhancement of shareholder value may not succeed.

 

Our management team is taking actions to enhance shareholder value, including consolidating operation centers, reviewing personnel, assembling a team for correspondent banking and purchasing performing loans from the FDIC and others, and continuing to review FDIC-assisted deals on a whole bank and deposit only basis.  These actions may not enhance shareholder value.

 

FDIC-assisted acquisition opportunities may not become available to us, and increased competition may make it more difficult for us to bid on failed bank transactions on terms we consider to be acceptable.

 

Our near-term business strategy includes consideration of potential acquisitions of failing banks that the FDIC plans to place in receivership.  The FDIC may not place banks that meet our strategic objectives into receivership.  Failed bank transactions are attractive opportunities in part because of loss-sharing arrangements with the FDIC that limit the acquirer’s downside risk on the purchased loan portfolio and, apart from our assumption of deposit liabilities, we have significant discretion as to the nondeposit liabilities that we assume.  In addition, assets purchased from the FDIC are marked to their fair value and in many cases there is little or no addition to goodwill arising from an FDIC-assisted transaction.  The bidding process for failing banks could become very competitive, and the increased competition may make it more difficult for us to bid on terms we consider to be acceptable.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation that could limit or restrict our activities and adversely affect our earnings.

 

We operate in a highly regulated industry and are subject to examination, supervision and comprehensive regulation by various federal and state agencies, including the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance.  Our compliance with these regulations is costly and restricts our activities, including payment of dividends, mergers and acquisitions, investments, loans and interest rates charged, interest rates paid on deposits and locations of offices.  Our failure to comply with these requirements can lead to, among other remedies, administrative enforcement actions, termination or suspension of our licenses, rights of rescission for borrowers, and class action lawsuits.  Many of these regulations are intended to protect depositors, the public and the FDIC rather than our shareholders.  The laws and regulations applicable to the banking industry are changing rapidly to reflect the government’s concerns about the economy and the banking system, and these changes may adversely affect our business and profitability.  Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, and the interpretation and implementation of new statutes, regulations or policies could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways, including limiting the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increasing the ability of nonbanks to offer competing financial services and products.

 

In addition, following the effective date of this registration statement, we will be an SEC registrant subject to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  Failure to have in place adequate programs and procedures could cause us to have weakness in our internal control environment, putting us and our shareholders at risk of loss.

 

These and other potential changes in government regulation or policies could increase our costs of doing business and could adversely affect our operations and the manner in which we conduct our business.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Regulatory reform of the U.S. banking system may adversely affect us.

 

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act which, among other things, changes the oversight and supervision of financial institutions, introduces minimum capital requirements, creates a new federal agency to regulate consumer financial products and services and implements changes to corporate governance and compensation practices.

 

Other recent developments include:

 

·                   the Federal Reserve’s proposed guidance on incentive compensation policies at banking organizations; and

·                   proposals to limit a lender’s ability to foreclose on mortgages or make those foreclosures less economically viable, including by allowing Chapter 13 bankruptcy plans to “cram down” the value of certain mortgages on a consumer’s principal residence to its market value and/or reset interest rates and monthly payments to permit defaulting debtors to remain in their home.

 

These initiatives may increase our expenses or decrease our income .  Further, the overall effects of these and other legislative and regulatory efforts on the financial markets remain uncertain, and they may not have the intended results.  These efforts may even have unintended harmful consequences on the U.S. financial system and our business.  Should these or other legislative or regulatory initiatives have unintended effects, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

 

In addition, we may need to modify our strategies and business operations in response to these changes.  We may also incur increased capital requirements and constraints or additional costs to satisfy new regulatory requirements.  Given the volatile nature of the current market and the uncertainties underlying efforts to mitigate or reverse disruptions, we may not timely anticipate or manage existing, new or additional risks, contingencies or developments in the current or future environment.  Our failure to do so could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

Recent legislative and regulatory initiatives to address the current difficult market and economic conditions may not achieve the desired effect.

 

Beginning in October 2008, a host of legislation and regulation has been enacted in response to the financial crises affecting the banking system and financial markets and the threats to investment banks and other financial institutions.  These include the following:

 

·                   On October 3, 2008, President Bush signed into law Emergency Economic Stabilization Act (“EESA”), under which the U.S. Treasury Department has the authority, among other things, to purchase up to $700 billion of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions under the Troubled Asset Relief Program for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets.

·                   On October 14, 2008, the Treasury Department announced the Capital Purchase Plan under the EESA under which it would purchase senior preferred stock and warrants to purchase common stock from participating financial institutions.

·                   On November 21, 2008, the FDIC adopted a Final Rule with respect to its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program under which the FDIC will guarantee certain “newly-issued unsecured debt” of banks and certain holding companies and also guarantee, on an unlimited basis, non-interest bearing bank transaction accounts.

·                   On February 10, 2009, the Treasury Department announced the Financial Stability Plan under the EESA, which is intended to further stabilize financial institutions and stimulate lending across a broad range of economic sectors.

·                   On February 18, 2009, President Obama signed the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, a broad economic stimulus package that included additional restrictions on, and potential additional regulation of, financial institutions.

·                   On March 18, 2009, the Federal Reserve announced its decision to purchase as much as $300 billion of long-term treasuries in an effort to maintain low interest rates.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

·                   On March 23, 2009, the Treasury Department announced the Public-Private Investment Program, which will purchase real estate related loans from banks and securities from the broader markets, and is intended to create a market for those distressed debt and securities.

 

Each of these programs was implemented to help stabilize and provide liquidity to the financial system.  However, the long-term effect that these or any other governmental program may have on the financial markets or our business or financial performance is unknown.  A continuation or worsening of current financial market conditions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, access to credit or the trading price of our common stock.

 

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.

 

As a privately held company, we have not been responsible for the corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies required of a publicly traded company.  Following the effectiveness of this registration statement, we will be a public company.  As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur in the past and are not reflected in our historical financial statements.  In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as new rules implemented by the SEC under the Dodd-Frank Act, will require changes in corporate governance practices.  We expect that these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs.

 

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings will be adversely affected.

 

Our success depends significantly on the quality of our assets, particularly loans.  Like other financial institutions, we are exposed to the risk that our loan customers may not repay their loans according to their terms, and the collateral securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient to fully compensate us for the outstanding balance of the loan plus the costs to dispose of the collateral.  As a result, we may experience significant loan losses that may have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

 

We maintain an allowance for loan losses with respect to our non-covered loan portfolio not subject to loss share agreements with the FDIC, in an attempt to cover loan losses inherent in our loan portfolio.  In determining the size of the allowance, we rely on an analysis of our loan portfolio, our experience and our evaluation of general economic conditions.  We also make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, including the diversification in our loan portfolio, the effect of changes in the economy on real estate and other collateral values, the results of recent regulatory examinations, the effects on the loan portfolio of current economic indicators and their probable impact on borrowers, the amount of charge-offs for the period and the amount of non-performing loans and related collateral security.  If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our current allowance may not be sufficient, and adjustments may be necessary to allow for different economic conditions or adverse developments in our loan portfolio.  Material additions to the allowance for loan losses would materially decrease our net income and adversely affect our financial condition generally.

 

In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than our management.  Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs required by these regulatory agencies could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

 

We are exposed to higher credit risk by construction and development, commercial real estate, and commercial and industrial lending.

 

Construction and development, commercial real estate, and commercial and industrial lending usually involves higher credit risks than single-family residential lending.  As of June 30, 2010, the following loan types accounted for the stated percentages of our total loan portfolio: real estate construction and development — 34.1 %, commercial real estate — 33.2 %, and commercial and industrial — 10.1 %.  As of June 30, 2010, of these loans, 91.3 % are covered by loss share agreements with the FDIC.  However, over time, we expect that the number of non-covered loans in these categories will increase.  These types of loans involve larger loan balances to a single borrower or groups of related borrowers.

 

Commercial real estate loans may be affected to a greater extent than residential loans by adverse conditions in real estate markets or the economy because commercial real estate borrowers’ ability to repay their loans depends on successful development of their properties, in addition to the factors affecting residential real estate borrowers.  These loans

 

29



Table of Contents

 

also involve greater risk because they generally are not fully amortizing over the loan period, but have a balloon payment due at maturity.  A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the loan or sell the underlying property in a timely manner.

 

Risk of loss on a construction and development loan depends largely upon whether our initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction equals or exceeds the cost of the property construction (including interest), the availability of permanent take-out financing and the builder’s ability to ultimately sell the property.  During the construction phase, a number of factors can result in delays and cost overruns.  If estimates of value are inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property securing the loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan or by seizure of collateral.

 

Commercial and industrial loans are typically based on the borrowers’ ability to repay the loans from the cash flow of their businesses.  These loans may involve greater risk because the availability of funds to repay each loan depends substantially on the success of the business itself.  In addition, the assets securing the loans have the following characteristics: (a) they depreciate over time, (b) they are difficult to appraise and liquidate, and (c) they fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.

 

Construction and development loans, commercial real estate loans, and commercial and industrial loans are more susceptible to a risk of loss during a downturn in the business cycle.  Our underwriting, review and monitoring cannot eliminate all of the risks related to these loans.

 

As of June 30, 2010, our outstanding commercial real estate loans were equal to 176.2% of our total capital.  The banking regulators are giving commercial real estate lending greater scrutiny, and may require banks with higher levels of commercial real estate loans to implement improved underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio stress testing, as well as possibly higher levels of allowances for losses and capital levels as a result of commercial real estate lending growth and exposures.

 

Changes in local economic conditions where we operate could have a negative effect .

 

Our success depends significantly on growth in population, income levels, deposits and housing starts in our markets in Georgia.  The local economic conditions in these areas have a significant effect on our loans, the ability of borrowers to repay our loans, and the value of the collateral securing our loans.  Adverse changes in, and further deterioration of, the economic conditions of the Southeastern United States in general or any one or more of our local markets could negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations and our profitability.  A continuing deterioration in economic conditions could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business:

 

·                    loan delinquencies may increase;

·                    problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

·                    demand for our products and services may decline; and

·                    collateral for loans that we make, especially real estate, may decline in value, in turn reducing a customer’s borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with our loans.

 

We face strong competition for customers, which could prevent us from obtaining customers or may cause us to pay higher interest rates to attract customer deposits .

 

The banking business is highly competitive, and we experience competition in our markets from many other financial institutions.  Customer loyalty can be easily influenced by a competitor’s new products, especially offerings that could provide cost savings or a higher return to the customer.  Moreover, this competitive industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation.  We compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market funds and other mutual funds, as well as super-regional, national and international financial institutions that operate offices in our primary market areas and elsewhere.

 

We compete with these institutions both in attracting deposits and in making loans.  In addition, we have to attract our customer base from other existing financial institutions and from new residents.  Many of our competitors are well-

 

30



Table of Contents

 

established, larger financial institutions, such as SunTrust Bank, Bank of America, Wells Fargo (formerly Wachovia) and BB&T.  We also compete with local community banks in our market.  We may not be able to compete successfully with other financial institutions in our market, and we may have to pay higher interest rates to attract deposits, accept lower yields on loans to attract loans and pay higher wages for new employees, resulting in reduced profitability.  In addition, competitors that are not depository institutions are generally not subject to the extensive regulations that apply to us.

 

Future growth or operating results may require us to raise additional capital, but that capital may not be available or may be dilutive.

 

We are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations.  We may at some point need to raise additional capital to support our operations and any future growth.

 

Our ability to raise capital will depend on conditions in the capital markets, which are outside of our control and largely do not depend on our financial performance.  Accordingly, we may be unable to raise capital when needed or on favorable terms.  If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, we will be subject to increased regulatory supervision and the imposition of restrictions on our growth and business.  These restrictions could negatively affect our ability to operate or further expand our operations through loan growth, acquisitions or the establishment of additional branches.  These restrictions may also result in increases in operating expenses and reductions in revenues that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the price of our common stock.

 

Higher FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments could adversely affect our financial condition.

 

FDIC insurance premiums increased substantially in 2009, and we expect to pay significantly higher FDIC premiums in the future.  As the large number of recent bank failures continues to deplete the Deposit Insurance Fund, the FDIC adopted a revised risk-based deposit insurance assessment schedule in February 2009, which raised deposit insurance premiums.  The FDIC required financial institutions, such as the Bank, to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010 through and including 2012 to re-capitalize the Deposit Insurance Fund.  The rule also provides for increasing the FDIC-assessment rates by three basis points effective January 1, 2011.  If FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments continue to increase, it could adversely affect our financial condition.

 

The accuracy of our financial statements and related disclosures could be affected if the judgments, assumptions or estimates used in our critical accounting policies are inaccurate.

 

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosure in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires us to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.  Our critical accounting policies, which are included in this registration statement, describe those significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements that we consider “critical” because they require judgments, assumptions and estimates that materially affect our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.  As a result, if future events differ significantly from the judgments, assumptions and estimates in our critical accounting policies, those events or assumptions could have a material impact on our audited consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

We must respond to rapid technological changes, and these changes may be more difficult or expensive than anticipated.

 

We will have to respond to future technological changes.  Specifically, if our competitors introduce new banking products and services embodying new technologies, or if new banking industry standards and practices emerge, then our existing product and service offerings, technology and systems may be impaired or become obsolete.  Further, if we fail to adopt or develop new technologies or to adapt our products and services to emerging industry standards, then we may lose current and future customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  The financial services industry is changing rapidly, and to remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the functionality and features of our products, services and technologies.  These changes may be more difficult or expensive than we anticipate.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

Our inability to use a short form registration statement on Form S-3 may affect our short-term ability to access the capital markets.

 

A registration statement on Form S-3 permits an eligible issuer to incorporate by reference its past and future filings and reports made under the Exchange Act.  In addition, Form S-3 enables eligible issuers to conduct primary offerings “off the shelf” under Rule 415 of the Securities Act.  The shelf registration process under Form S-3, combined with the ability to incorporate information on a forward basis, allows issuers to avoid additional delays and interruptions in the offering process and to access the capital markets in a more expeditious and efficient manner than raising capital in a standard registered offering on Form S-1.  One of the requirements for Form S-3 eligibility is for an issuer to have been subject to the reporting requirements for the 12-month period immediately preceding the filing of the Form S-3.  Because we will not become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act until this registration statement on Form 10 becomes effective, we will not be able to use Form S-3 until 12 months following the effective date of this Form 10.  We may experience delays in our ability to raise capital in the capital markets during the period that we are unable to use Form S-3.  Any such delay may result in offering terms that may not be advantageous to us or may cause us not to obtain capital in a timely fashion to execute our business strategies.

 

Risks Related to the Acquisition of the Acquired Banks

 

We are subject to risks related to FDIC-assisted transactions.

 

The ultimate success of our past FDIC-assisted transactions, and any FDIC-assisted transactions in which we may participate in the future, will depend on a number of factors, including our ability:

 

·                    to fully integrate, and to integrate successfully, the branches acquired into the Bank’s operations;

·                    to limit the outflow of deposits held by our new customers in the acquired branches and to successfully retain and manage interest-earning assets (loans) acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions;

·                    to retain existing deposits and to generate new interest-earning assets in the geographic areas previously served by the acquired banks;

·                    to effectively compete in new markets in which we did not previously have a presence;

·                    to deploy the cash received in the FDIC-assisted transactions into assets bearing sufficiently high yields without incurring unacceptable credit or interest rate risk;

·                    to control the incremental non-interest expense from the acquired branches in a manner that enables us to maintain a favorable overall efficiency ratio;

·                    to retain and attract the appropriate personnel to staff the acquired branches;

·                    to earn acceptable levels of interest and non-interest income, including fee income, from the acquired branches; and

·                    to reasonably estimate cash flows for acquired loans to mitigate exposure greater than estimated losses at the time of acquisition.

 

As with any acquisition involving a financial institution, particularly one involving the transfer of a large number of bank branches as is often the case with FDIC-assisted transactions, there may be higher than average levels of service disruptions that would cause inconveniences to our new customers or potentially increase the effectiveness of competing financial institutions in attracting our customers.  We anticipate challenges and opportunities because of the unique nature of each acquisition.  Integration efforts will also likely divert our management’s attention and resources.  We may be unable to integrate acquired branches successfully, and the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of ongoing business or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with clients, customers, depositors and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the FDIC-assisted transactions.  We may also encounter unexpected difficulties or costs during the integration that could adversely affect our earnings and financial condition, perhaps materially.  Additionally, we may be unable to achieve results in the future similar to those achieved by our existing banking business, to compete effectively in the market areas previously served by the acquired branches or to manage effectively any growth resulting from FDIC-assisted transactions.

 

Our willingness and ability to grow acquired branches following FDIC-assisted transactions depend on several factors, most importantly the ability to retain the key personnel whom we hire or transfer in connection with FDIC-assisted

 

32



Table of Contents

 

transactions.  Our failure to retain these employees could adversely affect the success of FDIC-assisted transactions and our future growth.

 

Our ability to continue to receive the benefits of our loss share arrangements with the FDIC is conditioned upon our compliance with certain requirements under the agreements.

 

We are the beneficiary of loss share agreements with the FDIC that call for the FDIC to fund a portion of our losses on a majority of the assets we acquired in connection with our recent FDIC-assisted transactions.  To recover a portion of our losses and retain the loss share protection, we must comply with certain requirements imposed by the agreements.  The requirements of the agreements relate primarily to our administration of the assets covered by the agreements, as well as our obtaining the consent of the FDIC to engage in certain corporate transactions that may be deemed under the agreements to constitute a transfer of the loss share benefits.  For example, any merger or consolidation of the Bank or any public or private offering of common stock by us that would increase our outstanding shares by more than 9% requires the consent of the FDIC.

 

When the consent of the FDIC is required under the loss share agreements, the FDIC may withhold its consent or may condition its consent on terms that we do not find acceptable.  If the FDIC does not grant its consent to a transaction we would like to pursue, or conditions its consent on terms that we do not find acceptable, we may be unable to engage in a corporate transaction that might otherwise benefit our shareholders or we may elect to pursue such a transaction without obtaining the FDIC’s consent, which could result in termination of our loss share agreements with the FDIC.

 

Changes in national and local economic conditions could lead to higher loan charge-offs in connection with the acquisition of the Acquired Bank,s and the loss sharing agreement with the FDIC may not cover all of those charge-offs.

 

In connection with the acquisition of the Acquired Banks, we acquired a significant portfolio of loans.  Although we have marked down the loan portfolios we have acquired, the non-impaired loans we acquired may become impaired or may further deteriorate in value, resulting in additional charge-offs to the loan portfolio.  The fluctuations in national, regional and local economic conditions, including those related to local residential, commercial real estate and construction markets, may increase the level of charge-offs that we make to our loan portfolio and consequently reduce our capital.  These fluctuations are not predictable, cannot be controlled and may have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial condition even if other favorable events occur.

 

Our loss sharing arrangements with the FDIC will not cover all of our losses on loans we acquired through the acquisition of the Acquired Banks.

 

Although we have entered into loss share agreements with the FDIC that provide that the FDIC will bear a significant portion of losses related to specified loan portfolios that we acquired through the Acquired Banks, we are not protected for all losses resulting from charge-offs with respect to those specified loan portfolios.  Additionally, the loss sharing agreements have limited terms (10 years for losses on single-family residential real estate loans, five years for losses on non-residential real estate loans and eight years with respect to recoveries on non-residential real estate loans).  Therefore, the FDIC will not reimburse us for any charge-off or related losses that we experience after the term of the loss share agreements, and any such charge-offs would negatively impact our net income.  Moreover, the loss share provisions in the loss share agreement may be administered improperly, or the FDIC may interpret those provisions in a way different than we do.  In any of those events, our losses could increase.

 

The FDIC requires that we make a “true-up” payment to the FDIC if our realized losses are less than expected.

 

The loss share agreements between the Bank and the FDIC with respect to The Buckhead Community Bank, First Security National Bank and NorthWest Bank and Trust each contain a provision that obligates us to make a “true-up” payment to the FDIC if the realized losses of each of these acquired banks are less than expected.  The “true-up” calculation is scheduled to be made as of the 45th day following the last day of the calendar month of the tenth anniversary of the closing of the acquisitions of The Buckhead Community Bank, First Security National Bank and NorthWest Bank and Trust.  Any such “true-up” payment could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

 

Although we may seek to list our shares on a national exchange, we may not be successful in doing so.  The lack of any established trading market may significantly restrict our shareholders’ ability to sell shares of our common stock.

 

There is no established trading market for our common stock.  The absence of an active trading market may significantly restrict our shareholders’ ability to transfer shares of our common stock.  We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market or how liquid that market might become.  Although we may seek to be listed on a national securities exchange such as the NYSE, NASDAQ or NYSE Amex, each market or exchange has its own listing criteria, including criteria related to minimum bid price, public float, market makers, minimum number of round lot holders and board independence requirements, that we may not meet.

 

In addition, even if our common stock is approved for listing or inclusion on a national exchange, we will have no prior trading history, and thus there is no way to determine the prices or volumes at which our common stock will trade.  Holders of shares of our common stock may not be able to resell the shares at or near their original acquisition price, or at any price.  Additionally, each national securities exchange has its own corporate governance and other requirements that we must meet to maintain our listing.  If we qualify for listing and subsequently fail to meet the ongoing listing requirements of the exchange, our shares could be delisted.

 

Shares of our common stock are subject to dilution.

 

As of October 15, 2010, we had approximately 31,607,604 shares of common stock issued and outstanding and warrants to purchase another 2,717,261 shares of our common stock.  If we issue additional shares of common stock in the future and that issuance is not made to all then-existing common shareholders proportionate to their interests, then the issuance will result in dilution to each shareholder by reducing the shareholder’s percentage ownership of the total outstanding shares of our common stock.

 

Our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock that would adversely affect the rights of our common shareholders.

 

Our authorized capital stock includes 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock of which no preferred shares are issued and outstanding.  Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may designate and issue one or more series of preferred stock from the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock.  Subject to limitations imposed by law or our articles of incorporation, our board of directors is empowered to determine:

 

·                   the designation of, and the number of, shares constituting each series of preferred stock;

·                   the dividend rate for each series;

·                   the terms and conditions of any voting, conversion and exchange rights for each series;

·                   the amounts payable on each series on redemption or our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up;

·                   the provisions of any sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of any series; and

·                   the preferences and the relative rights among the series of preferred stock.

 

We could issue preferred stock with voting and conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power of the shares of our common stock and with preferences over the common stock with respect to dividends and in liquidation.

 

We do not anticipate declaring dividends in the foreseeable future .

 

Holders of our common stock are not entitled to receive dividends unless our board of directors declares them.  Since the inception of the Company in January 2010, we have not paid any dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.  The Company’s principal source of funds to pay dividends is the cash dividends that it receives from the Bank.  Under the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance’s letter dated July 24, 2009 issuing its approval of the Interagency Notice of Change in Control application filed by Joseph W. Evans, J. Daniel Speight and Kim M. Childers, with respect to the Bank, the Bank must obtain approval from the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance before paying any dividends, including dividend payments to the Company, until July 2012.  In addition, even after this condition expires, our ability to pay dividends will be limited by regulatory restrictions, our

 

34



Table of Contents

 

financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, level of indebtedness and other factors as our board of directors deems relevant.

 

Our securities are not FDIC insured.

 

Our securities, including our common stock, are not savings or deposit accounts or other obligations of the Bank, are not insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund, the FDIC or any other governmental agency and are subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Item 2.  Financial Information

 

Selected Financial Data

 

The following table provides summary historical consolidated financial information for the periods and as of the dates indicated.  You should read this information in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, and with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which are included elsewhere in this registration statement.  The historical information at December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the successor period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009, the predecessor period from January 1, 2009 through July 23, 2009 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that appear in this registration statement.  The historical information at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 is derived from our audited financial statements that do not appear in this registration statement.  The historical information at June 30, 2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 is derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this registration statement.  The historical results shown below and elsewhere in this registration statement are not necessarily indicative of our future performance.

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

At June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

(in thousands)

 

Successor Period

 

 

Predecessor Period

 

Selected Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

$

2,593,497

 

$

2,497,958

 

 

$

33,591

 

$

27,623

 

$

20,452

 

$

13,785

 

Investment securities

 

422,654

 

317,988

 

 

3,008

 

4,031

 

3,984

 

2,988

 

FDIC receivable for loss share agreements, net

 

482,928

 

605,502

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not covered under FDIC loss share agreements

 

75

 

120

 

 

73

 

 

 

 

Covered under FDIC loss share agreements

 

166,424

 

141,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan receivable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not covered under FDIC loss share agreements

 

153,618

 

47,389

 

 

22,539

 

19,189

 

11,669

 

2,193

 

Covered under FDIC loss share agreements, net

 

979,428

 

1,134,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

3,645

 

2,524

 

 

445

 

316

 

139

 

22

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net

 

10,343

 

12,334

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

2,236,076

 

2,153,791

 

 

26,061

 

21,347

 

13,977

 

6,749

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

335,005

 

310,764

 

 

5,646

 

6,106

 

6,384

 

6,986

 

 

36



Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Successor Period

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

from July 24,

 

 

Period from

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

2009 to December

 

 

January 1, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

 

2009

 

31, 2009

 

 

to July 23, 2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Results of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

80,822

 

 

$

953

 

$

57,843

 

 

$

1,114

 

$

1,917

 

$

1,789

 

$

939

 

$

217

 

Interest expense

 

18,760

 

 

416

 

14,741

 

 

500

 

823

 

585

 

229

 

15

 

Net interest income

 

62,062

 

 

537

 

43,102

 

 

614

 

1,094

 

1,204

 

710

 

202

 

Provision for loan losses

 

1,192

 

 

261

 

2,689

 

 

261

 

312

 

196

 

117

 

22

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

60,870

 

 

276

 

40,413

 

 

353

 

782

 

1,008

 

593

 

180

 

Noninterest income

 

12,251

 

 

103

 

10,293

 

 

119

 

177

 

132

 

52

 

4

 

Noninterest expenses

 

39,107

 

 

619

 

22,345

 

 

719

 

1,481

 

1,446

 

1,244

 

801

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

34,014

 

 

(240

)

28,361

 

 

(247

)

(522

)

(306

)

(599

)

(617

)

Income taxes

 

12,721

 

 

 

10,339

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

21,293

 

 

$

(240

)

$

18,022

 

 

$

(247

)

$

(522

)

$

(306

)

$

(599

)

$

(613

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

0.68

 

 

(0.31

)

0.59

 

 

(0.32

)

(0.68

)

(0.40

)

(0.78

)

(0.80

)

Diluted

 

0.67

 

 

(0.31

)

0.58

 

 

(0.32

)

(0.68

)

(0.40

)

(0.78

)

(0.80

)

Tangible book value

 

$

10.29

 

 

$

7.05

 

$

9.46

 

 

$

7.04

 

$

7.36

 

$

7.96

 

$

8.32

 

$

9.10

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

31,541

 

 

767

 

30,584

 

 

767

 

767

 

767

 

767

 

767

 

Diluted

 

31,828

 

 

767

 

31,014

 

 

767

 

767

 

767

 

767

 

767

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets

 

1.70

%

 

(1.38

)%

2.04

%

 

(1.25

)%

(1.69

)%

(1.33

)%

(3.73

)%

(6.36

)%

Return on average equity

 

13.30

%

 

(8.36

)%

14.14

%

 

(7.61

)%

(8.73

)%

(4.87

)%

(9.04

)%

(8.77

)%

Net interest margin(1)(4)

 

7.29

%

 

3.33

%

6.95

%

 

3.33

%

3.83

%

4.36

%

5.30

%

9.19

%

Interest rate spread(2)(4)

 

7.60

%

 

2.73

%

7.16

%

 

2.65

%

2.98

%

5.78

%

4.73

%

8.50

%

Efficiency ratio(3)(4)

 

52.62

%

 

96.72

%

41.69

%

 

98.09

%

116.52

%

108.23

%

163.25

%

388.83

%

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

 

85.96

%

 

123.32

%

90.98

%

 

125.11

%

129.45

%

150.49

%

198.31

%

390.28

%

Average loans receivable to average deposits

 

56.41

%

 

97.02

%

61.51

%

 

87.89

%

105.13

%

115.94

%

95.41

%

38.25

%

 

37



Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Successor Period

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

from July 24,

 

 

Period from

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

2009 to December

 

 

January 1, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

 

2009

 

31, 2009

 

 

to July 23, 2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Quality:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans to loans receivable: (5)(7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered under loss shares agreements with the FDIC

 

34.59

%

 

 

26.61

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not covered under loss shares agreements with the FDIC

 

2.01

%

 

0.73

%

1.17

%

 

0.68

%

0.83

%

0.05

%

 

 

Non-performing assets to total assets: (6)(8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered under loss shares agreements with the FDIC

 

40.66

%

 

 

31.52

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not covered under loss shares agreements with the FDIC

 

0.40

%

 

0.74

%

0.18

%

 

0.70

%

0.77

%

0.03

%

 

 

Allowance for loan losses to non-covered loans receivable

 

2.37

%

 

2.80

%

5.33

%

 

2.72

%

1.96

%

1.65

%

1.19

%

1.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average equity to average assets

 

12.80

%

 

16.29

%

14.41

%

 

16.11

%

19.35

%

27.23

%

41.21

%

72.49

%

Leverage ratio

 

12.63

%

 

18.08

%

14.57

%

 

18.08

%

18.05

%

23.23

%

37.88

%

72.49

%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (9)

 

57.35

%

 

20.54

%

30.60

%

 

20.54

%

21.60

%

27.13

%

45.91

%

164.22

%

Total risk-based capital ratio (9)

 

58.00

%

 

21.56

%

30.85

%

 

21.56

%

22.67

%

28.38

%

46.91

%

164.74

%

 


(1)   Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

(2)   Yield on interest-earning assets less costs of interest-bearing liabilities.

(3)   Noninterest expenses divided by net interest income and noninterest income.

(4)   Calculated on a fully tax-equivalent basis.

(5)   Non-performing loans include nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest.

(6)   Non-performing assets are non-performing loans plus other real estate.

(7)   Ratio of non-covered non-performing loans to non-covered loans receivable and covered non-performing loans to covered loans receivable.

(8)   Ratio of non-covered non-performing assets to non-covered assets and covered non-performing assets to covered assets.

(9)   The increase in our risk-based capital ratios from December 31, 2009 to June 30, 2010 resulted from the FDIC Financial Institutions Letter (FIL-7-2010) dated February 26, 2010, entitled “Regulatory Capital Standards Clarification of the Risk Weights for FDIC Claims and Guarantees,” which clarifies that the FDIC receivable may be assigned a zero risk weight.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following discussion and analysis of our consolidated financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes.  Historical results of operations and the percentage relationships among any amounts included, and any trends that may appear, may not indicate trends in operations or results of operations for any future periods.

 

We have made, and will continue to make, various forward-looking statements with respect to financial and business matters.  Comments regarding our business that are not historical facts are considered forward-looking statements that involve inherent risks and uncertainties.  Actual results may differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking statements.  For additional information regarding our cautionary disclosures, see the “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this registration statement.

 

Overview

 

On July 23, 2010, the Company became the bank holding company of the Bank under a plan of reorganization and share exchange that was approved by the boards of directors of the Company and the Bank and adopted by the shareholders of the Bank at the annual meeting held on March 11, 2010.  The Bank is a Georgia state-chartered bank that opened in October 2005 in Pinehurst, Georgia.  From October 2005 until July 23, 2009, the Bank operated as a small community bank with two branch offices located in Dooly County, Georgia with total assets of approximately $33.6 million, total loans receivable of approximately $22.5 million, total deposits of approximately $26.1 million and total shareholders’ equity of approximately $5.7 million at December 31, 2008.

 

On July 24, 2009, the Bank raised approximately $292.1 million in gross proceeds (before expenses) from investors in a private offering of its common stock.  Immediately following the private offering, these investors owned approximately 97% of the Bank’s outstanding common stock.  In connection with the private offering, the FDIC and the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance approved the Interagency Notice of Change in Control application filed by our new management team, which took control of the Bank on July 24, 2009.  As a result of the private offering and the 2009 acquisitions described below, the Bank was transformed from a small community bank in Pinehurst, Georgia to a large commercial bank operating 21 full service branches throughout middle Georgia and metropolitan Atlanta.  As of June 30, 2010, our total assets were approximately $2.6 billion, our total loans receivable were approximately $1.1 billion, our total deposits were approximately $2.2 billion and our total shareholders’ equity was approximately $335.0 million.

 

As a result of the private offering and change in control transaction, we applied the push-down basis of accounting to our 2009 audited financial statements.  Our 2009 financial statements present two periods that reflect our historical basis of accounting for the period from January 1, 2009 through July 23, 2009 (the “predecessor period”) and our new basis of push-down accounting for the period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009 (the “successor period”).

 

Our 2009 acquisitions resulted in total assets acquired of approximately $3.0 billion, compared to the Bank’s total asset size of only $33.6 million at December 31, 2008, an increase of almost 9,000%.  Given the enormous change in assets and the similar changes in deposits, shareholders’ equity and earnings from the predecessor period to the successor period, the discussion in this section of the registration statement primarily focuses on the successor period and 2010.  Although we have included a summary discussion and analysis of our results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2009, the predecessor period from January 1, 2009 through July 23, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, and of our financial condition as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we believe that the financial information for the periods before July 24, 2009 does not contribute meaningfully to an investor’s understanding of our operations and financial condition after the July 24, 2009 private offering and our acquisition of the Acquired Banks.

 

Acquisitions

 

Six Security Banks

 

On July 24, 2009, immediately following the private offering, the Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with a loss share arrangement with the FDIC, as receiver, under which the Bank assumed all of the $2.2 billion

 

39



Table of Contents

 

of liabilities of the Security Banks and acquired approximately $2.0 billion of the assets of the Security Banks.  The Bank now operates 14 former Security Bank branches in Macon, Warner Robins, Gray, Alpharetta and Perry, Georgia.

 

The Bank entered into 12 loss share agreements with the FDIC for the Security Banks (two for each Security Bank) that collectively cover $1.6 billion of the acquired assets, including 100% of the acquired loans and other real estate owned (“OREO”).  Under the loss share agreements for the Security Banks, the FDIC agreed to cover 80% of losses on the disposition of loans and OREO up to $563.0 million, and 95% of the losses that exceed $563.0 million.  The term for loss sharing on single-family residential real estate loans is 10 years, while the term for loss sharing on non-residential real estate loans is five years with respect to losses and eight years with respect to recoveries.  The reimbursable losses from the FDIC are based on the book value of the relevant loans as determined by the FDIC at the date of the transaction.  The loss share agreements do not cover new loans made after that date.  At the time of acquisition, the Bank recorded a receivable from the FDIC of $403.6 million, which represented the estimated fair value of the FDIC’s portion of the losses that we expected to be incurred and reimbursed to us as of that date.  The value of the FDIC receivable will continue to fluctuate over time based upon the continued performance of the loans and as the Bank receives payments from the FDIC under the loss share agreements.  Realized losses in excess of acquisition date estimates will result in an increase in the FDIC receivable.  Conversely, if realized losses are less than acquisition date estimates, the FDIC receivable for loss share agreements will be reduced.

 

Accounting standards prohibit carrying over an allowance for loan losses for impaired loans purchased in the acquisition of the Security Banks.  On the July 24, 2009 acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required principal payments receivable for all impaired loans acquired from the Security Banks was $340.9 million, and the estimated fair value of those loans was $113.7 million.  We valued the impaired loans based on the liquidation value of the underlying collateral because we could not reasonably estimate the timing and amount of the expected cash flows.  As a result, we recorded no accretable discount on these impaired loans.  We established a credit risk discount (non-accretable) of $227.2 million on the acquisition date relating to these impaired loans, reflected in the recorded net fair value of the impaired loans.

 

Our preliminary estimate on the acquisition date of the contractually required principal payments receivable for all other loans acquired in the acquisition of the Security Banks was $1.2 billion, and the estimated fair value of the loans was $751.2 million.  At the acquisition date, we established a credit risk discount (non-accretable) of $255.0 million on these loans, representing amounts we did not expect to collect either from the customers or from the liquidation of collateral.  In our estimate of cash flows for the non-impaired loans of the Security Banks, we also recorded an accretable discount of $173.1 million relating to the loans, which represents the undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected in excess of the estimated fair value of the acquired loans.  This accretable discount is accreted into interest income on a method that approximates level yield over the estimated life of the related performing covered loans (which we estimate will be four years).  This accretion, which totaled $26.3 million in 2009 and $32.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, is included in interest income on loans in the consolidated statements of income.

 

As a result of the FDIC acquisition and the loss share agreements, our financial results and future risks related to the acquired assets and liabilities of the Security Banks are completely altered, making historical financial information of Security Bank Corporation, or the Security Banks, immaterial to an understanding of our present and planned future operations.  In addition, our business since July 24, 2009 and for the immediate future relies heavily on our loss share resolution business and on the income generated from the remediation and disposal of the assets we acquired from the FDIC and is fundamentally different from the business of Security Bank Corporation.  In light of the foregoing, we have determined that Security Bank Corporation is not the predecessor entity of the Company because we did not succeed to substantially all of the business of Security Bank Corporation in the acquisition, and we have therefore omitted historical financial statements of Security Bank Corporation and the Security Banks in this registration statement.

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

 

On December 4, 2009, the Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with a loss share arrangement with the FDIC, as receiver of The Buckhead Community Bank, Atlanta, Georgia, to assume substantially all of the $810.0 million in liabilities and acquire approximately $880.5 million in assets of The Buckhead Community Bank, a former full-service community bank headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia.  The Bank now operates three former Buckhead Community Bank branches in Atlanta and Sandy Springs, Georgia.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

All of the loans and OREO of The Buckhead Community Bank that we acquired are covered by loss share agreements between the Bank and the FDIC that give the Bank significant protection against future losses in the same manner as the loss share agreements for the Security Banks except as noted below.  Under the loss share agreements, the FDIC agreed to cover 80% of losses on the disposition of loans and OREO up to $254.0 million, and 95% of the losses that exceed $254.0 million.  At the time of acquisition, the Bank recorded a receivable from the FDIC of $213.8 million, which represented the estimated fair value of the FDIC’s portion of the losses that we expected to be incurred and reimbursed to us as of that date.

 

Accounting standards prohibit carrying over an allowance for loan losses for impaired loans purchased in the acquisition of The Buckhead Community Bank.  On the December 4, 2009 acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required principal payments receivable for all impaired loans acquired from The Buckhead Community Bank was $184.9 million, and the estimated fair value of those loans was $68.7 million.  We valued the impaired loans based on the liquidation value of the underlying collateral because we could not reasonably estimate the timing and amount of the expected cash flows.  As a result, we recorded no accretable discount on these impaired loans.  We established a credit risk discount (non-accretable) of $116.2 million on the acquisition date relating to these impaired loans, reflected in the recorded net fair value of the impaired loans.

 

Our preliminary estimate on the acquisition date of the contractually required principal payments receivable for all other loans acquired in the acquisition of The Buckhead Community Bank was $450.4 million, and the estimated fair value of the loans was $274.9 million.  At the acquisition date, we established a credit risk discount (non-accretable) of $140.6 million on these loans, representing amounts we did not expect to collect either from the customers or from the liquidation of collateral.  In our estimate of cash flows for the non-impaired loans of The Buckhead Community Bank, we also recorded an accretable discount of $35.4 million relating to the loans, which represents the undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected in excess of the estimated fair value of the acquired loans.  This accretable discount is accreted into interest income on a method that approximates level yield over the estimated life of the related performing covered loans (which we estimate will be four years).  This accretion, which totaled $1.0 million in 2009 and $5.9 for the six months ended June 30, 2010, is included in interest income on loans in the consolidated statements of income.

 

First Security National Bank

 

Also on December 4, 2009, the Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with a loss share arrangement with the FDIC, as receiver of First Security National Bank, Norcross, Georgia, to assume substantially all of the $118.9 million in liabilities and acquire approximately $113.0 million in assets of First Security National Bank, a former full-service community bank headquartered in Norcross, Georgia.  The Bank now operates two former First Security National Bank branches in Norcross and Atlanta, Georgia.

 

All of the loans and OREO that were acquired are covered by loss share agreements between the Bank and the FIDC that give the Bank significant protection against future losses in the same manner as the loss share agreements for the Security Banks except as noted below.  Under the loss share agreements, the FDIC agreed to cover 80% of losses on the disposition of loans and OREO up to $27.0 million, and 95% of the losses that exceed $27.0 million.  At the time of acquisition, the Bank recorded a receivable from the FDIC of $19.8 million, which represented the estimated fair value of the FDIC’s portion of the losses that we expected to be incurred and reimbursed to us as of that date.

 

Accounting standards prohibit carrying over an allowance for loan losses for impaired loans purchased in the acquisition of First Security National Bank.  On the December 4, 2009 acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required principal payments receivable for all impaired loans acquired from First Security National Bank was $4.3 million, and the estimated fair value of those loans was $1.9 million.  We valued the impaired loans based on the liquidation value of the underlying collateral because we could not reasonably estimate the timing and amount of the expected cash flows.  As a result, we recorded no accretable discount on these impaired loans.  We established a credit risk discount (non-accretable) of $2.4 million on the acquisition date relating to these impaired loans, reflected in the recorded net fair value of the impaired loans.

 

Our preliminary estimate on the acquisition date of the contractually required principal payments receivable for all other loans acquired in the acquisition of First Security National Bank was $46.4 million, and the estimated fair value of the loans was $31.3 million.  At the acquisition date, we established a credit risk discount (non-accretable) of $12.3 million on these loans, representing amounts we did not expect to collect either from the customers or from the liquidation of

 

41



Table of Contents

 

collateral.  In our estimate of cash flows for the non-impaired loans of First Security National Bank, we also recorded an accretable discount of $2.8 million relating to the loans, which represents the undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected in excess of the estimated fair value of the acquired loans.  This accretable discount is accreted into interest income on a method that approximates level yield over the estimated life of the related performing covered loans (which we estimate will be four years).  This accretion, which totaled $137,000 in 2009 and $700,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2010, is included in interest income on loans in the consolidated statements of income.

 

NorthWest Bank and Trust

 

On July 30, 2010, the Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with a loss share arrangement with the FDIC, as receiver of NorthWest Bank and Trust, Acworth, Georgia, to assume $133.3 million in liabilities and acquire approximately $154.6 million in assets of NorthWest Bank and Trust, a former full-service community bank headquartered in Acworth, Georgia.  The Bank now operates one former NorthWest Bank and Trust branch in Marietta, Georgia.

 

All of the loans and OREO that were acquired are covered by loss share agreements between the Bank and the FIDC that give the Bank significant protection against future losses in the same manner as the loss share agreements for the Security Banks except as noted below.  Under the loss share agreements, the FDIC agreed to cover 80% of losses on the disposition of loans and OREO.  At the time of acquisition, the Bank recorded a receivable from the FDIC of $24.5 million, which represented the estimated fair value of the FDIC’s portion of the losses that we expected to be incurred and reimbursed to us as of that date.

 

Accounting standards prohibit carrying over an allowance for loan losses for impaired loans purchased in the acquisition of NorthWest Bank and Trust.  On the July 30, 2010 acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required principal payments receivable for all impaired loans acquired from NorthWest Bank and Trust was $18.6 million, and the estimated fair value of those loans was $4.9 million.  At the acquisition date, we established a credit risk discount (non-accretable) of $13.0 million on these loans, representing amounts we did not expect to collect either from the customers or from the liquidation of collateral. In our estimate of cash flows on the impaired loans, we also recorded an accretable discount of $681,000 relating to the loans, which represents the undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected in excess of the fair value of these loans.

 

Our preliminary estimate on the acquisition date of the contractually required principal payments receivable for all other loans acquired in the acquisition of NorthWest Bank and Trust was $79.2 million, and the estimated fair value of the loans was $51.9 million.  At the acquisition date, we established a credit risk discount (non-accretable) of $16.7 million on these loans, representing amounts we did not expect to collect either from the customers or from the liquidation of collateral.  In our estimate of cash flows for the non-impaired loans of NorthWest Bank and Trust, we also recorded an accretable discount of $10.7 million relating to the loans, which represents the undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected in excess of the estimated fair value of the acquired loans.  This accretable discount is accreted into interest income on a method that approximates level yield over the estimated life of the related performing covered loans (which we estimate will be four years).

 

Summary of Acquisition and Loss Share Accounting

 

We determined current fair value accounting estimates of the acquired assets and liabilities for the acquisitions in accordance with accounting requirements for fair value measurement and acquisition transactions as promulgated in FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality , (AICPA SOP 03-3), FASB ASC Topic No. 805, Business Combinations , (formerly Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141(R), Business Combinations ) and FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , (formerly Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements ).  We recorded identifiable intangible assets, including core deposit intangible assets, at fair value.  Because the fair value of assets acquired and intangible assets created as a result of three of our acquisitions exceeded the fair value of liabilities assumed in the acquisitions, we recorded a gain in our consolidated statements of income.  In addition, in one of our acquisitions the fair value of liabilities assumed exceeded the fair value of assets acquired.  As a result, we recorded goodwill on that acquisition in our consolidated financial statements.

 

We expect to have sufficient non-accretable discounts (discounts representing amounts that are not expected to be collected from the customer and liquidation of collateral) to cover our estimated losses on the covered assets.  Furthermore,

 

42



Table of Contents

 

we expect to have accretable discounts (discounts representing the excess of a loan’s cash flows expected to be collected over the initial investment in the loan) to provide for market yields on the covered loans.  We recorded both the purchased assets and the liabilities assumed at their respective acquisition date fair values.

 

The loss share agreements will have a material effect on our cash flows and operating results in both the short term and the long term.  In the short term, we believe it is likely that a significant amount of the covered loans will become delinquent and the proceeds from the liquidation of collateral will be inadequate to repay the loans.  In those instances, we will stop accruing interest on the loans, which will affect operating results.  Management believes that it has established sufficient non-accretable discounts on covered assets representing the expected losses compared to their acquired contractual payment amounts.  As a result, our operating results would only be adversely affected by loan losses on covered assets to the extent that those losses exceed the expected losses reflected in the fair value of the covered assets at the acquisition date.

 

The effects of the loss share agreements on cash flows and operating results in the long term will be similar to the short-term effects described above.  The long-term effects will depend primarily on the ability of borrowers to make required payments over time.  As the loss share agreements cover up to a 10-year period (five years for loans other than single family residential mortgage loans), changing economic conditions will likely affect the timing of future charge-offs and the resulting reimbursements from the FDIC.  Management believes that any recapture of interest income and recognition of cash flows from borrowers or amounts received from the FDIC arising from the FDIC receivable may be recognized unevenly over this period, as we exhaust our collection efforts under our normal practices.

 

In the income statement, the covered expenses incurred to manage and dispose of covered assets are expensed per our percentage under loss share (generally 20%), and the remaining amount (generally 80%) is added to the FDIC receivable each quarter.  We include these covered expenses in our quarterly reporting to the FDIC, and the FDIC reimburses us for them under the terms of the loss share agreements.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

We have adopted various accounting policies that govern the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and with general practices within the banking industry in the preparation of our financial statements.  We describe our significant accounting policies in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009.  Management has discussed these critical accounting policies with the Audit Committee of our board of directors.

 

Some of the accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by us that have a material impact on the carrying value of our assets and liabilities.  We consider these accounting policies to be critical accounting policies.  The judgment and assumptions we use are based on historical experience and other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances.  Because of the nature of the judgment and assumptions we make, actual results could differ from these judgments and estimates and could materially affect the carrying values of our assets and liabilities and our results of operations.

 

The following is a summary of the more judgmental estimates and complex accounting principles.

 

Acquisition Accounting

 

Generally accepted accounting principles require the use of fair values in determining the carrying values of certain assets and liabilities, as well as for specific disclosures.  The most significant uses of fair values include impaired loans and foreclosed property and the net assets acquired in business combinations.  We recorded assets purchased and liabilities assumed in our FDIC-assisted acquisitions at their fair values.  The fair value of a loan portfolio acquired in a business combination requires greater levels of management estimates and judgment than the remainder of purchased assets or assumed liabilities.  The credit risks inherent and evidenced in the FDIC-assisted transactions resulted in substantially all loans purchased in the transaction were purchased with a credit discount.  On the date of acquisition, when the loans have evidence of credit deterioration since their origination and we believe it is probable that we will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments, we refer to the difference between contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected as the non-accretable discount.  We must estimate expected cash flows at each reporting date.  Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses.  Subsequent

 

43



Table of Contents

 

increases in cash flows result in a reversal of the provision for loan losses to the extent of prior charges and adjusted accretable discount, which will have a positive effect on interest income.  We also use this method to handle purchased loans without evidence of credit deterioration.

 

Because we record loans acquired in connection with FDIC-assisted acquisitions at fair value, we record no allowance for loan losses related to the acquired covered loans on the acquisition date, given that the fair value of the loans acquired incorporates assumptions regarding credit risk.  We record acquired loans at fair value in accordance with the fair value methodology, exclusive of the loss share agreements with the FDIC.  These fair value estimates associated with the loans include estimates related to expected prepayments and the amount and timing of expected principal, interest and other cash flows.

 

We continue to measure the loss share agreements on the same basis as the related covered loans.  Because the acquired covered loans are subject to the accounting prescribed by FASB ASC Topic 310, subsequent changes to the basis of the loss share agreements also follow that model.  Deterioration in the credit quality of the loans (immediately recorded as an adjustment to the allowance for loan losses) would immediately increase the basis of the loss share agreements, with the offset recorded through the consolidated statement of income.  Increases in the credit quality or cash flows of loans (reflected as an adjustment to the discount and accreted into income over the remaining life of the loans) decrease the basis of the loss share agreements.  That decrease is accreted into income over either the same period or the life of the loss share agreements, whichever is shorter.  Loss assumptions used in the basis of the covered loans are consistent with the loss assumptions used to measure the FDIC receivable.  Fair value accounting incorporates into the fair value of the FDIC receivable an element of the time value of money, which is accreted back into income over the life of the loss share agreements.

 

FDIC Receivable for Loss Share Agreements

 

The majority of our loan and other real estate assets are covered under loss share agreements with the FDIC in which the FDIC has agreed to reimburse us for between 80% and 95% of all losses incurred in connection with those assets.  We estimated the amount that we will receive from the FDIC under the loss share agreements that will result from losses incurred as we dispose of covered loans and other real estate assets, and we recorded the estimate as a receiveable from the FDIC.

 

The FDIC receivable for loss share agreements is measured separately from the related covered assets because it is not contractually embedded in the assets and is not transferable if we sell the assets.  We estimated the fair value of the FDIC receivable using the present value of cash flows related to the loss share agreements based on the expected reimbursements for losses and the applicable loss share percentages.  We will review and update the fair value of the FDIC receivable prospectively as loss estimates related to covered loans and other real estate owned change.  Subsequent decreases in the amount expected to be collected result in a provision for loan and lease losses, an increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses, and a proportional adjustment to the FDIC receivable for the estimated amount to be reimbursed.  Subsequent increases in the amount expected to be collected result in the reversal of any previously-recorded provision for loan and lease losses and related allowance for loan and lease losses and adjustments to the FDIC receivable, or prospective adjustment to the accretable discount if no provision for loan and lease losses had been recorded.

 

Based on our due diligence review for each of our acquisitions, including estimates of the timing of cash flow receipts and the disposition of non-performing assets, we expect to dispose of the acquired covered assets over a period of four years and have estimated a four-year life for collection of the FDIC receivable. We discounted the receivable for the expected timing and receipt of these cash flows using a risk free rate plus a premium for risk.  For the risk free rate, we interpolated the three- and five-year U.S. Treasury rate.  The ultimate realization of the FDIC receivable depends on the performance of the underlying covered assets, the passage of time and claims paid by the FDIC.  The accretion of the FDIC receivable discount is recorded into noninterest income using the level yield method over the estimated life of the receivable.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (ALLL)

 

We assess the adequacy of the ALLL quarterly with respect to non-covered loans.  This assessment includes procedures to estimate the allowance and test the adequacy and appropriateness of the resulting balance.  The ALLL consists of two components:

 

(1)            a specific amount representative of identified credit exposures that are readily predictable by the current performance of the borrower and underlying collateral; and

(2)            a general amount based upon historical losses that is then adjusted for various stress factors representative of various economic factors and characteristics of the loan portfolio.

 

Even though the ALLL is composed of two components, the entire ALLL is available to absorb any credit losses.

 

We establish the specific amount by examining impaired loans.  Under generally accepted accounting principles, we may measure the loss either by:

 

(1)            the observable market price of the loan;

(2)            the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; or

(3)            the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

 

Because the majority of our impaired loans are collateral dependent, we calculate nearly all of our specific allowances based on the fair value of the collateral.

 

We establish the general amount by taking the remaining loan portfolio (excluding those impaired loans discussed above) with allocations based on historical losses in the total loan portfolio.  We then subject the calculation of the general amount to stress factors that are somewhat subjective.  The stress testing attempts to correlate the historical loss rates with current economic factors and current risks in the portfolio.  The stress factors consist of:

 

(1)            economic factors including changes in the local or national economy;

(2)            the depth of experience in the lending staff;

(3)            any concentrations of credit (such as commercial real estate) in any particular industry group;

(4)            new banking laws or regulations;

(5)            the credit grade of the loans in our unsecured consumer loan portfolio; and

(6)            additional risks resulting from the level of speculative real estate loans in the portfolio.

 

After we assess the applicable factors, we evaluate the remaining amount based on management’s experience.

 

Finally, we compare the level of the ALLL with historical trends and peer information as a reasonableness test.  Management then evaluates the result of the procedures performed, including the result of our testing, and makes a conclusion regarding the appropriateness of the ALLL in its entirety.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income Tax Expense.  The calculation of our income tax expense requires significant judgment and the use of estimates.  We periodically assess tax positions based on current tax developments, including enacted statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance.  In analyzing our overall tax position, we consider the amount and timing of recognizing income tax liabilities and benefits.  In applying the tax and accounting guidance to the facts and circumstances, we adjust income tax balances appropriately through the income tax provision.  We maintain reserves for income tax uncertainties at levels we believe are adequate to absorb probable payments.  Actual amounts paid, if any, could differ significantly from these estimates.

 

Deferred Income Taxes.  We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes.  Under this method, we recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.  We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those

 

45



Table of Contents

 

temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  We assess deferred tax assets based on expected realizations, and we establish a valuation allowance for any amounts we do not expect to realize.

 

Results of Operations

 

General

 

We reported net income of $21.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $18.0 million for the successor period from July 24, 2009 to December 31, 2009.  Earnings per share on a diluted basis were $0.67 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $0.58 for the successor period from July 24, 2009 to December 31, 2009.  The accretion of fair value discounts on covered loans under our loss share agreements with the FDIC has significantly affected our earnings for the 2009 successor period and the first six months of 2010.  Additionally, we recorded a gain of $1.2 million in 2009 related to two of our acquisitions.

 

We expect that over the next four years, as we manage the disposition of our covered loans and other real estate assets acquired from the FDIC, a significant portion of our earnings will result from the accretion of fair value discounts on our covered loan portfolio.  We recorded the covered loans at fair value on the date of each acquisition.  In our estimate of cash flows for the acquired non-impaired loans, we recorded an accretable discount relating to the loans, which represents the undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected in excess of the estimated fair value of the acquired loans.  This accretable discount is accreted into interest income on a method that approximates level yield over the estimated life of the related performing covered loans (which we estimate will be four years from the date of each acquisition).  During this four-year period, as we dispose of our covered loans, we also plan to grow our balance sheet by replacing our covered loans and the related accretion on the accretable discount with new performing loans and related interest income.

 

As part of our acquisitions, we also established an FDIC receivable for loss share agreements, which represents the present value of the estimated losses on covered loans and other real estate assets to be reimbursed by the FDIC.  We based the estimated losses on the same cash flow estimates we used to determine the fair value of the covered loans.  The FDIC receivable will be reduced as losses are recognized on covered loans and other real estate assets and loss share payments are received from the FDIC.  We expect to dispose of the acquired covered assets from our 2009 acquisitions over a period of four years and have estimated a four-year life from the date of each acquisition for collection of the FDIC receivable.  We record the accretion of the FDIC receivable discount into noninterest income using the level yield method over the estimated life of the receivable.

 

We report covered loans under loss share agreements with the FDIC exclusive of the FDIC receivable.  The covered loans acquired in our acquisitions are, and will continue to be, reviewed for collectability, based on the expectations of cash flows on these loans.  As a result, if there is a decrease in expected cash flows due to an increase in estimated credit losses compared to the estimate made on the acquisition date, we will record the decrease in the present value of expected cash flows as a provision for covered loan losses charged to earnings and will establish an allowance for covered loan losses.  We will recognize a related credit to income and an increase in the FDIC receivable at the same time, measured based on the applicable loss share percentage.

 

Net Interest Income

 

Our earnings depend to a large extent on net interest income, which is the excess of the interest income recognized on interest earning assets (such as loans and investment securities), as well as any accretion of fair value discounts on our covered loans, over the interest expense incurred on interest bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowings.  Net interest income depends upon the volume of average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned and paid on them.  The significance of net interest income is a function of our balances of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the effect of market rates of interest as influenced by the Federal Reserve’s monetary policy.  Following our acquisitions, the accretion of fair value discounts on covered loans under our loss share agreements with the FDIC has significantly affected our net interest income, and we expect that to continue for the immediate future.

 

Six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009.  Our net interest income was $62.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010.  Our net interest rate spread, which is the yield on interest earning assets, including the accretion of the fair value discount on our covered loans, minus the cost of interest bearing liabilities, was 7.60 % for the six months ended June

 

46



Table of Contents

 

30, 2010, while our net interest margin, which is net interest income divided by average interest earnings assets, was 7.29%.  Excluding the accretion of the fair value discount on our covered loans, our net interest rate spread for the six months ended June 30, 2010 would have been 3.06% and our net interest margin would have been 2.75%.  Our net interest income was $537,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2009.  This net interest income resulted from our average interest earning assets of $32.5 million and our net interest margin of 3.33%.

 

Our interest income was $80.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, which included interest and fees earned on loans of $37.8 million and the accretion of the fair value discounts on our covered loans of $38.7 million.  We anticipate that the amortization period related to the accretion of the fair value discounts will run for a period of four years from the date of each of our FDIC-assisted acquisitions.  Our interest income was $953,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2009, consisting primarily of interest and fees earned on loans of $829,000 and $85,000 earned on investment securities.

 

Interest expense was $18.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and was comprised almost entirely of interest paid on deposit accounts of $18.7 million.  The average balance of interest bearing deposit accounts was $2.0 billion or 99.6 % of total interest bearing liabilities for the six months ended June 30, 2010.  Interest expense was $416,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and was comprised primarily of interest paid on deposit accounts.

 

Successor period ended December 31, 2009.   Our net interest income was $43.1 million for the successor period ended December 31, 2009.  Our net interest rate spread, including the accretion of the fair value discount on our covered loans, was 7.16%, while our net interest margin, was 6.95% for the successor period ended 2009.  Excluding the accretion of the fair value discount on our covered loans, our net interest rate spread would have been 2.74% and our net interest margin would have been 2.53% for the successor period ended December 31, 2009.

 

Our interest income was $57.8 million for the successor period ended December 31, 2009, which included interest and fees earned on loans of $27.6 million and the accretion of the fair value discount on our covered loans of $27.4 million.  We anticipate that the amortization period related to the accretion of the fair value discounts will run for a period of four years from the date of each of our FDIC-assisted acquisitions.

 

Interest expense was $14.7 million for the successor period ended December 31, 2009 and was comprised primarily of interest paid on deposit accounts of $13.6 million.  The average balance of interest bearing deposit accounts was $1.4 billion or 92% of total interest bearing liabilities for the successor period ended December 31, 2009.  Interest expense on deposits was reduced by $1.9 million from July 24, 2009 to December 31, 2009, due to the amortization of certificate of deposit discounts that resulted from our 2009 acquisitions.  The remaining discount of $4.6 million will be amortized over the life of the acquired certificates of deposit and will become fully amortized by October 2010.

 

Predecessor period ended July 23, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.  Our net interest income was $614,000 for the predecessor period from January 1, 2009 through July 23, 2009.  Our net interest income was $1.1 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Net interest income remained relatively consistent in these periods as the growth in the volume of interest earning assets was offset by declining asset yields as rates decreased.  The decline in loan yields outpaced the decline in deposit costs.

 

Our interest income was $1.1 million for the predecessor period from January 1, 2009 through July 23, 2009, consisting primarily of interest and fees earned on loans of $974,000 and $99,000 earned on investment securities.  Our interest income was $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, consisting primarily of interest and fees earned on loans of $1.7 million and $190,000 earned on investment securities.  Our interest income was $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, consisting primarily of interest and fees earned on loans of $1.5 million and $203,000 earned on investment securities.  Growth in earning assets drove increases in interest income, while rate reductions significantly offset these volume increases.

 

Interest expense was $500,000 for the predecessor period from January 1, 2009 through July 23, 2009 and was comprised primarily of interest paid on deposit accounts of $454,000.  Interest expense was $823,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008 and was comprised primarily of interest paid on deposit accounts of $807,000.  Interest expense was $585,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007 and was comprised primarily of interest paid on deposit accounts of $583,000.  Deposit growth drove the increases in interest expense as the average costs of deposits partially offset the volume increases.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

Average Balances, Income and Expenses, and Rates

 

The following tables show our average balance sheet and our average yields on assets and average costs of liabilities for the periods indicated.  We derive these yields by dividing income or expense by the average balance of the corresponding assets or liabilities.  We have derived average balances from the daily balances throughout the periods indicated.

 

 

 

For the Period From July 24, 2009
Through December 31, 2009

 

 

For the Period From January 1, 2009
Through July 23, 2009

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Average
Balance

 

Income/
Expense

 

Yield/
Rate(1)

 

 

Average
Balance

 

Income/
Expense

 

Yield/
Rate(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning balances

 

$

297,323

 

$

305

 

0.23

%

 

$

5,005

 

$

41

 

1.46

%

Taxable investment securities

 

241,889

 

2,531

 

2.39

%

 

3,934

 

99

 

4.48

%

Non-taxable investment securities, tax- equivalent basis (2)

 

574

 

15

 

5.81

%

 

 

 

 

Loans receivable (3)

 

876,131

 

54,998

 

14.32

%

 

23,905

 

974

 

7.25

%

Total earning assets

 

1,415,917

 

57,849

 

9.32

%

 

32,844

 

1,114

 

6.04

%

Total nonearning assets

 

603,072

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,208

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

2,018,989

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

35,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing transaction accounts

 

$

247,629

 

$

1,538

 

1.42

%

 

$

2,709

 

16

 

1.05

%

Savings & money market

 

223,026

 

1,757

 

1.80

%

 

4,777

 

59

 

2.20

%

Time deposits less than $100,000

 

488,240

 

656

 

0.31

%

 

9,184

 

183

 

3.55

%

Time deposits greater than $100,000

 

473,927

 

9,685

 

4.66

%

 

7,783

 

196

 

4.48

%

Advances from FHLB

 

118,006

 

1,093

 

2.11

%

 

1,800

 

46

 

4.55

%

Repurchase agreements and federal funds sold

 

5,443

 

12

 

0.51

%

 

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

1,556,271

 

14,741

 

2.16

%

 

26,253

 

500

 

3.39

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

 

149,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,746

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

22,866

 

 

 

 

 

 

270

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

290,844

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,783

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

2,018,989

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

35,052

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

$

43,108

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

614

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

 

 

7.16

%

 

 

 

 

 

2.65

%

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

6.95

%

 

 

 

 

 

3.33

%

 


(1)            Annualized for the applicable period.

(2)            Reflects taxable equivalent adjustments using the statutory tax rate of 35% in adjusting interest on tax-exempt securities to a fully taxable basis.  The taxable equivalent adjustments included above amounts to $5,000 for the successor period ended December 31, 2009.

(3)            Includes nonaccruing loans.

 

For the successor period ended December 31, 2009, interest income on loans receivable in the above table includes $27.4 million of accretion from the accretable discount recorded from our 2009 acquisitions.  Without this accretion, interest income on loans would have been $27.6 million resulting in a yield on loans receivable of 7.18%, a yield on earning assets of 4.90%, a net interest spread of 2.74% and a net interest margin of 2.53%.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the Year Ended
December 31, 2008

 

For the Year Ended
 December 31, 2007

 

 

 

Average
 Balance

 

Income/
 Expense

 

Yield/
 Rate(1)

 

Average
 Balance

 

Income/
 Expense

 

Yield/
 Rate(1)

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning balances

 

$

2,432

 

$

56

 

2.30

%

$

751

 

$

54

 

7.20

%

Taxable investment securities

 

4,000

 

190

 

4.75

%

4,085

 

203

 

4.97

%

Non-taxable investment securities, tax- equivalent basis

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivable (3)

 

22,155

 

1,671

 

7.54

%

15,994

 

1,532

 

9.58

%

Total earning assets

 

28,587

 

1,917

 

6.71

%

20,827

 

1,789

 

8.59

%

Total nonearning assets

 

2,301

 

 

 

 

 

2,255

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

30,888

 

 

 

 

 

$

23,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing transaction accounts

 

$

2,839

 

35

 

1.23

%

$

2,522

 

$

32

 

1.27

%

Savings & money market

 

3,497

 

82

 

2.34

%

2,801

 

96

 

3.43

%

Time deposits less than $100,000

 

7,203

 

352

 

4.89

%

5,258

 

272

 

5.17

%

Time deposits greater than $100,000

 

7,535

 

338

 

4.49

%

3,215

 

183

 

5.69

%

Advances from FHLB

 

900

 

14

 

1.56

%

 

 

 

Repurchase agreements and federal funds sold

 

109

 

2

 

1.83

%

44

 

2

 

4.55

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

22,083

 

823

 

3.73

%

13,840

 

585

 

4.23

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

 

2,471

 

 

 

 

 

2,743

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

358

 

 

 

 

 

214

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

5,976

 

 

 

 

 

6,285

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

30,888

 

 

 

 

 

$

23,082

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

$

1,094

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,204

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

 

 

2.98

%

 

 

 

 

4.36

%

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

3.83

%

 

 

 

 

5.78

%

 


(1)           Annualized for the applicable period.

(2)           Includes nonaccruing loans.

 

The decrease in loan yields during the year ended December 31, 2008 outpaced the decreases in deposit costs.  Higher cost time deposits comprised the majority of funding during 2007 and 2008.  Increases in non-performing loans further decreased the net interest margin.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the Six Months
Ended June 30, 2010

 

 

For the Six Months
Ended June 30, 2009

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Average
 Balance

 

Income/
 Expense

 

Yield/
 Rate(1)

 

 

Average
 Balance

 

Income/
 Expense

 

Yield/
 Rate(1)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning balances

 

$

234,266

 

$

291

 

0.25

%

 

$

4,764

 

$

39

 

1.65

%

Taxable investment securities

 

358,256

 

3,981

 

2.24

%

 

4,076

 

85

 

4.21

%

Non-taxable investment securities, tax- equivalent basis (2)

 

3,077

 

100

 

6.58

%

 

 

 

%

Loans receivable (3)

 

1,122,898

 

76,488

 

13.74

%

 

23,665

 

829

 

7.06

%

Total earning assets

 

1,718,497

 

80,860

 

9.49

%

 

32,505

 

953

 

5.91

%

Total nonearning assets

 

804,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,096

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

2,522,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

35,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing transaction accounts

 

$

230,303

 

$

1,060

 

0.93

%

 

$

2,743

 

$

14

 

1.03

%

Savings & money market

 

941,528

 

9,837

 

2.11

%

 

4,888

 

50

 

2.06

%

Time deposits less than $100,000

 

444,314

 

251

 

0.11

%

 

7,730

 

156

 

4.07

%

Time deposits greater than $100,000

 

374,598

 

7,590

 

4.09

%

 

9,030

 

168

 

3.75

%

Advances from FHLB

 

81

 

 

0.30

%

 

1,800

 

27

 

3.02

%

Repurchase agreements and federal funds sold

 

8,253

 

22

 

0.53

%

 

168

 

1

 

1.20

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

1,999,077

 

18,760

 

1.89

%

 

26,359

 

416

 

3.18

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

 

180,533

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,336

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

20,159

 

 

 

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

322,894

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,801

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

2,522,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

35,601

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

$

62,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

537

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

 

 

7.60

%

 

 

 

 

 

2.73

%

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

7.29

%

 

 

 

 

 

3.33

%

 


(1)           Annualized for the applicable period.

(2)           Reflects taxable equivalent adjustments using the statutory tax rate of 35% in adjusting interest on tax-exempt securities to a fully taxable basis.  The taxable equivalent adjustments included above amounts to $38,000 for 2010.

(3)           Includes nonaccruing loans.

 

For the six months ended ended June 30, 2010, interest income on loans receivable in the above table includes $38.7 million of accretion from the accretable discount recorded from our 2009 acquisitions.  Without this accretion, interest income on loans would have been $37.8 million resulting in a yield on loans receivable of 6.79%, a yield on earning assets of 4.95%, a net interest spread of 3.06% and a net interest margin of 2.75%.  The net interest margin for the six months eded June 30, 2009 declined 44 basis points compared to 2008 as lower asset yields pressured the margin.  Inreased non-performing loans also decreased the net interest margin.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

Rate/Volume Analysis

 

Net interest income can be analyzed in terms of the impact of changing interest rates and changing volume.  The following tables reflect the effect that varying levels of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the applicable rates have had on changes in net interest income for the periods presented.

 

 

 

Successor Period Ended
December 31, 2009 vs.
Predecessor Period Ended
July 23, 2009

 

Predecessor Period Ended
July 23, 2009 vs.
Year Ended
December 31, 2008

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease) Due to

 

Increase (Decrease) Due to

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Net
Change

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Net
Change

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

61,824

 

$

(7,800

)

$

54,024

 

$

132

 

$

(829

)

$

(697

)

Taxable investment securities

 

10,661

 

(8,229

)

2,432

 

(3

)

(88

)

(91

)

Non-taxable investment securities

 

15

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing balances and federal funds sold

 

4,264

 

(4,000

)

264

 

59

 

(74

)

(15

)

Total interest income

 

76,764

 

(20,029

)

56,735

 

188

 

(991

)

(803

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

45,271

 

(32,089

)

13,182

 

136

 

(489

)

(353

)

Advances from FHLB and other borrowings

 

5,288

 

(4,241

)

1,047

 

14

 

18

 

32

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased

 

12

 

 

12

 

(2

)

 

(2

)

Total interest expense

 

50,571

 

(36,330

)

14,241

 

148

 

(471

)

(323

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

26,193

 

$

16,301

 

$

42,494

 

$

(40

)

$

(520

)

$

(480

)

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31, 2008 vs.
December 31, 2007

 

Six Months Ended
 June 30, 2010 vs. June 30, 2009

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease) Due to

 

Increase (Decrease) Due to

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Net
Change

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Net
Change

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

590

 

$

(451

)

$

139

 

$

77,652

 

$

(1,993

)

$

75,659

 

Taxable investment securities

 

(4

)

(9

)

(13

)

14,894

 

(10,998

)

3,896

 

Non-taxable investment securities

 

 

 

 

3,077

 

(2,977

)

100

 

Interest bearing balances and federal funds sold

 

121

 

(119

)

2

 

3,789

 

(3,537

)

252

 

Total interest income

 

707

 

(579

)

128

 

99,412

 

(19,505

)

79,907

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

374

 

(150

)

224

 

53,146

 

(34,796

)

18,350

 

Advances from FHLB and other borrowings

 

14

 

 

14

 

(52

)

25

 

(27

)

Securities sold under repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased

 

3

 

(3

)

 

97

 

(76

)

21

 

Total interest expense

 

391

 

(153

)

238

 

53,191

 

(34,847

)

18,344

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

316

 

$

(426

)

$

(110

)

$

46,221

 

$

15,342

 

$

61,563

 

 

51



Table of Contents

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

We have established an allowance for loan losses through a provision for loan losses charged as an expense on our statement of operations.  We review our non-covered loan portfolio, consisting of loans that are not covered by loss share agreements with the FDIC, on a quarterly basis to evaluate our outstanding loans and to measure both the performance of the portfolio and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.  Please see the discussion below under “Balance Sheet Review — Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses” for a description of the factors we consider in determining the amount of the provision we expense each period to maintain this allowance.

 

We do not maintain an allowance for loan loss for the covered loans in our loan portfolio that we acquired under the loss share agreements with the FDIC, because we recorded these loans at fair value at the time of each respective acquisition and subsequent to this date, there has been no significant deterioration that would require an allowance.  However, we do evaluate the adequacy of the non-accretable discounts on our covered loans, and we determined that no additional provision for loan losses on covered loans was required for the six months ended June 30, 2010.  At June 30, 2010, our non-covered loans totaled $153.6 million, or 13.6% of our total loan portfolio, compared to $47.4 million, or 4.0% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2010.  Before July 24, 2009, all of our loans were non-covered loans.

 

Six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, our provision for loan losses was $1.2 million, compared to $261,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2009.  The allowance for loan losses was approximately $3.6 million and $706,000 as of June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Our allowance for loan losses as a percentage of gross non-covered loans was 2.37% at June 30, 2010.  Our allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans receivable was 2.8% at June 30, 2009.

 

Successor period ended December 31, 2009 .  For the successor period ended December 31, 2009, our provision for loan losses was $2.7 million.  Our allowance for loan losses was approximately $2.5 million at December 31, 2009.  Excluding our covered loans, our allowance for loan losses as a percentage of gross non-covered loans was 5.3% at December 31, 2009.

 

Predecessor period ended July 23, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 .  For the predecessor period ended July 23, 2009, our provision for loan losses was $261,000, compared to $312,000 and $196,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The allowance for loan losses was approximately $445,000 and $316,000, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Our allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans receivable was 1.97% and 1.65% at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

We review our loss experience on our covered loan portfolio periodically and compare our losses to the estimated losses in the fair value discounts.  In the future, if our actual losses exceed the estimated losses, we will need to record an adjustment to these discounts through a provision for loan losses charged as an expense on our statement of operations.  In that event, due to the FDIC loss share agreements, we would only expense between 5% and 20% of the estimated loss, depending upon the applicable acquisition and loss share agreement to which the loss is related.  No such adjustments were required for successor period ended December 31, 2009 or the six months ended June 30, 2010.

 

Noninterest Income

 

Six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009.  Noninterest income totaled $12.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010.  The accretion of the FDIC receivable discount of $6.9 million comprised 56.4% of our noninterest income for the six months ended June 30, 2010.  The FDIC receivable discount had an estimated original life of four years from the date of each acquisition, thus we expect the accretion to be completed in 2013.  Service charges on deposits of $4.6 million comprised 37.7% of our noninterest income for the six months ended June 30, 2010.  These service charges are primarily from fees related to insufficient funds checks and the Bank’s bounce protection product.  For the six months ended June 30, 2009, noninterest income totaled $103,000, which was primarily composed of service charges on deposit accounts.

 

Successor period ended December 31, 2009.  Noninterest income totaled $10.3 million for the successor period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009.  The accretion of the FDIC receivable discount of $4.7 million comprised 46.1% of our noninterest income for the successor period ended December 31, 2009.  The FDIC receivable discount had an estimated original life of four years from the date of each acquisition, thus we expect the accretion to be completed in 2013.  Service charges on deposits of $3.3 million comprised 32.7% of our noninterest income for the successor period ended

 

52



Table of Contents

 

December 31, 2009.  These service charges are primarily from fees related to insufficient funds checks and the Bank’s bounce protection product.

 

Predecessor period ended July 23, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 .  For the predecessor period from January 1, 2009 through July 23, 2009, our noninterest expense totaled $119,000, which was primarily comprised of service charges on deposit accounts.  For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, noninterest income totaled $212,000 and $203,000, respectively, which was primarily composed of service charges on deposit accounts.

 

Noninterest Expense

 

Six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009.  Noninterest expense totaled $39.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010.  Salaries and employee benefits were our most significant expense totaling $20.8 million, or 53.1% of noninterest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2010.  Total salaries were $14.9 million, cash incentive plan expenses were $2.6 million and payroll taxes were $1.2 million.  Salaries and benefits increased in 2010 as our mortgage division began operations and we implemented our 401(k) savings and profit sharing plan.  We currently have higher than peer average expenses associated with the operation of our Special Assets Division, which services the problem assets acquired under the loss share agreements with the FDIC, and our Regulatory Relations Department, which manages our compliance with the FDIC loss share agreements.

 

Federal deposit insurance premiums and fees were $2.5 million, or 6.4%, of noninterest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2010, increasing in 2010 with our growth in insured deposits.  Occupancy and equipment expenses were $4.1 million, or 10.5% of noninterest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2010.  During the first half of 2010, we leased each of the acquired branch locations from our 2009 acquisitions from the FDIC.  As a result, our occupancy and equipment expenses include very little depreciation expense.  The settlement with the FDIC on the 2009 acquisitions occurred in the third quarter of 2010, when we purchased the acquired branch locations for $21.9 million from the FDIC.  We have now begun depreciating the acquired assets. Subsequently to the branch purchases from the FDIC, we anticipate monthly depreciation expense to increase approximately $100,000.

 

Legal and professional expenses were $1.6 million, or 4.1% of noninterest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2010, comprised of $599,000 in legal fees, $514,000 in accounting and audit fees and $451,000 of consulting and other professional fees.  Following the effective date of this registration statement, we will be obligated to file various reports required by the Exchange Act, including current reports on Form 8-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and annual reports on Form 10-K.  As a result, we anticipate we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur in the past and, therefore, are not reflected in our historical financial statements.

 

Net costs of operations of other real estate owned were $4.8 million, or 12.2% of noninterest expense, for the six months ended June 30, 2010.  These costs include losses on sales of other real estate of $2.5 million and expenses related to the management and collection of other real estate of $2.3 million.  Under the loss share agreements, we record a portion of these losses and expenses in our statements of income (generally 20%) and we add the remaining 80% to the FDIC receivable.

 

Noninterest expense totaled $619,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2009, consisting primarily of $324,000 in salaries and employee benefits, $101,000 in occupancy expenses and $95,000 in other expense.  Such expenses were consistent with calendar 2008 as the Company’s costs were primarily fixed in nature during this period.

 

Successor period ended December 31, 2009.  Noninterest expense totaled $22.3 million for the successor period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009.  Salaries and employee benefits were our most significant expense totaling $13.2 million, or 58.9% of noninterest expense for the successor period ended December 31, 2009.  Total salaries were $10.3 million, cash incentive plan expenses were $1.7 million and payroll taxes were $851,000.

 

Federal deposit insurance premiums and fees were $1.7 million, or 7.8% of noninterest expense, for the successor period ended December 31, 2009.  During the fourth quarter of 2009, like other banks, we prepaid an amount estimated to be three years of deposit premiums to the FDIC totaling $12.0 million.  This prepayment will be amortized to expense over the three-year period and adjusted for changes in deposit levels and risk factors.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

Occupancy and equipment expenses were $1.7 million, or 7.5% of noninterest expense for the successor period ended December 31, 2009.  During 2009, we leased each of the acquired branch locations from the FDIC.  As a result, our occupancy and equipment expenses include very little depreciation expense but a significant amount of leasing expense.  The settlement with the FDIC on the 2009 acquisitions occurred in the third quarter of 2010, and we have begun depreciating the acquired assets.  Subsequent to the branch purchases from the FDIC, we anticipate monthly depreciation expense to increase approximately $100,000.

 

Legal and professional expenses were $1.4 million, or 6.4% of noninterest expense for the successor period ended December 31, 2009, comprised of $427,000 in legal fees, $578,000 in accounting and audit fees and $469,000 of consulting and other professional fees.  Our resolution efforts with respect to our covered assets and our acquisition activity in 2009 have resulted in increased legal and professional expenses.

 

Predecessor period ended July 23, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.   For the predecessor period from January 1, 2009 through July 23, 2009, our noninterest expense totaled $719,000, consisting primarily of $380,000 in salaries and employee benefits, $115,000 in occupancy expenses, $64,000 in data processing and $89,000 in other expense.  For the year ended December 31, 2008, noninterest expense totaled $1.5 million, consisting primarily of $728,000 in salaries and employee benefits, $289,000 in occupancy expenses, $111,000 in data processing and $156,000 in other expense.  For the year ended December 31, 2007, noninterest expense totaled $1.4 million, consisting primarily of $783,000 in salaries and employee benefits, $303,000 in occupancy expenses, $99,000 in data processing and $187,000 in other expense.  Because of the small size of the Bank during these periods, there was very little variability in noninterest expenses as the Bank was experiencing expected growth designed to better absorb fixed costs.

 

Balance Sheet Review

 

General

 

At June 30, 2010, we had total assets of $2.6 billion, consisting principally of $1.1 billion in loans, $422.7 million in investment securities, $482.9 million in FDIC receivable, $166.5 million in other real estate owned and $304.2 million in cash and cash equivalents.  Our liabilities at June 30, 2010 totaled $2.3 billion, consisting principally of $2.2 billion in deposits.  At June 30, 2010, our shareholders’ equity was $335.0 million.

 

At December 31, 2009, we had total assets of $2.5 billion, consisting principally of $1.2 billion in loans, $318.0 million in investment securities, $605.5 million in FDIC receivables, $141.8 million in other real estate owned and $200.2 million in cash and cash equivalents.  Our liabilities at December 31, 2009 totaled $2.2 billion, consisting principally of $2.2 billion in deposits.  At December 31, 2009, our shareholders’ equity was $310.8 million.

 

Investments

 

Our investment portfolio serves as a source of liquidity and earnings and is used to manage interest rate risk.  At June 30, 2010, the $422.7 million in our available-for-sale investment securities portfolio represented  approximately 16.3% of our total assets compared to $318.0 million, or 12.7% of total assets, at December 31, 2009.  We anticipate maintaining an investment portfolio to provide both increased earnings and liquidity.

 

Our investment portfolio primarily consists of U.S. government agency securities and agency mortgage-backed securities.  As of June 30, 2010, $201.8 million, or 47.7%, of our available-for-sale securities were invested in agency mortgage-backed securities, compared to $229.5 million, or 72.2%, as of December 31, 2009.  Agency mortgage-backed securities are securities that have been developed by pooling a number of real estate mortgages and are principally issued by “quasi-federal” agencies such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.  These securities are deemed to have high credit ratings, and the minimum monthly cash flows of principal and interest are guaranteed by the issuing agencies.  Although investors generally assume that the federal government will support these agencies, it is under no obligation to do so.  Other agency mortgage-backed securities are issued by Ginnie Mae, which is a federal agency, and are guaranteed by the U.S. government.  As of June 30, 2010, $217.3 million, or 51.4%, of our available-for-sale securities were invested in U.S. government agencies, compared to $84.7 million, or 26.6%, as of December 31, 2009.

 

At December 31, 2008, the $3.0 million in our available-for-sale investment securities portfolio represented  approximately 9.0% of our total assets compared to $4.0 million, or 14.6% of total assets at December 31, 2007.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

Following is a summary of our available for sale investment portfolio for the periods presented.

 

 

 

June 30, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

December 31, 2008

 

December 31, 2007

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Available for Sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government-sponsored enterprises

 

$

216,456

 

$

217,348

 

$

85,227

 

$

84,716

 

$

2,000

 

$

2,115

 

$

2,998

 

$

3,043

 

FNMA, GNMA, FHLMC and Agency CMO mortgage-backed securities

 

197,802

 

201,792

 

228,649

 

229,542

 

867

 

893

 

993

 

987

 

State, county and municipals

 

2,913

 

3,009

 

3,176

 

3,212

 

 

 

 

 

Other investments

 

337

 

505

 

325

 

518

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

417,508

 

$

422,654

 

$

317,377

 

$

317,988

 

$

2,867

 

$

3,008

 

$

3,991

 

$

4,030

 

 

The following table shows contractual maturities and yields on our investments at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

 

Government-
sponsored enterprises

 

Mortgage-backed
securities

 

State, county and
municipals

 

Other investments

 

 

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Maturity :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At June 30, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One year or less

 

$

56,421

 

0.55

%

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

After one year through five years

 

147,557

 

0.90

%

318

 

2.24

%

716

 

2.43

%

 

 

After five years through 10 years

 

8,682

 

3.48

%

2,128

 

2.22

%

456

 

5.13

%

505

 

17.04

%

After 10 years

 

4,688

 

4.37

%

199,346

 

3.08

%

1,837

 

7.56

%

 

 

Total

 

$

217,348

 

0.98

%

$

201,792

 

3.06

%

$

3,009

 

5.97

%

$

505

 

17.04

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One year or less

 

$

6,026

 

4.98

%

$

 

 

$

251

 

0.10

%

$

 

 

After one year through five years

 

55,261

 

1.45

%

33

 

1.82

%

 

 

 

 

After five years through 10 years

 

9,686

 

3.40

%

2,754

 

2.54

%

1,159

 

3.47

%

518

 

17.04

%

After 10 years

 

13,743

 

4.47

%

226,755

 

2.58

%

1,802

 

7.56

%

 

 

Total

 

$

84,716

 

2.42

%

$

229,542

 

2.58

%

$

3,212

 

5.49

%

$

518

 

17.04

%

 

Loans

 

Loans receivable constitutes our largest interest-earning asset.  Total loans outstanding at June 30, 2010 were approximately $1.1 billion and were $1.2 billion at December 31, 2009, in each case after subtracting the accretable discount, non-accretable discount, allowance for loan losses and net unamortized loan origination fees.  Total loans outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $22.5 million and $19.2 million, respectively.

 

Loans secured by real estate mortgages are the principal component of our loan portfolio.  Most of our real estate loans are secured by residential or commercial property.  We do not generally originate traditional long-term residential mortgages for the portfolio, but we do issue traditional second mortgage residential real estate loans and home equity lines of credit.  We obtain a security interest in real estate whenever possible, in addition to any other available collateral, to

 

55



Table of Contents

 

increase the likelihood of the ultimate repayment of the loan.  Generally, we limit the loan-to-value ratio on loans we make to 85%.

 

We acquired the vast majority of our loans in our nine FDIC-assisted transactions.  We refer to these acquired loans as “covered loans” in the table below.  Before we acquired the Security Banks from the FDIC on July 24, 2009, we had  no covered loans.  The current concentrations in our loan portfolio may not be indicative of concentrations in our loan portfolio in the future.  We will attempt to maintain a relatively diversified loan portfolio to help reduce the risk inherent in concentration in certain types of collateral.

 

As seen below, during 2010 our covered loans decreased by 17.4% and our non-covered loans increased by 225.5%.  We have planned for and expect these trends to continue. The covered loans will decrease as they are collected or charged-off or the underlying collateral is foreclosed on and sold.  Our covered loans may increase in the future if we acquire more failed banks from the FDIC in transactions that include loss share agreements. Our non-covered loans will increase as we originate and purchase well-underwritten loans. Due to the current economic environment we are operating in, covered loans may continue to decrease faster than non-covered loans increase thereby resulting in a net decrease in loans receivable.

 

The following tables summarize the composition of our loan portfolio for the periods presented:

 

 

 

June 30, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Covered
Loans

 

Non-
Covered
Loans

 

Total
Amount

 

% of
Total

 

Covered
Loans

 

Non-
Covered
Loans

 

Total
Amount

 

% of
Total

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

161,699

 

$

18,132

 

$

179,831

 

10.1

%

$

187,388

 

$

5,552

 

$

192,940

 

9.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage(1)

 

293,880

 

20,821

 

314,701

 

17.7

%

321,326

 

8,219

 

329,545

 

16.3

 

Commercial

 

527,153

 

63,238

 

590,391

 

33.1

%

568,245

 

14,487

 

582,732

 

28.8

 

Construction

 

570,962

 

35,735

 

606,697

 

34.1

%

810,057

 

8,019

 

818,076

 

40.5

 

Total real estate

 

1,391,995

 

119,794

 

1,511,789

 

84.9

%

1,699,628

 

30,725

 

1,730,353

 

85.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

72,675

 

16,545

 

89,220

 

5.0

%

85,643

 

11,172

 

96,815

 

4.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

 

$

1,626,369

 

$

154,471

 

$

1,780,840

 

100.0

%

$

1,972,659

 

$

47,449

 

2,020,108

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred origination fees, net

 

 

 

 

 

(853

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(60

)

 

 

Total gross loans, net of deferred fees

 

 

 

 

 

1,779,987

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,020,048

 

 

 

Less — allowance for loan losses

 

 

 

 

 

(3,645

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,524

)

 

 

Less — discounts

 

 

 

 

 

(646,941

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(838,160

)

 

 

Total loans, net

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,129,401

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,179,364

 

 

 

 


(1)           Real Estate-Mortgage loans are the only type of loan covered by the Single Family Loss Agreement; all other classes are covered by the Commercial Loss Agreement.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

% of
Total

 

Amount

 

% of
Total

 

Amount

 

% of
Total

 

Amount

 

% of
Total

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

3,960

 

17.6

%

$

2,857

 

14.9

%

$

1,540

 

13.2

%

$

852

 

38.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

1,374

 

6.1

%

1,863

 

9.7

%

1,614

 

13.8

%

213

 

9.7

%

Commercial

 

9,612

 

42.6

%

7,728

 

40.3

%

6,779

 

58.1

%

535

 

24.4

%

Construction

 

3,810

 

16.9

%

3,286

 

17.1

%

430

 

3.7

%

 

 

Total real estate

 

14,796

 

65.6

%

12,877

 

67.1

%

8,823

 

75.6

%

748

 

34.1

%

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

3,784

 

16.8

%

3,457

 

18.0

%

1,309

 

11.2

%

593

 

27.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

 

22,540

 

100.0

%

19,191

 

100.0

%

11,672

 

100.0

%

2,193

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred origination fees, net

 

(1

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross loans, net of deferred fees

 

22,539

 

 

 

19,189

 

 

 

11,669

 

 

 

2,193

 

 

 

Less — allowance for loan losses

 

(445

)

 

 

(316

)

 

 

(139

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

Total loans, net

 

$

22,094

 

 

 

$

18,873

 

 

 

$

11,530

 

 

 

$

2,171

 

 

 

 

Maturities and Sensitivity of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates

 

The information in the following table is based on the contractual maturities of individual loans, including loans that may be subject to renewal at their contractual maturity.  Renewal of these loans is subject to review and credit approval, as well as modification of terms upon maturity.  Actual repayments of loans may differ from the maturities reflected below because borrowers have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.  The following table summarizes the loan maturity distribution by type and related interest rate characteristics at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009:

 

 

 

One year
or less

 

After one
but
 within
five years

 

After five
years

 

Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

June 30, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

93,383

 

$

82,086

 

$

4,362

 

$

179,831

 

Real estate

 

834,550

 

582,660

 

94,579

 

1,511,789

 

Consumer

 

31,076

 

57,463

 

681

 

89,220

 

Total gross loans

 

$

959,009

 

$

722,209

 

$

99,622

 

$

1,780,840

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans maturing after one year with:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed interest rates

 

$

490,483

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Floating or adjustable interest rates

 

331,348

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

$

821,831

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57



Table of Contents

 

 

 

One year
or less

 

After one
but
 within
five years

 

After five
 years

 

Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

December 31, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

110,449

 

$

67,363

 

$

15,128

 

$

192,940

 

Real estate

 

1,014,794

 

471,881

 

243,678

 

1,730,353

 

Consumer

 

55,566

 

39,748

 

1,501

 

96,815

 

Total gross loans

 

$

1,180,809

 

$

578,992

 

$

260,307

 

$

2,020,108

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans maturing after one year with:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed interest rates

 

$

348,813

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Floating or adjustable interest rates

 

490,486

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

$

839,299

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FDIC Receivable for Loss Share Agreements

 

As of June 30, 2010, 91.3% of our loans and 99.9% of our other real estate assets were covered under loss share agreements with the FDIC in which the FDIC has agreed to reimburse us for between 80% and 95% of all losses incurred in connection with those assets.  We estimated the FDIC reimbursement that will result from losses incurred as we dispose of covered loans and other real estate assets, and we recorded the estimate as a receivable from the FDIC.  The FDIC receivable for loss share agreements was approximately $482.9 million as of June 30, 2010 and $605.5 million as of December 31, 2009.  Realized losses in excess of acquisition date estimates will result in an increase in the FDIC receivable for loss share agreements.  Conversely, if realized losses are less than acquisition date estimates, the FDIC receivable for loss share agreements will be reduced.  The discount on the FDIC receivable is accreted into noninterest income using the level yield method over the estimated life of the receivable, including estimates of the timing of cash flow receipts and the disposition of non-performing assets.  We expect to dispose of the acquired covered assets in our 2009 acquisitions over a period of four years from the date of each acquisition and we have estimated a four-year life for the collection of the FDIC receivable.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

We recorded the loans acquired in our acquisitions at their acquisition date fair value, which was based on expected cash flows and included an estimation of expected future loan losses.  As a result, the loans acquired are excluded from the calculation of allowance for loan losses and thus we have not recorded any provision for loan losses for these loans.  Under current accounting principles, information regarding our estimate of loan fair values may be adjusted for a period of up to one year as we continue to refine our estimate of expected future cash flows in the acquired portfolio.  Within a one-year period, if we discover that we have materially underestimated the loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at each of the acquisition dates, we will retroactively reduce or eliminate the gain or adjust goodwill recorded on each acquisition.  Beyond the one-year period, if we determine that losses arose after the acquisition date, our portion of the additional losses will be reflected as a provision for loan losses.  Through June 30, 2010, we have not recorded any material adjustments to the allowance for loan losses.

 

For our non-covered loans, we have established an allowance for loan losses through a provision for loan losses charged to expense on our statement of income.  We maintain the allowance at a level deemed appropriate by management to provide adequately for known and inherent losses in our non-covered loan portfolio.  Our judgment as to the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is based on a number of assumptions about future events, which we believe to be reasonable, but which may or may not prove to be accurate.  In general, loans do not begin to show signs of credit deterioration or default until they have been outstanding for some period of time, a process we refer to as “seasoning.”  As a result, a portfolio of older loans will usually behave more predictably than a newer portfolio.  Because our non-covered loan portfolio is relatively new, the current level of delinquencies and defaults may not be representative of the level that will prevail when the portfolio becomes more seasoned, which may be higher than current levels.

 

Our determination of the allowance for loan losses is based on evaluations of the collectability of loans, including consideration of factors such as the balance of impaired loans, the quality, mix and size of our non-covered loan portfolio,

 

58



Table of Contents

 

economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the amount and quality of collateral securing the loans and a review of specific problem loans.  In addition, because of the lack of seasoning in our non-covered loan portfolio, we use peer data to develop our historical loss migration analysis, rather than our own historical loan loss data.  We also consider subjective issues such as changes in the lending policies and procedures, changes in the local/national economy, changes in volume or type of credits, changes in volume/severity of problem loans, quality of loan review and board of director oversight, concentrations of credit and peer group comparisons.  More specifically, in determining our allowance for loan losses, we review loans for specific impaired reserves based on current appraisals of collateral less disposal costs.  We determine general reserves by using the peer data applied to risk rated loans grouped by FDIC call report classification code.  We calculate the general reserves by applying the appropriate historical loss ratio to the loan categories grouped by risk rating (pass, special mention, substandard and doubtful) and adjusted for quantitative factors.  Impaired loans are excluded from this analysis as they are individually reviewed for valuation.

 

We assign the relationships that comprise our loan portfolio a risk grade based on a common set of parameters.  These parameters include debt to worth, liquidity of the borrower, net worth, experience in a particular field and other factors.  We also give weight to the relative strength of any guarantors on the loan.  We have an internal loan specialist dedicated to the review of loan files on a test basis to confirm the grading of each loan.

 

A significant portion of our  non-covered loan portfolio has been booked within the last 12 months under stringent underwriting standards and has not experienced any significant losses to date.  Due to the lack of historical loss data, we use peer group data to determine an appropriate basis for historical losses.  As a result of the economic conditions present in the country in general and in our markets in particular, we believe the use of peer group data to develop loss estimates is appropriate until our non-covered loan portfolio ages and reaches a size that will yield its own loss characteristics.

 

Separately, we review all impaired non-covered loans individually to determine a specific allocation for each.  In our assessment of impaired loans, we consider the primary source of repayment when determining whether loans are collateral dependent.  We measure impairment of a loan based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  When management determines that a loan is impaired, the difference between our investment in the related loan and the present value of the expected future cash flows, or the fair value of the collateral, is generally charged against the allowance for loan losses.

 

Periodically, we adjust the amount of the allowance based on changing circumstances.  We recognize loan losses to the allowance and add back subsequent recoveries.  In addition, on a quarterly basis we informally compare our allowance for loan losses to various peer institutions.  We recognize, however, that allowances will vary because financial institutions are unique in the make-up of their loan portfolios and customers, which necessarily creates different risk profiles for the institutions.  We would only consider further adjustments to our allowance for loan losses based on this peer review if our allowance was significantly different from our peer group.  To date, we have not made any such adjustment.  Loan charge-offs in future periods may exceed the allowance for loan losses as estimated at any point in time, and provisions for loan losses may be significant to a particular accounting period, especially considering the overall weakness in the commercial and residential real estate markets in our market areas.

 

The following table summarizes the activity related to our allowance for loan losses related to our non-covered loans for the periods presented.  All of our loans before July 24, 2009 were non-covered loans.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Successor
Period from
July 24, 2009
to December

 

Predecessor
Period from
January 1,
2009 to

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 June 30, 2010

 

31, 2009

 

July 23, 2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Balance, at the beginning of period

 

2,524

 

$

 

$

445

 

316

 

139

 

22

 

$

 

Charge-offs :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

459

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

Real estate mortgage

 

 

 

 

178

 

 

 

 

Real estate construction and development

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

3

 

 

 

10

 

1

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

 

$

71

 

$

459

 

$

 

$

188

 

$

24

 

$

 

$

 

Recoveries :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

294

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

Real estate mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate construction and development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

$

 

$

294

 

$

 

$

5

 

$

5

 

$

 

$

 

Net charge-offs

 

71

 

165

 

 

183

 

19

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

1,192

 

2,689

 

261

 

312

 

196

 

117

 

22

 

Balance, at end of period

 

$

3,645

 

$

2,524

 

$

706

 

$

445

 

$

316

 

$

139

 

$

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses to non- covered loans receivable

 

2.37

%

5.32

%

2.10

%

1.97

%

1.65

%

1.19

%

1.00

%

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

 

0.01

%

0.09

%

0.00

%

0.83

%

0.12

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

 

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The following tables present the allocation of the allowance for loan losses and the percentage of the total amount of loans in each loan category listed as of the dates indicated.

 

 

 

June 30, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

Amount

 

% of loans
in each
category to
total loans

 

Amount

 

% of loans
in each
category to
total loans

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

368

 

10.1

%

$

241

 

9.6

%

Real Estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

644

 

17.7

 

412

 

16.3

 

Commercial

 

1,208

 

33.1

 

728

 

28.8

 

Construction

 

1,242

 

34.1

 

1,022

 

40.5

 

Total real estate

 

3,094

 

84.9

 

2,162

 

85.6

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

183

 

5.0

 

121

 

4.8

 

Total allowance for loan losses

 

$

3,645

 

100.0

%

$

2,524

 

100.0

%

 

60



Table of Contents

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Amount

 

% of
loans in
each
category
to total
loans

 

Amount

 

% of
loans in
each
category
to total
loans

 

Amount

 

% of
loans in
each
category
to total
loans

 

Amount

 

% of
loans in
each
category
to total
loans

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

78

 

17.6

%

$

47

 

14.9

%

$

18

 

13.2

%

$

9

 

38.9

%

Real Estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

27

 

6.1

 

31

 

9.7

 

19

 

13.8

 

2

 

9.7

 

Commercial

 

190

 

42.6

 

127

 

40.3

 

81

 

58.1

 

5

 

24.4

 

Construction

 

75

 

16.9

 

54

 

17.1

 

5

 

3.7

 

 

 

Total real estate

 

292

 

65.6

 

212

 

67.1

 

105

 

75.6

 

7

 

34.1

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

75

 

16.8

 

57

 

18.0

 

16

 

11.2

 

6

 

27.0

 

Total allowance for loan losses

 

$

445

 

100.0

%

$

316

 

100.0

%

$

139

 

100.0

%

$

22

 

100.0

%

 

Non-performing Assets

 

Non-performing assets consist of nonaccrual loans, loans past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal and still accruing, and other real estate owned, which is real estate acquired through foreclosure.  Nonaccrual loans are those loans on which we have discontinued recognition of interest income.  When management believes there is sufficient doubt as to the collectibility of principal or interest on any loan, or generally when loans are 90 days or more past due, we discontinue the accrual of the applicable interest and designate the loan as “nonaccrual,” unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection.  Management reviews past due loans on a monthly basis and will place certain loans on nonaccrual status at 60 days past due in some circumstances.  We apply interest payments received on nonaccrual loans against principal.  We return loans to an accrual status when factors indicating doubtful collectibility on a timely basis no longer exist.  We initially record other real estate owned at the lower of cost or estimated market value at the date of acquisition.  We record a provision for estimated losses if a subsequent decline in value occurs.

 

The following tables set forth our non-performing assets for the periods presented.

 

 

 

At June 30, 2010

 

At December 31, 2009

 

 

 

Covered
Loans

 

Non-
Covered
Loans

 

Total

 

Covered
Loans

 

Non-
Covered
Loans

 

Total

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

$

562,539

 

$

3,088

 

$

565,627

 

$

524,855

 

$

555

 

$

525,410

 

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings not included in above

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

 

562,539

 

3,088

 

565,627

 

524,855

 

555

 

525,410

 

Other real estate owned

 

166,424

 

75

 

166,499

 

141,690

 

120

 

141,810

 

Total non-performing assets

 

$

728,963

 

$

3,163

 

$

732,126

 

$

666,545

 

$

675

 

$

667,220

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans to total loans

 

34.59

%

2.01

%

36.60

%

26.61

%

1.17

%

27.78

%

Non-performing assets to total assets

 

40.66

%

0.40

%

41.06

%

31.52

 

0.18

%

31.70

%

 

61



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

$

161

 

$

4

 

$

 

$

 

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due

 

27

 

3

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings not included in above

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

 

$

188

 

7

 

 

 

Other real estate owned

 

73

 

0

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

 

$

261

 

$

7

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans to total loans

 

0.83

%

0.04

%

 

 

Non-performing assets to total assets

 

0.77

%

0.03

%

 

 

 

Non-performing assets, defined as nonaccrual loans, loans past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal and still accruing, and other real estate owned, totaled $732.1 million, or 28.2% of total assets at June 30, 2010, compared to $667.2 million, or 26.7% of total assets at December 31, 2009.  Of the $732.1 million in non-performing assets at June 30, 2010 and the $667.2 million in non-performing assets at December 31, 2009, $729.0 million and $666.5 million, respectively, relate to assets that are covered by loss share agreements with the FDIC.  Total non-performing covered assets accounted for 99.6% and 99.9% of total non-performing assets at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

 

Interest income that would have been reported on the nonaccrual loans for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the successor period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009 was approximately $9.1 million and $8.4 million, respectively.  Interest income recognized on non-covered impaired loans for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the successor period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009 was approximately $520,000 and $783,000, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2009, we had approximately $230.6 million in potential problem loans, compared to $177.6 million at June 30, 2010.  Potential problem loans are those loans where management has a concern about the financial health of a borrower that causes management to have serious doubts as to the ability of the borrower to comply with the present loan terms.  At December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, substantially all of our potential problem loans were covered loans, with only $6.0 million in non-covered potential problem loans at June 30, 2010.

 

Deposits

 

Total deposits at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 were $2.2 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively.  At June 30, 2010, noninterest bearing accounts totaled $206.0 million, or 9.2% of total deposits, compared to $187.7 million, or 8.7% of total deposits at December 31, 2009.  Time deposits totaled $737.3 million, or 36.3% of interest bearing deposits at June 30, 2010, compared to $1.2 billion, or 60.5% of interest bearing deposits at December 31, 2009.  Out of market brokered and wholesale time deposits totaled $26.3 million and $50.9 million at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.  Money market and savings accounts totaled $1.07 billion, or 52.8% of interest bearing deposits, at June 30, 2010, compared to $460.2 million, or 23.4% of interest bearing deposits at December 31, 2009.  During 2010, we continued our strategy of actively marketing our State of Banking Money Market account in order to grow transaction accounts and reduce our reliance on time deposits.

 

During 2009, we were able to use the liquidity from our recapitalization and our FDIC-assisted acquisitions to pay off more than $628.1 million in brokered and wholesale time deposits.  In addition, under the terms of our purchase and assumption agreements with the FDIC, for each FDIC-assisted acquisition, we were able to reprice these deposits at a market rate that resulted in many being redeemed (without penalty), which improved our net interest margin.

 

62



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows the average balance amounts and the average rates paid on deposit held by us for the periods presented.

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

June 30, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

December 31, 2008

 

December 31, 2007

 

 

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

 

$

180,533

 

0.00

%

$

149,008

 

0.00

%

$

2,471

 

0.00

%

$

2,743

 

0.00

%

Interest bearing demand deposits

 

230,303

 

0.93

%

247,628

 

1.42

%

2,839

 

1.23

%

2,522

 

1.27

%

Savings and money market accounts

 

941,528

 

2.11

%

223,026

 

1.80

%

3,497

 

2.34

%

2,801

 

3.43

%

Time deposits less than $100,000

 

444,314

 

0.11

%

488,240

 

0.31

%

7,203

 

4.89

%

5,258

 

5.17

%

Time deposits greater than $100,000

 

374,598

 

4.09

%

473,927

 

4.66

%

7,535

 

4.49

%

3,215

 

5.69

%

Total deposits

 

$

2,171,276

 

1.90

%

$

1,581,829

 

1.92

%

$

23,545

 

3.83

%

$

16,539

 

4.23

%

 

The maturity distribution of our time deposits of $100,000 or more at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was as follows:

 

 

 

June 30, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Three months or less

 

$

86,663

 

$

109,259

 

Over three through six months

 

74,730

 

91,425

 

Over six though twelve months

 

83,236

 

208,924

 

Over twelve months

 

99,789

 

135,804

 

Total

 

$

344,418

 

$

545,412

 

 

63



Table of Contents

 

Borrowings and Other Interest-Bearing Liabilities

 

The following table outlines our various sources of borrowed funds for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the successor period ended December 31, 2009, and the amounts outstanding at the end of each period, the maximum amount for each component during such period, the average amounts for each period and the average interest rate that we paid for each borrowing source.  The maximum month-end balance represents the high indebtedness for each component of borrowed funds at any time during each of the periods shown.

 

 

 

Ending

 

Period
End

 

Maximum
Month
End

 

 Average
for the Period

 

 

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

At or for the six months ended June 30, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase

 

$

7,415

 

0.37

%

$

11,438

 

$

8,238

 

0.52

%

Advances from FHLB

 

 

 

 

81

 

0.00

%

Federal funds purchased

 

 

 

 

15

 

1.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At or for the successor period ended December 31, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase

 

$

9,606

 

0.25

%

$

11,796

 

$

4,239

 

0.59

%

Advances from FHLB

 

5,000

 

0.28

%

161,255

 

118,006

 

2.11

%

Federal funds purchased

 

 

 

 

97

 

2.35

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At or for the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advances from FHLB

 

1,800

 

0.79

%

1,800

 

1,800

 

0.39

%

Federal funds purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At or for the year ended December 31, 2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advances from FHLB

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased

 

 

 

305

 

202

 

0.58

%

 

Capital Resources

 

We strive to maintain an adequate capital base to support our activities in a safe manner while at the same time maximizing shareholder returns.  At June 30, 2010, we exceeded all minimum regulatory capital requirements as shown in the tables below.  At June 30, 2010, our equity capital was $335.0 million, or 12.9% of total assets, compared to $310.8 million, or 12.4% of total assets, at December 31, 2009.

 

On July 24, 2009, the Bank raised approximately $292.1 million in gross proceeds (before expenses) from investors in a private offering of its common stock, including the sale of 28,455,000 shares of common stock to accredited investors at $10.00 per share.  Following this recapitalization, the Bank raised an additional $15.7 million in common equity through the sale of 1,518,540 shares and 458,029 warrants to acquire shares of common stock to certain investors, including officers, directors and employees of the Bank.  In October 2010, the Company raised an additional $878,000 in common equity through the sale of 66,627 shares and 56,627 warrants to acquire shares of common stock to certain members of the Bank’s senior management and one of our directors.

 

The following table shows the return on average assets (net income divided by average total assets), return on average equity (net income divided by average equity), and average equity to average assets ratio (average equity divided by average total assets) for the periods presented:

 

64



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30, 2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

Return on average assets

 

1.70

%

2.04

%

(1.69

)%

(1.33

)%

Return on average equity

 

13.30

%

14.14

%

(8.73

)%

(4.87

)%

Equity to assets ratio

 

12.80

%

14.41

%

19.35

%

27.23

%

 

The Federal Reserve and bank regulatory agencies require bank holding companies and financial institutions to maintain capital at adequate levels based on a percentage of assets and off-balance sheet exposures, adjusted for risk weights ranging from 0% to 100%.  Under the capital adequacy guidelines, regulatory capital is classified into two tiers.  These guidelines require an institution to maintain a certain level of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital to risk-weighted assets.  Tier 1 capital consists of common shareholders’ equity, excluding the unrealized gain or loss on securities available for sale, minus certain intangible assets.  In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets, are multiplied by a risk-weight factor of 0% to 100% based on the risks believed to be inherent in the type of asset.  Tier 2 capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus the general reserve for loan losses, subject to certain limitations.  The Bank is required to maintain capital at a minimum level based on total average assets, which is known as the Tier 1 leverage ratio.

 

To be considered “well capitalized” under capital guidelines, we must maintain total risk-based capital of at least 10%, Tier 1 capital of at least 6%, and a leverage ratio of at least 5%.  To be considered “adequately capitalized” under capital guidelines, we must maintain a minimum total risk-based capital of 8%, with at least 4% being Tier 1 capital.  In addition, banking regulators have established a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 4%.  We expect banking regulators to increase these minimum levels in the future.

 

The following table shows the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios for the periods presented.  The capital ratios of the Company have been omitted for the periods presented, as the Company did not become the Bank’s holding company until July 23, 2010.  For all periods, the Bank was considered “well capitalized.”

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30, 2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

Leverage ratio

 

12.63

%

14.57

%

18.05

%

23.23

%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio(1)

 

57.35

%

30.60

%

21.60

%

27.13

%

Total risk-based capital ratio(1)

 

58.00

%

30.85

%

22.67

%

28.38

%

 


(1)           The increase in our risk-based capital ratios from December 31, 2009 to June 30, 2010 resulted from the FDIC Financial Institutions Letter (FIL-7-2010) dated February 26, 2010, entitled “Regulatory Capital Standards Clarification of the Risk Weights for FDIC Claims and Guarantees,” which clarifies that the FDIC receivable may be assigned a zero risk weight.

 

We intend to maintain a capital level for the Bank that exceeds the FDIC requirements to be classified as a “well capitalized” bank.  In addition, as a condition to the FDIC’s approval of the Notice of Change in Control filing of Mr. Evans, Mr. Speight and Mr. Childers (our management team) in connection with the July 2009 recapitalization and acquisition, the Bank was required to execute a Capital Maintenance Agreement with the FDIC.  Under the terms of the agreement, the Bank must at all times maintain a leverage ratio of at least 10% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12%.  The agreement terminates on July 23, 2012.  At June 30, 2010, the Bank was in compliance with the Capital Maintenance Agreement.

 

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

 

The effect of relative purchasing power over time due to inflation is not reflected in our consolidated financial statements.  Rather, our financial statements have been prepared on an historical cost basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

65



Table of Contents

 

Unlike most industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature.  Therefore, the effect of changes in interest rates will have a more significant effect on our performance than will the effect of changing prices and inflation in general.  In addition, interest rates may generally increase as the rate of inflation increases, although not necessarily in the same magnitude.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as the customer has not violated any material condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee.  At June 30, 2010, unfunded commitments to extend credit were $148.7 million, and at December 31, 2009, unfunded commitments to extend credit were $109.5 million.  A significant portion of the unfunded commitments related to commercial real estate and land development and consumer equity lines of credit.  Based on experience, we anticipate that a significant portion of these lines of credit will not be funded.  We evaluate each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by us upon extension of credit, is based on our credit evaluation of the borrower.  The type of collateral varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and commercial and residential real estate.

 

At June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, there were commitments totaling approximately $2.6 million and $5.9 million, respectively, under letters of credit.  The credit risk and collateral involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.  Because most of the letters of credit are expected to expire without being drawn upon, they do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

Except as disclosed in this registration statement, we are not involved in off-balance sheet contractual relationships, unconsolidated related entities that have off-balance sheet arrangements, or transactions that could result in liquidity needs or other commitments that significantly impact earnings.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

Contractual Obligations

 

In the normal course of business, we have various outstanding contractual obligations that will require future cash outflows.  The following table presents our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2010.

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 to 3
years

 

3 to 5
years

 

More
than
 5 years

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

FHLB Advances

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Operating Lease Obligations

 

3,760

 

663

 

2,962

 

135

 

 

Securities Repurchase Agreements

 

7,415

 

7,415

 

 

 

 

Other Borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

11,175

 

$

8,078

 

$

2,962

 

$

135

 

$

 

 

The following table presents our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2009.

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 to 3
years

 

3 to 5
years

 

More
than
 5 years

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

FHLB Advances

 

$

5,000

 

$

 

$

5,000

 

$

 

$

 

Operating Lease Obligations

 

5,978

 

1,591

 

2,191

 

1,456

 

740

 

Securities Repurchase Agreements

 

9,606

 

9,606

 

 

 

 

Other Borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

20,584

 

$

11,197

 

$

7,191

 

$

1,456

 

$

740

 

 

Liquidity

 

Liquidity represents the ability of a company to convert assets into cash or cash equivalents without significant loss, and the ability to raise additional funds by increasing liabilities.  Liquidity management involves monitoring our sources and uses of funds to meet our day-to-day cash flow requirements while maximizing profits.  Liquidity management is made more complicated because different balance sheet components are subject to varying degrees of management control.  For example, the timing of maturities of our investment portfolio is fairly predictable and subject to a high degree of control when we make investment decisions.  Net deposit inflows and outflows, however, are far less predictable and are not subject to the same degree of control.

 

At June 30, 2010, our liquid assets, which consist of cash and due from banks, interest bearing deposits and federal funds sold, amounted to $304.2 million, or 11.7% of total assets, compared to $200.2 million, or 8.0% of total assets at December 31, 2009.  Our available for sale securities at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 amounted to $422.7 million, or 16.3% of total assets, and $318.0 million, or 12.7% of total assets, respectively.  Investment securities traditionally provide a secondary source of liquidity because they can be converted into cash in a timely manner.

 

Our ability to maintain and expand our deposit base and borrowing capabilities serves as our primary source of liquidity.  We plan to meet our future cash needs through the generation of deposits and through collection of the FDIC receivable as we dispose of our covered loans and assets.  In addition, we receive cash on the maturity and sale of loans and the maturity of investment securities.  We maintain three federal funds lines of credit with correspondent banks totaling $120.0 million.  We are also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, from which we can borrow for leverage or liquidity purposes.  The FHLB requires that securities, qualifying mortgage loans and stock of the FHLB owned by the Bank be pledged to secure any advances.  At June 30, 2010, we had no advances from the FHLB and a remaining credit availability of $59.6 million.  In addition, we maintain a line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of $87.8 million secured by certain loans in our loan portfolio.

 

67



Table of Contents

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates, which principally arise from interest rate risk inherent in our lending, investing, deposit gathering and borrowing activities.  Other types of market risk, such as foreign currency exchange rate risk and commodity price risk, do not generally arise in the normal course of our business.  Asset/liability management is the process by which we monitor and control the mix and maturities of our assets and liabilities.  The essential purposes of asset/liability management are to ensure adequate liquidity and to maintain an appropriate balance between interest sensitive assets and liabilities to minimize potentially adverse effects on earnings from changes in market interest rates.  Our asset/liability committee monitors and considers methods of managing exposure to interest rate risk.  The asset/liability committee is responsible for maintaining the level of interest rate sensitivity of our interest sensitive assets and liabilities within board-approved limits.

 

At June 30, 2010, approximately 35.6% of our loans were variable rate loans, compared to 63.4% at December 31, 2009.  Approximately 25.9% of our interest-bearing liabilities reprice within one year.  However, interest rate movements typically result in changes in interest rates on assets that are different in magnitude from the corresponding changes in rates paid on liabilities.  While a substantial portion of our loans reprice within the first three months of the year, a larger majority of our deposits will reprice within a 12-month period.  Interest rate sensitivity is a function of the repricing characteristics of the portfolio of assets and liabilities.  These repricing characteristics are the time frames within which the interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities are subject to change in interest rates either at replacement, repricing or maturity during the life of the instruments.  Interest rate sensitivity management focuses on the maturity structure of assets and liabilities and their repricing characteristics during periods of changes in market interest rates.  Effective interest rate sensitivity management seeks to ensure that both assets and liabilities respond to changes in interest rates within an acceptable timeframe that minimizes the changes in net interest income.

 

One of the tools management uses to estimate the sensitivity of net interest revenue changes to interest rates is an asset/liability simulation model.  The resulting estimates are based upon a number of assumptions for each scenario, including the level of balance sheet growth, loan and deposit repricing characteristics and the rate of prepayments.  The asset/liability committee actively monitors the assumptions and estimates based on input data and future expectations.  Actual net interest revenue, however,  may vary from model results.

 

Our policy is based on a 12-month impact on net interest income of interest rate ramps that increase 200 basis points and decrease 200 basis points from the base scenario.  In the ramp scenarios, rates change 16.7 basis points per month over 12 months.  The policy limits the change in net interest income over 12 months to a 10% decrease in either scenario.  The policy ramp and base scenarios assume a static balance sheet.  Given the historically low rate environment, management has determined that the use of the down 200 basis point scenario is not meaningful and, therefore, has used what it believes to be a more reasonable rate scenario of down 100 basis points over a 12-month period.  At March 31, 2010, our most recent asset/liability simulation run, the model indicated that a 200 basis point increase would cause an approximate 70 basis point decrease in net interest income over the next 12 months and a 100 basis point decrease in rates would cause an approximate 20 basis point increase in net interest income over the next 12 months.

 

In addition, management seeks to reduce overall interest rate risk by maintaining relatively short maturities.  For additional detail on loan maturity and distribution and information regarding sensitivity of loans and leases to changes in interest rates see the table entitled “Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changing Interest Rates” on pages 57 and 58.  Information on the maturity of our investment securities is located in the tables on pages 55 and 56.  The maturity distributions of our time deposits with balances in excess of $100,000 is located on page 63.

 

68



Table of Contents

 

Item 3.  Properties

 

Our administrative office is located at 415 East Paces Ferry, Atlanta, Georgia 30305 and the Bank’s executive office is located at 4219 Forsyth Road, Macon, Georgia 31210.  In addition, the Bank operates 20 additional branches located in Bibb, Cobb, Dooly, Houston, Fulton, Gwinnett and Jones Counties, Georgia.  The address locations of these branches are provided below.

 

Branch

 

Address

 

City, State, Zip

Alpharetta

 

2380 Old Milton Parkway

 

Alpharetta, Georgia 30008

Bass Road

 

1535 Bass Road

 

Macon, Georgia 31210

Chastain

 

4241 Roswell Road

 

Atlanta, Georgia 30342

Gray

 

282 W. Clinton Street

 

Gray, Georgia 31032

Hartley Bridge

 

4315 Hartley Bridge Road

 

Macon, Georgia 31216

Houston Lake

 

119 S. Houston Lake Road

 

Warner Robins, Georgia 31088

Hwy 96

 

849 Warren Drive

 

Warner Robins, Georgia 31088

Log Cabin

 

4699 Log Cabin Drive

 

Macon, Georgia 31206

Marietta

 

250 Church Street

 

Marietta, Georgia 30060

Midtown

 

860 Peachtree Street, Suite J

 

Atlanta, Georgia 30308

Norcross

 

6170 Peachtree Parkway

 

Norcross, Georgia 30092

Northeast

 

614 Shurling Drive

 

Macon, Georgia 31201

Perry

 

1208 Washington Street

 

Perry, Georgia 31069

Pinehurst

 

321 Fullington Avenue

 

Pinehurst, Georgia 31070

Pio Nono

 

3945 Pio Nono Avenue

 

Macon, Georgia 31206

Riverside

 

2918 Riverside Drive

 

Macon, Georgia 31204

Sandy Springs

 

6000 Sandy Springs Circle

 

Sandy Springs, Georgia 30328

Unadilla

 

2206 Pine Street

 

Unadilla, Georgia 31091

Walnut

 

700 Walnut Street

 

Macon, Georgia 31201

Zebulon

 

5980 Zebulon Road

 

Macon, Georgia 31210

 

With the exception of our Marietta branch office, which we currently lease from the FDIC, we own all of the properties in which our bank branch offices are located, including our administrative and executive offices.  In connection with our acquisition of NorthWest Bank and Trust from the FDIC, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the purchase and assumption agreement, we have the opportunity to purchase and/or assume certain contracts associated with NorthWest Bank and Trust’s assets, including its branch office location in Marietta, Georgia.  To date, we have not finalized the terms and conditions associated with our purchase of this branch office.  The approximate value of the initial commitment to purchase this location from the FDIC was $750,000.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

Item 4.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

General

 

The following table shows owners of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, as of July 23, 2010:

 

Name and Address

 

Number of
Shares Owned

 

Right to Acquire

 

Percentage of
Beneficial
Ownership(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC(2)
101 John F. Kennedy Parkway, Short Hills,
New Jersey 07078

 

2,100,000

 

 

6.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greenlight Capital, Inc.(3)
140 East 45
th  Street, 24 th  Floor, New York,
New York, 10017

 

2,100,000

 

 

6.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kensico Capital Management Corporation(4)
55 Railroad Avenue, 2
nd  Floor, Greenwich,
Connecticut 06830

 

2,325,000

 

 

7.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Luxor Capital Group, LP(5)
767 5
th  Avenue, 19 th  Floor, New York,
New York 10153

 

1,660,000

 

 

5.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paulson Recovery Master Fund Ltd.(6)
1251 Avenue of Americas, New York,
New York 10020

 

2,325,000

 

 

7.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sandler O’Neill Asset Management, LLC(7)
780 Third Avenue, 5
th  Floor, New York,
New York 10017

 

2,325,000

 

 

7.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sageview Capital Master, L.P.(8)
55 Railroad Ave., Greenwich,
Connecticut 06830

 

2,000,000

 

 

6.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Banc Funds Company, L.L.C.(9)
20 North Wacker Drive, Suite 3300,
Chicago, Illinois 60606

 

2,325,000

 

 

7.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Waterstone Market Neutral Master Fund, Ltd(10)
2 Carlson Parkway, Suite 260, Plymouth,
Minnesota 55447

 

1,750,000

 

 

5.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ithan Creek Investors USB, LLC(11)
c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP
75 State Street, Boston,
Massachusetts 02109

 

2,325,000

 

 

7.4

%

 


(1)

The percentages shown are based on 31,540,977 shares of common stock of the Company outstanding on July 23, 2010.

 

 

(2)

Includes 1,467,000 shares beneficially owned by Mutual Shares Fund, 433,000 shares beneficially owned by Mutual Shares Securities Fund, and 200,000 shares beneficially owned by Mutual Financial Services Fund, collectively “the

 

70



Table of Contents

 

 

Funds.” The Funds are investment advisory clients of Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC (“FMA”). Pursuant to investment advisory agreements with each of the Funds, FMA has sole voting and investment power over all the securities owned by the Funds, including the shares of the Company’s common stock. Peter Langerman, chairman, president, and chief executive officer of FMA, has overall responsibility for exercising voting and investment control over the Funds’ shares. For purposes of the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, FMA and Peter Langerman may be deemed to be beneficial owners of the shares; however, FMA and Mr. Langerman each expressly disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares as neither Mr. Langerman nor FMA has any right to any economic benefits in, nor any interest in, dividends or proceeds from the sale of shares.

 

 

(3)

Includes 95,558 shares beneficially owned by Greenlight Capital, LP and 673,835 shares beneficially owned by Greenlight Capital Qualified, LP. Greenlight Capital, LLC, as general partner of both Greenlight Capital, LP and Greenlight Capital Qualified, LP may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over their combined 769,393 shares.

 

 

 

Greenlight Capital Offshore Partners beneficially owns 923,981 shares. Greenlight Capital, Inc. is the investment advisor of Greenlight Capital, LP, Greenlight Capital Qualified, LP and Greenlight Capital Offshore Partners and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over their combined 1,693,374 shares.

 

 

 

An account managed by DME Advisors, LP beneficially owns 284,000 shares and its investment advisor, DME Advisors, LP, may also be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over these shares. Greenlight Capital (Gold), LP beneficially owns 80,607 shares and its general partner, DME Management GP, LLC, may also be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over these shares. Greenlight Capital Offshore Master (Gold), Ltd. beneficially owns 42,019 shares. DME Capital Management, LP, as investment advisor to both Greenlight Capital (Gold), LP and Greenlight Capital Offshore Master (Gold), Ltd. may also be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over their combined 122,626 shares. DME Advisors GP, LLC is the general partner of DME Advisors, LP and DME Capital Management, LP and, therefore, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over their combined 406,626 shares.

 

 

 

David Einhorn controls Greenlight Capital, Inc., Greenlight Capital, LLC, DME Advisors GP, LLC, DME Management GP, LLC and DME Capital Management, LP and is therefore deemed to share voting and dispositive power over all 2,100,000 shares.

 

 

(4)

Kensico Capital Management Corporation has shared voting and dispositive power over the 570,700 shares beneficially owned by Kensico Partners, LP, the 818,200 shares beneficially owned by Kensico Associates, LP, the 736,100 shares beneficially owned by Kensico Offshore Fund Master, Ltd. and the 200,000 shares beneficially owned by Kensico Offshore Fund II Master, Ltd.

 

 

(5)

Luxor Capital Group, LP has shared voting and dispositive power over the 160,989 shares beneficially owned by Gam Equity Six, Inc., the 862,984 shares beneficially owned by Luxor Capital Partners Offshore Master Fund, LP and the 636,027 shares beneficially owned by Luxor Capital Partners, LP.

 

 

(6)

Voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities is shared with Paulson & Co. Inc.

 

 

(7)

Sandler O’Neill Asset Management, LLC and Terry Maltese have shared voting and dispositive power over the 51,100 shares beneficially owned by Malta Hedge Fund, L.P., the 250,600 shares beneficially owned by Malta Hedge Fund II, L.P., the 218,600 shares beneficially owned by Malta MLC Fund, L.P., the 80,100 shares beneficially owned by Malta MLC Offshore, Ltd., the 87,900 shares beneficially owned by Malta Offshore, Ltd., the 16,700 shares beneficially owned by Malta Partners, L.P., the 450,000 shares beneficially owned by Malta Titan Fund, L.P., the 1,000,000 shares beneficially owned by SOAM Capital Partners, L.P., and the 170,000 share beneficially owned by Valescere Capital, LLC. SOAM Holdings, LLC, by reason of its position as General Partner of Malta Partners, L.P., Malta Hedge Fund, L.P., Malta Hedge Fund II, L.P., Malta MLC Fund, L.P., and Malta Titan Fund, L.P., may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by each.

 

 

(8)

Voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities is shared with Sageview Capital Partners (A), L.P., Sageview Capital Partners (B), L.P., Sageview Partners (C) (Master), L.P., Sageview Capital GenPar, L.P., Sageview Capital MGP, LLC, Edward A. Gilhuly and Scott M. Stuart.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

(9)

Includes 325,000 shares beneficially owned by Banc Fund VI L.P., 1,150,000 shares beneficially owned by Banc Fund VII L.P. and 850,000 shares beneficially owned by Banc Fund VIII L.P. The general partner of Banc Fund VI L.P. is MidBanc VI L.P., the general partner of Banc Funds VII L.P. is MidBanc VII L.P. and the general partner of Banc Funds VIII L.P. is MidBanc VIII L.P. The Banc Funds Company, L.L.C.’s principal business is to be a general partner of MidBanc VI L.P., MidBanc VII L.P. and MidBanc VIII L.P. The Banc Funds Company, L.L.C.’s principal shareholder is Charles J. Moore. Mr. Moore has also been the manager of Banc Funds VI L.P., Banc Funds VII L.P. and Banc Funds VIII L.P. since their respective inceptions. As managing member, Mr. Moore has voting and dispositive power over the securities held by each of those entities. Mr. Moore also controls The Banc Funds Company, L.L.C. and each of the partnership entities directly and indirectly controlled by it.

 

 

(10)

Waterstone Capital Offshore Advisors, LP is the investment manager of Waterstone Market Neutral Master Fund Ltd. and may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities.  Waterstone Asset Management, LLC, as general partner of Waterstone Capital Offshore Advisors, LP, may also be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities.

 

 

(11)

Ithan Creek Investors USB, LLC, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ithan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P.  Ithan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P. is also the sole manager of Ithan Creek USB, LLC.  Wellington Hedge Management, LLC is the sole general partner of Ithan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P. All three entities may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership over the shares held by Ithan Creek Investors USB, LLC.  Wellington Management Company, LLP, an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, is the investment adviser to Ithan Creek Investors USB, LLC.  In such capacity, Wellington Management Company, LLP may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by Ithan Creek Investors USB, LLC.

 

Security Ownership of Management

 

The following table sets forth the number of shares of the Company’s common stock beneficially owned as of October 15, 2010 by (a) each director and executive officer named below, and (b) the executive officers and all directors, as a group.

 

Name and Address (1)

 

Number of
Shares Owned

 

Right to Acquire

 

Percentage of
Beneficial
 Ownership (2)

 

James R. Balkcom, Jr.

 

2,000

 

2,000

 

*

 

W. Carter Bates, III

 

20,000

 

20,000

 

*

 

Archie L. Bransford, Jr.(3)

 

6,000

 

6,000

 

*

 

Kim M. Childers

 

120,000

 

400,521

 

1.6

%

Stephen W. Doughty

 

120,000

 

400,521

 

1.6

%

Joseph W. Evans

 

220,000

 

400,521

 

1.9

%

Virginia A. Hepner

 

 

 

 

J. Daniel Speight

 

120,000

 

400,521

 

1.6

%

J. Thomas Wiley, Jr.

 

120,000

 

400,521

 

1.6

%

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (9 persons)

 

728,000

 

2,030,605

 

8.3

%

 


* Denotes beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

(1)           The information as to beneficial ownership has been provided by the respective persons listed in the above table.  The address of each of these listed individuals is 415 East Paces Ferry Road, NE, Suite 200, Atlanta, Georgia 30305.

 

72



Table of Contents

 

(2)           The percentages shown are based on 31,607,604 shares of common stock of the Company outstanding on October 15, 2010.  Under Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, shares of common stock that a person has the right to acquire pursuant to the exercise of stock options and warrants held by that person that are exercisable within 60 days of October 15, 2010 are deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of the person, but those shares are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

(3)           Includes 3,000 common shares and 3,000 warrants jointly held by Mr. Bransford’s wife.

 

Item 5.  Directors and Executive Officers

 

Our directors and executive officers and their ages and positions with us are as follows:

 

Name

 

Age

 

Director or
Officer Since

 

Position

James R. Balkcom, Jr.

 

66

 

2009

 

Director

W. Carter Bates, III

 

53

 

2009

 

Director

Archie L. Bransford, Jr.

 

58

 

2009

 

Director

Kim M. Childers

 

51

 

2009

 

President, Chief Credit Officer, Vice Chairman, Director

Stephen W. Doughty

 

59

 

2009

 

Chief Banking Officer, Executive Risk Officer

Joseph W. Evans

 

61

 

2009

 

Chief Executive Officer, Chairman, Director

Virginia A. Hepner

 

53

 

2010

 

Director

J. Daniel Speight

 

53

 

2009

 

Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Vice Chairman, Director

J. Thomas Wiley, Jr.

 

57

 

2010

 

Director

 

The business experience and background of each of our directors and executive officers is provided below.  Our directors and executive officers are also directors and executive officers of the Bank.

 

Executive Officers

 

Kim M. Childers .  Mr. Childers serves as our president and chief credit officer.  Mr. Childers is from Fort Valley, Georgia.  Prior to joining our Bank, Mr. Childers held senior positions with Flag Bank and RBC Centura Bank, including executive vice president and chief credit officer of Flag Bank from 2002 through 2007.  Before joining Flag Bank in 2002, Mr. Childers was employed with Century South Banks, Inc., the holding company of 12 banks located in Georgia, Tennessee, Alabama and North Carolina, acting in a number of capacities, including regional chief executive officer for the North Georgia Region (which included eight charters and $600 million in assets), chief credit officer and senior vice president/credit administration.  Mr. Childers also serves as a managing principal of Bankers Capital Group, LLC, an investment company that primarily buys and sells notes, a position he has held since 2007.  Mr. Childers also serves on our board of directors.  His depth of knowledge and years of experience in banking make him well qualified to be a member of our board.  His extensive personal understanding of the markets that we serve is also a valuable asset to the board.

 

Stephen W. Doughty .  Mr. Doughty serves as our chief banking officer and executive risk officer.  Mr. Doughty is a native of Atlanta, Georgia.  Prior to joining our Bank, from 2007 until 2009, Mr. Doughty served as a principal at Banker’s Capital Group, LLC, an investment company that primarily buys and sells notes.  He was the former vice chairman and chief risk management officer of Flag Financial Corporation, where he served from 2002 until it was sold to RBC Centura in 2006.  Before joining Flag Bank, he served as an executive officer at Century South Banks, Inc., the holding company of 12 banks located in Georgia, Tennessee, Alabama and North Carolina, from 1997 until 2001.  Mr. Doughty is a graduate of Valdosta State University and the School of Banking of the South, Louisiana State University.

 

73



Table of Contents

 

Joseph W. Evans .  Mr. Evans serves as our chief executive officer and chairman.  He is a native of Smarr, Georgia and the former chief executive officer of Flag Financial Corp., where he served from 2002 until it was sold to RBC Centura in 2006.  Mr. Evans previously served as president and chief executive officer of Macon-based Bank Corporation of Georgia, until it was merged with Century South Banks, Inc. in 1997.  Following the merger, Mr. Evans served as chief executive officer of Century South Banks, Inc, until it was acquired by BB&T.  Mr. Evans also serves as a managing principal of Bankers Capital Group, LLC, an investment company that primarily buys and sells notes, a position he has held since 2006.  Mr. Evans is a director of Southern Trust Insurance Company and a member of the Investment Committee of the Methodist Childrens Home in Macon, Georgia.  He also serves on the board of trustees of the Georgia Tech Foundation and the board of directors of the Alexander-Tharpe Fund, and as chairman of the board of trustees of the Georgia Tech Alumni Association.  Mr. Evans also serves on our board of directors.  His depth of knowledge and years of experience in banking make him well qualified to be a member of our board.  His ties to our market area also provide him with personal contacts and an awareness of the social environment within which we operate.

 

J. Daniel Speight .  Mr. Speight serves as our chief operating officer, chief financial officer and vice chairman.  Mr. Speight resides in Pinehurst, Georgia and spent more than 20 years, between 1984 and 2006, with Citizens Bank in Vienna, Georgia and Flag Bank and Flag Financial Corp., where he served as chief executive officer of Citizens Bank, vice chairman/director of Flag Bank and vice chairman, chief financial officer, chief executive officer and director of Flag Financial Corp.  Mr. Speight is a member of the State Bar of Georgia and, from February 2008 until July 2009, he practiced banking law with the law firm of James, Bates, Pope & Spivey LLP in Macon, Georgia.  Mr. Speight is also a managing principal of Bankers Capital Group, LLC, an investment company that primarily buys and sells notes, a position he has held since 2006.  He is a director of Reagan Holding Corporation of Petaluma, California and also served as a director of The Bankers Bank of Atlanta for nine years, from 1990 until 1999, serving as chairman of the board of directors twice during that term.  Mr. Speight has also served as president of the Community Bankers Association of Georgia, served as a director of the Georgia Bankers Association, was chairman of the Georgia Bankers Association Community Banking Committee and also served as a director of the Independent Community Bankers Association of America.  Mr. Speight also serves on our board of directors.  The depth of his banking knowledge and experience and his legal background make Mr. Speight well qualified to be a member of our board.  His extensive personal understanding of the markets that we serve is also a valuable asset to the board.

 

Board of Directors

 

James R. Balkcom, Jr.   Mr. Balkcom is currently the chairman of the board of EndoChoice, Inc. and an operating partner with Council Ventures, Inc.  He served as chairman of the board of advisors for Talent Quest, a leadership consultancy, from 2004 through 2009.  He also served as chairman of the board of iKobo, Inc., a provider of online money transfer services, from 2006 until 2009.  He served as chairman of the board of Commerce South Bank, Inc. from 2001 to 2004 and as a director and chairman of the compensation committee of Century South Banks, Inc. from 1997 to 2001.  He was also a director and chairman of the audit committee of DataPath, Inc. from 2007 to 2009.  Mr. Balkcom also served as chief executive officer of Techsonic Industries, Inc. from 1977 to 1994.  He serves as a Civilian Aide to the Secretary of the Army for Georgia and as Chairman of the Georgia Military Affairs Coordinating Committee.  Mr. Balkcom’s extensive experience in corporate governance and finance, together with his management experience as a senior executive with several companies, make him well qualified to be a member of our board.

 

W. Carter Bates, III .  Mr. Bates is a partner at the law firm of James, Bates, Pope & Spivey, LLP in Macon, Georgia, where he has practiced since 1999, specializing in tax and business law, tax-exempt organizations and estate and asset protection planning.  Mr. Bates is also an adjunct professor of law at the Walter F. Georgia School of Law, Mercer University.  Mr. Bates is active in numerous civic and business organizations in Macon and Middle Georgia, including Central Georgia Health Systems, where he serves on the audit and investment committees.  He has previously served on the boards of directors of Central Georgia Health Services, Inc. and Community Foundation of Central Georgia and was a board member of the State Board of Accountancy.  Mr. Bates’ legal experience, as well as his service as a director of a number of companies over the past 25 years, including SunTrust Bank of Middle Georgia, N.A., provides him with a wealth of knowledge and understanding of the role of the board of directors, and makes him well qualified to be a member of our board.  His extensive personal understanding of the markets that we serve is also a valuable asset to the board.

 

Archie L. Bransford, Jr .  Mr. Bransford is the president of Bransford & Associates, LLC, a bank regulatory consulting group which consults with banks on risk management and regulatory matters, a position he has held since 2004.  Prior to that, Mr. Bransford served in numerous positions at the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, including most

 

74



Table of Contents

 

recently as a deputy comptroller for the Southern District.  Mr. Bransford’s depth of knowledge and valuable experience with regulatory matters make him well qualified to be a member of our board.

 

Virginia A. Hepner .  Ms. Hepner is a business development consultant with the firm Venadar, LLC, which advises Fortune 500 companies, a position she has held since 2008.  Ms. Hepner is also a principal investor in GHC, LLC, a private real estate investment partnership for commercial assets.  Ms. Hepner has over 25 years of corporate banking experience with Wachovia Bank serving in North Carolina, Chicago and Atlanta.  She joined Wachovia in 1979 and has held numerous positions in corporate banking and capital markets, including Atlanta Corporate District Manager, Manager of the Foreign Exchange and Derivatives Group, Executive Vice President and Manager of the U.S. Corporate Client Group and Atlanta Commercial Banking Manager.  Ms. Hepner retired from Wachovia in 2005.  Ms. Hepner is a former director at Chexar Corporation, a private technology company.  She is also active in many Atlanta non-profit and civic organizations, including Emory University Board of Visitors, Children’s Healthcare Community Board, Theater of the Stars and Georgia Communities for Growth.  In 2008, she received the Phoenix Award from Atlanta Mayor Shirley Franklin for outstanding community service.  Ms. Hepner’s depth of knowledge and years of experience in corporate banking make her well qualified to be a member of our board.

 

J. Thomas Wiley, Jr .  Mr. Wiley is the chairman, president and chief executive officer of Coastal Bankshares, Inc. and its subsidiary bank, The Coastal Bank, where he has served since 2007.  Prior to joining The Coastal Bank, Mr. Wiley served as the vice chairman of Flag Financial Corporation from 2002 until 2007.  Mr. Wiley is also a managing principal of Bankers’ Capital Group, LLC, an investment company that primarily buys and sells notes, a position he has held since 2007.  His depth of knowledge and years of experience in banking make him well qualified to be a member of our board.

 

Item 6.  Executive Compensation

 

This section explains how our executive compensation programs are designed and operate with respect to the “named executive officers” identified below.

 

The individuals who served as our principal executive officer and as our principal financial officer during the successor period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009, as well as our two other most highly compensated executive officers, are referred to as the “named executive officers.”  For the 2009 successor period, our named executive officers were:

 

·       Joseph W. Evans, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman;

·       J. Daniel Speight, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Vice Chairman;

·       Kim M. Childers, President, Chief Credit Officer and Vice Chairman; and

·       Stephen W. Doughty, Executive Risk Officer and Chief Banking Officer.

 

The following compensation discussion and analysis, executive compensation tables and related narrative describe the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to the named executive officers for services provided to us in 2009 and their compensation arrangements with us.

 

Overview

 

The Company did not become the Bank’s holding company until July 23, 2010, when the plan of reorganization and share exchange was filed with the Georgia Secretary of State.  Before consummating the holding company reorganization, the Company did not engage in any operations other than organizational activities.  As a result, unless the context indicates otherwise, the following discussion and analysis of executive compensation relates to the successor period ended December 31, 2009, and refers solely to the Bank, its management and Board of Directors.  Each member of the Company’s Board of Directors also serves on the Bank’s Board of Directors.  The Bank also has two additional directors, John D. Houser and Stephen W. Doughty, who do not serve on the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

In connection with the closing of the private July 2009 offering and the acquisition of the six Security Banks in July 2009, the FDIC and the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance approved the Interagency Notice of Change in Control application filed by Joseph W. Evans, J. Daniel Speight and Kim M. Childers to serve as our new management team.  As part of that approval process, the FDIC and the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance reviewed and issued their non-objection to the form of employment agreements to be entered into between the Bank and each of Mr. Evans, Mr.

 

75



Table of Contents

 

Speight and Mr. Childers.  On July 24, 2009, the Board of Directors formally approved these employment agreements and Mr. Evans, Mr. Speight and Mr. Childers were appointed to serve as our new management team.

 

In September 2009, we entered into amendments to the employment agreements of Mr. Evans, Mr. Speight and Mr. Childers to memorialize compliance with Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) Section 409A and to confirm that any termination of employment will constitute a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A.  These amendments were subject to regulatory non-objection from the FDIC, which we received on May 11, 2010.  The amendments were executed by each of the three executive officers and the Bank on May 11, 2010.

 

We hired Mr. Stephen W. Doughty in October 2009.  The Board of Directors approved Mr. Doughty’s employment agreement on substantially the same terms and conditions as the employment agreements of Mr. Evans, Mr. Speight and Mr. Childers, as amended, subject to regulatory review and non-objection of the FDIC and the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance, pursuant to the conditions imposed on the Bank in connection with the FDIC’s and the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance’s approval of the Interagency Change in Control filing of Mr. Evans, Mr. Speight and Mr. Childers.  The FDIC and the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance issued their non-objection on July 19, 2010 and May 12, 2010, respectively, and Mr. Doughty and the Bank formally entered into the employment agreement on July 19, 2010.

 

For the successor period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009, we did not change the material elements of the executive compensation provided in the employment agreements, as amended, with the named executive officers.  Following the change in control transaction on July 24, 2009, we began to establish the Bank’s basic employee compensation and benefit programs.  We expect that the Company’s Compensation Committee, described below, will continue to establish our compensation and benefits programs in 2010.

 

In April 2010, the Bank engaged Matthews, Young & Associates, Inc. (“Matthews Young”) as an independent advisor to assist the Compensation Committee in determining and evaluating executive compensation.  Matthews Young will review executive compensation and prepare an analysis of the components of compensation and the total compensation with its recommendations.  Matthews Young will also provide the Compensation Committee with information on executive compensation trends and best practices.

 

The Compensation Committee

 

Our Compensation Committee was established in July 2010, and is currently composed of James R. Balkcom, Jr. (Chairman), Archie L. Bransford, Jr., W. Carter Bates, III, Virginia A. Hepner and J. Thomas Wiley, Jr.  Our common stock is not currently listed on any national exchange, or quoted on any inter-dealer quotation service, that imposes independence requirements on our board of directors or any committee thereof.  We have selected the director independence requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market, to evaluate whether our directors and committee members meet the independence criteria.  Based upon this standard, our Board of Directors has determined that each of the members of our Compensation Committee is independent.

 

Overview, Philosophy and Objectives of Executive Compensation

 

The following discussion of the philosophy and objectives of executive compensation refers to the basic principles endorsed by the Compensation Committee in its charter and is generally reflective of the philosophy underlying the employment agreements of the named executive officers.  However, for the 2009 successor period, the Compensation Committee did not meet.  The Bank’s Board of Directors acted to the extent needed in lieu of the Compensation Committee during the 2009 successor period, including approving employment agreements and amendments for the executive officers.

 

Under the Compensation Committee’s charter adopted in July 2010, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors has authority to establish the salaries and incentive compensation for the named executive officers and senior management.  The Compensation Committee also has the authority to annually review and approve corporate goals and objectives applicable to the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer, review and approve the annual base salary, annual incentive bonus levels for the executive officers, review and approve employment agreements, severance arrangements and change in control agreements, establish and administer the annual incentive and equity and equity-based plans and supplemental benefits, and otherwise review and approve our compensation plans.  In addition, the Compensation Committee is to annually review, evaluate and establish levels of director compensation.  The Compensation Committee

 

76



Table of Contents

 

evaluates the performance of our Chief Executive Officer and, with input from the Chief Executive Officer, evaluates the performance of our other named executive officers and senior management.

 

The objectives of the Compensation Committee with respect to the compensation of our named executive officers are to encourage achievement of the Company’s long-range objectives by relating compensation to achievement of internal strategic objectives, to attract, and retain talented and dedicated executives through a level of compensation that is competitive within the financial services industry and to promote a direct relationship between compensation and Company performance by facilitating equity ownership.

 

In 2009, we compensated our named executive officers primarily through a combination of base salary and discretionary bonus payments.  For 2010, the Compensation Committee intends to examine other factors and compensation methods.

 

Regulation

 

During the first three years following the July 24, 2009 change in control transaction, any revisions to compensation which represent a material increase in compensation to senior officers must receive the approval of the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance.  In 2010, the Company intends to seek regulatory approval for a formal annual incentive bonus plan.  The process of this regulatory review may restrict the authority of the Compensation Committee to approve executive compensation arrangements on a timely basis.

 

Base Salary

 

The base salary of our named executive officers is intended to provide a base level of pay for the services they provide that is competitive within the financial services industry.  We believe that the fixed base annual salary levels for the named executive officers helps us to retain qualified executives and to provide a measure of income stability to the executive which allows them to stay focused on the business of the Bank.  The Summary Compensation Tables reflect the base salary paid to each of our named executive officers for the successor period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009 and our chief executive officer and chief financial officer for the predecessor period from January 1, 2009 through July 23, 2009.  The base salary rates for our named executive officers for 2010 are unchanged from 2009 and have not yet been reviewed by the Compensation Committee.  The executive employment agreement with each named executive officer provides that base salary will be increased based on the performance of the Bank and its compliance with regulatory standards, as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

The base salary of each of Mr. Evans, Mr. Speight and Mr. Childers was recommended by the new management team members prior to the consummation of the July 24, 2009 private offering and change in control transaction and was based, in part, on each executive officer’s banking experience, their consultation with the Bank’s placement agent for the offering and discussions with potential investors.  On July 24, 2009, the Bank’s full Board of Directors formally approved their employment agreements, which set their base salaries.  The base salary of Mr. Doughty was determined by the Bank to be consistent with the base salary rate of the other named executive officers, other than the chief executive officer.  The minimum base compensation for Mr. Evans, Mr. Speight, Mr. Childers and Mr. Doughty was intended to allow us to maintain the continuity and focus of our management team through the consolidation of the Acquired Banks into our operations and beyond.

 

Annual Incentive Payments

 

We include an annual discretionary cash incentive award as part of our management compensation program for all of our management team, including our named executive officers.  We believe this element of compensation helps focus management on, and motivate management to achieve, key financial performance objectives.  Annual cash incentive payments are an integral component of compensation that link and reinforce executive decision-making and performance with our annual strategic objectives.

 

For 2009, no formal bonus or incentive program was established and no specific performance criteria were set.  In January 2010, the Bank’s Board of Directors awarded a discretionary bonus, subject to review and approval of the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance, for each of the named executive officers, as set forth in the Summary Compensation Table, below, for the successor period ended 2009.  The Board of Directors determined that the 2009 annual incentive

 

77



Table of Contents

 

award for each of the named executive officers would be equal to 75% of the target bonus of 50% of the annual rate of base salary, as provided in the employment agreements.

 

The Board of Directors’ determination to award a discretionary incentive award to each of our named executive officers for 2009 was based on its review of both objective and subjective criteria.  In particular, the Board of Directors found that the Bank’s net income for the period beginning July 24, 2009 and ending December 31, 2009 was $18.0 million and the Bank completed the acquisition of the assets of eight failed institutions.  The Board of Directors also took into consideration that beginning early in 2009, our named executive officers worked diligently to develop a plan to recapitalize the Bank and acquire the six failed bank subsidiaries of Security Bank Corporation.  During this process, the named executive officers performed extensive due diligence on the acquisition targets, recruited new personnel, raised contingent capital from investors, negotiated the change in control transaction with prior management of the Bank, and obtained the necessary support and approval of the Bank’s primary regulators.  Our named executive officers performed this work prior to becoming members of our management team and without compensation.  The annual incentive awards were paid in 2010.

 

Other Executive Benefits

 

Perquisites.   We do not offer any perquisites to our named executive officers.  Part of our compensation philosophy is to pay a competitive annual base salary and reward the achievement of our financial objectives through an annual incentive award, which allows our named executive officers to allocate their income at their discretion.

 

Benefit Plans.  Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our company-provided benefit plans and programs, including medical, life and disability plans, on the same basis as other salaried, full-time employees.  They will also be able to participate in our 401(k) Plan in 2010, once that plan is implemented.

 

Summary Compensation

 

The following table shows the compensation we paid for the successor period from July 24, 2009 to December 31, 2009 to our named executive officers.  For a description of executive compensation arrangements entered into between the Bank and Mr. Evans, Mr. Speight, Mr. Childers and Mr. Doughty, please see the discussion below entitled “Executive Compensation Arrangements.”

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Positions(1)

 

Year

 

Salary

 

Bonus (3)

 

All Other
Compensation

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joseph W. Evans

 

2009

 

$

173,184

 

$

150,000

 

 

$

323,184

 

Chief Executive Officer/Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J. Daniel Speight

 

2009

 

149,124

 

131,250

 

 

280,374

 

Chief Financial Officer/Chief Operating Officer/Vice Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kim M. Childers

 

2009

 

149,124

 

131,250

 

 

280,374

 

President/Chief Credit Officer/Vice Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephen W. Doughty(2)

 

2009

 

88,947

 

131,250

 

 

220,197

 

Executive Risk Officer and Chief Banking Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)    Reflects principal positions held as of December 31, 2009.

(2)    Mr. Doughty joined the Bank in October 2009.

(3)    Bonus amounts were awarded and paid in 2010 and expensed by us in 2009.

 

78



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows the compensation we paid for the predecessor period from January 1, 2009 to July 23, 2009 to our named executive officers.  Mr. Carter and Ms. Wright resigned from their respective positions effective July 24, 2009.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Positions

 

Year

 

Salary

 

Bonus

 

All Other
Compensation

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John T. Carter

 

2009

 

$

80,630

 

$

 

$

50,000

(1)

$

130,630

 

Former President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bunny E. Wright

 

2009

 

74,341

 

 

 

74,341

 

Former Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1) Mr. Carter resigned from the Bank effective July 24, 2009.  The Bank agreed to pay Mr. Carter $50,000 as a severance payment related to his termination of employment with the Bank.

 

Executive Compensation Arrangements

 

On July 24, 2009, following the non-objection of the FDIC and the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance, the Bank entered into employment agreements with Mr. Evans to serve as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Mr. Speight to serve as Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Vice Chairman and Mr. Childers to serve as President, Chief Credit Officer and Vice Chairman.  Each employment agreement provides for a term of three years that automatically renews each day after the effective date so that the term remains a three-year term until either party notifies the other that the automatic renewals should discontinue.  Each employment agreement provides for an annual salary that is reviewed at least annually by the Board of Directors of the Bank.  Mr. Evans’, Mr. Speight’s and Mr. Childers’ current annual base salaries as determined under each of their employment agreements are $400,000, $350,000 and $350,000, respectively.  Each employment agreement also provides that Mr. Evans, Mr. Speight and Mr. Childers, respectively, is eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 50% of his respective annual base salary, as well as stock options and other benefits as they are made available for senior executives of the Bank.  This also includes business and professional association reimbursements and paid vacation.  For 2010, the annual bonus for each of Mr. Evans, Mr. Speight and Mr. Childers is subject to a 1% per day reduction, up to 100% reduction, for each day after December 31, 2010 a registration statement on Form 10 was not effective, as provided in the Stock Purchase Agreement dated July 14, 2009.  On May 11, 2010, each of Mr. Evans, Mr. Speight and Mr. Childers entered into a First Amendment to his employment agreement to memorialize compliance with Code Section 409A and to confirm that any termination of employment will constitute a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A.

 

In October 2009, the Bank engaged Mr. Stephen W. Doughty to serve as Executive Risk Officer.  In March 2010, the Bank submitted to the FDIC and the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance an employment agreement for Mr. Doughty to serve as Executive Risk Officer and Chief Banking Officer.  The form of Mr. Doughty’s employment agreement was substantially similar to the form of agreement with Mr. Evans, Mr. Speight and Mr. Childers.  Mr. Doughty’s current annual base salary as determined under the employment agreement is $350,000, and he is also eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary, as well as stock options and other benefits made available for senior executives of the Bank.  Mr. Doughty’s employment agreement was not formally entered into until July 19, 2010, following regulatory non-objection by the FDIC and the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance.  Prior to that time, Mr. Doughty was compensated as if the employment agreement were in effect.

 

Each of the employment agreements provide for payments upon termination of employment, including in connection with a change in control, as described below.  Each employment agreement also requires the executive officer to keep confidential Bank information and trade secrets during employment for 12 months following termination of the employment agreement.  In addition, each executive officer is subject to provisions for non-competition and non-solicitation of customers and employees of the Bank, as described below.  Controversies or claims related to the employment agreements will be settled by binding arbitration, with the Bank paying the fees and expenses of the arbitration

 

79



Table of Contents

 

proceeding.  If litigation to enforce an arbitration award is brought, the Bank will advance the executive officer reasonable fees, costs and expenses and the executive officer will reimburse the advances within 60 days of the final disposition of the matter, unless the arbitrators or court has ruled in favor of the executive officer on the merits of the substantive issues in dispute.

 

The Board of Directors believes that it is important to protect these officers in the event of a change in control by providing the officers with a structured process for leaving the Bank as a result of a change in control.  Further, the Board believes that the interests of shareholders will be best served if the interests of executive management are aligned with them, and providing change in control benefits should eliminate, or at least reduce, the reluctance of executive management to pursue potential change in control transactions that may be in the best interests of shareholders.

 

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

 

Mr. Evans’, Mr. Speight’s, Mr. Childers’ and Mr. Doughty’s employment agreements each have terms regarding potential payments upon termination of employment or a change in control of the Bank which are substantially the same.

 

For purposes of the benefits provided in the employment agreements, a change in control is deemed to occur, in general, if:

 

·       a person or group of persons acquires 25% or more of the Bank’s common stock;

·       within any twelve-month period, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, are directors of the Bank cease to constitute at least a majority of the board of directors thereof (with certain exceptions provided, including that 2/3 of the incumbent directors may approve or recommend election of a non-incumbent director);

·       the shareholders of the Bank approve a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Bank with respect to which shareholders of the Bank immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, or consolidation do not immediately thereafter own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity; or

·       the sale, transfer or assignment of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank and its subsidiaries to any third party.

 

If the officer chooses to terminate employment within the period commencing three months prior to and ending twelve months after a change in control and upon 30 days written notice, the officer is entitled to receive a severance payment in a lump sum amount equal to the (a) greater of (x) his current base salary divided by 12, or (y) his average monthly compensation; (b) multiplied by the number of months from the effective date of his termination through the unexpired portion of the term of the employment agreement or, if greater, 24.  For purposes of these calculations, “average monthly compensation” means: (a) the sum of (x) the officer’s then current annual base salary plus (y) his most recent annual bonus or, if greater, his average bonus for the three prior years; (b) divided by 12.  In addition, the Bank will also pay the officer an amount equal to the cost of COBRA health continuation coverage for the officer and his eligible dependents for the longer of (a) the unexpired portion of the term of the employment agreement, (b) 24 months, or (c) the period during which the officer and his eligible dependents are entitled to COBRA health continuation coverage.

 

In addition, if the officer’s employment is terminated (a) by the Bank other than for “cause,” or (b) by the officer for “cause,” the officer will be entitled to receive a severance payment in a lump sum amount equal to (a) the greater of (x) his current base salary divided by 12, or (y) his average monthly compensation (as defined above); (b) multiplied by 12.  For purposes of the employment agreements, “cause” is generally defined to mean the following:

 

With respect to termination of the officer by the Bank:

 

·       a material breach of the terms of the employment agreement by the officer;

·       conduct by the officer that constitutes fraud, dishonesty, gross malfeasance of duty or conduct grossly inappropriate to the officer’s office and is demonstrably likely to lead to material injury to the Bank or which results in direct or indirect personal enrichment of the officer, as confirmed by a vote of the Board of Directors following written notice and an opportunity to be heard by the Board of Directors;

·       conduct resulting in the conviction of the officer of a felony; or

·       conduct that results in the permanent removal of the officer from his position as on officer of the Bank pursuant to a written order by any regulatory agency.

 

80



Table of Contents

 

With respect to termination by the officer:

 

·       a material diminution in the powers, responsibilities, duties or total compensation of the officer;

·       the failure of the Board of Directors of the Bank to maintain the officer’s appointment to his role as officer, the Bank’s non-renewal of the employment agreement, or the failure of the shareholders of the Bank to elect the officer as a director of the Bank; or

·       a material breach of the employment agreement by the Bank.

 

With respect to termination by the officer for cause, the officer must give 30 days written notice to the Bank, other than for failure of the Board of Directors to maintain the officer’s appointment or non-renewal of the employment agreement.

 

In addition, if the officer’s employment is terminated by the Bank other than for “cause” or by the officer for “cause,” as described above, the officer will also be entitled to receive an amount equal to the cost of COBRA health continuation coverage costs for the officer and his eligible dependents for the longer of (a) 12 months or (b) the period during which the officer and his eligible dependents are entitled to COBRA health continuation coverage from the Bank.

 

The employment agreements also provide that during the term of each officer’s employment and for 36 months following his termination of employment, the officer agrees not to compete with the Bank within designated counties in Georgia.  In addition, during the term of each officer’s employment and for 24 months following his termination of employment, the officer agrees not to solicit (a) any of the Bank’s customers with whom he had material contact or (b)  employees of the Bank.  The agreement not to compete and not to solicit customers or employees does not apply if:

 

(a)                     the Bank terminates the officer’s employment without “cause”; or

(b)                    the executive terminates his employment in connection with a change in control of the Bank; or

(c)                     the officer terminates his employment for “cause.”

 

For at least 12 months following the termination of the employment agreement, the officer will not disclose the Bank’s confidential information and will protect the Bank’s trade secrets for so long as permitted by applicable law.

 

The employment agreements also provide that if the payments on termination of employment would constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in Code Section 280G, the officer shall receive the total payments made under the employment agreement; provided, if the after-tax amount retained by the officer after taking into account the excise taxes would have a lesser aggregate value than the after-tax amount retained by the officer if the total payments were reduced so that no Code Section 280G taxes would be incurred, the officer will receive reduced payments.  Under the employment agreement, the officer has agreed to provide post-termination personal services to the Bank for payments which might otherwise be designated “parachute payments” to the extent needed to comply with Code Section 280G and to avoid excise taxes under Code Section 4999.

 

The employment agreements provide for automatic termination of the agreement upon death and permanent disability.  Permanent disability is defined as a condition providing for payments under any long term disability coverage provided by the Bank, or in the absence of such coverage, when the officer is unable to perform the material aspects of his duties for at least 180 days.  Upon termination for permanent disability, the officer is paid average monthly compensation for each full month until long term disability benefits become payable, or if longer, six months.

 

The employment agreements are intended to comply with Code Section 409A, including any applicable exemption under Code Section 409A.  If an officer is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A) when the officer separates from service with the Bank, any deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A will be paid on the first day of the seventh month following the termination of employment, unless an exemption is otherwise available.

 

The following table summarizes the potential post-employment payments due to the officers with employment agreements upon termination or a change in control of the Bank assuming those events occurred on the last business day of the last fiscal year.

 

81



Table of Contents

 

Name(1)

 

Benefit (2)

 

Change in
Control(3) 

 

Termination
without
“cause” by
Bank

 

Termination
for “cause”
by Officer

 

Permanent
Disability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joseph W. Evans

 

Cash compensation — lump sum multiple (12, or up to 36  if a change in control) of monthly compensation (4)

 

$

1,350,302

 

$

561,854

 

$

561,854

 

$

275,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post-termination health continuation payments for up to 18 months (up to 36  months if a change in control) (5)

 

28,675

 

14,338

 

14,338

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J. Daniel Speight

 

Cash compensation — lump sum multiple (12, or up to 36  if a change in control) of monthly compensation (4)

 

1,180,555

 

488,367

 

488,367

 

240,625

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post-termination health continuation payments for up to 18 months (up to 36 months if a change in control) (5)

 

21,350

 

10,675

 

10,675

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kim M. Childers

 

Cash compensation — lump sum multiple (12, or up to 36  if a change in control) of monthly compensation (4)

 

1,180,566

 

488,367

 

488,367

 

240,625

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post-termination health continuation payments for up to 18 months (up to 36 months if a change in control) (5)

 

21,350

 

10,675

 

10,675

 

 

 

 


(1)     Mr. Doughty has been omitted from this table because he was not entitled to any potential payments upon termination of employment for any reason, including a change in control, during 2009, given that his employment agreement had not been approved by regulatory agencies and he had not executed it.

 

(2)    Benefit amounts are expressed as a single amount, even if paid over time.  Any delay of payment required to comply with Code Section 409A has been ignored for purposes of this chart.  Benefit amounts do not include any benefits available generally to all salaried employees.

 

82



Table of Contents

 

(3)    Upon the officer’s termination of employment on account of a change in control under the terms of the employment agreement, the amounts reported could be reduced if such reduced amount would provide a greater value to the officer after taking into account Code Section 4999 excise taxes and other taxes.  For purposes of this table, only the maximum amounts are shown.

 

(4)    Monthly compensation was determined as the rate of base salary divided by 12.  Average monthly compensation was not used because it includes the most recently paid incentive compensation and no incentive compensation had been paid as of December 31, 2009.  The remaining term of the employment agreement used is three years, assuming that no notice of non-renewal has been given by either party.

 

(5)    The COBRA health continuation coverage rate for an employee and family (based on each employee’s age) in effect at December 31, 2009 was multiplied by the number of months over which the amount would be paid.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

The Company was not incorporated until January 2010 and, therefore, did not have a compensation committee as of December 31, 2009.  Presently, the members of our Compensation Committee are: James R. Balkcom, Jr. (Chairman), Archie L. Bransford, Jr., W. Carter Bates, III, Virginia A. Hepner and John Thomas Wiley, Jr.  None of the members of the Compensation Committee was an officer or employee, or former officer or employee of the Company or the Bank.  In addition, none of these individuals had any relationship requiring disclosure under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” with the exception of Mr. Bates as disclosed in Item 7.

 

Director Compensation

 

Both the Company’s and the Bank’s bylaws permit our directors to receive compensation as determined by the Board of Directors.  None of our employee-directors received compensation for their service to the Company in 2009.  The Bank paid its non-employee directors a fee of $10,000 per quarter, payable in advance and prorated for the number of months the individual served as a director.  Non-employee directors are also reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with serving as a director.  The fees paid to the Bank’s directors for the period ended December 31, 2009 are set forth in the table below.

 

Name

 

Fees Earned or
Paid in
Cash

 

All Other
Compensation

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James R. Balkcom, Jr.

 

$

16,667

 

 

$

16,667

 

W. Carter Bates, III

 

16,667

 

 

16,667

 

Archie L. Bransford, Jr.

 

10,000

 

 

10,000

 

Kim M. Childers

 

 

 

 

Stephen W. Doughty(1)

 

 

 

 

Joseph W. Evans

 

 

 

 

Virginia A. Hepner(2)

 

 

 

 

John D. Houser(3)

 

16,667

 

 

16,667

 

J. Daniel Speight

 

 

 

 

J. Thomas Wiley(4)

 

 

 

 

 


(1)            Mr. Doughty was not appointed as a director of the Bank until July 28, 2010.

(2)            Ms. Hepner was not appointed as a director of the Bank and the Company until September 2010.

(3)            Mr. Houser is a director of the Bank, but is not a director of the Company.

(4)            Mr. Wiley was not appointed as a director of the Bank and the Company until July 28, 2010.

 

83



Table of Contents

 

Item 7.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

W. Carter Bates, III, one of our directors, is a partner in the law firm of James, Bates, Pope & Spivey LLP, which provides various legal services to us.  Between July 24, 2009 and December 31, 2009, we paid James, Bates, Pope & Spivey LLP approximately $221,000 in fees and expenses for legal services.  We believe that the terms of this related party transaction are no less favorable than could be obtained from an unaffiliated party.

 

We conduct a review of all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations on an ongoing basis, and all such transactions must be approved by our Audit Committee or our disinterested directors.  For purposes of this review, related party transactions include all transactions that are required to be disclosed pursuant to SEC regulations.

 

In addition, the Bank is subject to the provisions of Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act, which limits the amount of loans or extensions of credit to, or investments in, or certain other transactions with, affiliates and the amount of advances to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates.  The Bank is also subject to the provisions of Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act which, among other things, prohibits an institution from engaging in certain transactions with certain affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to such institution or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies.  Our policy is not to make loans and enter into other banking transactions in the ordinary course of business with our directors and officers and their affiliates.

 

Director Independence

 

Our board of directors has determined that James R. Balkcom, Jr., W. Carter Bates, III, Archie L. Bransford, Jr. Virginia A. Hepner and J. Thomas Wiley are “independent” directors, based upon the independence criteria set forth in the corporate governance listing standards of The NASDAQ Global Market, the exchange that we selected to determine whether our directors and committee members meet the independence criteria of a national securities exchange, as required by Item 407(a) of Regulation S-K.

 

Mr. Evans, Mr. Speight and Mr. Childers are considered inside directors because of their employment as executive officers of our company.

 

Item 8.  Legal Proceedings

 

We are not a party to any material pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incident to our business.

 

Item 9.  Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

As of October 15, 2010, we had 31,607,604 shares of common stock issued and outstanding and approximately 243 shareholders of record.  In addition, we have issued warrants to purchase 2,717,261 shares of our common stock.  No public market exists for our common stock, and there can be no assurance that a public trading market for our common stock will develop.  Consequently, management is only aware of a few trades of the Bank’s common stock and it not aware of any trades of the Company’s common stock.

 

Our executive officers and directors collectively own 728,000 shares of our common stock that are eligible for resale subject to the limitations of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock.  For the foreseeable future we do not intend to declare cash dividends and instead we plan to retain earnings to grow our business.  Our ability to pay dividends depends on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to us.  Under Georgia law, the prior approval of the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance is required before the Bank may pay any cash dividends if:

 

(a)           total classified assets at the Bank’s most recent examination exceed 80% of equity capital (which includes the reserve for loan losses);

 

(b)          the aggregate amount of dividends declared or anticipated to be declared in the calendar year exceeds 50% of the net profits for the previous calendar year; or

 

84



Table of Contents

 

(c)           the Bank’s ratio of equity capital to adjusted total assets is less than 6%.

 

In addition, for a period of three years after consummation of the July 24, 2009 change in control transaction, the Bank must also obtain approval from the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance before paying any dividends, including dividend payments to the Company.  The Bank received approval from the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance to make a $718,000 dividend payment to the Company to fund its operating expenses for 2010.

 

Item 10.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

On October 14, 2010, we sold 66,927 shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase 59,927 shares of our common stock to certain members of  the Bank’s senior management and one of our directors for aggregate gross proceeds of $922,912.  The shares and warrants were sold in reliance upon the exemption from registration for transactions not involving a public offering under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, and, in particular, the safe harbor provisions afforded by Rule 504 of Regulation D, as promulgated thereunder.

 

On July 23, 2010, we consummated our plan of reorganization and share exchange with the Bank pursuant to which we have issued 31,540,977 shares of our common stock in exchange for 31,540,977 shares of the Bank’s common stock pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Act.

 

On December 9, 2009, the Bank sold 850,000 shares of common stock to an investment fund for aggregate gross proceeds of $8.5 million.  The shares were sold in reliance upon the exemption from registration for transactions not involving a public offering under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, and, in particular, the safe harbor provisions afforded by Rule 506 of Regulation D, as promulgated thereunder.  The investor represented to us that it was an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D.  In addition, the shares were securities of the Bank, a banking institution supervised by the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance and the FDIC and, therefore, are considered exempt securities pursuant to Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act and are not required to be registered with the SEC.

 

On September 30, 2009, the Bank sold 350,740 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 217,900 shares of common stock to certain members of its senior management for aggregate gross proceeds of $3,742,732.  On November 30, 2009, the Bank sold an additional 266,800 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 187,129 shares of common stock to certain members of its senior management for aggregate gross proceeds of $2,870,099.  Similarly, in December 2009, the Bank sold 51,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 53,000 shares of common stock to certain members of its senior management team for aggregate proceeds of $567,240.  The shares and warrants were sold in reliance upon the exemption from registration for transactions not involving a public offering under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, and, in particular, the safe harbor provisions afforded by Rule 506 of Regulation D, as promulgated thereunder.  Each of the investors represented to us that he or she is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D.  In addition, the shares and warrants were securities of the Bank, a banking institution supervised by the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance and the FDIC and, therefore, are considered exempt securities pursuant to Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act and are not required to be registered with the SEC.

 

On July 24, 2009, the Bank completed a private offering of 28,455,000 shares of its common stock for aggregate gross proceeds of $284,550,000.  The Bank engaged FBR Capital Markets & Co. (“FBR”) as its placement agent to assist with the offering.  The investors in the offering, either directly or through affiliated funds, included hedge funds, mutual funds, an insurance company and individuals.

 

Also on July 24, 2009, the Bank closed on the sale of 700,000 units to certain of our current executive officers, a member of the Bank’s senior management and one of our directors for aggregate gross proceeds of $7.0 million.  The units consisted of 700,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an additional 2,102,605 shares of our common stock for $10.00 per share.  The Bank also closed on the sale of 100,000 units to certain of the Bank’s former directors for aggregate gross proceeds of $500,000, which units consisted of 100,000 shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock for $5.00 per share.

 

All of the shares and warrants sold in the July 24, 2009 private offerings were sold in reliance upon the exemption from registration for transactions not involving a public offering under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, and, in particular, the safe harbor provisions afforded by Rule 506 of Regulation D, as promulgated thereunder.  Each of the investors represented to us that he or she is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D.  In addition, the

 

85



Table of Contents

 

shares and warrants were securities of the Bank, a banking institution supervised by the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance and the FDIC and, therefore, are considered exempt securities pursuant to Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act and are not required to be registered with the SEC.

 

For a description of the terms of the warrants described above, see Item 11, Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered — Warrants, below.

 

Item 11.  Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered

 

General

 

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation authorize us to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share.  As of October 15 , 2010, there were 31,607,604 shares of our common stock outstanding and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding.

 

Common Stock

 

All shares of our common stock are entitled to share equally in dividends from funds legally available therefor, when, as and if declared by our board of directors.  All shares of our common stock, upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be entitled to share equally and ratably in all of our assets legally available for distribution to the shareholders after payment of all of our debts and liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock.

 

Each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote in all matters that may be presented to the shareholders.  The shares of our common stock are not convertible into any other security, nor are the shares subject to any call, assessment or redemption.  There are no sinking fund provisions with respect to the shares of our common stock.  The holders of the shares of our common stock do not have preemptive rights to subscribe to authorized but unissued shares of common stock, except as described under “Right of First Offer to Certain Shareholders” below.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Our articles of incorporation provide that the board of directors is authorized, without further action by the holders of our common stock, to provide for the issuance of shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the  preferences, limitations and relative rights and the number of shares to be included in any such series.

 

Warrants

 

In connection with the July 2009 private offering and acquisition, we sold 700,000 units to some of our current executive officers, a member of the Bank’s senior management and one of our directors for aggregate gross proceeds of $7.0 million.  The units consisted of 700,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an additional 2,102,605 shares of our common stock for $10.00 per share.  In addition, some of the Bank’s former directors purchased units and entered into non-compete agreements with the Bank.  These parties purchased a total of 100,000 units for $5.00 per unit.  These units consist of 100,000 shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock for $5.00 per share.

 

Following the July 2009 private offering, some of the members of our senior management purchased individual warrants at fair value that gave them the right to purchase an additional 458,029 shares of our common stock at $10.00 per share.  These warrants were not part of a unit and, therefore, did not include shares of common stock.  We used the Black-Scholes valuation model to determine the fair value of the warrants, which at the date of issuance was $494,671 based on a $1.08 warrant value.

 

On October 14, 2010, some of the members of our senior management and one of our directors purchased individual warrants that gave them the right to purchase an additional 56,627 shares of our common stock at $11.21 per share.  These warrants were not part of a unit and, therefore, did not include shares of common stock.  We used the Black-Scholes valuation model to determine the fair value of the warrants, which at the date of issuance was $131,375 based on a $2.32 warrant value.

 

86



Table of Contents

 

Each warrant issued was fully exercisable on the date of grant and remains exercisable for a 10-year period following the date of grant.  The warrants issued to our executive officers, directors and senior management are subject to repurchase agreements should they leave their employment or their role as a director, as applicable, or in some cases should other executive officers leave their respective roles.  The repurchase is at our option at $2 per warrant (or $12 per share for exercised warrants) for the first three years from issuance.  The repurchase applies to all warrants for the first 12 months of grant, two-thirds for the next 12 months and one-third for the third 12 months.  After three years, the holders’ warrants are not subject to repurchase.

 

Right of First Offer to Certain Shareholders

 

In connection with the closing of the July 2009 private offering, the Bank entered into a stock purchase agreement dated July 14, 2009 with the purchasers of an aggregate of 28,455,000 shares of the Bank’s common stock.  Under the stock purchase agreement, the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank, agreed to provide each purchaser with a right of first offer to purchase equity securities of the Bank, or its newly formed holding company, in any subsequent offer or sale of its securities, subject to limited exceptions.

 

The right of first offer will allow each purchaser to purchase a portion of any of our newly issued equity securities in an amount that will enable each purchaser to maintain its pro rata ownership interest in us on the date we provide notice of the new offer or sale.  Each sale will be made on the same terms and at the same price as those sales to all other purchasers.  The right of first offer expires upon the earlier of (a) an initial public offering, or (b) when we begin trading on a national securities exchange.

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions

 

Under our amended and restated articles of incorporation, t he authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and preferred stock are available for issuance upon approval by our board of directors without further approval by our shareholders, except where shareholder approval is required by law .  These shares are available for issuance for a range of corporate purposes, which may include public offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefits.  Additionally, our board of directors could issue shares of stock to persons deemed friendly to our management, which may have the effect of discouraging or otherwise making more difficult an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for shares of common stock.

 

Transfer Agent

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.  Its address is 59 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038, and its telephone number is (800) 937-5449.

 

Item 12.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Under our bylaws, each of our directors and officers, absent certain circumstances, shall be indemnified by us for certain expenses incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.  Expenses for which directors and officers may be indemnified include any judgment, settlement, penalty, fine or reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, court costs and expert witness fees).  We may advance expenses incurred with respect to any claim, action, suit or proceeding for which officers and directors may be indemnified before the final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the recipient to repay that amount if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification under our bylaws.  In addition, our amended and restated articles of incorporation also provide that each of our directors and officers has the right to be indemnified by us to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

Under the Georgia Business Corporation Code (the “GBCC”), a Georgia corporation has the power to indemnify its directors and officers provided that they act in good faith and reasonably believe that their conduct was lawful and in the corporation’s best interest (or not opposed thereto), as set forth in the GBCC.  Under the GBCC, a corporation must indemnify a director or officer who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she was a party because he or she is or was a director or officer, against reasonable expenses incurred by the director or officer in connection with the proceeding.  The GBCC permits a corporation to pay for or reimburse reasonable

 

87



Table of Contents

 

expenses in advance of final disposition of an action, suit or proceeding only upon: (a) the director’s certification that he or she acted in good faith and in the corporation’s best interest (or not opposed thereto); and (b) the director furnishing a written undertaking to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that he or she did not meet this standard of conduct.

 

The GBCC also empowers a corporation to provide insurance for directors and officers against liability arising out of their positions, even though the insurance coverage may be broader than the corporation’s power to indemnify.  We maintain directors and officers’ liability insurance for the benefit of our directors and officers.

 

88



Table of Contents

 

Item 13.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

The financial statements required to be included in this registration statement on Form 10 appear in Item 15.  The following information sets forth certain quarterly data for the periods presented.

 

 

 

Quarterly Period Ended

 

 

 

March 31, 2010

 

June 30, 2010

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Interest income

 

$

41,037

 

$

39,785

 

Interest expense

 

8,680

 

10,079

 

Net interest income

 

32,357

 

29,706

 

Provision for loan losses

 

497

 

695

 

Noninterest income

 

5,275

 

5,522

 

Noninterest expense

 

18,533

 

19,120

 

Income before income taxes

 

18,602

 

15,413

 

Incomes taxes

 

6,883

 

5,839

 

Net income

 

$

11,719

 

$

9,574

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.37

 

$

0.30

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.37

 

$

0.30

 

 

89


 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Quarterly Period Ended

 

Year Ended December 31, 2009

 

March 31

 

June 30

 

Predecessor
Period July
1, 2009
through
July 23,
2009

 

Successor
Period July
24, 2009
through
September 30

 

December 31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

478

 

$

475

 

$

161

 

$

27,048

 

$

30,795

 

Interest expense

 

211

 

204

 

85

 

6,766

 

7,975

 

Net interest income

 

267

 

271

 

76

 

20,282

 

22,820

 

Provision for loan losses

 

130

 

131

 

 

1,280

 

1,409

 

Noninterest income

 

41

 

62

 

16

 

2,546

 

7,747

 

Noninterest expense

 

311

 

308

 

100

 

9,298

 

13,047

 

Income before income taxes

 

(133

)

(106

)

(8

)

12,250

 

16,111

 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

4,402

 

5,937

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(133

)

$

(106

)

$

(8

)

$

7,848

 

$

10,174

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

(0.17

)

$

(0.14

)

$

(0.01

)

$

0.26

 

$

0.33

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

(0.17

)

$

(0.14

)

$

(0.01

)

$

0.26

 

$

0.32

 

 

90


 

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Quarterly Period Ended

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

March 31

 

June 30

 

September 30

 

December 31

 

Total Year

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

495

 

$

467

 

$

488

 

$

467

 

$

1,917

 

Interest expense

 

204

 

204

 

197

 

218

 

823

 

Net interest income

 

291

 

263

 

291

 

249

 

1,094

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

151

 

 

161

 

312

 

Noninterest income

 

38

 

44

 

51

 

44

 

177

 

Noninterest expense

 

351

 

394

 

398

 

338

 

1,481

 

Income before income taxes

 

(22

)

(238

)

(56

)

(206

)

(522

)

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(22

)

$

(238

)

$

(56

)

$

(206

)

$

(522

)

Basic earnings per share

 

$

(0.03

)

$

(0.31

)

$

(0.07

)

$

(0.27

)

$

(0.68

)

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

(0.03

)

$

(0.31

)

$

(0.07

)

$

(0.27

)

$

(0.68

)

 

Item 14.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

Nichols, Cauley & Associates, LLC, the Bank’s principal accounting firm since the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, was dismissed on August 24, 2009.  The audit committee of the Bank approved the dismissal.  Except for its report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, Nichols, Cauley’s reports on the Bank’s financial statements did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were they modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles, which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Nichols, Cauley, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement(s) in connection with its report.  There were no reportable events as described by Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

 

On August 24, 2009, the audit committee of the Bank engaged Dixon Hughes PLLC as the Bank’s new independent registered public accounting firm.  All of the audited financial statements in this registration statement have been audited by Dixon Hughes.  Prior to August 24, 2009, neither the Bank nor anyone on its behalf consulted Dixon Hughes regarding either: (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Bank’s financial statements, in each case where written or oral advice was provided that Dixon Hughes concluded was an important factor considered by the Bank in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement or a reportable event (both as defined in Item 304 of Regulation S-K).

 

Nichols, Cauley’s report on the Bank’s financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 contained a qualified opinion regarding the sufficiency of the Bank’s allowance for loan losses.  The Bank’s management at that time, who were replaced in July 2009, declined to make Nichols, Cauley’s recommended adjustment to the Bank’s allowance for loan losses, resulting in the qualified opinion.  Current management made the recommended adjustments to the Bank’s allowance for loan losses, and, following their engagement, Dixon Hughes audited the Bank’s financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and issued an unqualified opinion.  The dismissal of Nichols, Cauley and the engagement of Dixon Hughes were unrelated to this matter.

 

The Company has provided a copy of this disclosure to Nichols, Cauley and requested it to furnish a letter to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the statements made by the Company and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree.  A copy of Nichols, Cauley’s response was unavailable at the time of filing this registration statement and will be filed by amendment to this registration statement within two business days of receipt.

 

Item 15.  Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

(a)   Financial Statements

 

Please see the following financial statements set forth below beginning on page F-1 of this registration statement on Form 10.

 

Page

 

Description

F-1

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

F-3

 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

 

 

 

F-4

 

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) for the Period Ended December 31, 2009, July 23, 2009 and the Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

 

 

F-5

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

 

 

 

F-6

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Periods Ended December 31, 2009, July 23, 2009 and the Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

 

 

F-7

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Period from December 31, 2009, July 23, 2009 and the Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

 

 

F-9

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

91



 

F-42

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009 (audited)

 

 

 

F-43

 

Consolidated Statement of Income (unaudited) for the Six and Three Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2009

 

 

 

F-44

 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (unaudited) for the Six and Three Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2009

 

 

 

F-45

 

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity (unaudited) for the Six and Three Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2009

 

 

 

F-46

 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2009

 

 

 

F-47

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

(b)

Exhibits.  The following documents are filed as exhibits hereto:                

 

Exhibit
No.

 

Document

 

 

 

2.1

 

Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of July 24, 2009 among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Security Bank of Bibb County, Macon Georgia; Security Bank of Gwinnett County, Suwannee, Georgia; Security Bank of Houston County, Perry, Georgia; Security Bank of Jones County, Gray, Georgia; Security Bank of North Fulton, Alpharetta, Georgia; Security Bank of North Metro, Woodstock, Georgia, State Bank and Trust Company and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation acting in its corporate capacity

 

 

 

2.2

 

Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of December 4, 2009 among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of The Buckhead Community Bank, Atlanta, Georgia, State Bank and Trust Company and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation acting in its corporate capacity

 

 

 

2.3

 

Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of December 4, 2009 among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of First Security National Bank, Norcross, Georgia, State Bank and Trust Company and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation acting in its corporate capacity

 

 

 

2.4

 

Plan of Reorganization and Share Exchange dated January 27, 2010

 

 

 

2.5

 

Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of July 30, 2010 among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of NorthWest Bank and Trust, Acworth, Georgia, State Bank and Trust Company and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation acting in its corporate capacity

 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of State Bank Financial Corporation

 

 

 

3.2

 

Bylaws of State Bank Financial Corporation

 

 

 

4.1

 

See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for provisions in State Bank Financial Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws defining the rights of holders of common stock

 

 

 

4.2

 

Form of certificate of common stock

 

 

 

10.1

 

Employment Agreement dated July 24, 2009 by and among of Joseph W. Evans and State Bank and Trust Company

 

 

 

10.2

 

Employment Agreement dated July 24, 2009 by and among of Kim M. Childers and State Bank and Trust

 

92



 

Exhibit
No.

 

Document

 

 

 

 

 

Company

 

 

 

10.3

 

Employment Agreement dated July 24, 2009 by and among of J. Daniel Speight and State Bank and Trust Company

 

 

 

10.4

 

Employment Agreement dated July 19, 2010 by and among of Stephen W. Doughty and State Bank and Trust Company

 

 

 

10.5

 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated May 11, 2010 by and among Joseph W. Evans and State Bank and Trust Company

 

 

 

10.6

 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated May 11, 2010 by and among Kim M. Childers and State Bank and Trust Company

 

 

 

10.7

 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated May 11, 2010 by and among J. Daniel Speight and State Bank and Trust Company

 

 

 

10.8

 

Stock Purchase Agreement dated July 14, 2009

 

 

 

10.9

 

Form of Warrant Agreement (Pursuant to Instruction 2 of Item 601, one form of Warrant Agreement has been filed which has been executed by each of the following executive officers and the following director: Kim M. Childers, Stephen W. Doughty, Joseph W. Evans, J. Daniel Speight and John Thomas Wiley, Jr.)

 

 

 

10.10

 

Form of Purchase Agreement (Pursuant to Instruction 2 of Item 601, one form of Purchase Agreement has been filed which has been executed by Kim M. Childers, Joseph W. Evans and J. Daniel Speight)

 

 

 

10.11

 

Form of Purchase Agreement (Pursuant to Instruction 2 of Item 601, one form of Purchase Agreement has been filed which has been executed by Stephen W. Doughty and John Thomas Wiley, Jr.)

 

 

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of State Bank Financial Corporation

 

93


 


Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Periods Ended December 31, 2009, July 23, 2009 and the Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-1

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

F-3

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) for the Periods Ended December 31, 2009, July 23, 2009, and Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

F-4

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

F-5

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Periods Ended December 31, 2009, July 23, 2009, and Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

F-6

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Periods Ended December 31, 2009, July 23, 2009, and Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

F-7

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9

 



Table of Contents

 

GRAPHIC

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors

State Bank Financial Corporation and Subsidiary:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition of State Bank Financial Corporation and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows for the successor period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009.  These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the successor Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of State Bank Financial Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2009, and the results of the Company’s operations and its cash flows for the successor period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

GRAPHIC

Atlanta, Georgia

June 1, 2010

(except for Note 1, as to which

the date is July 30, 2010)

GRAPHIC

 

F-1



Table of Contents

 

GRAPHIC

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors

State Bank Financial Corporation and Subsidiary:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition of State Bank Financial Corporation and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008, and the related consolidated statements of loss, shareholders’ equity, comprehensive loss, and cash flows for the predecessor period from January 1, 2009 through July 23, 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.  These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the predecessor Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of State Bank Financial Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2008, and the results of the Company’s operations and its cash flows for the predecessor period from January 1, 2009 through July 23, 2009, and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

GRAPHIC

Atlanta, Georgia

October 28, 2010

GRAPHIC

 

F-2



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and amounts due from depository institutions

 

$

48,681

 

 

$

6,829

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

 

151,485

 

 

170

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

200,166

 

 

6,999

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

317,988

 

 

3,008

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

12,559

 

 

131

 

Loans receivable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements

 

47,389

 

 

22,539

 

Covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements, net

 

1,134,499

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(2,524

)

 

(445

)

Loans receivable, net

 

1,179,364

 

 

22,094

 

Other real estate owned:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements

 

120

 

 

73

 

Covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements

 

141,690

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

2,295

 

 

930

 

Goodwill and other intangibles, net

 

12,334

 

 

 

FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements, net

 

605,502

 

 

 

Other assets

 

25,940

 

 

356

 

Total assets

 

$

2,497,958

 

 

$

33,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing deposits

 

$

187,746

 

 

$

2,652

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

1,966,045

 

 

23,409

 

FHLB advances

 

5,000

 

 

1,800

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

9,606

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

18,797

 

 

84

 

Total liabilities

 

2,187,194

 

 

27,945

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock $1 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized; zero shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 and 10,000,000 shares authorized; 31,540,977 and 767,437 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively

 

315

 

 

8

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

292,030

 

 

7,592

 

Retained earnings (deficit)

 

18,022

 

 

(2,041

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income - net unrealized holding gains on securities available for sale, net of tax

 

397

 

 

87

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

310,764

 

 

5,646

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

2,497,958

 

 

$

33,591

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss)

For the Periods Ended December 31, 2009, July 23, 2009 and Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period

 

 

Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 24, 2009

 

 

January 1, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

through

 

 

through

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

July 23,

 

Predecessor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

2009

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and dividend income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivable

 

$

54,998

 

 

$

974

 

$

1,671

 

$

1,532

 

Investment securities

 

2,540

 

 

99

 

190

 

203

 

Deposits in other banks and other

 

305

 

 

41

 

56

 

54

 

Total interest and dividend income

 

57,843

 

 

1,114

 

1,917

 

1,789

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

13,636

 

 

454

 

807

 

583

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

1,093

 

 

46

 

14

 

 

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

 

12

 

 

 

2

 

2

 

Total interest expense

 

14,741

 

 

500

 

823

 

585

 

Net interest income

 

43,102

 

 

614

 

1,094

 

1,204

 

Provision for loan losses

 

2,689

 

 

261

 

312

 

196

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

40,413

 

 

353

 

782

 

1,008

 

Noninterest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accretion of FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements

 

4,748

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

3,307

 

 

99

 

170

 

119

 

Gain on acquisitions

 

1,185

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

1,053

 

 

20

 

7

 

13

 

Total noninterest income

 

10,293

 

 

119

 

177

 

132

 

Noninterest expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

13,162

 

 

380

 

728

 

783

 

Occupancy

 

1,668

 

 

115

 

289

 

303

 

Legal and professional

 

1,438

 

 

36

 

175

 

52

 

Marketing

 

583

 

 

5

 

4

 

10

 

Federal insurance premiums and other regulatory fees

 

1,736

 

 

30

 

18

 

12

 

Net cost of operations of real estate owned

 

887

 

 

 

 

 

Data processing

 

671

 

 

64

 

111

 

99

 

Core deposit intangible amortization

 

210

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

1,990

 

 

89

 

156

 

187

 

Total noninterest expenses

 

22,345

 

 

719

 

1,481

 

1,446

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

28,361

 

 

(247

)

(522

)

(306

)

Income tax expense

 

10,339

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

18,022

 

 

$

(247

)

$

(522

)

$

(306

)

Basic net income (loss) per share

 

$

0.59

 

 

$

(0.32

)

$

(0.68

)

$

(0.40

)

Diluted net income (loss) per share

 

$

0.58

 

 

$

(0.32

)

$

(0.68

)

$

(0.40

)

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

30,584

 

 

767

 

767

 

767

 

Diluted

 

31,014

 

 

767

 

767

 

767

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

 (Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common

 

 

 

Earnings/

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants

 

Shares

 

Stock

 

Surplus

 

(Deficit)

 

Income

 

Total

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2007

 

 

767,437

 

$

8

 

$

7,592

 

$

(1,213

)

$

(4

)

$

6,383

 

Change in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

28

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

(306

)

 

(306

)

Balance, December 31, 2007

 

 

767,437

 

8

 

7,592

 

(1,519

)

24

 

6,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

63

 

63

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

(522

)

 

(522

)

Balance, December 31, 2008

 

 

767,437

 

8

 

7,592

 

(2,041

)

87

 

5,646

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares issued-Organizers and Investors

 

2,202,605

 

30,022,437

 

$

300

 

$

276,364

 

$

 

$

 

$

276,664

 

Common shares issued-employees

 

458,029

 

1,518,540

 

15

 

15,666

 

 

 

15,681

 

Change in accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

397

 

397

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

18,022

 

 

18,022

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

2,660,634

 

31,540,977

 

$

315

 

$

292,030

 

$

18,022

 

$

397

 

$

310,764

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


 


Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

For the Periods Ended December 31, 2009, July 23, 2009 and the Years Ended

December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

 (Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period

 

 

Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 24, 2009

 

 

January 1, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

through

 

 

through

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

July 23,

 

Predecessor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

2009

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

18,022

 

 

$

(247

)

$

(522

)

$

(306

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities arising during the period, net of tax

 

397

 

 

(46

)

63

 

28

 

Reclassification adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

397

 

 

(46

)

63

 

28

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

18,419

 

 

$

(293

)

$

(459

)

$

(278

)

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6



Table of Contents

 

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

or the Periods Ended December 31, 2009, July 23, 2009 and the Years Ended

December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period

 

 

Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 24, 2009

 

 

January 1, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

through

 

 

through

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

July 23,

 

Predecessor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

2009

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

18,022

 

 

$

(247

)

$

(522

)

$

(306

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortization and accretion on premises and equipment and investments

 

1,326

 

 

44

 

120

 

130

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

210

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

2,689

 

 

261

 

312

 

196

 

Amortization of premiums and discounts on acquisitions, net

 

(32,437

)

 

 

 

 

Loss on sale of other real estate

 

143

 

 

 

 

 

Write downs of other real estate owned

 

3,248

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in FDIC receivable for covered losses

 

(3,993

)

 

 

 

 

Funds collected from FDIC receivable

 

40,474

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

2,177

 

 

 

(242

)

(170

)

Impairment of deferred income taxes

 

 

 

 

242

 

170

 

Gain on acquisitions

 

1,185

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in prepaid FDIC assessments

 

(11,183

)

 

 

 

 

Change in other liabilities, net

 

(7,631

)

 

23

 

(87

)

79

 

Other operating activities, net

 

(6,182

)

 

(5

)

7

 

(128

)

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

8,048

 

 

76

 

(170

)

(29

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of investment securities available for sale

 

(50,452

)

 

(815

)

(1,000

)

(1,999

)

Proceeds from sales, calls, maturities and paydowns of investment securities available for sale

 

43,492

 

 

 

2,125

 

2,004

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

(36

)

 

(11

)

(94

)

(8

)

Loans to customers, net of repayments

 

56,850

 

 

(3,411

)

(3,606

)

(7,537

)

Purchase of premises and equipment

 

(1,440

)

 

 

(3

)

(70

)

Disposal of premises and equipment

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales of other real estate

 

20,483

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalized improvements to other real estate

 

(64

)

 

 

 

 

Net cash proceeds from FDIC-assisted transactions

 

802,910

 

 

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

871,743

 

 

(4,237

)

(2,559

)

(7,610

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing customer deposits

 

(798,032

)

 

2,847

 

4,609

 

7,213

 

Noninterest-bearing customer deposits

 

(4,737

)

 

 

105

 

157

 

Proceeds from other borrowings

 

 

 

 

1,800

 

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

(5,454

)

 

 

 

 

Repayments of other borrowed money

 

(169,432

)

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock subsequent to reorganization

 

15,681

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock at reorganization

 

276,664

 

 

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(685,310

)

 

2,847

 

6,514

 

7,370

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

194,481

 

 

(1,314

)

3,785

 

(269

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning

 

5,685

 

 

6,999

 

3,214

 

3,483

 

Cash and cash equivalents, ending

 

$

200,166

 

 

$

5,685

 

$

6,999

 

$

3,214

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

For the Periods Ended December 31, 2009, July 23, 2009 and the Years Ended

December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period

 

 

Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 24, 2009

 

 

January 1, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

through

 

 

through

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

July 23,

 

Predecessor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

2009

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Payment For:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

4,204

 

 

$

473

 

$

851

 

$

552

 

Income taxes

 

$

8,615

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities, net of tax

 

$

397

 

 

$

(46

)

$

63

 

$

28

 

Transfers of loans to other real estate

 

$

55,887

 

 

$

 

$

73

 

$

 

Acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets acquired

 

$

3,127,175

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Liabilities assumed

 

$

3,135,207

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Net liabilities assumed

 

$

(8,032

)

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(1)       Subsequent Events

 

Holding Company Formation

 

Companies must consider events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued.  Subsequent to December 31, 2009, the annual shareholder meeting was held March 11, 2010 at which time the approval was granted through proxy vote for the formation of a bank holding company.  Shareholders of the Bank will receive common shares of the holding company in exchange for their Bank common shares in this reorganization.  The exchange is accounted for on a historical cost basis similar to a transaction between entities under a common control.  The bank holding company’s primary business will be conducted through State Bank and Trust Company, its wholly-owned banking subsidiary.  The bank holding company will be subject to regulations of certain federal and state agencies and will be periodically examined by those regulatory agencies.  Although the shareholders approved the formation of a bank holding company in March 2010, the required regulatory approvals were not obtained until July 2010.  The holding company reorganization was completed on July 23, 2010.  As this subsequent event transaction is considered a reorganization under common control, these financial statements are presented as a consolidated entity.

 

As of the subsequent event transaction, the holding company’s primary asset was the investment in the subsidiary of $310.8 million, which included $18.0 million equity in subsidiary earnings.

 

Building Purchase

 

On May 5, 2010, the Bank purchased a corporate center located in Macon, GA for $4.5 million.  The building will be the new location for the operations department and additional office space will be leased to businesses currently occupying the space.

 

Acquisition

 

On July 30, 2010, the Company entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “Agreement”) with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) to purchase substantially all the assets and assume a majority of the liabilities of Northwest Bank and Trust (“NWBT”) of Acworth, Georgia.  Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the NWBT Agreement, the FDIC was appointed receiver of NWBT.

 

In its call report dated June 30, 2010, NWBT reported ( in thousands ):

 

Total assets

 

$

160,763

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases

 

92,475

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits (includes $37,725 of brokered deposits)

 

155,531

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

21,145

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate

 

5,398

 

 

During the third quarter of 2010, the Company recorded the purchased assets and assumed liabilities at fair value.  Under the terms of the NWBT Agreement, the Company also had the option to purchase any owned bank premises or to assume the leases on any or all of the banking offices.  During the third quarter, the Company decided to close one of the two branches and to lease the remaining branch from the FDIC, if and until it is purchased from the FDIC during final settlement.

 

Loans, other real estate owned by NWBT and purchased by the Company, and reimbursable expenses incurred by the Company are subject to loss sharing agreements that allocate prospective

 

F-9



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

losses between the Company and the FDIC.  The Company entered into two loss sharing agreements with the FDIC which will absorb 80% of losses incurred on covered assets.

 

The Company has not completed the acquisition accounting for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction.  This acquisition accounting will be completed during the third quarter 2010.

 

FDIC Cash Receipts

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2009, the Company has filed the quarterly loss share reports with the FDIC for the first and second quarters of 2010. The cash reimbursements through the date of subsequent events review, October 28, 2010, have totaled $212.6 million.

 

FDIC Settlement

 

Final settlement with the FDIC on the 2009 acquisitions occurred on July 14, 2010 for the purchased assets and liabilities of the former Security Banks and August 16, 2010 for the assets and liabilities of the former The Buckhead Community Bank and First Security National Bank.  The various bank locations were acquired through payment to the FDIC of $21.9 million.

 

(2)       Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Nature of Business

 

The consolidated financial statements of State Bank Financial Corporation and Subsidiary (the “Company”) include the financial statements of State Bank Financial Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, State Bank and Trust Company (the “Bank”).  All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

State Bank and Trust Company was organized as a Georgia-state chartered bank, which opened October 4, 2005 in Pinehurst, Georgia.  The Bank is primarily regulated by the FDIC and undergoes periodic examinations by this regulatory authority.  On July 24, 2009 (“date of successor”), State Bank and Trust Company entered into investment agreements under which new investors infused $277 million of additional capital into the Bank which resulted in a successor entity.  This significant recapitalization resulted in a change of control and a new basis of accounting was applied.  As such, the 2009 financial statements are presented for the period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009 (“successor period”) and January 1, 2009 through July 23, 2009 (“predecessor period”).

 

The Company primarily provides real estate loans and a full range of deposit products to individual and small business consumers through its 22 branch offices ranging in locations from Metro Atlanta to middle Georgia.  The Company primarily competes with other financial institutions in its market area within middle Georgia.  The Company considers its primary lending market to be the state of Georgia.  The Company has no reportable segments.

 

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to prevailing practices within the financial institutions industry.  The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies that the Company follows in presenting its consolidated financial statements.

 

(a)              Nature of Business

 

State Bank Financial Corporation is a bank holding company whose primary business is presently conducted through State Bank and Trust Company, its wholly-owned banking subsidiary.  Through the Bank, the Company operates a full service banking business and offers a broad range of commercial and retail banking products to its customers, with a significant focus on the resolution of assets acquired from the FDIC, which range from Metro

 

F-10



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Atlanta to middle Georgia.  The Company is subject to regulations of certain federal and state agencies and is periodically examined by those regulatory agencies.

 

(b)              Basis of Presentation

 

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and revenue and expenses for the period.  Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.  Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, the estimates used for fair value acquisition accounting and the FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements, the assessment for other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities, mortgage-backed securities, and collateralized mortgage obligations.  In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the value of real estate owned, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.  In connection with the assessment for other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities, mortgage-backed securities, and collateralized mortgage obligations, management obtains fair value estimates by independent quotations, assesses current credit ratings and related trends, reviews relevant delinquency and default information, assesses expected cash flows and coverage ratios, assesses the relative strength of credit support from less senior tranches of the securities, reviews average credit score data of underlying mortgagees, and assesses other current data.  The severity and duration of impairment and the likelihood of potential recovery of impairment is considered along with the intent and ability to hold any impaired security to maturity or recovery of carrying value.

 

A substantial portion of the Company’s loans are secured by real estate located in its market area.  Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in the real estate market conditions of this market area.

 

As a result of the FDIC acquisition and the loss share agreements, the Company’s financial results and future risks related to the acquired assets and liabilities of the six bank subsidiaries of Security Bank Corporation are completely altered, making historical financial information of Security Bank Corporation, or its six subsidiary banks, irrelevant to an understanding of the Company’s operations.  In addition, the Company’s business since July 24, 2009 and for the immediate future relies heavily on the Company’s loss share resolution business and on the income generated from the remediation and disposal of the assets it acquired from the FDIC and is fundamentally different from the business of Security Bank Corporation.  In light of the foregoing, the Company has determined that Security Bank Corporation is not the predecessor entity of the Company because the Company did not succeed to substantially all of the business of Security Bank Corporation in the acquisition, the Company has therefore omitted historical financial statements of Security Bank Corporation and its six bank subsidiaries in these financial statements.

 

(c)               Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents, as presented in the consolidated financial statements, include amounts due from other depository institutions and interest—bearing deposits in other financial institutions.  Generally, interest—bearing deposits in other financial institutions are for one—day periods.

 

(d)              Investments

 

Investments, mortgage—backed securities, and collateralized mortgage obligations available for sale are reported at fair value, as determined by independent quotations.  Investment in stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) is required of every federally insured

 

F-11



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

financial institution, which utilizes its services.  The investment in FHLB stock is carried at cost and such stock is evaluated for any potential impairment.

 

Purchase premiums and discounts on investment securities are amortized and accreted to interest income using a method which approximates a level yield over the period to maturity of the related securities.  Purchase premiums and discounts on mortgage—backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are amortized and accreted to interest income using the interest method over the remaining lives of the securities, taking into consideration assumed prepayment patterns.

 

Gains and losses on sales of investments, mortgage—backed securities, and collateralized mortgage obligations are recognized on the trade date, based on the net proceeds received and the adjusted carrying amount of the specific security sold.

 

A decline in the market value of any available for sale security below cost that is deemed other-than-temporary results in a charge to earnings and the establishment of a new cost basis for that security.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company did not have any securities with other-than-temporary impairment.

 

(e)               Loans and Interest Income

 

Loans are reported at the principal amounts outstanding, net of unearned income, deferred loan fees/origination costs, and the allowance for loan losses.

 

Interest income is recognized using the simple interest method on the balance of the principal amount outstanding.  Unearned income, primarily arising from deferred loan fees, net of certain origination costs, and deferred gains on the sale of the guaranteed portion of Small Business Administration (SBA) loans, is amortized over the lives of the underlying loans using the interest method.

 

Generally, the accrual of interest income is discontinued on loans when reasonable doubt exists as to the full, timely collection of interest or principal.  Interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income when such loans are placed on nonaccrual status.  Interest on nonaccrual loans, which is ultimately collected, is credited to income in the period received.

 

Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  The Company considers a loan impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the note agreement.  Large pools of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and installment loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment by the Company.  Impairment losses are included in the allowance for loan losses through a charge to the provision for loan losses.  Cash receipts on impaired loans for which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are recorded as income when received unless full recovery of principal is in doubt whereby cash received is recorded as principal reduction.

 

Acquired loans are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition exclusive of expected reimbursement cash flows from the FDIC .  The fair values of loans with evidence of credit deterioration (impaired loans) are recorded net of a non-accretable discount and, if appropriate, an accretable discount.  The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is the non-accretable discount, which is included in the carrying amount of acquired loans.  Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses.  Subsequent increases in cash flows result in a reversal of the provision for loan losses to the extent of

 

F-12



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

prior changes or a reclassification of the difference from non-accretable to accretable with a positive impact on the accretable discount.  Any excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable discount and is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan when there is reasonable expectation about the amount and timing of such cash flows.  The Company was unable to make such an estimate for acquired impaired loans.

 

The Company accounts for performing loans acquired in business combinations using the expected cash flows method of recognizing discount accretion based on the acquired loans’ expected cash flows.  Purchased performing loans are recorded at fair value, including a credit discount.  Credit losses on acquired performing loans are estimated based on analysis of the performing portfolio.  Such estimated credit losses are recorded as non-accretable discounts in a manner similar to purchased impaired loans.  The fair value discount other than for credit loss is accreted as an adjustment to yield over the estimated lives of the loans.  There is no allowance for loan losses established at the acquisition date for purchased performing loans.  A provision for loan losses is recorded for any further deterioration in these loans subsequent to the acquisition.

 

(f)                 Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is adjusted through provisions for loan losses charged or credited to operations.  Loans are charged off against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the collection of the principal is unlikely.  Subsequent recoveries are added to the allowance.  The allowance is determined through consideration of such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio, overall portfolio quality, delinquency trends, and adequacy of collateral, loan concentrations, specific problem loans, and economic conditions that may affect the borrowers’ ability to pay.

 

To the best of management’s ability, all known and inherent losses that are both probable and reasonable to estimate have been recorded.  While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions.  In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses.  Such agencies may require the Company to adjust the allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examination.

 

(g)              Other Real Estate Owned

 

Real estate acquired through foreclosure, consisting of properties obtained through foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, is reported on an individual asset basis at the lower of cost or fair value, less disposal costs.  Fair value is determined on the basis of current appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates of value obtained principally from independent sources.  When properties are acquired through foreclosure, any excess of the loan balance at the time of foreclosure over the fair value of the real estate held as collateral is recognized and charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Based upon management’s evaluation of the real estate acquired through foreclosure, additional expense is recorded when necessary in an amount sufficient to reflect any estimated declines in fair value.  Gains or losses recognized on the disposition of the properties are recorded in other income in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Other real estate acquired through foreclosure covered under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC is reported exclusive of expected reimbursement cash flows from the FDIC.  Subsequent adjustments to the estimated recoverable value of covered other real estate result in a reduction of covered other real estate, and a charge to other expense, and an increase in the FDIC receivable for the estimated amount to be reimbursed, with a corresponding net offsetting amount recorded to other expense.

 

F-13



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Costs of improvements to real estate are capitalized, while costs associated with holding the real estate are charged to operations.

 

(h)              Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation, which is computed using the straight—line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  The estimated useful lives of the assets range from 20 to 39 years for buildings and improvements and 3 to 15 years for furniture, fixtures, and equipment.

 

(i)                 Receivable from FDIC for Loss Sharing Agreements

 

Under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, the Company is entitled to recover 80 percent of certain losses related to acquired loans and other real estate incurred below a stated threshold and 95 percent of losses incurred that exceed the stated threshold.  The Company does not expect that losses will exceed the stated threshold, except for one acquired bank. Therefore, the Company recorded a receivable from the FDIC equal to 80 percent or 95 percent, as applicable, of the estimated net losses on the covered loans and other real estate acquired in excess of any applicable first loss tranche.  The receivable was recorded at the present value of the estimated cash flows at the date of the respective acquisitions and will be reviewed and updated prospectively as loss estimates related to loans covered under loss share agreements with the FDIC (“Covered Loans”), and other real estate owned change.  Changes to the FDIC receivable are classified in noninterest income.

 

Covered Loans are reported in loans exclusive of the expected reimbursement from the FDIC.  Subsequent decreases in the amount expected to be collected result in a provision for loan losses, an increase in the allowance for loan losses, and a proportional adjustment to the FDIC receivable for the estimated amount to be reimbursed.  Subsequent increases in the amount expected to be collected result in the reversal of any previously-recorded provision for loan losses and related allowance for loan losses and adjustments to the FDIC receivable, or prospective adjustment to the accretable discount if no provision for loan losses had been recorded.

 

(j)                 Income Taxes

 

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.  In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible.  Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies by jurisdiction and entity in making this assessment.

 

(k)              Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive income for the Company consists of net income for the period and unrealized holding gains and losses on investments, mortgage—backed securities, and collateralized mortgage obligations classified as available for sale, net of income taxes.

 

F-14



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(l)                 Goodwill and other Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets include goodwill, which is the costs in excess of net assets acquired and core deposit intangibles recorded in connection with a business combination.  The core deposit intangible is being amortized over 4 years on a straight-line basis.

 

The Company will test its goodwill for impairment annually during its fourth quarter and upon certain triggering events on an interim basis if circumstances exist that indicate a possible reduction in the fair value of the business below its carrying value.  No impairment charges have been recognized through the successor period or the predecessor period.

 

(m)           Acquisitions

 

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“US GAAP”) require that the acquisition method of accounting, formerly referred to as purchase method, be used for all business combinations and that an acquirer be identified for each business combination.  Under US GAAP, the acquirer is the entity that obtains control of one or more businesses in the business combination, and the acquisition date is the date the acquirer achieves control.  US GAAP requires that the acquirer recognize the fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date.

 

The Bank acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all of the deposits and certain other liabilities of the six bank subsidiaries of Security Bank Corporation headquartered in Macon, Georgia on July 24, 2009, The Buckhead Community Bank headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia on December 4, 2009, and First Security National Bank headquartered in Norcross, Georgia on December 4, 2009 (collectively, the “Acquired Banks”).  The acquisitions were completed with the assistance of the FDIC, which had been appointed Receiver of these entities by their state or federal banking authority, as applicable, immediately prior to the acquisitions.  The acquired assets and assumed liabilities of the Acquired Banks were measured at estimated fair value.  Management made significant estimates and exercised significant judgment in accounting for the acquisition of the Acquired Banks.  Management judgmentally assigned risk ratings to loans based on appraisals and estimated collateral values, expected cash flows, and estimated loss factors to measure fair values for loans.  Other real estate acquired through foreclosure was valued based upon pending sales contracts and appraised values, adjusted for current market conditions.  Management used quoted or current market prices to determine the fair value of investment securities, short-term borrowings and long-term obligations that were assumed from the Acquired Banks.

 

F-15


 


Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(n)              Net Income Per Share

 

Basic net income per share is computed on the weighted average number of shares outstanding.  Diluted net income per share is computed by dividing net income by weighted average shares outstanding plus potential common shares resulting from dilutive stock options, determined using the treasury stock method.  Income per share for the successor and predecessor periods are as follows ( in thousands, except per share data ):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

Predecessor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Period

 

 

Period

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

18,022

 

 

$

(247

)

$

(522

)

$

(306

)

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

30,584

 

 

767

 

767

 

767

 

Equivalent shares issuable upon exercise of stock warrants

 

430

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted Shares

 

31,014

 

 

767

 

767

 

767

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.59

 

 

$

(0.32

)

$

(0.68

)

$

(0.40

)

Diluted

 

$

0.58

 

 

$

(0.32

)

$

(0.68

)

$

(0.40

)

 

(o)              Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In April 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Financial Statement Position (FSP) (FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments) (“ASC 320”).  This guidance amends the previous other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) guidance for debt securities and included additional presentation and disclosure requirements for both debt and equity securities.  The guidance is effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009.  The adoption of this guidance requires an adjustment to retained earnings and other comprehensive income (“OCI”) in the period of adoption to reclassify non-credit related impairment to OCI for securities that the Company does not intend to sell (and will not more likely than not be required to sell).  The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 165 (Statement No. 165, Subsequent Events) (“ASC 855”).  ASC Topic 855, Subsequent Events, establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of subsequent events.  Subsequent events are events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or available to be issued.  The guidance is effective for interim or annual periods ending after June 15, 2009.

 

In June 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-01 (“ASU 2009-01”), Topic 105-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles amendments based on Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.  ASU 2009-1 includes SFAS 168 in its entirety, including the accounting standards update instructions contained in Appendix B of the Statement.  The FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”) became the source of authoritative U.S. GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities.  Rules and interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative U.S. GAAP for SEC registrants.  On the effective date of this Statement, the Codification will supersede all then-existing non-SEC

 

F-16



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

accounting and reporting standards.  All other non-grandfathered non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification will become non-authoritative.  This Statement is effective for financial statements issued for interim periods ending after September 15, 2009.

 

In August 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-05 (“ASU-2009-05”), Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820)-Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value.  ASU 2009-05 applies to all entities that measure liabilities at fair value within the scope of ASC Topic 820.  ASU 2009-05 provides clarification that in circumstances in which a quoted market price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, a reporting entity is required to measure fair value using specific techniques as identified in the Update.  The guidance provided by ASU 2009-05 is effective for the first reporting period beginning after issuance.  The adoption of ASU 2009-05 will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

 

In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-06 (“ASU 2010-01”), Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820)-Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements.  ASU 2010-06 provides amendments to Subtopic 820-10 that require additional provisions are made to the disclosure.  The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the rollforward activity in Level 3 fair value measurements.  Those disclosures are effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years.  The adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

 

In April 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-18, Effect of a Loan Modification When the Loan Is Part of a Pool That Is Accounted for as a Single Asset (“ASU No. 2010-18”). ASU No. 2010-18 provides guidance on the accounting for loan modifications when the loan is part of a pool of loans accounted for as a single asset such as acquired loans that have evidence of credit deterioration upon acquisition that are accounted for under the guidance in ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deterioration of Credit Quality (“ASC 310-30”).  ASU No. 2010-18 addresses diversity in practice on whether a loan that is part of a pool of loans accounted for as a single asset should be removed from that pool upon a modification that would constitute a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) or remain in the pool after modification.  ASU No. 2010-18 clarifies that modifications of loans that are accounted for within a pool under ASC 310-30 do not result in the removal of these loans from the pool even if the modification of these loans would otherwise be considered a TDR.  An entity will continue to be required to consider whether the pool of assets in which the loan is included is impaired if the expected cash flows for the pool change.  The amendments in this update do not require any additional disclosures and are effective for modifications of loans accounted for within pools under ASC 310-30 occurring in the first interim or annual period ending on or after July 15, 2010.  ASU 2010-18 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

 

In July 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses (“ASU No. 2010-20”).  ASU No. 2010-20 requires disclosures regarding loans and the allowance for loan losses that are disaggregated by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable. Existing disclosures were amended to require a roll-forward of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment, with the ending balance broken out by basis of impairment method, as well as the recorded investment in the respective loans.  Nonaccrual and impaired loans by class must also be shown. ASU No. 2010-20 also requires disclosures regarding: (1) credit quality indicators by class, (2) aging of past due loans by class, (3) TDRs by class and their effect on the allowance for loan losses, (4) defaults on TDRs by class and their effect on the

 

F-17



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

allowance for loan losses, and (5) significant purchases and sales of loans disaggregated by portfolio segment. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010, for end of period type disclosures.  Activity related disclosures are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010.  ASU No. 2010-20 will have an impact on the Company’s disclosures, but not its financial position or results of operations.

 

(3)       Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

The Company recorded amortization expense related to the core deposit intangible of $210 thousand for the successor period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009.  There was no amortization expense for the predecessor periods.

 

At December 31, 2009, the changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets are presented in the table below (in thousands) :

 

Goodwill

 

$

 9,217

 

Core deposit intangible

 

3,327

 

Less accumulated amortization

 

210

 

 

 

3,117

 

Total intangible assets

 

$

 12,334

 

 

Amortization expense for the core deposit intangible for the next five years is as follows (in thousands) :

 

2010

 

$

 832

 

2011

 

832

 

2012

 

832

 

2013

 

621

 

2014

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

$

 3,117

 

 

(4)       Federally Assisted Acquisition of Security Bank

 

On July 24, 2009, the Bank acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all the deposits and certain other liabilities of the six bank subsidiaries of Security Bank Corporation (“Security Bank”) from the FDIC, as receiver.  Security Bank Corporation’s six commercial banking charters operated primarily within the middle Georgia and metropolitan Atlanta areas.  The FDIC took Security Bank under receivership upon its closure by the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance.  The Bank’s bid to purchase Security Bank included the purchase of substantially all Security Bank’s assets at a discount of $316.5 million in exchange for assuming substantially all of Security Bank’s deposits and certain other liabilities.  No cash, deposit premium or other consideration was paid by the Bank.  The Bank and the FDIC entered into a purchase and assumption agreement in connection with the acquisition which included loss sharing agreements regarding future losses incurred on acquired loans and other real estate acquired through foreclosure existing at the acquisition date, collectively referred to as the covered assets.  Under the terms of the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC will reimburse the Bank for 80 percent of net losses incurred on the covered assets up to $563 million, and 95 percent of net losses exceeding $563 million.  The term for loss sharing on residential real estate loans is ten years, while the term for loss sharing on non-residential real estate loans is five years in respect to losses and eight years in respect to loss recoveries.  As a result of the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, the Company recorded a receivable of $403.6 million at the time of acquisition.  The Company has submitted $51.8 million

 

F-18



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

in net losses to the FDIC under the loss sharing agreements during the period from the acquisition date through December 31, 2009, and has received $40.5 million in reimbursements from the FDIC during that same period.  Subsequent to December 31, 2009, the Company has submitted additional net losses to the FDIC under such agreements and through the report date has received approximately $159.0 million in reimbursements.  The reimbursements were recorded as a reduction of the FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements.

 

The acquisition of Security Bank was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting.  A summary of net assets acquired and the resulting gain is presented in the following table.  As explained in the explanatory notes that accompany the following table, the purchased assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their acquisition date fair values.  Fair values are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as additional information regarding the closing date fair values become available.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

As Recorded
by  Security

 

Fair Value
Adjustments

 

As Recorded

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

 171,168

 

$

480,457

(a)

$

 651,625

 

Securities

 

208,173

 

 

208,173

 

FHLB stock

 

13,745

 

(3,472

)(i)

10,273

 

Loans, net of unearned income

 

1,520,191

 

(655,289

)(b)

864,902

 

Other real estate owned

 

115,174

 

(57,587

)(c)

57,587

 

FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements

 

-

 

403,636

(d)

403,636

 

Other assets

 

4,518

 

2,504

(h)

7,022

 

Total assets acquired

 

$

 2,032,969

 

$

170,249

 

$

 2,203,218

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

 2,013,924

 

$

2,966

(e)

$

 2,016,890

 

FHLB advances and other borrowings

 

168,507

 

2,829

(f)

171,336

 

Other liabilities

 

14,495

 

 

14,495

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

2,196,926

 

5,795

 

2,202,721

 

Excess of liabilities assumed over assets acquired

 

$

 163,957

(g)

 

 

 

 

Aggregate fair value adjustments

 

 

 

$

164,454

 

 

 

Gain on Acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

$

 497

 

 


Explanation of fair value adjustments

 

(a) —       Adjustment reflects the initial wire received from the FDIC on the acquisition date net of equity adjustments if applicable.

 

(b) —      Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments based on the Company’s evaluation of the acquired loan portfolio.  The fair value adjustment includes adjustments for estimated credit losses, liquidity, market yield and servicing costs.

 

(c) —       Adjustment reflects the estimated other real estate owned losses based on the Company’s evaluation of the acquired other real estate owned portfolio.

 

(d) —      Adjustment reflects the present value of estimated fair value of payments the Company will receive from the FDIC under loss sharing agreements.

 

(e) —       Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments based on the Company’s evaluation of the acquired time deposit portfolio.

 

(f) —         Adjustment arises since the rates on acquired FHLB advances are higher than rates available on similar borrowings as of the acquisition date.

 

F-19



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(g) —      Amount represents the excess of liabilities assumed over assets acquired and was a cash settlement from the FDIC.

 

(h) —      Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments to record the estimated core deposit intangible.

 

(i) —          Adjustment reflects the estimated fair value of FHLB stock.

 

Results of operations for Security Bank prior to the acquisition date are not included in the income statement for the period ended December 31, 2009.  Due to the significant amount of fair value adjustments, the resulting accretion of those fair value adjustments and the protection resulting from the FDIC loss sharing agreements, historical results of Security Bank are not relevant to the Company’s results of operations.  Therefore, no pro forma information is presented.

 

Accounting standards prohibit carrying over an allowance for loan losses for impaired loans purchased in the Security Bank FDIC-assisted acquisition.  On the acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required payments receivable for all impaired loans acquired in the Security Bank acquisition were $340.9 million and the estimated fair value of the loans were $113.7 million.  At July 24, 2009, all of these loans were valued based on the liquidation value of the underlying collateral because the timing and amount of the expected cash flows could not be reasonably estimated.  As a result, the Company has no accretable discount on these impaired loans.  At such date, the Company estimated that $181.8 million would ultimately be collected from the FDIC relating to these impaired loans in accordance with the applicable FDIC loss sharing agreement.  The Company established a non-accretable discount of $227.2 million on the acquisition date relating to these impaired loans, reflected in the recorded net fair value.

 

On the acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required payments receivable for all non-impaired loans acquired in the acquisition was $1,179.3 million and the estimated fair value of the loans were $751.2 million.  At such date, the Company estimated that $204 million would ultimately be collected from the FDIC under loss sharing agreements relating to these non-impaired loans upon their potential default in the future.  The Company established a non-accretable discount of $255 million on these loans.  In its estimate of cash flows for such loans, the Company also recorded an accretable discount of $173.1 million relating to these non-impaired loans which will be recognized on a level yield basis over the life of the loans, representing periods up to 60 months.

 

The Company has also recorded a net FDIC receivable of $403.6 million, representing FDIC indemnification under loss sharing agreements for Covered Loans and other real estate.  Such receivable has been discounted by $28.2 million for the expected timing of receipt of these cash flows.  This discount will be accreted into noninterest income over the estimated period of receipt of cash flows under these agreements.

 

(5)       Federally Assisted Acquisition of  The Buckhead Community Bank

 

On December 4, 2009, the Bank acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all of the deposits and certain other liabilities of The Buckhead Community Bank (“BCB”) from the FDIC, as receiver.  BCB operated seven commercial banking branches primarily within the Atlanta, Georgia area.  The FDIC took BCB under receivership upon its closure by the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance.  The Bank’s bid to purchase BCB included the purchase of substantially all of BCB’s assets at a discount of $100.3 million in exchange for assuming substantially all of BCB’s deposits and certain other liabilities.  No cash, deposit premium or other consideration was paid by the Bank.  The Bank and the FDIC entered into a purchase and assumption agreement in connection with the acquisition which included loss sharing agreements regarding future losses incurred on acquired loans and other real estate acquired through foreclosure existing at the acquisition date, collectively referred to as the covered assets.  Under the terms of the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC will reimburse the Bank for 80 percent of net losses incurred on the covered assets up to $254 million, and 95 percent of net losses exceeding $254 million.  The term for loss sharing on residential real estate loans is ten years, while the term for loss sharing on non-residential real estate loans is five years in respect to losses and eight years in respect to loss recoveries.  As a result of the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, the Company recorded a receivable of $213.8 million at the time of acquisition.  The Company did not submit any losses to the FDIC under the loss sharing agreements during the period from the acquisition date through December 31, 2009.  Subsequent to December 31, 2009, the Company has submitted net losses to the FDIC under such agreements and through the report date has received approximately $45.6 million in reimbursements.  The reimbursements were recorded as a reduction of the FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements.

 

F-20



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The purchase and assumption agreement entered into between the Bank and the FDIC also includes a true-up payment at the end of year ten.  On February 14, 2020, the true-up measurement date, the Bank is required to make a true-up payment to the FDIC equal to 50 percent of the excess, if any, of (i) 20 percent of the stated threshold, or $50.8 million, less (ii) the sum of (a) 25 percent of the asset discount, or $25.1 million, plus (b) 25 percent of the cumulative loss share payments plus (c) the cumulative servicing amount.  The cumulative servicing amount is one percent of the average covered assets for each year during the terms of the loss sharing agreements.  Although no true-up payment is currently projected under the BCB loss share agreements, those projections are subject to change.

 

The acquisition of BCB was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting.  A summary of net assets acquired and the resulting acquisition date goodwill is presented in the following table.  As explained in the explanatory notes that accompany the following table, the purchased assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their acquisition date fair values.  Fair values are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as additional information regarding the closing date fair values become available.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

As Recorded
by BCB

 

Fair Value
Adjustments

 

As
Recorded

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

74,050

 

$

28,748

(f)

$

102,798

 

Securities

 

99,421

 

 

99,421

 

FHLB and FRB stock

 

2,811

 

(703

)(i)

2,108

 

Loans, net of unearned income

 

635,385

 

(291,787

)(a)

343,598

 

Other real estate owned

 

62,071

 

(27,400

)(b)

34,671

 

FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements

 

 

213,812

(c)

213,812

 

Other assets

 

6,805

 

665

(g)

7,470

 

Total assets acquired

 

$

880,543

 

$

(76,665

)

$

803,878

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

790,259

 

$

2,998

(d)

$

793,257

 

FHLB advances and other borrowings

 

16,507

 

118

(e)

16,625

 

Other liabilities

 

3,213

 

 

3,213

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

809,979

 

3,116

 

813,095

 

Excess of assets acquired over liabilities assumed

 

$

70,564

(h)

 

 

 

 

Aggregate fair value adjustments

 

 

 

$

(79,781

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

$

 9,217

 

 


Explanation of fair value adjustments

 

(a) —       Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments based on the Company’s evaluation of the acquired loan portfolio.  The fair value adjustment includes adjustments for estimated credit losses, liquidity, market yield and servicing costs.

 

F-21



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(b) —      Adjustment reflects the estimated other real estate owned losses based on the Company’s evaluation of the acquired other real estate owned portfolio.

 

(c) —       Adjustment reflects the estimated fair value of payments the Company will receive from the FDIC under loss sharing agreements.

 

(d) —      Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments based on the Company’s evaluation of the acquired time deposit portfolio.

 

(e) —       Adjustment arises since the rates on acquired FHLB advances are higher than rates available on similar borrowings as of the acquisition date.

 

(f) —         Adjustment reflects the initial wire received from the FDIC on the acquisition date net of equity adjustments if applicable.

 

(g) —      Adjustment reflects fair value adjustment to record the estimated core deposit intangible.

 

(h) —      Amount represents the excess assets acquired over liabilities assumed and was a cash settlement from the FDIC as primarily adjusted by the negative bid amount.

 

(i) —          Adjustment reflects the estimated fair value of FHLB stock.

 

Results of operations for BCB prior to the acquisition date are not included in the income statement for the period ended December 31, 2009.  Due to the significant amount of fair value adjustments, the resulting accretion of those fair value adjustments and the protection resulting from the FDIC loss sharing agreements, historical results of BCB are not relevant to the Company’s results of operations.  Therefore, no pro forma information is presented.

 

Accounting standards prohibit carrying over an allowance for loan losses for impaired loans purchased in the BCB FDIC-assisted acquisition.  On the acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required payments receivable for all impaired loans acquired in the BCB acquisition were $184.9 million and the estimated fair value of the loans were $68.7 million.  At December 4, 2009, all of these loans were valued based on the liquidation value of the underlying collateral because the timing and amount of the expected cash flows could not be reasonably estimated.  As a result, the Company has no accretable discount on these impaired loans.  At such date, the Company estimated that $92.9 million would ultimately be collected from the FDIC relating to these impaired loans in accordance with the applicable FDIC loss sharing agreements. The Company established a non-accretable discount of $116.2 million on the acquisition date relating to these impaired loans, reflected in the recorded net fair value.

 

On the acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required payments receivable for all non-impaired loans acquired in the acquisition was $450.4 million and the estimated fair value of the loans were $274.9 million.  At such date, the Company estimated that $112.6 million would ultimately be collected from the FDIC under loss sharing agreements relating to these non-impaired loans upon their potential default in the future.  The Company established a non-accretable discount of $140.6 million on these loans.  In its estimate of cash flows for such loans, the Company also recorded an accretable discount of $35.4 million relating to these non-impaired loans which will be recognized on a level yield basis over the life of the loans, representing periods up to 60 months.

 

The Company has also recorded a net FDIC receivable of $213.8 million, representing FDIC indemnification under loss sharing agreements for Covered Loans and other real estate.  Such receivable has been discounted by $17.7 million for the expected timing of receipt of these cash flows.  This discount will be accreted into income over the estimated period of receipt of cash flows under these agreements.

 

F-22



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(6)       Federally Assisted Acquisition of First Security National Bank

 

On December 4, 2009, the Bank acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all the deposits and certain other liabilities of First Security National Bank (“FSNB”) from the FDIC, as receiver.  FSNB operated four commercial banking branches primarily within the Norcross, Georgia area.  The FDIC took FSNB under receivership upon its closure by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.  The Bank’s bid to purchase FSNB included the purchase of substantially all of FSNB’s assets at a discount of $10.7 million in exchange for assuming substantially all of FSNB’s deposits and certain other liabilities.  No cash, deposit premium or other consideration was paid by the Bank.  The Bank and the FDIC entered into a purchase and assumption agreement in connection with the acquisition which included loss sharing agreements regarding future losses incurred on acquired loans and other real estate acquired through foreclosure existing at the acquisition date, collectively referred to as the covered assets.  Under the terms of the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC will reimburse the Bank for 80 percent of net losses incurred on the covered assets up to $27 million and 95 percent of net losses exceeding $27 million.  The term for loss sharing on residential real estate loans is ten years, while the term of for loss sharing on non-residential real estate loans is five years in respect to losses and eight years in respect to loss recoveries.  As a result of the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, the Company recorded a receivable of $19.8 million at the time of acquisition.  The Company did not submit any losses to the FDIC under the loss sharing agreements during the period from the acquisition date through December 31, 2009.  Subsequent to December 31, 2009, the Company has submitted net losses to the FDIC under such agreements and through the report date has received approximately $8.0 million in reimbursements.  The reimbursements were recorded as a reduction of the FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements.

 

The purchase and assumption agreement entered into between the Bank and the FDIC also includes a true-up payment at the end of year ten.  On February 14, 2020, the true-up measurement date, the Bank is required to make a true-up payment to the FDIC equal to 50 percent of the excess, if any, of (i) 20 percent of the stated threshold or $5.4 million, less (ii) the sum of (a) 25 percent of the asset discount, or $2.7 million, plus (b) 25 percent of the cumulative loss share payments plus (c) the cumulative servicing amount.  The cumulative servicing amount is one percent of the average covered assets for each year during the terms of the loss sharing agreements.  Although no true-up payment is currently projected under the FSNB loss share agreements, those projections are subject to change.

 

The acquisition of FSNB was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting.  A summary of net assets acquired and the resulting acquisition date goodwill is presented in the following table.  As explained in the explanatory notes that accompany the following table, the purchased assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their acquisition date fair values.  Fair values are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as additional information regarding the closing date fair values become available.

 

F-23



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

As Recorded
by FSNB

 

Fair Value
Adjustments

 

As
Recorded

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

31,912

 

$

16,575

(e)

$

48,487

 

Securities

 

285

 

 

285

 

Loans, net of unearned income

 

50,660

 

(17,444

)(a)

33,216

 

Other real estate owned

 

29,402

 

(12,000

)(b)

17,402

 

FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements

 

 

19,787

(c)

19,787

 

Other assets

 

743

 

159

(f)

902

 

Total assets acquired

 

$

113,002

 

$

7,077

 

$

120,079

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

117,696

 

$

492

(d)

$

118,188

 

Other liabilities

 

1,203

 

 

1,203

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

118,899

 

492

 

119,391

 

Excess of liabilities assumed over assets acquired

 

$

5,897

(g)

 

 

 

 

Aggregate fair value adjustments

 

 

 

$

6,585

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Gain on acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

$

688

 

 


Explanation of fair value adjustments

 

(a) —       Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments based on the Company’s evaluation of the acquired loan portfolio.  The fair value adjustment includes adjustments for estimated credit losses, liquidity, market yield and servicing costs.

 

(b) —      Adjustment reflects the estimated other real estate owned losses based on the Company’s evaluation of the acquired other real estate owned portfolio.

 

(c) —       Adjustment reflects the estimated fair value of payments the Company will receive from the FDIC under loss sharing agreements.

 

(d) —      Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments based on the Company’s evaluation of the acquired time deposit portfolio.

 

(e) —       Adjustment reflects the initial wire received from the FDIC on the acquisition date net of equity adjustments if applicable.

 

(f) —         Adjustment reflects fair value adjustment to record the estimated core deposit intangible.

 

(g) —      Amount represents the excess of liabilities assumed over assets acquired and was a cash settlement from the FDIC.

 

Results of operations for FSNB prior to the acquisition date are not included in the income statement for the period ended December 31, 2009.  Due to the significant amount of fair value adjustments, the resulting accretion of those fair value adjustments and the protection resulting from the FDIC loss sharing agreements, historical results of FSNB are not relevant to the Company’s results of operations.  Therefore, no pro forma information is presented.

 

Accounting standards prohibit carrying over an allowance for loan losses for impaired loans purchased in the FSNB FDIC-assisted acquisition.  On the acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required payments receivable for all impaired loans acquired in the FSNB acquisition were $4.3 million and the estimated fair value of the loans were $1.9 million.  At December 4, 2009, all of these loans were valued based on the liquidation value of the underlying collateral because the timing and amount of the expected cash flows could not be reasonably estimated.  As a result, the Company has no accretable discount on these impaired loans.  At such date, the Company estimated that $1.9 million would ultimately be collected from the FDIC relating to these impaired loans in accordance with the applicable FDIC loss sharing agreements.  

 

F-24



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Company established a non-accretable discount of $2.4 million on the acquisition date relating to these impaired loans, reflected in the recorded net fair value.

 

On the acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required payments receivable for all non-impaired loans acquired in the acquisition was $46.4 million and the estimated fair value of the loans were $31.3 million.  At such date, the Company estimated that $9.8 million would ultimately be collected from the FDIC under loss sharing agreements relating to these non-impaired loans upon their potential default in the future.  The Company established a non-accretable discount of $12.3 million on these loans.  In its estimate of cash flows for such loans, the Company also recorded an accretable discount of $2.8 million relating to these non-impaired loans which will be recognized on a level yield basis over the life of the loans, representing periods up to 60 months.

 

The Company has also recorded a net FDIC receivable of $19.8 million, representing FDIC indemnification under loss sharing agreements for Covered Loans and other real estate.  Such receivable has been discounted by $1.5 million for the expected timing of receipt of these cash flows.  This discount will be accreted into income over the estimated period of receipt of cash flows under these agreements.

 

(7)       Investment Securities

 

The cost basis, unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of securities available for sale at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are listed below (in thousands) :

 

 

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

unrealized

 

unrealized

 

Estimated

 

 

 

cost

 

gains

 

losses

 

fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

85,227

 

$

69

 

$

580

 

$

84,716

 

State and political subdivisions

 

3,176

 

92

 

56

 

3,212

 

Collateralized-mortgage Obligations (CMO)

 

172,002

 

1,374

 

96

 

173,280

 

FNMA, GNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities

 

56,647

 

116

 

501

 

56,262

 

Corporate securities

 

325

 

193

 

 

518

 

Total

 

$

317,377

 

$

1,844

 

$

1,233

 

$

317,988

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

unrealized

 

unrealized

 

Estimated

 

 

 

cost

 

gains

 

losses

 

fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

2,000

 

$

115

 

$

 

$

2,115

 

FNMA, GNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities

 

867

 

26

 

 

893

 

Total

 

$

2,867

 

$

141

 

$

 

$

3,008

 

 

F-25



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the investment securities at December 31, 2009, by contractual maturity, are presented in the following table (in thousands) :

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Estimated

 

 

 

cost

 

fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 1 year

 

$

6,250

 

$

6,277

 

1-5 years

 

55,416

 

55,260

 

5-10 years

 

27,062

 

26,909

 

FNMA, GNMA, FHLMC and CMO mortgage-backed securities

 

228,649

 

229,542

 

 

 

$

317,377

 

$

317,988

 

 

The Company’s investment in FHLB stock was $12.6 million and $131,000 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

There were no sales of investment securities resulting in gains and/or losses during the periods  ended December 31, 2009, July 23, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

The composition of investment securities reflects the strategy used by management in an effort to maintain an appropriate level of liquidity while providing a relatively stable source of revenue.  The securities portfolio may at times provide a balance over interest rate risk associated with other areas of the balance sheet while also providing a means for the investment of available funds, providing liquidity and supplying investment securities that are required to be pledged as collateral against specific deposits.  Management is monitoring the investment portfolio and periodically evaluates investments for other-than-temporary impairment or more often when economic or market concerns support more frequent evaluations.  Consideration during the evaluation is placed on (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the positive intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for anticipated recovery in fair value.  As of December 31, 2009, there was no intent to sell any of the securities available for sale.  Furthermore, it is not likely that the Company will have to sell such securities before a recovery of the amortized cost basis.

 

At December 31, 2009, unrealized losses in the investment portfolio related to debt securities.  The unrealized losses on the debt securities arose due to changing interest rates and market conditions and are considered to be temporary because of acceptable investment grades where the repayment sources of principal and interest are backed by the U.S. Government, Government sponsored organizations and other reputable entities.  In total, there were 52 investment securities with a carrying value of $127.5 million and unrealized losses of $1.2 million as of December 31, 2009 that were in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months.  There were no unrealized losses on investment securities at December 31, 2008.

 

Investment securities with an aggregate carrying amount of $175.6 million and 3.0 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and FHLB advances.

 

F-26


 


Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(8)   Loans Receivable

 

Loans not covered by loss sharing agreements are summarized as follows (in thousands) :

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans not covered by loss sharing agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential real estate mortgage

 

$

8,219

 

 

$

1,374

 

Commercial real estate

 

14,487

 

 

9,611

 

Commercial

 

5,552

 

 

3,960

 

Real estate construction

 

8,019

 

 

3,810

 

Consumer and other

 

11,172

 

 

3,783

 

Loans receivable, net of undisbursed proceeds of loans in process

 

47,389

 

 

22,539

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

2,524

 

 

445

 

 

 

$

44,865

 

 

$

22,094

 

 

The carrying amount of the covered loans at December 31, 2009, consisted of impaired loans and non-impaired loans and are presented in the following tables (in thousands) :

 

 

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

Impaired at

 

All

 

Total

 

 

 

acquisition

 

other acquired

 

Covered

 

 

 

date

 

loans

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans covered by loss sharing agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential real estate mortgage

 

$

26,591

 

$

294,735

 

$

321,326

 

Commercial real estate

 

57,998

 

510,247

 

568,245

 

Commercial

 

11,625

 

175,763

 

187,388

 

Real estate construction and development

 

292,662

 

517,395

 

810,057

 

Consumer and other

 

4,548

 

81,095

 

85,643

 

Loans receivable, gross

 

393,424

 

1,579,235

 

1,972,659

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accretable discount

 

272,459

 

381,861

 

654,320

 

Accretable discount

 

 

183,840

 

183,840

 

Total loans covered, net

 

$

120,965

 

$

1,013,534

 

$

1,134,499

 

 

Loans covered under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC (Covered Loans) are reported in loans exclusive of the expected reimbursement from the FDIC.  Covered Loans are initially recorded at fair value at the acquisition date.  Prospective losses incurred on Covered Loans are eligible for partial reimbursement by the FDIC under loss sharing agreements.  Subsequent decreases in the amount expected to be collected result in a provision for loan losses, an increase in the allowance for loan losses, and a proportional adjustment to the FDIC receivable for the estimated amount to be reimbursed.  Subsequent increases in the amount expected to be collected result in the reversal of any previously-recorded provision for loan losses and related allowance for loan losses and adjustments to the FDIC receivable, or prospective adjustment to the accretable yield if no provision for credit losses had been recorded.  Interest is accrued daily on the outstanding principal balances of non-impaired loans.  Accretable discounts related to certain fair value adjustments are accreted into income over the estimated lives of the loans on a level yield basis.

 

F-27



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Covered Loans which are more than 90 days past due with respect to interest or principal, unless they are well secured and in the process of collection, and other Covered Loans on which full recovery of principal or interest is in doubt, are placed on nonaccrual status.  Interest previously accrued on Covered Loans placed on nonaccrual status is charged against interest income and the FDIC receivable would be adjusted by the amount of any estimated reimbursement.  Payments received are applied against the principal balance of the loans until such time as full collection of the remaining recorded balance is expected.  Additional interest payments received after that time is recorded as interest income on a cash basis.

 

Contractual loan payments receivable, estimates of amounts not expected to be collected, other fair value adjustments and the resulting fair values of acquired impaired loans and other acquired loans as of the acquisition dates are provided in the following table (in thousands) :

 

 

 

Impaired at

 

All

 

Total

 

 

 

acquisition

 

other acquired

 

covered

 

 

 

date

 

loans

 

loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans covered by loss sharing agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual principal payments receivable

 

$

508,332

 

$

1,697,904

 

$

2,206,236

 

Estimate of contractual principal expected to be collected only from FDIC loss sharing agreements (non-accretable discount)

 

(276,703

)

(325,898

)

(602,601

)

Non-accretable discount

 

(69,176

)

(81,474

)

(150,650

)

Accretable discount

 

 

(211,269

)

(211,269

)

Fair value of loans acquired

 

$

162,453

 

$

1,079,263

 

$

1,241,716

 

 

The following table documents changes in the carrying value of acquired impaired loans during the period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009 ( in thousands ):

 

Fair value of acquired impaired loans covered under loss sharing agreements

 

$

162,453

 

Reductions since acquisition date resulting from repayments, write-offs and foreclosures

 

41,488

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

$

120,965

 

 

The following table documents changes in the value of the non-accretable discount during the period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009 ( in thousands ):

 

Non-accretable discount at acquisition

 

$

753,251

 

Recoveries on loans previously charged off

 

 

Reductions since acquisition date resulting from charge-offs

 

(98,931

)

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

$

654,320

 

 

F-28



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table documents changes in the carrying value of the FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements relating to covered loans and other real estate during the period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009 ( in thousands ):

 

 

 

Security Bank

 

All other
acquired banks

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements at acquisition

 

$

403,636

 

$

233,599

 

$

637,235

 

Reductions resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wires received

 

(40,474

)

 

(40,474

)

Recovery of previous loss reimbursements

 

 

 

 

Additions resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs, write-downs and other losses

 

 

 

 

Discount accretion

 

4,186

 

562

 

4,748

 

External expenses qualifying under loss sharing agreements

 

3,993

 

 

3,993

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

$

371,341

 

$

234,161

 

$

605,502

 

 

Acquired impaired covered loans had unpaid principal balance (less prior charge-offs) of $121.0 million at December 31, 2009.

 

Loans to certain executive officers, directors, and their associates totaled $48,519 at December 31, 2009, which consisted of one loan to a director with a balance at origination of $57,254 and $8,735 of repayments on such loan.  In addition, as of December 31, 2008, loans to related parties totaled $1.5 million which consisted of $1.4 million in advances and $791,000 in repayments.  The borrowers were no longer considered related parties at December 31, 2009.  Management believes that such loans were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rate and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons, and did not involve more than the normal credit risk nor present other unfavorable features.

 

At December 31, 2009, the Company had loans not covered by loss sharing agreements of approximately $47.4 million, of which $3.3 million were impaired with specific allowances totaling $1.4 million.  At December 31, 2009 the Company did not have any commitments to debtors whose loans were nonperforming.  At December 31, 2009, the Company did not have any loans past due 90 days and more still accruing interest.  Interest income on impaired loans for the successor period was $783,000.  Interest income on impaired loans for the predecessor periods as well as for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were insignificant.

 

At December 31, 2008, the Company had loans not covered by loss sharing agreements of approximately $22.5 million, of which $4.4 million were impaired with specific allowances totaling $245,000.  At December 31, 2008, the Company had loans totaling $27,000 past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest.

 

F-29



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following is a summary of transactions in the allowance for loan losses on loans not covered by loss sharing (in thousands) :

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

Predecessor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Period

 

 

Period

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

 

 

$

445

 

$

316

 

$

139

 

Loans charged off

 

(459

)

 

 

(188

)

(24

)

Recoveries on loans previously charged off

 

294

 

 

 

5

 

5

 

Provision for loan losses charged to operations

 

2,689

 

 

261

 

312

 

196

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

2,524

 

 

$

706

 

$

445

 

$

316

 

 

(9)        Other Real Estate Owned

 

The following is a summary of transactions in the other real estate owned (in thousands) :

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-covered other real estate owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate acquired at reorganization

 

$

73

 

 

$

 

Other real estate acquired through foreclosure of loans receivable

 

75

 

 

73

 

Other real estate sold

 

 

 

 

Write down of other real estate owned

 

(28

)

 

 

Loss on sale of other real estate owned

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

120

 

 

$

73

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered other real estate owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, acquired and subject to FDIC loss sharing agreement at fair value

 

$

109,660

 

 

$

 

Other real estate acquired through foreclosure of loans receivable

 

55,812

 

 

 

Other real estate sold

 

(20,626

)

 

 

Other real estate write-downs

 

(3,220

)

 

 

Other real estate capitalized costs

 

64

 

 

 

Total covered OREO

 

$

141,690

 

 

$

 

 

F-30



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(10)      Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows (in thousands) :

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

107

 

 

$

107

 

Buildings and improvements

 

607

 

 

631

 

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

 

1,037

 

 

586

 

Construction in progress

 

634

 

 

 

 

 

2,385

 

 

1,324

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

90

 

 

394

 

 

 

$

2,295

 

 

$

930

 

 

Depreciation expense for premises and equipment for the successor and predecessor periods was $90,000 and $30,000, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2009.  In addition, for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, depreciation expense was $118,000 and $130,000, respectively.

 

Leases

 

The Company has various operating leases on banking locations.  Generally, these leases have terms of less than ten years with renewal options.  All leases at the year ended December 31, 2008 were immaterial and associated with computer equipment and thus were not included in the minimum lease payment schedule.

 

Future minimum lease commitments under all non-cancellable operating leases with terms of one year or more are as follows ( in thousands) :

 

Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

$

1,591

 

2011

 

1,109

 

2012

 

1,082

 

2013

 

964

 

2014

 

492

 

Thereafter

 

740

 

Total

 

$

5,978

 

 

Rent expense for the period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009 was $445,000, and was included in occupancy expense in the consolidated statement of income.  Rent expense at December 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and for the period January 1, 2009 through July 23, 2009 was insignificant.

 

F-31



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(11)      Deposits

 

Deposits are summarized as follows (in thousands) :

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand

 

$

187,746

 

 

$

2,652

 

Interest-bearing demand

 

760,114

 

 

7,201

 

Savings

 

15,461

 

 

488

 

Time

 

1,190,470

 

 

15,720

 

Total deposits

 

$

2,153,791

 

 

$

26,061

 

 

The aggregate amount of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $545.4 million and $8.4 million, respectively.  The scheduled maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2009 are as follows ( in thousands) :

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

$

931,058

 

2011

 

211,774

 

2012

 

33,000

 

2013

 

4,377

 

2014 and thereafter

 

10,261

 

 

 

$

1,190,470

 

 

The Company had brokered deposits of $29.4 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008.  The scheduled maturities of brokered deposits at December 31, 2009 and their weighted average costs are as follows (in thousands) :

 

Year ending December 31:

 

Balance

 

Average Cost

 

2010

 

$

14,210

 

0.54

%

2011

 

3,186

 

1.33

%

2012 and thereafter

 

12,000

 

2.00

%

 

 

$

29,396

 

1.22

%

 

Deposits of certain officers, directors, and their associates totaled $2.4 million and $3.7 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008.  Management believes that such deposits have substantially the same terms as those for comparable transactions with other unrelated parties.

 

(12)      Borrowings

 

At December 31, 2009, the Company had advances from the FHLB of $5.0 million with adjustable interest of 0.28% maturing January 2011.  In addition, advances from the FHLB totaling $1.8 million were held as of December 31, 2008 with an adjustable daily rate.  The FHLB advances are collateralized by commercial (secured by real estate) and residential mortgage loans, investment securities and FHLB stock.

 

F-32



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

(13)      Income Taxes

 

There was no income tax expense for the  period ended July 23,  2009.  The components of income tax expense for the  period ended December 31, 2009 and years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows ( in thousands ):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax provision:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

7,504

 

 

$

 

$

 

State

 

658

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,162

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax provision:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

1,781

 

 

(195

)

(121

)

State

 

396

 

 

(47

)

(49

)

 

 

2,177

 

 

(242

)

(170

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income tax expense before adjustment to deferred tax asset valuation allowance

 

10,339

 

 

(242

)

(170

)

Increase in deferred tax valuation allowance

 

 

 

242

 

170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax provision

 

$

10,339

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit) for the successor and predecessor periods differ from the income taxes computed by applying the Federal statutory rate of 35% to income (loss) before income taxes.  The reasons for the difference are as follows ( in thousands ):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

Predecessor

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Period

 

 

Period

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory Federal income taxes

 

$

9,926

 

 

$

(86

)

$

(183

)

$

(107

)

Charitable contribution credit

 

(217

)

 

 

(30

)

(33

)

State taxes, net of federal benefit

 

685

 

 

 

(31

)

(32

)

Tax-exempt interest

 

(19

)

 

 

 

 

Increase in valuation allowance for deferred tax asset

 

 

 

86

 

242

 

170

 

Other

 

(36

)

 

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual income taxes

 

$

10,339

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

F-33



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The components of the net deferred tax liability included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition as of December 31 are as follows ( in thousands ):

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

943

 

 

$

130

 

Net operating loss carryforward

 

547

 

 

609

 

Estimated loss on acquired assets

 

396,761

 

 

 

Other real estate owned

 

9

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

130

 

Start up expenses

 

100

 

 

110

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

398,360

 

 

979

 

Less: deferred tax allowance

 

 

 

(928

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

398,360

 

 

$

51

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment

 

(51

)

 

(51

)

Prepaid expenses

 

(365

)

 

 

Section 597 deferred gain

 

(63,038

)

 

 

Loan basis differences

 

(102,083

)

 

 

FDIC loss share receivable

 

(234,217

)

 

 

Unrealized gains on securities available for sale

 

(214

)

 

(54

)

Other

 

(784

)

 

 

 

 

(400,752

)

 

(105

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Deferred Tax Liability

 

$

(2,392

)

 

$

(54

)

 

In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible.  Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies by jurisdiction and entity in making this assessment.

 

Based upon the level of projections for future taxable income over the periods which the temporary differences resulting in the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences at December 31, 2009.

 

The Company adopted the accounting standard relating to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes during 2009.  The Company classifies interest and penalties related to income tax assessments, if any, in income tax expense in the consolidated statement of income.  Tax years 2006 through 2009 are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities in Georgia.  A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of unrecognized tax benefit for uncertain tax positions is insignificant to the consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2009.

 

At December 31, 2009, the Company had Federal and State tax net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $1.4 million and $1.7 million, respectively, available to offset future taxable income.  These loss carry-forwards can be deducted against taxable income during the carry-forward period.  These loss carry-forwards expire at the beginning of 2027.

 

F-34



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(14)      Stock Warrants

 

In connection with the Bank’s recapitalization on July 24, 2009, certain of the Company’s executive officers, a member of the Bank’s senior management and one of the Company’s directors purchased 700,000 shares of common stock and 2,102,605 warrants to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock at a strike price of $10.  In addition, certain non-employee “legacy” directors purchased 100,000 shares of common stock and 100,000 warrants to purchase one share of stock at a $5 strike price.

 

Also during the successor period ended December 31, 2010, certain members of senior management purchased individual warrants at fair value which resulted in the issuance of 458,029 warrants with a strike price of $10.  The Company utilized the Black-Scholes valuation model to determine the fair value of the warrants, which at the date of issuance was $494,671 based on a $1.08 warrant value.  The assumptions used when calculating the value per the Black-Scholes model included a risk-free rate of 1.98%, volatility of 13.50% and dividend yield of 2.50%.  The warrants were fully exercisable as of the grant date.

 

The warrants issued to our executive officers, directors and senior management are subject to repurchase agreements should they leave their employment or their role as director, as applicable, or in some cases should other executive officers leave their respective roles.  The repurchase is at the Company’s option at $2 per warrant ($12 per share for exercised warrants) for the first three years from issue.  The repurchase applies to all warrants from the first twelve months of grant, two-thirds for the next twelve months and one-third for the third twelve months.  After three years, the holders’ warrants are not subject to repurchase.  If the warrant holder employee has exercised the warrant for shares within the repurchase period, the common stock issued will be subject to the repurchase agreement until the agreement expires.  If there is a change in control during the repurchase period, the repurchase option expires.  As of December 31, 2009, the Company has issued 2,660,634 warrants as of the effective date, all of which remain outstanding as of this date.

 

(15)      Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements, which are secured borrowings, generally mature within one to four days from the transaction date.  Securities sold under repurchase agreements are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction.  The Company may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities.  The Company monitors the fair value of the underlying securities on a daily basis.  Securities sold under repurchase agreements were $9.6 million as of December 31, 2009.

 

(16)      Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

 

In order to meet the financing needs of its customers, the Company maintains financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate and/or liquidity risk.

 

Commitments to extend credit are legally binding agreements to lend to customers.  Commitments generally have fixed maturity dates or other termination clause with required fee payment.  Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements.  The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary upon extension of credit, is determined on a case by case basis by management through credit evaluation of the customer.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had commitments to extend credit totaling $109.5 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

 

Standby letters of credit are commitments guaranteeing performance of a customer to a third party.  Those guarantees are issued primarily to support public and private borrowing arrangements.  In order to minimize its exposure, the Company’s credit policies govern the issuance of standby letters

 

F-35



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

of credit.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had standby letters of credit amounting to $5.9 million and $230,000, respectively.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in various legal proceedings.  In the opinion of management, any liability resulting from such proceedings would not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

 

(17)      Fair Value

 

Fair value measurements are determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.  As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820 (“ASC 820”) Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant  assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy).

 

Fair Value Hierarchy

 

Level 1

 

Valuation is based on inputs that are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

Level 2

 

Valuation is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as interest rates, yield curves observable at commonly quoted intervals, and other market-corroborated inputs.

 

Level 3

 

Valuation inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability which shall be used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available.  The inputs shall reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

 

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments and other accounts recorded based on their fair value:

 

(a)              Cash and Cash Equivalents:

 

The carrying amount approximates fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

 

(b)              Securities Available for Sale:

 

The fair value of most securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges (Level 1).  If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows (Level 2).  In certain cases where Level 1 or Level 2 inputs are not available, securities are classified within Level 3 hierarchy.

 

(c)               Loans Receivable

 

Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics.  Loans are segregated by type.  The fair value of performing loans is calculated by discounting

 

F-36



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit, liquidity, yield, and other risks inherent in the loan.  The estimate of maturity is based on the Company’s historical experience with repayments for each loan classification, modified, as required, by an estimate of the effect of the current economic and lending conditions.

 

Fair value for significant nonperforming loans is based on recent external appraisals.  If appraisals are not available, estimated cash flows are discounted using a rate commensurate with the risk associated with the estimated cash flows.  Assumptions regarding credit risk, cash flows, and discount rates are judgmentally determined using available market information and specific borrower information.

 

(d)              FDIC Receivable for Loss Sharing Agreements

 

The Company’s FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements approximates fair value.

 

(e)               Deposits

 

The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest—bearing demand deposits, savings, NOW accounts, and money market and checking accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand.  The fair value of time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows.  The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

(f)                 Borrowings

 

The fair value of the Company’s Federal Home Loan Bank advances is estimated based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows.  The fair value of securities sold under agreements to repurchase approximates the carrying amount because of the short maturity of these borrowings.  The discount rate is estimated using rates quoted for the same or similar issues or the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same remaining maturities.

 

(g)              Commitments and Contingencies

 

The carrying amount of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit approximates fair value.  The carrying amount of the off-balance sheet financial instruments is based on fees charged to enter into such agreements.

 

(h)              Other real estate owned

 

The fair value of other real estate owned (“OREO”) is determined when the asset is transferred to foreclosed assets.  The assets are carried at the lower of the carrying value or fair value.  Fair value is based on appraised values of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral.  When the value is based on observable market prices such as an appraisal, the asset is recorded in Level 2 hierarchy.  When an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired, the asset is recorded as a nonrecurring Level 3 hierarchy.

 

Loans considered impaired are loans for which, based on current information and events, it is probable that the creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Impaired loans are subject to nonrecurring fair value adjustments to reflect write-downs that are based on the market price or current appraised value of the collateral, adjusted to reflect local market conditions or other economic factors.  After evaluating the underlying collateral, the fair value of the impaired loans is determined by allocating specific reserves from the allowance for loan and lease losses to the loans.  Thus, the fair value reflects the loan balance less the specifically allocated reserve.  Impaired loans for which no reserve has been specifically allocated are not included in the table on the next page.

 

F-37



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Other real estate owned is initially accounted for at fair value, less estimated costs to dispose of the property.  Any excess of the recorded investment over fair value, less costs to dispose, is charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses at the time of foreclosure.  A provision is charged to earnings for subsequent losses on other real estate owned when market conditions indicate such losses have occurred.  The ability of the Company to recover the carrying value of other real estate owned is based upon future sales of the real estate.  The ability to affect such sales is subject to market conditions and other factors beyond our control, and future declines in the value of the real estate would result in a charge to earnings.  The recognition of sales and sales gains is dependent upon whether the nature and terms of the sales, including possible future involvement of the Company, if any, meet certain defined requirements.  If those requirements are not met, sale and gain recognition is deferred.

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis

 

December 31, 2009

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

 

$

84,716

 

$

 

State and political subdivisions

 

 

3,212

 

 

Collateralized-mortgage obligations

 

 

 

173,280

 

 

 

FNMA, GNMA, and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities

 

 

56,262

 

 

Corporate securities

 

$

 

518

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recurring assets at fair value

 

$

 

$

317,988

 

$

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis:

 

December 31, 2009

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered by loss sharing agreement

 

$

 

$

 

$

120,965

 

Not covered by loss sharing agreement

 

 

 

1,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Impaired Loans

 

 

 

122,865

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Real Estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered by loss sharing agreement

 

 

 

141,690

 

Not covered by loss sharing agreement

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Other Real Estate

 

$

 

$

 

$

141,810

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis

 

December 31, 2008

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

 

$

2,115

 

$

 

FNMA, GNMA, and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities

 

 

893

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recurring assets at fair value

 

$

 

$

3,008

 

$

 

 

F-38



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis:

 

December 31, 2008

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not covered by loss sharing agreement

 

$

 

$

 

$

4,182

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Real Estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not covered by loss sharing agreement

 

$

 

$

 

$

73

 

 

The fair carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments, not shown elsewhere in these financial statements, were as follows ( in thousands ):

 

 

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

200,166

 

$

200,166

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

317,988

 

317,988

 

Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta stock

 

12,559

 

12,559

 

Loans, net

 

1,179,364

 

1,193,024

 

FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements

 

605,502

 

605,502

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

12,498

 

12,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

2,153,791

 

2,117,177

 

Borrowed Money

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

Short-term borrowings

 

9,606

 

9,606

 

Accrued interest payable

 

10,266

 

10,266

 

 

(18)      Regulatory Matters

 

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company and the Bank did not have a required reserve balance at the Federal Reserve Bank.

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

 

Qualitative measures established by regulation ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier I capital, as defined by the regulations, to risk-weighted assets, as defined, and of Tier I capital to average assets, as defined.  Failure to meet various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the financial statements.

 

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company and the Bank were categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be well-capitalized, the Company and the Bank must maintain total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table below.  There are no conditions or events that have occurred subsequent to year-end that would change the Company and the Bank’s classification from well-capitalized.  The Company’s and the Bank’s actual ratios as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

F-39



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To Be Well

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalized Under

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For Capital

 

Prompt Corrective

 

 

 

Actual

 

Adequacy Purposes

 

Action Provisions

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

As of December 31, 2009 (Successor)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

$

305,393

 

30.85

%

$

79,182

 

8.00

%

$

98,978

 

10.00

%

Tier I Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

302,869

 

30.60

%

39,591

 

4.00

%

59,387

 

6.00

%

Tier I Capital to Average Assets

 

302,869

 

14.57

%

83,169

 

4.00

%

103,962

 

5.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2008 (Predecessor)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

$

6,005

 

22.67

%

$

2,119

 

8.00

%

$

2,649

 

10.00

%

Tier I Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

 

5,721

 

21.60

%

1,060

 

4.00

%

1,589

 

6.00

%

Tier I Capital to Average Assets

 

5,721

 

18.05

%

1,268

 

4.00

%

1,585

 

5.00

%

 

As a condition to the FDIC’s approval of the Interagency Change in Control Application filed in connection with the July 2009 recapitalization and acquisition of Security Bank, the Bank was required to execute a Capital Maintenance Agreement with the FDIC.  Under the terms of that agreement, the Bank must at all times maintain a leverage ratio of at least 10% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12%.  The agreement terminates on July 23, 2012.

 

In addition, under the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance’s letter dated July 24, 2009, issuing its approval of the Interagency Notice of Change in Control filing with respect to the Bank, for a period of three years after consummation of the change in control transaction, the Bank must also obtain approval from the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance before paying any dividends, including dividend payments to the Company.  The Bank received approval from the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance to make a $718,000 dividend payment to the Company to fund its expected operating expenses for 2010.

 

F-40



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

Consolidated Financial Statements — Unaudited

 

For the Period Ended June 30, 2010

 

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statement for the Period Ended June 30, 2010

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009 (derived from audited financial statements)

F-42

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) (unaudited) for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2009

F-43

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (unaudited) for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2009

F-44

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity (unaudited) for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2010

F-45

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2009

F-46

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

F-47

 

F-41



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(in thousands, except per share and share amounts)

 

 

 

June 30, 2010
(Unaudited)

 

December 31,
2009

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

29,208

 

$

48,681

 

Interest-bearing deposits with other banks

 

275,021

 

151,485

 

Investment securities

 

422,654

 

317,988

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

12,559

 

12,559

 

Loans receivable:

 

 

 

 

 

Not covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements

 

153,618

 

47,389

 

Covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements

 

979,428

 

1,134,499

 

Allowance for loan losses (non-covered loans)

 

(3,645

)

(2,524

)

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

1,379

 

 

Other real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Not covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements

 

75

 

120

 

Covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements

 

166,424

 

141,690

 

Premises and equipment

 

9,659

 

2,295

 

Goodwill and other intangibles

 

10,343

 

12,334

 

FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements, net

 

482,928

 

605,502

 

Other assets

 

53,846

 

25,940

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

2,593,497

 

$

2,497,958

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing deposits

 

$

205,951

 

$

187 ,746

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

2,030,125

 

1,966,045

 

FHLB advances

 

 

5,000

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

7,415

 

9,606

 

Other liabilities

 

15,001

 

18 ,797

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

2,258,492

 

2,187,194

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $1 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized, zero shares issued and outstanding in 2010 and 2009, respectively

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 31,540,977 shares issued and outstanding in 2010 and 2009, respectively

 

315

 

315

 

Additional paid-in-capital

 

292,030

 

292,030

 

Retained earnings

 

39,315

 

18,022

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

3,345

 

397

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

335,005

 

310,764

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

2,593,497

 

$

2,497,958

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-42



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited)

(in thousands, except per share and share amounts)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

2010

 

 

2009

 

2010

 

 

2009

 

Interest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, including fees

 

$

37,472

 

 

$

422

 

$

76,487

 

 

$

829

 

Investment securities

 

2,130

 

 

41

 

4,044

 

 

85

 

Deposits with other banks and other

 

183

 

 

12

 

291

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 39,785

 

 

475

 

80,822

 

 

953

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

10,070

 

 

191

 

18,738

 

 

388

 

FHLB advances

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

27

 

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

 

9

 

 

 

22

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 10,079

 

 

204

 

18,760

 

 

416

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

 

29,706

 

 

271

 

62,062

 

 

537

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

695

 

 

131

 

1,192

 

 

261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses

 

29,011

 

 

140

 

60,870

 

 

276

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accretion of FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements

 

2,798

 

 

 

6,907

 

 

 

Service charges on deposits

 

2,344

 

 

45

 

4,618

 

 

82

 

Mortgage banking income

 

127

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

Gain on investment securities

 

44

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

Other

 

209

 

 

17

 

530

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 5,522

 

 

62

 

12,251

 

 

103

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

9,788

 

 

160

 

20,776

 

 

324

 

Occupancy and equipment

 

1,974

 

 

48

 

4,105

 

 

101

 

Legal and professional fees

 

1,006

 

 

7

 

1,586

 

 

21

 

Marketing

 

834

 

 

7

 

1,491

 

 

10

 

Federal insurance premiums and other regulatory fees

 

1,361

 

 

7

 

2,485

 

 

13

 

Net cost of operations of other real estate owned

 

2,219

 

 

 

4,769

 

 

 

Data processing

 

839

 

 

8

 

1,717

 

 

55

 

Core deposit intangible amortization expense

 

160

 

 

 

325

 

 

 

Other

 

939

 

 

71

 

1,853

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 19,120

 

 

308

 

39,107

 

 

619

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes

 

15,413

 

 

(106

)

34,014

 

 

(240

)

Income Tax Expense

 

5,839

 

 

 

12,721

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

 

$

9,574

 

 

$

(106

)

$

21,293

 

 

$

(240

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Earnings (Loss) Per Share

 

$

0.30

 

 

$

(0.14

)

$

0.68

 

 

$

(0.31

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share

 

$

0.30

 

 

$

(0.14

)

$

0.67

 

 

$

(0.31

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

31,540,977

 

 

767

 

31,540,977

 

 

767

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

31,828,164

 

 

767

 

31,828,164

 

 

767

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-43



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

2010

 

 

2009

 

2010

 

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

 

$

9,574

 

 

$

(106

)

$

21,293

 

 

$

(240

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Income Tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income, net of tax

 

(27

)

 

 

(32

)

 

 

Unrealized gains on securities

 

1,383

 

 

30

 

2,980

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

1,356

 

 

30

 

2,948

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

$

10,930

 

 

$

(76

)

$

24,241

 

 

$

(204

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-44



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (Unaudited)

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2010

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Warrants

 

Common
Shares

 

Common
Stock

 

Paid-In
Capital

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

2,660,634

 

31,540,977

 

$

315

 

$

292,030

 

$

18,022

 

$

397

 

$

310,764

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,948

 

2,948

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

21,293

 

 

21,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2010

 

$

2,660,634

 

31,540,977

 

$

315

 

$

292,030

 

$

39,315

 

$

3,345

 

$

335,005

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-45



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

Successor
2010

 

 

Predecessor
2009

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

21,293

 

 

$

(240

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortization and accretion on premises and equipment and investments

 

2,250

 

 

34

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

325

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

1,192

 

 

261

 

Amortization of premiums and discounts on acquisitions, net

 

(48,425

)

 

 

Loss on sale of other real estate owned

 

2,466

 

 

 

Write-downs of other real estate owned

 

5,923

 

 

 

Increase in FDIC receivable for covered losses

 

(20,262

)

 

 

Funds collected from FDIC receivable

 

149,949

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale

 

3,327

 

 

 

Originations of mortgage loans held for sale

 

(4,706

)

 

 

Gain on available for sale securities

 

(51

)

 

 

Gain on sale of premises and equipment

 

(6

)

 

 

Net change in cash surrender value

 

(102

)

 

 

Change in other liabilities, net

 

(2,641

)

 

52

 

Other operating activities, net

 

818

 

 

49

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

111,350

 

 

156

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of investment securities available for sale

 

(172,520

)

 

(1,088

)

Proceeds from sales, calls, maturities and pay-downs: available for sale

 

69,334

 

 

217

 

Loans to customers, net of repayments

 

2,495

 

 

(3,094

)

Purchase of bank owned life insurance

 

(30,416

)

 

 

Purchase of FHLB stock

 

 

 

(11

)

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

(7,730

)

 

 

Disposal of premises and equipment

 

73

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales of other real estate

 

51,866

 

 

 

Net cash used by investing activities

 

(86,898

)

 

(3,976

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing customer deposits

 

68,596

 

 

1,189

 

Noninterest-bearing customer deposits

 

18,206

 

 

(186

)

Federal funds purchases and securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

(2,191

)

 

 

Repayments of borrowed money

 

(5,000

)

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

79,611

 

 

1,003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

104,063

 

 

(2,817

)

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning

 

200,166

 

 

6,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Ending

 

$

304,229

 

 

$

4,182

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Payments for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

21,633

 

 

$

552

 

Income taxes

 

17,502

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures on non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill and fair value acquisition adjustment

 

$

(1,665

)

 

$

 

Unrealized gains on securities, net of taxes

 

(2,948

)

 

(80

)

Transfer of loans to other real estate

 

85,214

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-46



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

(1)  Basis of Presentation

 

State Bank Financial Corporation (the “Company”) is a bank holding company whose business is primarily conducted through its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, State Bank and Trust Company (the “Bank”).  Through the Company, the Bank operates a full service banking business and offers a broad range of commercial and retail banking products to its customers, which range from Metro Atlanta to middle Georgia.

 

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements for the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for interim financial information and Regulation S-X.  Accordingly, the financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for complete financial statement presentation.  The interim consolidated financial statements included herein are unaudited, but reflect all adjustments which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial position and results of operations for the interim periods presented.  All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  The results of operations for the period ended June 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.  These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto and the report of our registered independent public accounting firm included in this Registration Statement on Form 10.

 

Certain amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.  The reclassifications had no effect on net income or shareholders’ equity as previously reported.

 

Subsequent Events

 

On July 30, 2010, the Company entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) to purchase substantially all the assets and assume a majority of the liabilities of Northwest Bank and Trust (NWBT) of Acworth, Georgia.  Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the NWBT Agreement, the FDIC had seized NWBT.

 

In its call report dated June 30, 2010, NWBT reported:

 

Total assets

 

$

160,763

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases

 

92,475

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits (includes $37,725 of brokered deposits)

 

155,531

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

21,145

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate

 

5,398

 

 

During the third quarter of 2010, the Company recorded the purchased assets and assumed liabilities at fair value.  Under the terms of the NWBT Agreement, the Company also had the option to purchase any owned bank premises or to assume the leases on any or all of the banking offices.  The Company decided during the third quarter of 2010 to close one of the two branches and purchase the other branch from the FDIC in connection with the final settlement with the FDIC.

 

Loans, other real estate owned by NWBT and purchased by the Company, and reimbursable expenses incurred by the Company are subject to loss sharing agreements that allocate prospective losses between the Company and the FDIC.  The Company entered into two loss sharing agreements with the FDIC which will absorb 80% of losses incurred.

 

The Company has not completed the acquisition accounting for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction.  This acquisition accounting will be completed in the third quarter 2010.

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

 

In April 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-18, Effect of a Loan Modification When the Loan Is Part of a Pool That Is Accounted for as a Single Asset (“ASU No. 2010-18”).  ASU No. 2010-18 provides guidance on the accounting for loan modifications when the

 

F-47



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

loan is part of a pool of loans accounted for as a single asset such as acquired loans that have evidence of credit deterioration upon acquisition that are accounted for under the guidance in ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deterioration of Credit Quality (“ASC 310-30”).  ASU No. 2010-18 addresses diversity in practice on whether a loan that is part of a pool of loans accounted for as a single asset should be removed from that pool upon a modification that would constitute a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) or remain in the pool after modification.  ASU No. 2010-18 clarifies that modifications of loans that are accounted for within a pool under ASC 310-30 do not result in the removal of these loans from the pool even if the modification of these loans would otherwise be considered a TDR.  An entity will continue to be required to consider whether the pool of assets in which the loan is included is impaired if the expected cash flows for the pool change.  The amendments in this update are effective for modifications of loans accounted for within pools under ASC 310-30 occurring in the first interim or annual period ending on or after July 15, 2010.  ASU 2010-18 will have an impact on the Company’s disclosures, but not its financial position or results of operations.

 

In July 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses (“ASU No. 2010-20”).  ASU No. 2010-20 requires disclosures regarding loans and the allowance for loan losses that are disaggregated by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable.  Existing disclosures were amended to require a roll-forward of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment, with the ending balance broken out by basis of impairment method, as well as the recorded investment in the respective loans.  Nonaccrual and impaired loans by class must also be shown.  ASU No. 2010-20 also requires disclosures regarding: (1) credit quality indicators by class, (2) aging of past due loans by class, 3) troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) by class and their effect on the allowance for loan losses, (4) defaults on TDRs by class and their effect on the allowance for loan losses, and (5) significant purchases and sales of loans disaggregated by portfolio segment.  This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010, for end of period type disclosures. Activity related disclosures are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010.  ASU No. 2010-20 will have an impact on the Company’s disclosures, but not its financial position or results of operations.

 

(2) Investment Securities

 

Investment securities as of June 30, 2010 are summarized as follows (in thousands) :

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

216,456

 

$

940

 

$

48

 

$

217,348

 

State and political subdivisions

 

2,913

 

131

 

35

 

3,009

 

Collateralize mortgage obligations (CMO)

 

149,286

 

3,051

 

158

 

152,179

 

FNMA, GNMA, FHLMNC mortgage-backed Securities

 

48,516

 

1,099

 

2

 

49,613

 

Corporate securities

 

337

 

168

 

 

505

 

 

 

$

417,508

 

$

5,389

 

$

243

 

$

422,654

 

 

Investment securities as of December 31, 2009 are summarized as follows (in thousands) :

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government Agencies

 

$

85,227

 

$

69

 

$

580

 

$

84,716

 

State and political subdivisions

 

3,176

 

92

 

56

 

3,212

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations (CMO)

 

172,002

 

1,374

 

96

 

173,280

 

FNMA, GNMA, FHLMC mortgage-backed securities

 

56,647

 

116

 

501

 

56,262

 

Corporate securities

 

325

 

193

 

 

518

 

 

 

$

317,377

 

$

1,844

 

$

1,233

 

$

317,988

 

 

F-48



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value available-for-sale securities at June 30, 2010 by contractual maturity are summarized in the table below.  Expected maturities for mortgage-backed securities may differ from contractual maturities because in certain cases borrowers prepay obligations without prepayment penalties.  Therefore, these securities are not included in the following maturity summary (in thousands) :

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

56,381

 

$

56,421

 

Due from one year to five years

 

148,025

 

148,271

 

Due from five years to ten years

 

9,071

 

9,644

 

Due after ten years

 

6,229

 

6,526

 

FNMA, GNMA, FHLMC and CMO mortgage-backed securities

 

197,802

 

201,792

 

 

 

$

417,508

 

$

422,654

 

 

Investment securities with an aggregate carrying amount of $75.1 million at June 30, 2010 were pledged to secure public deposits.

 

At June 30, 2010, all unrealized losses in the investment portfolio related to debt securities.  The unrealized losses on the debt securities arose due to changing interest rates and market conditions and are considered to be temporary because of acceptable investment grades where the repayment sources of principal and interest are backed by the U.S. Government, Government sponsored organizations and other reputable entities.  In total, there were 15 investment securities with a total fair value of $63.3 million with unrealized losses of $243,245 as of June 30, 2010 and have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months.

 

At December 31, 2009, unrealized losses in the investment portfolio related to debt securities.  The unrealized losses on the debt securities arose due to changing interest rates and market conditions and are considered to be temporary because of acceptable investment grades where the repayment sources of principal and interest are backed by the U.S. Government, Government sponsored organizations and other reputable entities.  In total, there were 52 investment securities with a total fair value of $127.5 million with unrealized losses of $1.2 million as of December 31, 2009 and in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months.

 

For the three months and six months ended June 30, 2010, called mortgage-backed securities resulted in recognized gains of $44,000 and $50,511, respectively.

 

(3) Loans Receivable

 

Loans not covered by loss sharing agreements are summarized as follows (in thousands) :

 

 

 

June 30,
2010

 

December 31,
2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans not covered by loss sharing agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential real estate

 

$

20,821

 

$

8,219

 

Commercial real estate

 

63,238

 

14,487

 

Commercial and industrial

 

18,132

 

5,552

 

Real estate construction and development

 

35,735

 

8,019

 

Consumer and other

 

16,545

 

11,172

 

 

 

154,471

 

47,449

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(3,645

)

(2,524

)

Unamortized loan origination fees, net

 

(853

)

(60

)

 

 

$

149,973

 

$

44,865

 

 

F-49



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

The carrying amount of the covered loans at June 30, 2010, consisted of impaired loans and non-impaired loans and are presented in the following tables (in thousands) :

 

 

 

Impaired at

 

All Other

 

Total Covered

 

 

 

Acquisition Date

 

Acquired Loans

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans covered by loss sharing agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential real estate

 

$

19,236

 

$

274,644

 

$

293,880

 

Commercial real estate

 

39,950

 

487,203

 

527,153

 

Commercial and industrial

 

10,951

 

150,748

 

161,699

 

Real estate construction and development

 

168,556

 

402,406

 

570,962

 

Consumer and other

 

4,364

 

68,311

 

72,675

 

 

 

243,057

 

1,383,312

 

1,626,369

 

Non-accretable discount

 

140,237

 

361,532

 

501,769

 

Accretable discount

 

 

145,172

 

145,172

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans covered, net

 

$

102,820

 

$

876,608

 

$

979,428

 

 

The carrying amount of the covered loans at December 31, 2009, consisted of impaired loans and non-impaired loans and are presented in the following tables (in thousands) :

 

 

 

Impaired at

 

All Other

 

Total Covered

 

 

 

Acquisition Date

 

Acquired Loans

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans covered by loss sharing agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family residential real estate mortgage

 

$

26,591

 

$

294,735

 

$

321,326

 

Commercial real estate

 

57,998

 

510,247

 

568,245

 

Commercial and Industrial

 

11,625

 

175,763

 

187,388

 

Real estate construction

 

292,662

 

517,395

 

810,057

 

Consumer

 

4,548

 

81,095

 

85,643

 

 

 

393,424

 

1,579,235

 

1,972,659

 

Non-accretable discount

 

272,459

 

381,861

 

654,320

 

Accretable discount

 

 

183,840

 

183,840

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans covered, net

 

$

120,965

 

$

1,013,534

 

$

1,134,499

 

 

The following table documents changes in the carrying value of acquired impaired loans during the period from December 31, 2009 through June 30, 2010 (in thousands) :

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

$

120,965

 

Reductions resulting from Repayments, write-offs and foreclosures

 

(18,145

)

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2010

 

$

102,820

 

 

F-50



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

The following table documents changes in the value of the non-accretable discount during the period from December 31, 2009 through June 30, 2010 (in thousands) :

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

$

654,320

 

Recoveries of loan previously charged off

 

 

Reductions resulting from charge-offs

 

(152,551

)

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2010

 

$

501,769

 

 

The following table documents changes in the carrying value of the FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements relating to covered loans and other real estate during the period from December 31, 2009 through June 30, 2010 (in thousands) :

 

 

 

Security
Banks

 

All other
acquired
banks

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

$

371,341

 

$

234,161

 

$

605,502

 

Reductions resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wires received

 

119,187

 

30,762

 

149,949

 

Recovery of previous loss reimbursements

 

 

 

 

Additions resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs, write-downs and other losses

 

7,341

 

3,433

 

10,774

 

Discount accretion

 

4,504

 

2,403

 

6,907

 

External expenses qualifying under loss sharing agreements

 

7,314

 

2,380

 

9,694

 

Balance, June 30, 2010

 

$

271,313

 

$

211,615

 

$

482,928

 

 

At June 30, 2010, the Company had loans not covered by loss sharing of approximately $154.5 million, of which $5.3 million were impaired with specific allowances totaling $1.6 million.  Impaired loans covered by loss sharing agreements totaled $562.8 million as of June 30, 2010.  At June 30, 2010, the Company did not have any commitments to debtors whose loans were nonperforming and did not have any loans past due 90 days or more still accruing interest.  Interest income on impaired loans for the period ended June 30, 2010 was $3.0 million.

 

At December 31, 2009, the Company had loans not covered by loss sharing of approximately $47.4 million, of which $3.3 million were impaired with specific allowances totaling $1.4 million.  Impaired loans covered by loss sharing agreements totaled $524.9 million as of December 31, 2009.  At December 31, 2009, the Company did not have any commitments to debtors whose loans were nonperforming and did not have any loans past due 90 days or more still accruing interest.

 

F-51



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

(4) Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The following table presents the Company’s loan loss experience on all non-covered loans for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the period from July 24, 2009 through December 31, 2009 as follows (in thousands) :

 

 

 

June 30, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance beginning of period

 

$

2,524

 

$

 

Charge-offs

 

71

 

459

 

Recoveries

 

 

294

 

Provision for loan losses

 

1,192

 

2,689

 

Balance end of period

 

$

3,645

 

$

2,524

 

 

(5) Other Real Estate Owned

 

The following is a summary of transactions in the other real estate owned (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30, 2010

 

Non-covered other real estate owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

$

120

 

Other real estate acquired through foreclosure of loans receivable

 

 

Other real estate sold

 

(45

)

Write down of other real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2010

 

$

75

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2010

 

Covered other real estate owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total covered other real estate owned at December 31, 2009

 

$

141,690

 

Other real estate acquired through foreclosure of loans receivable

 

84,889

 

Other real estate sold

 

(54,232

)

Write down of other real estate

 

(5,923

)

Other real estate capitalized costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2010

 

$

166,424

 

 

F-52



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

(6) Earnings Per Share

 

Earnings per share have been computed based on the following weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 (in thousands) :

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,
 2010

 

Six Months Ended
June 30, 2010

 

Basic Earnings Per Share

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per common share

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.68

 

Weighted average common shares

 

31,541

 

31,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted Earnings Per Share

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per common and common equivalent share

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.67

 

Weighted average common shares and common stock equivalents

 

31,828

 

31,828

 

 

For the three and six months ended period, June 30, 2009, there were no options or warrants granted or outstanding.

 

(7) Fair Value

 

Fair value measurements are determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.  As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820 (“ASC 820”) Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant  assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy).

 

Fair Value Hierarchy

 

Level 1

 

Valuation is based on inputs that are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

Level 2

 

Valuation is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as interest rates, yield curves observable at commonly quoted intervals, and other market-corroborated inputs.

 

Level 3

 

Valuation inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability which shall be used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available.  The inputs shall reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

 

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments and other accounts recorded based on their fair value:

 

F-53



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

(a)     Cash and Cash Equivalents:

 

The carrying amount approximates fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

 

(b)     Securities Available for Sale:

 

The fair value of most securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges (Level 1).  If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows (Level 2).  In certain cases where Level 1 or Level 2 inputs are not available, securities are classified within Level 3 hierarchy.

 

(c)     Loans Receivable

 

Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type. The fair value of performing loans is calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit risk inherent in the loan. The estimate of maturity is based on the Company’s historical experience with repayments for each loan classification, modified, as required, by an estimate of the effect of the current economic and lending conditions.

 

Fair value for significant nonperforming loans is based on recent external appraisals. If appraisals are not available, estimated cash flows are discounted using a rate commensurate with the risk associated with the estimated cash flows. Assumptions regarding credit risk, cash flows, and discount rates are judgmentally determined using available market information and specific borrower information.

 

Loans considered impaired are loans for which, based on current information and events, it is probable that the creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Impaired loans are subject to nonrecurring fair value adjustments to reflect write-downs that are based on the market price or current appraised value of the collateral, adjusted to reflect local market conditions or other economic factors. After evaluating the underlying collateral, the fair value of the impaired loans is determined by allocating specific reserves from the allowance for loan and lease losses to the loans.  Thus, the fair value reflects the loan balance less the specifically allocated reserve.

 

(d)     Loans Held for Sale

 

Loans held for sale are originated at market value and the holding period for these loans is typically five to seven business days, therefore the carrying value approximates the fair value in the aggregate of the portfolio given this short time frame.

 

(e)     FDIC Receivable for Loss Sharing Agreements

 

The Company’s FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements approximates fair value.

 

(f)      Deposits

 

The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest—bearing demand deposits, savings, NOW accounts, and money market and checking accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand as of December 31, 2009. The fair value of time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

(g)     Borrowings

 

The fair value of the Company’s Federal Home Loan Bank advances is estimated based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The fair value of securities sold under agreements to repurchase approximates the carrying amount because of the short maturity of these borrowings. The discount rate is estimated using rates quoted for the same or similar issues or the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same remaining maturities.

 

F-54



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

(h)     Commitments and Contingencies

 

The carrying amount of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit approximates fair value. The carrying amount of the off-balance sheet financial instruments is based on fees charged to enter into such agreements.

 

(i)      Other Real Estate Owned

 

The fair value of other real estate owned (“OREO”) is determined when the asset is transferred to foreclosed assets.  The assets are carried at the lower of the carrying value or fair value.  Fair value is based on appraised values of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral.  When the value is based on observable market prices such as an appraisal, the asset is recorded in Level 2 hierarchy.  When an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired, the asset is recorded as a nonrecurring Level 3 hierarchy.

 

Other real estate owned is initially accounted for at fair value, less estimated costs to dispose of the property. Any excess of the recorded investment over fair value, less costs to dispose, is charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses at the time of foreclosure. A provision is charged to earnings for subsequent losses on other real estate owned when market conditions indicate such losses have occurred. The ability of the Company to recover the carrying value of other real estate owned is based upon future sales of the real estate. The ability to affect such sales is subject to market conditions and other factors beyond our control, and future declines in the value of the real estate would result in a charge to earnings. The recognition of sales and sales gains is dependent upon whether the nature and terms of the sales, including possible future involvement of the Company, if any, meet certain defined requirements. If those requirements are not met, sale and gain recognition is deferred.

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

The following table presents the fair value measurements of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2010, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.

 

 

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Market

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

Prices in Active

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

Markets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

 

$

217,348

 

$

 

State and political subdivisions

 

 

3,009

 

 

FNMA, GNMA, and FHLMC mortgage- backed securities

 

 

49,613

 

 

Collateralized-mortgage obligations

 

 

152,179

 

 

Corporate securities

 

 

505

 

 

Total recurring assets at fair value

 

$

 

$

422,654

 

$

 

 

F-55



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

The following table presents the fair value measurements of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.

 

 

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Market

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

Prices in Active

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

Markets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

$

 

$

84,716

 

$

 

State and political subdivisions

 

 

3,212

 

 

FNMA, GNMA, and FHLMC mortgage-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

backed securities

 

 

56,262

 

 

Collateralized-mortgage obligations

 

 

173,280

 

 

Corporate securities

 

 

518

 

 

Total recurring assets at fair value

 

$

 

$

317,988

 

$

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

 

The following table presents the fair value measurements of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of June 30, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Market

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

Prices in Active

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

Markets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered by loss sharing agreements

 

$

 

 

102,820

 

Not covered by loss sharing agreements

 

 

 

3,704

 

Total impaired loans

 

 

 

106,524

 

Other real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered by loss sharing agreements

 

 

 

166,424

 

Not covered by loss sharing agreements

 

 

 

75

 

Total other real estate

 

$

 

$

 

$

166,499

 

 

F-56



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

The following table presents the fair value measurements of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2009, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.

 

 

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Market

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

Prices in Active

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

Markets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered by loss sharing agreements

 

 

 

120,965

 

Not covered by loss sharing agreements

 

 

 

1,900

 

Total impaired loans

 

 

 

122,865

 

Other real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered by loss sharing agreements

 

 

 

141,690

 

Not covered by loss sharing agreements

 

 

 

120

 

Total other real estate

 

$

 

$

 

$

141,810

 

 

The fair carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments, not shown elsewhere in these financial statements, were as follows (in thousands) :

 

 

 

June 30, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Estimated

 

Carrying

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

304,229

 

$

304,229

 

$

200,166

 

$

200,166

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

422,654

 

422,654

 

317,988

 

317,988

 

Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta stock

 

12,559

 

12,559

 

12,559

 

12,559

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

1,379

 

1,379

 

 

 

Loans, net

 

1,129,401

 

1,133,798

 

1,179,364

 

1,193,024

 

FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements

 

482,928

 

482,928

 

605,502

 

605,502

 

Cash surrender value of life insurance

 

30,518

 

30,518

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

9,684

 

9,684

 

12,498

 

12,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

2,236,076

 

2,239,786

 

2,153,791

 

2,117,177

 

Borrowed money

 

 

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

Short-term borrowings

 

7,415

 

7,415

 

9,606

 

9,606

 

Accrued interest payable

 

7,393

 

7,393

 

10,266

 

10,266

 

 

(8) Goodwill

 

At June 30, 2010, the change in the carrying amount of goodwill is presented in the table below (in thousands) :

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

$

9,217

 

 

 

 

 

Less fair value adjustment

 

1,665

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2010

 

$

7,552

 

 

F-57



Table of Contents

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

The Company adjusted goodwill during the first half of 2010 related to the acquisition of The Buckhead Community Bank on December 4, 2009.  At the time of the acquisition, the Company made certain assumptions related to the fair values of the acquired certificates of deposits.  A subsequent review of those assumptions resulted in changes that resulted in a lower fair value on the acquired certificates. Therefore, the Company reduced the remaining amount of the discount through an adjustment to goodwill and the certificate of deposit fair value discount of $1.7 million.

 

F-58



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: October 29, 2010

By:

/s/ J. Daniel Speight

 

 

J. Daniel Speight

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 



Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.

 

Document

 

 

 

2.1

 

Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of July 24, 2009 among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Security Bank of Bibb County, Macon Georgia; Security Bank of Gwinnett County, Suwannee, Georgia; Security Bank of Houston County, Perry, Georgia; Security Bank of Jones County, Gray, Georgia; Security Bank of North Fulton, Alpharetta, Georgia; Security Bank of North Metro, Woodstock, Georgia, State Bank and Trust Company and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation acting in its corporate capacity

 

 

 

2.2

 

Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of December 4, 2009 among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of The Buckhead Community Bank, Atlanta, Georgia, State Bank and Trust Company and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation acting in its corporate capacity

 

 

 

2.3

 

Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of December 4, 2009 among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of First Security National Bank, Norcross, Georgia, State Bank and Trust Company and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation acting in its corporate capacity

 

 

 

2.4

 

Plan of Reorganization and Share Exchange dated January 27, 2010

 

 

 

2.5

 

Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of July 30, 2010 among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of NorthWest Bank and Trust, Acworth, Georgia, State Bank and Trust Company and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation acting in its corporate capacity

 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of State Bank Financial Corporation

 

 

 

3.2

 

Bylaws of State Bank Financial Corporation

 

 

 

4.1

 

See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for provisions in State Bank Financial Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws defining the rights of holders of common stock

 

 

 

4.2

 

Form of certificate of common stock

 

 

 

10.1

 

Employment Agreement dated July 24, 2009 by and among of Joseph W. Evans and State Bank and Trust Company

 

 

 

10.2

 

Employment Agreement dated July 24, 2009 by and among of Kim M. Childers and State Bank and Trust Company

 

 

 

10.3

 

Employment Agreement dated July 24, 2009 by and among of J. Daniel Speight and State Bank and Trust Company

 

 

 

10.4

 

Employment Agreement dated July 19, 2010 by and among of Stephen W. Doughty and State Bank and Trust Company

 

 

 

10.5

 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated May 11, 2010 by and among Joseph W. Evans and S State Bank and Trust Company

 

 

 

10.6

 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated May 11, 2010 by and among Kim M. Childers and State Bank and Trust Company

 

 

 

10.7

 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated May 11, 2010 by and among J. Daniel Speight and

 



Table of Contents

 

Exhibit
No.

 

Document

 

 

 

 

 

State Bank and Trust Company

 

 

 

10.8

 

Stock Purchase Agreement dated July 14, 2009

 

 

 

10.9

 

Form of Warrant Agreement (Pursuant to Instruction 2 of Item 601, one form of Warrant Agreement has been filed which has been executed by each of the following executive officers and the following director: Kim M. Childers, Stephen W. Doughty, Joseph W. Evans, J. Daniel Speight and John Thomas Wiley, Jr.)

 

 

 

10.10

 

Form of Purchase Agreement (Pursuant to Instruction 2 of Item 601, one form of Purchase Agreement has been filed which has been executed by Kim M. Childers, Joseph W. Evans, and J. Daniel Speight)

 

 

 

10.11

 

Form of Purchase Agreement (Pursuant to Instruction 2 of Item 601, one form of Purchase Agreement has been filed which has been executed by Stephen W. Doughty and John Thomas Wiley, Jr.)

 

 

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of State Bank Financial Corporation

 


EXHIBIT 2.1

 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

WHOLE BANK

 

ALL DEPOSITS

 

AMONG

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,

RECEIVER OF: SECURITY BANK OF BIBB COUNTY, MACON, GA.; SECURITY

BANK OF GWINNETT COUNTY, SUWANNEE, GA.; SECURITY BANK OF

HOUSTON COUNTY, PERRY, GA.; SECURITY BANK OF JONES COUNTY, GRAY,

GA.; SECURITY BANK OF NORTH FULTON, ALPHARETTA, GA.; SECURITY

BANK OF NORTH METRO, WOODSTOCK, GA.

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

 

and

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

DATED AS OF

 

JULY 24, 2009

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

8

 

 

 

2.1

Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Bank

8

2.2

Interest on Deposit Liabilities

10

2.3

Unclaimed Deposits

10

2.4

Employee Plans

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

PURCHASE OF ASSETS

11

 

 

 

3.1

Assets Purchased by Assuming Bank

11

3.2

Asset Purchase Price

11

3.3

Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc.

12

3.4

Puts of Assets to the Receiver

12

3.5

Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Bank

14

3.6

Assets Essential to Receiver

15

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS

16

 

 

 

4.1

Continuation of Banking Business

16

4.2

Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business

16

4.3

Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business

16

4.4

Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business

17

4.5

Agreement with Respect to Trust Business

17

4.6

Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises

18

4.7

Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Processing Equipment

20

4.8

Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements

21

4.9

Informational Tax Reporting

22

4.10

Insurance

22

4.11

Office Space for Receiver and Corporation

22

4.12

Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees

22

4.13

Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing

23

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

ii



 

ARTICLE V

DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK

24

 

 

 

5.1

Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders

24

5.2

Certain Agreements Related to Deposits

24

5.3

Notice to Depositors

24

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

RECORDS

25

 

 

 

6.1

Transfer of Records

25

6.2

Delivery of Assigned Records

26

6.3

Preservation of Records

26

6.4

Access to Records; Copies

26

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

FIRST LOSS TRANCHE

26

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

ADJUSTMENTS

27

 

 

 

8.1

Pro Forma Statement

27

8.2

Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities

 

8.3

Payments

28

8.4

Interest

28

8.5

Subsequent Adjustments

28

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

CONTINUING COOPERATION

28

 

 

 

9.1

General Matters

28

9.2

Additional Title Documents

28

9.3

Claims and Suits

29

9.4

Payment of Deposits

29

9.5

Withheld Payments

29

9.6

Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities

30

9.7

Information

30

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

CONDITION PRECEDENT

30

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING BANK

31

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII

INDEMNIFICATION

32

 

 

 

12.1

Indemnification of Indemnitees

32

12.2

Conditions Precedent to Indemnification

35

12.3

No Additional Warranty

36

12.4

Indemnification of Corporation and Receiver

36

12.5

Obligations Supplemental

36

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

iii



 

12.6

Criminal Claims

36

12.7

Limited Guaranty of the Corporation

37

12.8

Subrogation

37

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

37

 

 

 

13.1

Entire Agreement

37

13.2

Headings

37

13.3

Counterparts

37

13.4

Governing Law

37

13.5

Successors

38

13.6

Modification; Assignment

38

13.7

Notice

38

13.8

Manner of Payment

39

13.9

Costs, Fees and Expenses

39

13.10

Waiver

39

13.11

Severability

39

13.12

Term of Agreement

39

13.13

Survival of Covenants, Etc.

40

 

 

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

Certain Liabilities Assumed

42

2.1(a)

Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts

43

3.1

Certain Assets Purchased

44

3.2

Purchase Price of Assets or Assets

45

3.5(l)

Excluded Private Label Assets-Backed Securities

47

4.15A

Single Family Loss Share Loans

55

4.15B

Non-Single Family Loss Share Loans

49

7

Calculation of Deposit Premium

50

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

4.13

Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement

53

4.15A

Single Family Loss Share Agreement

55

4.15B

Commercial Loss Share Agreement

91

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

iv



 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

WHOLE BANK

 

ALL DEPOSITS

 

THIS AGREEMENT , made and entered into as of the 24th day of July, 2009, by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER of: SECURITY BANK OF BIBB COUNTY, MACON, GA.; SECURITY BANK OF GWINNETT COUNTY, SUWANNEE, GA.; SECURITY BANK OF HOUSTON COUNTY, PERRY, GA.; SECURITY BANK OF JONES COUNTY, GRAY, GA.; SECURITY BANK OF NORTH FULTON, ALPHARETTA, GA.; SECURITY BANK OF NORTH METRO, WOODSTOCK, GA. (the “Receiver,” for each respective bank), STATE BANK AND TRUSTCOMPANY organized under the laws of the State of Georgia, and having its principal place of business in Pinehurst, Georgia (the “Assuming Bank”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “Corporation”).

 

WITNESSETH :

 

WHEREAS , on Bank Closing, the Chartering Authority closed SECURITY BANK OF BIBB COUNTY; SECURITY BANK OF GWINNETT COUNTY; SECURITY BANK OF HOUSTON COUNTY; SECURITY BANK OF JONES COUNTY; SECURITY BANK OF NORTH FULTON; and SECURITY BANK OF NORTH METRO (each, respectively, the “Failed Bank”) pursuant to applicable law and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof; and

 

WHEREAS , the Assuming Bank desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposit and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Bank to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII; and

 

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Bank on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

1



 

WHEREAS , the Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823 (c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank.

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Article I, or elsewhere in this Agreement. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.

 

Accounting Records means the general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and supporting schedules which support the general ledger balances.

 

Acquired Subsidiaries means Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

Affiliate of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in Section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. Section 1841.

 

Agreement means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Bank, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Assets means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition.

 

Assumed Deposits means Deposits.

 

Bank Closing means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.

 

Bank Premises means the banking houses, drive-in banking facilities, and teller facilities (staffed or automated) together with appurtenant parking, storage and service facilities and structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, and land on which the foregoing are located, that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Accounting Record of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

2



 

Book Value means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of Bank Closing after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits, and other similar adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of a Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Bank shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of Bank Closing, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of Bank Closing, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.

 

Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.

 

Chartering Authority means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(c), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 1821(c)(9).

 

Commitment means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.

 

Credit Documents mean the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

3



 

agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Credit File means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral, or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any thereof.

 

Data Processing Lease means any lease or licensing agreement, binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, the subject of which is data processing equipment or computer hardware or software used in connection with data processing activities. A lease or licensing agreement for computer software used in connection with data processing activities shall constitute a Data Processing Lease regardless of whether such lease or licensing agreement also covers data processing equipment.

 

Deposit means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(l), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided, that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of Bank Closing.

 

Equity Adjustment means the dollar amount resulting by subtracting the Book Value, as of Bank Closing, of all Liabilities Assumed under this Agreement by the Assuming Bank from the purchase price, as determined in accordance with this Agreement, as of Bank Closing, of all Assets acquired under this Agreement by the Assuming Bank, which may be a positive or a negative number.

 

Failed Bank means each of these banks, individually and not jointly: Security Bank of Bibb County; Security Bank of Gwinnett County; Security Bank of Houston County; Security Bank of Jones County; Security Bank of North Fulton; and, Security Bank of North Metro. This Purchase and Assumption Agreement is to be read and construed as one document representing six separate transactions arising from the failure of each of the above-referenced banks, resulting in a separate resulting receivership entity for each failed bank.

 

Failed Bank Advances means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance, and (iii) pay credit life insurance, accident and health insurance, and vendor’s single interest insurance.

 

Fair Market Value means (i)(a) “Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

4



 

bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:

 

(1)           Buyer and seller are typically motivated;

 

(2)           Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;

 

(3)           A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;

 

(4)           Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and

 

(5)                     The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;

 

as determined as of Bank Closing by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Bank from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank, and (b) which, with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after Bank Closing by an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank within seven (7) days after Bank Closing; or (ii) with respect to property other than Bank Premises purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price therefore as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Bank, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (i)(a) above.

 

First Loss Tranche ” means the dollar amount of liability that the Assuming Bank will incur prior to the commencement of loss sharing, which is the sum of (i) the Assuming Bank’s asset premium (discount) bid, as reflected on the Assuming Bank’s bid form, plus (ii) the Assuming Bank’s Deposit premium bid, as reflected on the Assuming Bank’s bid form, plus (iii) the Equity Adjustment. The First Loss Tranche may be a positive or negative number.

 

Fixtures ” means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of Bank Closing.

 

Furniture and Equipment means the furniture and equipment, other than motor vehicles, leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery (including personal computers), shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance and security systems. Motor vehicles shall be considered other assets and pass at Book Value.

 

[ Guaranteed Transaction Accounts means those transaction accounts

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

5



 

covered by the Transaction Account Guarantee Program as described in 73 Federal Register 210 (29 October 2008), pp. 64179-64191.]

 

Indemnitees means, except as provided in paragraph (k) of Section 12.1, (i) the Assuming Bank, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Bank other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Bank, and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Bank and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.

 

Information Package means the most recent compilation of financial and other data with respect to the Failed Bank, including any amendments or supplements thereto, provided to the Assuming Bank by the Corporation on the web site used by the Corporation to market the Failed Bank to potential acquirers.

 

Legal Balance means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.

 

Liabilities Assumed has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.

 

Lien means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest, or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.

 

Loans means all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing:

 

(i)                 loans (including loans which have been charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in whole or in part prior to April 24, 2009), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans, and lease financing contracts;

 

(ii)                all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above; and

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

6



 

(iii)               all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings, and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.

 

Obligor means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly, or severally.

 

Other Real Estate means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures) and loans on “in substance foreclosure” status as of Bank Closing as recorded on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank, including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.

 

Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.

 

Primary Indemnitor means any Person (other than the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.

 

Proforma means producing a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed bank through the date of closing. The Proforma financial statements serve as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Bank and the Receiver.

 

Put Date has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.

 

Put Notice has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.

 

Qualified Financial Contract means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(e)(8)(D).

 

Record means any document, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at Bank Closing.

 

Related Liability with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset, and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

7



 

Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Bank, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such assets. Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such assets stated on the Accounting Records of the entity that owns such asset.

 

Repurchase Price means, with respect to any Loan the Book Value, adjusted to reflect changes to Book Value after Bank Closing, plus (ii) any advances and interest on such Loan after Bank Closing, minus (iii) the total of amounts received by the Assuming Bank for such Loan, regardless of how applied, after Bank Closing, plus (iv) advances made by Assuming Bank, plus (v) total disbursements of principal made by Receiver that are not included in the Book Value.

 

Safe Deposit Boxes means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.

 

Settlement Date means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after Bank Closing, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.

 

Settlement Interest Rate means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills in effect as of Bank Closing as published in The Wall Street Journal; provided, that if no such equivalent coupon issue yield is available as of Bank Closing, the equivalent coupon issue yield for such Treasury Bills most recently published in The Wall Street Journal prior to Bank Closing shall be used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published in The Wall Street Journal .

 

Subsidiary has the meaning set forth in Section 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(w)(4), as amended.

 

ARTICLE II
ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

 

2.1          Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Bank .   The Assuming Bank expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay,

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

8



 

perform, and discharge all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “Liabilities Assumed”):

 

(a)                Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1(a); provided , that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Bank agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such of the Assets as appropriate which, prior to Bank Closing, were pledged as security therefor by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Bank, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;

 

(b)                liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

 

(c)                borrowings from Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations, and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, if any;

 

(d)                ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided , that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;

 

(e)                liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including Bank Closing); provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

 

(f)                 United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;

 

(g)                liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit (other than “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. Section 337.2(a)); provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

9



 

(h)           duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s credit card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business or trust business, if any;

 

(i)            liabilities, if any, for Commitments;

 

(j)            liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired under Section 3.1;

 

(k)           liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts;

 

(l)            duties and obligations under any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others, or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others; and

 

(m)          all asset-related offensive litigation liabilities and all asset-related defensive litigation liabilities, but only to the extent such liabilities relate to assets subject to a loss share agreement, and provided that all other defensive litigation and any class actions with respect to credit card business are retained by the Receiver.

 

Schedule 2.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Liabilities Assumed and the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed in such categories. Such schedule is based upon the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII.

 

2.2          Interest on Deposit Liabilities . The Assuming Bank agrees that, from and after Bank Closing, it will accrue and pay interest on Deposit liabilities assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate(s) it shall determine; provided , that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Bank to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Bank shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Bank elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided , that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Bank shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.

 

2.3          Unclaimed Deposits . Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Bank will provide the Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Bank to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a “Final Legal Notice” to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account(s) with the Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank will send the “Final Legal Notice” to

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

10



 

the depositors within thirty (30) days following notification of the Receiver’s authorization. The Assuming Bank will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the “Final Legal Notice” to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.

 

If, within eighteen (18) months after Bank Closing, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Deposit assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title, and interest of the Assuming Bank in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Bank and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Bank pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18) month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.

 

2.4          Employee Plans . Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Bank shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401K or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Bank agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III
PURCHASE OF ASSETS

 

3.1          Assets Purchased by Assuming Bank . With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6, the Assuming Bank hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys, and delivers to the Assuming Bank, all right, title, and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships, and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, except as excepted in Section 3.5(m). Schedule 3.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Assets purchased hereunder. Such schedule is based upon the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Bank subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1. Notwithstanding Section 4.8, the Assuming Bank specifically purchases all mortgage servicing rights and obligations of the Failed Bank.

 

3.2          Asset Purchase Price .

 

(a)           All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Bank shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

11



 

specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2, except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank prior to April 24, 2009 shall be purchased at a price of zero.

 

(b)        The purchase price for securities (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Bank shall be the market value thereof as of Bank Closing, which market value shall be (i) the market price for each such security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on Bank Closing as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii)  provided, that if such market price is not available for any such security, the Assuming Bank will submit a bid for each such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Bank and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole discretion will accept or reject each such bid; and (iii)  further provided in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Bank, each such security shall not pass to the Assuming Bank and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder.

 

(c)           Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c). Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank.

 

3.3          Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc . THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING BANK UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR RECEIVER’S BILL OF SALE, “AS IS”, “WHERE IS”, WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, ENFORCEABILITY, COLLECTIBILITY, DOCUMENTATION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS.

 

3.4          Puts of Assets to the Receiver .

 

(a)           Puts Prior to the Settlement Date .

 

(i) During the period from Bank Closing to and including the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date, the Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Asset which the Assuming Bank can establish is evidenced by forged or stolen instruments as of Bank Closing; provided , that , the Assuming Bank shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any such Asset with respect to which the Assuming Bank has taken any action referred to in Section 3 .4(a)(ii) with respect to such Asset.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

12



 

(ii) At the end of the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and at that time only, in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Bank pursuant to 3.1 which both was made after April 24. 2009 and was not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.

 

The Assuming Bank shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Bank with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

 

(b)           Notices to the Receiver . In the event that the Assuming Bank elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “Put Notice”) which shall include:

 

(i)                                      a list of all Assets that the Assuming Bank requires the Receiver to purchase;

 

(ii)                                   a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and

 

(iii)                                a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.

 

Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and records.

 

(c)           Purchase by Receiver . The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “Put Date”).

 

(d)           Purchase Price and Payment Date . Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank the amount of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Bank or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(d) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

13



 

(e)           Servicing . The Assuming Bank shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.

 

(f)            Reversals . In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Bank shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.

 

3.5          Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Bank . The Assuming Bank does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:

 

(a)           any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, or extended coverage insurance policy or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;

 

(b)           any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to Bank Closing arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided , that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before Bank Closing, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of Bank Closing;

 

(c)           prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;

 

(d)           legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;

 

(e)           amounts reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;

 

(f)            leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided , that the Assuming Bank does obtain an option under Section 4.6, Section 4.7 or Section 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

14



 

(g)           owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;

 

(h)           any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Section 304.4, and other intangibles;

 

(i)            any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;

 

(j)            reserved;

 

(k)           assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;

 

(l)            all private label asset-backed securities, including, but not limited to, those listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(l); and,

 

(m)          from the Failed Bank Security Bank of Bibb County, its subsidiary Security Real Estate Services, Inc.

 

3.6          Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .

 

(a)           The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Bank, or the Assuming Bank agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Bank, to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver all of the Assuming Bank’s right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:

 

(i)                                      made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;

 

(ii)                                   the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;

 

(iii)                                made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;

 

(iv)                               secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

15



 

(v)                                  related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Bank under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Bank under Article II.

 

(b)           Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Bank agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Bank shall transfer all such Asset or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Bank with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

 

ARTICLE IV
ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS

 

The Assuming Bank agrees with the Receiver and the Corporation as follows:

 

4.1          Continuation of Banking Business . For the period commencing the first banking Business Day after Bank Closing and ending no earlier than the first anniversary of Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Bank may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Bank has received all necessary regulatory approvals. At the option of the Assuming Bank, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver.

 

4.2          Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business . The Assuming Bank agrees to honor and perform, from and after Bank Closing, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all outstanding extensions of credit with respect thereto.

 

4.3          Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business . The Assuming Bank assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after Bank Closing, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefore paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided, that the Assuming Bank may

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

16



 

 

relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Bank located in the trade area of the Failed Bank. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safe deposit business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Bank.

 

4.4          Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business . The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of Bank Closing. The Assuming Bank assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after Bank Closing, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Bank shall be entitled to all rights and benefits heretofore accrued or hereafter accruing with respect thereto. The Assuming Bank shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Bank in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. At the option of the Assuming Bank, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safekeeping business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Bank.

 

4.5          Agreement with Respect to Trust Business .

 

(a)           The Assuming Bank shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Bank had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing; provided, that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.

 

(b)           The Assuming Bank shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.

 

(c)           In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Bank agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Bank in accomplishing such transfer.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

17



 

(d)           The Assuming Bank shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing.

 

4.6          Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises .

 

(a)            Option to Purchase . Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Bank shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of Bank Closing and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date.

 

(b)            Option to Lease . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Bank any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Bank from Bank Closing to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided , that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. If an assignment cannot be made of any such leases, the Receiver may, in its discretion, enter into subleases with the Assuming Bank containing the same terms and conditions provided under such existing leases for such leased Bank Premises or other property. The Assuming Bank shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Bank agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6.

 

(c)            Facilitation . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Bank; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Bank or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.

 

(d)            Occupancy . The Assuming Bank shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Bank has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Bank’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.

 

(e)            Occupancy Costs .

 

(i)            The Assuming Bank agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

18



 

accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Bank elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Bank assumes liability) by the Assuming Bank with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.

 

(ii)           The Assuming Bank agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Bank purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Bank with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.

 

(f)             Certain Requirements as to Furniture, Equipment and Fixtures . If the Assuming Bank purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Bank does not exercise such option but within twelve (12) months following Bank Closing obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or (b), the Assuming Bank shall (i) effective as of the date of Bank Closing, purchase from the Receiver all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located thereon as of Bank Closing, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided , that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures or repudiated the leases specified in clause (ii) or (iii).

 

(g)            Vacating Premises .

 

(i)            If the Assuming Bank elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Bank’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Bank’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Bank promptly shall relinquish and release to the Receiver such premises and the Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures located thereon in the same condition as at Bank Closing,

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

19



 

normal wear and tear excepted. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Bank shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.

 

(ii)           If the Assuming Bank elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Bank’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than the date which is one hundred eighty (180) days after Bank Closing. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Bank shall relinquish and release to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located thereon in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the one hundred eighty (180)-day period specified above in this paragraph (ii), the Assuming Bank shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.

 

(h)           Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment or any telecommunications, data processing equipment (including hardware and software) and check processing and similar operating equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased Bank Premises that the Assuming Bank elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided , that , the Assuming Bank shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after Bank Closing for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.

 

4.7         Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Processing Equipment

 

(a)           The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to accept an assignment from the Receiver of any or all Data Processing Leases to the extent that such Data Processing Leases can be assigned.

 

(b)           The Assuming Bank shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of any or all Data Processing Leases and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Data

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

20



 

Processing Leases, and (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Data Processing Leases.

 

(c)           The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Data Processing Leases or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Bank; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation or make payments to the Assuming Bank or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation.

 

(d)           The Assuming Bank agrees, during its period of use of any property subject to a Data Processing Lease, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of the applicable Data Processing Leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments.

 

(e)           The Assuming Bank shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver all property subject to the relevant Data Processing Lease, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease thereof or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7.

 

4.8          Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements .

 

(a)           Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of Bank Closing which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within thirty (90) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Bank agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after Bank Closing and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Bank has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided , that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Assuming Bank all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Bank assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Bank elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Bank agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.

 

(b)           The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Bank’s election to

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

21



 

assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5, and (iii) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Bank does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).

 

4.9          Informational Tax Reporting . The Assuming Bank agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to Bank Closing, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Bank, as may be required by the Receiver.

 

4.10        Insurance . The Assuming Bank agrees to obtain insurance coverage effective from and after Bank Closing, including public liability, fire and extended coverage insurance acceptable to the Receiver with respect to owned or leased Bank Premises that it occupies, and all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and leased data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located thereon, in the event such insurance coverage is not already in force and effect with respect to the Assuming Bank as the insured as of Bank Closing. All such insurance shall, where appropriate (as determined by the Receiver), name the Receiver as an additional insured.

 

4.11        Office Space for Receiver and Corporation . For the period commencing on the day following Bank Closing and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day thereafter, the Assuming Bank agrees to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive) and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Bank for their use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank. In the event the Receiver and the Corporation determine that the space provided is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Bank. Additionally, the Assuming Bank agrees to pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and Corporation as the Receiver or Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of Bank Closing and ending on Settlement Date. Assuming Bank shall submit it requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

22



 

4.12        Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank .

 

(a)           The Assuming Bank agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to Bank Closing, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“Eligible Individuals”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank as defined in Section 607 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (respectively, “qualified beneficiaries” and “ERISA”). The Assuming Bank shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in Section 603 of ERISA) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Bank in order to permit it to prepare such notice and shall provide to the Assuming Bank such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.

 

(b)           The Assuming Bank shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Bank (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Bank under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming Bank and such employees’ qualified beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Bank.

 

(c)           This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Bank any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section.

 

4.13        Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing . At any time after Bank Closing, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Bank, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to Bank Closing. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank agrees to service, administer, and

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

23



 

collect such pool assets in accordance with and for the term set forth in Exhibit 4.13 “Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement”.

 

4.14         Reserved.

 

4.15        Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing . The Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require reimbursement from the Receiver for loss sharing on certain loans in accordance with the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and the Non-SF Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B, collectively, the “Shared-Loss Agreements.” The Loans that shall be subject to the Shared-Loss Agreements are identified on the Schedule of Loans 4.15A and 4.15B attached hereto.

 

ARTICLE V
DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK

 

5.1          Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders . Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Bank agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts and withdrawal orders of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Bank, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement.

 

5.2          Certain Agreements Related to Deposits . Subject to Section 2.2, the Assuming Bank agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.3          Notice to Depositors .

 

(a)           Within seven (7) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank shall give (i) notice to depositors of the Failed Bank of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) any notice required under Section 2.2, by mailing to each such depositor a notice with respect to such assumption and by advertising in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located. The Assuming Bank agrees that it will obtain prior approval of all such notices and advertisements from counsel for the Receiver and that such notices and advertisements shall not be mailed or published until such approval is received.

 

(b)           The Assuming Bank shall give notice by mail to depositors of the Failed Bank concerning the procedures to claim their deposits, which notice shall be provided to the Assuming Bank by the Receiver or the Corporation. Such notice shall be included with the notice to depositors to be mailed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 5.3(a).

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

24



 

(c)           If the Assuming Bank proposes to charge fees different from those charged by the Failed Bank before it establishes new deposit account relationships with the depositors of the Failed Bank, the Assuming Bank shall give notice by mail of such changed fees to such depositors.

 

ARTICLE VI
RECORDS

 

6.1          Transfer of Records .

 

(a)           In accordance with Section 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Bank the following Records pertaining to the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement, except as provided in Section 6.4:

 

(i)                                      signature cards, orders, contracts between the Failed Bank and its depositors and Records of similar character;

 

(ii)                                   passbooks of depositors held by the Failed Bank, deposit slips, cancelled checks and withdrawal orders representing charges to accounts of depositors;

 

and the following Records pertaining to the Assets:

 

(iii)                                records of deposit balances carried with other banks, bankers or trust companies;

 

(iv)                               Loan and collateral records and Credit Files and other documents;

 

(v)                                  deeds, mortgages, abstracts, surveys, and other instruments or records of title pertaining to real estate or real estate mortgages;

 

(vi)                               signature cards, agreements and records pertaining to Safe Deposit Boxes, if any; and

 

(vii)                            records pertaining to the credit card business, trust business or safekeeping business of the Failed Bank, if any.

 

(b)           The Receiver, at its option, may assign and transfer to the Assuming Bank by a single blanket assignment or otherwise, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, any other Records not assigned and transferred to the Assuming Bank as provided in this Agreement, including but not limited to loan disbursement checks, general ledger tickets, official bank checks, proof transactions (including proof tapes) and paid out loan files.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

25



 

6.2          Delivery of Assigned Records . The Receiver shall deliver to the Assuming Bank all Records described in (i) Section 6.1(a) as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement, and (ii) Section 6.1(b) as soon as practicable after making any assignment described therein.

 

6.3          Preservation of Records . The Assuming Bank agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank, all Records of which it has custody for such period as either the Receiver or the Corporation in its discretion may require, until directed otherwise, in writing, by the Receiver or Corporation. The Assuming Bank shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries with respect to the Records of which it has custody.

 

6.4          Access to Records; Copies . The Assuming Bank agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Bank has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record in the form of microfilm or microfiche pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided , that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such microfilm or microfiche Records, the Assuming Bank hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.

 

ARTICLE VII
FIRST LOSS TRANCHE

 

The Assuming Bank has submitted to the Receiver of Security Bank of Bibb County an asset premium (discount) bid of $(130,500,000.00) and a Deposit premium bid of zero%. The Assuming Bank has submitted to the Receiver of Security Bank of Gwinnett County an asset premium (discount) bid of $(70,000,000.00) and a Deposit premium bid of zero%. The Assuming Bank has submitted to the Receiver of Security Bank of Houston County an asset premium (discount) bid of $(28,000,000.00) and a Deposit premium bid of zero%. The Assuming Bank has submitted to the Receiver of Security Bank of Jones County an asset premium (discount) bid of $(36,000,000.00) and a Deposit premium bid of zero%. The Assuming Bank has submitted to the Receiver of Security Bank of North Fulton an asset premium (discount) bid of $(17,000,000.00) and a Deposit premium bid of zero%. The Assuming Bank has submitted to the Receiver of Security Bank of North Metro an asset premium (discount) bid of $(35,000,000.00) and a Deposit premium bid of zero%.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

26



 

The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS, and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits. The First Loss Tranche shall be determined by adding (i) the asset premium (discount) bid, (ii) the Deposit premium bid, and (iii) the Equity Adjustment. If the First Loss Tranche is a positive number, then this is the Losses on Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and Net Charge-offs on Shared Loss Assets that the Assuming Bank will incur before loss-sharing commences under Exhibits 4.15A and 4.15B. If the First Loss Tranche is a negative number, the Corporation shall pay such amount by wire transfer to the Assuming Bank by the end of the first business day following Bank Closing and loss sharing shall commence immediately.

 

ARTICLE VIII
ADJUSTMENTS

 

8.1          Pro Forma Statement . The Receiver, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Bank a pro forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such pro forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (i) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which at Bank Closing were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (ii) accruals as of Bank Closing for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Bank hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in the normal course of its operations, and (iii) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of Bank Closing as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Any Loan purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank charged off during the period from April 24, 2009 to Bank Closing shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the pro forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.

 

8.2          Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities .

 

(a)           In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any pro forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Accounting Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

27



 

(b)           If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of Bank Closing, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Bank in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the pro forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.

 

8.3          Payments . The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Bank, or the Assuming Bank agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Bank agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Bank as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.

 

8.4          Interest . Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5, shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following Bank Closing to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.

 

8.5          Subsequent Adjustments . In the event that the Assuming Bank or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.

 

ARTICLE IX
CONTINUING COOPERATION

 

9.1          General Matters . The parties hereto agree that they will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.

 

9.2          Additional Title Documents . The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank each agree, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, to execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Bank shall prepare such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

28



 

9.3          Claims and Suits .

 

(a)           The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Bank with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Bank in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Bank with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before Bank Closing. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Bank with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(b)           In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as coplaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.

 

9.4          Payment of Deposits . In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Bank to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Bank agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Bank at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Bank shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.

 

9.5          Withheld Payments . At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Bank to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Bank agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off, or otherwise. The Assuming Bank agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Bank shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Bank shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

29



 

Section, the Assuming Bank shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Bank shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Bank in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section.

 

9.6          Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .

 

(a)           In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement, the Assuming Bank shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.

 

(b)           In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Bank shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Subsidiaries acquired by the Assuming Bank, and (ii) its books and records, the books and records of such Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Bank as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.

 

(c)           Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank relating to the transferred Loan.

 

9.7          Information . The Assuming Bank promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Bank to assist in preparation of the pro forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.

 

ARTICLE X
CONDITION PRECEDENT

 

The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before Bank Closing evidence reasonably satisfactory to each

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

30



 

of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Bank, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Bank, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

ARTICLE XI
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING BANK

 

The Assuming Bank represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:

 

(a)            Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Bank (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (ii) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Bank has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)           Third Party Consents . No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Bank of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.

 

(c)           Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Bank and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Bank, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(d)           Compliance with Law .

 

(i)            Neither the Assuming Bank nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Bank or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Bank or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Bank or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Bank or the ability of the Assuming Bank to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.

 

(ii)           Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Bank of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Bank of, or be in conflict

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

31



 

with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.

 

e)             Representations Remain True . The Assuming Bank represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.

 

ARTICLE XII
INDEMNIFICATION

 

12.1        Indemnification of Indemnitees . From and after Bank Closing and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to paragraph (d) of Section 12.2, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank for which indemnification is provided hereunder in (a) of this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in (b) of this Section 12.1:

 

(a)

 

(1)           claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (x) the Failed Bank, or (y) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;

 

(2)           claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to Bank Closing;

 

(3)           claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;

 

(4)           claims based on any action or inaction prior to Bank Closing of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

32



 

(5)           claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;

 

(6)           claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Bank to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Bank is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Bank elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Bank nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;

 

(7)           claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(7) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and

 

(8)           claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;

 

(b)           provided , that , with respect to this Agreement, except for paragraphs (7) and (8) of Section 12.1(a), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:

 

(1)           judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “counterclaim”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to Bank Closing, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (i) the Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (ii) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Bank in the cause of action from which the counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such counterclaim;

 

(2)           claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

33



 

(3)           claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;

 

(4)           claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to Bank Closing;

 

(5)           claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;

 

(6)           claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;

 

(7)           claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;

 

(8)           claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (i) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;

 

(9)           claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Bank not entered into this Agreement;

 

(10)         claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;

 

(11)         except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided , that the Receiver, in its discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;

 

(12)         claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Bank of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

34



 

(13)         claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and

 

(14)         claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Bank, other than pursuant to this Agreement.

 

12.2        Conditions Precedent to Indemnification . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:

 

(a)           give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.7 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided , that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;

 

(b)           provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;

 

(c)           cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;

 

(d)           in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which the Person claiming indemnification is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;

 

(e)           not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;

 

(f)            not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents in writing thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

35



 

(g)           take reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the indemnified Person against any Primary Indemnitor.

 

12.3        No Additional Warranty . Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (i) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectibility, genuineness, enforceability or condition of any (x) Asset, or (y) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Bank subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.

 

12.4         Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation . From and after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:

 

(a)           claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a); and

 

(b)           claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Bank with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a).

 

12.5        Obligations Supplemental . The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.

 

12.6        Criminal Claims . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (i) the Person is successful on the

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

36



 

merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.

 

12.7        Limited Guaranty of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Bank as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.

 

12.8        Subrogation . Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.

 

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

13.1        Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.

 

13.2        Headings . The headings and subheadings of the Table of Contents, Articles and Sections contained in this Agreement, except the terms identified for definition in Article I and elsewhere in this Agreement, are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

13.3        Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

13.4        GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

37



 

13.5        Successors . All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank and for the benefit of no other Person.

 

13.6        Modification; Assignment . No amendment or other modification, rescission, release, or assignment of any part of this Agreement shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

 

13.7        Notice . Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval or other communication to any party hereto shall be effective when received and shall be given in writing , and delivered in person against receipt therefore, or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, courier service, telex, facsimile transmission or email to such party (with copies as indicated below) at its address set forth below or at such other address as it shall hereafter furnish in writing to the other parties. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given on the date received by the addressee.

 

Assuming Bank

 

State Bank and Trust Company

3399 Peachtree Road N.E.

Suite 2040

Atlanta, GA 30326

 

Attention: Dan Speight

 

Telephone: 404-328-8633

Facsimile: 404-745-0314

 

Receiver and Corporation

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,

Receiver of [insert name of Failed Bank]

1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700

Dallas, Texas 75201

 

Attention: Settlement Manager

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

38



 

with copy to: Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch)

 

and with respect to notice under Article XII:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Receiver of [insert name Failed Bank]

1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch)

 

13.8        Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided , that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.

 

13.9        Costs, Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each party hereto agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses which it has incurred in connection with or incidental to the matters contained in this Agreement, including without limitation any fees and disbursements to its accountants and counsel; provided , that the Assuming Bank shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith.

 

13.10      Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided , that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided , that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Bank to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation, or the Assuming Bank under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.

 

13.11      Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.

 

13.12      Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the sixth (6th) anniversary of Bank Closing; provided , that the provisions of Section 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement. Provided, however, the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement; in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7 shall be in effect for the remainder of the term. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (i) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable,

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

39



 

 

and (ii) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.

 

13.13      Survival of Covenants, Etc . The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

40



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER OF:SECURITY BANK OF BIBB COUNTY, MACON, GA.; SECURITY BANK OF GWINNETT COUNTY, SUWANNEE, GA.; SECURITY BANK OF HOUSTON COUNTY, PERRY, GA.; SECURITY BANK OF JONES COUNTY, GRAY, GA.; SECURITY BANK OF NORTH FULTON, ALPHARETTA, GA.; SECURITY BANK OF NORTH METRO, WOODSTOCK, GA.

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Steven A. Carr

 

 

NAME: Steven A. Carr

 

 

TITLE: Attorney-In-Fact

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Steven A. Carr

 

 

NAME: Steven A. Carr

 

 

TITLE: Attorney-In-Fact

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ J. Daniel Speight

 

 

NAME:

J. Daniel Speight

 

 

TITLE:

Vice Chairman / CFO

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kim M. Childers

 

 

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

41



 

 

SCHEDULE 2.1 - Certain Liabilities Assumed by the Assuming Bank
(SEPARATE SCHEDULE TO BE SUPPLIED FOR EACH FAILED BANK)

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

42



 

SCHEDULE 2.1(a) — Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts

 

OMITTED FOR EACH FAILED BANK

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

43



 

SCHEDULE 3.1 - Certain Assets Purchased
(SEPARATE SCHEDULE TO BE SUPPLIED FOR EACH FAILED BANK)

 

SEE ATTACHED LIST

 

THE LIST(S) ATTACHED TO THIS SCHEDULE (OR SUBSCHEDULE(S)) AND THE INFORMATION THEREIN, IS AS OF THE DATE OF THE MOST RECENT PERTINENT DATA MADE AVAILABLE TO THE ASSUMING BANK AS PART OF THE INFORMATION PACKAGE. IT WILL BE ADJUSTED TO REFLECT THE COMPOSITION AND BOOK VALUE OF THE LOANS AND ASSETS AS OF THE DATE OF BANK CLOSING. THE LIST(S) MAY NOT INCLUDE ALL LOANS AND ASSETS (E.G., CHARGED OFF LOANS). THE LIST(S) MAY BE REPLACED WITH A MORE ACCURATE LIST POST CLOSING.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

44



 

SCHEDULE 3.2 - Purchase Price of Assets or assets

 

 

(a)

 

cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

securities (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries), plus interest thereon:

 

As provided in Section 3.2(b)

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

Loans:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

 

credit card business, if any, including all outstanding extensions of credit and offensive litigation, but excluding any class action lawsuits related to the credit card business:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

 

Safe Deposit Boxes and related business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

 

Records and other documents:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

 

capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

 

amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiary:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

 

assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

 

Overdrafts of customers:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(l)

 

rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts.

 

As provided in Section 3.2(c)

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

45



 

(m)

 

rights of the Failed Bank to provide mortgage servicing for others and to have mortgage servicing provided to the Failed Bank by others and related contracts.

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

assets subject to an option to purchase:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Bank Premises:

 

Fair Market Value

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Furniture and Equipment:

 

Fair Market Value

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

Fixtures:

 

Fair Market Value

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

Other Equipment:

 

Fair Market Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

46



 

SCHEDULE 3.5(l) — Excluded Private Label Asset-Backed Securities
(SEPARATE SCHEDULE TO BE SUPPLIED FOR EACH FAILED BANK)

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

47



 

SCHEDULE 4.15A

 

LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

(SEPARATE SCHEDULE TO BE SUPPLIED FOR EACH FAILED BANK)

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

48



 

SCHEDULE 4.15B

 

LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
NON-SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

(SEPARATE SCHEDULE TO BE SUPPLIED FOR EACH FAILED BANK)

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

49



 

SCHEDULE 7 -Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium

 

OMITTED FOR EACH FAILED BANK

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

50



 

EXHIBIT 3.2(c) — VALUATION OF CERTAIN
QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS

 

A.                                    Scope

 

Interest Rate Contracts - All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.

 

Option Contracts - All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.

 

Foreign Exchange Contracts - All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.

 

B.                                      Exclusions

 

All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Bank but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.

 

C.                                      Adjustment

 

The difference between the Book Value and market value as of Bank Closing.

 

D.                                     Methodology

 

1.                                        The price at which the Assuming Bank sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Bank and the Receiver.

 

2.                                        In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:

 

(i)                                      All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.

 

(ii)                                   All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.

 

(iii)                                Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

51



 

(iv)                               For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal , Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.

 

(v)                                  For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Bank as of Bank Closing. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Bank will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.]

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

52



 

EXHIBIT 4.13
INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT

 

(a)                                   With respect to each asset (or liability) designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Arrangement (such being designated as “Pool Assets”), during the term of this Arrangement, the Assuming Bank shall:

 

(i)                                      Promptly apply payments received with respect to any Pool Assets;

 

(ii)                                   Reverse and return insufficient funds checks;

 

(iii)                                Pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; and (B) tax and insurance bills on Pool Assets as they come due, out of escrow funds maintained for purposes;

 

(iv)                               Maintain accurate records reflecting (A) the payment history of Pool Assets, with updated information received concerning changes in the address or identity of the obligors and (B) usage of data processing equipment and employee services with respect to servicing duties;

 

(v)                                  Send billing statements to obligors on Pool Assets to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank;

 

(vi)                               Send notices to obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank);

 

(vii)                            Send to the Receiver, Attn: Managing Liquidator, at the address provided in Section 13.7 of the Agreement, via overnight delivery : (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports for the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and the trial balances, transaction journals and loan histories for Pool Assets having activity, together with copies of (1) checks received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks for payment to participants or for taxes and insurance, (4) pay-off requests, (5) notices to defaulted obligors, and (6) data processing and employee logs and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be periodically or from time to time requested;

 

(viii)                         Remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver, Attn: Division of Finance, Cashier Unit, Operations, at the address in (vii), via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, all payments received on Pool Assets managed by the Assuming Bank or at such time and place and in such manner as may be directed by the Receiver;

 

(ix)                                 prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if required by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and pay taxes due on or before the due date, relating to the Pool Assets; and

 

(x)                                    provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions as may be required with regard to Pool Assets, including, without limitation, as may be required with

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

53



 

regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, all as may be required by the Receiver.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Assuming Bank shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Bank shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address provided above in subparagraph (a)(vii), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.

 

(b)                                  The Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Bank for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, and data processing and employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).

 

(c)                                   The Assuming Bank shall provide the services described herein for an initial period of ninety (90) days after Bank Closing. At the option of the Receiver, exercisable by notice given not later than ten (10) days prior to the end of such initial period or a renewal period, the Assuming Bank shall continue to provide such services for such renewal period(s) as designated by the Receiver, up to the Settlement Date.

 

(d)                                  At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon written notice to the Assuming Bank, remove one or more Pool Assets from the Pool, at which time the Assuming Bank’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.

 

(e)                                   At the expiration of this Agreement or upon the termination of the Assuming Bank’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Bank shall:

 

(i)                                      deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and Pool Records relating to the Pool Assets; and

 

(ii)                                   cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver (or its designee).

 

(f) At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver or its designee(s) (x) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems, and (y) access to employees of the Assuming Bank involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

54



 

EXHIBIT 4.15A

 

SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

This agreement for the reimbursement of loss sharing on certain single family residential mortgage loans (the “Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Bank purchases Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15A and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Single Family Shared- Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, unless the context indicates that it is intended to be a reference to a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

 

ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS

 

The capitalized terms used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Accounting Records ” means the subsidiary system of record on which the loan history and balance of each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan is maintained; individual loan files containing either an original or copies of documents that are customary and reasonable with respect to loan servicing, including management and disposition of Other Real Estate; the records documenting alternatives considered with respect to loans in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable; records of loss calculations and supporting documentation with respect to line items on the loss calculations; and, monthly delinquency reports and other performance reports customarily utilized by the Assuming Bank in management of loan portfolios.

 

Accrued Interest ” means, with respect to Single Family Shared-Loss Loans, the amount of earned and unpaid interest at the note rate specified in the applicable loan documents, limited to 90 days.

 

Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided, that , for purposes of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.

 

Commencement Date ” means the first calendar day following the Bank Closing.

 

Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement ” means the Commercial and Other Assets Shared-Loss Agreement attached to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement as Exhibit

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

55



 

4.15B.

 

Cumulative Loss Amount ” means the sum of the Monthly Loss Amounts less the sum of all Recovery Amounts.

 

Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount ” means the excess, if any, of the Cumulative Loss Amount over the First Loss Tranche.

 

Customary Servicing Procedures ” means procedures (including collection procedures) that the Assuming Bank (or, to the extent a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer) customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own accounts and the servicing procedures established by FNMA or FHLMC (as in effect from time to time), which are in accordance with accepted mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions.

 

Deficient Valuation means the determination by a court in a bankruptcy proceeding that the value of the collateral is less than the amount of the loan in which case the loss will be the difference between the then unpaid principal balance (or the NPV of a modified loan that defaults) and the value of the collateral so established.

 

Examination Criteria means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.

 

Home Equity Loans ” means loans or funded portions of lines of credit secured by mortgages on one-to four-family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations, where the Failed Bank did not have a first lien on the same property as collateral.

 

Final Shared-Loss Month ” means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.

 

Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month ” means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.

 

Foreclosure Loss ” means the loss realized when the Assuming Bank has completed the foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan and realized final recovery on the collateral through liquidation and recovery of all insurance proceeds. Each Foreclosure Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibit 2a or Exhibit 2a(1).

 

Investor-Owned Residential Loans ” means Loans, excluding advances made pursuant to Home Equity Loans, that are secured by mortgages on one- to four family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations that are not owner-occupied. These loans can be treated as Restructured Loans on a commercially reasonable basis and can be a restructured under terms separate from the Exhibit 5 standards. Please refer to Exhibit 2b for guidance in Calculation of Loss for Restructured Loans.

 

Loss ” means a Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss, Portfolio

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

56



 

Loss, Modification Default Loss or Deficient Valuation.

 

Loss Amount ” means the dollar amount of loss incurred and reported on the Monthly Certificate for a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan.

 

Modification Default Loss ” means the loss calculated in Exhibits 2a(1) and 2c(1) for single family loans modified under this part of the agreement that default and result in a foreclosure or short sale.

 

Modification Guidelines has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Monthly Certificate ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Monthly Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Foreclosure Losses, Restructuring Losses, Short Sale Losses, Portfolio Losses, Modification Default Losses and losses in connection with Deficient Valuations realized by the Assuming Bank for any Shared Loss Month.

 

Monthly Shared-Loss Amount ” means the change in the Cumulative Shared- Loss Amount from the beginning of each month to the end of each month.

 

Neutral Member ” has the meaning provided in Section 2. 1(f)(ii) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Portfolio Loss ” means the loss realized on either (i) a portfolio sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with the terms of Article IV or (ii) the sale of a loan with the consent of the Receiver as provided in Section 2.7.

 

Recovery Amount ” means, with respect to any period prior to the Termination Date, the amount of collected funds received by the Assuming Bank that (i) are applicable against a Foreclosure Loss which has previously been paid to the Assuming Bank by the Receiver or (ii) gains realized from a Section 4.1 sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which the Assuming Bank has previously received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver (iii) or any incentive payments from national programs paid to an investor or borrower on loans that have been modified or otherwise treated (short sale or foreclosure) in accordance with Exhibit 5.

 

Restructuring Loss ” means the loss on a modified or restructured loan measured by the difference between (a) the principal, Accrued Interest, tax and insurance advances, third party or other fees due on a loan prior to the modification or restructuring, and (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the modified or restructured loan, discounted at the Then-Current Interest Rate. Each Restructuring Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology attached as Exhibit 2b, as applicable.

 

Restructured Loan ” means a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which the Assuming Bank has received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver. This applies to

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

57



 

owner occupied and investor owned residences.

 

Servicing Officer ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Shared Loss Payment Trigger ” means when the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Shared-Loss Amount under the Commercial and Other Assets Shared-Loss Agreement, exceeds the First Loss Tranche. If the First Loss Tranche is zero or a negative number, the Shared Loss Payment Trigger shall be deemed to have been reached upon Bank Closing.

 

Shared-Loss Month ” means each calendar month between the Commencement Date and the last day of the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, provided that, the first Shared-Loss Month shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of that month.

 

Short-Sale Loss ” means the loss resulting from the Assuming Bank’s agreement with the mortgagor to accept a payoff in an amount less than the balance due on the loan (including the costs of any cash incentives to borrower to agree to such sale or to maintain the property pending such sale), further provided, that each Short-Sale Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibit 2c or Exhibit 2c(1).

 

Single Family Shared-Loss Loans ” means the single family one-to-four residential mortgage loans (whether owned by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary) identified on Schedule 4.15A of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

 

Stated Threshold ” means total losses under the shared loss agreements for: Security Bank of Bibb County in the amount of $33,500,000.00; Security Bank of Gwinnett County in the amount of $31,800,000.00; Security Bank of Houston County in the amount of $13,200,000.00; Security Bank of Jones County in the amount of $18,200,000.00; Security Bank of North Fulton in the amount of $6,700,000.00; and, Security Bank of North Metro in the amount of $9,300,000.00.

 

Termination Date ” means the last day of the Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month.

 

Then-Current Interest Rate ” means the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate for 30-year fixed-rate loans.

 

Third Party Servicer ” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank to service the Shared-Loss Loans on behalf of the Assuming Bank, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

58



 

ARTICLE II — SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT

 

2.1          Shared-Loss Arrangement .

 

(a)                                   Loss Mitigation and Consideration of Alternatives . For each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Bank shall undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts, in accordance with any of the following programs selected by Assuming Bank in its sole discretion, Exhibit 5 (FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program), the United States Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program Guidelines or any other modification program approved by the United States Treasury Department, the Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental agency (it being understood that the Assuming Bank can select different programs for the various Single Family Shared-Loss Loans) (such program chosen, the “Modification Guidelines”). After selecting the applicable Modification Guideline for any such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, the Assuming Bank shall document its consideration of foreclosure, loan restructuring under such Modification Guideline chosen, and short-sale (if short-sale is a viable option) alternatives and shall select the alternative the Assuming Bank believes, based on its estimated calculations, will result in the least Loss. Losses on Home Equity Loans shall be shared under the charge-off policies of the Assuming Bank’s Examination Criteria as if they were Single Family Shared-Loss Loans with respect to the calculation of the Stated Threshold. Assuming Bank shall retain its calculations of the estimated loss under each alternative, such calculations to be provided to the Receiver upon request. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Assuming Bank is not required to modify or restructure any Single Family Shared-Loss Loan on more than one occasion and (ii) the Assuming Bank is not required to consider any alternatives with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan in the process of foreclosure as of the Bank Closing and shall be entitled to continue such foreclosure measures and recover the Foreclosure Loss as provided herein, and (iii) the Assuming Bank shall have a transition period of up to 90 days after Bank Closing to implement the Modification Guidelines, during which time, the Assuming Bank may submit claims under such guidelines as may be in place at the Failed Bank.

 

(b)                                   Monthly Certificates .

 

Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each Shared-Loss Month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending in the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by an officer of the Assuming Bank involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans whose name appears on a list of servicing officers furnished by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver, (a “Servicing Officer”) setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably specify (a “Monthly Certificate”):

 

(i)                                      (A)                               a schedule substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 listing:

 

(i) each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which a Loss Amount (calculated in accordance with the applicable Exhibit) is being claimed, the related Loss Amount for each Single Family Shared- Loss Loan, and the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(ii) each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which a Recovery

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

59



 

Amount was received, the Recovery Amount for each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Recovery Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(iii) the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Single Family Shared- Loss Loans minus the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(iv) the Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount as of the beginning and end of the month;

 

(v) the Monthly Shared Loss Amount;

 

(vi) the result obtained in (v) times 80%, or times 95% if the Stated Threshold has been reached, which in either case is the amount to be paid under Section 2.1(d) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement by the Receiver to the Assuming Bank if the amount is a positive number, or by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver if the amount is a negative number;

 

(ii)                                   (B)                                 for each of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which a Loss is claimed for that Shared-Loss Month, a schedule showing the calculation of the Loss Amount using the form and methodology shown in Exhibit 2a, Exhibit 2b, or Exhibit 2c, as applicable.

 

(iii)                                (C)                                 For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Section 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation using the form and methodology shown in Exhibit 2d.

 

(iv)                               (D)                                a portfolio performance and summary schedule substantially in the form shown in Exhibit 3.

 

(c)                                   Monthly Data Download . Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending with the Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month, Assuming Bank shall provide Receiver:

 

(v)                                  (i)                                      the servicing file in machine-readable format including but not limited to the following fields for each outstanding Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, as applicable:

 

(A)                 Loan number

(B)                   FICO score

(C)                   Origination date

(D)                  Original principal amount

(E)                    Maturity date

(F)                    Paid-to date

(G)                   Last payment date

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

60



 

(H)                  Loan status (bankruptcy, in foreclosure, etc.)

(I)                       Delinquency counters

(J)                      Current principal balance

(K)                  Current escrow account balance

(L)                    Current Appraisal/BPO value

(M)               Current Appraisal/BPO date

(N)                  Interest rate

(O)                  Monthly principal and interest payment amount

(P)                    Monthly escrow payment for taxes and insurance

(Q)                  Interest rate type (fixed or adjustable)

(R)                   If adjustable: index, margin, next interest rate reset date

(S)                    Payment/Interest rate cap and/or floor

(T)                   Underwriting type (Full doc, Alt Doc, No Doc)

(U)                  Lien type (1 st , 2 nd )

(V)                   Amortization type (amortizing or I/O)

(W)              Property address, including city, state, zip code

(X)                  A code indicating whether the Mortgaged Property is owner occupied

(Y)                   Property type (single-family detached, condominium, duplex, etc.)

 

(vi)                               (ii)                                   An Excel file for ORE held as a result of foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan listing:

 

(A)                 Foreclosure date

(B)                   Unpaid loan principal balance

(C)                   Appraised value or BPO value, as applicable

(D)                  Projected liquidation date

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Bank shall not be required to provide any of the foregoing information to the extent it is unable to do so as a result of the Failed Bank’s or Receiver’s failure to provide information required to produce the information set forth in this Section 2.1(c); provided, that the Assuming Bank shall, consistent with Customary Servicing Procedures seek to produce any such missing information or improve any inaccurate information previously provided to it.

 

(d)                                  Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .

 

(i)                                     Losses Under the Stated Threshold . After the Shared Loss Payment Trigger is reached, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Monthly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the total Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds eighty percent (80%) of that amount.

 

(ii)                                 Losses in Excess of the Stated Threshold . In the event that the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Stated

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

61



 

Loss Amount under the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement meets or exceeds the Stated Threshold, the loss/recovery sharing percentages set forth herein shall change from 80/20 to 95/5 and thereafter the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds ninety-five percent (95%) of that amount.

 

(e)                                   Limitations on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to Section 2.1(d) with respect to any Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss or Portfolio Loss that the Receiver determines, based upon the criteria set forth in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (including the analysis and documentation requirements of Section 2.1(a)) or Customary Servicing Procedures, should not have been effected by the Assuming Bank; provided, however, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Bank with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to the properly effected Loss, and (2) to the extent not curable, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Losses (or portion of Losses) that were effected which would have been payable as a Loss if the Assuming Bank had properly effected such Loss. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payment with respect to Losses claimed pursuant to Section 2.1(d), the Receiver and Assuming Bank shall, upon final resolution, make the necessary adjustments to the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount for that Monthly Certificate and the payment pursuant to Section 2.1(d) above shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

(f)                                     Payments by Wire-Transfer . All payments under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be made by wire-transfer in accordance with the wire-transfer instructions on Exhibit 4.

 

2.2                                Auditor Report; Right to Audit.

 

(a)                                   Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year during which the Receiver makes any payment to the Assuming Bank under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Bank’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Bank cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

62



 

was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Single-Family Shared-Loss Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363.

 

(b)                                  The Receiver or the FDIC in its corporate capacity (“Corporation”) may perform an audit or audits to determine the Assuming Bank’s compliance with the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice. Assuming Bank shall provide access to pertinent records and proximate working space in Assuming Bank’s facilities. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the reasonable discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Bank’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit or audits, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

 

2.3                                Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Monthly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if in its good faith and reasonable judgment there is a reasonable basis under the requirements of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Bank demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver, in its reasonable judgment, that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days.

 

2.4                                Books and Records . The Assuming Bank shall at all times during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records sufficient to ensure and document compliance with the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including but not limited to (a) documentation of alternatives considered with respect to defaulted loans or loans for which default is reasonably foreseeable, (b) documentation showing the calculation of loss for claims submitted to the Receiver, (c) retention of documents that support each line item on the loss claim forms, and (d) documentation with respect to the Recovery Amount on loans for which the Receiver has made a loss-share payment

 

2.5                                Information . The Assuming Bank shall promptly provide to the Receiver such other information, including but not limited to, financial statements, computations, and bank policies and procedures, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Receiver may reasonably request from time to time.

 

2.6                                Tax Ruling . The Assuming Bank shall not at any time, without the Receiver’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

63



 

Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

2.7                                Sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . The Receiver shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan upon payment of a Foreclosure Loss amount or a Short Sale Loss amount with respect to such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan or upon the sale of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan by Assuming Bank to a person or entity that is not an Affiliate; provided, however, that if the Receiver consents to the sale of any such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, any loss on such sale shall be a Portfolio Loss. The Assuming Bank shall provide the Receiver with timely notice of any such sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a sale of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, for purposes of this Section 2.7, shall not be deemed to have occurred as the result of (i) any change in the ownership or control of Assuming Bank or the transfer of any or all of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan(s) to any Affiliate of Assuming Bank, (ii) a merger by Assuming Bank with or into any other entity, (iii) a sale by Assuming Bank of all or substantially all of its assets.

 

ARTICLE III - RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS LOANS

 

3.1                                Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Bank shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Bank transfers any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans to) manage, administer, and collect the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans while owned by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III. The Assuming Bank shall be responsible to the Receiver in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver to monitor the Assuming Bank’s performance of its duties hereunder.

 

3.2                                Duties of the Assuming Bank . (a) In performance of its duties under this Article III, the Assuming Bank shall:

 

(i) manage and administer each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in accordance with Assuming Bank’s usual and prudent business and banking practices and Customary Servicing Procedures;

 

(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering and collecting amounts owed on the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to maximize Recoveries with respect to Losses on Single Family Shared-Loss Loans without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(iv) retain sufficient staff (in Assuming Bank’s discretion) to perform its duties hereunder; and

 

(v) other than as provided in Section 2.1(a), comply with the terms of the Modification Guidelines for any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans meeting the requirements set forth

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

64



 

therein. For the avoidance of doubt, the Assuming Bank may propose exceptions to Exhibit 5 (the FDIC Loan Modification Program) for a group of Loans with similar characteristics, with the objectives of (1) minimizing the loss to the Assuming Bank and the FDIC and (2) maximizing the opportunity for qualified homeowners to remain in their homes with affordable mortgage payments.

 

(b)                                  Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Single Family Shared-Loss Loan including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans will be provided to FDIC for informational purposes and if such transaction is not entered into on an arm’s length basis on commercially reasonable terms such transaction shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver.

 

3.3                                Shared-Loss Asset Records and Reports . The Assuming Bank shall establish and maintain such records as may be appropriate to account for the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably require, and to enable the Assuming Bank to prepare and deliver to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver may from time to time request regarding the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and the Monthly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

3.4                                Related Loans .

 

(a)                                   Assuming Bank shall use its best efforts to determine which loans are “Related Loans”, as hereinafter defined. The Assuming Bank shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner that would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Bank at any time on or prior to the end of the Final Shared-Loss Month that is made to an Obligor of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan.

 

(b)                                  The Assuming Bank shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Monthly Certificates for the calendar months ending June 30 and December 31, a schedule of all Related Loans on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank as of the end of each such semi-annual period.

 

3.5                                Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article V below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Bank derives as a result of having acquired an asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Bank shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Bank shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.

 

3.6                                Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Bank may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement through or by

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

65



 

one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Bank hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be included in calculating Losses to the extent such expenses would be included in such calculation if the expenses were incurred by Assuming Bank); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Bank shall not release the Assuming Bank of any obligation or liability hereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV — PORTFOLIO SALE

 

4.1                                Assuming Bank Portfolio Sales of Remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . The Assuming Bank shall have the right with the concurrence of the Receiver to liquidate for cash consideration, from time to time in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Bank at any time prior to the Termination Date (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Bank exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors. Sales of Restructured Loans shall be sold in a separate pool from Single Family Shared-Loss Loans not restructured. The Receiver’s review of the Assuming Bank’s proposed Portfolio Sale will be considered in a timely fashion and approval will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

4.2                                Assuming Bank’s Liquidation of Remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . In the event that the Assuming Bank does not conduct a Portfolio Sale pursuant to Section 4.1, the Receiver shall have the right, exercisable in its sole and absolute discretion, to require the Assuming Bank to liquidate for cash consideration, any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Bank at any time after the date that is six months prior to the Termination Date. If the Receiver exercises its option under this Section 4.2, it must give notice in writing to the Assuming Bank, setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Bank shall be required to liquidate the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. The Assuming Bank will comply with the Receiver’s notice and must liquidate the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as soon as reasonably practicable by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors. The selection of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent retained for the liquidation of the remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the prior approval of the Receiver, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

4.3                                Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are not Restructured Loans gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less the unpaid principal balance of the remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. For any Restructured Loan included in the sale gain or loss on sale will be calculated as (a) the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the Restructured Loan that was used in the calculation of the related Restructuring Loss plus (c) Loan principal payments collected by the Assuming Bank from the date the Loan was restructured to the date of sale. (See Exhibit 2d for example calculation).

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

66


 


 

ARTICLE V — LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO RECEIVER AND PURCHASER

 

All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, or overnight courier, receipt requested, addressed to the parties as follows:

 

If to Receiver, to:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver for (Insert Failed Bank name here)

 

Division of Resolutions and Receiverships

 

550 17th Street, N.W.

 

Washington, D.C. 20429

 

Attention: Ralph Malami, Manager, Capital Markets

 

 

with a copy to:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

 

as Receiver for (Insert Failed Bank name here)

 

Room E7056

 

3501 Fairfax Drive, Arlington, VA 2226

 

Attn: Special Issues Unit

 

 

With respect to a notice under Section 3.5 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, copies of such notice shall be sent to:

 

 

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

 

Legal Division 1601 Bryan St.

 

Dallas, Texas 75201

 

Attention: Regional Counsel

 

 

If to Assuming Bank, to:

 

State Bank and Trust Company

 

3399 Peachtree RD, Suite 2040

 

Atlanta, GA 30326

 

 

 

Attn: Dan Speight

 

 

Such Persons and addresses may be changed from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this Article V. Any notice, demand or other communication delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Article IV shall be deemed to have been given on the date actually received.

 

ARTICLE VI — MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1.         Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of a party hereto in connection with this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.

 

6.2          Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance. All terms and provisions of

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

67



 

this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto only; provided, however, that, Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, Assuming Bank may not assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole discretion, and any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Bank with and into another financial institution, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Bank to another financial institution constitutes the transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receive; and for a period of thirty-six (36) months after Bank Closing, a merger or consolidation shall also include the sale by any individual shareholder, or shareholders acting in concert, of more than 9% of the outstanding shares of the Assuming Bank, or of its holding company, or of any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, or the sale of shares by the Assuming Bank or its holding company or any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, in a public or private offering, that increases the number of shares outstanding by more than 9%, constitutes the transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver. However, no Loss shall be recognized as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to any such merger, consolidation or sale consented to by the FDIC. The FDIC’s consent shall not be required if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of Shared-Loss Assets is less than twenty percent (20%) of the initial aggregate balance of Shared-Loss Assets.

 

6.3          Governing Law . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be construed in accordance with federal law, or, if there is no applicable federal law, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any rule of conflict of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

 

6.4          WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

6.5          Captions . All captions and headings contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

6.6          Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, along with the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including the Exhibits and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior representations, warranties, offers, acceptances, agreements and

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

68



 

understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter herein. This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement may be amended or modified or any provision thereof waived only by a written instrument signed by both parties or their respective duly authorized agents.

 

6.7          Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed and enforced as if it had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of such provision and the remaining provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

6.8          No Third Party Beneficiary . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or Claim under or in respect of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

6.9          Counterparts . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement may be executed separately by Receiver and Assuming Bank in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.10        Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

6.11        Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.

 

ARTICLE VII
DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

Section 7.1            Dispute Resolution Procedures.

 

(a)           In the event a dispute arises about the interpretation, application, calculation of Loss, or calculation of payments or otherwise with respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (“SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item”), then the Receiver and the Assuming Bank shall make every attempt in good faith to resolve such items within sixty (60) days following the receipt of a written description of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, with notification of the

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

69



 

possibility of taking the matter to arbitration (the date on which such 60-day period expires, or any extension of such period as the parties hereto may mutually agree to in writing, herein called the “Resolution Deadline Date”). If the Receiver and the Assuming Bank resolve all such items to their mutual satisfaction by the Resolution Deadline Date, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, any payment arising out such resolution shall be made arising from the settlement of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute.

 

(b)           If the Receiver and the Assuming Bank fail to resolve any outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Items by the Resolution Deadline Date, then either party may notify the other of its intent to submit the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII. Failure of either party to notify the other of its intent to submit any unresolved SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration within thirty (30) days following the Resolution Deadline Date (the date on which such thirty (30) day period expires is herein called the “Arbitration Deadline Date”) shall be deemed an acceptance of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute not submitted to arbitration, as well as a waiver of the submitting party’s right to dispute such non-submitted SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item but not a waiver of any similar claim which may arise in the future.

 

(c)           If a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item is submitted to arbitration, it shall be governed by the rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), except as otherwise provided herein. Either party may submit a matter for arbitration by delivering a notice, prior to the Arbitration Deadline Date, to the other party in writing setting forth:

 

(i)            A brief description of each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;

 

(ii)           A statement of the moving party’s position with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;

 

(iii)          The value sought by the moving party, or other relief requested regarding each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration, to the extent reasonably calculable; and

 

(iv)          The name and address of the arbiter selected by the moving party (the “Moving Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA.

 

Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the parties right to arbitrate so long as after notification of such failure the moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable.

 

(d)           The non-moving party shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt of a notice of arbitration pursuant to this Section 6.1, deliver a notice to the moving party setting forth:

 

(i)            The name and address of the arbiter selected by the non-moving party (the “Respondent Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA;

 

(ii)           A statement of the position of the respondent with respect to each Dispute Item; and

 

(iii)          The ultimate resolution sought by the respondent or other relief, if any, the respondent deems is due the moving party with respect to each SF Shared-Loss

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

70



 

Dispute Item.

 

Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the non-moving party’s right to defend such arbitration so long as after notification of such failure the non-moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable

 

(e)           The Moving Arbiter and Respondent Arbiter shall select a third arbiter from a list furnished by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”). In accordance with the rules of the AAA, the three (3) arbiters shall constitute the arbitration panel for resolution of each SF Loss-Share Dispute Item. The concurrence of any two (2) arbiters shall be deemed to be the decision of the arbiters for all purposes hereunder. The arbitration shall proceed on such time schedule and in accordance with the Rules of Commercial Arbitration of the AAA then in effect, as modified by this Section 7.1. The arbitration proceedings shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then they will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, DC, or Arlington, Virginia.

 

(f)            The Receiver and Assuming Bank shall facilitate the resolution of each outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item by making available in a prompt and timely manner to one another and to the arbiters for examination and copying, as appropriate, all documents, books, and records under their respective control and that would be discoverable under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.

 

(g)           The arbiters designated pursuant to subsections (c), (d) and (e) hereof shall select, with respect to each Dispute Item submitted to arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, either (i) the position and relief submitted by the Assuming Bank with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, or (ii) the position and relief submitted by the Receiver with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, in either case as set forth in its respective notice of arbitration. The arbiters shall have no authority to select a value for each Dispute Item other than the determination set forth in Section 7.1(c) and Section 7.1(d). The arbitration shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties.

 

(h)           Any amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to such award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from and including the date specified for the arbiters decisions specified in this Section 7.1, without regard to any extension of the finality of such award, to but not including the date paid. All payments required to be made under this Section 7.1 shall be made by wire transfer.

 

(i)            For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent any notice of a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) is provided prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are the subject of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) until such time as any such dispute is finally resolved.

 

Section 7.2            Fees and Expenses of Arbiters. The aggregate fees and expenses of the arbiters shall be shall be borne equally by the parties. The parties shall the aggregate fees and expenses within thirty (30) days after receipt of the written decision of the arbiters (unless the arbiters agree in writing on some other payment schedule).

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

71



 

Exhibit 1

 

Monthly Certificate

 

SEE FOLLOWING PAGE

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

72



PART 1 - CURRENT MONTH NET LOSS MONTH ENDED: [input report month] Losses Loss Loan No. Loss Type Amount TOTAL XX A Recoveries Recovery Loss Loss Loan No. Amount Amount Month TOTAL XX B Net Losses (Recoveries) XX C = A - B PART 2 - FIRST LOSS TEST Col. D Col. E Col. D - Col. E Cumulative Loss Amount First Loss Tranche Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount Balance, beginning of month XX XX XX F Current month Net Losses (from Part 1) XX Balance, end of month XX XX XX G Shared Loss Amount XX G - F Times Loss Share percentage 80% Amount due from (to) FDIC as Receiver XX Specify loss type as Foreclosure, or Short-Sale. Loss Amount is the amount of Loss incurred and reported on the loan in a Loss Month is the reporting month in which the Loss was reported. If Col. D minus Col. E is less than zero, enter zero. Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Loss Share - P&A Security Banks Version 1.07 Georgia July 20, 2009 73

 


 

Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies the information on this Certificate is true, complete and correct.

 

OFFICER SIGNATURE

 

OFFICER NAME:

TITLE

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

74



 

Exhibit 2a

 

This exhibit contains three versions of the loss share calculation for foreclosure, plus explanatory notes.

 

Exhibit 2a(1)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Foreclosure Occurred Prior to Loss Share Agreement

 

1

Shared-Loss Month

May-09

2

Loan no:

364574

3

REO #

621

 

 

 

4

Foreclosure date

12/18/08

5

Liquidation date

4/12/09

6

Note Interest rate

8.100%

7

Most recent BPO

228,000

8

Most recent BPO date

1/21/09

 

 

 

 

Foreclosure Loss calculation

 

9

Book value at date of Loss Share agreement

244,900

 

 

 

10

Accrued interest, limited to 90 days or days from failure to sale, whichever is less

3,306

11

Costs incurred after Loss Share agreement in place:

 

12

Attorney’s fees

0

13

Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

0

14

Property protection costs, maint. and repairs

6,500

15

Tax and insurance advances

0

 

Other Advances

 

16

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

0

17

Inspections

0

18

Other

0

 

 

 

19

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

254,706

 

 

 

 

Cash Recoveries:

 

20

Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)

219,400

21

Hazard Insurance proceeds

0

22

Mortgage Insurance proceeds

0

23

T & I escrow account balances, if positive

0

24

Other credits, if any (itemize)

0

25

Total Cash Recovery

219,400

 

 

 

26

Loss Amount

35,306

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

75



 

Exhibit 2a(2)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS

No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss Share

 

1

Shared-Loss Month

May-09

2

Loan no:

292334

3

REO #

477

 

 

 

4

Interest paid-to-date

4/30/08

5

Foreclosure date

1/15/09

6

Liquidation date

4/12/09

7

Note Interest rate

8.000%

8

Owner occupied?

Yes

9

If owner-occupied:

 

10

Borrower current gross annual income

42,000

11

Estimated NPV of loan mod

195,000

12

Most recent BPO

235,000

13

Most recent BPO date

1/21/09

 

 

 

 

Foreclosure Loss calculation

 

16

Loan Principal balance after last paid installment

300,000

 

 

 

17

Accrued interest, limited to 90 days

6,000

18

Attorney’s fees

0

 

 

 

19

Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

4,000

20

Property protection costs, maint. and repairs

5,500

21

Tax and insurance advances

1,500

 

Other Advances

 

22

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

0

23

Inspections

50

24

Other

0

 

 

 

25

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

317,050

 

 

 

 

Cash Recoveries:

 

26

Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)

205,000

27

Hazard Insurance proceeds

0

28

Mortgage Insurance proceeds

0

29

T & I escrow account balances, if positive

0

30

Other credits, if any (itemize)

0

31

Total Cash Recovery

205,000

 

 

 

32

Loss Amount

112,050

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

76



 

Exhibit 2a(3)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Foreclosure after a Covered Loan Mod

 

1

Shared-Loss Month

May-09

2

Loan no:

138554

3

REO #

843

 

 

 

4

Loan mod date

1/17/08

5

Interest paid-to-date

4/30/08

6

Foreclosure date

1/15/09

7

Liquidation date

4/12/09

8

Note Interest rate

4.000%

9

Most recent BPO

210,000

10

Most recent BPO date

1/20/09

 

 

 

 

Foreclosure Loss calculation

 

11

NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod

285,000

12

Less: Principal payments between loan mod and deliquency

2,500

13

Plus:

 

14

Attorney’s fees

0

15

Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

4,000

16

Property protection costs, maint. and repairs

7,000

17

Tax and insurance advances

2,000

18

Other Advances

 

19

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

0

20

Inspections

0

21

Other

0

 

 

 

22

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

295,500

 

 

 

 

Cash Recoveries:

 

23

Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)

201,000

24

Hazard Insurance proceeds

0

25

Mortgage Insurance proceeds

0

26

T & I escrow account balances, if positive

0

27

Other credits, if any (itemize)

0

28

Total Cash Recovery

201,000

 

 

 

29

Loss Amount

94,500

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

77



 

Notes to Exhibit 2a (foreclosure)

 

1.                The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.

 

2.                The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for covered losses from foreclosures, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:

 

a.                If foreclosure occurred prior to the beginning of the Loss Share agreement, use Exhibit 2a(1). This version uses the book value of the REO as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

b.               If foreclosure occurred after the Loss Share agreement was in place, and if the loan was not restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, use Exhibit 2a(2). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

c.                If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then foreclosure occurred, use Exhibit 2a(3). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

3.                For Exhibit 2a(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 9 — 18; it is shown in line 19. For Exhibit 2a(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 16 — 24; it is shown in line 25. For Exhibit 2a(3), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 11 minus line 12 plus lines 13 — 21; it is shown in line 22.

 

4.                For Exhibit 2a(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 20 — 24; it is shown in line 25. For Exhibit 2a(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 — 30; it is shown in line 31. For Exhibit 2a(3), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 23 — 27; it is shown in line 28.

 

5.                Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Bank in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.

 

6.                Assuming Bank’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an affiliate (if affiliate is pre-approved by the FDIC) for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account. Allowable costs are limited to amounts per Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae guidelines (as in effect from time to time), where applicable, provided that this limitation shall not apply to costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions.

 

7.                Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

 

8.                If Exhibit 2a(3) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:

 

a.                90 days

 

b.               The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

78



 

c.                The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold

 

To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

79



 

Exhibit 2b

 

This exhibit contains the loss share calculation for restructuring (loan mod), plus explanatory notes.

 

Exhibit 2b

CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS

 

1

Shared-Loss Month

May-09

2

Loan no:

123456

 

 

 

 

Loan before Restructuring

 

3

Original loan amount

500,000

4

Current unpaid principal balance

450,000

5

Remaining term

298

6

Interest rate

7.500%

7

Interest Paid-To-Date

2/29/08

8

Monthly payment - P&I

3,333

9

Monthly payment - T&I

1,000

10

Total monthly payment

4,333

11

Loan type (fixed-rate, ARM, I/O, Option ARM, etc.)

Option ARM

12

Borrower current annual income

82,000

 

 

 

 

Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan

 

13

Closing date on modified/restructured loan

4/19/09

14

New Principal balance

461,438

15

Remaining term

313

16

Interest rate

3.500%

17

Monthly payment - P&I

1,346

18

Monthly payment - T&I

800

19

Total monthly payment

2,146

20

Loan type (fixed-rate, ARM, I/O, Option ARM, etc.)

IO Hybrid

21

Lien type (1st, 2nd)

1st

 

If adjustable:

 

22

Initial interest rate

3.500%

23

Term - initial interest rate

60 Months

24

Initial payment amount

2,146

25

Term-initial payment amount

60 Months

26

Negative amortization?

No

27

Rate reset frequency after first adjustment

6 Months

28

Next reset date

5/1/14

29

Index

LIBOR

30

Margin

2.750%

31

Cap per adjustment

2.000%

32

Lifetime Cap

9.500%

33

Floor

2.750%

34

Front end DTI

31%

35

Back end DTI

45%

 

 

 

 

Restructuring Loss Calculation

 

36

Loan Principal balance before restructuring

450,000

37

Accrued interest, limited to 90 days

8,438

38

Tax and insurance advances

3,000

39

3rd party fees due

40

Total loan balance due before restructuring

461,438

 

 

 

 

Assumptions for NPV Calculation, Restructured Loan:

 

41

Discount rate for projected cash flows

5.530%

42

Loan prepayment in full

120 Months

43

NPV of projected cash flows

403,000

 

 

 

44

Loss Amount

58,438

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

80



 

Notes to Exhibit 2b (restructuring)

 

1.     The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.

 

2.     For purposes of loss sharing, losses on restructured loans are calculated as the difference between:

 

a.                The principal, accrued interest, advances due on the loan, and allowable 3 rd  party fees prior to restructuring (lines 36-39), and

 

b.               The Net Present Value (NPV) of the estimated cash flows (line 43). The cash flows should assume no default or prepayment for 10 years, followed by prepayment in full at the end of 10 years (120 months).

 

3.                For owner-occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.

 

4.                For investor owned or non-owner occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using commercially reasonable rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.

 

5.                If the new loan is an adjustable-rate loan, interest rate resets and related cash flows should be projected based on the index rate in effect at the date of the loan restructuring. If the restructured loan otherwise provides for specific charges in monthly P&I payments over the term of the loan, those changes should be reflected in the projected cash flows. Assuming Bank must retain supporting schedule of projected cash flows as required by Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and provide it to the FDIC if requested for a sample audit.

 

6.                Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

 

7.                The amount of accrued interest that may be added to the balance of the loan is limited to the minimum of:

 

a.                90 days

 

b.               The number of days that the loan is delinquent at the time of restructuring

 

c.                The number of days between the resolution date and the restructuring

 

To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

81



 

Exhibit 2c

 

This exhibit contains two versions of the loss share calculation for short sales, plus explanatory notes.

 

Exhibit 2c(1)

CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS

No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss Share

 

1

Shared-Loss Month:

May-09

2

Loan #

58776

3

RO #

542

 

 

 

4

Interest paid-to-date

7/31/08

5

Short Payoff Date

4/17/09

6

Note Interest rate

7.750%

7

Owner occupied?

Yes

 

If so:

 

8

Borrower current gross annual income

38,500

9

Estimated NPV of loan mod

200,000

10

Most recent BPO

380,000

11

Most recent BPO date

1/31/06

 

 

 

 

Short-Sale Loss calculation

 

12

Loan Principal balance

375,000

 

 

 

13

Accrued interest, limited to 90 days

7,266

14

Attorney’s fees

0

15

Tax and insurance advances

0

16

3rd party fees due

2,800

17

Incentive to borrower

2,000

18

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

387,066

 

 

 

19

Amount accepted in Short-Sale

255,000

20

Hazard Insurance

0

21

Mortgage Insurance

0

 

 

 

22

Total Cash Recovery

255,000

 

 

 

23

Loss Amount

132,066

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

82



 

Exhibit 2c(2)

CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
Short Sale after a Covered Loan Mod

 

1

Shared-Loss Month:

May-09

2

Loan #

20076

3

REO #

345

 

 

 

4

Loan mod date

5/12/08

5

Interest paid-to-date

9/30/08

6

Short Payoff Date

4/2/09

7

Note Interest rate

7.500%

8

Most recent BPO

230,000

9

Most recent BPO date

1/21/09

 

 

 

 

Short-Sale Loss calculation

 

11

NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod

311,000

12

Less: Principal payments between loan mod and deliquency Plus:

1,000

13

Attorney’s fees

0

14

Tax and insurance advances

1,500

15

3rd party fees due

2,600

16

Incentive to borrower

3,500

17

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

317,600

 

 

 

18

Amount accepted in Short-Sale

234,000

19

Hazard Insurance

0

20

Mortgage Insurance

0

 

 

 

21

Total Cash Recovery

234,000

 

 

 

22

Loss Amount

83,600

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

83



 

Notes to Exhibit 2c (short sale)

 

1.                The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual short sales.

 

2.                The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are two methods of calculation for covered losses from short sales, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:

 

a.                If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then the short sale occurred, use Exhibit 2c(2). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

b.               Otherwise, use Exhibit 2c(1). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

3.                For Exhibit 2c(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 12 — 17; it is shown in line 18. For Exhibit 2a(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 11 minus line 12 plus lines 13 — 16; it is shown in line 17.

 

4.                For Exhibit 2c(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 19 — 21; it is shown in line 22. For Exhibit 2c(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 18 — 20; it is shown in line 21.

 

5.                Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Bank in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.

 

6.                Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

 

7.                If Exhibit 2c(2) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:

 

d.               90 days

 

e.                The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold

 

f.                  The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold

 

To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

84



 

Exhibit 2d

 

Shared-Loss Month:

 

[input month]

 

Loan no.:

 

[input loan no.)

 

 

NOTE

The calculation of recovery on a loan for which a Restructuring Loss has been paid will only apply if the loan is sold.

 

EXAMPLE CALCULATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring Loss Information

 

 

 

 

 

Loan principal balance before restructuring

 

$

200,000

 

A

 

NPV, restructured loan

 

165,000

 

B

 

Loss on restructured loan

 

$

35,000

 

A — B

 

Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80% or 95%)

 

80

%

 

 

Loss share payment to purchaser

 

$

28,000

 

C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculation — Recovery amount due to Receiver

 

 

 

 

 

Loan sales price

 

$

190,000

 

 

 

NPV of restructured loan at mod date

 

165,000

 

 

 

Gain - step 1

 

25,000

 

D

 

PLUS

 

 

 

 

 

Loan UPB after restructuring

(1)

 

200,000

 

 

 

Loan UPB at liquidation date

 

192,000

 

 

 

Gain - step 2 (principal collections after restructuring)

 

8,000

 

E

 

Recovery amount

 

33,000

 

D+ E

 

Times FDIC loss share %

 

80

%

 

 

Recovery due to FDIC

 

$

26,400

 

F

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss share paid to purchaser (C — F)

 

$

1,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proof Calculation

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

Loan principal balance

 

$

200,000

 

G

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal collections on loan

 

8,000

 

 

 

Sales price for loan

 

190,000

 

 

 

Total collections on loan

 

198,000

 

H

 

Net loss on loan

 

$

2,000

 

G — H

 

Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80% or 95%)

 

80

%

 

 

Loss share payment to purchaser

 

$

1,600

 

 

 

 


(1)

This example assumes that the FDIC loan modification program as shown in Exhibit 5 is applied and the loan restructuring does not result in a reduction in the loan principal balance due from the borrower.

(2)

This proof calculation is provided to illustrate the concept and the Assuming Bank is not required to provide this with its Recovery calculations.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

85



 

Exhibit 3
Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule

 

SHARED-LOSS LOANS

PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE

MONTH ENDED:

 

[input report month]

 

 

POOL SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

#

 

$

 

 

 

Loans at Sale Date

 

xx

 

xx

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans as of this month-end

 

xx

 

xx

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATED THRESHOLD TRACKING

 

#

 

$

 

 

 

Stated Threshold amount

 

****

 

 

 

A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative loss payments, prior month

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss payment for current month

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative loss payment, this month

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative Commercial & Other Loans Net Charge-Offs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B

 

Remaining to Stated Threshold

 

****

 

 

 

A - B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of Total

 

PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE STATUS

 

#

 

$

 

#

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 — 59 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60 — 89 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 — 119 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120 and over days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In foreclosure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ORE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memo Item:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans in process of restructuring — total

 

 

 

 

 

****

 

Loans in bankruptcy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans in process of restructuring by delinquency status

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 - 59 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60 - 89 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 - 119 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120 and over days past due In foreclosure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

86



 

List of Loans Paid Off During Month

 

 

 

Principal

 

Loan #

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

List of Loans Sold During Month

 

 

 

Principal

 

Loan #

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

87



 

Exhibit 4
Wire Transfer Instructions

 

PURCHASER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

 

BANK RECEIVING WIRE

 

 

 

9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER

 

 

 

ACCOUNT NUMBER

 

 

 

NAME OF ACCOUNT

 

 

 

ATTENTION TO WHOM

 

 

 

PURPOSE OF WIRE

 

 

 

FDIC RECEIVER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

 

 

BANK RECEIVING WIRE

 

 

 

SHORT NAME

 

 

 

ADDRESS OF BANK RECEIVING WIRE

 

 

 

9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER

 

 

 

ACCOUNT NUMBER

 

 

 

NAME OF ACCOUNT

 

 

 

ATTENTION TO WHOM

 

 

 

PURPOSE OF WIRE

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

88



 

EXHIBIT 5

 

FDIC MORTGAGE LOAN MODIFICATION PROGRAM

 

Objective

 

The objective of this FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program (“Program”) is to modify the terms of certain residential mortgage loans so as to improve affordability, increase the probability of performance, allow borrowers to remain in their homes and increase the value of the loans to the FDIC and assignees. The Program provides for the modification of Qualifying Loans (as defined below) by reducing the borrower’s monthly housing debt to income ratio (“DTI Ratio”) to no more than 31% at the time of the modification and eliminating adjustable interest rate and negative amortization features.

 

Qualifying Mortgage Loans

 

In order for a mortgage loan to be a Qualifying Loan it must meet all of the following criteria, which must be confirmed by the lender:

 

·                   The collateral securing the mortgage loan is owner-occupied and the owner’s primary residence; and

·                   The mortgagor has a first priority lien on the collateral; and

·                   Either the borrower is at least 60 days delinquent or a default is reasonably foreseeable.

 

Modification Process

 

The lender shall undertake a review of its mortgage loan portfolio to identify Qualifying Loans. For each Qualifying Loan, the lender shall determine the net present value of the modified loan and, if it will exceed the net present value of the foreclosed collateral upon disposition, then the Qualifying Loan shall be modified so as to reduce the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio to no more than 31% at the time of the modification. To achieve this, the lender shall use a combination of interest rate reduction, term extension and principal forbearance, as necessary.

 

The borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio shall be a percentage calculated by dividing the borrower’s monthly income by the borrower’s monthly housing payment (including principal, interest, taxes and insurance). For these purposes, (1) the borrower’s monthly income shall be the amount of the borrower’s (along with any co-borrowers’) documented and verified gross monthly income, and (2) the borrower’s monthly housing payment shall be the amount required to pay monthly principal and interest plus one-twelfth of the then current annual amount required to pay real property taxes and homeowner’s insurance with respect to the collateral.

 

In order to calculate the monthly principal payment, the lender shall capitalize to the outstanding principal balance of the Qualifying Loan the amount of all delinquent interest, delinquent taxes, past due insurance premiums, third party fees and (without duplication) escrow advances (such amount, the “Capitalized Balance”).

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

89



 

In order to achieve the goal of reducing the DTI Ratio to 31%, the lender shall take the following steps in the following order of priority with respect to each Qualifying Loan:

 

1.                Reduce the interest rate to the then current Freddie Mac Survey Rate for 30-year fixed rate mortgage loans, and adjust the term to 30 years.

 

2.                If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, reduce the interest rate further, but no lower than 3%, until the DTI ratio of 31% is achieved.

 

3.                If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31% after adjusting the interest rate to 3%, extend the remaining term of the loan by 10 years.

 

4.                If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, calculate a new monthly payment (the “Adjusted Payment Amount”) that will result in the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio not exceeding 31%. After calculating the Adjusted Payment Amount, the lender shall bifurcate the Capitalized Balance into two portions — the amortizing portion and the non-amortizing portion. The amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the mortgage amount that will fully amortize over a 40-year term at an annual interest rate of 3% and monthly payments equal to the Adjusted Payment Amount. The non- amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the difference between the Capitalized Balance and the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance. If the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance is less than 75% of the current estimated value of the collateral, then the lender may choose not to restructure the loan. If the lender chooses to restructure the loan, then the lender shall forbear on collecting the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, and such amount shall be due and payable only upon the earlier of (i) maturity of the modified loan, (ii) a sale of the property or (iii) a pay-off or refinancing of the loan. No interest shall be charged on the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, but repayment shall be secured by a first lien on the collateral.

 

Special Note:

 

The net present value calculation used to determine whether a loan should be modified based on the modification process above is distinct and different from the net present value calculation used to determine the covered loss if the loan is modified. Please refer only to the net present value calculation described in this exhibit for the modification process, with its separate assumptions, when determining whether to provide a modification to a borrower. Separate assumptions may include, without limitation, Assuming Bank’s determination of a probability of default without modification, a probability of default with modification, home price forecasts, prepayment speeds, and event timing. These assumptions are applied to different projected cash flows over the term of the loan, such as the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting without modification and the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting with modification.

 

By contrast, the net present value for determining the covered loss is based on a 10 year period.  While the assumptions in the net present value calculation used in the modification process may change, the net present value calculation for determining the covered loss remains constant.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

90


 


 

EXHIBIT 4.15B

 

COMMERCIAL AND OTHER ASSETS SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

This agreement for reimbursement of loss sharing expenses on certain loans and other assets (the “Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Bank purchases Shared-Loss Assets as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15B and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless the context indicates that a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended.

 

ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS

 

Capitalized terms used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

AAA means the American Arbitration Association as provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Accrued Interest means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance at any time, the amount of earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared- Loss Loan Commitment Advance, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank (as applicable); provided, that Accrued Interest shall not include any amount that accrues on or with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared- Loss Loan Commitment Advance after that Asset has been placed on non-accrual or nonperforming status by either the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank (as applicable).

 

Additional ORE means Shared-Loss Loans that become Other Real Estate after Bank Closing Date.

 

Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided, that , for purposes of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.

 

Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date means the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

91



 

“Calendar Quarter” means a quarterly period (a) for the first such period, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the last calendar day of either March, June, September or December, whichever is the first to occur after the Commencement Date, and (b) for quarterly periods thereafter, beginning on the first calendar day of the calendar month immediately after the month that ended the prior period and ending on the last calendar day of each successive three-calendar-month period thereafter (i.e., each March, June, September and December, starting in the applicable order depending on the ending date of first such period) of any year.

 

“Capitalized Expenditures” means those expenditures that (i) would be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, and (ii) are incurred with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE. Capitalized Expenditures shall not include expenses related to environmental conditions including, but not limited to, remediation, storage or disposal of any hazardous or toxic substances or any pollutant or contaminant.

 

“Charge-Offs” means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Assets for any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of loans or portions of loans classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria, including (a) charge-offs of (i) the principal amount of such assets net of unearned interest (including write-downs associated with Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE or loan modification(s)) (ii) Accrued Interest, and (iii) Capitalized Expenditures plus (b) Pre-Charge-Off Expenses incurred on the respective Shared-Loss Loans, all as effected by the Assuming Bank during such period and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank; provided, that : (i) the aggregate amount of Accrued Interest (including any reversals thereof) for the period after Bank Closing that shall be included in determining the amount of Charge-Offs for any Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed ninety (90) days’ Accrued Interest; (ii) no Charge-Off shall be taken with respect to any anticipated expenditure by the Assuming Bank until such expenditure is actually incurred; (iii) any financial statement adjustments made in connection with the purchase of any Assets pursuant to this Purchase and Assumption Agreement or any future purchase, merger, consolidation or other acquisition of the Assuming Bank shall not constitute “Charge-Offs”; and (iv) except for Portfolio Sales or any other sales or dispositions consented to by the Receiver, losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Assets to any Person (other than the sale or other disposition of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank which is conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner) shall not constitute Charge-Offs.

 

“Commencement Date” means the first calendar day following Bank Closing.

 

“Consumer Loans” means Loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures (including United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans and extensions of credit pursuant to a credit card plan or debit card plan).

 

“Environmental Assessment” means an assessment of the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant with respect to the

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

92



 

collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged off.

 

“Examination Criteria” means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.

 

“Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs” means, with respect to any Shared- Loss Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.

 

“Fair Value” means the fair value of a Shared Loss MTM Asset as determined in accordance with FAS 157 as in effect on Bank Closing.

 

“FDIC Party” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

“Net Charge-Offs” means, with respect to any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Charge-Offs for such period less the amount of Recoveries for such period.

 

“Neutral Member” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

“New Shared-Loss Loans” means loans that would otherwise be subject to loss sharing under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that were originated after April 24, 2009 and before Bank Closing.

 

“Notice of Dispute” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

“ORE Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Assuming Bank that engages solely in holding, servicing, managing or liquidating interests of a type described in clause (A) of the definition of “Other Real Estate,” which interests have arisen from the collection or settlement of a Shared-Loss Loan.

 

“Other Real Estate” means all of the following (including any of the following fully or partially charged off the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank) that (i) are owned by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and are purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (ii) have arisen subsequent to Bank Closing from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Bank of a Shared-Loss Loan:

 

(A)           all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and

 

(B)            all other assets (whether real or personal property) acquired by foreclosure

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

93



 

or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.

 

“Permitted Advance” means an advance of funds by the Assuming Bank with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, or the making of a legally binding commitment by the Assuming Bank to advance funds with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, that (i) in the case of such an advance, is actually made, and, in the case of such a commitment, is made and all of the proceeds thereof actually advanced, within one (1) year after the Commencement Date, (ii) does not cause the sum of (A) the book value of such Shared-Loss Loan as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank after any such advance has been made by the Assuming Bank plus (B) the unfunded amount of any such commitment made by the Assuming Bank related thereto, to exceed 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, (iii) is not made with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan with respect to which (A) there exists a related Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) the Assuming Bank has taken a Charge-Off and (iv) is made in good faith, is supported at the time it is made by documentation in the Credit Files and conforms to and is in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared- Loss Agreement and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank; provided, that the limitations in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this definition shall not apply to any such action (other than to an advance or commitment related to the remediation, storage or final disposal of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant) that is taken by Assuming Bank in its reasonable discretion to preserve or secure the value of the collateral for such Shared-Loss Loan.

 

“Permitted Amendment” means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan, any amendment, modification, renewal or extension thereof, or any waiver of any term, right, or remedy thereunder, made by the Assuming Bank in good faith and otherwise in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank; provided, that :

 

(i) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is not a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the amount of principal (A) then remaining available to be advanced by the Assuming Bank under the Shared- Loss Loan Commitment or (B) then outstanding under the Shared-Loss Loan;

 

(ii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the maximum amount of principal authorized as of Bank Closing to be outstanding at any one time under the underlying revolving line of credit relationship with the debtor (regardless of the extent to which such revolving line of credit may have been funded as of Bank Closing or may subsequently have been funded and/or repaid); and

 

(iii) no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter unless the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

94



 

Loan as existed on Bank Closing was beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter, in which event no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend such term beyond the term as existed as of Bank Closing.

 

Pre-Charge-Off Expenses” means those expenses incurred in the usual and prudent management of a Shared-Loss Loan that would qualify as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if incurred after a Charge-Off of the related Shared-Loss Asset had occurred.

 

“Quarterly Certificate” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

“Recoveries” (I)(A) In addition to any sums to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (II) below, “Recoveries” means, with respect to any period, the sum of (without duplication):

 

(i) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank on Charge-Offs of Shared-Loss Assets effected by the Assuming Bank prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter; plus

 

(ii) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank on Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs; plus

 

(iii) the amount of gain on any sale or other disposition during such period by the Assuming Bank of Shared Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (provided, that the amount of any such gain included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses); plus

 

(iv) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank of any Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses; plus

 

(v) the amount of any fee or other consideration received by the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period in connection with any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment or other similar action taken by the Assuming Bank with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset with respect to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down or a Shared-Loss Loan as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period (provided, that the amount of any such fee or other consideration included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses).

 

(I)(B) For the purpose of determining the amounts to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (I)(A) above, the Assuming Bank shall apply amounts received on the Assets that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value of principal of a Shared-Loss Loan (or, in the case of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures, that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value thereof) in the following order: first to

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

95



 

Charge-Offs and Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write Downs; then to Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses; then to interest income; and then to other expenses incurred by the Assuming Bank.

 

(II)  If there occurs an amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write Down or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period, and if , as a result of such occurrence, the Assuming Bank recognizes any interest income for financial accounting purposes on that Shared-Loss Loan, then “Recoveries” shall also include the portion of the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Bank which is derived by multiplying:

 

(A) the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Bank during such period with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan as described above, by

 

(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/WriteDowns and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged- off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) immediately above was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

 

provided, however, that the amount of any interest income included as Recoveries for a particular Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed the aggregate amount of (a) Failed Bank ChargeOffs/Write-Downs, (b) Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, plus (c) any Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses paid to the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, all with respect to that particular Shared-Loss Loan; and, provided , further , that any collections on any such Shared-Loss Loan that are not applied to reduce book value of principal or recognized as interest income shall be applied pursuant to subparagraph (I) above.

 

(III) Notwithstanding subparagraphs (I) and (II) above, the term “Recoveries” shall not include: (a) any amounts paid to the Assuming Bank by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, (b) amounts received with respect to Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, (c) after the final Shared- Loss Quarter, income received by the Assuming Bank from the operation of, and any gains recognized by the Assuming Bank on the disposition of, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (such income and gains being hereinafter together referred to as “ORE Income”), except to the extent that aggregate ORE Income exceeds the aggregate expenses paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank after the final Shared-Loss Quarter to manage, operate and maintain Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (such

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

96



 

expenses being hereinafter referred to as “ORE Expenses”). In determining the extent aggregate ORE Income exceeds aggregate ORE Expenses for any Recovery Quarter as set forth immediately above in subparagraph (c), the Assuming Bank will subtract (i) ORE Expenses paid to third parties during such Recovery Quarter (provided, that, in the case of the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Bank will subtract ORE Expenses paid to third parties from the beginning of the final Recovery Quarter up to the date the Assuming Bank is required to deliver the final Quarterly Certificate pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) from (ii) ORE Income received during such Recovery Quarter, to calculate net ORE income (“Net ORE Income”) for that Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is positive, such amount shall be reported as Recoveries on the Quarterly Certificate for such Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is negative (“Net ORE Loss Carryforward”), such amount shall be added to any ORE Expenses paid to third parties in the next succeeding Recovery Quarter, which sum shall then be subtracted from ORE Income for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter, for the purpose of determining the amount of Net ORE Income (or, if applicable, Net ORE Loss Carryforward) for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter. If, as of the end of the final Recovery Quarter, a Net ORE Loss Carryforward exists, then the amount of the Net ORE Loss Carryforward that does not exceed the aggregate amount of Net ORE Income reported as Recoveries on Quarterly Certificates for all Recovery Quarters may be included as a Recovery Expense on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter.

 

“Recovery Amount” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

“Recovery Expenses” means, for any Recovery Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures) paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Bank) by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to recover amounts owed with respect to (i) any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off was effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank), and (ii) Failed Bank ChargeOffs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Bank having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided , that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being prorated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Recovery Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Recovery Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:

 

subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying:

 

(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

97



 

Bank during such Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by

 

(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank ChargeOffs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

 

from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan.

 

“Recovery Quarter” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

“Reimbursable Expenses” means, for any Shared-Loss Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures), paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Bank) by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III of this Commercial Shared- Loss Agreement, to:

 

(i) recover amounts owed with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off has been effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank) and recover amounts owed with respect to Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any such remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Bank having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided, that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being pro-rated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Reimbursable Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Shared-Loss Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:

 

subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying:

 

(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

98



 

(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank ChargeOffs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

 

from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan; and

 

(ii) manage, operate or maintain Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE less the amount of any income received by the Assuming Bank during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to such Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (which resulting amount under this clause (ii) may be negative).

 

“Review Board” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

“Shared-Loss Amount” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

“Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price” means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset, the principal amount thereof plus any other fees or penalties due from an Obligor (including, subject to the limitations discussed below, the amount of any Accrued Interest) stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, as of the date as of which the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price is being determined (regardless, in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan, of the Legal Balance thereof) plus all Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses incurred up to and through the date of consummation of purchase of such Shared-Loss Asset; provided, that (i) in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan there shall be excluded from such amount the amount of any Accrued Interest accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan prior to the ninety (90)-day period ending on the day prior to the purchase date determined pursuant to Sections 2.1 (e)(i) or 2.1 (e)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except to the extent such Accrued Interest was included in the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, and (ii) any collections on a Shared-Loss Loan received by the Assuming Bank after the purchase date applicable to such Shared-Loss Loan shall be applied (without duplication) to reduce the Shared- Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Loan on a dollar-for-dollar basis. For purposes of determining the amount of unpaid interest which accrued during a given period with respect to a variable-rate Shared-Loss Loan, all collections of interest shall be deemed to be applied to unpaid interest in the chronological order in which such interest accrued.

 

“Shared-Loss Assets” means Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate purchased

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

99



 

by the Assuming Bank, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures, but does not include Shared Loss MTM Assets.

 

“Shared-Loss Loan Commitment” means:

 

(i) any Commitment to make a further extension of credit or to make a further advance with respect to an existing Shared-Loss Loan; and

 

(ii) any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Bank has made a Permitted Amendment.

 

“Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance” means an advance pursuant to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment with respect to which the Assuming Bank has not made a Permitted Advance.

 

“Shared-Loss Loans” means:

 

(i)(A) Loans purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement set forth on Exhibit 4.15(b) to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, (B) New Shared-Loss Loans purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, (C) Permitted Advances and (D) Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances, if any; provided, that Shared-Loss Loans shall not include Loans, New Shared-Loss Loans, Permitted Advances and Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances with respect to which an Acquired Subsidiary, or a constituent Subsidiary thereof, is an Obligor; (E) Loans owned by any Subsidiary which are not Shared-Loss Loans under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement; and (F) Consumer Loans; and

 

(ii) any Shared-Loss Loans (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Bank has made a Permitted Amendment.

 

Shared-Loss MTM Assets means those securities and other assets listed on Exhibit 4.15(C).

 

“Shared-Loss Payment Trigger” means when the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the cumulative Net Charge-Offs under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, exceeds the First Loss Tranche. If the First Loss Tranche is zero or a negative number, the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger shall be deemed to have been reached upon Bank Closing.

 

“Shared-Loss Quarter” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

“Stated Threshold” means total losses under the shared loss agreements for: Security Bank of Bibb County in the amount of $184,500,000.00; Security Bank of Gwinnett County in the amount of $88,200,000.00; Security Bank of Houston County in the amount of $42,800,000.00; Security Bank of Jones County in the amount of $54,800,000.00; Security Bank

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

100



 

of North Fulton in the amount of $30,300,000.00; and, Security Bank of North Metro in the amount of $49,700,000.00.

 

“Subsidiary ORE” means all assets owned by ORE Subsidiaries that would constitute Additional ORE if such assets were on the books of the Assuming Bank.

 

“Termination Date” means the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

“Third Party Servicer” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank to service the Shared-Loss Assets on behalf of the Assuming bank, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.

 

ARTICLE II SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT

 

2.1           Shared-Loss Arrangement.

 

(a)            Quarterly Certificates. (i) Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the initial Calendar Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Shared-Loss Quarter”), the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by the Assuming Bank’s chief executive officer and its chief financial officer, setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify (a “Quarterly Certificate”):

 

(A)           the amount of Charge-Offs, the amount of Recoveries and the amount of Net Charge-Offs (which amount may be negative) during such Shared- Loss Quarter with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (and for Recoveries, with respect to the Assets for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing); and

 

(B)            the aggregate amount of Reimbursable Expenses (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter; and

 

(C)            net realized loss on the Shared Loss MTM Assets determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (MTM Net Realized Loss), or net realized gain on the Shared Loss MTM assets, expressed as a negative number (MTM Net Realized Gain); and

 

(D)           any other than temporary impairment of the Shared Loss MTM Assets, determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (“OTTI Loss”) or reversals of OTTI Loss, expressed as a negative number (for the avoidance of doubt, normal and customary unrealized mark-to-market changes by reason of the application of fair value accounting do not qualify for loss sharing

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

101



 

payments).

 

(ii)            Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the first Calendar Quarter following the final Shared-Loss Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Termination Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Recovery Quarter”), the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify

 

(A)           the amount of Recoveries and Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter. On the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Bank may report as a separate item, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify, the aggregate amount of any Reimbursable Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Shared-Loss Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Shared-Loss Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Shared-Loss Quarter and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during the first Recovery Quarter; and

 

(B)            net realized gain on the Shared Loss MTM Assets.

 

(b)            Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets.

 

(i)             For purposes of this Section 2.1(b), the Assuming Bank shall initially record the Shared-Loss Assets on its Accounting Records at Book Value, and initially record the Shared Loss MTM Assets on its Accounting Records at Fair Value, and adjust such amounts as such values may change after the Bank Closing. If the amount of all Net Charge-Offs during any Shared-Loss Quarter plus Reimbursable Expenses, plus MTM Net Realized Gain or MTM Net Realized Loss, plus OTTI Loss during such Shared-Loss Quarter (the “Shared-Loss Amount”) is positive, then, except as provided in Sections 2.1(c) and (e) below, and subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(b)(vi) below, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Shared-Loss Quarter, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter. If the Shared-Loss Amount during any Shared-Loss Quarter is negative, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter, which payment shall be delivered to the Receiver together with the Quarterly Certificate for such Shared-Loss Quarter. When the cumulative Shared-Loss Amounts for all Shared-Loss Quarters plus the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement equals or exceeds the Stated Threshold, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to ninety-five percent ((95%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for each Shared-Loss Quarter, until such time as the cumulative Shared-Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Quarters is less than the Stated Threshold, when the percentage shall revert back to eighty percent (80%).

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

102


 


 

(ii)           If the amount of gross Recoveries during any Recovery Quarter less Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter plus net realized gains or reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared Loss MTM Assets (the “Recovery Amount”) is positive, then, simultaneously with its delivery of the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Recovery Amount for such Recovery Quarter. If the Recovery Amount is negative, then such negative amount shall be subtracted from the amount of gross Recoveries during the next succeeding Recovery Quarter in determining the Recovery Amount in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter; provided, that this Section 2.1(b)(ii) shall operate successively in the event that the Recovery Amount (after giving effect to this Section 2.1(b)(ii)) in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter is negative. The Assuming Bank shall specify, in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter, the aggregate amount for all Recovery Quarters only, as of the end of, and including, the final Recovery Quarter of (A) Recoveries plus net realized gains or reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared Loss MTM Assets (“Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries”), (B) Recovery Expenses (“Aggregate Recovery Expenses”), and (C)  only those Recovery Expenses that have been actually “offset” against Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries (including those so “offset” in that final Recovery Quarter) (“Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses”); as used in this sentence, the term “offset” means the amount that has been applied to reduce gross Recoveries in any Recovery Quarter pursuant to the methodology set forth in this Section 2.1(b)(ii). If, at the end of the final Recovery Quarter the amount of Aggregate Recovery Expenses exceeds the amount of Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries, the Receiver shall have no obligation to pay to the Assuming Bank all or any portion of such excess. Subsequent to the Assuming Bank’s calculation of the Recovery Amount (if any) for the final Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Bank shall also show on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter the results of the following three mathematical calculations: (i) Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; (ii) Aggregate Recovery Expenses minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; and (iii) the lesser of the two amounts calculated in (i) and (ii) immediately above (“Additional Recovery Expenses”) multiplied by 80% (the amount so calculated in (iii) being defined as the “Additional Recovery Expense Amount”). If the Additional Recovery Expense Amount is greater than zero, then the Assuming Bank may request in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter that the Receiver reimburse the Assuming Bank the amount of the Additional Recovery Expense Amount and the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank the Additional Recovery Expense Amount within fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate. On the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Bank may include, in addition to any Recovery Expenses for that Recovery Quarter that were paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank in that Recovery Quarter, those Recovery Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Recovery Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Recovery Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Recovery Quarter, and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) prior to the date the Assuming Bank is required to deliver that final Quarterly Certificate to the Receiver under the terms of Section 2.1(a)(ii).

 

(iii)          With respect to each Shared-Loss Quarter and Recovery Quarter,

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

103



 

collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank on any charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing on an Asset other than a Shared-Loss Asset or Shared-Loss MTM Assets shall be reported as Recoveries under this Section 2.1 only to the extent such collections exceed the Book Value of such Asset, if any. For any Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter in which collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank on such Asset are applied to both Book Value and to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, the amount of expenditures incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank attributable to the collection of any such Asset, that shall be considered a Reimbursable Expense or a Recovery Expense under this Section 2.1 will be limited to a proportion of such expenditures which is equal to the proportion derived by dividing (A) the amount of collections on such Asset applied to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, by (B) the total collections on such Assets.

 

(iv)          If the Assuming Bank has duly specified an amount of Reimbursable Expenses on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter as described above in the last sentence of Section 2.1(a)(ii), then, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) (or, if the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement plus the cumulative Shared-Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Quarters equals or exceeds the Stated Threshold, ninety-five percent (95%)) of the amount of such Reimbursable Expenses.

 

(v)           If the First Loss Tranche as determined under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is a positive number, Receiver has no obligation to make payment for any Shared Loss Quarters until the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger is satisfied.

 

(c)           Limitation on Shared-Loss Payment. The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to this Section 2.1 with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset that the Receiver or the Corporation determines, based upon the Examination Criteria, should not have been effected by the Assuming Bank; provided, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Bank with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to any properly effected Charge-Off and (2) to the extent not curable, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Charge-Offs (or portion of Charge-Offs) that were effected which would have been payable as a Charge-Off if the Assuming Bank had properly effected such Charge-Off. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payments with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 or determines that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

 

(d)           Sale of, or Additional Advances or Amendments with Respect to, Shared-Loss Loans and Administration of Related Loans. No Shared-Loss Loan shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 (i) if the Assuming Bank sells or otherwise transfers such Shared-Loss Loan or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, (ii) after the Assuming Bank makes any additional advance,

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

104



 

commitment or increase in the amount of a commitment with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Advance or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, (iii) after the Assuming Bank makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Amendment, or (iv) after the Assuming Bank has managed, administered or collected any “Related Loan” (as such term is defined in Section 3.4 of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of such Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; provided, that any such Shared-Loss Loan that has been the subject of Charge-Offs prior to the taking of any action described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) or (iv) of this Section 2.1(d) by the Assuming Bank shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 solely for the purpose of treatment of Recoveries on such Charge-Offs until such time as the amount of Recoveries with respect to such Shared-Loss Asset equals such Charge-Offs.

 

(e)           Option to Purchase.

 

(i)            In the event that the Assuming Bank determines that there is a substantial likelihood that continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of $500,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank will result in an expenditure, after Bank Closing, of funds by on behalf of the Assuming Bank to a third party for a specified purpose (the expenditure of which, in its best judgment, will maximize collections), which do not constitute Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, and such expenses will exceed ten percent (10%) of the then book value thereof as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank shall (i) promptly so notify the Receiver and (ii) request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense for purposes of this Section 2.1. (Where the Assuming Bank determines that there is a substantial likelihood that the previously mentioned situation exists with respect to continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of less than $1,000,000 on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank may so notify the Receiver and request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense.) Within thirty (30) days after its receipt of such a notice, the Receiver will advise the Assuming Bank of its consent or denial, that such expenditures shall be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the failure of the Receiver to give its consent with respect to such expenditures, the Assuming Bank shall continue to administer such Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with Section 2.2, except that the Assuming Bank shall not be required to make such expenditures. At any time after its receipt of such a notice and on or prior to the Termination Date the Receiver shall have the right to purchase such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset as provided in Section 2.1(e)(iii), notwithstanding any consent by the Receiver with respect to such expenditure.

 

(ii)           During the period prior to the Termination Date, the Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days after any of the following becomes fully or partially charged-off:

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

105



 

(A) a Shared-Loss Loan having a Legal Balance (or, in the case of more than one (1) Shared-Loss Loan made to the same Obligor, a combined Legal Balance) of $500,000 or more in circumstances in which the legal claim against the relevant Obligor survives; or

 

(B) a Shared-Loss Loan to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(l), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.

 

(iii)          If the Receiver determines in its discretion that the Assuming Bank is not diligently pursuing collection efforts with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset which has been fully or partially charged-off or written-down (including any Shared-Loss Asset which is identified or required to be identified in a notice pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(ii)) or any Asset for which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down, the Receiver may at its option, exercisable at any time on or prior to the Termination Date, require the Assuming Bank to assign, transfer and convey such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset to and for the sole benefit of the Receiver for a price equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.

 

(iv)          Not later than ten (10) days after the date upon which the Assuming Bank receives notice of the Receiver’s intention to purchase or require the assignment of any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(i) or (iii), the Assuming Bank shall transfer to the Receiver such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto and shall take all such other actions as may be necessary and appropriate to adequately effect the transfer of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset from the Assuming Bank to the Receiver. Not later than fifteen (15) days after the date upon which the Receiver receives such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset less the Related Liability Amount.

 

(v)           The Receiver shall assume all Related Liabilities with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset set forth in the notice described in Section 2.1(e)(iv).

 

(f)            Dispute Resolution.

 

(i) (A) Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with Examination Criteria shall be resolved by the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority. (B) With respect to any other dispute arising under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which the parties hereto cannot resolve after having negotiated such matter, in good faith, for a thirty (30) day period, other than a dispute the Corporation is not permitted to submit to arbitration under the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996 (“ADRA”), as amended, such other dispute shall be resolved by determination of a review board (a “Review Board”) established pursuant to Section 2.1(f). Any Review Board under this Section 2.1(f) shall follow the provisions of the Federal Arbitration Act and shall follow the provisions of the ADRA. (C) Any determination by the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority or by a Review Board shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and not subject to further

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

106



 

dispute, and judgment may be entered on said determination in accordance with applicable arbitration law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(ii)           A Review Board shall consist of three (3) members, each of whom shall have such expertise as the Corporation and the Assuming Bank agree is relevant. As appropriate, the Receiver or the Corporation (the “FDIC Party”) will select one member, one member will be selected by the Assuming Bank and the third member (the “Neutral Member”) will be selected by the other two members. The member of the Review Board selected by a party may be removed at any time by such party upon two (2) days’ written notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank after two (2) days’ prior written notice to the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member. In addition, if a Neutral Member fails for any reason to serve or continue to serve on the Review Board, the other remaining members shall so notify the parties to the dispute and the Neutral Member in writing that such Neutral Member will be replaced, and the Neutral Member shall thereafter be replaced by the unanimous action of the other remaining members within twenty (20) business days of that notification.

 

(iii)          No dispute may be submitted to a Review Board by any of the parties to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless such party has provided to the other party a written notice of dispute (“Notice of Dispute”). During the forty-five (45)-day period following the providing of a Notice of Dispute, the parties to the dispute will make every effort in good faith to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement. As part of these good faith efforts, the parties should consider the use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, as judged appropriate by each party in its sole discretion. Such techniques may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, and early neutral evaluation. If the parties have not agreed to a resolution of the dispute by the end of such forty-five (45)-day period, then, subject to the discretion of the Corporation and the written consent of the Assuming Bank as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(i)(B) above, on the first day following the end of such period, the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank shall notify each other of its selection of its member of the Review Board and such members shall be instructed to promptly select the Neutral Member of the Review Board. If the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank are unable to promptly agree upon the initial selection of the Neutral Member, or a timely replacement Neutral Member as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(ii) above, the two appointed members shall apply to the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), and such Neutral Member shall be appointed in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA.

 

(iv)          The resolution of a dispute pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall be governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Section 2.1(f). The Review Board may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior approval of the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank.

 

(v)           Within fifteen (15) days after the last to occur of the final written submissions of both parties, the presentation of witnesses, if any, and oral presentations, if any, the Review Board shall adopt the position of one of the parties and shall present to the parties a written award regarding the dispute. The determination of any two (2) members of a Review

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

107



 

Board will constitute the determination of such Review Board.

 

(vi)          The FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank will each pay the fees and expenses of the member of the Review Board selected by it. The FDIC Party and Assuming Bank will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member. No such fees or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise.

 

(vii)         Each party will bear all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board. No such costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise. The Review Board shall have no authority to award costs or expenses incurred by either party to these proceedings.

 

(viii)        Any dispute resolution proceeding held pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall not be public. In addition, each party and each member of any Review Board shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith, except as the parties agree in writing or such disclosure is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation. Pursuant to ADRA, dispute resolution communications may not be disclosed either by the parties or by any member of the Review board unless:

 

(1)   all parties to the dispute resolution proceeding agree in writing;

(2)   the communication has already been made public;

(3)   the communication is required by statute, rule or regulation to be made public;

 

or

 

(4)   a court determines that such testimony or disclosure is necessary to prevent a manifest injustice, help establish a violation of the law or prevent harm to the public health or safety, or of sufficient magnitude in the particular case to outweigh the integrity of dispute resolution proceedings in general by reducing the confidence of parties in future cases that their communications will remain confidential.

 

(ix)           Any dispute resolution proceeding pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) (whether as a matter of good faith negotiations, by resort to a Review Board, or otherwise) is a compromise negotiation for purposes of the Federal Rules of Evidence and state rules of evidence. The parties agree that all proceedings, including any statement made or document prepared by any party, attorney or other participants are privileged and shall not be disclosed in any subsequent proceeding or document or construed for any purpose as an admission against interest. Any document submitted and any statements made during any dispute resolution proceeding are for settlement purposes only. The parties further agree not to subpoena any of the members of the Review Board or any documents submitted to the Review Board. In no event will the Neutral Member voluntarily testify on behalf of any party.

 

(x)            No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

108



 

other pronouncement of any Review Board shall constitute precedent as regards any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel which may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.

 

(xi)           The parties may extend any period of time in this Section 2.1(f) by mutual agreement. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, no dispute shall be submitted to a Review Board until each member of the Review Board, and any substitute member, if applicable, agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 2.1(f) as applicable to members of a Review Board. Prior to the commencement of the Review Board proceedings, or, in the case of a substitute Neutral Member, prior to the re-commencement of such proceedings subsequent to that substitution, the Neutral Member shall provide a written oath of impartiality.

 

(xii)           For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event any notice of dispute is provided to a party under this Section 2.1(g) prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to any such items set forth in such notice until such time as any such dispute with respect to such item is finally resolved.

 

2.2          Administration of Shared-Loss Assets. The Assuming Bank shall at all times prior to the Termination Date comply with the Rules Regarding the Administration of Shared-Loss Assets as set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

2.3          Auditor Report ; Right to Audit .

 

(a)           Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year from and including the fiscal year during which Bank Closing falls to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date falls, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Bank’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Bank cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 CFR

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

109



 

Section 363.

 

(b)           The Assuming Bank shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with the provisions of this Article II and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with copies of the internal audit reports and access to internal audit workpapers related to such internal audit.

 

(c)           The Receiver or the Corporation may perform an audit to determine the Assuming Bank’s compliance with the provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, at any time by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Bank’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

 

2.4          Withholdings. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Quarterly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if, in its judgment, there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Bank demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days. In the event the Receiver or the Assuming Bank elects to submit the issue of the eligibility of the item for reimbursement or payment for determination under the dispute resolution procedures of Section 2.1(f), then (i) if the dispute is settled by the mutual agreement of the parties in accordance with Section 2.1(f)(iii), the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so agreed) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the dispute is determined by the parties to be resolved by mutual agreement, and (ii) if the dispute is resolved by the determination of a Review Board, the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so determined) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the Receiver is notified of the determination by the Review Board of its obligation to make such payment. Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof from the date the payment was agreed or determined otherwise to be due, at the interest rate per annum determined by the Receiver to be equal to the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each Calendar Quarter during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board’s Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Auction Average - 3-Month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.

 

2.5          Books and Records . The Assuming Bank shall at all times during the term of

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

110



 

this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs. Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, all financial books and records shall be kept in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied for the periods involved and in a manner such that information necessary to determine compliance with any requirement of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement will be readily obtainable, and in a manner such that the purposes of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be effectively accomplished. Without the prior written approval of the Corporation, the Assuming Bank shall not make any change in its accounting principles adversely affecting the value of the Shared-Loss Assets except as required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Bank shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles affecting the Shared-Loss Assets which it believes are required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles.

 

2.6          Information . The Assuming Bank shall promptly provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or otherwise relating to its business and affairs or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time.

 

2.7          Tax Ruling. The Assuming Bank shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III - RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS
ASSETS AND SHARED-LOSS MTM ASSETS

 

3.1          Agreement with Respect to Administration. The Assuming Bank shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Bank transfers any Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss MTM Assets) to, or a Third Party Servicer to, manage, administer, and collect the Shared-Loss Assets and Shared-Loss MTM Assets while owned by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III (“Rules”). The Assuming Bank shall be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Section 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver and the Corporation at all times to monitor the Assuming Bank’s performance of its duties hereunder.

 

3.2          Duties of the Assuming Bank with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets.

 

(a) In performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Bank shall:

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

111



 

(i) manage, administer, collect and effect Charge-Offs and Recoveries with respect to each Shared-Loss Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Bank’s (or, in the case a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank, with respect to the management, administration and collection of and taking of charge-offs and write-downs with respect to loans, other real estate and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared Loss Assets;

 

(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Assets;

 

(iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Assets;

 

(iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;

 

(v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder;

 

(vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, together with a copy of that contract.

 

(b)   Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.

 

(c)   The following categories of expenses shall not be deemed to be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses:

 

(i)    Federal, State, or local income taxes and expenses related thereto;

 

(ii)   salaries or other compensation and related benefits of Assuming Bank employees and the employees of its Affiliates including, without limitation, any bonus, commission or severance arrangements, training, payroll taxes, dues, or travel- or relocation- related expenses,;

 

(iii)  the cost of space occupied by the Assuming Bank, any Affiliate thereof and their staff, the rental of and maintenance of furniture and equipment, and expenses

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

112



 

for data processing including the purchase or enhancement of data processing systems;

 

(iv)  except as otherwise provided herein, fees for accounting and other independent professional consultants (other than consultants retained to assess the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged-off); provided, that for purposes of this Section 3.2(c)(iv), fees of attorneys and appraisers engaged as necessary to assist in collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets shall not be deemed to be fees of other independent consultants;

 

(v)   allocated portions of any other overhead or general and administrative expense other than any fees relating to specific assets, such as appraisal fees or environmental audit fees, for services of a type the Assuming Bank does not normally perform internally;

 

(vi)  any expense not incurred in good faith and with the same degree of care that the Assuming Bank normally would exercise in the collection of troubled assets in which it alone had an interest; and

 

(vii) any expense incurred for a product, service or activity that is of an extravagant nature or design.

 

(d) Subject to Section 3.7, the Assuming Bank shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Bank would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

3.3          Duties of the Assuming Bank with Respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets.

 

(a) In performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Bank shall:

 

(i)    manage, administer, collect and each Shared-Loss MTM Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Bank’s practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank, with respect to the management, administration and collection of similar assets that are not Shared-Loss MTM Assets;

 

(ii)   exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets;

 

(iii)  use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss MTM Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss MTM Assets, provided that, any sale of a Shared-Loss MTM Asset shall only be made with the prior approval of the Receiver or the Corporation;

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

113



 

(iv)  adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;

 

(v)   retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder;

 

(vi)  provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, together with a copy of that contract.

 

(b)         Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Shared-Loss MTM Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.

 

(c)          The Assuming Bank shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Bank would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

3.4          Records and Reports . The Assuming Bank shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate to account for the Shared-Loss Assets and the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may require, to enable the Assuming Bank to prepare and deliver to the Receiver or the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request regarding the Shared-Loss Assets, the Shared-Loss MTM Assets and the Quarterly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

3.5          Related Loans .

 

(a)          The Assuming Bank shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Bank at any time on or prior to the end of the final Recovery Quarter that is: (i) made to the same Obligor with respect to a Loan that is a Shared-Loss Asset or with respect to a Loan from which Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE derived, or (ii) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described in clause (i) under the rules of the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date, as applied to the Assuming Bank.

 

(b)         The Assuming Bank shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Quarterly Certificates for the Calendar Quarters ending June 30 and December 31 for all Shared-Loss Quarters and Recovery Quarters, a schedule of all Related Loans which are commercial loans or commercial real estate loans with Legal Balances of $500,000 or more on the

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

114



 

Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank as of the end of each such semi-annual period, and all other commercial loans or commercial real estate loans attributable to the same Obligor on such loans of $500,000 or more.

 

3.6          Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article IV below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Bank derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Bank shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Bank shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.

 

3.7          Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Bank may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Bank hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, as the case may be, to the same extent such expenses would so qualify if incurred by the Assuming Bank); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Bank shall not release the Assuming Bank of any obligation or liability hereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV — PORTFOLIO SALE

 

4.1          Assuming Bank Portfolio Sales of Remaining Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Bank shall have the right with the concurrence of the Receiver, commencing as of the first day of the third to last Shared-Loss Quarter, to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Shared-Loss Assets held by the Assuming Bank (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Bank exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors.

 

4.2          Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Shared-Loss Assets gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less the book value of the remaining Shared-Loss Assets.

 

ARTICLE V — LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO CORPORATION AND/OR
RECEIVER

 

As a supplement to the notice provisions contained in Section 13.7 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any notice, request, demand, consent, approval, or other communication

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

115



 

(a “Notice”) given to the Corporation and/or the Receiver in the loss-sharing context shall be given as follows:

 

5.1           With respect to a Notice under Section 2 and Sections 3.1-3.5 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Division of Resolutions and Receiverships

550 17th Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20429

 

Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing

 

5.2           With respect to a Notice under Section 3.6 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division

1601 Bryan Street

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Regional Counsel

 

with a copy to:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division

550 17th Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20429

Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)

 

ARTICLE VI — MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1          Expenses. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by a party hereto in connection with this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.

 

6.2          Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance. All terms and provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto only; provided, however, that, Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, Assuming Bank may not assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole discretion, and any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Bank with and into another financial institution, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Bank to another financial institution constitutes the transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receive; and for a period of thirty-six (36) months

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

116



 

after Bank Closing, a merger or consolidation shall also include the sale by any individual shareholder, or shareholders acting in concert, of more than 9% of the outstanding shares of the Assuming Bank, or of its holding company, or of any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, or the sale of shares by the Assuming Bank or its holding company or any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, in a public or private offering, that increases the number of shares outstanding by more than 9%, constitutes the transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver. However, no Loss shall be recognized as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to any such merger, consolidation or sale consented to by the FDIC. The FDIC’s consent shall not be required if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of Shared-Loss Assets is less than twenty percent (20%) of the initial aggregate balance of Shared-Loss Assets.

 

6.3          Governing Law . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be construed in accordance with federal law, or, if there is no applicable federal law, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any rule of conflict of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

 

6.4          WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

6.5          Captions . All captions and headings contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

6.6          Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, along with the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including the Exhibits and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior representations, warranties, offers, acceptances, agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter herein. This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be amended or modified or any provision thereof waived only by a written instrument signed by both parties or their respective duly authorized agents.

 

6.7          Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed and enforced as if it had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of such provision and the remaining provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

117



 

6.8          No Third Party Beneficiary. This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

6.9          Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

6.10        Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

Security Banks

Version 1.07

 

Georgia

July 20, 2009

 

 

 

118


 

EXHIBIT 2.2

 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

WHOLE BANK

 

ALL DEPOSITS

 

AMONG

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF THE BUCKHEAD COMMUNITY BANK,
ATLANTA, GEORGIA

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

 

and

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

DATED AS OF

 

DECEMBER 4, 2009

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

8

 

 

 

2.1

Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Bank

8

2.2

Interest on Deposit Liabilities

10

2.3

Unclaimed Deposits

10

2.4

Employee Plans

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

PURCHASE OF ASSETS

11

 

 

 

3.1

Assets Purchased by Assuming Bank

11

3.2

Asset Purchase Price

11

3.3

Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc.

12

3.4

Puts of Assets to the Receiver

12

3.5

Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Bank

14

3.6

Assets Essential to Receiver

15

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS

16

 

 

 

4.1

Continuation of Banking Business

16

4.2

Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business

17

4.3

Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business

17

4.4

Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business

17

4.5

Agreement with Respect to Trust Business

17

4.6

Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises

18

4.7

Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Processing Equipment

21

4.8

Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements

21

4.9

Informational Tax Reporting

22

4.10

Insurance

22

4.11

Office Space for Receiver and Corporation

23

4.12

Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees

23

4.13

Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing

24

4.14

Reserved

24

4.15

Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing

24

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

ii



 

ARTICLE V

DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK

24

 

 

 

5.1

Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders

24

5.2

Certain Agreements Related to Deposits

25

5.3

Notice to Depositors

25

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

RECORDS

25

 

 

 

6.1

Transfer of Records

25

6.2

Delivery of Assigned Records

26

6.3

Preservation of Records

26

6.4

Access to Records; Copies

26

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

FIRST LOSS TRANCHE

27

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

ADJUSTMENTS

27

 

 

 

8.1

Pro Forma Statement

27

8.2

Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities

28

8.3

Payments

28

8.4

Interest

28

8.5

Subsequent Adjustments

28

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

CONTINUING COOPERATION

29

 

 

 

9.1

General Matters

29

9.2

Additional Title Documents

29

9.3

Claims and Suits

29

9.4

Payment of Deposits

29

9.5

Withheld Payments

30

9.6

Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities

30

9.7

Information

31

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

CONDITION PRECEDENT

31

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING BANK

31

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII

INDEMNIFICATION

32

 

 

 

12.1

Indemnification of Indemnitees

32

12.2

Conditions Precedent to Indemnification

35

12.3

No Additional Warranty

36

12.4

Indemnification of Corporation and Receiver

36

12.5

Obligations Supplemental

36

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

iii



 

12.6

Criminal Claims

37

12.7

Limited Guaranty of the Corporation

37

12.8

Subrogation

37

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

37

 

 

 

13.1

Entire Agreement

37

13.2

Headings

37

13.3

Counterparts

38

13.4

Governing Law

38

13.5

Successors

38

13.6

Modification; Assignment

38

13.7

Notice

38

13.8

Manner of Payment

39

13.9

Costs, Fees and Expenses

39

13.10

Waiver

39

13.11

Severability

40

13.12

Term of Agreement

40

13.13

Survival of Covenants, Etc.

40

 

 

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

Certain Liabilities Assumed

42

2.1(a)

Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts

43

3.1

Certain Assets Purchased

44

3.2

Purchase Price of Assets or Assets

45

3.5(l)

Excluded Securities

47

4.15A

Single Family Loss Share Loans

48

4.15B

Non-Single Family Loss Share Loans

49

7

Calculation of Deposit Premium

50

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

2.3A

Final Notice Letter

52

2.3B

Affidavit of Mailing

54

4.13

Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement

57

4.15A

Single Family Loss Share Agreement

59

4.15B

Commercial Loss Share Agreement

95

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

iv



 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

WHOLE BANK

 

ALL DEPOSITS

 

THIS AGREEMENT , made and entered into as of the 4 th  day of December, 2009, by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER of THE BUCKHEAD COMMUNITY BANK, ATLANTA, GEORGIA (the “Receiver”), STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY , organized under the laws of the State of Georgia and having its principal place of business in MACON, GEORGIA (the “Assuming Bank”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “Corporation”).

 

WITNESSETH :

 

WHEREAS , on Bank Closing, the Chartering Authority closed THE BUCKHEAD COMMUNITY BANK (the “Failed Bank”) pursuant to applicable law and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof; and

 

WHEREAS , the Assuming Bank desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposit and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Bank to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII; and

 

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Bank on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , the Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank.

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

1



 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Article I, or elsewhere in this Agreement. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.

 

Accounting Records means the general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and supporting schedules which support the general ledger balances.

 

Acquired Subsidiaries means Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

Affiliate of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in Section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. Section 1841.

 

Agreement means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Bank, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Assets means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition.

 

Assumed Deposits means Deposits.

 

Bank Closing means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.

 

Bank Premises means the banking houses, drive-in banking facilities, and teller facilities (staffed or automated) together with adjacent parking, storage and service facilities and structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, and land on which the foregoing are located, and unimproved land that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Accounting Record of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing.

 

Bid Valuation Date means September 10, 2009.

 

Book Value means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of Bank Closing after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits, and other similar

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

2



 

adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of a Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Bank shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of Bank Closing, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of Bank Closing, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.

 

Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.

 

Chartering Authority means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(c), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 1821(c)(9).

 

Commitment means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.

 

Credit Documents mean the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Credit File means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral, or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Bank, or any of its

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

3



 

Subsidiaries or Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any thereof.

 

Data Processing Lease means any lease or licensing agreement, binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, the subject of which is data processing equipment or computer hardware or software used in connection with data processing activities. A lease or licensing agreement for computer software used in connection with data processing activities shall constitute a Data Processing Lease regardless of whether such lease or licensing agreement also covers data processing equipment.

 

Deposit means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1813 (l), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided , that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of Bank Closing.

 

Deposit Secured Loan means a loan in which the only collateral securing the loan is Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions

 

Equity Adjustment means the dollar amount resulting by subtracting the Book Value, as of Bank Closing, of all Liabilities Assumed under this Agreement by the Assuming Bank from the purchase price, as determined in accordance with this Agreement, as of Bank Closing, of all Assets acquired under this Agreement by the Assuming Bank, which may be a positive or a negative number.

 

Failed Bank Advances means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance, and (iii) pay credit life insurance, accident and health insurance, and vendor’s single interest insurance.

 

Fair Market Value means (i)(a) “Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:

 

(1) Buyer and seller are typically motivated;

(2) Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;

(3) A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

4



 

(4) Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and

(5) The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;

 

as determined as of Bank Closing by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Bank from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank, and (b) which, with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after Bank Closing by an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank within seven (7) days after Bank Closing; or (ii) with respect to property other than Bank Premises purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price therefore as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Bank, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (i)(a) above.

 

First Loss Tranche ” means the dollar amount of liability that the Assuming Bank will incur prior to the commencement of loss sharing, which is the sum of (i) the Assuming Bank’s asset premium (discount) bid, as reflected on the Assuming Bank’s bid form, plus (ii) the Assuming Bank’s Deposit premium bid, as reflected on the Assuming Bank’s bid form, plus (iii) the Equity Adjustment. The First Loss Tranche may be a positive or negative number.

 

Fixtures ” means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of Bank Closing.

 

Furniture and Equipment means the furniture and equipment, other than motor vehicles, leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery (including personal computers), shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance, security systems and artwork. Motor vehicles shall be considered other assets and pass at Book Value. Furniture and equipment located at a storage facility not adjacent to a Bank Premises are excluded from this definition.

 

Indemnitees means, except as provided in paragraph (11) of Section 12.1, (i) the Assuming Bank, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Bank other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Bank, and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Bank and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

5



 

Legal Balance means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.

 

Liabilities Assumed has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.

 

Lien means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest, or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.

 

Loans means all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing:

 

(i)            loans (including loans which have been charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in whole or in part prior to and including the Bid Valuation Date), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans, and lease financing contracts;

 

(ii)           all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above; and

 

(iii)          all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings, and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.

 

Obligor means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly, or severally.

 

Other Real Estate means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.

 

Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

6



 

Primary Indemnitor means any Person (other than the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.

 

Proforma means producing a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed bank through the date of closing. The Proforma financial statements serve as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Bank and the Receiver.

 

Put Date has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.

 

Put Notice has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.

 

Qualified Financial Contract means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(e)(8)(D).

 

Record means any document, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at Bank Closing.

 

Related Liability with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset, and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.

 

Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Bank, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such assets. Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such assets stated on the Accounting Records of the entity that owns such asset.

 

Repurchase Price means, with respect to any Loan the Book Value, adjusted to reflect changes to Book Value after Bank Closing, plus (i) any advances and interest on such Loan after Bank Closing, minus (ii) the total of amounts received by the Assuming Bank for such Loan, regardless of how applied, after Bank Closing, plus (iii) advances made by Assuming Bank, plus (iv) total disbursements of principal made by Receiver that are not included in the Book Value.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

7



 

Safe Deposit Boxes means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.

 

Settlement Date means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after Bank Closing, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.

 

Settlement Interest Rate means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills in effect as of Bank Closing as published in The Wall Street Journal ; provided , that if no such equivalent coupon issue yield is available as of Bank Closing, the equivalent coupon issue yield for such Treasury Bills most recently published in The Wall Street Journal prior to Bank Closing shall be used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published in The Wall Street Journal .

 

Subsidiary has the meaning set forth in Section 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(w)(4), as amended.

 

ARTICLE II
ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

 

2.1          Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Bank . The Assuming Bank expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay, perform, and discharge all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “Liabilities Assumed”):

 

(a)           Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1 (a); provided , that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Bank agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such Assets as appropriate which, prior to Bank Closing, were pledged as security by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Bank, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;

 

(b)           liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

8



 

(c)           borrowings from Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations, and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, if any;

 

(d)           ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided , that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;

 

(e)           liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including Bank Closing); provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

 

(f)            United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;

 

(g)           liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit (other than “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. Section 337.2 (a)); provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

 

(h)           duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s Records, credit card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business or trust business, if any;

 

(i)            liabilities, if any, for Commitments;

 

(j)            liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired under Section 3.1;

 

(k)           liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts;

 

(l)            duties and obligations under any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others, or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others; and

 

(m)          all asset-related offensive litigation liabilities and all asset-related defensive litigation liabilities, but only to the extent such liabilities relate to assets

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

9



 

subject to a loss share agreement, and provided that all other defensive litigation and any class actions with respect to credit card business are retained by the Receiver.

 

Schedule 2.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Liabilities Assumed and the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed in such categories. Such schedule is based upon the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII.

 

2.2          Interest on Deposit Liabilities . The Assuming Bank agrees that, from and after Bank Closing, it will accrue and pay interest on Deposit liabilities assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate (s) it shall determine; provided , that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Bank to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Bank shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Bank elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided , that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Bank shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.

 

2.3          Unclaimed Deposits . Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Bank will provide the Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Bank to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3A to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account(s) with the Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank will send the “Final Legal Notice” to the depositors within thirty (30) days following notification of the Receiver’s authorization. The Assuming Bank will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3B to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.

 

If, within eighteen (18) months after Bank Closing, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Deposit assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title, and interest of the Assuming Bank in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Bank and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Bank pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18) month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

10



 

2.4          Employee Plans . Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Bank shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401K or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Bank agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III
PURCHASE OF ASSETS

 

3.1          Assets Purchased by Assuming Bank . With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6, the Assuming Bank hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys, and delivers to the Assuming Bank, all right, title, and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships, and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing. Schedule 3.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Assets purchased hereunder. Such schedule is based upon the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Bank subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1. Notwithstanding Section 4.8, the Assuming Bank specifically purchases all mortgage servicing rights and obligations of the Failed Bank.

 

3.2          Asset Purchase Price .

 

(a)           All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Bank shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2, except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank before the Bid Valuation Date shall be purchased at a price of zero.

 

(b)           The purchase price for securities (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary and FRB and FHLB stock) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Bank shall be the market value thereof as of Bank Closing, which market value shall be (i) the market price for each such security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on Bank Closing as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii)  provided , that if such market price is not available for any such security, the Assuming Bank will submit a bid for each such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Bank and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole discretion will accept or reject each such bid; and (iii)  further provided in the absence of an acceptable bid from

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

11



 

the Assuming Bank, each such security shall not pass to the Assuming Bank and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder.

 

(c)           Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c). Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank.

 

3.3          Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc . THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING BANK UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR RECEIVER’S BILL OF SALE, “AS IS”, “WHERE IS”, WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, ENFORCEABILITY, COLLECTIBILITY, DOCUMENTATION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS.

 

3.4          Puts of Assets to the Receiver .

 

(a)           Puts Within 30 Days After Bank Closing . During the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and only during such period (which thirty (30)-day period may be extended in writing in the sole absolute discretion of the Receiver for any Loan), in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Deposit Secured Loan transferred to the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 3.1 which is not fully secured by Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions due to either insufficient Assumed Deposit or deposit collateral or deficient documentation regarding such collateral; provided with regard to any Deposit Secured Loan secured by an Assumed Deposit, no such purchase may be required until any Deposit setoff determination, whether voluntary or involuntary, has been made; and,

 

at the end of the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and at that time only, in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Bank pursuant to 3.1 which both was made after the Bid Valuation Date and was not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Bank shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any Loan if (i) the Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Acquired Subsidiary, or (ii) the Assuming Bank has:

 

(A)                               made any advance in accordance with the terms of a Commitment or otherwise with respect to such Loan;

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

12



 

(B)                                 taken any action that increased the amount of a Related Liability with respect to such Loan over the amount of such liability immediately prior to the time of such action;

 

(C)                                 created or permitted to be created any Lien on such Loan which secures indebtedness for money borrowed or which constitutes a conditional sales agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;

 

(D)                                entered into, agreed to make, grant or permit, or made, granted or permitted any modification or amendment to, any waiver or extension with respect to, or any renewal, refinancing or refunding of, such Loan or related Credit Documents or collateral, including, without limitation, any act or omission which diminished such collateral; or

 

(E)                                  sold, assigned or transferred all or a portion of such Loan to a third party (whether with or without recourse).

 

The Assuming Bank shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Bank with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

 

(b)           Notices to the Receiver . In the event that the Assuming Bank elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “Put Notice”) which shall include:

 

(i)                                      a list of all Assets that the Assuming Bank requires the Receiver to purchase;

 

(ii)                                   a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and

 

(iii)                                a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.

 

Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and records.

 

(c)           Purchase by Receiver . The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “Put Date”).

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

13



 

(d)            Purchase Price and Payment Date . Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank the amount of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Bank or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(d) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.

 

(e)            Servicing . The Assuming Bank shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.

 

(f)             Reversals . In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Bank shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.

 

3.5          Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Bank . The Assuming Bank does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:

 

(a)           any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, extended coverage insurance policy, bank owned life insurance or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;

 

(b)           any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to Bank Closing arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided , that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before Bank Closing, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of Bank Closing;

 

(c)           prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

14



 

(d)           legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;

 

(e)           amounts reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;

 

(f)            leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided , that the Assuming Bank does obtain an option under Section 4.6, Section 4.7 or Section 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;

 

(g)           owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;

 

(h)           any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Section 304.4, and other intangibles;

 

(i)            any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;

 

(j)            reserved;

 

(k)           assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;

 

(l)            the securities listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(l); and

 

(m)          prepaid accounts associated with any contract or agreement that the Assuming Bank either does not directly assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement nor has an option to assume under Section 4.8.

 

3.6          Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .

 

(a)           The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Bank, or the Assuming Bank agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Bank, to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver all of the Assuming Bank’s right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:

 

(i)                                      made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

15



 

(ii)                                   the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;

 

(iii)                                made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;

 

(iv)                               secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or

 

(v)                                  related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Bank under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Bank under Article II.

 

(b)           Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Bank agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Bank shall transfer all such Asset or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Bank with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

 

ARTICLE IV
ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS

 

The Assuming Bank agrees with the Receiver and the Corporation as follows:

 

4.1          Continuation of Banking Business . For the period commencing the first banking Business Day after Bank Closing and ending no earlier than the first anniversary of Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Bank may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Bank has received all necessary regulatory approvals. At the option of the Assuming Bank, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not restrict the Assuming Bank from opening, closing or selling branches upon receipt of the necessary

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

16



 

regulatory approvals, if the Assuming Bank or its successors continue to provide banking services in the trade area. Assuming Bank will pay to the Receiver, upon the sale of a branch or branches within the year following the date of this agreement, fifty percent (50%) of any franchise premium in excess of the franchise premium paid by the Assuming Bank with respect to such branch or branches.

 

4.2          Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business . The Assuming Bank agrees to honor and perform, from and after Bank Closing, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all outstanding extensions of credit with respect thereto.

 

4.3          Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business . The Assuming Bank assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after Bank Closing, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefore paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided , that the Assuming Bank may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Bank located in the trade area of the Failed Bank. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safe deposit business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Bank.

 

4.4          Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business . The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of Bank Closing. The Assuming Bank assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after Bank Closing, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Bank shall be entitled to all rights and benefits heretofore accrued or hereafter accruing with respect thereto. The Assuming Bank shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Bank in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. At the option of the Assuming Bank, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safekeeping business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Bank.

 

4.5          Agreement with Respect to Trust Business .

 

(a)           The Assuming Bank shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations,

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

17



 

guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Bank had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing; provided , that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.

 

(b)           The Assuming Bank shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.

 

(c)           In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Bank agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Bank in accomplishing such transfer.

 

(d)           The Assuming Bank shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing.

 

4.6          Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises .

 

(a)           Option to Purchase . Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Bank shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of Bank Closing and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date. If the Assuming Bank gives notice of its election not to purchase one or more of the owned Bank Premises within seven (7) days of Bank Closing, then, not withstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Bank shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with appraisals for such Bank Premises.

 

(b)           Option to Lease . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Bank any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Bank from Bank Closing to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided , that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. If an assignment cannot be made of any such leases, the Receiver may, in its discretion, enter into subleases with the Assuming Bank containing the same terms and conditions provided under such existing leases for such leased Bank Premises or other property. The Assuming Bank shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

18



 

enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Bank agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6.

 

(c)           Facilitation . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Bank; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Bank or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.

 

(d)           Occupancy . The Assuming Bank shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Bank has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Bank’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.

 

(e)           Occupancy Costs .

 

(i)            The Assuming Bank agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Bank elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Bank assumes liability) by the Assuming Bank with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.

 

(ii)           The Assuming Bank agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Bank purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Bank with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.

 

(f)            Certain Requirements as to Furniture, Equipment and Fixtures . If the Assuming Bank purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

19



 

4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Bank does not exercise such option but within twelve (12) months following Bank Closing obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or (b), the Assuming Bank shall (i) effective as of the date of Bank Closing, purchase from the Receiver all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located thereon as of Bank Closing, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided , that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures or repudiated the leases specified in clause (ii) or (iii).

 

(g)           Vacating Premises .

 

(i)            If the Assuming Bank elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Bank’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Bank’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Bank promptly shall relinquish and release to the Receiver such premises and the Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures located thereon in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Bank shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.

 

(ii)           If the Assuming Bank elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Bank’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than the date which is one hundred eighty (180) days after Bank Closing. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Bank shall relinquish and release to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located thereon in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the one hundred eighty (180)-day period specified above in this paragraph (ii), the Assuming Bank shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

20



 

(h)           Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment or any telecommunications, data processing equipment (including hardware and software) and check processing and similar operating equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased Bank Premises that the Assuming Bank elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided , that , the Assuming Bank shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after Bank Closing for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.

 

4.7          Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Processing Equipment

 

(a)           The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to accept an assignment from the Receiver of any or all Data Processing Leases to the extent that such Data Processing Leases can be assigned.

 

(b)           The Assuming Bank shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of any or all Data Processing Leases and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Data Processing Leases, and (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Data Processing Leases.

 

(c)           The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Data Processing Leases or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Bank; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation or make payments to the Assuming Bank or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation.

 

(d)           The Assuming Bank agrees, during its period of use of any property subject to a Data Processing Lease, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of the applicable Data Processing Leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments.

 

(e)           The Assuming Bank shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver all property subject to the relevant Data Processing Lease, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease thereof or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7.

 

4.8          Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements .

 

(a)           Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of Bank Closing which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within thirty (30) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank shall give the Receiver written notice

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

21



 

specifying whether it elects to assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Bank agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after Bank Closing and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Bank has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided , that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Assuming Bank all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Bank assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Bank elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Bank agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.

 

(b)           The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Bank’s election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5, and (iii) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Bank does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).

 

4.9          Informational Tax Reporting . The Assuming Bank agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to Bank Closing, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Bank, as may be required by the Receiver.

 

4.10        Insurance . The Assuming Bank agrees to obtain insurance coverage effective from and after Bank Closing, including public liability, fire and extended coverage insurance acceptable to the Receiver with respect to owned or leased Bank Premises that it occupies, and all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and leased data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located thereon, in the event such insurance coverage is not already in force and effect with respect to the Assuming Bank as the insured as of Bank Closing. All such insurance shall, where appropriate (as determined by the Receiver), name the Receiver as an additional insured.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

22



 

4.11        Office Space for Receiver and Corporation . For the period commencing on the day following Bank Closing and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day thereafter, the Assuming Bank agrees to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive) and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Bank for their use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank. In the event the Receiver and the Corporation determine that the space provided is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Bank. Additionally, the Assuming Bank agrees to pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and Corporation as the Receiver or Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of Bank Closing and ending on Settlement Date. Assuming Bank shall submit it requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.

 

4.12        Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank .

 

(a)           The Assuming Bank agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to Bank Closing, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“Eligible Individuals”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank as defined in Section 607 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (respectively, “qualified beneficiaries” and “ERISA”). The Assuming Bank shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in Section 603 of ERISA) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Bank in order to permit it to prepare such notice and shall provide to the Assuming Bank such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.

 

(b)           The Assuming Bank shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Bank (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Bank under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

23



 

the Assuming Bank and such employees’ qualified beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Bank.

 

(c)           No later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank shall provide the Receiver with a list of all Failed Bank employees the Assuming Bank will not hire. Unless agreed to otherwise by the Assuming Bank and the Receiver, the Assuming Bank shall be responsible for all costs and expenses (i.e. salary, benefits, etc.) associated with all other employees not on that list from and after the date of delivery of the list to the Receiver. The Assuming Bank shall offer to the Failed Bank employees it retains employment benefits comparable to those the Assuming Bank offers its current employees.

 

(d)           This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Bank any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section.

 

4.13        Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing . At any time after Bank Closing, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Bank, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to Bank Closing. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank agrees to service, administer, and collect such pool assets in accordance with and for the term set forth in Exhibit 4.13 “Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement”.

 

4.14        Reserved.

 

4.15        Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing . The Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require reimbursement from the Receiver for loss sharing on certain loans in accordance with the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and the Non-SF Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B, collectively, the “Shared-Loss Agreements.” The Loans that shall be subject to the Shared-Loss Agreements are identified on the Schedule of Loans 4.15A and 4.15B attached hereto.

 

ARTICLE V
DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK

 

5.1          Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders . Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Bank agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts and withdrawal orders of depositors of the

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

24



 

Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Bank, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement.

 

5.2          Certain Agreements Related to Deposits . Subject to Section 2.2, the Assuming Bank agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.3          Notice to Depositors .

 

(a)           Within seven (7) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank shall give (i) notice to depositors of the Failed Bank of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) any notice required under Section 2.2, by mailing to each such depositor a notice with respect to such assumption and by advertising in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located. The Assuming Bank agrees that it will obtain prior approval of all such notices and advertisements from counsel for the Receiver and that such notices and advertisements shall not be mailed or published until such approval is received.

 

(b)           The Assuming Bank shall give notice by mail to depositors of the Failed Bank concerning the procedures to claim their deposits, which notice shall be provided to the Assuming Bank by the Receiver or the Corporation. Such notice shall be included with the notice to depositors to be mailed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 5.3(a).

 

(c)           If the Assuming Bank proposes to charge fees different from those charged by the Failed Bank before it establishes new deposit account relationships with the depositors of the Failed Bank, the Assuming Bank shall give notice by mail of such changed fees to such depositors.

 

ARTICLE VI
RECORDS

 

6.1          Transfer of Records .

 

(a)           In accordance with Sections 2.1 and 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Bank the following:

 

(i)            all Records pertaining to the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

(A)          signature cards, orders, contracts between the Failed Bank and its

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

25



 

depositors and Records of similar character;

 

(B)           passbooks of depositors held by the Failed Bank, deposit slips, cancelled checks and withdrawal orders representing charges to accounts of depositors; and

 

(ii)           all Records pertaining to the Assets, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

(A)          records of deposit balances carried with other banks, bankers or trust companies;

 

(B)           Loan and collateral records and Credit Files and other documents;

 

(C)           deeds, mortgages, abstracts, surveys, and other instruments or records of title pertaining to real estate or real estate mortgages;

 

(D)          signature cards, agreements and records pertaining to Safe Deposit Boxes, if any; and

 

(E)           records pertaining to the credit card business, trust business or safekeeping business of the Failed Bank, if any.

 

(b)           The Receiver, at its option, may assign and transfer to the Assuming Bank by a single blanket assignment or otherwise, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, any other Records not assigned and transferred to the Assuming Bank as provided in this Agreement, including but not limited to loan disbursement checks, general ledger tickets, official bank checks, proof transactions (including proof tapes) and paid out loan files.

 

6.2          Delivery of Assigned Records . The Receiver shall deliver to the Assuming Bank all Records described in (i) Section 6.1(a) as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement, and (ii) Section 6.1(b) as soon as practicable after making any assignment described therein.

 

6.3          Preservation of Records . The Assuming Bank agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank, all Records of which it has custody for such period as either the Receiver or the Corporation in its discretion may require, until directed otherwise, in writing , by the Receiver or Corporation. The Assuming Bank shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries and customer requests for lien releases with respect to the Records of which it has custody.

 

6.4          Access to Records; Copies . The Assuming Bank agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Bank has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record in the form of microfilm or microfiche pertaining to Deposit account relationships;

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

26



 

provided , that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such microfilm or microfiche Records, the Assuming Bank hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.

 

ARTICLE VII
FIRST LOSS TRANCHE

 

The Assuming Bank has submitted to the Receiver an asset discount bid of ($100,300,000.00) and a positive Deposit premium bid of 0%. The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS, and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits. The First Loss Tranche shall be determined by adding (i) the asset discount bid, (ii) the Deposit premium bid, and (iii) the Equity Adjustment. If the First Loss Tranche is a positive number, then this is the Losses on Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and Net Charge-offs on Shared Loss Assets that the Assuming Bank will incur before loss-sharing commences under Exhibits 4.15A and 4.15B. If the First Loss Tranche is a negative number, the Corporation shall pay such amount by wire transfer to the Assuming Bank by the end of the first business day following Bank Closing, together with interest determined in accordance with Section 8.4, and loss sharing shall commence immediately.

 

ARTICLE VIII
ADJUSTMENTS

 

8.1 Pro Forma Statement . The Receiver, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Bank a pro forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such pro forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (i) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which at Bank Closing were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (ii) accruals as of Bank Closing for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Bank hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in the normal course of its operations, and (iii) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of Bank Closing as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Any Loan purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank charged off during the period beginning the day after the Bid Valuation Date to

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

27



 

the date of Bank Closing shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the pro forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.

 

8.2          Correction of Errors and Omissions ; Other Liabilities .

 

(a)           In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any pro forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Accounting Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

(b)           If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of Bank Closing, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Bank in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the pro forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.

 

8.3          Payments . The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Bank, or the Assuming Bank agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Bank agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Bank as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.

 

8.4          Interest .  Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5, shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following Bank Closing to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.

 

8.5          Subsequent Adjustments . In the event that the Assuming Bank or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

28



 

ARTICLE IX
CONTINUING COOPERATION

 

9.1          General Matters . The parties hereto agree that they will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.

 

9.2          Additional Title Documents . The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank each agree, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, to execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Bank shall prepare such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.

 

9.3          Claims and Suits .

 

(a)           The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Bank with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Bank in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Bank with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before Bank Closing. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Bank with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(b)           In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as coplaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.

 

9.4          Payment of Deposits . In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Bank to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Bank agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Bank at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Bank shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

29



 

9.5          Withheld Payments .  At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Bank to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Bank agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off, or otherwise. The Assuming Bank agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Bank shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Bank shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section, the Assuming Bank shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Bank shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Bank in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section.

 

9.6          Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .

 

(a)           In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement, the Assuming Bank shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.

 

(b)           In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Bank shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Subsidiaries acquired by the Assuming Bank, and (ii) its books and records, the books and records of such Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Bank as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.

 

(c)           Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

30



 

records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank relating to the transferred Loan.

 

9.7          Information . The Assuming Bank promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Bank to assist in preparation of the pro forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.

 

ARTICLE X
CONDITION PRECEDENT

 

The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before Bank Closing evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Bank, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Bank, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

ARTICLE XI
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING BANK

 

The Assuming Bank represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:

 

(a)            Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Bank (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (ii) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Bank has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)            Third Party Consents .  No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Bank of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.

 

(c)            Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Bank and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

31



 

and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Bank, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(d)           Compliance with Law .

 

(i)            Neither the Assuming Bank nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Bank or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Bank or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Bank or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Bank or the ability of the Assuming Bank to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.

 

(ii)           Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Bank of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Bank of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.

 

e)             Representations Remain True . The Assuming Bank represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.

 

ARTICLE XII
INDEMNIFICATION

 

12.1        Indemnification of Indemnitees . From and after Bank Closing and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to paragraph (d) of Section 12.2, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank for which indemnification is provided hereunder in (a) of this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in (b) of this Section 12.1:

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

32



 

(a)

 

(1)   claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (x) the Failed Bank, or (y) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;

 

(2)   claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to Bank Closing;

 

(3)   claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;

 

(4)   claims based on any action or inaction prior to Bank Closing of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;

 

(5)   claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;

 

(6)   claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Bank to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Bank is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Bank elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Bank nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;

 

(7)   claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(7) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and

 

(8)   claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;

 

(b)           provided , that , with respect to this Agreement, except for paragraphs (7) and (8) of Section 12.1(a), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:

 

(1)   judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

33



 

against any Indemnitee (a “counterclaim”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to Bank Closing, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (i) the Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (ii) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Bank in the cause of action from which the counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such counterclaim;

 

(2)   claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;

 

(3)   claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;

 

(4)   claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to Bank Closing;

 

(5)   claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;

 

(6)   claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;

 

(7)   claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;

 

(8)   claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (i) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;

 

(9)   claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Bank not entered into this Agreement;

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

34


 


 

(10) claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;

 

(11) except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided , that the Receiver, in its discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;

 

(12) claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Bank of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;

 

(13) claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and

 

(14) claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Bank, other than pursuant to this Agreement.

 

12.2        Conditions Precedent to Indemnification . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:

 

(a)           give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.7 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided , that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;

 

(b)           provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;

 

(c)           cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;

 

(d)           in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

35



 

expense of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which the Person claiming indemnification is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;

 

(e)           not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;

 

(f)            not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents in writing thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and

 

(g)           take reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the indemnified Person against any Primary Indemnitor.

 

12.3        No Additional Warranty . Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (i) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectibility, genuineness, enforceability or condition of any (x) Asset, or (y) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Bank subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.

 

12.4        Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation . From and after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:

 

(a)           claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a); and

 

(b)           claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Bank with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a).

 

12.5        Obligations Supplemental . The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

36



 

are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.

 

12.6        Criminal Claims . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (i) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.

 

12.7        Limited Guaranty of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Bank as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.

 

12.8        Subrogation . Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.

 

ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

13.1        Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.

 

13.2        Headings . The headings and subheadings of the Table of Contents, Articles and Sections contained in this Agreement, except the terms identified for definition in Article I and

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

37



 

elsewhere in this Agreement, are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

13.3        Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

13.4        GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.

 

13.5        Successors . All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank and for the benefit of no other Person.

 

13.6        Modification; Assignment . No amendment or other modification, rescission, release, or assignment of any part of this Agreement shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

 

13.7        Notice . Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval or other communication to any party hereto shall be effective when received and shall be given in writing , and delivered in person against receipt therefore, or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, courier service, telex, facsimile transmission or email to such party (with copies as indicated below) at its address set forth below or at such other address as it shall hereafter furnish in writing to the other parties. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given on the date received by the addressee.

 

Assuming Bank

 

State Bank and Trust Company

4219 Forsyth Rd.

Macon, Georgia 31210

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

38



 

Attention: J. Daniel Speight

 

with a copy to: Joe Evans

 

Receiver and Corporation

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,

Receiver of The Buckhead Community Bank

1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700

Dallas, Texas 75201

 

Attention: Settlement Manager

 

with copy to: Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch)

 

and with respect to notice under Article XII:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Receiver of The Buckhead Community Bank

1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch)

 

13.8        Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided , that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.

 

13.9        Costs, Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each party hereto agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses which it has incurred in connection with or incidental to the matters contained in this Agreement, including without limitation any fees and disbursements to its accountants and counsel; provided , that the Assuming Bank shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith.

 

13.10      Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided , that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided , that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Bank to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation, or the

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

39



 

Assuming Bank under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.

 

13.11      Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.

 

13.12      Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of Bank Closing; provided , that the provisions of Section 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement. Provided, however, the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement; in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7 shall be in effect for the remainder of the term. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (i) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (ii) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.

 

13.13      Survival of Covenants, Etc . The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

40



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,

 

RECEIVER OF THE BUCKHEAD COMMUNITY

 

BANK

 

ATLANTA, GEORGIA

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Frederick J. Ozyp

 

NAME:

Frederick J. Ozyp

 

 

 

 

 

TITLE: Receiver-in-Charge

 

 

 

 

 

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Frederick J. Ozyp

 

NAME:

Frederick J. Ozyp

 

 

 

TITLE: Receiver-in-Charge

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ J. Daniel Speight

 

NAME:

J. Daniel Speight

 

 

 

 

 

TITLE: Vice Chairman, CFO and COO

 

 

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

41



 

SCHEDULE 2.1 - Certain Liabilities Assumed by the Assuming Bank

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

42



 

SCHEDULE 2.1(a) — Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts

 

The Buckhead Community Bank
Atlanta, Georgia

 

The Buckhead Community Bank has deposits associated with the Depository Organization (DO) Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC. The DO accounts do not pass to the Assuming Bank and are excluded from the transaction as described in section 2.1 of the P&A Agreement. The attached Schedule 2.1. a DO Detail Report identifies the DO accounts as of the date of the deposit download. This schedule will be updated post closing with data as of Bank Closing date.

 

ACCOUNT

 

 

 

NUMBER

 

P & I

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

 

 

$

63,000,122.05

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

43



 

SCHEDULE 3.1 - Certain Assets Purchased

 

SEE ATTACHED LIST

 

THE LIST(S) ATTACHED TO THIS SCHEDULE (OR SUBSCHEDULE(S)) AND THE INFORMATION THEREIN, IS AS OF THE DATE OF THE MOST RECENT PERTINENT DATA MADE AVAILABLE TO THE ASSUMING BANK AS PART OF THE INFORMATION PACKAGE. IT WILL BE ADJUSTED TO REFLECT THE COMPOSITION AND BOOK VALUE OF THE LOANS AND ASSETS AS OF THE DATE OF BANK CLOSING. THE LIST(S) MAY NOT INCLUDE ALL LOANS AND ASSETS (E.G., CHARGED OFF LOANS). THE LIST(S) MAY BE REPLACED WITH A MORE ACCURATE LIST POST CLOSING.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

44



 

SCHEDULE 3.2 - Purchase Price of Assets or assets

 

(a)

 

cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

securities (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries and FRB and FHLB stock), plus interest thereon:

 

As provided in Section 3.2(b)

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

Loans:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

 

credit card business, if any, including all outstanding extensions of credit and offensive litigation, but excluding any class action lawsuits related to the credit card business:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

 

Safe Deposit Boxes and related business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

 

Records and other documents:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

 

Other Real Estate

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

 

boats, motor vehicles, aircraft, trailers, fire arms, repossessed collateral

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

 

capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries and FRB and FHLB stock:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

 

amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiary:

 

Book Value

(l)

 

assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:

 

Book Value

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

45



 

(m)

 

Overdrafts of customers:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(n)

 

rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts.

 

As provided in Section 3.2(c)

 

 

 

 

 

(o)

 

rights of the Failed Bank to provide mortgage servicing for others and to have mortgage servicing provided to the Failed Bank by others and related contracts.

 

Book Value

 

assets subject to an option to purchase:

 

(a)

 

Bank Premises:

 

Fair Market Value

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Furniture and Equipment:

 

Fair Market Value

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

Fixtures:

 

Fair Market Value

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

Other Equipment:

 

Fair Market Value

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

46



 

SCHEDULE 3.5 (l) — Excluded Securities

 

NONE

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

47



 

SCHEDULE 4.15A

 

LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

48



 

SCHEDULE 4.15B

 

LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
NON SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

49



 

SCHEDULE 7 -Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium

 

The Buckhead Community Bank
Atlanta, Georgia

 

The accounts identified below will pass to the Assuming Bank (unless otherwise noted). When calculating the premium to be paid on Assumed Deposits in a P&A transaction, the FDIC will exclude the following categories of deposit accounts:

 

Category

 

Description

 

Amount

 

I

 

Non- DO Brokered Deposits

 

$

34,279,613

 

II

 

CDARS

 

$

19,423,159

 

III

 

Market Place Deposits

 

$

100,501,052

 

 

 

Total deposits excluded from Calculation of premium

 

$

154,203,824

 

 

Category Description

 

I Brokered Deposits

Brokered deposit accounts are accounts for which the “depositor of record” is an agent, nominee, or custodian who deposits funds for a principal or principals to whom “pass-through” deposit insurance coverage may be extended. The FDIC separates brokered deposit accounts into 2 categories: 1) Depository Organization (DO) Brokered Deposits and 2) Non-Depository Organization (Non-DO) Brokered Deposits. This distinction is made by the FDIC to facilitate our role as Receiver and Insurer. These terms will not appear on other “brokered deposit” reports generated by the institution.

 

Non-DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated. Please see the attached “Schedule 7 Non-DO Broker Deposit Detail Report” for a listing of these accounts. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of Bank Closing date.

 

DO Brokered Deposits (Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC), are typically excluded from Assumed Deposits in the P&A transaction. A list of these accounts is provided on “Schedule 2.1 DO Brokered Deposit Detail Report”. If, however, the terms of a particular transaction are altered and the DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, they will not be included in Assumed Deposits for purposes of calculating the deposit premium.

 

II CDARS

CDARS deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated.

 

The Buckhead Community Bank did participate in the CDARS program as of the date of the deposit download. If CDARS deposits are taken between the date of the deposit download and the Bank Closing Date, they will be identified post closing and made part of Schedule 7 to the P&A Agreement.

 

III Market Place Deposits

“Market Place Deposits” is a description given to deposits that may have been solicited via a money desk, internet subscription service (for example, Qwickrate), or similar programs.

 

The Buckhead Community Bank does have Qwickrate deposits as identified above. The Qwickrate deposits are reported as product code 23 on the banks system to identify both brokered and Qwickrate deposits. Please see the attached Schedule 7 — Qwickrate Deposit Detail Report for a listing of these accounts as of the deposit download date. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of Bank Closing date.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

50



 

This schedule provides account categories and balances as of the date of the deposit download, or as indicated. The deposit franchise bid premium will be calculated using account categories and balances as of Bank Closing Date that are reflected in the general ledger or subsystem as described above. The final numbers for Schedule 7 will be provided post closing.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

51



 

EXHIBIT 2.3 A
FINAL NOTICE LETTER

 

FINAL LEGAL NOTICE
Claiming Requirements for Deposits
Under 12 U.S.C. 1822(e)

 

[Date]

 

[Name of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Address of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Anytown, USA]

 

Subject:               [XXXXX — Name of Bank
City, State]
— In Receivership

 

Dear [Sir/Madam]:

 

As you may know, on [Date: Closing Date] , the [Name of Bank (“The Bank”) ] was closed and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) transferred [The Bank’s] accounts to [Name of Acquiring Institution].

 

According to federal law under 12 U.S.C., 1822(e), on [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , [Name of Acquiring Institution] must transfer the funds in your account(s) back to the FDIC if you have not claimed your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. Based on the records recently supplied to us by [Name of Acquiring Institution] , your account(s) currently fall into this category.

 

This letter is your formal Legal Notice that you have until [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , to claim or arrange to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. There are several ways that you can claim your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] . It is only necessary for you to take any one of the following actions in order for your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] to be deemed claimed. In addition, if you have more than one account, your claim to one account will automatically claim all accounts:

 

1.                     Write to [Name of Acquiring Institution] and notify them that you wish to keep your account(s) active with them. Please be sure to include the name of the account(s), the account number(s), the signature of an authorized signer on the account(s), name, and address. [Name of Acquiring Institution] address is:

 

[123 Main Street

 

Anytown, USA]

 

2.                     Execute a new signature card on your account(s), enter into a new deposit agreement with [Name of Acquiring Institution], change the ownership on your account(s), or renegotiate the terms of your certificate of deposit account(s) (if any).

 

3.                     Provide [Name of Acquiring Institution] with a change of address form.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

52



 

4.                     Make a deposit to or withdrawal from your account(s). This includes writing a check on any account or having an automatic direct deposit credited to or an automatic withdrawal debited from an account.

 

If you do not want to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] for any reason, you can withdraw your funds and close your account(s). Withdrawing funds from one or more of your account(s) satisfies the federal law claiming requirement. If you have time deposits, such as certificates of deposit, [Name of Acquiring Institution] can advise you how to withdraw them without being charged an interest penalty for early withdrawal.

 

If you do not claim ownership of your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution by Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] federal law requires [Name of Acquiring Institution] to return your deposits to the FDIC, which will deliver them as unclaimed property to the State indicated in your address in the Failed Institution’s records. If your address is outside of the United States, the FDIC will deliver the deposits to the State in which the Failed Institution had its main office. 12 U.S.C. § 1822(e). If the State accepts custody of your deposits, you will have 10 years from the date of delivery to claim your deposits from the State. After 10 years you will be permanently barred from claiming your deposits. However, if the State refuses to take custody of your deposits, you will be able to claim them from the FDIC until the receivership is terminated. If you have not claimed your insured deposits before the receivership is terminated, and a receivership may be terminated at any time, all of your rights in those deposits will be barred.

 

If you have any questions or concerns about these items, please contact [Bank Employee] at [Name of Acquiring Institution] by phone at [(XXX) XXX-XXXX].

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

[Name of Claims Specialist]

 

[Title]

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

53



 

EXHIBIT 2.3B
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING

 

AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING

 

State of

 

COUNTY OF

 

I am employed as a [Title of Office] by the [Name of Acquiring Institution] .

 

This will attest that on [Date of mailing] , I caused a true and correct copy of the Final Legal Notice, attached hereto, to owners of unclaimed deposits of [Name of Failed Bank] , City, State, to be prepared for deposit in the mail of the United States of America on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. A list of depositors to whom the notice was mailed is attached. This notice was mailed to the depositor’s last address as reflected on the books and records of the [Name of Failed Bank] as of the date of failure.

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Name]

 

[Title of Office]

 

[Name of Acquiring Institution]

 

Subscribed and sworn to before me this             day of [Month, Year].

 

My commission expires:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Name], Notary Public

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

The Buckhead Community Bank

Version 1.12

 

Atlanta, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

54



 

EXHIBIT 3.2(c) — VALUATION OF CERTAIN
QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS

 

A.                                    Scope

 

Interest Rate Contracts - All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.

 

Option Contracts - All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.

 

Foreign Exchange Contracts - All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.

 

B.                                      Exclusions

 

All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Bank but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.

 

C.                                      Adjustment

 

The difference between the Book Value and market value as of Bank Closing.

 

D.                                     Methodology

 

1.                                        The price at which the Assuming Bank sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Bank and the Receiver.

 

2.                                        In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:

 

(i)                                    All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.

 

(ii)                                 All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.

 

(iii)                              Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.

 

55



 

(iv)                               For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal , Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.

 

(v)                                  For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Bank as of Bank Closing. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Bank will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.]

 

56



 

EXHIBIT 4.13
INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT

 

(a)                                   With respect to each asset (or liability) designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Arrangement (such being designated as “Pool Assets”), during the term of this Arrangement, the Assuming Bank shall:

 

(i) Promptly apply payments received with respect to any Pool Assets;

 

(ii) Reverse and return insufficient funds checks;

 

(iii) Pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; and (B) tax and insurance bills on Pool Assets as they come due, out of escrow funds maintained for purposes;

 

(iv) Maintain accurate records reflecting (A) the payment history of Pool Assets, with updated information received concerning changes in the address or identity of the obligors and (B) usage of data processing equipment and employee services with respect to servicing duties;

 

(v) Send billing statements to obligors on Pool Assets to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank;

 

(vi) Send notices to obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank);

 

(vii) Send to the Receiver, Attn: Managing Liquidator, at the address provided in Section 13.7 of the Agreement, via overnight delivery : (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports for the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and the trial balances, transaction journals and loan histories for Pool Assets having activity, together with copies of (1) checks received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks for payment to participants or for taxes and insurance, (4) pay-off requests, (5) notices to defaulted obligors, and (6) data processing and employee logs and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be periodically or from time to time requested;

 

(viii) Remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver, Attn: Division of Finance, Cashier Unit, Operations, at the address in (vii), via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, all payments received on Pool Assets managed by the Assuming Bank or at such time and place and in such manner as may be directed by the Receiver;

 

(ix) prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if required by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and pay taxes due on or before the due date, relating to the Pool Assets; and

 

(x) provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions as may be required with regard to Pool Assets, including, without limitation, as may be required with

 

57



 

regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, all as may be required by the Receiver.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Assuming Bank shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Bank shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address provided above in subparagraph (a)(vii), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.

 

(b)                                  The Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Bank for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, and data processing and employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).

 

(c)                                   The Assuming Bank shall provide the services described herein for an initial period of ninety (90) days after Bank Closing. At the option of the Receiver, exercisable by notice given not later than ten (10) days prior to the end of such initial period or a renewal period, the Assuming Bank shall continue to provide such services for such renewal period (s) as designated by the Receiver, up to the Settlement Date.

 

(d)                                  At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon written notice to the Assuming Bank, remove one or more Pool Assets from the Pool, at which time the Assuming Bank’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.

 

(e)                                   At the expiration of this Agreement or upon the termination of the Assuming Bank’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Bank shall:

 

(i) deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and Pool Records relating to the Pool Assets; and

 

(ii) cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver (or its designee).

 

(f)                                     At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver or its designee(s) (x) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems, and (y) access to employees of the Assuming Bank involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.

 

58



 

EXHIBIT 4.15A

 

SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

This agreement for the reimbursement of loss sharing on certain single family residential mortgage loans (the “Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Bank purchases Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15A and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, unless the context indicates that it is intended to be a reference to a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

 

ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS

 

The capitalized terms used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Accounting Records ” means the subsidiary system of record on which the loan history and balance of each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan is maintained; individual loan files containing either an original or copies of documents that are customary and reasonable with respect to loan servicing, including management and disposition of Other Real Estate; the records documenting alternatives considered with respect to loans in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable; records of loss calculations and supporting documentation with respect to line items on the loss calculations; and, monthly delinquency reports and other performance reports customarily utilized by the Assuming Bank in management of loan portfolios.

 

Accrued Interest ” means, with respect to Single Family Shared-Loss Loans, the amount of earned and unpaid interest at the note rate specified in the applicable loan documents, limited to 90 days.

 

Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided , that , for purposes of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.

 

Commencement Date ” means the first calendar day following the Bank Closing.

 

Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement ” means the Commercial and Other Assets Shared-Loss Agreement attached to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement as Exhibit

 

59



 

4.15B.

 

Cumulative Loss Amount ” means the sum of the Monthly Loss Amounts less the sum of all Recovery Amounts.

 

Cumulative Servicing Amount ” means the sum of the Period Servicing Amounts for every consecutive twelve-month period prior to and ending on the True-Up Measurement Date in respect of each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement is in effect.

 

Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount ” means the excess, if any, of the Cumulative Loss Amount over the First Loss Tranche.

 

Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments ” means (i) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Assuming Bank under the Shared-Loss Agreements minus (ii) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Receiver under the Shared-Loss Agreements.

 

Customary Servicing Procedures ” means procedures (including collection procedures) that the Assuming Bank (or, to the extent a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer) customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own accounts and the servicing procedures established by FNMA or FHLMC (as in effect from time to time), which are in accordance with accepted mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions.

 

Deficient Valuation means the determination by a court in a bankruptcy proceeding that the value of the collateral is less than the amount of the loan in which case the loss will be the difference between the then unpaid principal balance (or the NPV of a modified loan that defaults) and the value of the collateral so established.

 

Examination Criteria means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.

 

Home Equity Loans ” means loans or funded portions of lines of credit secured by mortgages on one-to four-family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations, where the Failed Bank did not have a first lien on the same property as collateral.

 

Final Shared-Loss Month ” means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.

 

Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month ” means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.

 

Foreclosure Loss ” means the loss realized when the Assuming Bank has completed the foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan and realized final recovery on the collateral through liquidation and recovery of all insurance proceeds. Each Foreclosure Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibit 2a or

 

60



 

Exhibit 2a(1).

 

Investor-Owned Residential Loans ” means Loans, excluding advances made pursuant to Home Equity Loans, that are secured by mortgages on one- to four family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations that are not owner-occupied. These loans can be treated as Restructured Loans on a commercially reasonable basis and can be a restructured under terms separate from the Exhibit 5 standards. Please refer to Exhibit 2b for guidance in Calculation of Loss for Restructured Loans.

 

Loss ” means a Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss, Portfolio Loss, Modification Default Loss or Deficient Valuation.

 

Loss Amount ” means the dollar amount of loss incurred and reported on the Monthly Certificate for a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan.

 

Modification Default Loss ” means the loss calculated in Exhibits 2a(1) and 2c(1) for single family loans modified under this part of the agreement that default and result in a foreclosure or short sale.

 

Modification Guidelines has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Monthly Certificate ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Monthly Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Foreclosure Losses, Restructuring Losses, Short Sale Losses, Portfolio Losses, Modification Default Losses and losses in connection with Deficient Valuations realized by the Assuming Bank for any Shared Loss Month.

 

Monthly Shared-Loss Amount ” means the change in the Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount from the beginning of each month to the end of each month.

 

Neutral Member ” has the meaning provided in Section 2. 1(f)(ii) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Period Servicing Amount ” means, for any twelve month period with respect to each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement are in effect, the product of (i) the simple average of the principal amount of Shared-Loss Loans and Shared-Loss Assets (other than the Shared-Loss Securities) (in each case as defined in the Shared-Loss Agreements), as the case may be, at the beginning of such period and at the end of such period times (ii) one percent (1%).

 

Portfolio Loss ” means the loss realized on either (i) a portfolio sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with the terms of Article IV or (ii) the sale of a loan with the consent of the Receiver as provided in Section 2.7.

 

Recovery Amount ” means, with respect to any period prior to the Termination

 

61



 

Date, the amount of collected funds received by the Assuming Bank that (i) are applicable against a Foreclosure Loss which has previously been paid to the Assuming Bank by the Receiver or (ii) gains realized from a Section 4.1 sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which the Assuming Bank has previously received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver (iii) or any incentive payments from national programs paid to an investor or borrower on loans that have been modified or otherwise treated (short sale or foreclosure) in accordance with Exhibit 5.

 

Restructuring Loss ” means the loss on a modified or restructured loan measured by the difference between (a) the principal, Accrued Interest, tax and insurance advances, third party or other fees due on a loan prior to the modification or restructuring, and (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the modified or restructured loan, discounted at the Then-Current Interest Rate. Each Restructuring Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology attached as Exhibit 2b, as applicable.

 

Restructured Loan ” means a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which the Assuming Bank has received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver. This applies to owner occupied and investor owned residences.

 

Servicing Officer ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Shared Loss Payment Trigger ” means when the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Shared-Loss Amount under the Commercial and Other Assets Shared-Loss Agreement, exceeds the First Loss Tranche. If the First Loss Tranche is zero or a negative number, the Shared Loss Payment Trigger shall be deemed to have been reached upon Bank Closing.

 

Shared-Loss Month ” means each calendar month between the Commencement Date and the last day of the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, provided that, the first Shared-Loss Month shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of that month.

 

Short-Sale Loss ” means the loss resulting from the Assuming Bank’s agreement with the mortgagor to accept a payoff in an amount less than the balance due on the loan (including the costs of any cash incentives to borrower to agree to such sale or to maintain the property pending such sale), further provided , that each Short-Sale Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibit 2c or Exhibit 2c(1).

 

Single Family Shared-Loss Loans ” means the single family one-to-four residential mortgage loans (whether owned by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary) identified on Schedule 4.15A of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

 

Stated Threshold ” means total losses under the shared loss agreements in the amount of $254,000,000.00.

 

Termination Date ” means the last day of the Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month.

 

62



 

Then-Current Interest Rate ” means the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate for 30-year fixed-rate loans.

 

Third Party Servicer ” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank to service the Shared-Loss Loans on behalf of the Assuming Bank, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.

 

ARTICLE II — SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT

 

2.1                                Shared-Loss Arrangement .

 

(a)                                   Loss Mitigation and Consideration of Alternatives . For each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Bank shall undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts, in accordance with any of the following programs selected by Assuming Bank in its sole discretion, Exhibit 5 (FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program), the United States Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program Guidelines or any other modification program approved by the United States Treasury Department, the Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental agency (it being understood that the Assuming Bank can select different programs for the various Single Family Shared-Loss Loans) (such program chosen, the “Modification Guidelines”). After selecting the applicable Modification Guideline for any such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, the Assuming Bank shall document its consideration of foreclosure, loan restructuring under such Modification Guideline chosen, and short-sale (if short-sale is a viable option) alternatives and shall select the alternative the Assuming Bank believes, based on its estimated calculations, will result in the least Loss. Losses on Home Equity Loans shall be shared under the charge-off policies of the Assuming Bank’s Examination Criteria as if they were Single Family Shared-Loss Loans with respect to the calculation of the Stated Threshold. Assuming Bank shall retain its calculations of the estimated loss under each alternative, such calculations to be provided to the Receiver upon request. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Assuming Bank is not required to modify or restructure any Single Family Shared-Loss Loan on more than one occasion and (ii) the Assuming Bank is not required to consider any alternatives with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan in the process of foreclosure as of the Bank Closing and shall be entitled to continue such foreclosure measures and recover the Foreclosure Loss as provided herein, and (iii) the Assuming Bank shall have a transition period of up to 90 days after Bank Closing to implement the Modification Guidelines, during which time, the Assuming Bank may submit claims under such guidelines as may be in place at the Failed Bank.

 

(b)                                  Monthly Certificates .

 

Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each Shared-Loss Month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending in the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by an officer of the Assuming Bank involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans whose name appears on a list of servicing officers furnished by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver, (a

 

63



 

“Servicing Officer”) setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably specify (a “Monthly Certificate”):

 

(i)                                      (A)                               a schedule substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 listing:

 

(i) each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which a Loss Amount (calculated in accordance with the applicable Exhibit) is being claimed, the related Loss Amount for each Single Family Shared- Loss Loan, and the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(ii) each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which a Recovery Amount was received, the Recovery Amount for each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Recovery Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(iii) the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans minus the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(iv) the Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount as of the beginning and end of the month;

 

(v) the Monthly Shared Loss Amount;

 

(vi) the result obtained in (v) times 80%, or times 95% if the Stated Threshold has been reached, which in either case is the amount to be paid under Section 2.1(d) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement by the Receiver to the Assuming Bank if the amount is a positive number, or by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver if the amount is a negative number;

 

(ii)                                   (B)                                 for each of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which a Loss is claimed for that Shared-Loss Month, a schedule showing the calculation of the Loss Amount using the form and methodology shown in Exhibit 2a, Exhibit 2b, or Exhibit 2c, as applicable.

 

(iii)                                (C)                                 For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Section 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation using the form and methodology shown in Exhibit 2d.

 

(iv)                               (D)                                a portfolio performance and summary schedule substantially in the form shown in Exhibit 3.

 

(c)                                   Monthly Data Download . Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending with the Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month, Assuming Bank shall provide Receiver:

 

64



 

(v)                                  (i)                                      the servicing file in machine-readable format including but not limited to the following fields for each outstanding Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, as applicable:

 

(A)            Loan number

(B)              FICO score

(C)              Origination date

(D)             Original principal amount

(E)               Maturity date

(F)               Paid-to date

(G)              Last payment date

(H)             Loan status (bankruptcy, in foreclosure, etc.)

(I)                  Delinquency counters

(J)                 Current principal balance

(K)             Current escrow account balance

(L)               Current Appraisal/BPO value

(M)          Current Appraisal/BPO date

(N)             Interest rate

(O)             Monthly principal and interest payment amount

(P)               Monthly escrow payment for taxes and insurance

(Q)             Interest rate type (fixed or adjustable)

(R)              If adjustable: index, margin, next interest rate reset date

(S)               Payment/Interest rate cap and/or floor

(T)              Underwriting type (Full doc, Alt Doc, No Doc)

(U)             Lien type (1 st , 2 nd )

(V)              Amortization type (amortizing or I/O)

(W)         Property address, including city, state, zip code

(X)             A code indicating whether the Mortgaged Property is owner occupied

(Y)              Property type (single-family detached, condominium, duplex, etc.)

 

(vi)                               (ii)                                   An Excel file for ORE held as a result of foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan listing:

 

(A)            Foreclosure date

(B)              Unpaid loan principal balance

(C)              Appraised value or BPO value, as applicable

(D)             Projected liquidation date

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Bank shall not be required to provide any of the foregoing information to the extent it is unable to do so as a result of the Failed Bank’s or Receiver’s failure to provide information required to produce the information set forth in this Section 2.1(c); provided , that the Assuming Bank shall, consistent with Customary Servicing Procedures seek to produce any such missing information or improve any inaccurate information previously provided to it.

 

65


 


 

(d)                                  Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .

 

(i)                                      Losses Under the Stated Threshold . After the Shared Loss Payment Trigger is reached, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Monthly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the total Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds eighty percent (80%) of that amount.

 

(iii)                                Losses in Excess of the Stated Threshold . In the event that the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Stated Loss Amount under the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement meets or exceeds the Stated Threshold, the loss/recovery sharing percentages set forth herein shall change from 80/20 to 95/5 and thereafter the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds ninety-five percent (95%) of that amount.

 

(e)                                   Limitations on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to Section 2.1(d) with respect to any Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss or Portfolio Loss that the Receiver determines, based upon the criteria set forth in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (including the analysis and documentation requirements of Section 2.1(a)) or Customary Servicing Procedures, should not have been effected by the Assuming Bank; provided, however, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Bank with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to the properly effected Loss, and (2) to the extent not curable, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Losses (or portion of Losses) that were effected which would have been payable as a Loss if the Assuming Bank had properly effected such Loss. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payment with respect to Losses claimed pursuant to Section 2.1 (d), the Receiver and Assuming Bank shall, upon final resolution, make the necessary adjustments to the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount for that Monthly Certificate and the payment pursuant to Section 2.1(d) above shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

(f)                                     Payments by Wire-Transfer . All payments under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be made by wire-transfer in accordance with the wire-transfer instructions on Exhibit 4.

 

(g)                                  Payment in the Event Losses Fail to Reach Expected Level . On the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the calendar day following the Bank Closing occurs, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver fifty percent (50%) of the excess, if any, of (i) twenty percent (20%) of the Stated Threshold less (ii) the sum of (A) twenty-five percent (25%) of the asset premium (discount) plus (B) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Cumulative

 

66



 

Shared-Loss Payments plus (C) the Cumulative Servicing Amount. The Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver not later than 30 days following the True-Up Measurement Date, a schedule, signed by an officer of the Assuming Bank, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments and the Cumulative Servicing Amount.

 

2.2                                Auditor Report; Right to Audit .

 

(a)                                   Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year during which the Receiver makes any payment to the Assuming Bank under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Bank’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Bank cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Single-Family Shared-Loss Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363.

 

(b)                                  The Receiver or the FDIC in its corporate capacity (“Corporation”) may perform an audit or audits to determine the Assuming Bank’s compliance with the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice. Assuming Bank shall provide access to pertinent records and proximate working space in Assuming Bank’s facilities. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the reasonable discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Bank’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit or audits, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

 

2.3                                Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Monthly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if in its good faith and reasonable judgment there is a reasonable basis under the requirements of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice

 

67



 

to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Bank demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver, in its reasonable judgment, that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days.

 

2.4                                Books and Records . The Assuming Bank shall at all times during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records sufficient to ensure and document compliance with the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including but not limited to (a) documentation of alternatives considered with respect to defaulted loans or loans for which default is reasonably foreseeable, (b) documentation showing the calculation of loss for claims submitted to the Receiver, (c) retention of documents that support each line item on the loss claim forms, and (d) documentation with respect to the Recovery Amount on loans for which the Receiver has made a loss-share payment

 

2.5                                Information . The Assuming Bank shall promptly provide to the Receiver such other information, including but not limited to, financial statements, computations, and bank policies and procedures, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Receiver may reasonably request from time to time.

 

2.6                                Tax Ruling . The Assuming Bank shall not at any time, without the Receiver’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

2.7                                Sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . The Receiver shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan upon payment of a Foreclosure Loss amount or a Short Sale Loss amount with respect to such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan or upon the sale of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan by Assuming Bank to a person or entity that is not an Affiliate; provided, however, that if the Receiver consents to the sale of any such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, any loss on such sale shall be a Portfolio Loss. The Assuming Bank shall provide the Receiver with timely notice of any such sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a sale of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, for purposes of this Section 2.7, shall not be deemed to have occurred as the result of (i) any change in the ownership or control of Assuming Bank or the transfer of any or all of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan(s) to any Affiliate of Assuming Bank, (ii) a merger by Assuming Bank with or into any other entity, or (iii) a sale by Assuming Bank of all or substantially all of its assets.

 

ARTICLE III - RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SINGLE FAMILY
SHARED-LOSS LOANS

 

3.1                                Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Bank shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Bank transfers any Single Family Shared- Loss Loans to) manage, administer, and collect the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans while owned by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III. The Assuming Bank shall be responsible to the Receiver in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall

 

68



 

provide to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver to monitor the Assuming Bank’s performance of its duties hereunder.

 

3.2                                Duties of the Assuming Bank . (a) In performance of its duties under this Article III, the Assuming Bank shall:

 

(i) manage and administer each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in accordance with Assuming Bank’s usual and prudent business and banking practices and Customary Servicing Procedures;

 

(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering and collecting amounts owed on the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to maximize Recoveries with respect to Losses on Single Family Shared-Loss Loans without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not Single Family Shared- Loss Loans;

 

(iv) retain sufficient staff (in Assuming Bank’s discretion) to perform its duties hereunder; and

 

(v) other than as provided in Section 2.1(a), comply with the terms of the Modification Guidelines for any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans meeting the requirements set forth therein. For the avoidance of doubt, the Assuming Bank may propose exceptions to Exhibit 5 (the FDIC Loan Modification Program) for a group of Loans with similar characteristics, with the objectives of (1) minimizing the loss to the Assuming Bank and the FDIC and (2) maximizing the opportunity for qualified homeowners to remain in their homes with affordable mortgage payments.

 

(b)                                  Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Single Family Shared-Loss Loan including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans will be provided to FDIC for informational purposes and if such transaction is not entered into on an arm’s length basis on commercially reasonable terms such transaction shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver.

 

3.3                                Shared-Loss Asset Records and Reports . The Assuming Bank shall establish and maintain such records as may be appropriate to account for the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably require, and to enable the Assuming Bank to prepare and deliver to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver may from time to time request regarding the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and the Monthly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

3.4                                Related Loans .

 

(a)                                   Assuming Bank shall use its best efforts to determine which loans are “Related Loans”, as hereinafter defined. The Assuming Bank shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner that would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Single Family Shared-

 

69



 

Loss Loan to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Bank at any time on or prior to the end of the Final Shared-Loss Month that is made to an Obligor of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan.

 

(b)                                  The Assuming Bank shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Monthly Certificates for the calendar months ending June 30 and December 31, a schedule of all Related Loans on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank as of the end of each such semi-annual period.

 

3.5                                Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article V below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Bank derives as a result of having acquired an asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Bank shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Bank shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.

 

3.6                                Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Bank may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Bank hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be included in calculating Losses to the extent such expenses would be included in such calculation if the expenses were incurred by Assuming Bank); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Bank shall not release the Assuming Bank of any obligation or liability hereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV — PORTFOLIO SALE

 

4.1                                Assuming Bank Portfolio Sales of Remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . The Assuming Bank shall have the right with the concurrence of the Receiver to liquidate for cash consideration, from time to time in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Bank at any time prior to the Termination Date (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Bank exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors. Sales of Restructured Loans shall be sold in a separate pool from Single Family Shared-Loss Loans not restructured. The Receiver’s review of the Assuming Bank’s proposed Portfolio Sale will be considered in a timely fashion and approval will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

4.2                                Assuming Bank’s Liquidation of Remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . In the event that the Assuming Bank does not conduct a Portfolio Sale pursuant to Section 4.1, the Receiver shall have the right, exercisable in its sole and absolute discretion, to

 

70



 

require the Assuming Bank to liquidate for cash consideration, any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Bank at any time after the date that is six months prior to the Termination Date. If the Receiver exercises its option under this Section 4.2, it must give notice in writing to the Assuming Bank, setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Bank shall be required to liquidate the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. The Assuming Bank will comply with the Receiver’s notice and must liquidate the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as soon as reasonably practicable by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors. The selection of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent retained for the liquidation of the remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the prior approval of the Receiver, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

4.3                                Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are not Restructured Loans gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less the unpaid principal balance of the remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. For any Restructured Loan included in the sale gain or loss on sale will be calculated as (a) the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the Restructured Loan that was used in the calculation of the related Restructuring Loss plus (c) Loan principal payments collected by the Assuming Bank from the date the Loan was restructured to the date of sale. (See Exhibit 2d for example calculation).

 

ARTICLE V — LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO RECEIVER AND PURCHASER

 

All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, or overnight courier, receipt requested, addressed to the parties as follows:

 

If to Receiver, to:                                                                                                                                                    Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver

for The Buckhead Community Bank

Division of Resolutions and Receiverships

550 17th Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20429

Attention: Ralph Malami, Manager, Capital Markets

 

with a copy to:                                                                                                                Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

as Receiver for The Buckhead Community Bank

Room E7056

3501 Fairfax Drive, Arlington, VA 2226

Attn: Special Issues Unit

 

With respect to a notice under Section 3.5 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, copies of such notice shall be sent to:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Legal Division 1601 Bryan St.

 

71



 

Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Regional Counsel

 

If to Assuming Bank, to:

 

State Bank and Trust Company
4219 Forsyth Rd.
Macon, Georgia 31210

 

Attention: J. Daniel Speight

 

with a copy to: Joe Evans

 

Such Persons and addresses may be changed from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this Article V. Any notice, demand or other communication delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to have been given on the date actually received.

 

ARTICLE VI — MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1.                             Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of a party hereto in connection with this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.

 

6.2                                Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . All terms and provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto only; provided , however , that, Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, Assuming Bank may not assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole discretion, and any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Bank with and into another financial institution, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Bank to another financial institution constitutes the transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver; and for a period of thirty-six (36) months after Bank Closing, a merger or consolidation shall also include the sale by any individual shareholder, or shareholders acting in concert, of more than 9% of the outstanding shares of the Assuming Bank, or of its holding company, or of any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, or the sale of shares by the Assuming Bank or its holding company or any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, in a public or private offering, that increases the number of shares outstanding by more than 9%, constitutes the transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss

 

72



 

Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver. However, no Loss shall be recognized as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to any such merger, consolidation or sale consented to by the FDIC. The FDIC’s consent shall not be required if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of Shared-Loss Assets is less than twenty percent (20%) of the initial aggregate balance of Shared-Loss Assets.

 

6.3                                Governing Law . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be construed in accordance with federal law, or, if there is no applicable federal law, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any rule of conflict of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

 

6.4                                WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

6.5                                Captions . All captions and headings contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

6.6                                Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, along with the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including the Exhibits and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior representations, warranties, offers, acceptances, agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter herein. This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement may be amended or modified or any provision thereof waived only by a written instrument signed by both parties or their respective duly authorized agents.

 

6.7                                Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed and enforced as if it had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of such provision and the remaining provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

6.8                                No Third Party Beneficiary . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or Claim under or in respect of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

73



 

6.9                                Counterparts . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement may be executed separately by Receiver and Assuming Bank in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.10                         Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

6.11                         Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.

 

ARTICLE VII
DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

7.1                                Dispute Resolution Procedures .

 

(a)                                   In the event a dispute arises about the interpretation, application, calculation of Loss, or calculation of payments or otherwise with respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (“SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item”), then the Receiver and the Assuming Bank shall make every attempt in good faith to resolve such items within sixty (60) days following the receipt of a written description of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, with notification of the possibility of taking the matter to arbitration (the date on which such 60-day period expires, or any extension of such period as the parties hereto may mutually agree to in writing, herein called the “Resolution Deadline Date”). If the Receiver and the Assuming Bank resolve all such items to their mutual satisfaction by the Resolution Deadline Date, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, any payment arising out such resolution shall be made arising from the settlement of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute.

 

(b)                                  If the Receiver and the Assuming Bank fail to resolve any outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Items by the Resolution Deadline Date, then either party may notify the other of its intent to submit the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII. Failure of either party to notify the other of its intent to submit any unresolved SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration within thirty (30) days following the Resolution Deadline Date (the date on which such thirty (30) day period expires is herein called the “Arbitration Deadline Date”) shall be deemed an acceptance of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute not submitted to arbitration, as well as a waiver of the submitting party’s right to dispute such non- submitted SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item but not a waiver of any similar claim which may arise in the future.

 

(c)                                   If a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item is submitted to arbitration, it shall be governed by the rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), except as otherwise provided

 

74



 

herein. Either party may submit a matter for arbitration by delivering a notice, prior to the Arbitration Deadline Date, to the other party in writing setting forth:

 

(i)                                      A brief description of each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;

 

(ii)                                   A statement of the moving party’s position with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;

 

(iii)                                The value sought by the moving party, or other relief requested regarding each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration, to the extent reasonably calculable; and

 

(iv)                               The name and address of the arbiter selected by the moving party (the “Moving Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA.

 

Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the parties right to arbitrate so long as after notification of such failure the moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable.

 

(d)                                  The non-moving party shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt of a notice of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, deliver a notice to the moving party setting forth:

 

(i)                                      The name and address of the arbiter selected by the non-moving party (the “Respondent Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA;

 

(ii)                                   A statement of the position of the respondent with respect to each Dispute Item; and

 

(iii)                                The ultimate resolution sought by the respondent or other relief, if any, the respondent deems is due the moving party with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item.

 

Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the non-moving party’s right to defend such arbitration so long as after notification of such failure the non-moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable

 

(e)                                   The Moving Arbiter and Respondent Arbiter shall select a third arbiter from a list furnished by the AAA. In accordance with the rules of the AAA, the three (3) arbiters shall constitute the arbitration panel for resolution of each SF Loss-Share Dispute Item. The concurrence of any two (2) arbiters shall be deemed to be the decision of the arbiters for all purposes hereunder. The arbitration shall proceed on such time schedule and in accordance with the Rules of Commercial Arbitration of the AAA then in effect, as modified by this Section 7.1. The arbitration proceedings shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then they will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, DC, or Arlington, Virginia.

 

(f)                                     The Receiver and Assuming Bank shall facilitate the resolution of each outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item by making available in a prompt and timely manner to one another and to the arbiters for examination and copying, as appropriate, all documents, books, and records under their respective control and that would be discoverable under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.

 

75



 

(g)           The arbiters designated pursuant to subsections (c), (d) and (e) hereof shall select, with respect to each Dispute Item submitted to arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, either (i) the position and relief submitted by the Assuming Bank with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, or (ii) the position and relief submitted by the Receiver with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, in either case as set forth in its respective notice of arbitration. The arbiters shall have no authority to select a value for each Dispute Item other than the determination set forth in Section 7.1(c) and Section 7.1(d). The arbitration shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties.

 

(h)           Any amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to such award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from and including the date specified for the arbiters decisions specified in this Section 7.1, without regard to any extension of the finality of such award, to but not including the date paid. All payments required to be made under this Section 7.1 shall be made by wire transfer.

 

(i)            For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent any notice of a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) is provided prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are the subject of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) until such time as any such dispute is finally resolved.

 

7.2          Fees and Expenses of Arbiters . The aggregate fees and expenses of the arbiters shall be borne equally by the parties. The parties shall pay the aggregate fees and expenses within thirty (30) days after receipt of the written decision of the arbiters (unless the arbiters agree in writing on some other payment schedule).

 

Exhibit 1

 

Monthly Certificate

 

SEE FOLLOWING PAGE

 

76



 

 

77



 

Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies the information on this Certificate is true, complete and correct.

 

OFFICER SIGNATURE

 

 

 

OFFICER NAME:

 

 

TITLE

 

 

78



 

Exhibit 2a

 

This exhibit contains three versions of the loss share calculation for foreclosure, plus explanatory notes.

 

 

Exhibit 2a(1)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Foreclosure Occurred Prior to Loss Share Agreement

 

 

 

 

1

Shared-Loss Month

 

May-09

 

2

Loan no:

 

364574

 

3

REO #

 

621

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Foreclosure date

 

12/18/08

 

5

Liquidation date

 

4/12/09

 

6

Note Interest rate

 

8.100

%

7

Most recent BPO

 

228,000

 

8

Most recent BPO date

 

1/21/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosure Loss calculation

 

 

 

9

Book value at date of Loss Share agreement

 

244,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

Accrued interest, limited to 90 days or days from failure to sale, whichever is less

 

3,306

 

11

Costs incurred after Loss Share agreement in place:

 

 

 

12

Attorney’s fees

 

0

 

13

Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

 

0

 

14

Property protection costs, maint. and repairs

 

6,500

 

15

Tax and insurance advances

 

0

 

 

Other Advances

 

 

 

16

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

 

0

 

17

Inspections

 

0

 

18

Other

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

 

254,706

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Recoveries:

 

 

 

20

Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 sett stmt)

 

219,400

 

21

Hazard Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

22

Mortgage Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

23

T & I escrow account balances, if positive

 

0

 

24

Other credits, if any (itemize)

 

0

 

25

Total Cash Recovery

 

219,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

Loss Amount

 

35,306

 

 

79



 

Exhibit 2a(2)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss Share

 

 

 

 

1

Shared-Loss Month

 

May-09

 

2

Loan no:

 

292334

 

3

REO #

 

477

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Interest paid-to-date

 

4/30/08

 

5

Foreclosure date

 

1/15/09

 

6

Liquidation date

 

4/12/09

 

7

Note Interest rate

 

8.000

%

8

Owner occupied?

 

Yes

 

9

If owner-occupied:

 

 

 

10

Borrower current gross annual income

 

42,000

 

11

Estimated NPV of loan mod

 

195,000

 

12

Most recent BPO

 

235,000

 

13

Most recent BPO date

 

1/21/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosure Loss calculation

 

 

 

16

Loan Principal balance after last paid installment

 

300,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

Accrued interest, limited to 90 days

 

6,000

 

18

Attorney’s fees

 

0

 

19

Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

 

4,000

 

20

Property protection costs, maint. and repairs

 

5,500

 

21

Tax and insurance advances

 

1,500

 

 

Other Advances

 

 

 

22

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

 

0

 

23

Inspections

 

50

 

24

Other

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

 

317,050

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Recoveries:

 

 

 

26

Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)

 

205,000

 

27

Hazard Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

28

Mortgage Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

29

T & I escrow account balances, if positive

 

0

 

30

Other credits, if any (itemize)

 

0

 

31

Total Cash Recovery

 

205,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

Loss Amount

 

112,050

 

 

80



 

Exhibit 2a(3)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS

Foreclosure after a Covered Loan Mod

 

 

 

 

1

Shared-Loss Month

 

May-09

 

2

Loan no:

 

138554

 

3

REO #

 

843

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Loan mod date

 

1/17/08

 

5

Interest paid-to-date

 

4/30/08

 

6

Foreclosure date

 

1/15/09

 

7

Liquidation date

 

4/12/09

 

8

Note Interest rate

 

4.000

%

9

Most recent BPO

 

210,000

 

10

Most recent BPO date

 

1/20/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosure Loss calculation

 

 

 

11

NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod

 

285,000

 

12

Less: Principal payments between loan mod and deliquency

 

2,500

 

13

Plus:

 

 

 

14

Attorney’s fees

 

0

 

15

Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

 

4,000

 

16

Property protection costs, maint. and repairs

 

7,000

 

17

Tax and insurance advances

 

2,000

 

18

Other Advances

 

 

 

19

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

 

0

 

20

Inspections

 

0

 

21

Other

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

 

295,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Recoveries:

 

 

 

23

Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)

 

201,000

 

24

Hazard Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

25

Mortgage Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

26

T & I escrow account balances, if positive

 

0

 

27

Other credits, if any (itemize)

 

0

 

28

Total Cash Recovery

 

201,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

Loss Amount

 

94,500

 

 

81



 

Notes to Exhibit 2a (foreclosure)

 

1.               The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.

 

2.               The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for covered losses from foreclosures, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:

 

a.               If foreclosure occurred prior to the beginning of the Loss Share agreement, use Exhibit 2a(1). This version uses the book value of the REO as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

b.              If foreclosure occurred after the Loss Share agreement was in place, and if the loan was not restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, use Exhibit 2a(2). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

c.               If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then foreclosure occurred, use Exhibit 2a(3). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

3.               For Exhibit 2a(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 9 — 18; it is shown in line 19. For Exhibit 2a(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 16 — 24; it is shown in line 25. For Exhibit 2a(3), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 11 minus line 12 plus lines 13 — 21; it is shown in line 22.

 

4.               For Exhibit 2a(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 20 — 24; it is shown in line 25. For Exhibit 2a(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 — 30; it is shown in line 31. For Exhibit 2a(3), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 23 — 27; it is shown in line 28.

 

5.               Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Bank in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.

 

6.               Assuming Bank’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an affiliate (if affiliate is pre-approved by the FDIC) for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account. Allowable costs are limited to amounts per Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae guidelines (as in effect from time to time), where applicable, provided that this limitation shall not apply to costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions.

 

7.               Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

 

8.               If Exhibit 2a(3) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:

 

a.               90 days

 

b.              The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold

 

82



 

c.               The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold

 

To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

 

83



 

Exhibit 2b

 

This exhibit contains the loss share calculation for restructuring (loan mod), plus explanatory notes.

 

Exhibit 2b

CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS

 

 

 

 

 

1

Shared-Loss Month

 

May-09

 

2

Loan no:

 

123456

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan before Restructuring

 

 

 

3

Original loan amount

 

500,000

 

4

Current unpaid principal balance

 

450,000

 

5

Remaining term

 

298

 

6

Interest rate

 

7.500

%

7

Interest Paid-To-Date

 

2/29/08

 

8

Monthly payment - P&I

 

3,333

 

9

Monthly payment - T&I

 

1,000

 

10

Total monthly payment

 

4,333

 

11

Loan type (fixed-rate, ARM, I/O, Option ARM, etc.)

 

Option ARM

 

12

Borrower current annual income

 

82,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan

 

 

 

13

Closing date on modified/restructured loan

 

4/19/09

 

14

New Principal balance

 

461,438

 

15

Remaining term

 

313

 

16

Interest rate

 

3.500

%

17

Monthly payment - P&I

 

1,346

 

18

Monthly payment - T&I

 

800

 

19

Total monthly payment

 

2,146

 

20

Loan type (fixed-rate, ARM, I/O, Option ARM, etc.)

 

IO Hybrid

 

21

Lien type (1st, 2nd)

 

1st

 

 

If adjustable:

 

 

 

22

Initial interest rate

 

3.500

%

23

Term - initial interest rate

 

60 Months

 

24

Initial payment amount

 

2,146

 

25

Term-initial payment amount

 

60 Months

 

26

Negative amortization?

 

No

 

27

Rate reset frequency after first adjustment

 

6 Months

 

28

Next reset date

 

5/1/14

 

29

Index

 

LIBOR

 

30

Margin

 

2.750

%

31

Cap per adjustment

 

2.000

%

32

Lifetime Cap

 

9.500

%

33

Floor

 

2.750

%

34

Front end DTI

 

31

%

35

Back end DTI

 

45

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring Loss Calculation

 

 

 

36

Loan Principal balance before restructuring

 

450,000

 

37

Accrued interest, limited to 90 days

 

8,438

 

38

Tax and insurance advances

 

3,000

 

39

3rd party fees due

 

 

40

Total loan balance due before restructuring

 

461,438

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assumptions for NPV Calculation, Restructured Loan:

 

 

 

41

Discount rate for projected cash flows

 

5.530

%

42

Loan prepayment in full

 

120 Months

 

43

NPV of projected cash flows

 

403,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

Loss Amount

 

58,438

 

 

84



 

Notes to Exhibit 2b (restructuring)

 

1.               The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.

 

2.               For purposes of loss sharing, losses on restructured loans are calculated as the difference between:

 

a.               The principal, accrued interest, advances due on the loan, and allowable 3 rd  party fees prior to restructuring (lines 36-39), and

 

b.              The Net Present Value (NPV) of the estimated cash flows (line 43). The cash flows should assume no default or prepayment for 10 years, followed by prepayment in full at the end of 10 years (120 months).

 

3.               For owner-occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.

 

4.               For investor owned or non-owner occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using commercially reasonable rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.

 

5.               If the new loan is an adjustable-rate loan, interest rate resets and related cash flows should be projected based on the index rate in effect at the date of the loan restructuring. If the restructured loan otherwise provides for specific charges in monthly P&I payments over the term of the loan, those changes should be reflected in the projected cash flows. Assuming Bank must retain supporting schedule of projected cash flows as required by Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and provide it to the FDIC if requested for a sample audit.

 

6.               Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

 

7.               The amount of accrued interest that may be added to the balance of the loan is limited to the minimum of:

 

a.               90 days

 

b.              The number of days that the loan is delinquent at the time of restructuring

 

c.               The number of days between the resolution date and the restructuring

 

To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

 

85



 

Exhibit 2c

 

This exhibit contains two versions of the loss share calculation for short sales, plus explanatory notes.

 

Exhibit 2c(1)

CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS

No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss Share

 

1

Shared-Loss Month:

 

May-09

 

2

Loan #

 

58776

 

3

RO #

 

542

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Interest paid-to-date

 

7/31/08

 

5

Short Payoff Date

 

4/17/09

 

6

Note Interest rate

 

7.750

%

7

Owner occupied?

 

Yes

 

 

If so:

 

 

 

8

Borrower current gross annual income

 

38,500

 

9

Estimated NPV of loan mod

 

200,000

 

10

Most recent BPO

 

380,000

 

11

Most recent BPO date

 

1/31/06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-Sale Loss calculation

 

 

 

12

Loan Principal balance

 

375,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

Accrued interest, limited to 90 days

 

7,266

 

14

Attorney’s fees

 

0

 

15

Tax and insurance advances

 

0

 

16

3rd party fees due

 

2,800

 

17

Incentive to borrower

 

2,000

 

18

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

 

387,066

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

Amount accepted in Short-Sale

 

255,000

 

20

Hazard Insurance

 

0

 

21

Mortgage Insurance

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

Total Cash Recovery

 

255,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

Loss Amount

 

132,066

 

 

86



 

Exhibit 2c(2)

CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS

Short Sale after a Covered Loan Mod

 

1

Shared-Loss Month:

 

May-09

 

2

Loan #

 

20076

 

3

REO #

 

345

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Loan mod date

 

5/12/08

 

5

Interest paid-to-date

 

9/30/08

 

6

Short Payoff Date

 

4/2/09

 

7

Note Interest rate

 

7.500

%

8

Most recent BPO

 

230,000

 

9

Most recent BPO date

 

1/21/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-Sale Loss calculation

 

 

 

11

NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod

 

311,000

 

12

Less: Principal payments between loan mod and deliquency

 

1,000

 

 

Plus:

 

 

 

13

Attorney’s fees

 

0

 

14

Tax and insurance advances

 

1,500

 

15

3rd party fees due

 

2,600

 

16

Incentive to borrower

 

3,500

 

17

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

 

317,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

Amount accepted in Short-Sale

 

234,000

 

19

Hazard Insurance

 

0

 

20

Mortgage Insurance

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

Total Cash Recovery

 

234,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

Loss Amount

 

83,600

 

 

87



 

Notes to Exhibit 2c (short sale)

 

1.                The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual short sales.

 

2.                The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are two methods of calculation for covered losses from short sales, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:

 

a.                If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then the short sale occurred, use Exhibit 2c(2). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

b.               Otherwise, use Exhibit 2c(1). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

3.                For Exhibit 2c(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 12 — 17; it is shown in line 18. For Exhibit 2a(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 11 minus line 12 plus lines 13 — 16; it is shown in line 17.

 

4.                For Exhibit 2c(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 19 — 21; it is shown in line 22. For Exhibit 2c(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 18 — 20; it is shown in line 21.

 

5.                Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Bank in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.

 

6.                Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

 

7.                If Exhibit 2c(2) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:

 

d.               90 days

 

e.                The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold

 

f.                  The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold

 

To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

 

88



 

Exhibit 2d

 

Shared-Loss Month:

[input month]

Loan no.:

[input loan no.)

 

NOTE

 

The calculation of recovery on a loan for which a Restructuring Loss has been paid will only apply if the loan is sold.

 

EXAMPLE CALCULATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring Loss Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan principal balance before restructuring

 

 

 

$

200,000

 

A

 

NPV, restructured loan

 

 

 

165,000

 

B

 

Loss on restructured loan

 

 

 

$

35,000

 

A – B

 

Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80% or 95%)

 

 

 

80

%

 

 

Loss share payment to purchaser

 

 

 

$

28,000

 

C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculation — Recovery amount due to Receiver

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan sales price

 

 

 

$

190,000

 

 

 

NPV of restructured loan at mod date

 

 

 

165,000

 

 

 

Gain - step 1

 

 

 

25,000

 

D

 

PLUS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan UPB after restructuring

 

(1

)

200,000

 

 

 

Loan UPB at liquidation date

 

 

 

192,000

 

 

 

Gain - step 2 (principal collections after restructuring)

 

 

 

8,000

 

E

 

Recovery amount

 

 

 

33,000

 

D+ E

 

Times FDIC loss share %

 

 

 

80

%

 

 

Recovery due to FDIC

 

 

 

$

26,400

 

F

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss share paid to purchaser (C — F)

 

 

 

$

1,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proof Calculation

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

Loan principal balance

 

 

 

$

200,000

 

G

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal collections on loan

 

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

Sales price for loan

 

 

 

190,000

 

 

 

Total collections on loan

 

 

 

198,000

 

H

 

Net loss on loan

 

 

 

$

2,000

 

G – H

 

Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80% or 95%)

 

 

 

80

%

 

 

Loss share payment to purchaser

 

 

 

$

1,600

 

 

 

 


(1)           This example assumes that the FDIC loan modification program as shown in Exhibit 5 is applied and the loan restructuring does not result in a reduction in the loan principal balance due from the borrower.

 

(2)           This proof calculation is provided to illustrate the concept and the Assuming Bank is not required to provide this with its Recovery calculations.

 

89



 

Exhibit 3

Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule

 

SHARED-LOSS LOANS

 

 

PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE

 

 

MONTH ENDED:

 

[input report month]

 

POOL SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

#

 

$

 

 

 

 

Loans at Sale Date

 

xx

 

xx

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans as of this month-end

 

xx

 

xx

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATED THRESHOLD TRACKING

 

#

 

$

 

 

 

 

Stated Threshold amount

 

****

 

 

 

A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative loss payments, prior month

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss payment for current month

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative loss payment, this month

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative Commercial & Other Loans Net Charge-Offs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B

 

Remaining to Stated Threshold

 

****

 

 

 

A - B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of Total

 

PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE STATUS

 

#

 

$

 

 

#

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 — 59 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60 — 89 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 — 119 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120 and over days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In foreclosure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ORE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memo Item :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans in process of restructuring — total

 

 

 

 

 

****

 

Loans in bankruptcy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans in process of restructuring by delinquency status

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 - 59 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60 - 89 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 - 119 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120 and over days past due In foreclosure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90



 

List of Loans Paid Off During Month

 

 

 

Principal

Loan #

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

List of Loans Sold During Month

 

 

 

Principal

Loan #

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

91



 

Exhibit 4

 

Wire Transfer Instructions

 

PURCHASER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

 

BANK RECEIVING WIRE

 

9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER

 

ACCOUNT NUMBER

 

NAME OF ACCOUNT

 

ATTENTION TO WHOM

 

PURPOSE OF WIRE

 

FDIC RECEIVER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

 

BANK RECEIVING WIRE

 

SHORT NAME

 

ADDRESS OF BANK RECEIVING WIRE

 

9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER

 

ACCOUNT NUMBER

 

NAME OF ACCOUNT

 

ATTENTION TO WHOM

 

PURPOSE OF WIRE

 

92



 

EXHIBIT 5

 

FDIC MORTGAGE LOAN MODIFICATION PROGRAM

 

Objective

 

The objective of this FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program (“Program”) is to modify the terms of certain residential mortgage loans so as to improve affordability, increase the probability of performance, allow borrowers to remain in their homes and increase the value of the loans to the FDIC and assignees. The Program provides for the modification of Qualifying Loans (as defined below) by reducing the borrower’s monthly housing debt to income ratio (“DTI Ratio”) to no more than 31% at the time of the modification and eliminating adjustable interest rate and negative amortization features.

 

Qualifying Mortgage Loans

 

In order for a mortgage loan to be a Qualifying Loan it must meet all of the following criteria, which must be confirmed by the lender:

 

·                        The collateral securing the mortgage loan is owner-occupied and the owner’s primary residence; and

·                        The mortgagor has a first priority lien on the collateral; and

·                        Either the borrower is at least 60 days delinquent or a default is reasonably foreseeable.

 

Modification Process

 

The lender shall undertake a review of its mortgage loan portfolio to identify Qualifying Loans. For each Qualifying Loan, the lender shall determine the net present value of the modified loan and, if it will exceed the net present value of the foreclosed collateral upon disposition, then the Qualifying Loan shall be modified so as to reduce the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio to no more than 31% at the time of the modification. To achieve this, the lender shall use a combination of interest rate reduction, term extension and principal forbearance, as necessary.

 

The borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio shall be a percentage calculated by dividing the borrower’s monthly income by the borrower’s monthly housing payment (including principal, interest, taxes and insurance). For these purposes, (1) the borrower’s monthly income shall be the amount of the borrower’s (along with any co-borrowers’) documented and verified gross monthly income, and (2) the borrower’s monthly housing payment shall be the amount required to pay monthly principal and interest plus one-twelfth of the then current annual amount required to pay real property taxes and homeowner’s insurance with respect to the collateral.

 

In order to calculate the monthly principal payment, the lender shall capitalize to the outstanding principal balance of the Qualifying Loan the amount of all delinquent interest, delinquent taxes, past due insurance premiums, third party fees and (without duplication) escrow advances (such amount, the “Capitalized Balance”).

 

93



 

In order to achieve the goal of reducing the DTI Ratio to 31%, the lender shall take the following steps in the following order of priority with respect to each Qualifying Loan:

 

1.                Reduce the interest rate to the then current Freddie Mac Survey Rate for 30-year fixed rate mortgage loans, and adjust the term to 30 years.

 

2.                If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, reduce the interest rate further, but no lower than 3%, until the DTI ratio of 31% is achieved.

 

3.                If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31% after adjusting the interest rate to 3%, extend the remaining term of the loan by 10 years.

 

4.                If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, calculate a new monthly payment (the “Adjusted Payment Amount”) that will result in the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio not exceeding 31%. After calculating the Adjusted Payment Amount, the lender shall bifurcate the Capitalized Balance into two portions — the amortizing portion and the non-amortizing portion. The amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the mortgage amount that will fully amortize over a 40-year term at an annual interest rate of 3% and monthly payments equal to the Adjusted Payment Amount. The non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the difference between the Capitalized Balance and the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance. If the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance is less than 75% of the current estimated value of the collateral, then the lender may choose not to restructure the loan. If the lender chooses to restructure the loan, then the lender shall forbear on collecting the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, and such amount shall be due and payable only upon the earlier of (i) maturity of the modified loan, (ii) a sale of the property or (iii) a pay-off or refinancing of the loan. No interest shall be charged on the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, but repayment shall be secured by a first lien on the collateral.

 

Special Note :

 

The net present value calculation used to determine whether a loan should be modified based on the modification process above is distinct and different from the net present value calculation used to determine the covered loss if the loan is modified. Please refer only to the net present value calculation described in this exhibit for the modification process, with its separate assumptions, when determining whether to provide a modification to a borrower. Separate assumptions may include, without limitation, Assuming Bank’s determination of a probability of default without modification, a probability of default with modification, home price forecasts, prepayment speeds, and event timing. These assumptions are applied to different projected cash flows over the term of the loan, such as the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting without modification and the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting with modification.

 

By contrast, the net present value for determining the covered loss is based on a 10 year period. While the assumptions in the net present value calculation used in the modification process may change, the net present value calculation for determining the covered loss remains constant.

 

94



 

EXHIBIT 4.15B

 

COMMERCIAL AND OTHER ASSETS SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

This agreement for reimbursement of loss sharing expenses on certain loans and other assets (the “Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Bank purchases Shared-Loss Assets as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15B and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless the context indicates that a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended.

 

ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS

 

Capitalized terms used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

AAA means the American Arbitration Association as provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Accrued Interest means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance at any time, the amount of earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank (as applicable); provided , that Accrued Interest shall not include any amount that accrues on or with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance after that Asset has been placed on non-accrual or nonperforming status by either the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank (as applicable).

 

Additional ORE means Shared-Loss Loans that become Other Real Estate after Bank Closing Date.

 

Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided , that , for purposes of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.

 

Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date means the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

 

95



 

Calendar Quarter means a quarterly period (a) for the first such period, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the last calendar day of either March, June, September or December, whichever is the first to occur after the Commencement Date, and (b) for quarterly periods thereafter, beginning on the first calendar day of the calendar month immediately after the month that ended the prior period and ending on the last calendar day of each successive three-calendar-month period thereafter (i.e., each March, June, September and December, starting in the applicable order depending on the ending date of first such period) of any year.

 

Capitalized Expenditures means those expenditures that (i) would be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, and (ii) are incurred with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE. Capitalized Expenditures shall not include expenses related to environmental conditions including, but not limited to, remediation, storage or disposal of any hazardous or toxic substances or any pollutant or contaminant.

 

Charge-Offs means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Assets for any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of loans or portions of loans classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria, including (a) charge-offs of (i) the principal amount of such assets net of unearned interest (including write-downs associated with Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE or loan modification(s)) (ii) Accrued Interest, and (iii) Capitalized Expenditures plus (b) Pre-Charge-Off Expenses incurred on the respective Shared-Loss Loans, all as effected by the Assuming Bank during such period and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank; provided , that : (i) the aggregate amount of Accrued Interest (including any reversals thereof) for the period after Bank Closing that shall be included in determining the amount of Charge-Offs for any Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed ninety (90) days’ Accrued Interest; (ii) no Charge-Off shall be taken with respect to any anticipated expenditure by the Assuming Bank until such expenditure is actually incurred; (iii) any financial statement adjustments made in connection with the purchase of any Assets pursuant to this Purchase and Assumption Agreement or any future purchase, merger, consolidation or other acquisition of the Assuming Bank shall not constitute “Charge-Offs”; and (iv) except for Portfolio Sales or any other sales or dispositions consented to by the Receiver, losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Assets to any Person (other than the sale or other disposition of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank which is conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner) shall not constitute Charge-Offs.

 

Commencement Date means the first calendar day following Bank Closing.

 

Consumer Loans means Loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures (including United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans and extensions of credit pursuant to a credit card plan or debit card plan).

 

Cumulative Servicing Amount means the sum of the Period Servicing Amounts for every consecutive twelve-month period prior to and ending on the True-Up

 

96



 

Measurement Date in respect of each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement is in effect.

 

Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments means (i) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Assuming Bank under the Shared-Loss Agreements minus (ii) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Receiver under the Shared-Loss Agreements.

 

Environmental Assessment means an assessment of the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged off.

 

Examination Criteria means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.

 

Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.

 

Fair Value means the value of a Shared Loss MTM Asset as stated on the books and records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, inclusive of all adjustments.

 

FDIC Party has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Net Charge-Offs means, with respect to any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Charge-Offs for such period less the amount of Recoveries for such period.

 

Neutral Member has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

New Shared-Loss Loans means loans that would otherwise be subject to loss sharing under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that were originated after the Bid Valuation Date and before Bank Closing.

 

Notice of Dispute has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

ORE Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of the Assuming Bank that engages solely in holding, servicing, managing or liquidating interests of a type described in clause (A) of the definition of “Other Real Estate,” which interests have arisen from the collection or settlement of a Shared-Loss Loan.

 

Other Real Estate means all of the following (including any of the following fully or partially charged off the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank)

 

97



 

that (i) are owned by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and are purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (ii) have arisen subsequent to Bank Closing from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Bank of a Shared-Loss Loan:

 

(A)        all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and

 

(B)         all other assets (whether real or personal property) acquired by foreclosure or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.

 

Period Servicing Amount means, for any twelve month period with respect to each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement are in effect, the product of (i) the simple average of the principal amount of Shared-Loss Loans and Shared-Loss Assets (other than the Shared-Loss Securities) (in each case as defined in the Shared-Loss Agreements), as the case may be, at the beginning of such period and at the end of such period times (ii) one percent (1%).

 

Permitted Advance means an advance of funds by the Assuming Bank with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, or the making of a legally binding commitment by the Assuming Bank to advance funds with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, that (i) in the case of such an advance, is actually made, and, in the case of such a commitment, is made and all of the proceeds thereof actually advanced, within one (1) year after the Commencement Date, (ii) does not cause the sum of (A) the book value of such Shared-Loss Loan as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank after any such advance has been made by the Assuming Bank plus (B) the unfunded amount of any such commitment made by the Assuming Bank related thereto, to exceed 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, (iii) is not made with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan with respect to which (A) there exists a related Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) the Assuming Bank has taken a Charge-Off and (iv) is made in good faith, is supported at the time it is made by documentation in the Credit Files and conforms to and is in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank; provided , that the limitations in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this definition shall not apply to any such action (other than to an advance or commitment related to the remediation, storage or final disposal of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant) that is taken by Assuming Bank in its reasonable discretion to preserve or secure the value of the collateral for such Shared-Loss Loan.

 

Permitted Amendment means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan, any amendment, modification, renewal or extension thereof, or any waiver of any term, right, or remedy thereunder, made by the Assuming Bank in good faith and otherwise in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank; provided , that :

 

(i) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is not a

 

98



 

revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the amount of principal (A) then remaining available to be advanced by the Assuming Bank under the Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) then outstanding under the Shared-Loss Loan;

 

(ii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the maximum amount of principal authorized as of Bank Closing to be outstanding at any one time under the underlying revolving line of credit relationship with the debtor (regardless of the extent to which such revolving line of credit may have been funded as of Bank Closing or may subsequently have been funded and/or repaid); and

 

(iii) no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter unless the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan as existed on Bank Closing was beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter, in which event no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend such term beyond the term as existed as of Bank Closing.

 

Pre-Charge-Off Expenses means those expenses incurred in the usual and prudent management of a Shared-Loss Loan that would qualify as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if incurred after a Charge-Off of the related Shared-Loss Asset had occurred.

 

Quarterly Certificate has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Recoveries (I)(A) In addition to any sums to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (II) below, “Recoveries” means, with respect to any period, the sum of (without duplication):

 

(i) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank on Charge-Offs of Shared-Loss Assets effected by the Assuming Bank prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter; plus

 

(ii) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank on Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs; plus

 

(iii) the amount of gain on any sale or other disposition during such period by the Assuming Bank of Shared Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (provided , that the amount of any such gain included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses); plus

 

(iv) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank of any Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses; plus

 

99



 

(v) the amount of any fee or other consideration received by the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period in connection with any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment or other similar action taken by the Assuming Bank with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset with respect to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down or a Shared-Loss Loan as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period (provided , that the amount of any such fee or other consideration included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses).

 

(I)(B) For the purpose of determining the amounts to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (I)(A) above, the Assuming Bank shall apply amounts received on the Assets that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value of principal of a Shared-Loss Loan (or, in the case of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures, that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value thereof) in the following order: first to Charge-Offs and Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write Downs; then to Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses; then to interest income; and then to other expenses incurred by the Assuming Bank.

 

(II)  If there occurs an amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write Down or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period, and if , as a result of such occurrence, the Assuming Bank recognizes any interest income for financial accounting purposes on that Shared-Loss Loan, then “Recoveries” shall also include the portion of the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Bank which is derived by multiplying :

 

(A) the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Bank during such period with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan as described above, by

 

(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) immediately above was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

 

provided , however , that the amount of any interest income included as Recoveries for a particular Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed the aggregate amount of (a) Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs, (b) Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, plus (c) any Reimbursable Expenses and

 

100



 

Recovery Expenses paid to the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, all with respect to that particular Shared-Loss Loan; and, provided , further , that any collections on any such Shared-Loss Loan that are not applied to reduce book value of principal or recognized as interest income shall be applied pursuant to subparagraph (I) above.

 

(III) Notwithstanding subparagraphs (I) and (II) above, the term “Recoveries” shall not include: (a) any amounts paid to the Assuming Bank by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, (b) amounts received with respect to Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, (c) after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, income received by the Assuming Bank from the operation of, and any gains recognized by the Assuming Bank on the disposition of, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (such income and gains being hereinafter together referred to as “ORE Income”), except to the extent that aggregate ORE Income exceeds the aggregate expenses paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank after the final Shared-Loss Quarter to manage, operate and maintain Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (such expenses being hereinafter referred to as “ORE Expenses”). In determining the extent aggregate ORE Income exceeds aggregate ORE Expenses for any Recovery Quarter as set forth immediately above in subparagraph (c), the Assuming Bank will subtract (i) ORE Expenses paid to third parties during such Recovery Quarter (provided, that, in the case of the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Bank will subtract ORE Expenses paid to third parties from the beginning of the final Recovery Quarter up to the date the Assuming Bank is required to deliver the final Quarterly Certificate pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) from (ii) ORE Income received during such Recovery Quarter, to calculate net ORE income (“Net ORE Income”) for that Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is positive, such amount shall be reported as Recoveries on the Quarterly Certificate for such Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is negative (“Net ORE Loss Carryforward”), such amount shall be added to any ORE Expenses paid to third parties in the next succeeding Recovery Quarter, which sum shall then be subtracted from ORE Income for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter, for the purpose of determining the amount of Net ORE Income (or, if applicable, Net ORE Loss Carryforward) for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter. If, as of the end of the final Recovery Quarter, a Net ORE Loss Carryforward exists, then the amount of the Net ORE Loss Carryforward that does not exceed the aggregate amount of Net ORE Income reported as Recoveries on Quarterly Certificates for all Recovery Quarters may be included as a Recovery Expense on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter.

 

Recovery Amount has the meaning provided in Section 2.1 (b)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Recovery Expenses means, for any Recovery Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures) paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Bank) by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to recover amounts owed with respect to (i) any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off was effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were

 

101



 

incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank), and (ii) Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Bank having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided , that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being prorated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Recovery Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Recovery Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:

 

subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying :

 

(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank during such Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by

 

(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

 

from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan.

 

Recovery Quarter has the meaning provided in Section 2.1 (a)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Reimbursable Expenses means, for any Shared-Loss Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures), paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Bank) by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank, as limited by Sections 3.2 (c) and (d) of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to:

 

(i) recover amounts owed with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off has been effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank) and recover

 

 

102



 

amounts owed with respect to Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any such remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Bank having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided , that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being pro-rated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Reimbursable Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Shared-Loss Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:

 

subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying :

 

(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by

 

(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

 

from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan; and

 

(ii) manage, operate or maintain Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE less the amount of any income received by the Assuming Bank during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to such Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (which resulting amount under this clause (ii) may be negative).

 

Review Board has the meaning provided in Section 2.1 (f)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Shared-Loss Amount has the meaning provided in Section 2.1 (b)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset, the principal amount thereof plus any other fees or penalties due from an Obligor (including, subject to the limitations discussed below, the amount of any Accrued Interest) stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, as of the date as of which the Shared-Loss

 

103



 

Asset Repurchase Price is being determined (regardless, in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan, of the Legal Balance thereof) plus all Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses incurred up to and through the date of consummation of purchase of such Shared-Loss Asset; provided , that (i) in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan there shall be excluded from such amount the amount of any Accrued Interest accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan prior to the ninety (90)-day period ending on the day prior to the purchase date determined pursuant to Sections 2.1 (e)(i) or 2.1 (e)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except to the extent such Accrued Interest was included in the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, and (ii) any collections on a Shared-Loss Loan received by the Assuming Bank after the purchase date applicable to such Shared-Loss Loan shall be applied (without duplication) to reduce the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Loan on a dollar-for-dollar basis. For purposes of determining the amount of unpaid interest which accrued during a given period with respect to a variable-rate Shared-Loss Loan, all collections of interest shall be deemed to be applied to unpaid interest in the chronological order in which such interest accrued.

 

Shared-Loss Assets means Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate purchased by the Assuming Bank, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures, but does not include Shared Loss MTM Assets.

 

Shared-Loss Loan Commitment means:

 

(i) any Commitment to make a further extension of credit or to make a further advance with respect to an existing Shared-Loss Loan; and

 

(ii) any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Bank has made a Permitted Amendment.

 

Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance means an advance pursuant to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment with respect to which the Assuming Bank has not made a Permitted Advance.

 

Shared-Loss Loans means:

 

(i)(A) Loans purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement set forth on Exhibit 4.15 (b) to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, (B) New Shared-Loss Loans purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, (C) Permitted Advances and (D) Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances, if any; provided , that Shared-Loss Loans shall not include Loans, New Shared-Loss Loans, Permitted Advances and Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances with respect to which an Acquired Subsidiary, or a constituent Subsidiary thereof, is an Obligor; (E) Loans owned by any Subsidiary which are not Shared-Loss Loans under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement; and (F) Consumer Loans; and

 

(ii) any Shared-Loss Loans (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Bank has made a Permitted Amendment.

 

 

104



 

Shared-Loss MTM Assets means those securities and other assets listed on Exhibit 4.15(C).

 

Shared-Loss Payment Trigger means when the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the cumulative Net Charge-Offs under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, exceeds the First Loss Tranche. If the First Loss Tranche is zero or a negative number, the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger shall be deemed to have been reached upon Bank Closing.

 

Shared-Loss Quarter has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Stated Threshold means total losses under the shared loss agreements in the amount of $254,000,000.00.

 

Subsidiary ORE means all assets owned by ORE Subsidiaries that would constitute Additional ORE if such assets were on the books of the Assuming Bank.

 

Termination Date means the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

Third Party Servicer means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank to service the Shared-Loss Assets on behalf of the Assuming bank, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.

 

ARTICLE II SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT

 

2.1          Shared-Loss Arrangement .

 

(a)  Quarterly Certificates . (i) Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the initial Calendar Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Shared-Loss Quarter”), the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by the Assuming Bank’s chief executive officer and its chief financial officer, setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify (a “Quarterly Certificate”):

 

(A)     the amount of Charge-Offs, the amount of Recoveries and the amount of Net Charge-Offs (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (and for Recoveries, with respect to the Assets for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing); and

 

(B)      the aggregate amount of Reimbursable Expenses (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter; and

 

105



 

(C)           net realized loss on the Shared Loss MTM Assets determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (MTM Net Realized Loss), or net realized gain on the Shared Loss MTM assets, expressed as a negative number (MTM Net Realized Gain); and

 

(D)          any other than temporary impairment of the Shared Loss MTM Assets, determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (“OTTI Loss”) or reversals of OTTI Loss, expressed as a negative number (for the avoidance of doubt, normal and customary unrealized mark-to-market changes by reason of the application of fair value accounting do not qualify for loss sharing payments).

 

(ii)           Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the first Calendar Quarter following the final Shared-Loss Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Termination Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Recovery Quarter”), the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify

 

(A)          the amount of Recoveries and Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter. On the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter only , the Assuming Bank may report as a separate item, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify, the aggregate amount of any Reimbursable Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Shared-Loss Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Shared-Loss Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Shared-Loss Quarter and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during the first Recovery Quarter; and

 

(B)           net realized gain on the Shared Loss MTM Assets.

 

(b)                                   Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .

 

(i)            For purposes of this Section 2.1 (b), the Assuming Bank shall initially record the Shared-Loss Assets on its Accounting Records at Book Value, and initially record the Shared Loss MTM Assets on its Accounting Records at Fair Value, and adjust such amounts as such values may change after the Bank Closing. If the amount of all Net Charge-Offs during any Shared-Loss Quarter plus Reimbursable Expenses, plus MTM Net Realized Gain or MTM Net Realized Loss, plus OTTI Loss during such Shared-Loss Quarter (the “Shared-Loss Amount”) is positive, then, except as provided in Sections 2.1(c) and (e) below, and subject to the provisions of Section 2.1 (b)(vi) below, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Shared-Loss Quarter, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Shared-Loss Amount

 

106



 

for such Shared-Loss Quarter. If the Shared-Loss Amount during any Shared-Loss Quarter is negative, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter, which payment shall be delivered to the Receiver together with the Quarterly Certificate for such Shared-Loss Quarter. When the cumulative Shared-Loss Amounts for all Shared-Loss Quarters plus the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement equals or exceeds the Stated Threshold, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to ninety-five percent ((95%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for each Shared-Loss Quarter, until such time as the cumulative Shared-Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Quarters is less than the Stated Threshold, when the percentage shall revert back to eighty percent (80%).

 

(ii)           If the amount of gross Recoveries during any Recovery Quarter less Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter plus net realized gains or reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared Loss MTM Assets (the “Recovery Amount”) is positive, then, simultaneously with its delivery of the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Recovery Amount for such Recovery Quarter. If the Recovery Amount is negative, then such negative amount shall be subtracted from the amount of gross Recoveries during the next succeeding Recovery Quarter in determining the Recovery Amount in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter; provided , that this Section 2.1 (b)(ii) shall operate successively in the event that the Recovery Amount (after giving effect to this Section 2.1 (b)(ii)) in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter is negative. The Assuming Bank shall specify, in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter, the aggregate amount for all Recovery Quarters only, as of the end of, and including, the final Recovery Quarter of (A) Recoveries plus net realized gains or reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared Loss MTM Assets (“Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries”), (B) Recovery Expenses (“Aggregate Recovery Expenses”), and (C)  only those Recovery Expenses that have been actually “offset” against Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries (including those so “offset” in that final Recovery Quarter) (“Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses”); as used in this sentence, the term “offset” means the amount that has been applied to reduce gross Recoveries in any Recovery Quarter pursuant to the methodology set forth in this Section 2.1 (b)(ii). If, at the end of the final Recovery Quarter the amount of Aggregate Recovery Expenses exceeds the amount of Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries, the Receiver shall have no obligation to pay to the Assuming Bank all or any portion of such excess. Subsequent to the Assuming Bank’s calculation of the Recovery Amount (if any) for the final Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Bank shall also show on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter the results of the following three mathematical calculations: (i) Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; (ii) Aggregate Recovery Expenses minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; and (iii) the lesser of the two amounts calculated in (i) and (ii) immediately above (“Additional Recovery Expenses”) multiplied by 80% (the amount so calculated in (iii) being defined as the “Additional Recovery Expense Amount”). If the Additional Recovery Expense Amount is greater than zero, then the Assuming Bank may request in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter that the Receiver reimburse the Assuming Bank the amount of the Additional Recovery Expense Amount and the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank the Additional Recovery Expense Amount within fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate. On the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Bank

 

107



 

may include, in addition to any Recovery Expenses for that Recovery Quarter that were paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank in that Recovery Quarter, those Recovery Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Recovery Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Recovery Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Recovery Quarter, and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) prior to the date the Assuming Bank is required to deliver that final Quarterly Certificate to the Receiver under the terms of Section 2.1 (a)(ii).

 

(iii)          With respect to each Shared-Loss Quarter and Recovery Quarter, collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank on any charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing on an Asset other than a Shared-Loss Asset or Shared-Loss MTM Assets shall be reported as Recoveries under this Section 2.1 only to the extent such collections exceed the Book Value of such Asset, if any. For any Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter in which collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank on such Asset are applied to both Book Value and to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, the amount of expenditures incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank attributable to the collection of any such Asset, that shall be considered a Reimbursable Expense or a Recovery Expense under this Section 2.1 will be limited to a proportion of such expenditures which is equal to the proportion derived by dividing (A) the amount of collections on such Asset applied to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, by (B) the total collections on such Assets.

 

(iv)          If the Assuming Bank has duly specified an amount of Reimbursable Expenses on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter as described above in the last sentence of Section 2.1 (a)(ii), then, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) (or, if the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement plus the cumulative Shared-Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Quarters equals or exceeds the Stated Threshold, ninety-five percent (95%)) of the amount of such Reimbursable Expenses.

 

(v)           If the First Loss Tranche as determined under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is a positive number, Receiver has no obligation to make payment for any Shared Loss Quarters until the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger is satisfied.

 

(vi)          Payments from the Receiver with respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are administrative expenses of the Receiver. To the extent the Receiver needs funds for shared-loss payments respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended (“MLSA”), from FDIC in its corporate capacity. The Receiver will not agree to any amendment of the MLSA that would prevent the Receiver from drawing on the MLSA to fund shared-loss payments.

 

(c)           Limitation on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to this Section 2.1 with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared- Loss Asset that the Receiver or the Corporation determines, based upon the Examination

 

108



 

Criteria, should not have been effected by the Assuming Bank; provided, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Bank with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to any properly effected Charge-Off and (2) to the extent not curable, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Charge-Offs (or portion of Charge-Offs) that were effected which would have been payable as a Charge-Off if the Assuming Bank had properly effected such Charge-Off. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payments with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 or determines that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

 

(d)           Sale of , or Additional Advances or Amendments with Respect to , Shared-Loss Loans and Administration of Related Loans . No Shared-Loss Loan shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 (i) if the Assuming Bank sells or otherwise transfers such Shared-Loss Loan or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, (ii) after the Assuming Bank makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a commitment with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Advance or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, (iii) after the Assuming Bank makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Amendment, or (iv) after the Assuming Bank has managed, administered or collected any “Related Loan” (as such term is defined in Section 3.4 of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of such Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; provided , that any such Shared-Loss Loan that has been the subject of Charge-Offs prior to the taking of any action described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 2.1 (d) by the Assuming Bank shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 solely for the purpose of treatment of Recoveries on such Charge-Offs until such time as the amount of Recoveries with respect to such Shared-Loss Asset equals such Charge-Offs.

 

(e)           Option to Purchase .

 

(i)            In the event that the Assuming Bank determines that there is a substantial likelihood that continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of $500,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank will result in an expenditure, after Bank Closing, of funds by on behalf of the Assuming Bank to a third party for a specified purpose (the expenditure of which, in its best judgment, will maximize collections), which do not constitute Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, and such expenses will exceed ten percent (10%) of the then book value thereof as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank shall (i) promptly so notify the Receiver and (ii) request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense for purposes of this Section 2.1. (Where the Assuming Bank determines that there is a substantial likelihood that the previously mentioned situation exists with respect to continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an

 

109



 

Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of less than $1,000,000 on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank may so notify the Receiver and request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense.) Within thirty (30) days after its receipt of such a notice, the Receiver will advise the Assuming Bank of its consent or denial, that such expenditures shall be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the failure of the Receiver to give its consent with respect to such expenditures, the Assuming Bank shall continue to administer such Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with Section 2.2, except that the Assuming Bank shall not be required to make such expenditures. At any time after its receipt of such a notice and on or prior to the Termination Date the Receiver shall have the right to purchase such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset as provided in Section 2.1 (e)(iii), notwithstanding any consent by the Receiver with respect to such expenditure.

 

(ii)               During the period prior to the Termination Date, the Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days after any of the following becomes fully or partially charged-off:

 

(A)        a Shared-Loss Loan having a Legal Balance (or, in the case of more than one (1) Shared-Loss Loan made to the same Obligor, a combined Legal Balance) of $500,000 or more in circumstances in which the legal claim against the relevant Obligor survives; or

 

(B)         a Shared-Loss Loan to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R.  215.2 (d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R.  215.2 (l), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.

 

(iii)              If the Receiver determines in its discretion that the Assuming Bank is not diligently pursuing collection efforts with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset which has been fully or partially charged-off or written-down (including any Shared-Loss Asset which is identified or required to be identified in a notice pursuant to Section 2.1 (e)(ii)) or any Asset for which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down, the Receiver may at its option, exercisable at any time on or prior to the Termination Date, require the Assuming Bank to assign, transfer and convey such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset to and for the sole benefit of the Receiver for a price equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.

 

(iv)             Not later than ten (10) days after the date upon which the Assuming Bank receives notice of the Receiver’s intention to purchase or require the assignment of any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(i) or (iii), the Assuming Bank shall transfer to the Receiver such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto and shall take all such other actions as may be necessary and appropriate to adequately effect the transfer of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset from the Assuming Bank to the Receiver. Not later than fifteen (15) days after the date upon which the Receiver receives such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset less the Related

 

110



 

Liability Amount.

 

(v)              The Receiver shall assume all Related Liabilities with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset set forth in the notice described in Section 2.1 (e)(iv).

 

(f)            Dispute Resolution .

 

(i)                (A) Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with Examination Criteria shall be resolved by the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority. (B) With respect to any other dispute arising under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which the parties hereto cannot resolve after having negotiated such matter, in good faith, for a thirty (30) day period, other than a dispute the Corporation is not permitted to submit to arbitration under the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996 (“ADRA”), as amended, such other dispute shall be resolved by determination of a review board (a “Review Board”) established pursuant to Section 2.1 (f). Any Review Board under this Section 2.1(f) shall follow the provisions of the Federal Arbitration Act and shall follow the provisions of the ADRA. (C) Any determination by the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority or by a Review Board shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and not subject to further dispute, and judgment may be entered on said determination in accordance with applicable arbitration law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(ii)               A Review Board shall consist of three (3) members, each of whom shall have such expertise as the Corporation and the Assuming Bank agree is relevant. As appropriate, the Receiver or the Corporation (the “FDIC Party”) will select one member, one member will be selected by the Assuming Bank and the third member (the “Neutral Member”) will be selected by the other two members. The member of the Review Board selected by a party may be removed at any time by such party upon two (2) days’ written notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank after two (2) days’ prior written notice to the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member. In addition, if a Neutral Member fails for any reason to serve or continue to serve on the Review Board, the other remaining members shall so notify the parties to the dispute and the Neutral Member in writing that such Neutral Member will be replaced, and the Neutral Member shall thereafter be replaced by the unanimous action of the other remaining members within twenty (20) business days of that notification.

 

(iii)              No dispute may be submitted to a Review Board by any of the parties to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless such party has provided to the other party a written notice of dispute (“Notice of Dispute”). During the forty-five (45)-day period following the providing of a Notice of Dispute, the parties to the dispute will make every effort in good faith to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement. As part of these good faith efforts, the parties should consider the use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, as judged appropriate by each party in its sole discretion. Such techniques may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, and early neutral evaluation. If the parties have not agreed to a resolution of the dispute by the end of such forty-five (45)-day period, then, subject to the discretion of the Corporation and the written consent of the Assuming Bank as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(i)(B)

 

111



 

above, on the first day following the end of such period, the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank shall notify each other of its selection of its member of the Review Board and such members shall be instructed to promptly select the Neutral Member of the Review Board. If the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank are unable to promptly agree upon the initial selection of the Neutral Member, or a timely replacement Neutral Member as set forth in Section 2.1 (f)(ii) above, the two appointed members shall apply to the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), and such Neutral Member shall be appointed in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA.

 

(iv)             The resolution of a dispute pursuant to this Section 2.1 (f) shall be governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Section 2.1 (f). The Review Board may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior approval of the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank.

 

(v)              Within fifteen (15) days after the last to occur of the final written submissions of both parties, the presentation of witnesses, if any, and oral presentations, if any, the Review Board shall adopt the position of one of the parties and shall present to the parties a written award regarding the dispute. The determination of any two (2) members of a Review Board will constitute the determination of such Review Board.

 

(vi)             The FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank will each pay the fees and expenses of the member of the Review Board selected by it. The FDIC Party and Assuming Bank will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member. No such fees or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise.

 

(vii)            Each party will bear all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board. No such costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise. The Review Board shall have no authority to award costs or expenses incurred by either party to these proceedings.

 

(viii)           Any dispute resolution proceeding held pursuant to this Section 2.1 (f) shall not be public. In addition, each party and each member of any Review Board shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith, except as the parties agree in writing or such disclosure is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation. Pursuant to ADRA, dispute resolution communications may not be disclosed either by the parties or by any member of the Review board unless:

 

(1)  all parties to the dispute resolution proceeding agree in writing;

(2)  the communication has already been made public;

(3)  the communication is required by statute, rule or regulation to be made public; or

(4)  a court determines that such testimony or disclosure is necessary to prevent a

 

112



 

manifest injustice, help establish a violation of the law or prevent harm to the public health or safety, or of sufficient magnitude in the particular case to outweigh the integrity of dispute resolution proceedings in general by reducing the confidence of parties in future cases that their communications will remain confidential.

 

(ix)           Any dispute resolution proceeding pursuant to this Section 2.1 (f) (whether as a matter of good faith negotiations, by resort to a Review Board, or otherwise) is a compromise negotiation for purposes of the Federal Rules of Evidence and state rules of evidence. The parties agree that all proceedings, including any statement made or document prepared by any party, attorney or other participants are privileged and shall not be disclosed in any subsequent proceeding or document or construed for any purpose as an admission against interest. Any document submitted and any statements made during any dispute resolution proceeding are for settlement purposes only. The parties further agree not to subpoena any of the members of the Review Board or any documents submitted to the Review Board. In no event will the Neutral Member voluntarily testify on behalf of any party.

 

(x)            No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of any Review Board shall constitute precedent as regards any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel which may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.

 

(xi)           The parties may extend any period of time in this Section 2.1(f) by mutual agreement. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, no dispute shall be submitted to a Review Board until each member of the Review Board, and any substitute member, if applicable, agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 2.1(f) as applicable to members of a Review Board. Prior to the commencement of the Review Board proceedings, or, in the case of a substitute Neutral Member, prior to the re-commencement of such proceedings subsequent to that substitution, the Neutral Member shall provide a written oath of impartiality.

 

(xii)          For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event any notice of dispute is provided to a party under this Section 2.1(g) prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to any such items set forth in such notice until such time as any such dispute with respect to such item is finally resolved.

 

(g)           Payment in the Event Losses Fail to Reach Expected Level . On the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the calendar day following the Bank Closing occurs, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver fifty percent (50%) of the excess, if any, of (i) twenty percent (20%) of the Stated Threshold less (ii) the sum of (A) twenty-five percent (25%) of the asset premium (discount) plus (B) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Cumulative

 

113



 

Shared-Loss Payments plus (C) the Cumulative Servicing Amount. The Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver not later than 30 days following the True-Up Measurement Date, a schedule, signed by an officer of the Assuming Bank, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments and the Cumulative Servicing Amount.

 

2.2       Administration of Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Bank shall at all times prior to the Termination Date comply with the Rules Regarding the Administration of Shared- Loss Assets as set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

2.3      Auditor Report ; Right to Audit .

 

(a)           Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year from and including the fiscal year during which Bank Closing falls to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date falls, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Bank’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Bank cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363.

 

(b)           The Assuming Bank shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with the provisions of this Article II and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with copies of the internal audit reports and access to internal audit workpapers related to such internal audit.

 

(c)           The Receiver or the Corporation may perform an audit to determine the Assuming Bank’s compliance with the provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, at any time by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Bank’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

 

114



 

2.4       Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Quarterly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if, in its judgment, there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Bank demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days. In the event the Receiver or the Assuming Bank elects to submit the issue of the eligibility of the item for reimbursement or payment for determination under the dispute resolution procedures of Section 2.1 (f), then (i) if the dispute is settled by the mutual agreement of the parties in accordance with Section 2.1 (f)(iii), the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so agreed) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the dispute is determined by the parties to be resolved by mutual agreement, and (ii) if the dispute is resolved by the determination of a Review Board, the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so determined) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the Receiver is notified of the determination by the Review Board of its obligation to make such payment. Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof from the date the payment was agreed or determined otherwise to be due, at the interest rate per annum determined by the Receiver to be equal to the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each Calendar Quarter during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board’s Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Auction Average - 3-Month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.

 

2.5       Books and Records . The Assuming Bank shall at all times during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs. Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, all financial books and records shall be kept in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied for the periods involved and in a manner such that information necessary to determine compliance with any requirement of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement will be readily obtainable, and in a manner such that the purposes of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be effectively accomplished. Without the prior written approval of the Corporation, the Assuming Bank shall not make any change in its accounting principles adversely affecting the value of the Shared-Loss Assets except as required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Bank shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles affecting the Shared-Loss Assets which it believes are required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles.

 

2.6     Information . The Assuming Bank shall promptly provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance

 

115



 

of the provisions of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or otherwise relating to its business and affairs or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time.

 

2.7       Tax Ruling . The Assuming Bank shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III - RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS
ASSETS AND SHARED-LOSS MTM ASSETS

 

3.1       Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Bank shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Bank transfers any Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss MTM Assets) to, or a Third Party Servicer to, manage, administer, and collect the Shared-Loss Assets and Shared-Loss MTM Assets while owned by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III (“Rules”). The Assuming Bank shall be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Section 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver and the Corporation at all times to monitor the Assuming Bank’s performance of its duties hereunder.

 

3.2       Duties of the Assuming Bank with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .

 

(a)  In performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Bank shall:

 

(i) manage, administer, collect and effect Charge-Offs and Recoveries with respect to each Shared-Loss Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Bank’s (or, in the case a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank, with respect to the management, administration and collection of and taking of charge-offs and write-downs with respect to loans, other real estate and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared Loss Assets;

 

(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Assets;

 

(iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared- Loss Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Assets;

 

116



 

(iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;

 

(v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and

 

(vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, together with a copy of that contract.

 

(b)           Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.

 

(c)           The following categories of expenses shall not be deemed to be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses:

 

(i) Federal, State, or local income taxes and expenses related thereto;

 

(ii) salaries or other compensation and related benefits of Assuming Bank employees and the employees of its Affiliates including, without limitation, any bonus, commission or severance arrangements, training, payroll taxes, dues, or travel- or relocation- related expenses,;

 

(iii) the cost of space occupied by the Assuming Bank, any Affiliate thereof and their staff, the rental of and maintenance of furniture and equipment, and expenses for data processing including the purchase or enhancement of data processing systems;

 

(iv) except as otherwise provided herein, fees for accounting and other independent professional consultants (other than consultants retained to assess the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged-off); provided , that for purposes of this Section 3.2 (c)(iv), fees of attorneys and appraisers engaged as necessary to assist in collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets shall not be deemed to be fees of other independent consultants;

 

(v) allocated portions of any other overhead or general and administrative expense other than any fees relating to specific assets, such as appraisal fees or environmental audit fees, for services of a type the Assuming Bank does not normally perform internally;

 

(vi) any expense not incurred in good faith and with the same degree of care that the Assuming Bank normally would exercise in the collection of troubled assets in which it alone had an interest; and

 

117



 

(vii) any expense incurred for a product, service or activity that is of an extravagant nature or design.

 

(d)           Subject to Section 3.7, the Assuming Bank shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Bank would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

3.3          Duties of the Assuming Bank with Respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets .

 

(a) In performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Bank shall:

 

(i) manage, administer, collect and each Shared-Loss MTM Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Bank’s practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank, with respect to the management, administration and collection of similar assets that are not Shared-Loss MTM Assets;

 

(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets;

 

(iii)  use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss MTM Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss MTM Assets, provided that, any sale of a Shared-Loss MTM Asset shall only be made with the prior approval of the Receiver or the Corporation;

 

(iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;

 

(v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and

 

(vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, together with a copy of that contract.

 

(b)           Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Shared-Loss MTM Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.

 

(c)           The Assuming Bank shall not contract with third parties to provide services

 

118



 

the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Bank would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

3.4       Records and Reports . The Assuming Bank shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate to account for the Shared-Loss Assets and the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may require, to enable the Assuming Bank to prepare and deliver to the Receiver or the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request regarding the Shared-Loss Assets, the Shared-Loss MTM Assets and the Quarterly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

3.5       Related Loans .

 

(a)           The Assuming Bank shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Bank at any time on or prior to the end of the final Recovery Quarter that is: (i) made to the same Obligor with respect to a Loan that is a Shared-Loss Asset or with respect to a Loan from which Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE derived, or (ii) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described in clause (i) under the rules of the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date, as applied to the Assuming Bank.

 

(b)           The Assuming Bank shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Quarterly Certificates for the Calendar Quarters ending June 30 and December 31 for all Shared-Loss Quarters and Recovery Quarters, a schedule of all Related Loans which are commercial loans or commercial real estate loans with Legal Balances of $500,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank as of the end of each such semi-annual period, and all other commercial loans or commercial real estate loans attributable to the same Obligor on such loans of $500,000 or more.

 

3.6       Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article IV below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Bank derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Bank shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Bank shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.

 

3.7       Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Bank may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement through or by

 

119



 

one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Bank hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, as the case may be, to the same extent such expenses would so qualify if incurred by the Assuming Bank); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Bank shall not release the Assuming Bank of any obligation or liability hereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV — PORTFOLIO SALE

 

4.1       Assuming Bank Portfolio Sales of Remaining Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Bank shall have the right with the concurrence of the Receiver, commencing as of the first day of the third to last Shared-Loss Quarter, to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Shared-Loss Assets held by the Assuming Bank (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Bank exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors.

 

4.2       Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Shared-Loss Assets gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less the book value of the remaining Shared-Loss Assets.

 

ARTICLE V — LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO CORPORATION AND/OR
RECEIVER

 

As a supplement to the notice provisions contained in Section 13.7 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any notice, request, demand, consent, approval, or other communication (a “Notice”) given to the Corporation and/or the Receiver in the loss-sharing context shall be given as follows:

 

5.1                      With respect to a Notice under Section 2 and Sections 3.1-3.5 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Division of Resolutions and Receiverships

550 17th Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20429

 

Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing

 

5.2                      With respect to a Notice under Section 3.6 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division

1601 Bryan Street

 

120



 

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Regional Counsel

 

with a copy to:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division

550 17th Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20429

Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)

 

ARTICLE VI — MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1       Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by a party hereto in connection with this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.

 

6.2       Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . All terms and provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto only; provided , however , that, Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, Assuming Bank may not assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole discretion, and any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Bank with and into another financial institution, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Bank to another financial institution constitutes the transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receive; and for a period of thirty-six (36) months after Bank Closing, a merger or consolidation shall also include the sale by any individual shareholder, or shareholders acting in concert, of more than 9% of the outstanding shares of the Assuming Bank, or of its holding company, or of any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, or the sale of shares by the Assuming Bank or its holding company or any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, in a public or private offering, that increases the number of shares outstanding by more than 9%, constitutes the transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver. However, no Loss shall be recognized as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to any such merger, consolidation or sale consented to by the FDIC. The FDIC’s consent shall not be required if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of Shared-Loss Assets is less than twenty percent (20%) of the initial aggregate balance of Shared-Loss Assets.

 

6.3       Governing Law . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be construed in accordance with federal law, or, if there is no applicable federal law, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any rule of conflict of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

 

121



 

6.4       WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

6.5       Captions . All captions and headings contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

6.6       Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, along with the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including the Exhibits and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior representations, warranties, offers, acceptances, agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter herein. This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be amended or modified or any provision thereof waived only by a written instrument signed by both parties or their respective duly authorized agents.

 

6.7       Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed and enforced as if it had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of such provision and the remaining provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

6.8       No Third Party Beneficiary . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

6.9       Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

122



 

6.10     Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.

 

123


EXHIBIT 2.3

 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

WHOLE BANK

 

ALL DEPOSITS


AMONG

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF FIRST SECURITY NATIONAL BANK,
NORCROSS, GEORGIA

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

 

and


STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


DATED AS OF


DECEMBER 4, 2009

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

8

 

 

 

2.1

Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Bank

8

2.2

Interest on Deposit Liabilities

10

2.3

Unclaimed Deposits

10

2.4

Employee Plans

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

PURCHASE OF ASSETS

11

 

 

 

3.1

Assets Purchased by Assuming Bank

11

3.2

Asset Purchase Price

11

3.3

Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc.

12

3.4

Puts of Assets to the Receiver

12

3.5

Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Bank

14

3.6

Assets Essential to Receiver

15

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS

16

 

 

 

4.1

Continuation of Banking Business

16

4.2

Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business

17

4.3

Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business

17

4.4

Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business

17

4.5

Agreement with Respect to Trust Business

17

4.6

Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises

18

4.7

Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Processing Equipment

21

4.8

Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements

21

4.9

Informational Tax Reporting

22

4.10

Insurance

22

4.11

Office Space for Receiver and Corporation

22

4.12

Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees

23

4.13

Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing

24

4.14

Reserved

24

4.15

Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing

24

 

ii



 

ARTICLE V

DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK

24

 

 

 

5.1

Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders

24

5.2

Certain Agreements Related to Deposits

25

5.3

Notice to Depositors

25

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

RECORDS

25

 

 

 

6.1

Transfer of Records

25

6.2

Delivery of Assigned Records

26

6.3

Preservation of Records

26

6.4

Access to Records; Copies

26

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

FIRST LOSS TRANCHE

26

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

ADJUSTMENTS

27

 

 

 

8.1

Pro Forma Statement

27

8.2

Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities

 

8.3

Payments

28

8.4

Interest

28

8.5

Subsequent Adjustments

28

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

CONTINUING COOPERATION

28

 

 

 

9.1

General Matters

28

9.2

Additional Title Documents

29

9.3

Claims and Suits

29

9.4

Payment of Deposits

29

9.5

Withheld Payments

29

9.6

Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities

30

9.7

Information

30

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

CONDITION PRECEDENT

31

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING BANK

31

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII

INDEMNIFICATION

32

 

 

 

12.1

Indemnification of Indemnitees

32

12.2

Conditions Precedent to Indemnification

35

12.3

No Additional Warranty

36

12.4

Indemnification of Corporation and Receiver

36

12.5

Obligations Supplemental

36

 

iii



 

12.6

Criminal Claims

37

12.7

Limited Guaranty of the Corporation

37

12.8

Subrogation

37

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

37

 

 

 

13.1

Entire Agreement

37

13.2

Headings

37

13.3

Counterparts

37

13.4

Governing Law

37

13.5

Successors

38

13.6

Modification; Assignment

38

13.7

Notice

38

13.8

Manner of Payment

39

13.9

Costs, Fees and Expenses

39

13.10

Waiver

39

13.11

Severability

39

13.12

Term of Agreement

39

13.13

Survival of Covenants, Etc.

40

 

 

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

Certain Liabilities Assumed

42

2.1(a)

Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts

43

3.1

Certain Assets Purchased

44

3.2

Purchase Price of Assets or Assets

45

3.5(l)

Excluded Securities

47

4.15A

Single Family Loss Share Loans

48

4.15B

Non-Single Family Loss Share Loans

49

7

Calculation of Deposit Premium

50

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

2.3A

Final Notice Letter

50

2.3B

Affidavit of Mailing

55

4.13

Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement

58

4.15A

Single Family Loss Share Agreement

60

4.15B

Commercial Loss Share Agreement

96

 

iv



 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

WHOLE BANK

ALL DEPOSITS

 

THIS AGREEMENT , made and entered into as of the 4 th  day of December, 2009, by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER OF FIRST SECURITY NATIONAL BANK, NORCROSS, GEORGIA (the “Receiver”), STATE BANK & TRUST COMPANY, organized under the laws of the state of Georgia, and having its principal place of business in MACON, GEORGIA (the “Assuming Bank”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “Corporation”).

 

WITNESSETH :

 

WHEREAS , on Bank Closing, the Chartering Authority closed First Security National Bank (the “Failed Bank”) pursuant to applicable law and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof; and

 

WHEREAS , the Assuming Bank desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposit and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Bank to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII; and

 

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Bank on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , the Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank.

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1



 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Article I, or elsewhere in this Agreement. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.

 

Accounting Records means the general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and supporting schedules which support the general ledger balances.

 

Acquired Subsidiaries means Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

Affiliate of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in Section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. Section 1841.

 

Agreement means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Bank, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Assets means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition.

 

Assumed Deposits means Deposits.

 

Bank Closing means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.

 

Bank Premises means the banking houses, drive-in banking facilities, and teller facilities (staffed or automated) together with adjacent parking, storage and service facilities and structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, and land on which the foregoing are located, and unimproved land that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Accounting Record of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing.

 

Bid Valuation Date means September 18, 2009.

 

Book Value means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of Bank Closing after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits, and other similar adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of

 

2



 

a Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Bank shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of Bank Closing, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of Bank Closing, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.

 

Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.

 

Chartering Authority means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(c), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 1821(c)(9).

 

Commitment means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.

 

Credit Documents mean the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Credit File means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral, or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any thereof.

 

3



 

Data Processing Lease means any lease or licensing agreement, binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, the subject of which is data processing equipment or computer hardware or software used in connection with data processing activities. A lease or licensing agreement for computer software used in connection with data processing activities shall constitute a Data Processing Lease regardless of whether such lease or licensing agreement also covers data processing equipment.

 

Deposit means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(l), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided, that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of Bank Closing.

 

Deposit Secured Loan means a loan in which the only collateral securing the loan is Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions

 

Equity Adjustment means the dollar amount resulting by subtracting the Book Value, as of Bank Closing, of all Liabilities Assumed under this Agreement by the Assuming Bank from the purchase price, as determined in accordance with this Agreement, as of Bank Closing, of all Assets acquired under this Agreement by the Assuming Bank, which may be a positive or a negative number.

 

Failed Bank Advances means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance, and (iii) pay credit life insurance, accident and health insurance, and vendor’s single interest insurance.

 

Fair Market Value means (i)(a) ”Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:

 

(1) Buyer and seller are typically motivated;

(2) Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;

(3) A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;

(4) Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and

 

4



 

 

(5) The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;

 

as determined as of Bank Closing by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Bank from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank, and (b) which, with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after Bank Closing by an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank within seven (7) days after Bank Closing; or (ii) with respect to property other than Bank Premises purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price therefore as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Bank, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (i)(a) above.

 

First Loss Tranche ” means the dollar amount of liability that the Assuming Bank will incur prior to the commencement of loss sharing, which is the sum of (i) the Assuming Bank’s asset premium (discount) bid, as reflected on the Assuming Bank’s bid form, plus (ii) the Assuming Bank’s Deposit premium bid, as reflected on the Assuming Bank’s bid form, plus (iii) the Equity Adjustment. The First Loss Tranche may be a positive or negative number.

 

Fixtures ” means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of Bank Closing.

 

Furniture and Equipment means the furniture and equipment, other than motor vehicles, leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery (including personal computers), shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance, security systems and artwork. Motor vehicles shall be considered other assets and pass at Book Value. Furniture and equipment located at a storage facility not adjacent to a Bank Premises are excluded from this definition.

 

Indemnitees means, except as provided in paragraph (11) of Section 12.1, (i) the Assuming Bank, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Bank other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Bank, and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Bank and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.

 

Legal Balance means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.

 

5



 

Liabilities Assumed has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.

 

Lien means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest, or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.

 

Loans means all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing:

 

(i)            loans (including loans which have been charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in whole or in part prior to and including the Bid Valuation Date), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans, and lease financing contracts;

 

(ii)           all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above; and

 

(iii)          all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings, and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.

 

Obligor means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly, or severally.

 

Other Real Estate means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.

 

Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.

 

Primary Indemnitor means any Person (other than the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any

 

6



 

directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.

 

Proforma means producing a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed bank through the date of closing. The Proforma financial statements serve as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Bank and the Receiver.

 

Put Date has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.

 

Put Notice has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.

 

Qualified Financial Contract means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(e)(8)(D).

 

Record means any document, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at Bank Closing.

 

Related Liability with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset, and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.

 

Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Bank, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such assets. Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such assets stated on the Accounting Records of the entity that owns such asset.

 

Repurchase Price means, with respect to any Loan the Book Value, adjusted to reflect changes to Book Value after Bank Closing, plus (i) any advances and interest on such Loan after Bank Closing, minus (ii) the total of amounts received by the Assuming Bank for such Loan, regardless of how applied, after Bank Closing, plus (iii) advances made by Assuming Bank, plus (iv) total disbursements of principal made by Receiver that are not included in the Book Value.

 

Safe Deposit Boxes means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.

 

7



 

Settlement Date means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after Bank Closing, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.

 

Settlement Interest Rate means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills in effect as of Bank Closing as published in The Wall Street Journal; provided , that if no such equivalent coupon issue yield is available as of Bank Closing, the equivalent coupon issue yield for such Treasury Bills most recently published in The Wall Street Journal prior to Bank Closing shall be used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published in The Wall Street Journal .

 

Subsidiary has the meaning set forth in Section 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(w)(4), as amended.

 

ARTICLE II
ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

 

2.1          Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay, perform, and discharge all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “Liabilities Assumed”):

 

(a)           Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1(a); provided , that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Bank agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such Assets as appropriate which, prior to Bank Closing, were pledged as security by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Bank, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;

 

(b)           liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

 

(c)           borrowings from Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges,

 

8



 

reclamations, and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, if any;

 

(d)           ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided , that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;

 

(e)           liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including Bank Closing); provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

 

(f)            United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;

 

(g)           liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit (other than “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. Section 337.2(a)); provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

 

(h)           duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s Records, credit card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business or trust business, if any;

 

(i)            liabilities, if any, for Commitments;

 

(j)            liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired under Section 3.1;

 

(k)           liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts;

 

(l)            duties and obligations under any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others, or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others; and

 

(m)          all asset-related offensive litigation liabilities and all asset-related defensive litigation liabilities, but only to the extent such liabilities relate to assets subject to a loss share agreement, and provided that all other defensive litigation and any class actions with respect to credit card business are retained by the Receiver.

 

9



 

Schedule 2.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Liabilities Assumed and the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed in such categories. Such schedule is based upon the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII.

 

2.2          Interest on Deposit Liabilities . The Assuming Bank agrees that, from and after Bank Closing, it will accrue and pay interest on Deposit liabilities assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate(s) it shall determine; provided , that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Bank to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Bank shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Bank elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided , that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Bank shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.

 

2.3          Unclaimed Deposits . Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Bank will provide the Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Bank to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3A to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account(s) with the Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank will send the “Final Legal Notice” to the depositors within thirty (30) days following notification of the Receiver’s authorization. The Assuming Bank will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3B to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.

 

If, within eighteen (18) months after Bank Closing, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Deposit assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title, and interest of the Assuming Bank in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Bank and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Bank pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18) month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.

 

2.4          Employee Plans . Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Bank shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401K or stock purchase plans or similar

 

10



 

plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Bank agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III
PURCHASE OF ASSETS

 

3.1          Assets Purchased by Assuming Bank . With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6, the Assuming Bank hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys, and delivers to the Assuming Bank, all right, title, and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships, and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing. Schedule 3.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Assets purchased hereunder. Such schedule is based upon the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Bank subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1. Notwithstanding Section 4.8, the Assuming Bank specifically purchases all mortgage servicing rights and obligations of the Failed Bank.

 

3.2          Asset Purchase Price .

 

(a)           All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Bank shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2, except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank before the Bid Valuation Date shall be purchased at a price of zero.

 

(b)           The purchase price for securities (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary and FRB and FHLB stock) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Bank shall be the market value thereof as of Bank Closing, which market value shall be (i) the market price for each such security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on Bank Closing as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii)  provided , that if such market price is not available for any such security, the Assuming Bank will submit a bid for each such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Bank and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole discretion will accept or reject each such bid; and (iii)  further provided in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Bank, each such security shall not pass to the Assuming Bank and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder.

 

11



 

(c)           Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c). Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank.

 

3.3          Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse ; Etc . THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING BANK UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR RECEIVER’S BILL OF SALE, “AS IS”, “WHERE IS”, WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, ENFORCEABILITY, COLLECTIBILITY, DOCUMENTATION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS.

 

3.4          Puts of Assets to the Receiver .

 

(a)           Puts Within 30 Days After Bank Closing . During the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and only during such period (which thirty (30)-day period may be extended in writing in the sole absolute discretion of the Receiver for any Loan), in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Deposit Secured Loan transferred to the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 3.1 which is not fully secured by Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions due to either insufficient Assumed Deposit or deposit collateral or deficient documentation regarding such collateral; provided with regard to any Deposit Secured Loan secured by an Assumed Deposit, no such purchase may be required until any Deposit setoff determination, whether voluntary or involuntary, has been made; and,

 

at the end of the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and at that time only, in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Bank pursuant to 3.1 which both was made after the Bid Valuation Date and was not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Bank shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any Loan if (i) the Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Acquired Subsidiary, or (ii) the Assuming Bank has:

 

(A)                               made any advance in accordance with the terms of a Commitment or otherwise with respect to such Loan;

 

(B)            taken any action that increased the amount of a Related Liability with respect to such Loan over the amount of such liability immediately prior to the time of such action;

 

12



 

(C)            created or permitted to be created any Lien on such Loan which secures indebtedness for money borrowed or which constitutes a conditional sales agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;

 

(D)           entered into, agreed to make, grant or permit, or made, granted or permitted any modification or amendment to, any waiver or extension with respect to, or any renewal, refinancing or refunding of, such Loan or related Credit Documents or collateral, including, without limitation, any act or omission which diminished such collateral; or

 

(E)            sold, assigned or transferred all or a portion of such Loan to a third party (whether with or without recourse).

 

The Assuming Bank shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Bank with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

 

(b)           Notices to the Receiver . In the event that the Assuming Bank elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “Put Notice”) which shall include:

 

(i)             a list of all Assets that the Assuming Bank requires the Receiver to purchase;

 

(ii)            a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and

 

(iii)           a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.

 

Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and records.

 

(c)           Purchase by Receiver . The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “Put Date”).

 

(d)           Purchase Price and Payment Date . Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related

 

13



 

Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank the amount of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Bank or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(d) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.

 

(e)            Servicing . The Assuming Bank shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.

 

(f)             Reversals . In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Bank shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.

 

3.5          Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Bank . The Assuming Bank does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:

 

(a)           any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, extended coverage insurance policy, bank owned life insurance or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;

 

(b)           any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to Bank Closing arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided , that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before Bank Closing, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of Bank Closing;

 

(c)           prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;

 

(d)           legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;

 

14



 

(e)           amounts reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;

 

(f)            leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided , that the Assuming Bank does obtain an option under Section 4.6, Section 4.7 or Section 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;

 

(g)           owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;

 

(h)           any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Section 304.4, and other intangibles;

 

(i)            any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;

 

(j)            reserved;

 

(k)           assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;

 

(l)            the securities listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(l); and

 

(m)          prepaid accounts associated with any contract or agreement that the Assuming Bank either does not directly assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement nor has an option to assume under Section 4.8.

 

3.6          Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .

 

(a)           The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Bank, or the Assuming Bank agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Bank, to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver all of the Assuming Bank’s right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:

 

(i)                                      made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;

 

(ii)                                   the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;

 

15



 

 

(iii)           made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;

 

(iv)           secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or

 

(v)                                  related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Bank under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Bank under Article II.

 

(b)           Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Bank agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Bank shall transfer all such Asset or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Bank with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

 

ARTICLE IV
ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS

 

The Assuming Bank agrees with the Receiver and the Corporation as follows:

 

4.1          Continuation of Banking Business . For the period commencing the first banking Business Day after Bank Closing and ending no earlier than the first anniversary of Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Bank may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Bank has received all necessary regulatory approvals. At the option of the Assuming Bank, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not restrict the Assuming Bank from opening, closing or selling branches upon receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals, if the Assuming Bank or its successors continue to provide banking services in the trade area. Assuming Bank will pay to the Receiver, upon the sale of a branch or branches within the year following the date of this agreement, fifty percent (50%) of any franchise premium in excess of the franchise premium paid by the Assuming Bank with respect to such branch or branches.

 

16



 

4.2          Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business . The Assuming Bank agrees to honor and perform, from and after Bank Closing, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all outstanding extensions of credit with respect thereto.

 

4.3          Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business . The Assuming Bank assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after Bank Closing, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefore paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided , that the Assuming Bank may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Bank located in the trade area of the Failed Bank. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safe deposit business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Bank.

 

4.4          Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business . The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of Bank Closing. The Assuming Bank assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after Bank Closing, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Bank shall be entitled to all rights and benefits heretofore accrued or hereafter accruing with respect thereto. The Assuming Bank shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Bank in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. At the option of the Assuming Bank, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safekeeping business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Bank.

 

4.5          Agreement with Respect to Trust Business .

 

(a)           The Assuming Bank shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Bank had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing; provided , that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.

 

17



 

(b)           The Assuming Bank shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.

 

(c)           In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Bank agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Bank in accomplishing such transfer.

 

(d)           The Assuming Bank shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing.

 

4.6          Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises .

 

(a)            Option to Purchase . Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Bank shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of Bank Closing and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date. If the Assuming Bank gives notice of its election not to purchase one or more of the owned Bank Premises within seven (7) days of Bank Closing, then, not withstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Bank shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with appraisals for such Bank Premises.

 

(b)            Option to Lease . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Bank any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Bank from Bank Closing to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided , that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. If an assignment cannot be made of any such leases, the Receiver may, in its discretion, enter into subleases with the Assuming Bank containing the same terms and conditions provided under such existing leases for such leased Bank Premises or other property. The Assuming Bank shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Bank agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6.

 

(c)            Facilitation . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Bank; provided , that neither

 

18



 

the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Bank or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.

 

(d)           Occupancy . The Assuming Bank shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Bank has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Bank’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.

 

(e)           Occupancy Costs .

 

(i)            The Assuming Bank agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Bank elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Bank assumes liability) by the Assuming Bank with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.

 

(ii)           The Assuming Bank agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Bank purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Bank with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.

 

(f)            Certain Requirements as to Furniture, Equipment and Fixtures . If the Assuming Bank purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Bank does not exercise such option but within twelve (12) months following Bank Closing obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or (b), the Assuming Bank shall (i) effective as of the date of Bank Closing, purchase from the Receiver all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market

 

19



 

Value and located thereon as of Bank Closing, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided , that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures or repudiated the leases specified in clause (ii) or (iii).

 

(g)           Vacating Premises .

 

(i)            If the Assuming Bank elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Bank’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Bank’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Bank promptly shall relinquish and release to the Receiver such premises and the Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures located thereon in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Bank shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.

 

(ii)           If the Assuming Bank elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Bank’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than the date which is one hundred eighty (180) days after Bank Closing. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Bank shall relinquish and release to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located thereon in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the one hundred eighty (180)-day period specified above in this paragraph (ii), the Assuming Bank shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.

 

(h)           Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment or any telecommunications, data processing equipment (including hardware and software) and check processing and similar operating equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased Bank Premises that the Assuming Bank elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided , that , the Assuming Bank shall

 

20



 

give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after Bank Closing for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.

 

4.7          Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Processing Equipment

 

(a)           The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to accept an assignment from the Receiver of any or all Data Processing Leases to the extent that such Data Processing Leases can be assigned.

 

(b)           The Assuming Bank shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of any or all Data Processing Leases and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Data Processing Leases, and (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Data Processing Leases.

 

(c)           The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Data Processing Leases or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Bank; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation or make payments to the Assuming Bank or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation.

 

(d)           The Assuming Bank agrees, during its period of use of any property subject to a Data Processing Lease, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of the applicable Data Processing Leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments.

 

(e)           The Assuming Bank shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver all property subject to the relevant Data Processing Lease, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease thereof or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7.

 

4.8          Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements .

 

(a)           Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of Bank Closing which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within thirty (30) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Bank agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after Bank Closing and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after

 

21



 

the Assuming Bank has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided , that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Assuming Bank all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Bank assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Bank elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Bank agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.

 

(b)           The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Bank’s election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5, and (iii) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Bank does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).

 

4.9          Informational Tax Reporting . The Assuming Bank agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to Bank Closing, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Bank, as may be required by the Receiver.

 

4.10        Insurance . The Assuming Bank agrees to obtain insurance coverage effective from and after Bank Closing, including public liability, fire and extended coverage insurance acceptable to the Receiver with respect to owned or leased Bank Premises that it occupies, and all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and leased data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located thereon, in the event such insurance coverage is not already in force and effect with respect to the Assuming Bank as the insured as of Bank Closing. All such insurance shall, where appropriate (as determined by the Receiver), name the Receiver as an additional insured.

 

4.11        Office Space for Receiver and Corporation . For the period commencing on the day following Bank Closing and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day thereafter, the Assuming Bank agrees to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive) and utilities (including local telephone service and

 

22



 

fax machines) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Bank for their use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank. In the event the Receiver and the Corporation determine that the space provided is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Bank. Additionally, the Assuming Bank agrees to pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and Corporation as the Receiver or Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of Bank Closing and ending on Settlement Date. Assuming Bank shall submit it requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.

 

4.12        Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank .

 

(a)           The Assuming Bank agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to Bank Closing, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“Eligible Individuals”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank as defined in Section 607 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (respectively, “qualified beneficiaries” and “ERISA”). The Assuming Bank shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in Section 603 of ERISA) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Bank in order to permit it to prepare such notice and shall provide to the Assuming Bank such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.

 

(b)           The Assuming Bank shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Bank (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Bank under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming Bank and such employees’ qualified beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Bank.

 

(c)           No later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank shall provide the Receiver with a list of all Failed Bank employees the Assuming Bank will not hire. Unless agreed to otherwise by the Assuming Bank and the Receiver, the Assuming Bank shall be

 

23



 

responsible for all costs and expenses (i.e. salary, benefits, etc.) associated with all other employees not on that list from and after the date of delivery of the list to the Receiver. The Assuming Bank shall offer to the Failed Bank employees it retains employment benefits comparable to those the Assuming Bank offers its current employees.

 

(d)           This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Bank any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section.

 

4.13        Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing . At any time after Bank Closing, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Bank, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to Bank Closing. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank agrees to service, administer, and collect such pool assets in accordance with and for the term set forth in Exhibit 4.13 “Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement”.

 

4.14        Reserved.

 

4.15        Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing . The Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require reimbursement from the Receiver for loss sharing on certain loans in accordance with the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and the Non-SF Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B, collectively, the “Shared-Loss Agreements.” The Loans that shall be subject to the Shared-Loss Agreements are identified on the Schedule of Loans 4.15A and 4.15B attached hereto.

 

ARTICLE V
DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK

 

5.1          Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders . Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Bank agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts and withdrawal orders of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Bank, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement.

 

24



 

5.2          Certain Agreements Related to Deposits . Subject to Section 2.2, the Assuming Bank agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.3          Notice to Depositors .

 

(a)           Within seven (7) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank shall give (i) notice to depositors of the Failed Bank of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) any notice required under Section 2.2, by mailing to each such depositor a notice with respect to such assumption and by advertising in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located. The Assuming Bank agrees that it will obtain prior approval of all such notices and advertisements from counsel for the Receiver and that such notices and advertisements shall not be mailed or published until such approval is received.

 

(b)           The Assuming Bank shall give notice by mail to depositors of the Failed Bank concerning the procedures to claim their deposits, which notice shall be provided to the Assuming Bank by the Receiver or the Corporation. Such notice shall be included with the notice to depositors to be mailed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 5.3(a).

 

(c)           If the Assuming Bank proposes to charge fees different from those charged by the Failed Bank before it establishes new deposit account relationships with the depositors of the Failed Bank, the Assuming Bank shall give notice by mail of such changed fees to such depositors.

 

ARTICLE VI
RECORDS

 

6.1          Transfer of Records .

 

(a)           In accordance with Sections 2.1 and 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Bank the following:

 

(i)            all Records pertaining to the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

(A)          signature cards, orders, contracts between the Failed Bank and its depositors and Records of similar character;

 

(B)           passbooks of depositors held by the Failed Bank, deposit slips, cancelled checks and withdrawal orders representing charges to accounts of depositors; and

 

(ii)           all Records pertaining to the Assets, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

25



 

(A)          records of deposits balances carried with other banks, bankers or trust companies;

 

(B)           Loan and collateral records and Credit Files and other documents;

 

(C)           deeds, mortgages, abstracts, surveys, and other instruments or records of title pertaining to real estate or real estate mortgages;

 

(D)          signature cards, agreements and records pertaining to Safe Deposit Boxes, if any; and

 

(E)           records pertaining to the credit card business, trust business or safekeeping business of the Failed Bank, if any.

 

(b)           The Receiver, at its option, may assign and transfer to the Assuming Bank by a single blanket assignment or otherwise, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, any other Records not assigned and transferred to the Assuming Bank as provided in this Agreement, including but not limited to loan disbursement checks, general ledger tickets, official bank checks, proof transactions (including proof tapes) and paid out loan files.

 

6.2          Delivery of Assigned Records . The Receiver shall deliver to the Assuming Bank all Records described in (i) Section 6.1(a) as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement, and (ii) Section 6.1(b) as soon as practicable after making any assignment described therein.

 

6.3           Preservation of Records . The Assuming Bank agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank, all Records of which it has custody for such period as either the Receiver or the Corporation in its discretion may require, until directed otherwise, in writing , by the Receiver or Corporation. The Assuming Bank shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries and customer requests for lien releases with respect to the Records of which it has custody.

 

6.4           Access to Records; Copies . The Assuming Bank agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Bank has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record in the form of microfilm or microfiche pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided , that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such microfilm or microfiche Records, the Assuming Bank hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A

 

26



 

copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.

 

ARTICLE VII
FIRST LOSS TRANCHE

 

The Assuming Bank has submitted to the Receiver an asset premium (discount) bid of ($10,700,000.00) and a positive Deposit premium bid of 0% . The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS, and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits. The First Loss Tranche shall be determined by adding (i) the asset premium (discount) bid, (ii) the Deposit premium bid, and (iii) the Equity Adjustment. If the First Loss Tranche is a positive number, then this is the Losses on Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and Net Charge-offs on Shared Loss Assets that the Assuming Bank will incur before loss-sharing commences under Exhibits 4.15A and 4.15B. If the First Loss Tranche is a negative number, the Corporation shall pay such amount by wire transfer to the Assuming Bank by the end of the first business day following Bank Closing, together with interest determined in accordance with Section 8.4, and loss sharing shall commence immediately.

 

ARTICLE VIII
ADJUSTMENTS

 

8.1          Pro Forma Statement . The Receiver, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Bank a pro forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such pro forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (i) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which at Bank Closing were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (ii) accruals as of Bank Closing for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Bank hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in the normal course of its operations, and (iii) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of Bank Closing as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Any Loan purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank charged off during the period beginning the day after the Bid Valuation Date to the date of Bank Closing shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the pro forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.

 

27



 

8.2          Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities .

 

(a)           In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any pro forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Accounting Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

(b)           If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of Bank Closing, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Bank in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the pro forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.

 

8.3          Payments . The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Bank, or the Assuming Bank agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Bank agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Bank as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.

 

8.4          Interest . Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5, shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following Bank Closing to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.

 

8.5          Subsequent Adjustments . In the event that the Assuming Bank or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.

 

ARTICLE IX
CONTINUING COOPERATION

 

9.1          General Matters . The parties hereto agree that they will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.

 

28



 

9.2          Additional Title Documents . The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank each agree, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, to execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Bank shall prepare such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.

 

9.3          Claims and Suits .

 

(a)           The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Bank with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Bank in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Bank with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before Bank Closing. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Bank with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(b)           In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as coplaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.

 

9.4          Payment of Deposits . In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Bank to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Bank agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Bank at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Bank shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.

 

9.5          Withheld Payments . At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Bank to withhold payment of all or any portion of

 

29



 

any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Bank agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off, or otherwise. The Assuming Bank agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Bank shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Bank shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section, the Assuming Bank shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Bank shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Bank in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section.

 

9.6          Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .

 

(a)          In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement, the Assuming Bank shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.

 

(b)         In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Bank shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Subsidiaries acquired by the Assuming Bank, and (ii) its books and records, the books and records of such Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Bank as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.

 

(c)          Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank relating to the transferred Loan.

 

9.7          Information . The Assuming Bank promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance

 

30



 

of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Bank to assist in preparation of the pro forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.

 

ARTICLE X
CONDITION PRECEDENT

 

The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before Bank Closing evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Bank, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Bank, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

ARTICLE XI
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING BANK

 

The Assuming Bank represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:

 

(a)          Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Bank (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (ii) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Bank has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)         Third Party Consents . No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Bank of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.

 

(c)          Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Bank and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Bank, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(d)         Compliance with Law .

 

(i)            Neither the Assuming Bank nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Bank

 

31



 

or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Bank or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Bank or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Bank or the ability of the Assuming Bank to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.

 

(ii)           Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Bank of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Bank of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.

 

e)             Representations Remain True . The Assuming Bank represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.

 

ARTICLE XII
INDEMNIFICATION

 

12.1        Indemnification of Indemnitees . From and after Bank Closing and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to paragraph (d) of Section 12.2, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank for which indemnification is provided hereunder in (a) of this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in (b) of this Section 12.1:

 

(a)

 

(1)  claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (x) the Failed Bank, or (y) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;

 

(2)  claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to Bank Closing;

 

32



 

(3)  claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;

 

(4)  claims based on any action or inaction prior to Bank Closing of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;

 

(5)  claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;

 

(6)  claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Bank to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Bank is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Bank elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Bank nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;

 

(7)  claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(7) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and

 

(8)  claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;

 

(b)           provided, that , with respect to this Agreement, except for paragraphs (7) and (8) of Section 12.1(a), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:

 

(1) judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “counterclaim”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to Bank Closing, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (i) the Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (ii) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Bank in the cause of action from which the counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its

 

33



 

discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such counterclaim;

 

(2)  claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;

 

(3)  claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;

 

(4)  claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to Bank Closing;

 

(5)  claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;

 

(6)  claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;

 

(7)  claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;

 

(8)  claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (i) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;

 

(9)  claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Bank not entered into this Agreement;

 

(10)  claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;

 

(11)  except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided, that the Receiver, in its discretion, may provide indemnification

 

34



 

hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;

 

(12)  claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Bank of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;

 

(13)  claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and

 

(14)  claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Bank, other than pursuant to this Agreement.

 

12.2        Conditions Precedent to Indemnification . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:

 

(a)           give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.7 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided, that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;

 

(b)           provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;

 

(c)           cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;

 

(d)           in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which the Person claiming indemnification is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;

 

(e)           not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;

 

35



 

(f)            not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents in writing thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and

 

(g)           take reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the indemnified Person against any Primary Indemnitor.

 

12.3        No Additional Warranty . Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (i) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectibility, genuineness, enforceability or condition of any (x) Asset, or (y) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Bank subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.

 

12.4        Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation . From and after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:

 

(a)          claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a); and

 

(b)         claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Bank with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a).

 

12.5        Obligations Supplemental . The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.

 

36



 

12.6        Criminal Claims . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (i) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.

 

12.7        Limited Guaranty of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Bank as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.

 

12.8        Subrogation . Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.

 

ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

13.1        Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.

 

13.2        Headings . The headings and subheadings of the Table of Contents, Articles and Sections contained in this Agreement, except the terms identified for definition in Article I and elsewhere in this Agreement, are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

13.3        Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

13.4        GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA,

 

37



 

AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.

 

13.5        Successors . All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank and for the benefit of no other Person.

 

13.6        Modification; Assignment . No amendment or other modification, rescission, release, or assignment of any part of this Agreement shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

 

13.7        Notice . Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval or other communication to any party hereto shall be effective when received and shall be given in writing, and delivered in person against receipt therefore, or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, courier service, telex, facsimile transmission or email to such party (with copies as indicated below) at its address set forth below or at such other address as it shall hereafter furnish in writing to the other parties. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given on the date received by the addressee.

 

Assuming Bank

 

State Bank & Trust Company

Attn: Mr. J. Daniel Speight, Vice Chairman and Secretary

4219 Forsyth Road

Macon, Georgia 31210

Fax: ****

 

cc:

Mr. Joe Evans

 

Ms. Kim Childers

 

Receiver and Corporation

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,

Receiver of First Security National Bank

1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700

Dallas, Texas 75201

 

Attention: Settlement Manager

with copy to: Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch)

 

38



 

and with respect to notice under Article XII:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Receiver of First Security National Bank

1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch)

 

13.8        Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided, that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.

 

13.9        Costs, Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each party hereto agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses which it has incurred in connection with or incidental to the matters contained in this Agreement, including without limitation any fees and disbursements to its accountants and counsel; provided, that the Assuming Bank shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith.

 

13.10      Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided, that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided, that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Bank to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation, or the Assuming Bank under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.

 

13.11      Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.

 

13.12      Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of Bank Closing; provided, that the provisions of Section 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement. Provided, however, the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement; in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7 shall be in effect for the remainder of the term. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (i) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (ii) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.

 

39



 

13.13      Survival of Covenants, Etc . The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

40



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER OF FIRST SECURITY NATIONAL BANK, NORCROSS, GEORGIA

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Daniel M. Bell

 

NAME:

Daniel M. Bell

 

TITLE:

Receiver-in-Charge

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Daniel M. Bell

 

 

NAME:

Daniel M. Bell

 

 

TITLE:

Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE BANK & TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ J. Daniel Speight

 

 

NAME:

J. Daniel Speight

 

 

TITLE:

Vice Chairman and Secretary

 

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kim M. Childers

 

 

 

 

41



 

SCHEDULE 2.1 - Certain Liabilities Assumed by the Assuming Bank

 

42



 

SCHEDULE 2.1(a) — Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts

 

First Security National Bank

Norcross, Georgia

 

First Security National Bank has deposits associated with the Depository Organization (DO) Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC. The DO accounts do not pass to the Assuming Bank and are excluded from the transaction as described in section 2.1 of the P&A Agreement. This schedule identifies the DO accounts as of the date of the deposit download. This schedule will be updated post closing with data as of Bank Closing date.

 

 

 

 

 

CLAIMANT

 

ACCOUNT

 

CLAIM

 

 

TYPE

 

P & I

 

NAME

 

NUMBER

 

TYPE

 

RATE

 

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

 

$

2,497,763.45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

ACCOUNTS : 2

 

43



 

SCHEDULE 3.1 - Certain Assets Purchased

 

SEE ATTACHED LIST

 

THE LIST(S) ATTACHED TO THIS SCHEDULE (OR SUBSCHEDULE(S)) AND THE INFORMATION THEREIN, IS AS OF THE DATE OF THE MOST RECENT PERTINENT DATA MADE AVAILABLE TO THE ASSUMING BANK AS PART OF THE INFORMATION PACKAGE. IT WILL BE ADJUSTED TO REFLECT THE COMPOSITION AND BOOK VALUE OF THE LOANS AND ASSETS AS OF THE DATE OF BANK CLOSING. THE LIST(S) MAY NOT INCLUDE ALL LOANS AND ASSETS (E.G., CHARGED OFF LOANS). THE LIST(S) MAY BE REPLACED WITH A MORE ACCURATE LIST POST CLOSING.

 

44



 

SCHEDULE 3.2 - Purchase Price of Assets or assets

 

(a)

 

cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

securities (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries and FRB and FHLB stock), plus interest thereon:

 

As provided in Section 3.2(b)

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

Loans:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

 

credit card business, if any, including all outstanding extensions of credit and offensive litigation, but excluding any class action lawsuits related to the credit card business:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

 

Safe Deposit Boxes and related business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

 

Records and other documents:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

 

Other Real Estate

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

 

boats, motor vehicles, aircraft, trailers, fire arms, repossessed collateral

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

 

capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries and FRB and FHLB stock:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

 

amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiary:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(l)

 

assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(m)

 

Overdrafts of customers:

 

Book Value

 

45



 

(n)

 

rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts.

 

As provided in Section 3.2(c)

 

 

 

 

 

(o)

 

rights of the Failed Bank to provide mortgage servicing for others and to have mortgage servicing provided to the Failed Bank by others and related contracts.

 

Book Value

 

assets subject to an option to purchase:

 

(a)

 

Bank Premises:

 

Fair Market Value

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Furniture and Equipment:

 

Fair Market Value

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

Fixtures:

 

Fair Market Value

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

Other Equipment:

 

Fair Market Value

 

46



 

SCHEDULE 3.5(1) — Excluded Securities

 

CUS1P

 

DESCRIPTION

 

ORIGINAL
FACE VALUE

 

FTID
PRICE

 

PRICE
DATE

 

FACTOR

 

FACTOR DATE

 

MARKET
VALUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

 

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

47



 

SCHEDULE 4.15A

 

LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

48



 

SCHEDULE 4.15B

 

LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
NON-SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

49



 

SCHEDULE 7 -Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium

 

First Security National Bank
Norcross, Georgia

 

The accounts identified below will pass to the Assuming Bank (unless otherwise noted). When calculating the premium to be paid on Assumed Deposits in a P&A transaction, the FDIC will exclude the following categories of deposit accounts:

 

Category

 

Description

 

Amount

 

I

 

Non- DO Brokered Deposits

 

$

3,390,875.47

 

 

 

(as of 9/18/09)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II

 

CDARS

 

NONE

 

 

 

(as of 9/18/09)

 

 

 

III

 

Market Place Deposits

 

$

4,103,000.00

 

 

 

(as of 9/22/09)

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits excluded from Calculation of premium

 

$

7,493,875.47

 

 

Category Description

 

I Brokered Deposits

 

Brokered deposit accounts are accounts for which the “depositor of record” is an agent, nominee, or custodian who deposits funds for a principal or principals to whom “pass-through” deposit insurance coverage may be extended. The FDIC separates brokered deposit accounts into 2 categories: 1) Depository Organization (DO) Brokered Deposits and 2) Non-Depository Organization (Non- DO) Brokered Deposits. This distinction is made by the FDIC to facilitate our role as Receiver and Insurer. These terms will not appear on other “brokered deposit” reports generated by the institution.

 

Non-DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated. Please see the attached “Schedule 7 Non-DO Broker Deposit Detail Report” for a listing of these accounts. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of Bank Closing date.

 

If this institution had any DO Brokered Deposits (Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC), they are excluded from Assumed Deposits in the P&A transaction. A list of these accounts is provided on “Schedule 2.1 DO Brokered Deposit Detail Report”.

 

II CDARS

 

CDARS deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated.

 

First Security National Bank did not participate in the CDARS program as of the date of the deposit download. If CDARS deposits are taken between the date of the deposit download and the Bank Closing Date, they will be identified post closing and made part of Schedule 7 to the P&A Agreement.

 

III Market Place Deposits

 

“Market Place Deposits” is a description given to deposits that may have been solicited via a money desk, internet subscription service (for example, Qwickrate), or similar programs.

 

First Security National Bank does have Market Place Deposits as identified above. If Market Place Deposits are taken between the date of the deposit download and the Bank Closing Date, they will be identified post closing and made part of Schedule 7 of the P&A Agreement.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

50



 

Non- DO Brokered Deposits

 

P & I

 

CLAIMANT NAME

 

ACCOUNT
NUMBER

 

CLAIM
TYPE

 

Rate

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$3,390,875.47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Accounts: 15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

51



 

Market Place Deposits

 

Maturity Date

 

Date Opened

 

COD Account

 

Primary Name

 

Current Balance

 

Base
Rate

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Summary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,103,000.000

 

 

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

52



 

EXHIBIT 2.3A
FINAL NOTICE LETTER

 

FINAL LEGAL NOTICE

Claiming Requirements for Deposits

Under 12 U.S.C. 1822(e)

 

[Date]

 

[Name of Unclaimed Depositor]

[Address of Unclaimed Depositor]

[Anytown, USA]

 

Subject:

[XXXXX — Name of Bank

 

City, State] — In Receivership

 

Dear [Sir/Madam]:

 

As you may know, on [Date: Closing Date] , the [Name of Bank (“The Bank”)] was closed and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) transferred [The Bank’s] accounts to [Name of Acquiring Institution].

 

According to federal law under 12 U.S.C., 1822(e), on [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , [Name of Acquiring Institution] must transfer the funds in your account(s) back to the FDIC if you have not claimed your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. Based on the records recently supplied to us by [Name of Acquiring Institution] , your account(s) currently fall into this category.

 

This letter is your formal Legal Notice that you have until [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , to claim or arrange to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. There are several ways that you can claim your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] . It is only necessary for you to take any one of the following actions in order for your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] to be deemed claimed. In addition, if you have more than one account, your claim to one account will automatically claim all accounts:

 

1.                     Write to [Name of Acquiring Institution] and notify them that you wish to keep your account(s) active with them. Please be sure to include the name of the account(s), the account number(s), the signature of an authorized signer on the account(s), name, and address. [Name of Acquiring Institution] address is:

 

[123 Main Street

 

Anytown, USA]

 

2.                     Execute a new signature card on your account(s), enter into a new deposit agreement with [Name of Acquiring Institution], change the ownership on your account(s), or renegotiate the terms of your certificate of deposit account(s) (if any).

 

3.                     Provide [Name of Acquiring Institution] with a change of address form.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

53



 

4.                     Make a deposit to or withdrawal from your account(s). This includes writing a check on any account or having an automatic direct deposit credited to or an automatic withdrawal debited from an account.

 

If you do not want to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] for any reason, you can withdraw your funds and close your account(s). Withdrawing funds from one or more of your account(s) satisfies the federal law claiming requirement. If you have time deposits, such as certificates of deposit, [Name of Acquiring Institution] can advise you how to withdraw them without being charged an interest penalty for early withdrawal.

 

If you do not claim ownership of your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution by Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] federal law requires [Name of Acquiring Institution] to return your deposits to the FDIC, which will deliver them as unclaimed property to the State indicated in your address in the Failed Institution’s records. If your address is outside of the United States, the FDIC will deliver the deposits to the State in which the Failed Institution had its main office. 12 U.S.C. § 1822(e). If the State accepts custody of your deposits, you will have 10 years from the date of delivery to claim your deposits from the State. After 10 years you will be permanently barred from claiming your deposits. However, if the State refuses to take custody of your deposits, you will be able to claim them from the FDIC until the receivership is terminated. If you have not claimed your insured deposits before the receivership is terminated, and a receivership may be terminated at any time, all of your rights in those deposits will be barred.

 

If you have any questions or concerns about these items, please contact [Bank Employee] at [Name of Acquiring Institution] by phone at [(XXX) XXX-XXXX].

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

[Name of Claims Specialist]

 

[Title]

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

54



 

EXHIBIT 2.3B
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING

 

AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING

 

State of

 

COUNTY OF

 

I am employed as a [Title of Office] by the [Name of Acquiring Institution] .

 

This will attest that on [Date of mailing] , I caused a true and correct copy of the Final Legal Notice, attached hereto, to owners of unclaimed deposits of [Name of Failed Bank] , City, State, to be prepared for deposit in the mail of the United States of America on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. A list of depositors to whom the notice was mailed is attached. This notice was mailed to the depositor’s last address as reflected on the books and records of the [Name of Failed Bank] as of the date of failure.

 

 

 

 

 

[Name]

 

[Title of Office]

 

[Name of Acquiring Institution]

 

Subscribed and sworn to before me this                  day of [Month, Year].

 

My commission expires:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Name], Notary Public

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

55



 

EXHIBIT 3.2(c) — VALUATION OF CERTAIN
QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS

 

A.                                    Scope

 

Interest Rate Contracts - All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.

 

Option Contracts - All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.

 

Foreign Exchange Contracts - All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.

 

B.                                      Exclusions

 

All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Bank but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.

 

C.                                      Adjustment

 

The difference between the Book Value and market value as of Bank Closing.

 

D.                                     Methodology

 

1.                                        The price at which the Assuming Bank sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Bank and the Receiver.

 

2.                                        In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:

 

(i)                                      All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.

 

(ii)                                   All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.

 

(iii)                                Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

56



 

(iv)                               For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal , Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.

 

(v)                                  For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Bank as of Bank Closing. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Bank will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.]

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

57



 

EXHIBIT 4.13
INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT

 

(a)                                   With respect to each asset (or liability) designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Arrangement (such being designated as “Pool Assets”), during the term of this Arrangement, the Assuming Bank shall:

 

(i)                   Promptly apply payments received with respect to any Pool Assets;

 

(ii)                Reverse and return insufficient funds checks;

 

(iii)             Pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; and (B) tax and insurance bills on Pool Assets as they come due, out of escrow funds maintained for purposes;

 

(iv)            Maintain accurate records reflecting (A) the payment history of Pool Assets, with updated information received concerning changes in the address or identity of the obligors and (B) usage of data processing equipment and employee services with respect to servicing duties;

 

(v)               Send billing statements to obligors on Pool Assets to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank;

 

(vi)            Send notices to obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank);

 

(vii)         Send to the Receiver, Attn: Managing Liquidator, at the address provided in Section 13.7 of the Agreement, via overnight delivery : (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports for the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and the trial balances, transaction journals and loan histories for Pool Assets having activity, together with copies of (1) checks received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks for payment to participants or for taxes and insurance, (4) pay-off requests, (5) notices to defaulted obligors, and (6) data processing and employee logs and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be periodically or from time to time requested;

 

(viii)  Remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver, Attn: Division of Finance, Cashier Unit, Operations, at the address in (vii), via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, all payments received on Pool Assets managed by the Assuming Bank or at such time and place and in such manner as may be directed by the Receiver;

 

(ix)              prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if required by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and pay taxes due on or before the due date, relating to the Pool Assets; and

 

(x)                 provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions as may be required with regard to Pool Assets, including, without limitation, as may be required with

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

58



 

regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, all as may be required by the Receiver.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Assuming Bank shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Bank shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address provided above in subparagraph (a)(vii), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.

 

(b)                                  The Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Bank for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, and data processing and employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).

 

(c)                                   The Assuming Bank shall provide the services described herein for an initial period of ninety (90) days after Bank Closing. At the option of the Receiver, exercisable by notice given not later than ten (10) days prior to the end of such initial period or a renewal period, the Assuming Bank shall continue to provide such services for such renewal period(s) as designated by the Receiver, up to the Settlement Date.

 

(d)                                  At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon written notice to the Assuming Bank, remove one or more Pool Assets from the Pool, at which time the Assuming Bank’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.

 

(e)                                   At the expiration of this Agreement or upon the termination of the Assuming Bank’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Bank shall:

 

(i)              deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and Pool Records relating to the Pool Assets; and

 

(ii)           cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver (or its designee).

 

(f)                                     At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver or its designee(s) (x) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems, and (y) access to employees of the Assuming Bank involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

59



 

EXHIBIT 4.15A

SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

This agreement for the reimbursement of loss sharing on certain single family residential mortgage loans (the “Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Bank purchases Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.1 5A and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Single Family Shared- Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, unless the context indicates that it is intended to be a reference to a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

 

ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS

 

The capitalized terms used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Accounting Records ” means the subsidiary system of record on which the loan history and balance of each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan is maintained; individual loan files containing either an original or copies of documents that are customary and reasonable with respect to loan servicing, including management and disposition of Other Real Estate; the records documenting alternatives considered with respect to loans in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable; records of loss calculations and supporting documentation with respect to line items on the loss calculations; and, monthly delinquency reports and other performance reports customarily utilized by the Assuming Bank in management of loan portfolios.

 

Accrued Interest ” means, with respect to Single Family Shared-Loss Loans, the amount of earned and unpaid interest at the note rate specified in the applicable loan documents, limited to 90 days.

 

Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided , that , for purposes of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.

 

Commencement Date ” means the first calendar day following the Bank Closing.

 

Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement ” means the Commercial and Other Assets Shared-Loss Agreement attached to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement as Exhibit 4.15B.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

60



 

Cumulative Loss Amount ” means the sum of the Monthly Loss Amounts less the sum of all Recovery Amounts.

 

Cumulative Servicing Amount ” means the sum of the Period Servicing Amounts for every consecutive twelve-month period prior to and ending on the True-Up Measurement Date in respect of each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss- sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement is in effect.

 

Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount ” means the excess, if any, of the Cumulative Loss Amount over the First Loss Tranche.

 

Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments ” means (i) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Assuming Bank under the Shared-Loss Agreements minus (ii) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Receiver under the Shared-Loss Agreements.

 

Customary Servicing Procedures ” means procedures (including collection procedures) that the Assuming Bank (or, to the extent a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer) customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own accounts and the servicing procedures established by FNMA or FHLMC (as in effect from time to time), which are in accordance with accepted mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions.

 

Deficient Valuation means the determination by a court in a bankruptcy proceeding that the value of the collateral is less than the amount of the loan in which case the loss will be the difference between the then unpaid principal balance (or the NPV of a modified loan that defaults) and the value of the collateral so established.

 

Examination Criteria means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.

 

Home Equity Loans ” means loans or funded portions of lines of credit secured by mortgages on one-to four-family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations, where the Failed Bank did not have a first lien on the same property as collateral.

 

Final Shared-Loss Month ” means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.

 

Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month ” means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.

 

Foreclosure Loss ” means the loss realized when the Assuming Bank has completed the foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan and realized final recovery on the collateral through liquidation and recovery of all insurance proceeds. Each Foreclosure Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibit 2a or Exhibit 2a(1).

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

61



 

Investor-Owned Residential Loans ” means Loans, excluding advances made pursuant to Home Equity Loans, that are secured by mortgages on one- to four family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations that are not owner-occupied. These loans can be treated as Restructured Loans on a commercially reasonable basis and can be a restructured under terms separate from the Exhibit 5 standards. Please refer to Exhibit 2b for guidance in Calculation of Loss for Restructured Loans.

 

Loss ” means a Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss, Portfolio Loss, Modification Default Loss or Deficient Valuation.

 

Loss Amount ” means the dollar amount of loss incurred and reported on the Monthly Certificate for a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan.

 

Modification Default Loss ” means the loss calculated in Exhibits 2a(1) and 2c(1) for single family loans modified under this part of the agreement that default and result in a foreclosure or short sale.

 

Modification Guidelines has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Monthly Certificate has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Monthly Loss Amount means the sum of all Foreclosure Losses, Restructuring Losses, Short Sale Losses, Portfolio Losses, Modification Default Losses and losses in connection with Deficient Valuations realized by the Assuming Bank for any Shared Loss Month.

 

Monthly Shared-Loss Amount means the change in the Cumulative Shared- Loss Amount from the beginning of each month to the end of each month.

 

Neutral Member has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Period Servicing Amount means, for any twelve month period with respect to each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement are in effect, the product of (i) the simple average of the principal amount of Shared-Loss Loans and Shared-Loss Assets (other than the Shared-Loss Securities) (in each case as defined in the Shared-Loss Agreements), as the case may be, at the beginning of such period and at the end of such period times (ii) one percent (1%).

 

Portfolio Loss means the loss realized on either (i) a portfolio sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with the terms of Article IV or (ii) the sale of a loan with the consent of the Receiver as provided in Section 2.7.

 

Recovery Amount means, with respect to any period prior to the Termination Date, the amount of collected funds received by the Assuming Bank that (i) are applicable against a Foreclosure Loss which has previously been paid to the Assuming Bank by the

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

62



 

Receiver or (ii) gains realized from a Section 4.1 sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which the Assuming Bank has previously received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver (iii) or any incentive payments from national programs paid to an investor or borrower on loans that have been modified or otherwise treated (short sale or foreclosure) in accordance with Exhibit 5.

 

Restructuring Loss means the loss on a modified or restructured loan measured by the difference between (a) the principal, Accrued Interest, tax and insurance advances, third party or other fees due on a loan prior to the modification or restructuring, and (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the modified or restructured loan, discounted at the Then-Current Interest Rate. Each Restructuring Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology attached as Exhibit 2b, as applicable.

 

Restructured Loan means a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which the Assuming Bank has received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver. This applies to owner occupied and investor owned residences.

 

Servicing Officer has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Shared Loss Payment Trigger means when the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Shared-Loss Amount under the Commercial and Other Assets Shared-Loss Agreement, exceeds the First Loss Tranche. If the First Loss Tranche is zero or a negative number, the Shared Loss Payment Trigger shall be deemed to have been reached upon Bank Closing.

 

Shared-Loss Month means each calendar month between the Commencement Date and the last day of the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, provided that, the first Shared-Loss Month shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of that month.

 

Short-Sale Loss means the loss resulting from the Assuming Bank’s agreement with the mortgagor to accept a payoff in an amount less than the balance due on the loan (including the costs of any cash incentives to borrower to agree to such sale or to maintain the property pending such sale), further provided, that each Short-Sale Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibit 2c or Exhibit 2c(1).

 

Single Family Shared-Loss Loans means the single family one-to-four residential mortgage loans (whether owned by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary) identified on Schedule 4.15A of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

 

Stated Threshold means total losses under the shared loss agreements in the amount of $ 27,000,000.00 .

 

Termination Date means the last day of the Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

63



 

Then-Current Interest Rate means the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate for 30-year fixed-rate loans.

 

Third Party Servicer means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank to service the Shared-Loss Loans on behalf of the Assuming Bank, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.

 

ARTICLE II — SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT

 

2.1                                Shared-Loss Arrangement.

 

(a)                                                      Loss Mitigation and Consideration of Alternatives . For each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Bank shall undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts, in accordance with any of the following programs selected by Assuming Bank in its sole discretion, Exhibit 5 (FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program), the United States Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program Guidelines or any other modification program approved by the United States Treasury Department, the Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental agency (it being understood that the Assuming Bank can select different programs for the various Single Family Shared-Loss Loans) (such program chosen, the “Modification Guidelines”). After selecting the applicable Modification Guideline for any such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, the Assuming Bank shall document its consideration of foreclosure, loan restructuring under such Modification Guideline chosen, and short-sale (if short-sale is a viable option) alternatives and shall select the alternative the Assuming Bank believes, based on its estimated calculations, will result in the least Loss. Losses on Home Equity Loans shall be shared under the charge-off policies of the Assuming Bank’s Examination Criteria as if they were Single Family Shared-Loss Loans with respect to the calculation of the Stated Threshold. Assuming Bank shall retain its calculations of the estimated loss under each alternative, such calculations to be provided to the Receiver upon request. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Assuming Bank is not required to modify or restructure any Single Family Shared-Loss Loan on more than one occasion and (ii) the Assuming Bank is not required to consider any alternatives with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan in the process of foreclosure as of the Bank Closing and shall be entitled to continue such foreclosure measures and recover the Foreclosure Loss as provided herein, and (iii) the Assuming Bank shall have a transition period of up to 90 days after Bank Closing to implement the Modification Guidelines, during which time, the Assuming Bank may submit claims under such guidelines as may be in place at the Failed Bank.

 

(b)                                                     Monthly Certificates .

 

Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each Shared-Loss Month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending in the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by an officer of the Assuming Bank involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans whose name appears on a list of servicing officers furnished by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver, (a

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

64



 

“Servicing Officer”) setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably specify (a “Monthly Certificate”):

 

(i)                                      (A)                 a schedule substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 listing:

 

(i)                        each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which a Loss Amount (calculated in accordance with the applicable Exhibit) is being claimed, the related Loss Amount for each Single Family Shared- Loss Loan, and the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(ii)                     each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which a Recovery Amount was received, the Recovery Amount for each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Recovery Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(iii)                  the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans minus the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(iv)                 the Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount as of the beginning and end of the month;

 

(v)                    the Monthly Shared Loss Amount;

 

(vi)                 the result obtained in (v) times 80%, or times 95% if the Stated Threshold has been reached, which in either case is the amount to be paid under Section 2.1(d) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement by the Receiver to the Assuming Bank if the amount is a positive number, or by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver if the amount is a negative number;

 

(ii)                                   (B)                   for each of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which a Loss is claimed for that Shared-Loss Month, a schedule showing the calculation of the Loss Amount using the form and methodology shown in Exhibit 2a, Exhibit 2b, or Exhibit 2c, as applicable.

 

(iii)                                (C)                   For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Section 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation using the form and methodology shown in Exhibit 2d.

 

(iv)                               (D)                  a portfolio performance and summary schedule substantially in the form shown in Exhibit 3.

 

(c)                                   Monthly Data Download . Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending with the Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month, Assuming Bank shall provide Receiver:

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

65



 

(v)                                  (i)                        the servicing file in machine-readable format including but not limited to the following fields for each outstanding Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, as applicable:

 

(A)           Loan number

(B)             FICO score

(C)             Origination date

(D)            Original principal amount

(E)              Maturity date

(F)              Paid-to date

(G)             Last payment date

(H)            Loan status (bankruptcy, in foreclosure, etc.)

(I)                 Delinquency counters

(J)                Current principal balance

(K)            Current escrow account balance

(L)              Current Appraisal/BPO value

(M)         Current Appraisal/BPO date

(N)            Interest rate

(O)            Monthly principal and interest payment amount

(P)              Monthly escrow payment for taxes and insurance

(Q)            Interest rate type (fixed or adjustable)

(R)             If adjustable: index, margin, next interest rate reset date

(S)              Payment/Interest rate cap and/or floor

(T)             Underwriting type (Full doc, Alt Doc, No Doc)

(U)            Lien type (1 st  , 2 nd )

(V)             Amortization type (amortizing or I/O)

(W)        Property address, including city, state, zip code

(X)            A code indicating whether the Mortgaged Property is owner occupied

(Y)             Property type (single-family detached, condominium, duplex, etc.)

 

(vi)                               (ii)                     An Excel file for ORE held as a result of foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan listing:

 

(A)           Foreclosure date

(B)             Unpaid loan principal balance

(C)             Appraised value or BPO value, as applicable

(D)            Projected liquidation date

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Bank shall not be required to provide any of the foregoing information to the extent it is unable to do so as a result of the Failed Bank’s or Receiver’s failure to provide information required to produce the information set forth in this Section 2.1(c); provided , that the Assuming Bank shall, consistent with Customary Servicing Procedures seek to produce any such missing information or improve any inaccurate information previously provided to it.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

66



 

(d)                                  Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .

 

(i)                                      Losses Under the Stated Threshold . After the Shared Loss Payment Trigger is reached, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Monthly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the total Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds eighty percent (80%) of that amount.

 

(ii)                                   Losses in Excess of the Stated Threshold . In the event that the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Stated Loss Amount under the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement meets or exceeds the Stated Threshold, the loss/recovery sharing percentages set forth herein shall change from 80/20 to 95/5 and thereafter the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds ninety-five percent (95%) of that amount.

 

(e)                                   Limitations on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to Section 2.1(d) with respect to any Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss or Portfolio Loss that the Receiver determines, based upon the criteria set forth in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (including the analysis and documentation requirements of Section 2.1(a)) or Customary Servicing Procedures, should not have been effected by the Assuming Bank; provided, however, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Bank with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to the properly effected Loss, and (2) to the extent not curable, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Losses (or portion of Losses) that were effected which would have been payable as a Loss if the Assuming Bank had properly effected such Loss. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payment with respect to Losses claimed pursuant to Section 2.1(d), the Receiver and Assuming Bank shall, upon final resolution, make the necessary adjustments to the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount for that Monthly Certificate and the payment pursuant to Section 2.1(d) above shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

(f)                                     Payments by Wire-Transfer . All payments under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be made by wire-transfer in accordance with the wire-transfer instructions on Exhibit 4.

 

(g)                                  Payment in the Event Losses Fail to Reach Expected Level . On the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the calendar day following the Bank Closing occurs, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver fifty percent (50%) of the excess, if any, of (i) twenty percent (20%) of the Stated Threshold less (ii) the sum of (A) twenty-five percent (25%) of the asset premium (discount) plus (B) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Cumulative

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

67



 

Shared-Loss Payments plus (C) the Cumulative Servicing Amount. The Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver not later than 30 days following the True-Up Measurement Date, a schedule, signed by an officer of the Assuming Bank, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments and the Cumulative Servicing Amount.

 

2.2                                Auditor Report; Right to Audit .

 

(a)                                                      Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year during which the Receiver makes any payment to the Assuming Bank under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Bank’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Bank cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Single-Family Shared-Loss Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363.

 

(b)                                                     The Receiver or the FDIC in its corporate capacity (“Corporation”) may perform an audit or audits to determine the Assuming Bank’s compliance with the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice. Assuming Bank shall provide access to pertinent records and proximate working space in Assuming Bank’s facilities. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the reasonable discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Bank’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit or audits, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

 

2.3                                Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Monthly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if in its good faith and reasonable judgment there is a reasonable basis under the requirements of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

68



 

Assuming Bank demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver, in its reasonable judgment, that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days.

 

2.4                                Books and Records . The Assuming Bank shall at all times during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records sufficient to ensure and document compliance with the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including but not limited to (a) documentation of alternatives considered with respect to defaulted loans or loans for which default is reasonably foreseeable, (b) documentation showing the calculation of loss for claims submitted to the Receiver, (c) retention of documents that support each line item on the loss claim forms, and (d) documentation with respect to the Recovery Amount on loans for which the Receiver has made a loss-share payment

 

2.5                                Information . The Assuming Bank shall promptly provide to the Receiver such other information, including but not limited to, financial statements, computations, and bank policies and procedures, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Receiver may reasonably request from time to time.

 

2.6                                Tax Ruling . The Assuming Bank shall not at any time, without the Receiver’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

2.7                                Sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . The Receiver shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan upon payment of a Foreclosure Loss amount or a Short Sale Loss amount with respect to such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan or upon the sale of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan by Assuming Bank to a person or entity that is not an Affiliate; provided, however, that if the Receiver consents to the sale of any such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, any loss on such sale shall be a Portfolio Loss. The Assuming Bank shall provide the Receiver with timely notice of any such sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a sale of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, for purposes of this Section 2.7, shall not be deemed to have occurred as the result of (i) any change in the ownership or control of Assuming Bank or the transfer of any or all of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan(s) to any Affiliate of Assuming Bank, (ii) a merger by Assuming Bank with or into any other entity, or (iii) a sale by Assuming Bank of all or substantially all of its assets.

 

ARTICLE III - RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS LOANS

 

3.1                                Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Bank shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Bank transfers any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans to) manage, administer, and collect the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans while owned by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III. The Assuming Bank shall be responsible to the Receiver in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver reasonably deems advisable, including but

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

69



 

not limited to the reports required by Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver to monitor the Assuming Bank’s performance of its duties hereunder.

 

3.2                                Duties of the Assuming Bank . (a) In performance of its duties under this Article III, the Assuming Bank shall:

 

(i)              manage and administer each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in accordance with Assuming Bank’s usual and prudent business and banking practices and Customary Servicing Procedures;

 

(ii)           exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering and collecting amounts owed on the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(iii)        use commercially reasonable efforts to maximize Recoveries with respect to Losses on Single Family Shared-Loss Loans without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not Single Family Shared- Loss Loans;

 

(iv)       retain sufficient staff (in Assuming Bank’s discretion) to perform its duties hereunder; and

 

(v)          other than as provided in Section 2.1(a), comply with the terms of the Modification Guidelines for any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans meeting the requirements set forth therein. For the avoidance of doubt, the Assuming Bank may propose exceptions to Exhibit 5 (the FDIC Loan Modification Program) for a group of Loans with similar characteristics, with the objectives of (1) minimizing the loss to the Assuming Bank and the FDIC and (2) maximizing the opportunity for qualified homeowners to remain in their homes with affordable mortgage payments.

 

(b)                                  Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Single Family Shared-Loss Loan including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans will be provided to FDIC for informational purposes and if such transaction is not entered into on an arm’s length basis on commercially reasonable terms such transaction shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver.

 

3.3                                Shared-Loss Asset Records and Reports . The Assuming Bank shall establish and maintain such records as may be appropriate to account for the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably require, and to enable the Assuming Bank to prepare and deliver to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver may from time to time request regarding the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and the Monthly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

3.4                                Related Loans .

 

(a)                                   Assuming Bank shall use its best efforts to determine which loans are “Related Loans”, as hereinafter defined. The Assuming Bank shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner that would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Single Family Shared- Loss Loan to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

70



 

held by the Assuming Bank at any time on or prior to the end of the Final Shared-Loss Month that is made to an Obligor of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan.

 

(b)                                  The Assuming Bank shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Monthly Certificates for the calendar months ending June 30 and December 31, a schedule of all Related Loans on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank as of the end of each such semi-annual period.

 

3.5                                Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article V below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Bank derives as a result of having acquired an asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Bank shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Bank shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.

 

3.6                                Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Bank may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Bank hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be included in calculating Losses to the extent such expenses would be included in such calculation if the expenses were incurred by Assuming Bank); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Bank shall not release the Assuming Bank of any obligation or liability hereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV — PORTFOLIO SALE

 

4.1                                Assuming Bank Portfolio Sales of Remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . The Assuming Bank shall have the right with the concurrence of the Receiver to liquidate for cash consideration, from time to time in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Bank at any time prior to the Termination Date (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Bank exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors. Sales of Restructured Loans shall be sold in a separate pool from Single Family Shared-Loss Loans not restructured. The Receiver’s review of the Assuming Bank’s proposed Portfolio Sale will be considered in a timely fashion and approval will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

4.2                                Assuming Bank’s Liquidation of Remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . In the event that the Assuming Bank does not conduct a Portfolio Sale pursuant to Section 4.1, the Receiver shall have the right, exercisable in its sole and absolute discretion, to require the Assuming Bank to liquidate for cash consideration, any Single Family Shared-Loss

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

71



 

Loans held by the Assuming Bank at any time after the date that is six months prior to the Termination Date. If the Receiver exercises its option under this Section 4.2, it must give notice in writing to the Assuming Bank, setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Bank shall be required to liquidate the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. The Assuming Bank will comply with the Receiver’s notice and must liquidate the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as soon as reasonably practicable by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors. The selection of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent retained for the liquidation of the remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the prior approval of the Receiver, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

4.3                                Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are not Restructured Loans gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less the unpaid principal balance of the remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. For any Restructured Loan included in the sale gain or loss on sale will be calculated as (a) the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the Restructured Loan that was used in the calculation of the related Restructuring Loss plus (c) Loan principal payments collected by the Assuming Bank from the date the Loan was restructured to the date of sale. (See Exhibit 2d for example calculation).

 

ARTICLE V — LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO RECEIVER AND PURCHASER

 

All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, or overnight courier, receipt requested, addressed to the parties as follows:

 

If to Receiver, to:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver

 

 

for First Security National Bank

 

 

Division of Resolutions and Receiverships

 

 

550 17th Street, N.W.

 

 

Washington, D.C. 20429

 

 

Attention: Ralph Malami, Manager, Capital Markets

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

 

 

as Receiver for First Security National Bank

 

 

Room E7056

 

 

3501 Fairfax Drive, Arlington, VA 2226

 

 

Attn: Special Issues Unit

 

 

 

With respect to a notice under Section 3.5 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, copies of such notice shall be sent to:

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

 

 

Legal Division 1601 Bryan St.

 

 

Dallas, Texas 75201

 

 

Attention: Regional Counsel

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

72



 

If to Assuming Bank, to:

 

State Bank & Trust Company

 

 

Attn: Mr. J. Daniel Speight, Vice Chairman

 

 

and Secretary

 

 

4219 Forsyth Road

 

 

Macon, Georgia 31210

 

 

Fax: ****

 

 

 

 

 

cc:

Mr. Joe Evans

 

 

 

Ms. Kim Childers

 

Such Persons and addresses may be changed from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this Article V. Any notice, demand or other communication delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to have been given on the date actually received.

 

ARTICLE VI — MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1.                             Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of a party hereto in connection with this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.

 

6.2                                Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . All terms and provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto only; provided however , that, Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, Assuming Bank may not assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole discretion, and any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Bank with and into another financial institution, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Bank to another financial institution constitutes the transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver; and for a period of thirty-six (36) months after Bank Closing, a merger or consolidation shall also include the sale by any individual shareholder, or shareholders acting in concert, of more than 9% of the outstanding shares of the Assuming Bank, or of its holding company, or of any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, or the sale of shares by the Assuming Bank or its holding company or any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, in a public or private offering, that increases the number of shares outstanding by more than 9%, constitutes the transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver. However, no Loss shall be recognized as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to any such merger, consolidation or sale consented to by the FDIC. The FDIC’s consent shall not be required if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of Shared-Loss Assets is less than twenty percent (20%) of the initial aggregate balance of Shared-Loss Assets.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

73



 

6.3                                Governing Law . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be construed in accordance with federal law, or, if there is no applicable federal law, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any rule of conflict of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

 

6.4                                WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

6.5                                Captions . All captions and headings contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

6.6                                Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, along with the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including the Exhibits and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior representations, warranties, offers, acceptances, agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter herein. This Single Family Shared- Loss Agreement may be amended or modified or any provision thereof waived only by a written instrument signed by both parties or their respective duly authorized agents.

 

6.7                                Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Single Family Shared- Loss Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed and enforced as if it had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of such provision and the remaining provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

6.8                                No Third Party Beneficiary . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or Claim under or in respect of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

6.9                                Counterparts . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement may be executed separately by Receiver and Assuming Bank in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

74



 

6.10                         Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

6.11                         Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.

 

ARTICLE VII
DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

7.1                                Dispute Resolution Procedures.

 

(a)                                   In the event a dispute arises about the interpretation, application, calculation of Loss, or calculation of payments or otherwise with respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (“SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item”), then the Receiver and the Assuming Bank shall make every attempt in good faith to resolve such items within sixty (60) days following the receipt of a written description of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, with notification of the possibility of taking the matter to arbitration (the date on which such 60-day period expires, or any extension of such period as the parties hereto may mutually agree to in writing, herein called the “Resolution Deadline Date”). If the Receiver and the Assuming Bank resolve all such items to their mutual satisfaction by the Resolution Deadline Date, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, any payment arising out such resolution shall be made arising from the settlement of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute.

 

(b)                                  If the Receiver and the Assuming Bank fail to resolve any outstanding SF Shared- Loss Dispute Items by the Resolution Deadline Date, then either party may notify the other of its intent to submit the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII. Failure of either party to notify the other of its intent to submit any unresolved SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration within thirty (30) days following the Resolution Deadline Date (the date on which such thirty (30) day period expires is herein called the “Arbitration Deadline Date”) shall be deemed an acceptance of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute not submitted to arbitration, as well as a waiver of the submitting party’s right to dispute such non- submitted SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item but not a waiver of any similar claim which may arise in the future.

 

(c)                                   If a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item is submitted to arbitration, it shall be governed by the rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), except as otherwise provided herein. Either party may submit a matter for arbitration by delivering a notice, prior to the Arbitration Deadline Date, to the other party in writing setting forth:

 

(i)                                      A brief description of each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;

 

(ii)                                   A statement of the moving party’s position with respect to each SF

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

75



 

Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;

 

(iii)          The value sought by the moving party, or other relief requested regarding each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration, to the extent reasonably calculable; and

 

(iv)          The name and address of the arbiter selected by the moving party (the “Moving Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA.

 

Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the parties right to arbitrate so long as after notification of such failure the moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable.

 

(d)                                  The non-moving party shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt of a notice of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, deliver a notice to the moving party setting forth:

 

(i)                                      The name and address of the arbiter selected by the non-moving party (the “Respondent Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA;

 

(ii)                                   A statement of the position of the respondent with respect to each Dispute Item; and

 

(iii)                                The ultimate resolution sought by the respondent or other relief, if any, the respondent deems is due the moving party with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item.

 

Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the non-moving party’s right to defend such arbitration so long as after notification of such failure the non-moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable

 

(e)                                   The Moving Arbiter and Respondent Arbiter shall select a third arbiter from a list furnished by the AAA. In accordance with the rules of the AAA, the three (3) arbiters shall constitute the arbitration panel for resolution of each SF Loss-Share Dispute Item. The concurrence of any two (2) arbiters shall be deemed to be the decision of the arbiters for all purposes hereunder. The arbitration shall proceed on such time schedule and in accordance with the Rules of Commercial Arbitration of the AAA then in effect, as modified by this Section 7.1. The arbitration proceedings shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then they will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, DC, or Arlington, Virginia.

 

(f)                                     The Receiver and Assuming Bank shall facilitate the resolution of each outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item by making available in a prompt and timely manner to one another and to the arbiters for examination and copying, as appropriate, all documents, books, and records under their respective control and that would be discoverable under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.

 

(g)                                  The arbiters designated pursuant to subsections (c), (d) and (e) hereof shall select, with respect to each Dispute Item submitted to arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, either (i) the position and relief submitted by the Assuming Bank with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, or (ii) the position and relief submitted by the Receiver with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, in either case as set forth in its respective notice of arbitration. The

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

76



 

arbiters shall have no authority to select a value for each Dispute Item other than the determination set forth in Section 7.1(c) and Section 7.1(d). The arbitration shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties.

 

(h)                                  Any amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to such award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from and including the date specified for the arbiters decisions specified in this Section 7.1, without regard to any extension of the finality of such award, to but not including the date paid. All payments required to be made under this Section 7.1 shall be made by wire transfer.

 

(i)                                      For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent any notice of a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) is provided prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are the subject of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) until such time as any such dispute is finally resolved.

 

7.2                                Fees and Expenses of Arbiters. The aggregate fees and expenses of the arbiters shall be borne equally by the parties. The parties shall pay the aggregate fees and expenses within thirty (30) days after receipt of the written decision of the arbiters (unless the arbiters agree in writing on some other payment schedule).

 

Exhibit 1

 

Monthly Certificate

 

SEE FOLLOWING PAGE

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

77



78 Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A First Security National Bank Version 1.12 Norcross, GA November 17, 2009 PART 1 - CURRENT MONTH NET LOSS MONTH ENDED: [input report month] Losses Loss Loan No. Loss Type Amount TOTAL XX A Recoveries Recovery Loss Loss Loan No. Amount Amount Month TOTAL XX B Net Losses (Recoveries) XX C = A - B PART 2 - FIRST LOSS TEST Col. D Col. E Col. D - Col. E Cumulative Loss Amount First Loss Tranche Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount Balance, beginning of month XX XX XX F Current month Net Losses (from Part 1) XX Balance, end of month XX XX XX G Shared Loss Amount XX G - F Times Loss Share percentage 80% Amount due from (to) FDIC as Receiver XX Specify loss type as Foreclosure, or Short-Sale. Loss Amount is the amount of Loss incurred and reported on the loan in a Loss Month is the reporting month in which the Loss was reported. If Col. D minus Col. E is less than zero, enter zero.

 

 


 

Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies the information on this Certificate is true, complete and correct.

 

OFFICER SIGNATURE

 

OFFICER NAME:

TITLE

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

79



 

Exhibit 2a

 

This exhibit contains three versions of the loss share calculation for foreclosure, plus explanatory notes.

 

Exhibit 2a(1)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Foreclosure Occurred Prior to Loss Share Agreement

 

1    Shared-Loss Month

 

May-09

 

2    Loan no:

 

364574

 

3    REO #

 

621

 

 

 

 

 

4   Foreclosure date

 

12/18/08

 

5   Liquidation date

 

4/12/09

 

6   Note Interest rate

 

8.100

%

7   Most recent BPO

 

228,000

 

8   Most recent BPO date

 

1/21/09

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosure Loss calculation

 

 

 

9   Book value at date of Loss Share agreement

 

244,900

 

 

 

 

 

10 Accrued interest, limited to 90 days or days from failure to sale, whichever is less

 

3,306

 

11 Costs incurred after Loss Share agreement in place:

 

 

 

12 Attorney’s fees

 

0

 

13 Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

 

0

 

14 Property protection costs, maint. and repairs

 

6,500

 

15 Tax and insurance advances

 

0

 

Other Advances

 

 

 

16    Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

 

0

 

17    Inspections

 

0

 

18    Other

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

19 Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

 

254,706

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Recoveries:

 

 

 

20 Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)

 

219,400

 

21 Hazard Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

22 Mortgage Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

23 T & I escrow account balances, if positive

 

0

 

24 Other credits, if any (itemize)

 

0

 

25    Total Cash Recovery

 

219,400

 

 

 

 

 

26 Loss Amount

 

35,306

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

80



 

Exhibit 2a(2)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss Share

 

1    Shared-Loss Month

 

May-09

 

2    Loan no:

 

292334

 

3    REO #

 

477

 

 

 

 

 

4   Interest paid-to-date

 

4/30/08

 

5   Foreclosure date

 

1/15/09

 

6   Liquidation date

 

4/12/09

 

7   Note Interest rate

 

8.000

%

8   Owner occupied?

 

Yes

 

9   If owner-occupied:

 

 

 

10 Borrower current gross annual income

 

42,000

 

11 Estimated NPV of loan mod

 

195,000

 

12 Most recent BPO

 

235,000

 

13 Most recent BPO date

 

1/21/09

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosure Loss calculation

 

 

 

16 Loan Principal balance after last paid installment

 

300,000

 

 

 

 

 

17 Accrued interest, limited to 90 days

 

6,000

 

18 Attorney’s fees

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

19 Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

 

4,000

 

20 Property protection costs, maint. and repairs

 

5,500

 

21 Tax and insurance advances

 

1,500

 

Other Advances

 

 

 

22    Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

 

0

 

23    Inspections

 

50

 

24    Other

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

25 Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

 

317,050

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Recoveries:

 

 

 

26 Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)

 

205,000

 

27 Hazard Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

28 Mortgage Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

29 T & I escrow account balances, if positive

 

0

 

30 Other credits, if any (itemize)

 

0

 

31    Total Cash Recovery

 

205,000

 

 

 

 

 

32 Loss Amount

 

112,050

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

81



 

Exhibit 2a(3)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Foreclosure after a Covered Loan Mod

 

1    Shared-Loss Month

 

May-09

 

2    Loan no:

 

138554

 

3    REO #

 

843

 

 

 

 

 

4   Loan mod date

 

1/17/08

 

5   Interest paid-to-date

 

4/30/08

 

6   Foreclosure date

 

1/15/09

 

7   Liquidation date

 

4/12/09

 

8   Note Interest rate

 

4.000

%

9   Most recent BPO

 

210,000

 

10 Most recent BPO date

 

1/20/09

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosure Loss calculation

 

 

 

11 NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod

 

285,000

 

12 Less: Principal payments between loan mod and deliquency

 

2,500

 

13 Plus:

 

 

 

14 Attorney’s fees

 

0

 

15 Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

 

4,000

 

16 Property protection costs, maint. and repairs

 

7,000

 

17 Tax and insurance advances

 

2,000

 

18 Other Advances

 

 

 

19 Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

 

0

 

20 Inspections

 

0

 

21 Other

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

22 Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

 

295,500

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Recoveries:

 

 

 

23 Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)

 

201,000

 

24 Hazard Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

25 Mortgage Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

26 T & I escrow account balances, if positive

 

0

 

27 Other credits, if any (itemize)

 

0

 

28    Total Cash Recovery

 

201,000

 

 

 

 

 

29 Loss Amount

 

94,500

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

82



 

Notes to Exhibit 2a (foreclosure)

 

1.           The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.

 

2.                The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for covered losses from foreclosures, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:

 

a.                     If foreclosure occurred prior to the beginning of the Loss Share agreement, use Exhibit 2a(1). This version uses the book value of the REO as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

b.                    If foreclosure occurred after the Loss Share agreement was in place, and if the loan was not restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, use Exhibit 2a(2). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

c.                     If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then foreclosure occurred, use Exhibit 2a(3). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

3.           For Exhibit 2a(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 9 — 18; it is shown in line 19. For Exhibit 2a(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 16 — 24; it is shown in line 25. For Exhibit 2a(3), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 11 minus line 12 plus lines 13 — 21; it is shown in line 22.

 

4.           For Exhibit 2a(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 20 — 24; it is shown in line 25. For Exhibit 2a(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 — 30; it is shown in line 31. For Exhibit 2a(3), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 23 — 27; it is shown in line 28.

 

5.           Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Bank in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.

 

6.           Assuming Bank’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an affiliate (if affiliate is pre-approved by the FDIC) for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account. Allowable costs are limited to amounts per Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae guidelines (as in effect from time to time), where applicable, provided that this limitation shall not apply to costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions.

 

7.           Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

 

8.           If Exhibit 2a(3) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:

 

a.       90 days

 

b.      The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

83



 

c.                     The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold

 

To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

84



 

Exhibit 2b

 

This exhibit contains the loss share calculation for restructuring (loan mod), plus explanatory notes.

 

Exhibit 2b

CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS

 

1    Shared-Loss Month

 

May-09

 

2    Loan no:

 

123456

 

 

 

 

 

Loan before Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3   Original loan amount

 

500,000

 

4   Current unpaid principal balance

 

450,000

 

5   Remaining term

 

298

 

6   Interest rate

 

7.500

%

7  Interest Paid-To-Date

 

2/29/08

 

8   Monthly payment - P&I

 

3,333

 

9   Monthly payment - T&I

 

1,000

 

10 Total monthly payment

 

4,333

 

11 Loan type (fixed-rate, ARM, I/O, Option ARM, etc.)

 

Option ARM

 

12 Borrower current annual income

 

82,000

 

 

 

 

 

Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan

 

 

 

13 Closing date on modified/restructured loan

 

4/19/09

 

14 New Principal balance

 

461,438

 

15 Remaining term

 

313

 

16 Interest rate

 

3.500

%

17 Monthly payment - P&I

 

1,346

 

18 Monthly payment - T&I

 

800

 

19 Total monthly payment

 

2,146

 

20 Loan type (fixed-rate, ARM, I/O, Option ARM, etc.)

 

IO Hybrid

 

21 Lien type (1st, 2nd)

 

1st

 

If adjustable:

 

 

 

22    Initial interest rate

 

3.500

%

23    Term - initial interest rate

 

60 Months

 

24 Initial payment amount

 

2,146

 

25 Term-initial payment amount

 

60 Months

 

26 Negative amortization?

 

No

 

27 Rate reset frequency after first adjustment

 

6 Months

 

28 Next reset date

 

5/1/14

 

29 Index

 

LIBOR

 

30 Margin

 

2.750

%

31 Cap per adjustment

 

2.000

%

32 Lifetime Cap

 

9.500

%

33 Floor

 

2.750

%

34 Front end DTI

 

31

%

35 Back end DTI

 

45

%

 

 

 

 

Restructuring Loss Calculation

 

 

 

36 Loan Principal balance before restructuring

 

450,000

 

37 Accrued interest, limited to 90 days

 

8,438

 

38 Tax and insurance advances

 

3,000

 

39 3rd party fees due

 

 

40    Total loan balance due before restructuring

 

461,438

 

 

 

 

 

Assumptions for NPV Calculation, Restructured Loan:

 

 

 

41 Discount rate for projected cash flows

 

5.530

%

42 Loan prepayment in full

 

120 Months

 

43    NPV of projected cash flows

 

403,000

 

 

 

 

 

44 Loss Amount

 

58,438

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

85



 

Notes to Exhibit 2b (restructuring)

 

1.     The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.

 

2.     For purposes of loss sharing, losses on restructured loans are calculated as the difference between:

 

a.                The principal, accrued interest, advances due on the loan, and allowable 3 rd  party fees prior to restructuring (lines 36-39), and

 

b.               The Net Present Value (NPV) of the estimated cash flows (line 43). The cash flows should assume no default or prepayment for 10 years, followed by prepayment in full at the end of 10 years (120 months).

 

3.     For owner-occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.

 

4.     For investor owned or non-owner occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using commercially reasonable rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.

 

5.     If the new loan is an adjustable-rate loan, interest rate resets and related cash flows should be projected based on the index rate in effect at the date of the loan restructuring. If the restructured loan otherwise provides for specific charges in monthly P&I payments over the term of the loan, those changes should be reflected in the projected cash flows. Assuming Bank must retain supporting schedule of projected cash flows as required by Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and provide it to the FDIC if requested for a sample audit.

 

6.     Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

 

7.     The amount of accrued interest that may be added to the balance of the loan is limited to the minimum of:

 

a.     90 days

 

b.     The number of days that the loan is delinquent at the time of restructuring

 

c.     The number of days between the resolution date and the restructuring

 

To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

86



 

Exhibit 2c

 

This exhibit contains two versions of the loss share calculation for short sales, plus explanatory notes.

 

Exhibit 2c(1)

CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss Share

 

1   Shared-Loss Month:

 

May-09

 

2   Loan #

 

58776

 

3   RO #

 

542

 

 

 

 

 

4   Interest paid-to-date

 

7/31/08

 

5   Short Payoff Date

 

4/17/09

 

6   Note Interest rate

 

7.750

%

7   Owner occupied?

 

Yes

 

If so:

 

 

 

8      Borrower current gross annual income

 

38,500

 

9      Estimated NPV of loan mod

 

200,000

 

10 Most recent BPO

 

380,000

 

11 Most recent BPO date

 

1/31/06

 

 

 

 

 

Short-Sale Loss calculation

 

 

 

12 Loan Principal balance

 

375,000

 

 

 

 

 

13 Accrued interest, limited to 90 days

 

7,266

 

14 Attorney’s fees

 

0

 

15 Tax and insurance advances

 

0

 

16 3rd party fees due

 

2,800

 

17 Incentive to borrower

 

2,000

 

18 Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

 

387,066

 

 

 

 

 

19 Amount accepted in Short-Sale

 

255,000

 

20 Hazard Insurance

 

0

 

21 Mortgage Insurance

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

22    Total Cash Recovery

 

255,000

 

 

 

 

 

23 Loss Amount

 

132,066

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

87



 

Exhibit 2c(2)

CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
Short Sale after a Covered Loan Mod

 

1   Shared-Loss Month:

 

May-09

 

2   Loan #

 

20076

 

3   REO #

 

345

 

 

 

 

 

4   Loan mod date

 

5/12/08

 

5   Interest paid-to-date

 

9/30/08

 

6   Short Payoff Date

 

4/2/09

 

7   Note Interest rate

 

7.500

%

8   Most recent BPO

 

230,000

 

9   Most recent BPO date

 

1/21/09

 

 

 

 

 

Short-Sale Loss calculation

 

 

 

11 NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod

 

311,000

 

12 Less: Principal payments between loan mod and deliquency Plus:

 

1,000

 

13    Attorney’s fees

 

0

 

14    Tax and insurance advances

 

1,500

 

15    3rd party fees due

 

2,600

 

16    Incentive to borrower

 

3,500

 

17 Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

 

317,600

 

 

 

 

 

18 Amount accepted in Short-Sale

 

234,000

 

19 Hazard Insurance

 

0

 

20 Mortgage Insurance

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

21    Total Cash Recovery

 

234,000

 

 

 

 

 

22 Loss Amount

 

83,600

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

88



 

Notes to Exhibit 2c (short sale)

 

1.     The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual short sales.

 

2.     The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are two methods of calculation for covered losses from short sales, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:

 

a.                If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then the short sale occurred, use Exhibit 2c(2). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

b.               Otherwise, use Exhibit 2c(1). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.

 

3.     For Exhibit 2c(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 12 – 17; it is shown in line 18. For Exhibit 2a(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 11 minus line 12 plus lines 13 – 16; it is shown in line 17.

 

4.     For Exhibit 2c(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 19 – 21; it is shown in line 22. For Exhibit 2c(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 18 – 20; it is shown in line 21.

 

5.     Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Bank in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.

 

6.     Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

 

7.     If Exhibit 2c(2) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:

 

d.               90 days

 

e.                The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold

 

f.                  The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold

 

To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

89



 

Exhibit 2d

 

Shared-Loss Month:

[input month]

Loan no.:

[input loan no.)

 

NOTE

 

The calculation of recovery on a loan for which a Restructuring Loss has been paid will only apply if the loan is sold.

 

EXAMPLE CALCULATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring Loss Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan principal balance before restructuring

 

 

 

$

200,000

 

A

 

NPV, restructured loan

 

 

 

165,000

 

B

 

Loss on restructured loan

 

 

 

$

35,000

 

A – B

 

Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80% or 95%)

 

 

 

80

%

 

 

Loss share payment to purchaser

 

 

 

$

28,000

 

C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculation — Recovery amount due to Receiver

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan sales price

 

 

 

$

190,000

 

 

 

NPV of restructured loan at mod date

 

 

 

165,000

 

 

 

Gain - step 1

 

 

 

25,000

 

D

 

PLUS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan UPB after restructuring

 

(1

)

200,000

 

 

 

Loan UPB at liquidation date

 

 

 

192,000

 

 

 

Gain - step 2 (principal collections after restructuring)

 

 

 

8,000

 

E

 

Recovery amount

 

 

 

33,000

 

D + E

 

Times FDIC loss share %

 

 

 

80

%

 

 

Recovery due to FDIC

 

 

 

$

26,400

 

F

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss share paid to purchaser (C – F)

 

 

 

$

1,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proof Calculation

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

Loan principal balance

 

 

 

$

200,000

 

G

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal collections on loan

 

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

Sales price for loan

 

 

 

190,000

 

 

 

Total collections on loan

 

 

 

198,000

 

H

 

Net loss on loan

 

 

 

$

2,000

 

G – H

 

Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80% or 95%)

 

 

 

80

%

 

 

Loss share payment to purchaser

 

 

 

$

1,600

 

 

 

 


(1)

This example assumes that the FDIC loan modification program as shown in Exhibit 5 is applied and the loan restructuring does not result in a reduction in the loan principal balance due from the borrower.

(2)

This proof calculation is provided to illustrate the concept and the Assuming Bank is not required to provide this with its Recovery calculations.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

90



 

Exhibit 3
Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule

 

SHARED-LOSS LOANS

 

 

PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE

 

 

MONTH ENDED:

 

[input report month]

 

POOL SUMMARY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

#

 

$

 

 

 

 

Loans at Sale Date

 

xx

 

xx

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans as of this month-end

 

xx

 

xx

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATED THRESHOLD TRACKING

 

#

 

$

 

 

 

 

Stated Threshold amount

 

****

 

 

 

A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative loss payments, prior month

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss payment for current month

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative loss payment, this month

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative Commercial & Other Loans Net Charge-Offs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B

 

Remaining to Stated Threshold

 

****

 

 

 

A - B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of Total

 

PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE STATUS

 

#

 

$

 

 

#

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 – 59 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60 – 89 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 – 119 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120 and over days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In foreclosure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ORE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memo Item:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans in process of restructuring — total

 

 

 

 

 

****

 

Loans in bankruptcy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans in process of restructuring by delinquency status

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 - 59 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60 - 89 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 - 119 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120 and over days past due In foreclosure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

91



 

List of Loans Paid Off During Month

 

 

 

Principal

Loan #

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

List of Loans Sold During Month

 

 

 

Principal

Loan #

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

92



 

Exhibit 4
Wire Transfer Instructions

 

PURCHASER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

 

BANK RECEIVING WIRE

 

9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER

 

ACCOUNT NUMBER

 

NAME OF ACCOUNT

 

ATTENTION TO WHOM

 

PURPOSE OF WIRE

 

FDIC RECEIVER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

 

BANK RECEIVING WIRE

 

SHORT NAME

 

ADDRESS OF BANK RECEIVING WIRE

 

9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER

 

ACCOUNT NUMBER

 

NAME OF ACCOUNT

 

ATTENTION TO WHOM

 

PURPOSE OF WIRE

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

93



 

EXHIBIT 5

 

FDIC MORTGAGE LOAN MODIFICATION PROGRAM

 

Objective

 

The objective of this FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program (“Program”) is to modify the terms of certain residential mortgage loans so as to improve affordability, increase the probability of performance, allow borrowers to remain in their homes and increase the value of the loans to the FDIC and assignees. The Program provides for the modification of Qualifying Loans (as defined below) by reducing the borrower’s monthly housing debt to income ratio (“DTI Ratio”) to no more than 31% at the time of the modification and eliminating adjustable interest rate and negative amortization features.

 

Qualifying Mortgage Loans

 

In order for a mortgage loan to be a Qualifying Loan it must meet all of the following criteria, which must be confirmed by the lender:

 

·                        The collateral securing the mortgage loan is owner-occupied and the owner’s primary residence; and

·                        The mortgagor has a first priority lien on the collateral; and

·                        Either the borrower is at least 60 days delinquent or a default is reasonably foreseeable.

 

Modification Process

 

The lender shall undertake a review of its mortgage loan portfolio to identify Qualifying Loans. For each Qualifying Loan, the lender shall determine the net present value of the modified loan and, if it will exceed the net present value of the foreclosed collateral upon disposition, then the Qualifying Loan shall be modified so as to reduce the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio to no more than 31% at the time of the modification. To achieve this, the lender shall use a combination of interest rate reduction, term extension and principal forbearance, as necessary.

 

The borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio shall be a percentage calculated by dividing the borrower’s monthly income by the borrower’s monthly housing payment (including principal, interest, taxes and insurance). For these purposes, (1) the borrower’s monthly income shall be the amount of the borrower’s (along with any co-borrowers’) documented and verified gross monthly income, and (2) the borrower’s monthly housing payment shall be the amount required to pay monthly principal and interest plus one-twelfth of the then current annual amount required to pay real property taxes and homeowner’s insurance with respect to the collateral.

 

In order to calculate the monthly principal payment, the lender shall capitalize to the outstanding principal balance of the Qualifying Loan the amount of all delinquent interest, delinquent taxes, past due insurance premiums, third party fees and (without duplication) escrow advances (such amount, the “Capitalized Balance”).

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

94



 

In order to achieve the goal of reducing the DTI Ratio to 31%, the lender shall take the following steps in the following order of priority with respect to each Qualifying Loan:

 

1.                Reduce the interest rate to the then current Freddie Mac Survey Rate for 30-year fixed rate mortgage loans, and adjust the term to 30 years.

 

2.                If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, reduce the interest rate further, but no lower than 3%, until the DTI ratio of 31% is achieved.

 

3.                If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31% after adjusting the interest rate to 3%, extend the remaining term of the loan by 10 years.

 

4.                If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, calculate a new monthly payment (the “Adjusted Payment Amount”) that will result in the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio not exceeding 31%. After calculating the Adjusted Payment Amount, the lender shall bifurcate the Capitalized Balance into two portions — the amortizing portion and the non-amortizing portion. The amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the mortgage amount that will fully amortize over a 40-year term at an annual interest rate of 3% and monthly payments equal to the Adjusted Payment Amount. The non- amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the difference between the Capitalized Balance and the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance. If the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance is less than 75% of the current estimated value of the collateral, then the lender may choose not to restructure the loan. If the lender chooses to restructure the loan, then the lender shall forbear on collecting the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, and such amount shall be due and payable only upon the earlier of (i) maturity of the modified loan, (ii) a sale of the property or (iii) a pay-off or refinancing of the loan. No interest shall be charged on the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, but repayment shall be secured by a first lien on the collateral.

 

Special Note:

 

The net present value calculation used to determine whether a loan should be modified based on the modification process above is distinct and different from the net present value calculation used to determine the covered loss if the loan is modified. Please refer only to the net present value calculation described in this exhibit for the modification process, with its separate assumptions, when determining whether to provide a modification to a borrower. Separate assumptions may include, without limitation, Assuming Bank’s determination of a probability of default without modification, a probability of default with modification, home price forecasts, prepayment speeds, and event timing. These assumptions are applied to different projected cash flows over the term of the loan, such as the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting without modification and the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting with modification.

 

By contrast, the net present value for determining the covered loss is based on a 10 year period.  While the assumptions in the net present value calculation used in the modification process may change, the net present value calculation for determining the covered loss remains constant.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

95



 

EXHIBIT 4.15B

 

COMMERCIAL AND OTHER ASSETS SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

This agreement for reimbursement of loss sharing expenses on certain loans and other assets (the “Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Bank purchases Shared-Loss Assets as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15B and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless the context indicates that a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended.

 

ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS

 

Capitalized terms used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

AAA means the American Arbitration Association as provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Accrued Interest means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance at any time, the amount of earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank (as applicable); provided , that Accrued Interest shall not include any amount that accrues on or with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance after that Asset has been placed on non-accrual or nonperforming status by either the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank (as applicable).

 

Additional ORE means Shared-Loss Loans that become Other Real Estate after Bank Closing Date.

 

Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided , that , for purposes of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.

 

Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date means the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

96



 

Calendar Quarter means a quarterly period (a) for the first such period, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the last calendar day of either March, June, September or December, whichever is the first to occur after the Commencement Date, and (b) for quarterly periods thereafter, beginning on the first calendar day of the calendar month immediately after the month that ended the prior period and ending on the last calendar day of each successive three-calendar-month period thereafter (i.e., each March, June, September and December, starting in the applicable order depending on the ending date of first such period) of any year.

 

Capitalized Expenditures means those expenditures that (i) would be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, and (ii) are incurred with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE. Capitalized Expenditures shall not include expenses related to environmental conditions including, but not limited to, remediation, storage or disposal of any hazardous or toxic substances or any pollutant or contaminant.

 

Charge-Offs means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Assets for any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of loans or portions of loans classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria, including (a) charge-offs of (i) the principal amount of such assets net of unearned interest (including write-downs associated with Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE or loan modification(s)) (ii) Accrued Interest, and (iii) Capitalized Expenditures plus (b) Pre-Charge-Off Expenses incurred on the respective Shared-Loss Loans, all as effected by the Assuming Bank during such period and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank; provided , that : (i) the aggregate amount of Accrued Interest (including any reversals thereof) for the period after Bank Closing that shall be included in determining the amount of Charge-Offs for any Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed ninety (90) days’ Accrued Interest; (ii) no Charge-Off shall be taken with respect to any anticipated expenditure by the Assuming Bank until such expenditure is actually incurred; (iii) any financial statement adjustments made in connection with the purchase of any Assets pursuant to this Purchase and Assumption Agreement or any future purchase, merger, consolidation or other acquisition of the Assuming Bank shall not constitute “Charge-Offs”; and (iv) except for Portfolio Sales or any other sales or dispositions consented to by the Receiver, losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Assets to any Person (other than the sale or other disposition of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank which is conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner) shall not constitute Charge-Offs.

 

Commencement Date means the first calendar day following Bank Closing.

 

Consumer Loans means Loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures (including United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans and extensions of credit pursuant to a credit card plan or debit card plan).

 

Cumulative Servicing Amount means the sum of the Period Servicing Amounts for every consecutive twelve-month period prior to and ending on the True-Up

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

97



 

Measurement Date in respect of each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement is in effect.

 

Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments means (i) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Assuming Bank under the Shared-Loss Agreements minus (ii) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Receiver under the Shared-Loss Agreements.

 

Environmental Assessment means an assessment of the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged off.

 

Examination Criteria means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.

 

Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.

 

Fair Value means the value of a Shared Loss MTM Asset as stated on the books and records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, inclusive of all adjustments.

 

FDIC Party has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Net Charge-Offs means, with respect to any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Charge-Offs for such period less the amount of Recoveries for such period.

 

Neutral Member has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

New Shared-Loss Loans means loans that would otherwise be subject to loss sharing under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that were originated after September 18, 2009 and before Bank Closing.

 

Notice of Dispute has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

ORE Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of the Assuming Bank that engages solely in holding, servicing, managing or liquidating interests of a type described in clause (A) of the definition of “Other Real Estate,” which interests have arisen from the collection or settlement of a Shared-Loss Loan.

 

Other Real Estate means all of the following (including any of the following fully or partially charged off the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank)

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

98



 

that (i) are owned by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and are purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (ii) have arisen subsequent to Bank Closing from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Bank of a Shared-Loss Loan:

 

(A)                                    all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and

 

(B)                                      all other assets (whether real or personal property) acquired by foreclosure or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.

 

Period Servicing Amount means, for any twelve month period with respect to each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement are in effect, the product of (i) the simple average of the principal amount of Shared-Loss Loans and Shared-Loss Assets (other than the Shared-Loss Securities) (in each case as defined in the Shared-Loss Agreements), as the case may be, at the beginning of such period and at the end of such period times (ii) one percent (1%).

 

Permitted Advance means an advance of funds by the Assuming Bank with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, or the making of a legally binding commitment by the Assuming Bank to advance funds with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, that (i) in the case of such an advance, is actually made, and, in the case of such a commitment, is made and all of the proceeds thereof actually advanced, within one (1) year after the Commencement Date, (ii) does not cause the sum of (A) the book value of such Shared-Loss Loan as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank after any such advance has been made by the Assuming Bank plus (B) the unfunded amount of any such commitment made by the Assuming Bank related thereto, to exceed 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, (iii) is not made with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan with respect to which (A) there exists a related Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) the Assuming Bank has taken a Charge-Off and (iv) is made in good faith, is supported at the time it is made by documentation in the Credit Files and conforms to and is in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank; provided , that the limitations in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this definition shall not apply to any such action (other than to an advance or commitment related to the remediation, storage or final disposal of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant) that is taken by Assuming Bank in its reasonable discretion to preserve or secure the value of the collateral for such Shared-Loss Loan.

 

Permitted Amendment means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan, any amendment, modification, renewal or extension thereof, or any waiver of any term, right, or remedy thereunder, made by the Assuming Bank in good faith and otherwise in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank; provided , that :

 

(i) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is not a

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

99



 

revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the amount of principal (A) then remaining available to be advanced by the Assuming Bank under the Shared- Loss Loan Commitment or (B) then outstanding under the Shared-Loss Loan;

 

(ii)           with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the maximum amount of principal authorized as of Bank Closing to be outstanding at any one time under the underlying revolving line of credit relationship with the debtor (regardless of the extent to which such revolving line of credit may have been funded as of Bank Closing or may subsequently have been funded and/or repaid); and

 

(iii)        no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter unless the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan as existed on Bank Closing was beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter, in which event no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend such term beyond the term as existed as of Bank Closing.

 

Pre-Charge-Off Expenses means those expenses incurred in the usual and prudent management of a Shared-Loss Loan that would qualify as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if incurred after a Charge-Off of the related Shared-Loss Asset had occurred.

 

Quarterly Certificate has the meaning provided in Section 2.1 (a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Recoveries (I)(A) In addition to any sums to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (II) below, “Recoveries” means, with respect to any period, the sum of (without duplication):

 

(i) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank on Charge-Offs of Shared-Loss Assets effected by the Assuming Bank prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter; plus

 

(ii) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank on Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs; plus

 

(iii) the amount of gain on any sale or other disposition during such period by the Assuming Bank of Shared Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (provided , that the amount of any such gain included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses); plus

 

(iv) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank of any Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses; plus

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

100



 

(v) the amount of any fee or other consideration received by the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period in connection with any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment or other similar action taken by the Assuming Bank with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset with respect to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down or a Shared-Loss Loan as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period (provided , that the amount of any such fee or other consideration included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses).

 

(I)(B) For the purpose of determining the amounts to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (I)(A) above, the Assuming Bank shall apply amounts received on the Assets that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value of principal of a Shared-Loss Loan (or, in the case of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures, that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value thereof) in the following order: first to Charge-Offs and Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write Downs; then to Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses; then to interest income; and then to other expenses incurred by the Assuming Bank.

 

(II)  If there occurs an amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write Down or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period, and if , as a result of such occurrence, the Assuming Bank recognizes any interest income for financial accounting purposes on that Shared-Loss Loan, then “Recoveries” shall also include the portion of the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Bank which is derived by multiplying:

 

(A)                 the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Bank during such period with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan as described above, by

 

(B)                   a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/WriteDowns and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged- off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) immediately above was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

 

provided , however , that the amount of any interest income included as Recoveries for a particular Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed the aggregate amount of (a) Failed Bank ChargeOffs/Write-Downs, (b) Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, plus (c) any Reimbursable Expenses and

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

101



 

Recovery Expenses paid to the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, all with respect to that particular Shared-Loss Loan; and, provided , further , that any collections on any such Shared-Loss Loan that are not applied to reduce book value of principal or recognized as interest income shall be applied pursuant to subparagraph (I) above.

 

(III) Notwithstanding subparagraphs (I) and (II) above, the term “Recoveries” shall not include: (a) any amounts paid to the Assuming Bank by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, (b) amounts received with respect to Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, (c) after the final Shared- Loss Quarter, income received by the Assuming Bank from the operation of, and any gains recognized by the Assuming Bank on the disposition of, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (such income and gains being hereinafter together referred to as “ORE Income”), except to the extent that aggregate ORE Income exceeds the aggregate expenses paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank after the final Shared-Loss Quarter to manage, operate and maintain Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (such expenses being hereinafter referred to as “ORE Expenses”). In determining the extent aggregate ORE Income exceeds aggregate ORE Expenses for any Recovery Quarter as set forth immediately above in subparagraph (c), the Assuming Bank will subtract (i) ORE Expenses paid to third parties during such Recovery Quarter (provided, that, in the case of the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Bank will subtract ORE Expenses paid to third parties from the beginning of the final Recovery Quarter up to the date the Assuming Bank is required to deliver the final Quarterly Certificate pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) from (ii) ORE Income received during such Recovery Quarter, to calculate net ORE income (“Net ORE Income”) for that Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is positive, such amount shall be reported as Recoveries on the Quarterly Certificate for such Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is negative (“Net ORE Loss Carryforward”), such amount shall be added to any ORE Expenses paid to third parties in the next succeeding Recovery Quarter, which sum shall then be subtracted from ORE Income for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter, for the purpose of determining the amount of Net ORE Income (or, if applicable, Net ORE Loss Carryforward) for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter. If, as of the end of the final Recovery Quarter, a Net ORE Loss Carryforward exists, then the amount of the Net ORE Loss Carryforward that does not exceed the aggregate amount of Net ORE Income reported as Recoveries on Quarterly Certificates for all Recovery Quarters may be included as a Recovery Expense on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter.

 

Recovery Amount has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Recovery Expenses means, for any Recovery Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures) paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Bank) by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to recover amounts owed with respect to (i) any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off was effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

102



 

incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank), and (ii) Failed Bank ChargeOffs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Bank having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided, that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being prorated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Recovery Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Recovery Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:

 

subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying:

 

(A)                 the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank during such Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by

 

(B)                   a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank ChargeOffs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

 

from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan.

 

Recovery Quarter has the meaning provided in Section 2.1 (a)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Reimbursable Expenses means, for any Shared-Loss Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures), paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Bank) by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III of this Commercial Shared- Loss Agreement, to:

 

(i) recover amounts owed with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off has been effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank) and recover

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

103



 

amounts owed with respect to Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any such remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Bank having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided, that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being pro-rated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Reimbursable Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Shared-Loss Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:

 

subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying:

 

(A)                 the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by

 

(B)                   a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank ChargeOffs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

 

from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan; and

 

(ii) manage, operate or maintain Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE less the amount of any income received by the Assuming Bank during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to such Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (which resulting amount under this clause (ii) may be negative).

 

Review Board has the meaning provided in Section 2.1 (f)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Shared-Loss Amount has the meaning provided in Section 2.1 (b)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset, the principal amount thereof plus any other fees or penalties due from an Obligor (including, subject to the limitations discussed below, the amount of any Accrued Interest) stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, as of the date as of which the Shared-Loss

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

104



 

Asset Repurchase Price is being determined (regardless, in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan, of the Legal Balance thereof) plus all Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses incurred up to and through the date of consummation of purchase of such Shared-Loss Asset; provided, that (i) in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan there shall be excluded from such amount the amount of any Accrued Interest accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan prior to the ninety (90)-day period ending on the day prior to the purchase date determined pursuant to Sections 2.1 (e)(i) or 2.1 (e)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except to the extent such Accrued Interest was included in the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, and (ii) any collections on a Shared-Loss Loan received by the Assuming Bank after the purchase date applicable to such Shared-Loss Loan shall be applied (without duplication) to reduce the Shared- Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Loan on a dollar-for-dollar basis. For purposes of determining the amount of unpaid interest which accrued during a given period with respect to a variable-rate Shared-Loss Loan, all collections of interest shall be deemed to be applied to unpaid interest in the chronological order in which such interest accrued.

 

Shared-Loss Assets means Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate purchased by the Assuming Bank, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures, but does not include Shared Loss MTM Assets.

 

Shared-Loss Loan Commitment means:

 

(i)         any Commitment to make a further extension of credit or to make a further advance with respect to an existing Shared-Loss Loan; and

 

(ii)          any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Bank has made a Permitted Amendment.

 

Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance means an advance pursuant to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment with respect to which the Assuming Bank has not made a Permitted Advance.

 

Shared-Loss Loans means:

 

(i)(A) Loans purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement set forth on Exhibit 4.15(b) to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, (B) New Shared-Loss Loans purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, (C) Permitted Advances and (D) Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances, if any; provided, that Shared-Loss Loans shall not include Loans, New Shared-Loss Loans, Permitted Advances and Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances with respect to which an Acquired Subsidiary, or a constituent Subsidiary thereof, is an Obligor; (E) Loans owned by any Subsidiary which are not Shared-Loss Loans under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement; and (F) Consumer Loans; and

 

(ii) any Shared-Loss Loans (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Bank has made a Permitted Amendment.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

105



 

Shared-Loss MTM Assets means those securities and other assets listed on Exhibit 4.15(C).

 

Shared-Loss Payment Trigger means when the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the cumulative Net Charge-Offs under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, exceeds the First Loss Tranche. If the First Loss Tranche is zero or a negative number, the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger shall be deemed to have been reached upon Bank Closing.

 

Shared-Loss Quarter has the meaning provided in Section 2.1 (a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Stated Threshold means total losses under the shared loss agreements in the amount of $ 27,000,000.00 .

 

Subsidiary ORE means all assets owned by ORE Subsidiaries that would constitute Additional ORE if such assets were on the books of the Assuming Bank.

 

Termination Date means the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

Third Party Servicer means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank to service the Shared-Loss Assets on behalf of the Assuming bank, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.

 

ARTICLE II SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT

 

2.1                                Shared-Loss Arrangement.

 

(a)                                   Quarterly Certificates. (i) Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the initial Calendar Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Shared-Loss Quarter”), the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by the Assuming Bank’s chief executive officer and its chief financial officer, setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify (a “Quarterly Certificate”):

 

(A)                                    the amount of Charge-Offs, the amount of Recoveries and the amount of Net Charge-Offs (which amount may be negative) during such Shared- Loss Quarter with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (and for Recoveries, with respect to the Assets for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing); and

 

(B)                                      the aggregate amount of Reimbursable Expenses (which amount

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

106



 

may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter; and

 

(C)                                      net realized loss on the Shared Loss MTM Assets determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (MTM Net Realized Loss), or net realized gain on the Shared Loss MTM assets, expressed as a negative number (MTM Net Realized Gain); and

 

(D)                                     any other than temporary impairment of the Shared Loss MTM Assets, determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (“OTTI Loss”) or reversals of OTTI Loss, expressed as a negative number (for the avoidance of doubt, normal and customary unrealized mark-to-market changes by reason of the application of fair value accounting do not qualify for loss sharing payments).

 

(ii)                                   Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the first Calendar Quarter following the final Shared-Loss Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Termination Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Recovery Quarter”), the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify

 

(A)                                    the amount of Recoveries and Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter. On the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Bank may report as a separate item, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify, the aggregate amount of any Reimbursable Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Shared-Loss Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Shared-Loss Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Shared-Loss Quarter and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during the first Recovery Quarter; and

 

(B)                                      net realized gain on the Shared Loss MTM Assets.

 

(b)                                   Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets.

 

(i)                                      For purposes of this Section 2.1(b), the Assuming Bank shall initially record the Shared-Loss Assets on its Accounting Records at Book Value, and initially record the Shared Loss MTM Assets on its Accounting Records at Fair Value, and adjust such amounts as such values may change after the Bank Closing. If the amount of all Net Charge-Offs during any Shared-Loss Quarter plus Reimbursable Expenses, plus MTM Net Realized Gain or MTM Net Realized Loss, plus OTTI Loss during such Shared-Loss Quarter (the “Shared-Loss Amount”) is positive, then, except as provided in Sections 2.1(c) and (e) below, and subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(b)(vi) below, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Shared-Loss Quarter, the Receiver shall

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

107



 

pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter. If the Shared-Loss Amount during any Shared-Loss Quarter is negative, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter, which payment shall be delivered to the Receiver together with the Quarterly Certificate for such Shared-Loss Quarter. When the cumulative Shared-Loss Amounts for all Shared-Loss Quarters plus the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement equals or exceeds the Stated Threshold, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to ninety-five percent ((95%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for each Shared-Loss Quarter, until such time as the cumulative Shared-Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Quarters is less than the Stated Threshold, when the percentage shall revert back to eighty percent (80%).

 

(ii)                                   If the amount of gross Recoveries during any Recovery Quarter less Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter plus net realized gains or reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared Loss MTM Assets (the “Recovery Amount”) is positive, then, simultaneously with its delivery of the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Recovery Amount for such Recovery Quarter. If the Recovery Amount is negative, then such negative amount shall be subtracted from the amount of gross Recoveries during the next succeeding Recovery Quarter in determining the Recovery Amount in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter; provided , that this Section 2.1(b)(ii) shall operate successively in the event that the Recovery Amount (after giving effect to this Section 2.1(b)(ii)) in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter is negative. The Assuming Bank shall specify, in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter, the aggregate amount for all Recovery Quarters only, as of the end of, and including, the final Recovery Quarter of (A) Recoveries plus net realized gains or reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared Loss MTM Assets (“Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries”), (B) Recovery Expenses (“Aggregate Recovery Expenses”), and (C)  only those Recovery Expenses that have been actually “offset” against Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries (including those so “offset” in that final Recovery Quarter) (“Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses”); as used in this sentence, the term “offset” means the amount that has been applied to reduce gross Recoveries in any Recovery Quarter pursuant to the methodology set forth in this Section 2.1(b)(ii). If, at the end of the final Recovery Quarter the amount of Aggregate Recovery Expenses exceeds the amount of Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries, the Receiver shall have no obligation to pay to the Assuming Bank all or any portion of such excess. Subsequent to the Assuming Bank’s calculation of the Recovery Amount (if any) for the final Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Bank shall also show on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter the results of the following three mathematical calculations: (i) Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; (ii) Aggregate Recovery Expenses minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; and (iii) the lesser of the two amounts calculated in (i) and (ii) immediately above (“Additional Recovery Expenses”) multiplied by 80% (the amount so calculated in (iii) being defined as the “Additional Recovery Expense Amount”). If the Additional Recovery Expense Amount is greater than zero, then the Assuming Bank may request in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter that the Receiver reimburse the Assuming Bank the amount of the Additional Recovery Expense Amount and the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank the Additional Recovery Expense Amount within fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

108



 

Certificate. On the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Bank may include, in addition to any Recovery Expenses for that Recovery Quarter that were paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank in that Recovery Quarter, those Recovery Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Recovery Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Recovery Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Recovery Quarter, and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) prior to the date the Assuming Bank is required to deliver that final Quarterly Certificate to the Receiver under the terms of Section 2.1(a)(ii).

 

(iii)                                With respect to each Shared-Loss Quarter and Recovery Quarter, collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank on any charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing on an Asset other than a Shared-Loss Asset or Shared-Loss MTM Assets shall be reported as Recoveries under this Section 2.1 only to the extent such collections exceed the Book Value of such Asset, if any. For any Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter in which collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank on such Asset are applied to both Book Value and to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, the amount of expenditures incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank attributable to the collection of any such Asset, that shall be considered a Reimbursable Expense or a Recovery Expense under this Section 2.1 will be limited to a proportion of such expenditures which is equal to the proportion derived by dividing (A) the amount of collections on such Asset applied to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, by (B) the total collections on such Assets.

 

(iv)                               If the Assuming Bank has duly specified an amount of Reimbursable Expenses on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter as described above in the last sentence of Section 2.1 (a)(ii), then, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) (or, if the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement plus the cumulative Shared-Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Quarters equals or exceeds the Stated Threshold, ninety-five percent (95%)) of the amount of such Reimbursable Expenses.

 

(v)                                  If the First Loss Tranche as determined under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is a positive number, Receiver has no obligation to make payment for any Shared Loss Quarters until the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger is satisfied.

 

(vi)                               Payments from the Receiver with respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are administrative expenses of the Receiver. To the extent the Receiver needs funds for shared-loss payments respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended (“MLSA”), from FDIC in its corporate capacity. The Receiver will not agree to any amendment of the MLSA that would prevent the Receiver from drawing on the MLSA to fund shared-loss payments.

 

(c)                                   Limitation on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to this Section 2.1 with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

109



 

Loss Asset that the Receiver or the Corporation determines, based upon the Examination Criteria, should not have been effected by the Assuming Bank; provided, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Bank with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to any properly effected Charge-Off and (2) to the extent not curable, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Charge-Offs (or portion of Charge-Offs) that were effected which would have been payable as a Charge-Off if the Assuming Bank had properly effected such Charge-Off. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payments with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 or determines that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

 

(d)                                   Sale of, or Additional Advances or Amendments with Respect to, Shared-Loss Loans and Administration of Related Loans . No Shared-Loss Loan shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 (i) if the Assuming Bank sells or otherwise transfers such Shared-Loss Loan or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, (ii) after the Assuming Bank makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a commitment with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Advance or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, (iii) after the Assuming Bank makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Amendment, or (iv) after the Assuming Bank has managed, administered or collected any “Related Loan” (as such term is defined in Section 3.4 of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of such Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; provided, that any such Shared-Loss Loan that has been the subject of Charge-Offs prior to the taking of any action described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 2.1(d) by the Assuming Bank shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 solely for the purpose of treatment of Recoveries on such Charge-Offs until such time as the amount of Recoveries with respect to such Shared-Loss Asset equals such Charge-Offs.

 

(e)                                   Option to Purchase .

 

(i)                                      In the event that the Assuming Bank determines that there is a substantial likelihood that continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of $500,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank will result in an expenditure, after Bank Closing, of funds by on behalf of the Assuming Bank to a third party for a specified purpose (the expenditure of which, in its best judgment, will maximize collections), which do not constitute Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, and such expenses will exceed ten percent (10%) of the then book value thereof as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank shall (i) promptly so notify the Receiver and (ii) request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense for purposes of this Section 2.1. (Where the Assuming Bank determines that there is a substantial likelihood that the previously

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

110



 

mentioned situation exists with respect to continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of less than $1,000,000 on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank may so notify the Receiver and request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense.) Within thirty (30) days after its receipt of such a notice, the Receiver will advise the Assuming Bank of its consent or denial, that such expenditures shall be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the failure of the Receiver to give its consent with respect to such expenditures, the Assuming Bank shall continue to administer such Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with Section 2.2, except that the Assuming Bank shall not be required to make such expenditures. At any time after its receipt of such a notice and on or prior to the Termination Date the Receiver shall have the right to purchase such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset as provided in Section 2.1(e)(iii), notwithstanding any consent by the Receiver with respect to such expenditure.

 

(ii)                                   During the period prior to the Termination Date, the Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days after any of the following becomes fully or partially charged-off:

 

(A)                 a Shared-Loss Loan having a Legal Balance (or, in the case of more than one (1) Shared-Loss Loan made to the same Obligor, a combined Legal Balance) of $500,000 or more in circumstances in which the legal claim against the relevant Obligor survives; or

 

(B)                   a Shared-Loss Loan to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R.215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(l), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.

 

(iii)                                If the Receiver determines in its discretion that the Assuming Bank is not diligently pursuing collection efforts with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset which has been fully or partially charged-off or written-down (including any Shared-Loss Asset which is identified or required to be identified in a notice pursuant to Section 2.1 (e)(ii)) or any Asset for which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down, the Receiver may at its option, exercisable at any time on or prior to the Termination Date, require the Assuming Bank to assign, transfer and convey such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset to and for the sole benefit of the Receiver for a price equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.

 

(iv)                               Not later than ten (10) days after the date upon which the Assuming Bank receives notice of the Receiver’s intention to purchase or require the assignment of any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset pursuant to Section 2.1 (e)(i) or (iii), the Assuming Bank shall transfer to the Receiver such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto and shall take all such other actions as may be necessary and appropriate to adequately effect the transfer of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset from the Assuming Bank to the Receiver. Not later than fifteen (15) days after the date upon which the Receiver receives such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to the

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

111



 

Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset less the Related Liability Amount.

 

(v)                                  The Receiver shall assume all Related Liabilities with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset set forth in the notice described in Section 2.1 (e)(iv).

 

(f)                                     Dispute Resolution .

 

(i)              (A) Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with Examination Criteria shall be resolved by the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority. (B) With respect to any other dispute arising under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which the parties hereto cannot resolve after having negotiated such matter, in good faith, for a thirty (30) day period, other than a dispute the Corporation is not permitted to submit to arbitration under the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996 (“ADRA”), as amended, such other dispute shall be resolved by determination of a review board (a “Review Board”) established pursuant to Section 2.1(f). Any Review Board under this Section 2.1(f) shall follow the provisions of the Federal Arbitration Act and shall follow the provisions of the ADRA. (C) Any determination by the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority or by a Review Board shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and not subject to further dispute, and judgment may be entered on said determination in accordance with applicable arbitration law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(ii)                                        A Review Board shall consist of three (3) members, each of whom shall have such expertise as the Corporation and the Assuming Bank agree is relevant. As appropriate, the Receiver or the Corporation (the “FDIC Party”) will select one member, one member will be selected by the Assuming Bank and the third member (the “Neutral Member”) will be selected by the other two members. The member of the Review Board selected by a party may be removed at any time by such party upon two (2) days’ written notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank after two (2) days’ prior written notice to the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member. In addition, if a Neutral Member fails for any reason to serve or continue to serve on the Review Board, the other remaining members shall so notify the parties to the dispute and the Neutral Member in writing that such Neutral Member will be replaced, and the Neutral Member shall thereafter be replaced by the unanimous action of the other remaining members within twenty (20) business days of that notification.

 

(iii)                                     No dispute may be submitted to a Review Board by any of the parties to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless such party has provided to the other party a written notice of dispute (“Notice of Dispute”). During the forty-five (45)-day period following the providing of a Notice of Dispute, the parties to the dispute will make every effort in good faith to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement. As part of these good faith efforts, the parties should consider the use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, as judged appropriate by each party in its sole discretion. Such techniques may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, and early neutral evaluation. If the parties have not agreed to a resolution of the dispute by the end of such forty-five (45)-day period, then, subject to the discretion of the

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

112



 

Corporation and the written consent of the Assuming Bank as set forth in Section 2.1 (f)(i)(B) above, on the first day following the end of such period, the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank shall notify each other of its selection of its member of the Review Board and such members shall be instructed to promptly select the Neutral Member of the Review Board. If the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank are unable to promptly agree upon the initial selection of the Neutral Member, or a timely replacement Neutral Member as set forth in Section 2.1 (f)(ii) above, the two appointed members shall apply to the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), and such Neutral Member shall be appointed in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA.

 

(iv)                               The resolution of a dispute pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall be governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Section 2.1(f). The Review Board may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior approval of the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank.

 

(v)                                  Within fifteen (15) days after the last to occur of the final written submissions of both parties, the presentation of witnesses, if any, and oral presentations, if any, the Review Board shall adopt the position of one of the parties and shall present to the parties a written award regarding the dispute. The determination of any two (2) members of a Review Board will constitute the determination of such Review Board.

 

(vi)                               The FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank will each pay the fees and expenses of the member of the Review Board selected by it. The FDIC Party and Assuming Bank will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member. No such fees or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise.

 

(vii)                            Each party will bear all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board. No such costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise. The Review Board shall have no authority to award costs or expenses incurred by either party to these proceedings.

 

(viii)                         Any dispute resolution proceeding held pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall not be public. In addition, each party and each member of any Review Board shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith, except as the parties agree in writing or such disclosure is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation. Pursuant to ADRA, dispute resolution communications may not be disclosed either by the parties or by any member of the Review board unless:

 

(1)           all parties to the dispute resolution proceeding agree in writing;

(2)           the communication has already been made public;

(3)           the communication is required by statute, rule or regulation to be made public; or

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

113



 

(4) a court determines that such testimony or disclosure is necessary to prevent a manifest injustice, help establish a violation of the law or prevent harm to the public health or safety, or of sufficient magnitude in the particular case to outweigh the integrity of dispute resolution proceedings in general by reducing the confidence of parties in future cases that their communications will remain confidential.

 

(ix)                                 Any dispute resolution proceeding pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) (whether as a matter of good faith negotiations, by resort to a Review Board, or otherwise) is a compromise negotiation for purposes of the Federal Rules of Evidence and state rules of evidence. The parties agree that all proceedings, including any statement made or document prepared by any party, attorney or other participants are privileged and shall not be disclosed in any subsequent proceeding or document or construed for any purpose as an admission against interest. Any document submitted and any statements made during any dispute resolution proceeding are for settlement purposes only. The parties further agree not to subpoena any of the members of the Review Board or any documents submitted to the Review Board. In no event will the Neutral Member voluntarily testify on behalf of any party.

 

(x)                                    No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of any Review Board shall constitute precedent as regards any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel which may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.

 

(xi)                                 The parties may extend any period of time in this Section 2.1(f) by mutual agreement. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, no dispute shall be submitted to a Review Board until each member of the Review Board, and any substitute member, if applicable, agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 2.1(f) as applicable to members of a Review Board. Prior to the commencement of the Review Board proceedings, or, in the case of a substitute Neutral Member, prior to the re-commencement of such proceedings subsequent to that substitution, the Neutral Member shall provide a written oath of impartiality.

 

(xii)                              For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event any notice of dispute is provided to a party under this Section 2.1(g) prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to any such items set forth in such notice until such time as any such dispute with respect to such item is finally resolved.

 

(g)                                  Payment in the Event Losses Fail to Reach Expected Level . On the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the calendar day following the Bank Closing occurs, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver fifty percent (50%) of the excess, if any, of (i) twenty percent (20%) of the Stated Threshold less (ii) the sum of (A) twenty-five percent

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

114



 

(25%) of the asset premium (discount) plus (B) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments plus (C) the Cumulative Servicing Amount. The Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver not later than 30 days following the True-Up Measurement Date, a schedule, signed by an officer of the Assuming Bank, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments and the Cumulative Servicing Amount.

 

2.2                                Administration of Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Bank shall at all times prior to the Termination Date comply with the Rules Regarding the Administration of Shared-Loss Assets as set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

2.3                                Auditor Report; Right to Audit .

 

(a)                                   Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year from and including the fiscal year during which Bank Closing falls to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date falls, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Bank’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Bank cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363.

 

(b)                                  The Assuming Bank shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with the provisions of this Article II and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with copies of the internal audit reports and access to internal audit workpapers related to such internal audit.

 

(c)                                   The Receiver or the Corporation may perform an audit to determine the Assuming Bank’s compliance with the provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, at any time by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Bank’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

115



 

2.4                                Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Quarterly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if, in its judgment, there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Bank demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days. In the event the Receiver or the Assuming Bank elects to submit the issue of the eligibility of the item for reimbursement or payment for determination under the dispute resolution procedures of Section 2.1(f), then (i) if the dispute is settled by the mutual agreement of the parties in accordance with Section 2.1(f)(iii), the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so agreed) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the dispute is determined by the parties to be resolved by mutual agreement, and (ii) if the dispute is resolved by the determination of a Review Board, the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so determined) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the Receiver is notified of the determination by the Review Board of its obligation to make such payment. Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof from the date the payment was agreed or determined otherwise to be due, at the interest rate per annum determined by the Receiver to be equal to the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each Calendar Quarter during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board’s Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Auction Average - 3-Month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.

 

2.5                                Books and Records . The Assuming Bank shall at all times during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs. Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, all financial books and records shall be kept in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied for the periods involved and in a manner such that information necessary to determine compliance with any requirement of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement will be readily obtainable, and in a manner such that the purposes of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be effectively accomplished. Without the prior written approval of the Corporation, the Assuming Bank shall not make any change in its accounting principles adversely affecting the value of the Shared-Loss Assets except as required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Bank shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles affecting the Shared-Loss Assets which it believes are required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

116



 

2.6                                Information . The Assuming Bank shall promptly provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or otherwise relating to its business and affairs or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time.

 

2.7                                Tax Ruling . The Assuming Bank shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III - RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS
ASSETS AND SHARED-LOSS MTM ASSETS

 

3.1                                Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Bank shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Bank transfers any Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss MTM Assets) to, or a Third Party Servicer to, manage, administer, and collect the Shared-Loss Assets and Shared-Loss MTM Assets while owned by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III (“Rules”). The Assuming Bank shall be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Section 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver and the Corporation at all times to monitor the Assuming Bank’s performance of its duties hereunder.

 

3.2                                Duties of the Assuming Bank with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .

 

(a) In performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Bank shall:

 

(i)              manage, administer, collect and effect Charge-Offs and Recoveries with respect to each Shared-Loss Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Bank’s (or, in the case a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank, with respect to the management, administration and collection of and taking of charge-offs and write-downs with respect to loans, other real estate and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared Loss Assets;

 

(ii)           exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Assets;

 

(iii)        use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

117



 

Shared-Loss Assets;

 

(iv)       adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;

 

(v)          retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and

 

(vi)       provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, together with a copy of that contract.

 

(b)          Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.

 

(c)           The following categories of expenses shall not be deemed to be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses:

 

(i)              Federal, State, or local income taxes and expenses related thereto;

 

(ii)           salaries or other compensation and related benefits of Assuming Bank employees and the employees of its Affiliates including, without limitation, any bonus, commission or severance arrangements, training, payroll taxes, dues, or travel- or relocation- related expenses,;

 

(iii)        the cost of space occupied by the Assuming Bank, any Affiliate thereof and their staff, the rental of and maintenance of furniture and equipment, and expenses for data processing including the purchase or enhancement of data processing systems;

 

(iv)       except as otherwise provided herein, fees for accounting and other independent professional consultants (other than consultants retained to assess the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged-off); provided , that for purposes of this Section 3.2(c)(iv), fees of attorneys and appraisers engaged as necessary to assist in collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets shall not be deemed to be fees of other independent consultants;

 

(v)          allocated portions of any other overhead or general and administrative expense other than any fees relating to specific assets, such as appraisal fees or environmental audit fees, for services of a type the Assuming Bank does not normally perform internally;

 

(vi)       any expense not incurred in good faith and with the same degree of care that the Assuming Bank normally would exercise in the collection of troubled assets in

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

118



 

which it alone had an interest; and

 

(vii)             any expense incurred for a product, service or activity that is of an extravagant nature or design.

 

(d)   Subject to Section 3.7, the Assuming Bank shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Bank would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

3.3                                Duties of the Assuming Bank with Respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets .

 

(a)   In performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Bank shall:

 

(i)              manage, administer, collect and each Shared-Loss MTM Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Bank’s practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank, with respect to the management, administration and collection of similar assets that are not Shared-Loss MTM Assets;

 

(ii)           exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets;

 

(iii)        use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss MTM Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss MTM Assets, provided that, any sale of a Shared-Loss MTM Asset shall only be made with the prior approval of the Receiver or the Corporation;

 

(iv)       adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;

 

(v)          retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and

 

(vi)       provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, together with a copy of that contract.

 

(b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Shared-Loss MTM Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

119



 

(c)                    The Assuming Bank shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Bank would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

3.4                                Records and Reports . The Assuming Bank shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate to account for the Shared-Loss Assets and the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may require, to enable the Assuming Bank to prepare and deliver to the Receiver or the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request regarding the Shared-Loss Assets, the Shared-Loss MTM Assets and the Quarterly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

3.5                                Related Loans .

 

(a)                                   The Assuming Bank shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Bank at any time on or prior to the end of the final Recovery Quarter that is: (i) made to the same Obligor with respect to a Loan that is a Shared-Loss Asset or with respect to a Loan from which Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE derived, or (ii) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described in clause (i) under the rules of the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date, as applied to the Assuming Bank.

 

(b)                                  The Assuming Bank shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Quarterly Certificates for the Calendar Quarters ending June 30 and December 31 for all Shared-Loss Quarters and Recovery Quarters, a schedule of all Related Loans which are commercial loans or commercial real estate loans with Legal Balances of $500,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank as of the end of each such semi-annual period, and all other commercial loans or commercial real estate loans attributable to the same Obligor on such loans of $500,000 or more.

 

3.6                                Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article IV below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Bank derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Bank shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Bank shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

120



 

3.7                                Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Bank may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Bank hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, as the case may be, to the same extent such expenses would so qualify if incurred by the Assuming Bank); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Bank shall not release the Assuming Bank of any obligation or liability hereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV — PORTFOLIO SALE

 

4.1                                Assuming Bank Portfolio Sales of Remaining Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Bank shall have the right with the concurrence of the Receiver, commencing as of the first day of the third to last Shared-Loss Quarter, to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Shared-Loss Assets held by the Assuming Bank (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Bank exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors.

 

4.2                                Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Shared-Loss Assets gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less the book value of the remaining Shared-Loss Assets.

 

ARTICLE V — LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO CORPORATION AND/OR
RECEIVER

 

As a supplement to the notice provisions contained in Section 13.7 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any notice, request, demand, consent, approval, or other communication (a “Notice”) given to the Corporation and/or the Receiver in the loss-sharing context shall be given as follows:

 

5.1                                With respect to a Notice under Section 2 and Sections 3.1-3.5 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429

 

Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing

 

5.2                                With respect to a Notice under Section 3.6 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

121



 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
1601 Bryan Street
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Regional Counsel

 

with a copy to:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429
Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)

 

ARTICLE VI — MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1                                Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by a party hereto in connection with this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.

 

6.2                                Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . All terms and provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto only; provided , however , that, Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, Assuming Bank may not assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole discretion, and any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Bank with and into another financial institution, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Bank to another financial institution constitutes the transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receive; and for a period of thirty-six (36) months after Bank Closing, a merger or consolidation shall also include the sale by any individual shareholder, or shareholders acting in concert, of more than 9% of the outstanding shares of the Assuming Bank, or of its holding company, or of any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, or the sale of shares by the Assuming Bank or its holding company or any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, in a public or private offering, that increases the number of shares outstanding by more than 9%, constitutes the transfer of thisCommercial Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver. However, no Loss shall be recognized as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to any such merger, consolidation or sale consented to by the FDIC. The FDIC’s consent shall not be required if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of Shared-Loss Assets is less than twenty percent (20%) of the initial aggregate balance of Shared-Loss Assets.

 

6.3                                Governing Law . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be construed in accordance with federal law, or, if there is no applicable federal law, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any rule of conflict of law that would result in the application of the

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

122



 

substantive law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

 

6.4                                WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

6.5                                Captions . All captions and headings contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

6.6                                Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, along with the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including the Exhibits and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior representations, warranties, offers, acceptances, agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter herein. This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be amended or modified or any provision thereof waived only by a written instrument signed by both parties or their respective duly authorized agents.

 

6.7                                Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed and enforced as if it had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of such provision and the remaining provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

6.8                                No Third Party Beneficiary . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

6.9                                Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

6.10                         Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

123



 

any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.

 

Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A

 

First Security National Bank

Version 1.12

 

Norcross, GA

November 17, 2009

 

 

 

124


EXHIBIT 2.4

 

REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF SHARE EXCHANGE

 

THIS REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF SHARE EXCHANGE (the “ Reorganization Plan ”), dated as of January 27, 2010, is entered into between State Bank and Trust Company (the “ Bank ”) and State Bank Financial Corporation (the “ Holding Company ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

The parties acknowledge the following to be true and correct:

 

1.                The Bank is a state bank duly organized under the laws of the State of Georgia and has its main office and place of business in Pinehurst, Georgia.  The Bank is authorized by its articles of incorporation to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $5.00 per share, 31,540,977 shares of which are issued and outstanding and up to 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $1.00 par value per share, none of which are issued and outstanding.

 

2.                The Holding Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Georgia, having its principal place of business in Atlanta, Georgia.  As of the Effective Date of the Share Exchange (as such terms are defined below), the Holding Company will have authorized and unissued 100,000,000 shares of common stock of a par value of $0.01 per share and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock of a par value of $0.01 per share.  In connection with the formation of the Holding Company, 10 shares of Holding Company common stock will be issued at $10 per share to the Chief Financial Officer of the Bank.  All such shares will be redeemed at $10 per share upon the Effective Date.

 

3.                The Board of Directors of the Bank and the Holding Company desire to establish a holding company structure pursuant to which the Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.

 

4.                The Board of Directors of each of the Bank and the Holding Company has deemed advisable a share exchange transaction between the Bank and the Holding Company (the “ Share Exchange ”) in order to establish the holding company structure and has approved this Reorganization Plan and authorized its execution.

 

In consideration of the foregoing premises, the Bank and the Holding Company enter into this Reorganization Plan and prescribe the terms and conditions of the Share Exchange and the mode of carrying it into effect as follows:

 

ARTICLE I :  The Acquiring Corporation

 

The name of the acquiring corporation is State Bank Financial Corporation.  The entity whose shares will be acquired is State Bank and Trust Company.

 

1



 

ARTICLE II Terms and Conditions of the Exchange

 

1.                When the Share Exchange becomes effective, each issued and outstanding share of common stock of the Bank shall be exchanged for one share of common stock of the Holding Company.  As a result of the Share Exchange, the Holding Company shall become the sole shareholder of the Bank and the Bank will continue in existence as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company The articles of incorporation, bylaws, corporate identity, charter, and officers and directors of the Bank will not be changed as a result of the Share Exchange.  In addition, the 10 shares of Holding Company common stock issued at $10 per share to the Chief Financial Officer of the Bank in connection with the formation of the Holding Company will automatically be redeemed by the Holding Company on the Effective Date at $10 per share.  Consequently, as a result of the Share Exchange, the existing shareholders of the Bank will become the only shareholders of the Holding Company and the Holding Company will have 31,540,977 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding (assuming no exercise of dissenters’ rights).

 

2.                At the Effective Date, the Holding Company shall assume the warrants, and all other employee benefit plans of the Bank.  Each outstanding and unexercised warrant or other right to purchase, or security convertible into, the Bank shall become a warrant, or right to purchase, or a security convertible into the Holding Company on the basis of one share of Holding Company common stock for each share of Bank common stock, issuable pursuant to any such warrant or stock purchase right or convertible security, on the same terms and conditions and at an exercise or conversion price per share equal to the exercise or conversion price per share applicable to any such Bank warrant, stock purchase right or other convertible security at the Effective Date.  A number of shares of Holding Company common stock shall be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of warrants, stock purchase rights and convertible securities equal to the number of shares of Bank common stock so reserved immediately prior to the Effective Date, or as otherwise deemed necessary to effect the purposes of the Share Exchange.

 

3.                Consummation of the Share Exchange is conditioned upon approval by the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the Bank as required by law, and upon the receipt of any required approvals from regulatory agencies, including the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance and the Federal Reserve.

 

4.                The Reorganization Plan shall be submitted to the shareholders of the Bank for approval at a meeting to be called and held in accordance with the applicable provisions of law and the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Bank.  The Bank and the Holding Company shall proceed expeditiously and cooperate fully in the procurement of any other consents and approvals and the taking of any other action, and the satisfaction of all other requirements prescribed by law or otherwise, necessary for consummation of the Share Exchange at the time provided herein.

 

5.                Upon satisfaction of the requirements of law and the conditions contained in this Reorganization Plan, the Share Exchange shall become effective upon the filing of the Articles of Share Exchange with the Georgia Secretary of State (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

2



 

6.                If the Share Exchange becomes effective, the Bank and the Holding Company shall each pay their own expenses, if any, incurred in the proposed transaction.  If the Share Exchange does not become effective, the Bank shall pay all reasonable and necessary expenses associated with the transaction proposed herein.

 

7.                Any shareholder of the Bank who objects to the Share Exchange and who properly dissents from the Share Exchange pursuant to Chapter 2, Article 13 of Title 14 of the Georgia Business Corporation Code shall have the rights of a “dissenting shareholder” and the right to receive cash for the value of such dissenting shares.

 

8.                Following the Share Exchange, the Bank’s board of directors shall consist of James R. Balkcom, Jr., W. Carter Bates, III, Archie L. Bransford, Jr., Kim M. Childers, Joseph W. Evans, John D. Houser, and J. Daniel Speight.

 

ARTICLE III Manner and Basis of Exchanging Shares

 

On the Effective Date:

 

1.                Each share of common stock of the Bank issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date shall, without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be converted into the right to receive one share of common stock of the Holding Company.

 

2.                Each holder of common stock of the Bank shall cease to be a shareholder of the Bank and the ownership of all shares of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Bank shall thereupon automatically vest in the Holding Company as the acquiring corporation.

 

3.                As of the Effective Date, until surrendered for exchange in accordance with this Reorganization Plan, each certificate theretofore representing common stock of the Bank (or evidence of shares of common stock in book-entry form) will be deemed to evidence the right to receive Holding Company common stock.  However, shareholders who do not surrender their Bank stock certificates will not be issued certificates representing the shares of Holding Company common stock they may be entitled to receive and will not be paid dividends or other distributions.  Any such dividends or distributions which such shareholders would otherwise receive will be held, without interest, for their accounts until surrender of their Bank stock certificates.  The Holding Company shall not be obligated to deliver certificates for shares of Holding Company common stock to any former Bank shareholder until such shareholder surrenders his or her Bank stock certificates.

 

4.                After the Effective Date, the Bank’s shareholders will be furnished instructions for surrendering their present physical stock certificates and for replacing any lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

ARTICLE IV Termination

 

The Reorganization Plan may be terminated, in the sole discretion of the Bank’s Board of Directors, at any time before the Effective Date if:

 

3



 

(1)           the number of shares of common stock of the Bank voted against the Share Exchange, or in respect of which written notice is given purporting to dissent from the Share Exchange, shall make consummation of the Share Exchange unwise in the opinion of the Bank’s Board of Directors;

 

(2)           any act, suit, proceeding or claim relating to the Share Exchange has been instituted or threatened before any court or administrative body; or

 

(3)           the Bank’s Board of Directors subsequently determines that the Share Exchange is inadvisable.

 

Upon termination by written notice as provided in this Article IV, this Reorganization Plan shall be void and of no further effect, and there shall be no liability by reason of this Reorganization Plan or the termination thereof on the part of either the Bank, the Holding Company, or the directors, officers, employees, agents or shareholders of either of them.

 

ARTICLE V Amendment

 

Pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 7-1-531(b), following shareholder approval, this Reorganization Plan may be amended by a subsequent writing signed by each of the parties hereto without further action of the shareholders of State Bank and Trust Company; provided, however, that no amendment to Article I, Article II or Article IV of the Reorganization Plan shall be made without the further approval of the shareholders of State Bank and Trust Company.

 

[ Signatures on Following Page ]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank and the Holding Company have caused this Reorganization Plan to be executed and attested in counterparts by their duly authorized officers and directors, and their corporate seals to be hereunto affixed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph W. Evans

 

 

Joseph W. Evans

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph W. Evans

 

 

Joseph W. Evans

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

5


 

EXHIBIT 2.5

 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

WHOLE BANK

 

ALL DEPOSITS

 

AMONG

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,

RECEIVER OF NORTH WEST BANK AND TRUST,

ACWORTH, GEORGIA

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

 

and

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

DATED AS OF

 

July 30, 2010

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

9

 

 

 

2.1

Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution

9

2.2

Interest on Deposit Liabilities

10

2.3

Unclaimed Deposits

11

2.4

Employee Plans

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

PURCHASE OF ASSETS

11

3.1

Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution

11

3.2

Asset Purchase Price

12

3.3

Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc.

12

3.4

Puts of Assets to the Receiver

12

3.5

Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution

15

3.6

Assets Essential to Receiver

16

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS

17

 

 

 

4.1

Continuation of Banking Business

17

4.2

Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business

17

4.3

Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business

18

4.4

Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business

18

4.5

Agreement with Respect to Trust Business

18

4.6

Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises

19

4.7

Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Processing Equipment

22

4.8

Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements

23

4.9

Informational Tax Reporting

24

4.10

Insurance

24

4.11

Office Space for Receiver and Corporation

24

4.12

Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees

25

4.13

Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing

26

4.14

Reserved

26

4.15

Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing

26

 

ii



 

ARTICLE V

DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK

26

 

 

 

5.1

Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders

26

5.2

Certain Agreements Related to Deposits

27

5.3

Notice to Depositors

27

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

RECORDS

27

 

 

 

6.1

Transfer of Records

27

6.2

Delivery of Assigned Records

28

6.3

Preservation of Records

28

6.4

Access to Records; Copies

28

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

BID; INITIAL PAYMENT

28

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

ADJUSTMENTS

29

 

 

 

8.1

Pro Forma Statement

29

8.2

Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities

29

8.3

Payments

29

8.4

Interest

30

8.5

Subsequent Adjustments

30

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

CONTINUING COOPERATION

30

 

 

 

9.1

General Matters

30

9.2

Additional Title Documents

30

9.3

Claims and Suits

30

9.4

Payment of Deposits

31

9.5

Withheld Payments

31

9.6

Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities

31

9.7

Information

32

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

CONDITION PRECEDENT

32

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION

32

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII

INDEMNIFICATION

34

 

 

 

12.1

Indemnification of Indemnitees

34

12.2

Conditions Precedent to Indemnification

37

12.3

No Additional Warranty

38

12.4

Indemnification of Corporation and Receiver

38

 

iii



 

12.5

Obligations Supplemental

38

12.6

Criminal Claims

39

12.7

Limited Guaranty of the Corporation

39

12.8

Subrogation

39

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

39

 

 

 

13.1

Entire Agreement

39

13.2

Headings

39

13.3

Counterparts

39

13.4

Governing Law

40

13.5

Successors

40

13.6

Modification; Assignment

40

13.7

Notice

40

13.8

Manner of Payment

41

13.9

Costs, Fees and Expenses

41

13.10

Waiver

41

13.11

Severability

41

13.12

Term of Agreement

41

13.13

Survival of Covenants, Etc.

42

 

 

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

 

 

2.1(a)

Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts

44

3.2

Purchase Price of Assets or Assets

45

4.15A

Single Family Shared-Loss Loans

48

4.15B

Commercial Shared-Loss Loans

49

4.15C

Shared-Loss Securities

50

4.15D

Shared-Loss Subsidiaries

51

6.3

Data Retention Catalog

52

7

Calculation of Deposit Premium

54

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

2.3A

Final Notice Letter

56

2.3B

Affidavit of Mailing

58

3.2(c)

Valuation of Certain Qualified Financial Contracts

59

4.13

Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement

61

4.15A

Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement

63

4.15B

Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement

106

 

iv



 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

WHOLE BANK

 

ALL DEPOSITS

 

THIS AGREEMENT , made and entered into as of the 30th day of July, 2010, by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER of NORTH WEST BANK AND TRUST (the “Receiver”), STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY , organized under the laws of the state of Georgia, and having its principal place of business in MACON, GEORGIA (the “Assuming Institution”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “Corporation”).

 

WITNESSETH :

 

WHEREAS , on Bank Closing, the Chartering Authority closed NORTH WEST BANK AND TRUST, ACWORTH, GEORGIA (the “Failed Bank”) pursuant to applicable law and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof; and

 

WHEREAS , the Assuming Institution desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposit and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Institution to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII; and

 

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Institution on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , the Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank.

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1



 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Article I, or elsewhere in this Agreement. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.

 

Accounting Records means the general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and supporting schedules which support the general ledger balances.

 

Acquired Subsidiaries means Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

Affiliate of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in Section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. Section 1841.

 

Agreement means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Institution, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Assets means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition.

 

Assumed Deposits means Deposits.

 

Bank Closing means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.

 

Bank Premises means the banking houses, drive-in banking facilities, and teller facilities (staffed or automated) together with adjacent parking, storage and service facilities and structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, and land on which the foregoing are located, and unimproved land that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Accounting Record of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing.

 

Bid Amount has the meaning provided in Article VII.

 

Bid Valuation Date means May 10, 2010.

 

2



 

Book Value means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of Bank Closing after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits, and other similar adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of a Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of Bank Closing, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of Bank Closing, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank. For Shared-Loss Securities, Book Value means the value of the security provided in the Information Package.

 

Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.

 

Chartering Authority means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(c), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 1821(c)(9).

 

Commitment means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.

 

Credit Documents mean the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor

 

3



 

agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Credit File means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral, or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Institution, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any thereof.

 

Data Processing Equipment means any equipment, computer hardware, or computer software (and the lease or licensing agreements related thereto) other than Personal Computers, owned or leased by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing, which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data processing activities.

 

Deposit means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(l), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided , that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of Bank Closing.

 

Deposit Secured Loan means a loan in which the only collateral securing the loan is Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions

 

Electronically Stored Information means any system backup tapes, any electronic mail (whether on an exchange or other similar system), any data on personal computers and any data on server hard drives.

 

Failed Bank Advances means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance, and (iii) pay credit life insurance, accident and health insurance, and vendor’s single interest insurance.

 

Fair Market Value means (i)(a) “Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:

 

(1)  Buyer and seller are typically motivated;

(2)  Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;

 

4



 

(3)  A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;

(4)  Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and

(5)  The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;

 

as determined as of Bank Closing by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Institution from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, and (b) which, with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after Bank Closing by an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution within seven (7) days after Bank Closing; or (ii) with respect to property other than Bank Premises purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price therefore as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Institution, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (i)(a) above.

 

Fixtures ” means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of Bank Closing.

 

Furniture and Equipment means the furniture and equipment (other than Safe Deposit Boxes, motor vehicles, and Data Processing Equipment), leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery, shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance and security systems, ancillary equipment, and artwork. Furniture and equipment located at a storage facility not adjacent to a Bank Premises are excluded from this definition.

 

Indemnitees means, except as provided in paragraph (11) of Section 12.1(b), (i) the Assuming Institution, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Institution other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Institution, and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Institution and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.

 

Information Package means the most recent compilation of financial and other data with respect to the Failed Bank, including any amendments or supplements thereto, provided to the Assuming Institution by the Corporation on the web site used by the Corporation to market the Failed Bank to potential acquirers.

 

5



 

Initial Payment means the payment made pursuant to Article VII (based on the best information available as of the Bank Closing Date), the amount of which shall be either (i) if the Bid Amount is positive, the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed minus the sum of the aggregate purchase price of the Assets and assets purchased and the positive Bid Amount, or (ii) if the Bid Amount is negative, the sum of the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount minus the aggregate purchase price of the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Corporation to the Assuming Bank if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are greater than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount are greater than the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Assuming Bank to the Corporation if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are less than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount is less than the Assets and assets purchased. Such Initial Payment shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article VIII.

 

Legal Balance means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.

 

Liabilities Assumed has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.

 

Lien means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest, or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.

 

Loans means all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing:

 

(i)            loans (including loans which have been charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in whole or in part prior to and including the Bid Valuation Date), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans, and lease financing contracts;

 

(ii)           all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above; and

 

6



 

(iii)          all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings, and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.

 

Obligor means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly, or severally.

 

Other Real Estate means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.

 

Payment Date means the first Business Day after the Bank Closing Date.

 

Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.

 

Personal Computer(s) means computers based on a microprocessor generally designed to be used by one person at a time and which usually store informational data on that computer’s internal hard drive or attached peripheral. A personal computer can be found in various configurations such as laptops, net books, and desktops.

 

Primary Indemnitor means any Person (other than the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.

 

Pro forma means producing a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed bank through the date of closing. The pro forma financial statements serve as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.

 

Put Date has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.

 

Put Notice has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.

 

Qualified Financial Contract means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(e)(8)(D).

 

Record means any document, microfiche, microfilm and Electronically Stored Information (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at Bank Closing.

 

7



 

Related Liability with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset, and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.

 

Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Institution, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such assets. Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such assets stated on the Accounting Records of the entity that owns such asset.

 

Repurchase Price means, with respect to any Loan, first taking the Book Value of the Asset at Bank Closing and either subtracting the Asset discount or adding the Asset premium, and subsequently adjusting that total by (i) adding any advances and interest on such Loan after Bank Closing, (ii) subtracting the total amount received by the Assuming Institution for such Loan after Bank Closing, regardless of how applied, and (iii) adding total disbursements of principal made by Receiver not otherwise included in the Book Value.

 

Safe Deposit Boxes means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.

 

Settlement Date means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is three hundred sixty-five (365) days after Bank Closing, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.

 

Settlement Interest Rate means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills in effect as of Bank Closing as published in The Wall Street Journal ; provided , that if no such equivalent coupon issue yield is available as of Bank Closing, the equivalent coupon issue yield for such Treasury Bills most recently published in The Wall Street Journal prior to Bank Closing shall be used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published in The Wall Street Journal .

 

Shared-Loss Securities means those securities and other assets listed on Schedule 4.15C.

 

8



 

Subsidiary has the meaning set forth in Section 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(w)(4), as amended.

 

ARTICLE II

ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

 

2.1                                Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution The Assuming Institution expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay, perform, and discharge all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “Liabilities Assumed”):

 

(a)           Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1(a); provided , that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Institution agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such Assets as appropriate which, prior to Bank Closing, were pledged as security by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Institution, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;

 

(b)           liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

 

(c)           borrowings from Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations, and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, if any;

 

(d)           ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided , that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;

 

(e)           liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including Bank Closing); provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

 

9



 

(f)            United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;

 

(g)           liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;

 

(h)           liabilities for any “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. Section 337.2(a) issued on the behalf of any Obligor of a Loan acquired hereunder by the Assuming Institution, but excluding any other standby letters of credit;

 

(i)            duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s Records, credit card business, debit card business, stored value and gift card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business, or trust business, if any; and

 

(j)            liabilities, if any, for Commitments;

 

(k)           liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired under Section 3.1;

 

(l)            liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts;

 

(m)          duties and obligations under any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others, or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, including (i) any seller obligations, seller origination and repurchase obligations, and (ii) any government sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) seller or servicer obligations, provided that , if the Assuming Institution is not an approved GSE servicer, or does not intend or is unable to become an approved GSE servicer, the Assuming Institution will cooperate with Receiver and the GSE to effect the transfer of any such servicing obligations to a GSE approved servicer; and

 

(n)           all asset-related offensive litigation liabilities and all asset-related defensive litigation liabilities, but only to the extent such liabilities relate to assets subject to a shared-loss agreement, and provided that all other defensive litigation and any class actions with respect to credit card business are retained by the Receiver.

 

2.2                                Interest on Deposit Liabilities The Assuming Institution agrees that, from and after Bank Closing, it will accrue and pay interest on Deposit liabilities assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate (s) it shall determine; provided , that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Institution to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Institution shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Institution elects to pay interest in accordance

 

10



 

with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided , that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.

 

2.3          Unclaimed Deposits Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide the Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Institution to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3A to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account (s) with the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution will send the “Final Legal Notice” to the depositors within thirty (30) days following notification of the Receiver’s authorization. The Assuming Institution will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3B to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.

 

If, within eighteen (18) months after Bank Closing, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Deposit assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title, and interest of the Assuming Institution in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Institution and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Institution pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18) month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.

 

2.4          Employee Plans Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Institution shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401K or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III

PURCHASE OF ASSETS

 

3.1          Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution .  With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6, the Assuming Institution hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys, and delivers to the Assuming Institution, all right, title, and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships, and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether

 

11



 

active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Institution subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1. Notwithstanding Section 4.8, the Assuming Institution specifically purchases all mortgage servicing rights and obligations of the Failed Bank.

 

3.2          Asset Purchase Price .

 

(a)           All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Institution shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2, except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank before the Bid Valuation Date shall be purchased at a price of zero.

 

(b)           The purchase price for securities (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary, Shared-Loss Securities, FRB and FHLB stock) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Institution shall be the market value thereof as of Bank Closing, which market value shall be (i) the market price for each such security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on Bank Closing as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii)  provided , that if such market price is not available for any such security, the Assuming Institution will submit a bid for each such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole discretion will accept or reject each such bid; and (iii)  further provided in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Institution, each such security shall not pass to the Assuming Institution and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder.

 

(c)           Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c). Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution.

 

3.3          Manner of Conveyance;Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc .  THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR RECEIVER’S BILL OF SALE, “AS IS”, “WHERE IS”, WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, ENFORCEABILITY, COLLECTIBILITY, DOCUMENTATION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS.

 

12



 

3.4          Puts of Assets to the Receiver .

 

(a)                                  Puts Within 30 Days After Bank Closing .  During the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and only during such period (which thirty (30)-day period may be extended in writing in the sole absolute discretion of the Receiver for any Loan), in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Deposit Secured Loan transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which is not fully secured by Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions due to either insufficient Assumed Deposit or deposit collateral or deficient documentation regarding such collateral; provided with regard to any Deposit Secured Loan secured by an Assumed Deposit, no such purchase may be required until any Deposit setoff determination, whether voluntary or involuntary, has been made; and,

 

at the end of the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and at that time only, in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to 3.1 which both was made after the Bid Valuation Date and was not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any Loan if (i) the Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Acquired Subsidiary, or (ii) the Assuming Institution has:

 

(A)           made any advance in accordance with the terms of a Commitment or otherwise with respect to such Loan;

 

(B)           taken any action that increased the amount of a Related Liability with respect to such Loan over the amount of such liability immediately prior to the time of such action;

 

(C)           created or permitted to be created any Lien on such Loan which secures indebtedness for money borrowed or which constitutes a conditional sales agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;

 

(D)           entered into, agreed to make, grant or permit, or made, granted or permitted any modification or amendment to, any waiver or extension with respect to, or any renewal, refinancing or refunding of, such Loan or related Credit Documents or collateral, including, without limitation, any act or omission which diminished such collateral; or

 

(E)            sold, assigned or transferred all or a portion of such Loan to a third party (whether with or without recourse).

 

The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

 

13



 

(b)                                  Puts Prior to the Settlement Date During the period from the Bank Closing Date to and including the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date, the Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Asset which the Assuming Bank can establish is evidenced by forged or stolen instruments as of the Bank Closing Date; provided , that , the Assuming Bank shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any such Asset with respect to which the Assuming Bank has taken any action referred to in Section 3.4(a)(ii) with respect to such Asset. The Assuming Bank shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Bank with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

 

(c)                                   Notices to the Receiver .  In the event that the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “Put Notice”) which shall include:

 

(i)             a list of all Assets that the Assuming Institution requires the Receiver to purchase;

 

(ii)            a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and

 

(iii)           a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.

 

Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and records.

 

(d)                                  Purchase by Receiver .  The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “Put Date”).

 

(e)                                   Purchase Price and Payment Date .  Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the amount of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Institution or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(d) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and

 

14



 

including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.

 

(f)            Servicing The Assuming Institution shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.

 

(g)           Reversals .  In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.

 

3.5          Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution .  The Assuming Institution does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:

 

(a)           any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, extended coverage insurance policy, bank owned life insurance or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;

 

(b)           any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to Bank Closing arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided , that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before Bank Closing, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of Bank Closing;

 

(c)           prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;

 

(d)           legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;

 

(e)           amounts reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;

 

(f)            leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and Data Processing Equipment located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any;

 

15



 

provided , that the Assuming Institution does obtain an option under Section 4.6, Section 4.7 or Section 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;

 

(g)                                   owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;

 

(h)                                  any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Section 304.3, and other intangibles;

 

(i)                                      any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;

 

(j)                                     reserved;

 

(k)                                  assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;

 

(l)                                      the securities listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(l); and

 

(m)                              prepaid accounts associated with any contract or agreement that the Assuming Institution either does not directly assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement nor has an option to assume under Section 4.8.

 

3.6                                Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .

 

(a)                                  The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Institution, to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver all of the Assuming Institution’s right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:

 

(i)             made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;

 

(ii)            the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;

 

(iii)           made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;

 

(iv)           secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or

 

16



 

(v)                                  related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Institution under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Institution under Article II.

 

(b)                                  Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Institution agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Asset or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.

 

ARTICLE IV

ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS

 

The Assuming Institution agrees with the Receiver and the Corporation as follows:

 

4.1                                Continuation of Banking Business .  For the period commencing the first banking Business Day after Bank Closing and ending no earlier than the first anniversary of Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Institution may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Institution has received all necessary regulatory approvals. At the option of the Assuming Institution, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not restrict the Assuming Institution from opening, closing or selling branches upon receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals, if the Assuming Institution or its successors continue to provide banking services in the trade area. Assuming Institution will pay to the Receiver, upon the sale of a branch or branches within the year following the date of this agreement, fifty percent (50%) of any franchise premium in excess of the franchise premium paid by the Assuming Institution with respect to such branch or branches.

 

4.2                                Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business .  The Assuming Institution agrees to honor and perform, from and after Bank Closing, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business (including issuer or merchant acquirer) debit card business, stored value and gift card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all outstanding extensions of credit or balances with respect to these lines of business.

 

17



 

4.3          Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business .  The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after Bank Closing, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefore paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided , that the Assuming Institution may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Institution located in the trade area of the Failed Bank. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safe deposit business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Institution.

 

4.4          Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business .  The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of Bank Closing. The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after Bank Closing, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to all rights and benefits heretofore accrued or hereafter accruing with respect thereto. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Institution in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. At the option of the Assuming Institution, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safekeeping business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Institution.

 

4.5          Agreement with Respect to Trust Business .

 

(a)           The Assuming Institution shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Institution had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing; provided , that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.

 

(b)           The Assuming Institution shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may

 

18



 

be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.

 

(c)           In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Institution agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Institution in accomplishing such transfer.

 

(d)           The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing.

 

4.6          Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises .

 

(a)           Option to Purchase Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Institution shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of Bank Closing and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to purchase one or more of the owned Bank Premises within seven (7) days of Bank Closing, then, not withstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with appraisals for such Bank Premises and associated Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.

 

(b)           Option to Lease The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Institution any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Institution from Bank Closing to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided , that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. If an assignment cannot be made of any such leases, the Receiver may, in its discretion, enter into subleases with the Assuming Institution containing the same terms and conditions provided under such existing leases for such leased Bank Premises or other property. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Institution agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to accept an assignment of a lease for one or more of the leased Bank Premises within seven (7) days of Bank Closing, then, not withstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with appraisals for the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on such leased Bank Premises.

 

19



 

(c)                                   Facilitation The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Institution; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.

 

(d)                                  Occupancy The Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Institution’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.

 

(e)                                   Occupancy Costs .

 

(i)            The Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Institution elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Institution assumes liability) by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.

 

(ii)           The Assuming Institution agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Institution purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.

 

(f)                                    Certain Requirements as to Furniture, Equipment and Fixtures If the Assuming Institution purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Institution does not exercise such option but within twelve (12) months following Bank Closing obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether

 

20



 

by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or (b), the Assuming Institution shall (i) effective as of the date of Bank Closing, purchase from the Receiver all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located thereon as of Bank Closing, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided , that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures or repudiated the leases specified in clause (ii) or (iii).

 

(g)                                   Vacating Premises.

 

(i)            If the Assuming Institution elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Institution shall promptly be responsible for relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures located thereon which existed at the time of Bank Closing, in the same condition as at Bank Closing and at the premises where it was inventoried at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as set out in accordance with this Agreement. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.

 

(ii)           If the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Institution shall be liable for relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of Bank Closing, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, and at the premises where it was inventoried at Bank closing, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as set out in accordance with this Agreement. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the one hundred eighty (180)-day period specified above in this paragraph (ii), the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver

 

21



 

previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.

 

(h)                                  Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and/or all telecommunications and check processing equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided , that , the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after Bank Closing for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.

 

(i)                                      Option to Put Bank Premises and Related Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment .

 

(i)             For a period of ninety (90) days following Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and the purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises.

 

(ii)           If the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary, the Assuming Institution shall also have the option, exercisable within the same ninety (90) day time period, to require the Receiver to purchase any Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and which is located on such Bank Premises. The purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.

 

(iii)          In the event the Assuming Institution elects to exercise its option under this subparagraph, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver occupancy costs in accordance with Section 4.6(e) and shall vacate the Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(g)(i).

 

(iv)          Regardless of whether the Assuming Institution exercises any of its option under this subparagraph, the purchase price for the Acquired Subsidiary shall be adjusted by the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises and Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment and their respective Book Value as reflected of the books and records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Article VIII of this Agreement.

 

4.7                                Agreement with Respect to Data Processing Equipment and Leases

 

(a)                                  The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to: (i) accept an assignment from the Receiver of all leased Data Processing Equipment and (ii) purchase at Fair Market Value from the Receiver all owned Data Processing Equipment. The Assuming

 

22



 

Institution’s election under this option applies to both owned and leased Data Processing Equipment.

 

(b)           The Assuming Institution shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of all leased Data Processing Equipment and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Data Processing Equipment, (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor (s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Data Processing Equipment that is subject to a lease, and (iii) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to purchase all owned Data Processing Equipment and promptly pay the Receiver for the purchase of such Data Processing Equipment.

 

(c)           The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Data Processing Leases or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Institution; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation or make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation.

 

(d)           The Assuming Institution agrees, during its period of use of any Data Processing Equipment, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of any existing data processing leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments.

 

(e)           The Assuming Institution shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver all Data Processing Equipment, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of any existing data processing lease or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7 with respect to leased Data Processing Equipment, and (iii) accept ownership of all Data Processing Equipment purchased from the Receiver.

 

4.8          Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements .

 

(a)           Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of Bank Closing which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within thirty (30) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Institution agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after Bank Closing and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Institution has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided , that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver

 

23



 

agrees to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Assuming Institution all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Institution assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Institution agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.

 

(b)           The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Institution’s election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5, and (iii) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).

 

4.9          Informational Tax Reporting .  The Assuming Institution agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to Bank Closing, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Institution, as may be required by the Receiver.

 

4.10        Insurance .  The Assuming Institution agrees to obtain insurance coverage effective from and after Bank Closing, including public liability, fire and extended coverage insurance acceptable to the Receiver with respect to owned or leased Bank Premises that it occupies, and all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and leased data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located thereon, in the event such insurance coverage is not already in force and effect with respect to the Assuming Institution as the insured as of Bank Closing. All such insurance shall, where appropriate (as determined by the Receiver), name the Receiver as an additional insured.

 

4.11        Office Space for Receiver and Corporation .  For the period commencing on the day following Bank Closing and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day thereafter, the Assuming Institution agrees to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive) and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution for their use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank. In the event the Receiver and the Corporation determine that the space provided is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver

 

24



 

and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Institution. Additionally, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and Corporation as the Receiver or Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of Bank Closing and ending on Settlement Date. Assuming Institution shall submit it requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.

 

4.12        Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank .

 

(a)           The Assuming Institution agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to Bank Closing, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“Eligible Individuals”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank as defined in Section 607 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (respectively, “qualified beneficiaries” and “ERISA”). The Assuming Institution shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in Section 603 of ERISA) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Institution in order to permit it to prepare such notice and shall provide to the Assuming Institution such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.

 

(b)           The Assuming Institution shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Institution (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming Institution and such employees’ qualified beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.

 

(c)           No later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with a list of all Failed Bank employees the Assuming Institution will not hire. Unless otherwise agreed, the Assuming Institution pays all salaries and payroll costs for all Failed Bank Employees until the list is provided to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for all costs and expenses (i.e. salary, benefits, etc.) associated with all other employees not on that list from and after the date of delivery of the list to the

 

25



 

Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall offer to the Failed Bank employees it retains employment benefits comparable to those the Assuming Institution offers its current employees.

 

(d)           This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section.

 

4.13        Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing At any time after Bank Closing, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Institution, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to Bank Closing. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to service, administer, and collect such pool assets in accordance with and for the term set forth in Exhibit 4.13 “Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement”.

 

4.14         Reserved.

 

4.15         Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require reimbursement from the Receiver for loss sharing on certain loans in accordance with the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B, collectively, the “Shared-Loss Agreements.” The Loans that shall be subject to the Shared-Loss Agreements are identified on the Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B, and Schedule 4.15C, Shared-Loss Securities, attached hereto.

 

ARTICLE V

DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK

 

5.1           Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts and withdrawal orders of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Institution, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement.

 

26



 

5.2          Certain Agreements Related to Deposits Subject to Section 2.2, the Assuming Institution agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.3          Notice to Depositors .

 

(a)           Within seven (7) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall give notice by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank of (i) the assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) the procedures to claim Deposits (the Receiver shall provide item (ii) to Assuming Institution). The Assuming Institution shall also publish notice of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank in a newspaper of general circulation in the country or countries in which the Failed Bank was located.

 

(b)           Within seven (7) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall give notices by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank, as required under Section 2.2.

 

(c)           If the Assuming Institution proposes to charge fees different from those fees formerly charged by the Failed Bank, the Assuming Institution shall include its fee schedule in its mailed notice.

 

(d)           The Assuming Institution shall obtain approval of all notices and publications required by this Section 5.3 from counsel for the Receiver prior to mailing or publication.

 

ARTICLE VI

RECORDS

 

6.1          Transfer of Records .  In accordance with Sections 2.1 and 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, whether located on Bank Premises occupied or not occupied by the Assuming Institution or at any other location, any and all Records of the Failed Bank, other than the following:

 

(a)           Records pertaining to former employees of the Failed Bank who were no longer employed by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and Records pertaining to employees of the Failed Bank who were employed by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and for whom the Receiver is unable to obtain a waiver to release such Records to the Assuming Institution;

 

(b)           Records pertaining to (i) any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or (ii) any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

(c)           Any other Records as determined by the Receiver.

 

27



 

6.2          Delivery of Assigned Records .  The Receiver shall deliver to the Assuming Institution all Records described in Section 6.1 as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement.

 

6.3          Preservation of Records .  The Assuming Institution agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution, all Records of which it has custody for such period as either the Receiver or the Corporation in its discretion may require, until directed otherwise, in writing , by the Receiver or Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries and customer requests for lien releases with respect to the Records of which it has custody. With respect to its obligations under this Section regarding Electronically Stored Information, the Assuming Institution will complete the Data Retention Catalog attached hereto as Schedule 6.3 and submit it to the Receiver for the Receiver’s approval of the Assuming Institution’s data retention plan.

 

6.4          Access to Records; Copies .  The Assuming Institution agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Institution has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided , that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such Records, the Assuming Institution hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.

 

ARTICLE VII

INITIAL PAYMENT

 

The Assuming Institution has submitted to the Receiver a Deposit premium bid of 0.0% and an Asset discount bid of $(18,800,000.00) (the “Bid Amount”). The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS, and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits. On the Payment Date, the Assuming Bank will pay to the Corporation, or the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Bank, as the case may be, the Initial Payment, together with interest on such amount (if the Payment Date is not the day following the day of the Bank Closing Date) from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the Payment Date at the Settlement Interest Rate.

 

28



 

ARTICLE VIII

ADJUSTMENTS

 

8.1          Pro Forma Statement .  The Receiver, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Institution a pro forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such pro forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (i) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which at Bank Closing were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (ii) accruals as of Bank Closing for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in the normal course of its operations, and (iii) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of Bank Closing as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Any Loan purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank charged off during the period beginning the day after the Bid Valuation Date to the date of Bank Closing shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the pro forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.

 

8.2          Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities .

 

(a)           In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any pro forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Accounting Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

(b)           If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of Bank Closing, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Institution in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the pro forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.

 

8.3          Payments .  The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to

 

29



 

Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Institution as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.

 

8.4          Interest .   Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5, shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following Bank Closing to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.

 

8.5          Subsequent Adjustments In the event that the Assuming Institution or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.

 

ARTICLE IX

CONTINUING COOPERATION

 

9.1          General Matters .  The parties hereto agree that they will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.

 

9.2          Additional Title Documents .  The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution each agree, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, to execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Institution shall prepare such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.

 

9.3          Claims and Suits .

 

(a)           The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Institution in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before Bank Closing. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Institution with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

30



 

(b)           In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as coplaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.

 

9.4          Payment of Deposits .  In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Institution to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Institution agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Institution at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.

 

9.5          Withheld Payments .  At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Institution to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Institution agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off, or otherwise. The Assuming Institution agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section, the Assuming Institution shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Institution in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section.

 

9.6          Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .

 

(a)           In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank

 

31



 

acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.

 

(b)           In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Institution shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Subsidiaries acquired by the Assuming Institution, and (ii) its books and records, the books and records of such Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Institution as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.

 

(c)           Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution relating to the transferred Loan.

 

9.7          Information .  The Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Institution to assist in preparation of the pro forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.

 

ARTICLE X

CONDITION PRECEDENT

 

The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before Bank Closing evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Institution, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Institution, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

ARTICLE XI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION

 

The Assuming Institution represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:

 

32



 

(a)                                  Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Institution (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (ii) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Institution has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)                                  Third Party Consents . No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.

 

(c)                                   Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Institution and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Institution, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(d)                                  Compliance with Law .

 

(i)            Neither the Assuming Institution nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Institution or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Institution or the ability of the Assuming Institution to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.

 

(ii)           Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Institution of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.

 

(e)                                   Insured or Guaranteed Loans If any Loans being transferred pursuant to this Agreement, including the Shared-Loss Agreements, are insured or guaranteed by any department or agency of any governmental unit, federal, state or local, Assuming Institution represents that Assuming Institution has been approved by such agency and is an approved lender or mortgagee, as appropriate, if such approval is required. Assuming Institution further assumes full responsibility for determining whether or not such insurance or guarantees are in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement and with respect to those Loans whose insurance or guaranty

 

33



 

is in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement, Assuming Institution assumes full responsibility for doing all things necessary to insure such insurance or guarantees remain in full force and effect. Assuming Institution agrees to assume all of the obligations under the contract(s) of insurance or guaranty, agrees to cooperate with the Receiver where necessary to complete forms required by the insuring or guaranteeing department or agency to effect or complete the transfer to Assuming Institution.

 

(f)            Representations Remain True .  The Assuming Institution represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.

 

ARTICLE XII

INDEMNIFICATION

 

12.1        Indemnification of Indemnitees .  From and after Bank Closing and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to paragraph (d) of Section 12.2, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution for which indemnification is provided hereunder in (a) of this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in (b) of this Section 12.1:

 

(a)

 

(1)  claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (x) the Failed Bank, or (y) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;

 

(2)  claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to Bank Closing;

 

(3)  claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;

 

(4)  claims based on any action or inaction prior to Bank Closing of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the

 

34



 

Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;

 

(5)  claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;

 

(6)  claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Institution to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Institution is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Institution elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Institution nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;

 

(7)  claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(7) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and

 

(8)  claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;

 

(b)           provided , that , with respect to this Agreement, except for paragraphs (7) and (8) of Section 12.1(a), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:

 

(1)  judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “counterclaim”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to Bank Closing, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (i) the Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (ii) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Institution in the cause of action from which the counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such counterclaim;

 

(2)  claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the

 

35



 

execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

 

(3)  claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

 

(4)  claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to Bank Closing;

 

(5)  claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;

 

(6)  claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

 

(7)  claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;

 

(8)  claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (i) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;

 

(9)  claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Institution not entered into this Agreement;

 

(10)  claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;

 

(11)  except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided , that the Receiver, in its discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its

 

36



 

Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Institution or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;

 

(12)  claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Institution of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;

 

(13)  claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and

 

(14)  claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Institution, other than pursuant to this Agreement.

 

12.2                         Conditions Precedent to Indemnification .  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:

 

(a)                                  give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.7 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided , that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;

 

(c)                                   cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;

 

(d)                                  in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which the Person claiming indemnification is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;

 

(e)                                   not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;

 

37



 

(f)            not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents in writing thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and

 

(g)           take reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the indemnified Person against any Primary Indemnitor.

 

12.3        No Additional Warranty .  Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (i) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectibility, genuineness, enforceability or condition of any (x) Asset, or (y) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Institution subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.

 

12.4        Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation .  From and after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:

 

(a)           claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a); and

 

(b)           claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Institution with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a).

 

12.5        Obligations Supplemental .  The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.

 

38



 

12.6        Criminal Claims .  Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (i) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.

 

12.7        Limited Guaranty of the Corporation The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Institution as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.

 

12.8        Subrogation Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.

 

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

13.1        Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, and the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits thereto, embodies the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.

 

13.2        Headings .  The headings and subheadings of the Table of Contents, Articles and Sections contained in this Agreement, except the terms identified for definition in Article I and elsewhere in this Agreement, are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

13.3        Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

39



 

13.4         GOVERNING LAW.   THIS AGREEMENT, THE SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT, AND THE COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.

 

13.5        Successors.   All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution and for the benefit of no other Person.

 

13.6         Modification; Assignment.   No amendment or other modification, rescission, release, or assignment of any part of this Agreement, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, and the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

 

13.7         Notice.   Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval or other communication to any party hereto shall be effective when received and shall be given in writing , and delivered in person against receipt therefore, or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, courier service, telex, facsimile transmission or email to such party (with copies as indicated below) at its address set forth below or at such other address as it shall hereafter furnish in writing to the other parties. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given on the date received by the addressee.

 

Assuming Institution

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

Attn: J. Daniel Speight

Vice-Chairman/CFO/COO

4219 Forsyth Road

Macon, GA 31208

****

****

 

with a copy to: Joe Evans

 

40



 

Receiver and Corporation

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,

Receiver of North West Bank & Trust, Acworth, Georgia

1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Settlement Agent

 

In addition, with respect to notices under Article 4.6:

cc: Resolutions and Closings Manager, ORE Department

 

In addition, with respect to notice under Article XII:

cc: Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch)

 

13.8        Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided , that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.

 

13.9        Costs, Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each party hereto agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses which it has incurred in connection with or incidental to the matters contained in this Agreement, including without limitation any fees and disbursements to its accountants and counsel; provided , that the Assuming Institution shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith.

 

13.10      Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided , that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided , that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation, or the Assuming Institution under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.

 

13.11      Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.

 

13.12      Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of Bank Closing; provided , that the provisions of Section 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement; and provided further , that the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this

 

41



 

Agreement, and in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7 shall be in effect for the remainder of the term of this Agreement. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (i) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (ii) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.

 

13.13      Survival of Covenants, Etc . The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

42



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF NORTH WEST BANK
ACWORTH, GEORGIA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Ann G. Hill

 

 

NAME: Ann G. Hill

 

 

 

 

 

TITLE: Receiver in Charge

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Ann G. Hill

 

 

NAME: Ann G. Hill

 

 

 

 

 

TITLE: Receiver in Charge

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

/s/ X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ J Daniel Speight

 

 

NAME: J Daniel Speight

 

 

 

 

 

TITLE:

Vice Chairman, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

/s/ X

 

 

 

43



 

SCHEDULE 2.1(a) - Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts

 

Accounts Excluded from P&A Transaction

 

North West Bank & Trust

Acworth, GA

 

North West Bank & Trust reported $20 million in deposits associated with the Depository Organization (DO) Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC as of May 10, 2010. If similar DO funds exist at bank closing, they will not pass to the Assuming Institution and will be excluded from the transaction as described in section 2.1(a) of the P&A Agreement. A schedule will be updated post-closing with data as of the actual bank closing date if such DO accounts continue to exist at that time.

 

DO BROKERED REPORT

 

OWN
TYPE

 

P&I

 

CLAIMANT NAME

 

ACCOUNT

 

BRANCH

 

CLAIM

 

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

 

 

 

 

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

Total P & I:         $20,014,515.41

Total Accounts: 2

 

44



 

SCHEDULE 3.2 - Purchase Price of Assets or assets

 

(a)

 

cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

securities (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries, Shared-Loss Securities, FRB and FHLB stock), plus interest thereon:

 

As provided in Section 3.2(b)

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

Loans:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

 

credit card business:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

 

Safe Deposit Boxes and related business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

 

Records and other documents:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

 

Other Real Estate

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

 

boats, motor vehicles, aircraft, trailers, fire arms, and repossessed collateral

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

 

capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries and FRB and FHLB stock:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

 

amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiary:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(l)

 

assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(m)

 

Overdrafts of customers:

 

Book Value

 

45



 

(n)

 

rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts.

 

As provided in Section 3.2(c)

 

 

 

 

 

(o)

 

rights of the Failed Bank to provide mortgage servicing for others and to have mortgage servicing provided to the Failed Bank by others and related contracts.

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(p)

 

Shared-Loss Securities

 

Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

(q)

 

Personal Computers

 

Fair Market Value

 

assets subject to an option to purchase:

 

(a)

 

Bank Premises:

 

Fair Market Value

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Furniture and Equipment:

 

Fair Market Value

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

Fixtures:

 

Fair Market Value

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

Other Equipment:

 

Fair Market Value

 

46



 

SCHEDULE 3.5 — Excluded Assets

 

47



 

SCHEDULE 4.15A

 

LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE

SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

48



 

SCHEDULE 4.15B

 

LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE

COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

49



 

SCHEDULE 4.15C

 

SHARED-LOSS SECURITIES

 

[NONE]

 

50



 

SCHEDULE 4.15D

 

SHARED-LOSS SUBSIDIARIES

 

[NONE]

 

51



 

SCHEDULE 6.3 - Data Retention Catalog

 

FDIC Data Management Services (DMS)

 

Acquirer Data Retention Catalog

Version 2.0

 

Failed Institution

 

Name

 

Data Center Address

 

Assuming Institution

 

Name

 

Address

 

DRC Preparation Date

 

DRC Preparer’s Contact

 

Name

 

Designation

 

Phone

 

Email

 

Alternate Contact for Subsequent Data Requests (i f different from above)

 

Name

 

Phone

 

Email

 

Instructions

 

1.               Provide preparer’s contact information and Bank information on the “Cover Page” tab.

2.               Provide point of contact and desired procedure for data requests on the “Data Request Procedure” Tab.

3.               Provide the requested application retention details on “Data Retention” tab of this workbook.

a. Update provided application list with any additional systems that were not included

b. Select the most appropriate value from the drop down list when the list is provided with applicable column.

 

If you need additional clarification while recording the information, please call Kevin Sheehan (FDIC) at 703-562-2012 or Leslie Bowie (FDIC) at 703-562- 16262 . Send the final copy of this document to Leslie Daley LDaley@FDlC.gov.

 

52



 

Application Classification

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Data exists in
the
Core Banking

 

Explain if 
partial
data exists in 
Core
Banking 

 

 

 

Time Duration
for Application
in Operation

 

Time 
Duration for
Online Data

 

Time 
Duration for
Offline Data

 

Offline Data 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Decommission

 

 

 

Application Name

 

Sub-Category

 

Business Usage

 

Vendor

 

application?

 

application

 

Hosting Platform

 

From

 

To

 

From

 

To

 

From

 

To

 

Details

 

Acquirer  Plan

 

Migration  Details

 

Schedule

 

Comments

 

Provide the name of the 
application.

 

Select the 
most 
appropriate 
category 
represented 
by the 
application.

 

Describe the 
business uses 
and key processes
supported by the 
application.

 

Provide 
the name 
of the 
vendor.

 

Indicate 
whether
the application
data also exists
 in the core 
banking 
application

 

Provide an
explanation if
partial data
exist in the
core banking
application

 

Select the
deployment
model of the 
application.

 

Provide the 
time duration 
(Month & 
Year) 
for which the 
application is
operation.

 

Provide the
time duration
(Month & 
Year) for 
which data is
available 
online.

 

Provide the 
time 
duration
(Month & 
Year) for 
which data is
available 
offline

 

Select the 
appropriate 
mechanism 
representing
the offline 
data.

 

Select the most 
appropriate option that 
defines the acquirer plan 
for the application.

 

Provide the
details of data
being 
migrated 
to the target 
system ( type
of data,
volume
and date 
range ).

 

Provide 
details of the 
data not being
migrated 
to the target 
system.

 

Select the 
appropriate 
timeline if 
application 
decommissioning
is planned in 
future

 

Provide any
additional 
comments 
related to 
the retention
plans 
associated 
with the 
application’s 
data

 

Core Banking Application

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insert more rows as needed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Loan Servicing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Maintaining As-is

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Loan History

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Deposit Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Migrating

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Accounts Balances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Active Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Customer Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Inactive Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o ACH Details

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Closed Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Wire Transfer Details

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Transaction History

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o General Ledger

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Other (Provide Comments)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Accounts Payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Accounts Receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Not Maintaining

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Tape Backups

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Data With Servicer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Data Not Available

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Data Deleted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Other (Provide Comments)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications Category: Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insert more rows as needed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications Category: Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insert more rows as needed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications Category: Financials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insert more rows as needed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications Category: HR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insert more rows as needed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications Category: Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insert more rows as needed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications Category: Imaging

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insert more rows as needed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications Category: Email

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insert more rows as needed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Production

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tape Backup Schedule:

<Provide details>

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retention Policy:

<Provide details>

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deletion Policy:

<Provide details>

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications Category: File Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insert more rows as needed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

User Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Application

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line of Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

SCHEDULE 7 -Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium

 

Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium

 

North West Bank & Trust

Acworth, GA

 

The accounts identified below will pass to the Assuming Institution (unless otherwise noted in subsequent amendments to the P&A agreement). When calculating the premium to be paid on Assumed Deposits in a P&A transaction, the FDIC will exclude the following categories of deposit accounts:

 

Category

 

Description

 

Amount

 

I

 

Non- DO Brokered Deposits

 

$

0

 

II

 

CDARS

 

$

18,041,450

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

III

 

Market Place Deposits (e.g. QuickRate/Bank Internet CD’s)

 

$

1,536,345

 

 

 

Total deposits excluded from Calculation of premium             

 

$

19,577,795

 

 

Category Description

 

I Brokered Deposits

Brokered deposit accounts are accounts for which the “depositor of record” is an agent, nominee, or custodian who deposits funds for a principal or principals to whom “pass-through” deposit insurance coverage may be extended. The FDIC separates brokered deposit accounts into 2 categories: 1) Depository Organization (DO) Brokered Deposits and 2) Non-Depository Organization (Non-DO) Brokered Deposits. This distinction is made by the FDIC to facilitate our role as Receiver and Insurer. These terms will not appear on other “brokered deposit” reports generated by the institution.

 

Non-DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated. Please see the attached “Schedule 7 Non-DO Broker Deposit Detail Report” for a listing of these accounts. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of Bank Closing date.

 

DO Brokered Deposits (Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC), are typically excluded from Assumed Deposits in the P&A transaction. If, however, the terms of a particular transaction are altered and the DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, they will similarly not be included in Assumed Deposits for purposes of calculating the deposit premium.

 

II CDARS

CDARS deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated.

 

North West Bank & Trust did participate in the CDARS program as of the date of the deposit download and did report CDARS deposits. Please see the attached schedule for a listing of these accounts.

 

III Market Place Deposits

“Market Place Deposits” is a description given to deposits that may have been solicited via a money desk, internet subscription service (for example, QwickRate), or similar programs.

 

North West Bank & Trust did report QwickRate and similar deposits as identified above. The attached schedule

 

54



 

provides a snapshot of account categories and balances as of May 10, 2010, which is the date of the deposit download. A list will be updated post-closing with balances, if they continue to exist, as of the bank closing date.

 

Non D/OAccounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Potential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Uninsured

 

 

 

Number of

 

Number of

 

Total P&I

 

Amount

 

Ownership Type

 

Groups

 

Accounts

 

($)

 

($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non D/O Brokered Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

CDARS Accounts

 

ACCTNO

 

GLCODE

 

NAME1

 

CURRBAL

 

ACCRUED
INTEREST

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

6 accounts

 

 

 

$

17,937,899.02

 

$

103,550.820

 

Marketplace Deposits

 

ACCTNO

 

GLCODE

 

NAME1

 

CURRBAL

 

ACCRUED
INTEREST

 

FITYPE

 

RATE

 

BRANCH

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

****

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

14 accounts

 

 

 

$

1,535,325,37

 

$

1,019,870

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55



 

EXHIBIT 2.3A

FINAL NOTICE LETTER

 

FINAL LEGAL NOTICE

Claiming Requirements for Deposits

Under 12 U.S.C.1822(e)

 

 

[Date]

 

[Name of Unclaimed Depositor]

[Address of Unclaimed Depositor]

[Anytown, USA]

 

Subject:

[XXXXX – Name of Bank

 

City, State] – In Receivership

 

Dear [Sir/Madam]:

 

As you may know, on [Date: Closing Date] , the [Name of Bank (“The Bank”)] was closed and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) transferred [The Bank’s] accounts to [Name of Acquiring Institution].

 

According to federal law under 12 U.S.C., 1822(e), on [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , [Name of Acquiring Institution] must transfer the funds in your account(s) back to the FDIC if you have not claimed your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. Based on the records recently supplied to us by [Name of Acquiring Institution] , your account(s) currently fall into this category.

 

This letter is your formal Legal Notice that you have until [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , to claim or arrange to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. There are several ways that you can claim your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] . It is only necessary for you to take any one of the following actions in order for your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] to be deemed claimed. In addition, if you have more than one account, your claim to one account will automatically claim all accounts:

 

1.               Write to [Name of Acquiring Institution] and notify them that you wish to keep your account(s) active with them. Please be sure to include the name of the account(s), the account number(s), the signature of an authorized signer on the account(s), name, and address. [Name of Acquiring Institution] address is:

 

[123 Main Street

 

Anytown, USA]

 

2.               Execute a new signature card on your account(s), enter into a new deposit agreement with [Name of Acquiring Institution], change the ownership on your account(s), or renegotiate the terms of your certificate of deposit account(s) (if any).

 

3.               Provide [Name of Acquiring Institution] with a change of address form.

 

56



 

4.               Make a deposit to or withdrawal from your account(s). This includes writing a check on any account or having an automatic direct deposit credited to or an automatic withdrawal debited from an account.

 

If you do not want to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] for any reason, you can withdraw your funds and close your account(s). Withdrawing funds from one or more of your account(s) satisfies the federal law claiming requirement. If you have time deposits, such as certificates of deposit, [Name of Acquiring Institution] can advise you how to withdraw them without being charged an interest penalty for early withdrawal.

 

If you do not claim ownership of your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution by Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] federal law requires [Name of Acquiring Institution] to return your deposits to the FDIC, which will deliver them as unclaimed property to the State indicated in your address in the Failed Institution’s records. If your address is outside of the United States, the FDIC will deliver the deposits to the State in which the Failed Institution had its main office. 12 U.S.C. § 1822(e). If the State accepts custody of your deposits, you will have 10 years from the date of delivery to claim your deposits from the State. After 10 years you will be permanently barred from claiming your deposits. However, if the State refuses to take custody of your deposits, you will be able to claim them from the FDIC until the receivership is terminated. If you have not claimed your insured deposits before the receivership is terminated, and a receivership may be terminated at any time, all of your rights in those deposits will be barred.

 

If you have any questions or concerns about these items, please contact [Bank Employee] at [Name of Acquiring Institution] by phone at [ (XXX) XXX-XXXX].

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

[Name of Claims Specialist]

 

[Title]

 

57



 

EXHIBIT 2.3B

AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING

 

AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING

 

State of

 

COUNTY OF

 

I am employed as a [Title of Office] by the [Name of Acquiring Institution] .

 

This will attest that on [Date of mailing] , I caused a true and correct copy of the Final Legal Notice, attached hereto, to owners of unclaimed deposits of [Name of Failed Bank] , City, State, to be prepared for deposit in the mail of the United States of America on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. A list of depositors to whom the notice was mailed is attached. This notice was mailed to the depositor’s last address as reflected on the books and records of the [Name of Failed Bank] as of the date of failure.

 

 

 

 

 

[Name]

 

[Title of Office]

 

[Name of Acquiring Institution]

 

Subscribed and sworn to before me this               day of [Month, Year].

 

My commission expires:

 

 

 

 

 

 

    [Name], Notary Public

 

58



 

EXHIBIT 3.2(c) — VALUATION OF CERTAIN

QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS

 

A.                                     Scope

 

Interest Rate Contracts - All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.

 

Option Contracts - All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.

 

Foreign Exchange Contracts - All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.

 

B.                                     Exclusions

 

All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Institution but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.

 

C.                                     Adjustment

 

The difference between the Book Value and market value as of Bank Closing.

 

D.                                     Methodology

 

1.                                       The price at which the Assuming Institution sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.

 

2.                                       In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:

 

(i)                                      All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.

 

(ii)                                   All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.

 

(iii)                                Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.

 

59



 

(iv)                               For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal , Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.

 

(v)                                  For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Institution as of Bank Closing. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Institution will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.]

 

60



 

EXHIBIT 4.13

INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT

 

(a)                                  With respect to each asset (or liability) designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Arrangement, including any Assets sold by the Receiver but with respect to which the Receiver has an obligation to service or provide servicing support. (such being designated as “Pool Assets”), during the term of this Arrangement, the Assuming Institution shall:

 

(i)  Promptly apply payments received with respect to any Pool Assets;

 

(ii)  Reverse and return insufficient funds checks;

 

(iii)  Pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; and (B) tax and insurance bills on Pool Assets as they come due, out of escrow funds maintained for purposes;

 

(iv)  Maintain accurate records reflecting (A) the payment history of Pool Assets, with updated information received concerning changes in the address or identity of the obligors and (B) usage of data processing equipment and employee services with respect to servicing duties;

 

(v)  Send billing statements to obligors on Pool Assets to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank;

 

(vi)  Send notices to obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank);

 

(vii)  Send to the Receiver, Attn: Managing Liquidator, at the address provided in Section 13.7 of the Agreement, or to such other person at such address as the Receiver may designate, via overnight delivery : (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports for the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and the trial balances, transaction journals and loan histories for Pool Assets having activity, together with copies of (1) checks received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks for payment to participants or for taxes and insurance, (4) pay-off requests, (5) notices to defaulted obligors, and (6) data processing and employee logs and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be periodically or from time to time requested;

 

(viii)  Remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver, Attn: Division of Finance, Cashier Unit, Operations, at the address in (vii), via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, or to such other person at such address and/or account as the Receiver may designate, all payments received on Pool Assets managed by the Assuming Institution or at such time and place and in such manner as may be directed by the Receiver;

 

61



 

(ix)  prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if required by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and pay taxes due on or before the due date, relating to the Pool Assets; and

 

(x)  provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions as may be required with regard to Pool Assets, including, without limitation, as may be required with regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, all as may be required by the Receiver.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Institution shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address provided above in subparagraph (a)(vii), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.

 

(b)                                  The Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Institution for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, and data processing and employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).

 

(c)                                   The Assuming Bank shall provide the services described herein for a period of up to three hundred sixty-five (365) days after Bank Closing.

 

(d)                                  At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon written notice to the Assuming Institution, remove one or more Pool Assets from the Pool, at which time the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.

 

(e)                                   At the expiration of this Agreement or upon the termination of the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Institution shall:

 

(i)  deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and Pool Records relating to the Pool Assets; and

 

(ii)  cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver (or its designee).

 

(f)                                    At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver or its designee(s) (x) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems, and (y) access to employees of the Assuming Institution involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.

 

62



 

EXHIBIT 4.15A

 

SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

This agreement for the reimbursement of loss sharing on certain single family residential mortgage loans (the “Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Institution purchases Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15A and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, unless the context indicates that it is intended to be a reference to a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.

 

ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS

 

The capitalized terms used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Accounting Records ” means the subsidiary system of record on which the loan history and balance of each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan is maintained; individual loan files containing either an original or copies of documents that are customary and reasonable with respect to loan servicing, including management and disposition of Other Real Estate; the records documenting alternatives considered with respect to loans in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable; records of loss calculations and supporting documentation with respect to line items on the loss calculations; and, monthly delinquency reports and other performance reports customarily utilized by the Assuming Institution in management of loan portfolios.

 

Accrued Interest ” means, with respect to Single Family Shared-Loss Loans, the amount of earned and unpaid interest at the note rate specified in the applicable loan documents, limited to 90 days.

 

Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided , that , for purposes of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.

 

Applicable Percentage means, the percentage of shared-loss the Receiver will incur with respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, which is eighty percent (80% ) , until the Cumulative Loss Amount equals the SF1-4 Intrinsic Loss Estimate, and eighty percent (80% ) thereafter.

 

63



 

Commencement Date ” means the first calendar day following the Bank Closing.

 

Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement ” means the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement attached to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement as Exhibit 4.15B.

 

Cumulative Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Monthly Loss Amounts less the sum of all Recovery Amounts.

 

Customary Servicing Procedures ” means procedures (including collection procedures) that the Assuming Institution (or, to the extent a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer) customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own accounts and the servicing procedures established by FNMA or FHLMC (as in effect from time to time), which are in accordance with accepted mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions.

 

Deficient Loss means the determination by a court in a bankruptcy proceeding that the value of the collateral is less than the amount of the loan in which case the loss will be the difference between the then unpaid principal balance (or the NPV of a modified loan that defaults) and the value of the collateral so established.

 

Examination Criteria means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.

 

Final Shared-Loss Month ” means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.

 

Foreclosure Loss ” means the loss realized when the Assuming Institution has completed the foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan and realized final recovery on the collateral through liquidation and recovery of all insurance proceeds. Each Foreclosure Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibits 2c(1)-(3).

 

Holding Company ” means any company owning Shares of the Assuming Institution that is a holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act 0f 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq . or the Home Owner’s Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq .

 

Home Equity Loan ” means a loan or funded or unfunded portions of a line of credit secured by a mortgage on a one-to four-family residences or stock of cooperative housing association, where the Failed Bank did not have a first lien on the same property as collateral.

 

Investor-Owned Residential Loan ” means a Loan, excluding advances made pursuant to a Home Equity Loan, that is secured by a mortgage on a one- to four family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations that is not owner-occupied or the borrower’s primary residence.

 

Loss ” means a Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss, Portfolio Loss, Modification Default Loss or Deficient Loss.

 

64



 

Loss Amount ” means the dollar amount of loss incurred and reported on the Monthly Certificate for a Shared-Loss Loan.

 

Modification Default Loss ” means the loss calculated in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) for single family loans previously modified pursuant to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement that subsequently default and result in a foreclosure, short sale or Deficient Loss.

 

Modification Guidelines has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Monthly Certificate ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Monthly Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Foreclosure Losses, Restructuring Losses, Short Sale Losses, Portfolio Losses, Modification Default Losses and Deficient Losses realized by the Assuming Institution for any Shared Loss Month.

 

Monthly Shared-Loss Amount ” means the change in the Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount from the beginning of each month to the end of each month.

 

Net Loss Amount means the sum of Cumulative Loss Amounts under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and Aggregate Net Charge-Offs under the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Neutral Member ” has the meaning provided in Section 2. 1(f)(ii) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Portfolio Loss ” means the loss realized on either (i) a portfolio sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with the terms of Article IV or (ii) the sale of a loan with the consent of the Receiver as provided in Section 2.7.

 

Recovery Amount ” means, with respect to any period prior to the Termination Date, the amount of collected funds received by the Assuming Institution that (i) are applicable against a Foreclosure Loss calculated in accordance with Exhibits 2c(1)-(3), or (iii) gains realized from a Section 4.1 sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which the Assuming Institution has previously received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver (iv) or any incentive payments from national programs paid to an investor or borrower on loans that have been modified or otherwise treated (short sale or foreclosure) in accordance with Exhibit 5.

 

Related Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

 

Restructuring Loss ” means the loss on a modified or restructured loan measured by the difference between (a) the principal, Accrued Interest, tax and insurance advances, third party or other fees due on a loan prior to the modification or restructuring, and (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the modified or restructured loan, discounted at the Then-Current Interest Rate. Each Restructuring Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology attached as Exhibits 2a(1)-(3), as applicable.

 

65



 

Restructured Loan ” means a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which the Assuming Institution has received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver. This applies to owner occupied and investor owned residences.

 

Servicing Officer ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

 “ SF1-4 Intrinsic Loss Estimate means total losses under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement in the amount of three million dollars ($ 3,000,000.00) .

 

Shared Loss Loan means a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, Investor-Owned Residential Loan, Restructured Loan or Home Equity Loan, and any Commitment with respect to those loans.

 

Shared-Loss Month ” means each calendar month between the Commencement Date and the last day of the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, provided that, the first Shared-Loss Month shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of that month.

 

Shares ” means common stock and any instrument which by its terms is currently convertible into common stock, or which may become convertible into common stock.

 

Short-Sale Loss ” means the loss resulting from the Assuming Institution’s agreement with the mortgagor to accept a payoff in an amount less than the balance due on the loan (including the costs of any cash incentives to borrower to agree to such sale or to maintain the property pending such sale), further provided , that each Short-Sale Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibits 2b(1)-(3).

 

Single Family Shared-Loss Loan ” means a single family one-to-four owner-occupied residential mortgage loan, excluding Home Equity Loans, that is secured by a mortgage on a one-to four family residence or stock of a cooperative housing association.

 

Termination Date ” means the last day of the Final Shared-Loss Month.

 

Then-Current Interest Rate ” means the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate for 30-year fixed-rate loans for Investor-Owned Loans or such other interest rate approved by the Receiver.

 

Third Party Servicer ” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution to service the Shared-Loss Loans on behalf of the Assuming Institution, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.

 

Total Intrinsic Loss Estimate means the sum of the SF1-4 Intrinsic Loss Estimate in the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, and the Commercial Intrinsic Loss Estimate in the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, expressed in dollars.

 

66



 

ARTICLE II — SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT

 

2.1          Shared-Loss Arrangement .

 

(a)           Loss Mitigation and Consideration of Alternatives .

 

(i)  For each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Institution shall undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts, in accordance with any of the following programs selected by Assuming Institution in its sole discretion, Exhibit 5 (FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program), the United States Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program Guidelines or any other modification program approved by the United States Treasury Department, the Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental agency (it being understood that the Assuming Institution can select different programs for the various Single Family Shared-Loss Loans) (such program chosen, the “Modification Guidelines”). After selecting the applicable Modification Guideline for each such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, the Assuming Institution shall document its consideration of foreclosure, loan restructuring under the applicable Modification Guideline chosen, and short-sale (if short-sale is a viable option) alternatives and shall select the alternative the Assuming Institution believes, based on its estimated calculations, will result in the least Loss. If unemployment or underemployment is the primary cause for default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Institution may consider the borrower for a temporary forbearance plan which reduces the loan payment to an affordable level for at least six (6) months.

 

(ii)  Losses on Home Equity Loans shall be shared under the charge-off policies of the Assuming Institution’s Examination Criteria as if they were Single Family Shared-Loss Loans.

 

(iii)  Losses on Investor-Owned Residential Loans shall be treated as Restructured Loans, and with the consent of the Receiver can be restructured under terms separate from the Exhibit 5 standards. Please refer to Exhibits 2(a)(1)-(2) for guidance in Calculation of Loss for Restructured Loans. Losses on Investor-Owned Residential Loans will be treated as if they were Single Family Shared-Loss Loans.

 

(iv)  The Assuming Institution shall retain its loss calculations for the Shared Loss Loans and such calculations shall be provided to the Receiver upon request. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Assuming Institution is not required to modify or restructure any Shared-Loss Loan on more than one occasion and (y) the Assuming Institution is not required to consider any alternatives with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan in the process of foreclosure as of the Bank Closing if the Assuming Institution can document that a loan modification is not cost effective and shall be entitled to continue such foreclosure measures and recover the Foreclosure Loss as provided herein, and (z) the Assuming Institution shall have a transition period of up to 90 days after Bank Closing to implement the Modification Guidelines, during which time, the Assuming Institution may submit claims under such guidelines as may be in place at the Failed Bank.

 

(b)            Monthly Certificates .

 

67



 

Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each Shared-Loss Month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending in the Final Shared-Loss Month, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Shared-Loss Loans whose name appears on a list of servicing officers furnished by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver, (a “Servicing Officer”) setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably specify (a “Monthly Certificate”):

 

(i)                                      (A) a schedule substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 listing:

 

(i) each Shared-Loss Loan for which a Loss Amount (calculated in accordance with the applicable Exhibit) is being claimed, the related Loss Amount for each Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(ii) each Shared-Loss Loan for which a Recovery Amount was received, the Recovery Amount for each Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(iii) the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans minus the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(iv) the Cumulative Loss Amount as of the beginning and end of the month;

 

(v) the Monthly Shared Loss Amount;

 

(vi) the result obtained in (v) times the Applicable Percentage, which is the amount to be paid under Section 2.1(d) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution if the amount is a positive number, or by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver if the amount is a negative number;

 

(ii)                                   for each of the Shared-Loss Loans for which a Loss is claimed for that Shared-Loss Month, a schedule showing the calculation of the Loss Amount using the form and methodology shown in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3), Exhibit 2b, or Exhibits 2c(1)-(2), as applicable.

 

(iii)                                For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Section 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation using the form and methodology shown in Exhibits 2d(1)-(2).

 

(iv)                               a portfolio performance and summary schedule substantially in the form shown in Exhibit 3.

 

(c)                                   Monthly Data Download . Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending with the Final Shared-Loss Month, Assuming Institution shall provide Receiver:

 

68



 

(i)            the servicing file in machine-readable format including but not limited to the fields shown on Exhibit 2.1(c) for each outstanding Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, as applicable; and

 

(ii)           an Excel file for ORE held as a result of foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan listing:

 

(A) Foreclosure date

(B) Unpaid loan principal balance

(C) Appraised value or BPO value, as applicable

(D) Projected liquidation date

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to provide any of the foregoing information to the extent it is unable to do so as a result of the Failed Bank’s or Receiver’s failure to provide information required to produce the information set forth in this Section 2.1(c); provided , that the Assuming Institution shall, consistent with Customary Servicing Procedures seek to produce any such missing information or improve any inaccurate information previously provided to it.

 

(d)           Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets . Not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Monthly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the total Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds the Applicable Percentage of that amount.

 

(e)           Limitations on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to Section 2.1(d) with respect to any Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss, Deficient Loss, or Portfolio Loss that the Receiver determines, based upon the criteria set forth in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (including the analysis and documentation requirements of Section 2.1(a)) or Customary Servicing Procedures, should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution; provided, however, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Institution with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to the properly effected Loss, and (2) to the extent not curable, shall not constitute grounds for the Receiver to withhold payment as to all other Losses (or portion of Losses) that are properly payable pursuant to the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payment with respect to Losses claimed pursuant to Section 2.1(d), the Receiver and Assuming Institution shall, upon final resolution, make the necessary adjustments to the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount for that Monthly Certificate and the payment pursuant to Section 2.1(d) above shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

(f)            Payments by Wire-Transfer . All payments under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be made by wire-transfer in accordance with the wire-transfer

 

69



 

instructions on Exhibit 4.

 

(g)           Payment in the Event Losses Fail to Reach Expected Level . If the asset premium (discount) bid is less than negative five per cent [(5%)], then on the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the calendar day following the Bank Closing occurs, or upon the final disposition of all Shared Loss Assets under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement at any time after the termination of the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver fifty percent (50%) of any positive amount resulting from the following calculation:

 

A - (B + C + D), where

 

A equals 20% of the Total Intrinsic Loss Estimate;

 

B equals 20% of the Net Loss Amount;

 

C equals 25% of the asset premium (discount) bid, expressed in dollars, of total Shared Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B at Bank Closing; and

 

D equals 3.5% of total Shared Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B at Bank Closing.

 

The Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver not later than 30 days following the True-Up Measurement Date, a schedule, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution, setting forth in reasonable detail the foregoing calculation, including the calculation of the Net Loss Amount.

 

(h)           Payments as Administrative Expenses . Payments from the Receiver with respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are administrative expenses of the Receiver. To the extent the Receiver needs funds for shared-loss payments respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended (“MLSA”), from FDIC in its corporate capacity. The Receiver will not agree to any amendment of the MLSA that would prevent the Receiver from drawing on the MLSA to fund shared-loss payments.

 

2.2                                Auditor Report; Right to Audit .

 

(a)           Within the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363 after the end of each fiscal year during which the Receiver makes any payment to the Assuming Institution under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such fiscal year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with

 

70



 

the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made.

 

(b)           The Assuming Institution shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with the provisions of this Article II and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with copies of the internal audit reports and access to internal audit workpapers related to such internal audit.

 

(c)           The Receiver or the FDIC in its corporate capacity (“Corporation”), its contractors and their employees, and its agents may perform an audit or audits to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice. Assuming Institution shall provide access to pertinent records and proximate working space in Assuming Institution’s facilities. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the reasonable discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Institution’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit or audits, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

 

2.3                                Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Monthly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if in its good faith and reasonable judgment there is a reasonable basis under the requirements of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver, in its reasonable judgment, that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days.

 

2.4                                Books and Records . The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records sufficient to ensure and document compliance with the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including but not limited to (a) documentation of alternatives considered with respect to defaulted loans or loans for which default is reasonably foreseeable, (b) documentation showing the calculation of loss for claims submitted to the Receiver, (c) retention of documents that support each line item

 

71



 

on the loss claim forms, and (d) documentation with respect to the Recovery Amount on loans for which the Receiver has made a loss-share payment

 

2.5                                Information . The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Receiver such other information, including but not limited to, financial statements, computations, and bank policies and procedures, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Receiver may reasonably request from time to time.

 

2.6                                Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Receiver’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

2.7                                Loss of Shared-Loss Coverage on Shared-Loss Loans . The Receiver shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan upon payment of a Foreclosure Loss amount, or a Short Sale Loss amount with respect to such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, or upon the sale without FDIC consent of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan by Assuming Institution to a person or entity that is not an Affiliate. The Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with timely notice of any such sale. Failure to administer any Shared-Loss Loan or Loans in accordance with Article III shall at the discretion of the Receiver constitute grounds for the loss of shared loss coverage with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan or Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a sale of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, for purposes of this Section 2.7, shall not be deemed to have occurred as the result of (i) any change in the ownership or control of Assuming Institution or the transfer of any or all of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan(s) to any Affiliate of Assuming Institution, (ii) a merger by Assuming Institution with or into any other entity, or (iii) a sale by Assuming Institution of all or substantially all of its assets.

 

ARTICLE III - RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS LOANS

 

3.1                                Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Institution shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Institution transfers any Shared-Loss Loans to) manage, administer, and collect the Shared-Loss Loans while owned by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible to the Receiver in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver to monitor the Assuming Institution’s performance of its duties hereunder.

 

3.2                                Duties of the Assuming Institution .

 

(a)           In the performance of its duties under this Article III, the Assuming Institution shall:

 

(i)                                      manage and administer each Shared-Loss Loan in accordance with Assuming Institution’s

 

72



 

usual and prudent business and banking practices and Customary Servicing Procedures;

 

(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering and collecting amounts owed on the Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to maximize Recoveries with respect to Losses on Shared-Loss Loans without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Loans;

 

(iv) retain sufficient staff (in Assuming Institution’s discretion) to perform its duties hereunder; and

 

(v) other than as provided in Section 2.1(a), comply with the terms of the Modification Guidelines for any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans meeting the requirements set forth therein. For the avoidance of doubt, the Assuming Institution may propose exceptions to Exhibit 5 (the FDIC Loan Modification Program) for a group of Loans with similar characteristics, with the objectives of (1) minimizing the loss to the Assuming Institution and the FDIC and (2) maximizing the opportunity for qualified homeowners to remain in their homes with affordable mortgage payments.

 

(b)           Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Loans will be provided to FDIC for informational purposes and if such transaction is not entered into on an arm’s length basis on commercially reasonable terms such transaction shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver.

 

3.3                                Shared-Loss Asset Records and Reports . The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain such records as may be appropriate to account for the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably require, and to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver may from time to time request regarding the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and the Monthly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

3.4                                Related Loans .

 

(a)           Assuming Institution shall use its best efforts to determine which loans are “Related Loans,” as hereinafter defined. The Assuming Institution shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner that would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Loan to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit to an Obligor of a Shared-Loss Loan held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the Final Shared-Loss Month.

 

(b)           The Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Monthly Certificates for the calendar months ending June 30 and December 31, a schedule of all Related Loans on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution as of the end of each such semi-annual period.

 

3.5                                Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming

 

73



 

Institution shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article V below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired an asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Institution shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Institution shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.

 

3.6          Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Institution hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be included in calculating Losses to the extent such expenses would be included in such calculation if the expenses were incurred by Assuming Institution); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution of any obligation or liability hereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV – PORTFOLIO SALE

 

4.1          Assuming Institution Portfolio Sales of Remaining Shared-Loss Loans . The Assuming Institution shall have the right, with the consent of the Receiver, to liquidate for cash consideration, from time to time in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Institution at any time prior to the Termination Date (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Institution exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give sixty (60) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale, which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Institution’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Institution’s contractors. Sales of Restructured Loans shall be sold in a separate pool from Shared-Loss Loans that have not been restructured. Other proposals for the sale of a Shared-Loss Loan or Shared-Loss Loans submitted by the Assuming Institution will be considered by the Receiver on a case-by-case basis.

 

4.2          Assuming Institution’s Liquidation of Remaining Shared-Loss Loans . In the event that the Assuming Institution does not conduct a Portfolio Sale pursuant to Section 4.1, the Receiver shall have the right, exercisable in its sole and absolute discretion, to require the Assuming Institution to liquidate for cash consideration, any Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Institution at any time after the date that is six months prior to the Termination Date. If the Receiver exercises its option under this Section 4.2, it must give notice in writing to the Assuming Institution, setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Institution shall be required to liquidate the Shared-Loss Loans. The Assuming Institution will comply with the Receiver’s notice and must liquidate the Shared-Loss Loans as soon as reasonably practicable by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Institution’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Institution’s contractors. The selection of

 

74



 

any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent retained for the liquidation of the remaining Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the prior approval of the Receiver, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

4.3          Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Shared-Loss Loans that are not Restructured Loans, gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Institution less the unpaid principal balance of the remaining Shared-Loss Loans. For any Restructured Loan included in the sale gain or loss on sale will be calculated as (a) the sale price received by the Assuming Institution less (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the Restructured Loan that was used in the calculation of the related Restructuring Loss plus (c) Loan principal payments collected by the Assuming Institution from the date the Loan was restructured to the date of sale. (See Exhibits 2d(1)-(2) for example calculations).

 

ARTICLE V — LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO RECEIVER AND PURCHASER

 

All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, or overnight courier, receipt requested, addressed to the parties as follows:

 

If to Receiver, to:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver

 

 

for North West Bank and Trust, Acworth, Georgia

 

 

Division of Resolutions and Receiverships

 

 

550 17th Street, N.W.

 

 

Washington, D.C. 20429

 

 

Attention: Ralph Malami, Manager, Capital Markets

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

 

 

as Receiver for North West Bank and Trust,

 

 

Acworth, Georgia

 

 

Room E 7056

 

 

3501 Fairfax Drive

 

 

 

 

 

Arlington, VA 22226

 

 

Attn: Special Issues Unit

 

With respect to a notice under Section 3.5 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, copies of such notice shall be sent to:

 

 

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

 

 

Legal Division 1601 Bryan St.

 

 

Dallas, Texas 75201

 

 

Attention: Regional Counsel

 

75



 

If to Assuming Institution, to:

 

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: J. Daniel Speight

 

 

Vice-Chairman/CFO/COO

 

 

4219 Forsyth Road

 

 

Macon, GA 31208

 

 

****

 

 

****       FAX

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy to: Joe Evans

 

Such Persons and addresses may be changed from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this Article V. Any notice, demand or other communication delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to have been given on the date actually received.

 

ARTICLE VI — MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1.          Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of a party hereto in connection with this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.

 

6.2           Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, and all of the terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns only. The Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Receiver hereunder (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, the Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or any of the Assuming Institution’s rights or obligations hereunder (in whole or in part), or sell or transfer of any subsidiary of the Assuming Institution holding title to Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss Securities, without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole and absolute discretion. An assignment or transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement includes:

 

(i) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with or into another company, if the shareholders of the Assuming Institution will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;

 

76



 

(ii) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution’s Holding Company with or into another company, if the shareholders of the Holding Company will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;

 

(iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another company or person; or

 

(iv) a sale of shares by any one or more shareholders that will effect a change in control of the Assuming Institution, as determined by the Receiver with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act, 12 U.S.C. 1817(j).

 

For the avoidance of doubt, any transaction under this Section 6.2 that requires the Receiver’s consent that is made without consent of the Receiver hereunder will relieve the Receiver of any of its obligations under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

No Loss shall be recognized under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to or as a result of any assignment or transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or any merger, consolidation, sale or other transaction to which the Assuming Institution, its Holding Company or any Affiliate is a party, regardless of whether the Receiver consents to such assignment or transfer in connection with such transaction pursuant to this Section 6.2.

 

6.3          WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

6.4          No Third Party Beneficiary . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or Claim under or in respect of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

6.5          Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

6.6          Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.

 

77



 

ARTICLE VII

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

7.1                                Dispute Resolution Procedures .

 

(a)                                  In the event a dispute arises about the interpretation, application, calculation of Loss, or calculation of payments or otherwise with respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (“SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item”), then the Receiver and the Assuming Institution shall make every attempt in good faith to resolve such items within sixty (60) days following the receipt of a written description of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, with notification of the possibility of taking the matter to arbitration (the date on which such 60-day period expires, or any extension of such period as the parties hereto may mutually agree to in writing, herein called the “Resolution Deadline Date”). If the Receiver and the Assuming Institution resolve all such items to their mutual satisfaction by the Resolution Deadline Date, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, any payment due as a result of such resolution shall be made arising from the settlement of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute.

 

(b)                                  If the Receiver and the Assuming Institution fail to resolve any outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Items by the Resolution Deadline Date, then either party may notify the other of its intent to submit the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII. Failure of either party to submit pursuant to paragraph (c) hereof any unresolved SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration within thirty (30) days following the Resolution Deadline Date (the date on which such thirty (30) day period expires is herein called the “Arbitration Deadline Date”) shall extinguish that party’s right to submit the non-submitted SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration, and constitute a waiver of the submitting party’s right to dispute such non-submitted SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item (but not a waiver of any similar claim which may arise in the future).

 

(c)                                   If a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item is submitted to arbitration, it shall be governed by the rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), except as otherwise provided herein. Either party may submit a matter for arbitration by delivering a notice, prior to the Arbitration Deadline Date, to the other party in writing setting forth:

 

(i)            A brief description of each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;

 

(ii)           A statement of the moving party’s position with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;

 

(iii)          The value sought by the moving party, or other relief requested regarding each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration, to the extent reasonably calculable; and

 

(iv)          The name and address of the arbiter selected by the moving party (the “Moving Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA.

 

Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the parties right to arbitrate so long as after notification of such failure the moving

 

78



 

party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable.

 

(d)                                  The non-moving party shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt of a notice of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, deliver a notice to the moving party setting forth:

 

(i)            The name and address of the arbiter selected by the non-moving party (the “Respondent Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA;

 

(ii)           A statement of the position of the respondent with respect to each Dispute Item; and

 

(iii)          The ultimate resolution sought by the respondent or other relief, if any, the respondent deems is due the moving party with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item.

 

Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the non-moving party’s right to defend such arbitration so long as after notification of such failure the non-moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable

 

(e)                                   The Moving Arbiter and Respondent Arbiter shall select a third arbiter from a list furnished by the AAA. In accordance with the rules of the AAA, the three (3) arbiters shall constitute the arbitration panel for resolution of each SF Loss-Share Dispute Item. The concurrence of any two (2) arbiters shall be deemed to be the decision of the arbiters for all purposes hereunder. The arbitration shall proceed on such time schedule and in accordance with the Rules of Commercial Arbitration of the AAA then in effect, as modified by this Section 7.1. The arbitration proceedings shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then they will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, DC, or Arlington, Virginia.

 

(f)                                    The Receiver and Assuming Institution shall facilitate the resolution of each outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item by making available in a prompt and timely manner to one another and to the arbiters for examination and copying, as appropriate, all documents, books, and records under their respective control and that would be discoverable under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.

 

(g)                                   The arbiters designated pursuant to subsections (c), (d) and (e) hereof shall select, with respect to each Dispute Item submitted to arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, either (i) the position and relief submitted by the Assuming Institution with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, or (ii) the position and relief submitted by the Receiver with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, in either case as set forth in its respective notice of arbitration. The arbiters shall have no authority to select a value for each Dispute Item other than the determination set forth in Section 7.1(c) and Section 7.1(d). The arbitration shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties.

 

(h)                                  Any amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to such award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from and including the date specified for the arbiters decisions specified in this Section 7.1, without regard to any extension of the finality of such award, to but not including the date paid. All payments required to be made under this Section 7.1 shall be made by wire transfer.

 

79



 

(i)            For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent any notice of a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) is provided prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are the subject of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) until such time as any such dispute is finally resolved.

 

7.2          Fees and Expenses of Arbiters . The aggregate fees and expenses of the arbiters shall be borne equally by the parties. The parties shall pay the aggregate fees and expenses within thirty (30) days after receipt of the written decision of the arbiters (unless the arbiters agree in writing on some other payment schedule).

 

Exhibit 1

 

Monthly Certificate

 

SEE FOLLOWING PAGE

 

80



 

CERTIFICATE

MONTHLY SUMMARY

FOR SINGLE FAMILY ASSETS

 

FDIC - RECEIVER FOR XXXXXXX BANK

 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT DATED: Jan 1, 2009

 

 

 

Shared-Loss Period Ended:

                 

 

 

 

 

     (Dollars)

 

 

 

 

Calculation of Amount Due from (to) FDIC

 

FDIC % Share

 

0%

 

80%

 

 

 

Total

 

Carry forward from other types of assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1. Cumulative losses from single family pool

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

2. Cumulative losses from securities

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

3. Cumulative loss from commercial and other pool

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

4. Total cumulative losses at beg of period

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

5. Covered single family losses (gains) during period

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

6. Cumulative loss at end of period

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

  FDIC % Share

 

x 0

%

x 80

%

 

 

 

 

7. Amount Due from (to) FDIC

 

0

+

0

+

 

=

 

Memo: threshold for recovery percentage

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preparer name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preparer signature

Preparer title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Officer name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Officer signature

Officer title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

81



 

CERTIFICATE

MONTHLY SUMMARY

FOR SINGLE FAMILY ASSETS

 

FDIC - RECEIVER FOR XXXXXXX BANK

 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT DATED: Jan 1, 2009

 

 

 

Shared-Loss Period Ended:

                 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars)

 

 

 

 

Calculation of Amount Due from (to) FDIC

 

FDIC % Share

 

0%

 

80%

 

 

 

Total

 

Carry forward from other types of assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1. Cumulative losses from single family pool

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

2. Cumulative losses from securities

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

3. Cumulative loss from commercial and other pool

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

4. Total cumulative losses at beg of period

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

5. Covered single family losses (gains) during period

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

6. Cumulative loss at end of period

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

  FDIC % Share

 

x 0

%

x 80

%

 

 

 

 

7. Amount Due from (to) FDIC

 

0

+

0

+

 

=

 

Memo: threshold for recovery percentage

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preparer name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preparer signature

Preparer title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Officer name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Officer signature

Officer title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

82



 

XXXXXXXXX Bank

FIN No.              

 

Schedule 4.15B

Date:

 

Non-Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement

 

 

 

 

Proforma Net Balance*

 

Unfunded

 

Schedule 4.15B as provided

 

$

 

$

 

 

Loan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Explanation

 

Number

 

Name

 

Net Balance

 

Unfunded

 

(Loan Description)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add the following loans currently included in Schedule 4.15A Non-Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtract the following loans currently included in Schedule 4.15B Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add the following loan not included in either Schedule 4.15A or 4.15B Asset Detail (Must provide documentation)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add the following Unfunded Commitments (Must provide documentation)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule 4.15B Revised Totals

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 


Note: Total adjustments should also be reflected in the Certificate filing for the quarter this form is submitted.

*        Net Balance agrees with amount noted on Schedule 4.15A Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, or Revised Totals if this form has already been submitted previously.

 

83



 

XXXXXXXXX Bank

FIN No.                    

 

Schedule 4.15A

Date:

 

Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement

 

 

 

 

Proforma Net Balance*

 

Unfunded

 

Schedule 4.15A as provided

 

$

 

$

 

 

Loan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Explanation

 

Number

 

Name

 

Net Balance

 

Unfunded

 

(Loan Description)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add the following loans currently included in Schedule 4.15B Non-Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtract the following loans currently included in Schedule 4.15A Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add the following loan not included in either Schedule 4.15A or 4.15B Asset Detail (Must provide documentation)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add the following Unfunded Commitments (Must provide documentation)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule 4.15A Revised Totals

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

84



 

Exhibit 2.1(c)

 

 

1

 

Shared-Loss Month

 

 

2

 

Loan ID

 

 

3

 

First payment date

 

 

4

 

Property type

 

 

5

 

Lien

 

 

6

 

Original loan amount

 

 

7

 

Documentation

 

 

8

 

Original FICO

 

 

9

 

Original LTV

 

 

10

 

Original combined LTV

 

 

11

 

Original front-end DTI

 

 

12

 

Original back-end DTI

 

 

13

 

Negative Amortization cap

 

 

14

 

Property city

 

 

15

 

Property state

 

 

16

 

Property street address

 

 

17

 

Property zip

 

 

18

 

Maturity date

 

 

19

 

MI Coverage

 

 

20

 

Occupancy

 

 

21

 

Interest rate type

 

 

22

 

Product Type

 

 

23

 

Loan amortization type

 

 

24

 

Lookback

 

 

25

 

Margin

 

 

26

 

Interest rate index

 

 

27

 

Interest rate cap

 

 

28

 

Interest rate floor

 

 

29

 

First interest cap

 

 

30

 

Periodic interest cap

 

 

31

 

Periodic interest floor

 

 

32

 

Pay Cap

 

 

33

 

UPB

 

 

34

 

Interest rate

 

 

35

 

Paid-to date

 

 

36

 

Next payment due date

 

 

37

 

Scheduled payment

 

 

38

 

Escrow payment

 

 

85



 

 

39

 

Escrow balance

 

 

40

 

Next interest rate reset date

 

 

41

 

Next payment reset date

 

 

42

 

Rate reset period

 

 

43

 

Payment reset period

 

 

44

 

Payment History

 

 

45

 

Exceptional Loan Status

 

 

46

 

Valuation date

 

 

47

 

Valuation amount

 

 

48

 

Valuation type

 

 

49

 

Household income

 

 

50

 

Current FICO

 

 

51

 

Maximum Draw Amount

 

 

52

 

Draw period

 

 

53

 

Superior Lien Balance

 

 

86



 

Exhibit 2a (1)

CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS - HAMP or FDIC LOAN

MODIFICATION

 

1

 

Shared-Loss Month

 

20090531

 

2

 

Loan no:

 

123456

 

3

 

Modification Program:

 

HAMP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan before Restructuring

 

 

 

4

 

Unpaid principal balance

 

450000

 

5

 

Remaining term

 

298

 

6

 

Interest rate

 

0.06500

 

7

 

Next ARM reset rate (if within next 4 months)

 

0.00000

 

8

 

Interest Paid-To-Date

 

20081230

 

9

 

Delinquency Status

 

FC

 

10

 

Monthly payment - P&I

 

3047

 

11

 

Monthly payment - T&I

 

1000

 

 

 

Total monthly payment

 

4047

 

12

 

Household current annual income

 

95000

 

13

 

Valuation Date

 

20090121

 

14

 

Valuation Amount

 

425000

 

15

 

Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)

 

AVM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan

 

 

 

16

 

1st Trial Payment Due Date

 

20090119

 

17

 

Modification Effective Date

 

20090419

 

18

 

Net Unpaid Principal Balance (net of forbearance & principal reduction)

 

467188

 

19

 

Principal forbearance

 

0

 

20

 

Principal reduction

 

0

 

21

 

Product (fixed or step)

 

step

 

22

 

Remaining amortization term

 

480

 

23

 

Maturity date

 

20490119

 

24

 

Interest rate

 

0.02159

 

25

 

Next Payment due date

 

20090601

 

26

 

Monthly payment - P&I

 

1454

 

27

 

Monthly payment - T&I

 

1000

 

 

 

Total monthly payment

 

2454

 

28

 

Next reset date

 

20140501

 

29

 

Interest rate change per adjustment

 

0.01000

 

30

 

Lifetime interest rate cap

 

0.05530

 

31

 

Back end DTI

 

0.45000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring Loss Calculation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

same as Unpaid Principal Balance before 4 above restructuring/modification

 

450000

 

34

 

Accrued interest, limited to 90 days

 

7313

 

35

 

Attorney’s fees

 

0

 

36

 

Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

 

500

 

37

 

Property protection costs, maint. and repairs

 

0

 

38

 

Tax and insurance advances

 

2500

 

 

 

Other Advances

 

 

 

39

 

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

 

100

 

40

 

Inspections

 

0

 

41

 

Other

 

0

 

 

 

Total loan balance due before restructuring

 

460413

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Recoveries:

 

 

 

42

 

MI contribution

 

0

 

43

 

Other credits

 

0

 

44

 

T & I escrow account balances, if positive

 

 

 

 

 

Total Cash Recovery

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:

 

 

 

45

 

Discount rate for projected cash flows

 

0.05530

 

46

 

Loan prepayment in full

 

120

 

47

 

NPV of projected cash flows (see amort schd1)

 

386927

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

 

Gain/Loss Amount

 

73485

 

 

Line item definitions can be found in SFR Data Submission Handbook.

 

87



 

Exhibit 2a(2)

 

CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS - 2nd FDIC MODIFICATION

 

1

 

Shared-Loss Month

 

20090531

 

2

 

Loan no:

 

123456

 

3

 

Modification Program:

 

FDIC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan before Restructuring

 

 

 

4

 

Unpaid principal balance

 

450000

 

5

 

Remaining term

 

298

 

6

 

Interest rate

 

0.06500

 

7

 

Next ARM reset rate (if within next 4 months)

 

0.00000

 

8

 

Interest Paid-To-Date

 

20081230

 

9

 

Delinquency Status

 

FC

 

10

 

Monthly payment - P&I

 

3047

 

11

 

Monthly payment - T&I

 

1000

 

 

 

Total monthly payment

 

4047

 

12

 

Household current annual income

 

95000

 

13

 

Valuation Date

 

20090121

 

14

 

Valuation Amount

 

425000

 

15

 

Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)

 

AVM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan

 

 

 

16

 

1st Trial Payment Due Date

 

20090201

 

17

 

Modification Effective Date

 

20090501

 

18

 

Net Principal balance (net of forbearance & principal reduction)

 

467188

 

19

 

Principal forbearance

 

0

 

20

 

Principal reduction

 

0

 

21

 

Product (fixed or step)

 

step

 

22

 

Remaining amortization term

 

480

 

23

 

Maturity date

 

20490501

 

24

 

Interest rate

 

0.02159

 

25

 

Next Payment due date

 

20090601

 

26

 

Monthly payment - P&I

 

1454

 

27

 

Monthly payment - T&I

 

1000

 

 

 

Total monthly payment

 

2454

 

28

 

Next reset date

 

20140501

 

29

 

Interest rate change per adjustment

 

0.01000

 

30

 

Lifetime interest rate cap

 

0.05530

 

31

 

Back end DTI

 

0.45000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring Loss Calculation

 

 

 

32

 

Previous NPV of loan modification

 

458740

 

33

 

Less: Post modification principal payments Plus:

 

2500

 

35

 

Attorney’s fees

 

0

 

36

 

Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

 

500

 

37

 

Property protection costs, maint. and repairs

 

0

 

38

 

Tax and insurance advances

 

2500

 

 

 

Other Advances

 

 

 

39

 

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

 

100

 

40

 

Inspections

 

0

 

41

 

Other

 

0

 

 

 

Total loan balance due before restructuring

 

459340

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Recoveries:

 

 

 

42

 

MI contribution

 

0

 

43

 

Other credits

 

0

 

44

 

T & I escrow account balances, if positive

 

 

 

 

 

Total Cash Recovery

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:

 

 

 

45

 

Discount rate for projected cash flows

 

0.05530

 

46

 

Loan prepayment in full

 

120

 

47

 

NPV of projected cash flows (see amort schd 1)

 

386927

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

 

Gain/Loss Amount

 

72413

 

 

Line item definitions can be found in SFR Data Submission Handbook.

 

88



 

Notes to Exhibits 2a (restructuring)

 

1.               The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.

2.               For purposes of loss sharing, losses on restructured loans are calculated as the difference between:

a.               The principal, accrued interest, advances due on the loan, and allowable 3 rd party fees prior to restructuring (2a(1) lines 34-41, 2a(2) lines 33-41), and

b.               The Net Present Value (NPV) of the estimated cash flows (line 47). The cash flows should assume no default or prepayment for 10 years, followed by prepayment in full at the end of 10 years (120 months).

3.               For owner-occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.

4.               For investor owned or non-owner occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using commercially reasonable rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.

5.               If the new loan is an adjustable-rate loan, interest rate resets and related cash flows should be projected based on the index rate in effect at the date of the loan restructuring. If the restructured loan otherwise provides for specific charges in monthly P&I payments over the term of the loan, those changes should be reflected in the projected cash flows. Assuming Institution must retain supporting schedule of projected cash flows as required by Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and provide it to the FDIC if requested for a sample audit.

6.               Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

7.               The amount of accrued interest that may be added to the balance of the loan is limited to the minimum of:

a.               90 days

b.               The number of days that the loan is delinquent at the time of restructuring

c.                The number of days between the resolution date and the restructuring

To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

 

89



 

Exhibit 2b(1)

CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS

 

Loan written down to book value prior to Loss Share

 

1

 

Shared-Loss Month:

 

20090531

 

2

 

Loan #

 

62201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Interest Paid-to-Date

 

20071130

 

4

 

Short Payoff Date

 

20090522

 

5

 

Note Interest rate

 

0.08500

 

6

 

Occupancy

 

Owner

 

 

 

If owner occupied:

 

 

 

7

 

Household current annual income

 

45000

 

8

 

Estimated NPV of loan mod

 

220000

 

9

 

Valuation Date

 

20090121

 

10

 

Valuation Amount

 

300000

 

11

 

Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)

 

Ext Appraisal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-Sale Loss calculation

 

 

 

13

 

Book Value

 

300000

 

14

 

Less: Post closing principal payments

 

0

 

17

 

Accrued interest, limited to 90 days

 

6375

 

18

 

Attorney’s fees

 

75

 

19

 

Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

 

0

 

20

 

Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions

 

0

 

21

 

Tax and insurance advances

 

0

 

 

 

Other Advances

 

 

 

22

 

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

 

250

 

23

 

Inspections

 

600

 

24

 

Other

 

0

 

25

 

Incentive to borrower

 

5000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

 

312300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

Amount accepted in Short-Sale (net proceeds)

 

275000

 

27

 

Hazard Insurance

 

0

 

28

 

Mortgage Insurance

 

0

 

29

 

T & I escrow account balance, if positive

 

0

 

30

 

Other credits, if any (itemize)

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Total Cash Recovery

 

275000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

Gain/Loss Amount

 

37300

 

 


(1) Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC

Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook

 

90



 

Exhibit 2b(2)

CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS

No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss Share

 

1

 

Shared-Loss Month:

 

20090531

 

2

 

Loan #

 

58776

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Interest Paid-to-Date

 

20080731

 

4

 

Short Payoff Date

 

20090417

 

5

 

Note Interest rate

 

0.07750

 

6

 

Occupancy

 

Owner

 

 

 

If owner occupied:

 

 

 

7

 

Household current annual income

 

38500

 

8

 

Estimated NPV of loan mod

 

200000

 

9

 

Valuation Date

 

20090121

 

10

 

Valuation Amount

 

300000

 

11

 

Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)

 

Ext Appraisal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-Sale Loss calculation

 

 

 

12

 

Loan UPB

 

375000

 

17

 

Accrued interest, limited to 90 days

 

7266

 

18

 

Attorney’s fees

 

0

 

19

 

Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

 

400

 

20

 

Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions

 

1450

 

21

 

Tax and insurance advances

 

0

 

 

 

Other Advances

 

 

 

22

 

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

 

350

 

23

 

Inspections

 

600

 

24

 

Other

 

0

 

25

 

Incentive to borrower

 

2000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

 

387066

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

Amount accepted in Short-Sale (net proceeds)

 

255000

 

27

 

Hazard Insurance

 

0

 

28

 

Mortgage Insurance

 

0

 

 

 

T & I escrow account balance, if positive

 

0

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

Other credits, if any (itemize)

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Total Cash Recovery

 

255000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

Gain/Loss Amount

 

132066

 

 


(1) Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC

Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook

 

91



 

Notes to Exhibits 2b (short sale)

 

1.               The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual short sales.

2.               The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are two methods of calculation for covered losses from short sales, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:

a.               If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then the short sale occurred, use Exhibit 2b(3). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.

b.               Otherwise, use Exhibit 2b(2). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.

c.                Use Exhibit 2b(1) for loans written down to book value prior to the shared-loss agreement.

3.               For Exhibit 2b(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 12 – 25; it is shown after line 25. For Exhibit 2b(3), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 15 minus line 16 plus lines 18 – 25; it is shown after line 25.

4.               For Exhibit 2b(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 – 30; it is shown in line 31. For Exhibit 2b(3), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 – 30; it is shown after line 30.

5.               Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.

6.               Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

7.               If Exhibit 2b(3) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:

a.               90 days

b.               The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold

c.                The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold

To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

 

92



 

Exhibit 2c(1)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS

 

ORE or Foreclosure Occurred Prior to Loss Share Agreement

 

1

 

Shared-Loss Month

 

20090630

 

2

 

Loan no:

 

364574

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Interest Paid-To-Date

 

20071001

 

4

 

Foreclosure sale date

 

20080202

 

5

 

Liquidation date

 

20090412

 

6

 

Note Interest rate

 

0.08100

 

10

 

Valuation Date

 

20090121

 

11

 

Valuation Amount

 

228000

 

12

 

Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)

 

Int Appr

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosure Loss calculation

 

 

 

13

 

Book value at date of Loss Share agreement

 

244900

 

14

 

Less: Post closing principal payments

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

3306

 

 

 

Costs incurred after Loss Share agreement in place:

 

 

 

19

 

Attorney’s fees

 

0

 

20

 

Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

 

0

 

21

 

Property protection costs, maint. and repairs

 

6500

 

22

 

Tax and insurance advances

 

0

 

 

 

Other Advances

 

 

 

23

 

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

 

0

 

24

 

Inspections

 

0

 

25

 

Other

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

 

254706

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Recoveries:

 

 

 

26

 

Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)

 

219400

 

27

 

Hazard Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

28

 

Mortgage Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

29

 

T & I escrow account balances, if positive

 

0

 

30

 

Other credits, if any (itemize)

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Cash Recovery

 

219400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

Gain/Loss Amount

 

35306

 

 

Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook

 

93



 

Exhibit 2c(2)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS

During Term of the Agreement

No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss

Share

 

1

 

Shared-Loss Month

 

20090531

 

2

 

Loan no:

 

292334

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Interest Paid-to-Date

 

20080430

 

4

 

Foreclosure sale date

 

20090115

 

5

 

Liquidation date

 

20090412

 

6

 

Note Interest rate

 

0.08000

 

7

 

Occupancy

 

Owner

 

 

 

If owner occupied:

 

 

 

8

 

Household current annual income

 

42000

 

9

 

Estimated NPV of loan mod

 

195000

 

10

 

Valuation Date

 

20090121

 

11

 

Valuation Amount

 

235000

 

12

 

Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)

 

Ext BPO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosure Loss calculation

 

 

 

14

 

Loan Principal balance at property reversion

 

300000

 

 

 

Plus:

 

 

 

18

 

Accrued interest, limited to 90 days

 

6000

 

19

 

Attorney’s fees

 

0

 

20

 

Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

 

4000

 

21

 

Property protection costs, maint. and repairs

 

5500

 

22

 

Tax and insurance advances

 

1500

 

 

 

Other Advances

 

 

 

23

 

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

 

0

 

24

 

Inspections

 

50

 

25

 

Other

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

 

317050

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Recoveries:

 

 

 

26

 

Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)

 

205000

 

27

 

Hazard Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

28

 

Mortgage Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

29

 

T & I escrow account balances, if positive

 

0

 

30

 

Other credits, if any (itemize)

 

0

 

 

 

Total Cash Recovery

 

205000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

Gain/Loss Amount

 

112050

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook

 

 

 

 

94



 

Exhibit 2c(3)

CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS

Foreclosure after a Covered Loan Mod

 

1

 

Shared-Loss Month

 

20090531

 

2

 

Loan no:

 

138554

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Interest Paid-to-Date

 

20080430

 

4

 

Foreclosure sale date

 

20090115

 

5

 

Liquidation date

 

20090412

 

6

 

Note Interest rate

 

0.04000

 

10

 

Valuation Date

 

20081215

 

11

 

Valuation Amount

 

210000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)

 

Ext Appr

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosure Loss calculation

 

 

 

16

 

NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod

 

285000

 

17

 

Less: Post modification principal payments

 

2500

 

 

 

Plus:

 

 

 

19

 

Attorney’s fees

 

0

 

20

 

Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

 

4000

 

21

 

Property protection costs, maint. and repairs

 

7000

 

22

 

Tax and insurance advances

 

2000

 

 

 

Other Advances

 

 

 

23

 

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

 

0

 

24

 

Inspections

 

0

 

25

 

Other

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

 

295500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Recoveries:

 

 

 

26

 

Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)

 

201000

 

27

 

Hazard Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

28

 

Mortgage Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

29

 

T & I escrow account balances, if positive

 

0

 

30

 

Other credits, if any (itemize)

 

0

 

 

 

Total Cash Recovery

 

201000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

Gain/Loss Amount

 

94500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook

 

 

 

 

95



 

Notes to Exhibits 2c (foreclosure)

 

2.               The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.

3.               The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for covered losses from foreclosures, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:

a.               If foreclosure occurred prior to the beginning of the Loss Share agreement, use Exhibit 2c(1). This version uses the book value of the REO as the starting point for the covered loss.

b.               If foreclosure occurred after the Loss Share agreement was in place, and if the loan was not restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, use Exhibit 2c(2). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.

c.                If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then foreclosure occurred, use Exhibit 2c(3). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.

4.               For Exhibit 2c(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 13 – 25; it is shown after line 25. For Exhibit 2c(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 14 – 25; it is shown after line 25. For Exhibit 2c(3), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 16 minus line 17 plus lines 17 – 25; it is shown after line 25.

5.               For Exhibit 2c(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 – 30; it is shown in line 31. For Exhibit 2c(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 – 30; it is shown in line 31. For Exhibit 2c(3), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 – 30; it is shown in line 31.

6.               Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.

7.               Assuming Institution’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an affiliate (if affiliate is pre-approved by the FDIC) for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account. Allowable costs are limited to amounts per Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae guidelines (as in effect from time to time), where applicable, provided that this limitation shall not apply to costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions.

8.               Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.

9.               If Exhibit 2c(3) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. The amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss on Exhibit 2c(2) is limited to the minimum of:

a.               90 days

b.               The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold

 

96



 

c.                The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold

 

To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.

 

97



 

Exhibit 2d(1)

CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR UNRELATED 2ND LIEN

CHARGE-OFF

 

1

 

Shared-Loss Month:

 

20090531

 

2

 

Loan #

 

58776

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Interest paid-to-date

 

20081201

 

4

 

Charge-Off Date

 

20090531

 

5

 

Note Interest rate

 

0.03500

 

6

 

Occupancy

 

Owner

 

 

 

If owner occupied:

 

 

 

7

 

Household current annual income

 

0

 

8

 

Valuation Date

 

20090402

 

9

 

Valuation Amount

 

230000

 

10

 

Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)

 

BPO

 

11

 

Balance of superior liens

 

210000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-Off Loss calculation

 

 

 

12

 

Loan Principal balance

 

55000

 

13

 

Charge-off amount (principal only)

 

55000

 

 

 

Plus:

 

 

 

14

 

Accrued interest, limited to 90 days

 

481

 

15

 

Attorney’s fees

 

0

 

16

 

Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.

 

250

 

17

 

Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions

 

0

 

18

 

Tax and insurance advances

 

0

 

 

 

Other Advances

 

 

 

19

 

Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees

 

75

 

20

 

Inspections

 

0

 

21

 

Other

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser

 

55806

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

Foreclosure sale proceeds

 

0

 

23

 

Hazard Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

24

 

Mortgage Insurance proceeds

 

0

 

25

 

Tax overage

 

0

 

26

 

Short sale payoff

 

1500

 

27

 

Other credits, if any (itemize)

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Cash Recovery

 

1500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

Loss Amount

 

54306

 

 


(1) Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC

Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook

 

98



 

Exhibit 2d(2)

 

Shared-Loss Month:

[input month]

Loan no.:

[input loan no.)

 

NOTE

The calculation of recovery on a loan for which a Restructuring Loss has been paid will only apply if the loan is sold.

 

EXAMPLE CALCULATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring Loss Information

 

 

 

 

 

Loan principal balance before restructuring

 

$

200,000

 

A

 

NPV, restructured loan

 

165,000

 

B

 

Loss on restructured loan

 

$

35,000

 

A – B

 

Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80%)

 

80

%

 

 

Loss share payment to purchaser

 

$

28,000

 

C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculation – Recovery amount due to Receiver

 

 

 

 

 

Loan sales price

 

$

190,000

 

 

 

NPV of restructured loan at mod date

 

165,000

 

 

 

Gain - step 1

 

25,000

 

D

 

PLUS

 

 

 

 

 

Loan UPB after restructuring (1)

 

200,000

 

 

 

Loan UPB at liquidation date

 

192,000

 

 

 

Gain - step 2 (principal collections after restructuring)

 

8,000

 

E

 

Recovery amount

 

33,000

 

D + E

 

Times FDIC loss share %

 

80

%

 

 

Recovery due to FDIC

 

$

26,400

 

F

 

Net loss share paid to purchaser (C – F)

 

$

1,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proof Calculation (2)

 

 

 

 

 

Loan principal balance

 

$

200,000

 

G

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal collections on loan

 

8,000

 

 

 

Sales price for loan

 

190,000

 

 

 

Total collections on loan

 

198,000

 

H

 

Net loss on loan

 

$

2,000

 

G – H

 

Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80%)

 

80

%

 

 

Loss share payment to purchaser

 

$

1,600

 

 

 

 


(1)          This example assumes that the FDIC loan modification program as shown in Exhibit 5 is applied and the loan restructuring does not result in a reduction in the loan principal balance due from the borrower.

(2)          This proof calculation is provided to illustrate the concept and the Assuming Institution is not required to provide this with its Recovery calculations.

 

99



 

Exhibit 3

Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule

 

SHARED-LOSS LOANS

PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE

MONTH ENDED:

[input report month]

 

POOL SUMMARY

 

#

 

$

 

 

 

Loans at Sale Date

 

xx

 

xx

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans as of this month-end

 

xx

 

xx

 

 

 

 

 

 

****

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

****

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of Total

 

PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE STATUS

 

#

 

$

 

#

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 – 59 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60 – 89 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 – 119 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120 and over days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In foreclosure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ORE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Memo Item:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans in process of restructuring – total

 

 

 

 

 

****

 

Loans in bankruptcy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans in process of restructuring by delinquency status

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 - 59 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60 - 89 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 - 119 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120 and over days past due In foreclosure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100



 

List of Loans Paid Off During Month

 

 

 

Principal

 

Loan #

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

List of Loans Sold During Month

 

 

 

Principal

 

Loan #

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101



 

Exhibit 4

Wire Transfer Instructions

 

PURCHASER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

 

BANK RECEIVING WIRE

 

 

 

9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER

 

 

 

ACCOUNT NUMBER

 

 

 

NAME OF ACCOUNT

 

 

 

ATTENTION TO WHOM

 

 

 

PURPOSE OF WIRE

 

 

FDIC RECEIVER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

 

BANK RECEIVING WIRE

 

 

 

SHORT NAME

 

 

 

ADDRESS OF BANK RECEIVING WIRE

 

 

 

9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER

 

 

 

ACCOUNT NUMBER

 

 

 

NAME OF ACCOUNT

 

 

 

ATTENTION TO WHOM

 

 

 

PURPOSE OF WIRE

 

 

102



 

EXHIBIT 5

 

FDIC MORTGAGE LOAN MODIFICATION PROGRAM

 

Objective

 

The objective of this FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program (“Program”) is to modify the terms of certain residential mortgage loans so as to improve affordability, increase the probability of performance, allow borrowers to remain in their homes and increase the value of the loans to the FDIC and assignees. The Program provides for the modification of Qualifying Loans (as defined below) by reducing the borrower’s monthly housing debt to income ratio (“DTI Ratio”) to no more than 31% at the time of the modification and eliminating adjustable interest rate and negative amortization features.

 

Qualifying Mortgage Loans

 

In order for a mortgage loan to be a Qualifying Loan it must meet all of the following criteria, which must be confirmed by the lender:

 

·       The collateral securing the mortgage loan is owner-occupied and the owner’s primary residence; and

·       The mortgagee has a first priority lien on the collateral; and

·       Either the borrower is at least 60 days delinquent or a default is reasonably foreseeable.

 

Modification Process

 

The lender shall undertake a review of its mortgage loan portfolio to identify Qualifying Loans. For each Qualifying Loan, the lender shall determine the net present value of the modified loan and, if it will exceed the net present value of the foreclosed collateral upon disposition, then the Qualifying Loan shall be modified so as to reduce the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio to no more than 31% at the time of the modification. To achieve this, the lender shall use a combination of interest rate reduction, term extension and principal forbearance, as necessary.

 

The borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio shall be a percentage calculated by dividing the borrower’s monthly income by the borrower’s monthly housing payment (including principal, interest, taxes and insurance). For these purpose of the foregoing calculation:

 

(1) the borrower’s monthly income shall be defined as the borrower’s (along with any co-borrowers’) income amount before any payroll deductions and includes wages and salaries, overtime pay, commissions, fees, tips, bonuses, housing allowances, other compensation for personal services, Social Security payments, including Social Security received by adults on behalf of minors or by minors intended for their own support, and monthly income from annuities, insurance policies, retirement funds, pensions, disability or death benefits, unemployment benefits, rental income and other income. All income information must be documented and verified. If the borrower receives public assistance or collects unemployment, the Assuming Institution must determine whether the public assistance or unemployment income will continue for at least nine (9) months.

 

(2) the borrower’s monthly housing payment shall be the amount required to pay monthly principal and interest plus one-twelfth of the then current annual amount required to pay real property taxes and homeowner’s insurance with respect to the collateral.

 

103



 

In order to calculate the monthly principal payment, the lender shall capitalize to the outstanding principal balance of the Qualifying Loan the amount of all delinquent interest, delinquent taxes, past due insurance premiums, third party fees and (without duplication) escrow advances (such amount, the “Capitalized Balance”).

 

In order to achieve the goal of reducing the DTI Ratio to 31%, the lender shall take the following steps in the following order of priority with respect to each Qualifying Loan:

 

1.               Reduce the interest rate to the then current Freddie Mac Survey Rate for 30-year fixed rate mortgage loans, and adjust the term to 30 years.

 

2.               If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, reduce the interest rate further, but no lower than 3%, until the DTI ratio of 31% is achieved.

 

3.               If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31% after adjusting the interest rate to 3%, extend the remaining term of the loan by 10 years.

 

4.               If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, calculate a new monthly payment (the “Adjusted Payment Amount”) that will result in the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio not exceeding 31%. After calculating the Adjusted Payment Amount, the lender shall bifurcate the Capitalized Balance into two portions – the amortizing portion and the non-amortizing portion. The amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the mortgage amount that will fully amortize over a 40-year term at an annual interest rate of 3% and monthly payments equal to the Adjusted Payment Amount. The non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the difference between the Capitalized Balance and the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance. If the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance is less than 75% of the current estimated value of the collateral, then the lender may choose not to restructure the loan. If the lender chooses to restructure the loan, then the lender shall forbear on collecting the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, and such amount shall be due and payable only upon the earlier of (i) maturity of the modified loan, (ii) a sale of the property or (iii) a pay-off or refinancing of the loan. No interest shall be charged on the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, but repayment shall be secured by a first lien on the collateral.

 

Special Note:

 

The net present value calculation used to determine whether a loan should be modified based on the modification process above is distinct and different from the net present value calculation used to determine the covered loss if the loan is modified. Please refer only to the net present value calculation described in this exhibit for the modification process, with its separate assumptions, when determining whether to provide a modification to a borrower. Separate assumptions may include, without limitation, Assuming Institution’s determination of a probability of default without modification, a probability of default with modification, home price forecasts, prepayment speeds, and event timing. These assumptions are applied to different projected cash flows over the term of the loan, such as the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting without modification and the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting with modification.

 

By contrast, the net present value for determining the covered loss is based on a 10 year period. While the assumptions in the net present value calculation used in the modification process may change, the net present value calculation for determining the covered loss remains constant.

 

104



 

Related Junior Lien Mortgage Loans

 

In cases where the lender holds a junior lien mortgage loan that is collateralized by the same property that collateralizes a Qualifying Loan that is modified as described above, the junior lien mortgage loan shall also be modified to enhance overall affordability to the borrower. At a minimum, the lender shall reduce the interest rate on the junior lien mortgage loan to no more than 2% per annum. Further modifications may be made at the lender’s discretion as needed to support affordability and performance of the modified first lien Qualifying Loan.

 

105



 

EXHIBIT 4.15B

 

COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

This agreement for reimbursement of loss sharing expenses on certain loans and other assets (the “Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Institution purchases Shared-Loss Assets as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15B and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless the context indicates that a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended.

 

ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS

 

Capitalized terms used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

AAA means the American Arbitration Association as provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Accrued Interest means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance at any time, the amount of earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable); provided , that Accrued Interest shall not include any amount that accrues on or with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance after that Asset has been placed on non-accrual or nonperforming status by either the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable).

 

Additional ORE means Shared-Loss Loans that become Other Real Estate after Bank Closing Date.

 

Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided , that , for purposes of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.

 

Aggregate Net Charge-Offs means the total amount of Charge-Offs, less the total amount of Recoveries, for all Shared-Loss Quarters and all Recovery Quarters.

 

Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date means the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

Applicable Percentage means the percentage of shared-loss the Receiver will incur with respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, which is eighty percent (80% ) until the total of Net

 

106



 

Charge-Offs equals the Commercial Intrinsic Loss Estimate, and eighty percent (80% ) thereafter .

 

Calendar Quarter means a quarterly period (a) for the first such period, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the last calendar day of either March, June, September or December, whichever is the first to occur after the Commencement Date, and (b) for quarterly periods thereafter, beginning on the first calendar day of the calendar month immediately after the month that ended the prior period and ending on the last calendar day of each successive three-calendar-month period thereafter (i. e., each March, June, September and December, starting in the applicable order depending on the ending date of first such period) of any year.

 

Capitalized Expenditures means those expenditures that (i) would be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, and (ii) are incurred with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE. Capitalized Expenditures shall not include expenses related to environmental conditions including, but not limited to, remediation, storage or disposal of any hazardous or toxic substances or any pollutant or contaminant.

 

Charge-Offs means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Assets for any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of loans or portions of loans classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria, including

 

(a) charge-offs of

 

(i) the principal amount of such assets net of unearned interest (including write-downs associated with Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, or loan modification(s)); and

 

(ii) Accrued Interest; and

 

(iii) Capitalized Expenditures; plus

 

(b) Pre-Charge-Off Expenses incurred on the respective Shared-Loss Loans, all as effected by the Assuming Institution during such period and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution; provided , that :

 

(i) the aggregate amount of Accrued Interest (including any reversals thereof) for the period after Bank Closing that shall be included in determining the amount of Charge-Offs for any Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed ninety (90) days Accrued Interest; and

 

(ii) no Charge-Off shall be taken with respect to any anticipated expenditure by the Assuming Institution until such expenditure is actually incurred; and

 

(iii) any financial statement adjustments made in connection with the purchase of any Assets pursuant to this Purchase and Assumption Agreement or any future purchase, merger, consolidation or other acquisition of the Assuming Institution shall not constitute “Charge-Offs”; and

 

(iv) except for Portfolio Sales, the sale or other disposition of Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner, or any other sales or dispositions consented to by the Receiver, losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss Securities to any Person shall not constitute Charge-Offs.

 

107



 

Commencement Date means the first calendar day following Bank Closing.

 

Commercial Intrinsic Loss Estimate means total losses under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement in the amount of thirty three million dollars ($ 33,000,000.00).

 

Consumer Loans means loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures, not secured by real estate, including but not limited to loans for (i) purchase of private automobiles, pickup trucks, household appliances, furniture, trailers and boats; (ii) repairs or improvements to the borrower’s residence not secured by real estate; (iii) educational expenses, including student loans, whether or not guaranteed by the United States or any state; (iv) medical expenses; (v) taxes; (v) vacations; (vi) personal (non business) debt consolidation; (vii) purchases of mobile homes not combined with real property to be used as a residence; and (viii) other personal expenditures. Consumer Loans can be installment loans, demand loans, single payment time loans, regardless of size or maturity, and regardless of whether the loans are made by the consumer loan department or by any other department within the Failed Bank. Consumer Loans also include retail installment sales paper purchased by the Failed Bank from merchants or dealers, finance companies and others, and extensions of credit pursuant to a credit card plan or debit card plan.

 

Environmental Assessment means an assessment of the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged off.

 

Examination Criteria means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.

 

Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs means, with respect to any Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.

 

FDIC Party has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Holding Company ” means any company owning Shares of the Assuming Institution that is a holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act 0f 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq . or the Home Owner’s Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq .

 

Net Charge-Offs means, with respect to any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Charge-Offs for such period less the amount of Recoveries for such period.

 

Net Loss Amount means the sum of all Aggregate Net Charge-Offs under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Cumulative Loss Amounts under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Neutral Member has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

New Shared-Loss Loans means loans that would otherwise be subject to loss sharing under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that were originated after the Bid Valuation Date and before

 

108



 

Bank Closing.

 

Notice of Dispute has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Other Real Estate means all of the following (including any of the following fully or partially charged off the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution) that (i) are owned by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and are purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (ii) have arisen subsequent to Bank Closing from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Institution of a Shared-Loss Loan:

 

(A)          all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and

 

(B)          all other assets (whether real or personal property) acquired by foreclosure or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.

 

OTTI Adjustment means any other than temporary impairment of the Shared-Loss Securities, determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number, or reversals of other than temporary impairment, expressed as a negative number (for the avoidance of doubt, normal and customary unrealized mark-to-market changes by reason of the application of fair value accounting do not qualify for loss sharing payments).

 

OTTI Loss means any other than temporary impairment of the Shared-Loss Securities, determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (for the avoidance of doubt, normal and customary unrealized mark-to-market changes by reason of the application of fair value accounting do not qualify for loss sharing payments).

 

Permitted Advance means an advance of funds by the Assuming Institution with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, or the making of a legally binding commitment by the Assuming Institution to advance funds with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, that

 

(i) in the case of such an advance, is actually made, and, in the case of such a commitment, is made and all of the proceeds thereof actually advanced, within one (1) year after the Commencement Date; and

 

(ii) does not cause the sum of

 

(A) the book value of such Shared-Loss Loan as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution after any such advance has been made by the Assuming Institution; plus

 

(B) the unfunded amount of any such commitment made by the Assuming Institution related thereto, to exceed 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan; and

 

(iii) is not made with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan with respect to which

 

(A) there exists a related Shared-Loss Loan Commitment; or

 

109



 

(B) the Assuming Institution has taken a Charge-Off; and

 

(iv) is made in good faith, is supported at the time it is made by documentation in the Credit Files and conforms to and is in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution; provided , that the limitations in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this definition shall not apply to any such action (other than to an advance or commitment related to the remediation, storage or final disposal of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant) that is taken by Assuming Institution in its reasonable discretion to preserve or secure the value of the collateral for such Shared-Loss Loan.

 

Permitted Amendment means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan, any amendment, modification, renewal or extension thereof, or any waiver of any term, right, or remedy thereunder, made by the Assuming Institution in good faith and otherwise in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution; provided , that :

 

(i) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is not a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the amount of principal (A) then remaining available to be advanced by the Assuming Institution under the Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) then outstanding under the Shared-Loss Loan;

 

(ii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the maximum amount of principal authorized as of Bank Closing to be outstanding at any one time under the underlying revolving line of credit relationship with the debtor (regardless of the extent to which such revolving line of credit may have been funded as of Bank Closing or may subsequently have been funded and/or repaid); and

 

(iii) no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter unless the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan as existed on Bank Closing was beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter, in which event no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend such term beyond the term as existed as of Bank Closing.

 

Pre-Charge-Off Expenses means those expenses incurred in the usual and prudent management of a Shared-Loss Loan that would qualify as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if incurred after a Charge-Off of the related Shared-Loss Asset had occurred.

 

Quarterly Certificate has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Recoveries shall mean the following:

 

(i)  Generally .

 

(A) In addition to any sums to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (ii) below, “Recoveries” means, with respect to any period, the sum of (without duplication):

 

110



 

(1) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Institution on Charge-Offs of Shared-Loss Assets effected by the Assuming Institution prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter; plus

 

(2) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Institution on Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs; plus

 

(3) the amount of gain on any sale or other disposition during such period by the Assuming Institution of Shared Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE ( provided , that the amount of any such gain included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses); plus

 

(4) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Institution of any Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses; plus

 

(5) the amount of any fee or other consideration received by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period in connection with any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment or other similar action taken by the Assuming Institution with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset with respect to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down or a Shared-Loss Loan as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period ( provided , that the amount of any such fee or other consideration included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses).

 

(B)  Order of Application . For the purpose of determining the amounts to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (A) above, the Assuming Institution shall apply amounts received on the Assets that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value of principal of a Shared-Loss Loan (or, in the case of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, and Capitalized Expenditures, that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value thereof) in the following order: first to Charge-Offs and Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write Downs; then to Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses; then to interest income; and then to other expenses incurred by the Assuming Institution.

 

(ii)  Interest Income as Recoveries . If there occurs an amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write Down or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period, and if , as a result of such occurrence, the Assuming Institution recognizes any interest income for financial accounting purposes on that Shared-Loss Loan, then “Recoveries” shall also include the portion of the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution which is derived by multiplying :

 

(A) the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution during such period with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan as described above, by

 

(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) immediately above was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total

 

111



 

amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

 

provided , however , that the amount of any interest income included as Recoveries for a particular Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed the aggregate amount of (x) Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs, (y) Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, plus (z) any Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses paid to the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, all with respect to that particular Shared-Loss Loan; and, provided , further , that any collections on any such Shared-Loss Loan that are not applied to reduce book value of principal or recognized as interest income shall be applied pursuant to subparagraph (i) above.

 

(iii)  Exceptions to Recoveries . Notwithstanding subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above, the term “Recoveries” shall not include:

 

(A) any amounts paid to the Assuming Institution by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement;

 

(B) amounts received with respect to Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter;

 

(C) after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, income received by the Assuming Institution from the operation of, and any gains recognized by the Assuming Institution on the disposition of, Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE (such income and gains being hereinafter together referred to as “ORE Income”), except to the extent that aggregate ORE Income exceeds the aggregate expenses paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter to manage, operate and maintain Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE (such expenses being hereinafter referred to as “ORE Expenses”). In determining the extent aggregate ORE Income exceeds aggregate ORE Expenses for any Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution will subtract

 

(1) ORE Expenses paid to third parties during such Recovery Quarter (provided, that, in the case of the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Institution will subtract ORE Expenses paid to third parties from the beginning of the final Recovery Quarter up to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver the final Quarterly Certificate pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement), from

 

(2) ORE Income received during such Recovery Quarter, to calculate net ORE income (“Net ORE Income”) for that Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is positive, such amount shall be reported as Recoveries on the Quarterly Certificate for such Recovery Quarter.

 

If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is negative (“Net ORE Loss Carryforward”), such amount shall be added to any ORE Expenses paid to third parties in the next succeeding Recovery Quarter, which sum shall then be subtracted from ORE Income for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter, for the purpose of determining the amount of Net ORE Income (or, if applicable, Net ORE Loss Carryforward) for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter. If, as of the end of the final Recovery Quarter, a Net ORE Loss Carryforward exists, then the amount of the Net ORE Loss Carryforward that does not exceed the aggregate amount of Net ORE Income reported as Recoveries on Quarterly Certificates for all Recovery Quarters may be included as a Recovery Expense on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter.

 

112



 

Recovery Amount has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Recovery Expenses means, for any Recovery Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures) paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Institution) by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to recover amounts owed with respect to:

 

(i) any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off was effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution); and

 

(ii) Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Institution having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses).

 

Provided , that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being prorated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (ii) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Recovery Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Recovery Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:

 

subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying :

 

(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during such Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by

 

(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (ii)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

 

from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan.

 

Recovery Quarter has the meaning provided in Section 2.1 (a)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Reimbursable Expenses means, for any Shared-Loss Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures), paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Institution) by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution, as limited by

 

113



 

Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to:

 

(i) recover amounts owed with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off has been effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution) and recover amounts owed with respect to Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any such remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Institution having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided , that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being pro-rated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Reimbursable Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Shared-Loss Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:

 

subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying :

 

(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by

 

(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;

 

from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan;

 

(ii) manage, operate or maintain Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE less the amount of any income received by the Assuming Institution during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to such Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE (which resulting amount under this clause (ii) may be negative);

 

(iii) litigation expenses with respect to Shared-Loss Assets.

 

Review Board has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Shared-Loss Amount has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset, the principal amount thereof plus any other fees or penalties due from an Obligor (including, subject to the limitations discussed below, the amount of any Accrued Interest) stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, as of the date as of which the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price is being determined

 

114



 

(regardless, in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan, of the Legal Balance thereof) plus all Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses incurred up to and through the date of consummation of purchase of such Shared-Loss Asset; provided , that (i) in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan there shall be excluded from such amount the amount of any Accrued Interest accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan prior to the ninety (90)-day period ending on the day prior to the purchase date determined pursuant to Sections 2.1(e)(i) or 2.1(e)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except to the extent such Accrued Interest was included in the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, and (ii) any collections on a Shared-Loss Loan received by the Assuming Institution after the purchase date applicable to such Shared-Loss Loan shall be applied (without duplication) to reduce the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Loan on a dollar-for-dollar basis. For purposes of determining the amount of unpaid interest which accrued during a given period with respect to a variable-rate Shared-Loss Loan, all collections of interest shall be deemed to be applied to unpaid interest in the chronological order in which such interest accrued.

 

Shared-Loss Assets means Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate purchased by the Assuming Institution, Additional ORE, Shared-Loss Subsidiaries, and Capitalized Expenditures, but does not include Shared-Loss Securities.

 

Shared-Loss Loan Commitment means:

 

(i) any Commitment to make a further extension of credit or to make a further advance with respect to an existing Shared-Loss Loan; and

 

(ii) any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment.

 

Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance means an advance pursuant to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not made a Permitted Advance.

 

Shared-Loss Loans means:

 

(i)                            (A) Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement set forth on Schedule 4.15(b) to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement;

(B) New Shared-Loss Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement;

(C) Permitted Advances;

(D) Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances, if any; provided , that Shared-Loss Loans shall not include Loans, New Shared-Loss Loans, Permitted Advances and Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances with respect to which an Acquired Subsidiary, or a constituent Subsidiary thereof, is an Obligor;

(E) but does not include Consumer Loans; and

 

(ii) any Shared-Loss Loans (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment.

 

Shared-Loss Securities means those securities and other assets listed on Exhibit 4.15(C).

 

Shared-Loss Subsidiaries means those subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 4.15D.

 

Shared-Loss Quarter has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

115



 

Shares means common stock and any instrument which by its terms is currently convertible into common stock, or which may become convertible into common stock.

 

SLS Net Realized Gain means the net realized gain on the sale of a Shared Loss Security determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a negative number on the Quarterly Certificate.

 

SLS Net Realized Loss means the net realized loss on the sale of a Shared Loss Security determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number on the Quarterly Certificate.

 

Termination Date means the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

Total Intrinsic Loss Estimate means the sum of the Commercial Intrinsic Loss Estimate in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the SF1-4 Intrinsic Loss Estimate in the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, expressed in dollars.

 

Third Party Servicer means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution to service the Shared-Loss Assets on behalf of the Assuming Institution, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.

 

ARTICLE II SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT

 

2.1          Shared-Loss Arrangement.

 

(a)           Quarterly Certificates . (i) Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the initial Calendar Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Shared-Loss Quarter”), the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by the Assuming Institution’s chief executive officer and its chief financial officer, setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify (a “Quarterly Certificate”)(an example of a Quarterly Certificate is attached as Exhibit 1):

 

(A)          the amount of Charge-Offs, the amount of Recoveries and the amount of Net Charge-Offs (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (and for Recoveries, with respect to the Assets for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing); and

 

(B)          the aggregate amount of Reimbursable Expenses (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter; and

 

(C)          SLS Net Realized Loss and SLS Net Realized Gain, if any; and

 

(D)          any OTTI Adjustment.

 

(ii)           Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the first Calendar Quarter following the final Shared-Loss Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Termination Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Recovery Quarter”), the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify

 

116



 

(A)                                the amount of Recoveries and Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter. On the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter only , the Assuming Institution may report as a separate item, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify, the aggregate amount of any Reimbursable Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Shared-Loss Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Shared-Loss Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Shared-Loss Quarter and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during the first Recovery Quarter; and

 

(B)          SLS Net Realized Gain, and any reversals of OTTI Loss.

 

(b)                                  Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets.

 

(i)                                      For purposes of this Section 2.1(b), the Assuming Institution shall initially record the Shared-Loss Assets on its Accounting Records at Book Value, and initially record the Shared-Loss Securities on its Accounting Records at Book Value, and adjust such amounts as such values may change after the Bank Closing. If the amount of all Net Charge-Offs during any Shared-Loss Quarter plus Reimbursable Expenses, plus SLS Net Realized Gain and SLS Net Realized Loss, plus the OTTI Adjustment during such Shared-Loss Quarter (the “Shared-Loss Amount”) is positive, then, except as provided in Sections 2.1(c) and (e) below, and subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(b)(vi) below, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Shared-Loss Quarter, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter. If the Shared-Loss Amount during any Shared-Loss Quarter is negative, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter, which payment shall be delivered to the Receiver together with the Quarterly Certificate for such Shared-Loss Quarter.

 

(ii)                                   (A)                                If the amount of gross Recoveries during any Recovery Quarter less Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter plus SLS Net Realized Gains and reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared-Loss Securities (the “Recovery Amount”) is positive, then, simultaneously with its delivery of the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of the Recovery Amount for such Recovery Quarter.

 

(B)                                If the Recovery Amount is negative, then such negative amount shall be subtracted from the amount of gross Recoveries during the next succeeding Recovery Quarter in determining the Recovery Amount in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter; provided , that this Section 2.1(b)(ii) shall operate successively in the event that the Recovery Amount (after giving effect to this Section 2.1(b)(ii)) in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter is negative.

 

(C)                                The Assuming Institution shall specify, in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter, the aggregate amount for all Recovery Quarters only, as of the end of, and including, the final Recovery Quarter of (A) Recoveries plus SLS Net Realized Gains and reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared-Loss Securities (“Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries”), (B) Recovery Expenses (“Aggregate Recovery Expenses”), and (C)  only those Recovery Expenses that have been actually “offset” against Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries (including those so “offset” in that final Recovery Quarter) (“Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses”); as used in this sentence, the term “offset” means the amount that has been applied to reduce gross Recoveries in any Recovery Quarter pursuant to the methodology set forth

 

117



 

in this Section 2.1(b)(ii). If, at the end of the final Recovery Quarter the amount of Aggregate Recovery Expenses exceeds the amount of Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries, the Receiver shall have no obligation to pay to the Assuming Institution all or any portion of such excess.

 

(D)                                Subsequent to the Assuming Institution’s calculation of the Recovery Amount (if any) for the final Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall also show on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter the results of the following three mathematical calculations: (i) Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; (ii) Aggregate Recovery Expenses minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; and (iii) the lesser of the two amounts calculated in (i) and (ii) immediately above (“Additional Recovery Expenses”) multiplied by the Applicable Percentage (the amount so calculated in (iii) being defined as the “Additional Recovery Expense Amount”). If the Additional Recovery Expense Amount is greater than zero, then the Assuming Institution may request in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter that the Receiver reimburse the Assuming Institution the amount of the Additional Recovery Expense Amount and the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the Additional Recovery Expense Amount within fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate.

 

(E)                                 On the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Institution may include, in addition to any Recovery Expenses for that Recovery Quarter that were paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in that Recovery Quarter, those Recovery Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Recovery Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Recovery Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Recovery Quarter, and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) prior to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver that final Quarterly Certificate to the Receiver under the terms of Section 2.1(a)(ii).

 

(iii)                                With respect to each Shared-Loss Quarter and Recovery Quarter, collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on any charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing on an Asset other than a Shared-Loss Asset or Shared-Loss Securities shall be reported as Recoveries under this Section 2.1 only to the extent such collections exceed the Book Value of such Asset, if any. For any Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter in which collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on such Asset are applied to both Book Value and to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, the amount of expenditures incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution attributable to the collection of any such Asset, that shall be considered a Reimbursable Expense or a Recovery Expense under this Section 2.1 will be limited to a proportion of such expenditures which is equal to the proportion derived by dividing (A) the amount of collections on such Asset applied to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, by (B) the total collections on such Assets. With respect to Assets that were completely charged off by the Failed Bank and had a zero Book Value at Bank Closing, for the purpose of calculating the payments under this Section 2.1(b) for Recoveries on those Assets for each such quarter, the Assuming Institution shall pay an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Recoveries on Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs with respect to such Assets, and shall separately account for the other computations on those Recoveries under this Section 2.1(b) using fifty percent (50%) (and not the Applicable Percentage).

 

(iv)                               If the Assuming Institution has duly specified an amount of Reimbursable Expenses on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter as described above in Section 2.1(a)(ii)(E), then, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of the amount of such Reimbursable Expenses.

 

118



 

(v)                                  Payments from the Receiver with respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are administrative expenses of the Receiver. To the extent the Receiver needs funds for shared-loss payments respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended (“MLSA”), from FDIC in its corporate capacity. The Receiver will not agree to any amendment of the MLSA that would prevent the Receiver from drawing on the MLSA to fund shared-loss payments.

 

(c)                                   Limitation on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to this Section 2.1 with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset that the Receiver or the Corporation determines, based upon the Examination Criteria, should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution; provided, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Institution with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to any properly effected Charge-Off and (2) to the extent not curable, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Charge-Offs (or portion of Charge-Offs) that were effected which would have been payable as a Charge-Off if the Assuming Institution had properly effected such Charge-Off. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payments with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 or determines that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections. Failure to administer any Shared-Loss Asset or Assets, or Shared-Loss Securities, in accordance with Article III shall at the discretion of the Receiver constitute grounds for the loss of shared loss coverage with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan or Loans.

 

(d)                                  Sale of, or Additional Advances or Amendments with Respect to, Shared-Loss Loans and Administration of Related Loans . No Shared-Loss Loan shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1(i) if the Assuming Institution sells or otherwise transfers such Shared-Loss Loan or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, (ii) after the Assuming Institution makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a commitment with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Advance or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, (iii) after the Assuming Institution makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Amendment, or (iv) after the Assuming Institution has managed, administered or collected any “Related Loan” (as such term is defined in Section 3.4 of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of such Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; provided , that any such Shared-Loss Loan that has been the subject of Charge-Offs prior to the taking of any action described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 2.1(d) by the Assuming Institution shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 solely for the purpose of treatment of Recoveries on such Charge-Offs until such time as the amount of Recoveries with respect to such Shared-Loss Asset equals such Charge-Offs.

 

(e)                                   Option to Purchase .

 

(i)                                      In the event that the Assuming Institution determines that there is a substantial likelihood that continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of $5,000,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution will result in an expenditure, after Bank Closing, of funds by on behalf of the Assuming Institution to a third party for a specified purpose (the expenditure of which, in its best judgment, will maximize collections), which do not constitute Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery

 

119



 

Expenses, and such expenses will exceed ten percent (10%) of the then book value thereof as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall (i) promptly so notify the Receiver and (ii) request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense for purposes of this Section 2.1. (Where the Assuming Institution determines that there is a substantial likelihood that the previously mentioned situation exists with respect to continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of less than $1,000,000 on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution may so notify the Receiver and request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense.) Within thirty (30) days after its receipt of such a notice, the Receiver will advise the Assuming Institution of its consent or denial, that such expenditures shall be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the failure of the Receiver to give its consent with respect to such expenditures, the Assuming Institution shall continue to administer such Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with Section 2.2, except that the Assuming Institution shall not be required to make such expenditures. At any time after its receipt of such a notice and on or prior to the Termination Date the Receiver shall have the right to purchase such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset as provided in Section 2.1(e)(iii), notwithstanding any consent by the Receiver with respect to such expenditure.

 

(ii)                                   During the period prior to the Termination Date, the Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days after any of the following becomes fully or partially charged-off:

 

(A) a Shared-Loss Loan having a Legal Balance (or, in the case of more than one (1) Shared-Loss Loan made to the same Obligor, a combined Legal Balance) of $5,000,000 or more in circumstances in which the legal claim against the relevant Obligor survives; or

 

(B) a Shared-Loss Loan to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(l), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.

 

During the period prior to the Termination Date, the Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days after any complete or partial charge-off of a Shared-Loss Loan to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(l), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.

 

(iii)                                If the Receiver determines in its discretion that the Assuming Institution is not diligently pursuing collection efforts with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset which has been fully or partially charged-off or written-down (including any Shared-Loss Asset which is identified or required to be identified in a notice pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(ii)) or any Asset for which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down, the Receiver may at its option, exercisable at any time on or prior to the Termination Date, require the Assuming Institution to assign, transfer and convey such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset to and for the sole benefit of the Receiver for a price equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.

 

(iv)                               Not later than ten (10) days after the date upon which the Assuming Institution receives notice of the Receiver’s intention to purchase or require the assignment of any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(i) or (iii), the Assuming Institution shall transfer to the Receiver such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto and shall take all such other actions as may be necessary and appropriate to adequately effect the transfer of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset from the Assuming Institution to the Receiver. Not later than fifteen (15) days after the date upon which the Receiver receives such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto, the Receiver shall pay to the

 

120



 

Assuming Institution an amount equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset less the Related Liability Amount.

 

(v)                                  The Receiver shall assume all Related Liabilities with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset set forth in the notice described in Section 2.1(e)(iv).

 

(f)                                    Dispute Resolution .

 

(i) (A) Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with Examination Criteria shall be resolved by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority. (B) With respect to any other dispute arising under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which the parties hereto cannot resolve after having negotiated such matter, in good faith, for a thirty (30) day period, other than a dispute the Corporation is not permitted to submit to arbitration under the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996 (“ADRA”), as amended, such other dispute shall be resolved by determination of a review board (a “Review Board”) established pursuant to Section 2.1(f). Any Review Board under this Section 2.1(f) shall follow the provisions of the Federal Arbitration Act and shall follow the provisions of the ADRA. (C) Any determination by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority or by a Review Board shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and not subject to further dispute, and judgment may be entered on said determination in accordance with applicable arbitration law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(ii)                                   A Review Board shall consist of three (3) members, each of whom shall have such expertise as the Corporation and the Assuming Institution agree is relevant. As appropriate, the Receiver or the Corporation (the “FDIC Party”) will select one member, one member will be selected by the Assuming Institution and the third member (the “Neutral Member”) will be selected by the other two members. The member of the Review Board selected by a party may be removed at any time by such party upon two (2) days’ written notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution after two (2) days’ prior written notice to the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member. In addition, if a Neutral Member fails for any reason to serve or continue to serve on the Review Board, the other remaining members shall so notify the parties to the dispute and the Neutral Member in writing that such Neutral Member will be replaced, and the Neutral Member shall thereafter be replaced by the unanimous action of the other remaining members within twenty (20) business days of that notification.

 

(iii)                                No dispute may be submitted to a Review Board by any of the parties to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless such party has provided to the other party a written notice of dispute (“Notice of Dispute”). During the forty-five (45)-day period following the providing of a Notice of Dispute, the parties to the dispute will make every effort in good faith to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement. As part of these good faith efforts, the parties should consider the use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, as judged appropriate by each party in its sole discretion. Such techniques may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, and early neutral evaluation. If the parties have not agreed to a resolution of the dispute by the end of such forty-five (45)-day period, then, subject to the discretion of the Corporation and the written consent of the Assuming Institution as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(i)(B) above, on the first day following the end of such period, the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution shall notify each other of its selection of its member of the Review Board and such members shall be instructed to promptly select the Neutral Member of the Review Board. If the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution are unable to promptly agree upon the initial selection of the Neutral Member, or a timely replacement Neutral Member as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(ii) above, the two appointed members shall apply to the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), and such Neutral Member

 

121



 

shall be appointed in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA.

 

(iv)                               The resolution of a dispute pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall be governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Section 2.1(f). The Review Board may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior approval of the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution.

 

(v)                                  Within fifteen (15) days after the last to occur of the final written submissions of both parties, the presentation of witnesses, if any, and oral presentations, if any, the Review Board shall adopt the position of one of the parties and shall present to the parties a written award regarding the dispute. The determination of any two (2) members of a Review Board will constitute the determination of such Review Board.

 

(vi)                               The FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution will each pay the fees and expenses of the member of the Review Board selected by it. The FDIC Party and Assuming Institution will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member. No such fees or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise.

 

(vii)                            Each party will bear all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board. No such costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise. The Review Board shall have no authority to award costs or expenses incurred by either party to these proceedings.

 

(viii)                         Any dispute resolution proceeding held pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall not be public. In addition, each party and each member of any Review Board shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith, except as the parties agree in writing or such disclosure is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation. Pursuant to ADRA, dispute resolution communications may not be disclosed either by the parties or by any member of the Review board unless:

 

(1) all parties to the dispute resolution proceeding agree in writing;

(2) the communication has already been made public;

(3) the communication is required by statute, rule or regulation to be made public; or

(4) a court determines that such testimony or disclosure is necessary to prevent a manifest injustice, help establish a violation of the law or prevent harm to the public health or safety, or of sufficient magnitude in the particular case to outweigh the integrity of dispute resolution proceedings in general by reducing the confidence of parties in future cases that their communications will remain confidential.

 

(ix)                               Any dispute resolution proceeding pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) (whether as a matter of good faith negotiations, by resort to a Review Board, or otherwise) is a compromise negotiation for purposes of the Federal Rules of Evidence and state rules of evidence. The parties agree that all proceedings, including any statement made or document prepared by any party, attorney or other participants are privileged and shall not be disclosed in any subsequent proceeding or document or construed for any purpose as an admission against interest. Any document submitted and any statements made during any dispute

 

122



 

resolution proceeding are for settlement purposes only. The parties further agree not to subpoena any of the members of the Review Board or any documents submitted to the Review Board. In no event will the Neutral Member voluntarily testify on behalf of any party.

 

(x)                                  No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of any Review Board shall constitute precedent as regards any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel which may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.

 

(xi)                               The parties may extend any period of time in this Section 2.1(f) by mutual agreement. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, no dispute shall be submitted to a Review Board until each member of the Review Board, and any substitute member, if applicable, agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 2.1(f) as applicable to members of a Review Board. Prior to the commencement of the Review Board proceedings, or, in the case of a substitute Neutral Member, prior to the re-commencement of such proceedings subsequent to that substitution, the Neutral Member shall provide a written oath of impartiality.

 

(xii)                            For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event any notice of dispute is provided to a party under this Section 2.1(g) prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to any such items set forth in such notice until such time as any such dispute with respect to such item is finally resolved.

 

(g)                                   Payment in the Event Losses Fail to Reach Expected Level . If the asset discount bid is less than negative five per cent (5%), then on the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the calendar day following the Bank Closing occurs, or upon the final disposition of all Shared Loss Assets under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement at any time after the termination of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver fifty percent (50%) of any positive amount resulting from the following calculation:

 

A - (B + C + D), where

 

A equals 20% of the Total Intrinsic Loss Estimate;

 

B equals 20% of the Net Loss Amount;

 

C equals 25% of the asset premium (discount) bid, expressed in dollars, of total Shared Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B at Bank Closing; and

 

D equals 3.5% of total Shared Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B at Bank Closing.

 

The Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver not later than 30 days following the True-Up Measurement Date, a schedule, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution, setting forth in reasonable detail the foregoing calculation, including the calculation of the Net Loss Amount.

 

2.2                                Administration of Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Institution shall at all times prior to the Termination Date comply with the Rules Regarding the Administration of Shared-Loss Assets as set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

123



 

2.3                                Auditor Report; Right to Audit.

 

(a)                                  Within the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363 after the end of each fiscal year from and including the fiscal year during which Bank Closing falls to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date falls, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363.

 

(b)                                  The Assuming Institution shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with the provisions of this Article II and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with copies of the internal audit reports and access to internal audit workpapers related to such internal audit.

 

(c)                                   The Receiver or the Corporation, their agents, contractors and their employees, may perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with the provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, at any time by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Institution’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.

 

2.4                                Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Quarterly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if, in its judgment, there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days. In the event the Receiver or the Assuming Institution elects to submit the issue of the eligibility of the item for reimbursement or payment for determination under the dispute resolution procedures of Section 2.1(f), then (i) if the dispute is settled by the mutual agreement of the parties in accordance with Section 2.1(f)(iii), the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so agreed) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the dispute is determined by the parties to be resolved by mutual agreement, and (ii) if the dispute is resolved by the

 

124



 

determination of a Review Board, the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so determined) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the Receiver is notified of the determination by the Review Board of its obligation to make such payment. Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof from the date the payment was agreed or determined otherwise to be due, at the interest rate per annum determined by the Receiver to be equal to the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each Calendar Quarter during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board’s Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Auction Average - 3-Month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.

 

2.5                                Books and Records . The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs. Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, all financial books and records shall be kept in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied for the periods involved and in a manner such that information necessary to determine compliance with any requirement of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement will be readily obtainable, and in a manner such that the purposes of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be effectively accomplished. Without the prior written approval of the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall not make any change in its accounting principles adversely affecting the value of the Shared-Loss Assets except as required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles affecting the Shared-Loss Assets which it believes are required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles.

 

2.6                                Information . The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or otherwise relating to its business and affairs or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time.

 

2.7                                Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III - RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS ASSETS AND SHARED-LOSS SECURITIES

 

3.1                                Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Institution shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Institution transfers any Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss Securities), or shall cause a Third Party Servicer to, manage, administer, and collect the Shared-Loss Assets and Shared-Loss Securities while owned by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III (“Rules”). The Assuming Institution shall be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Section 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver and the Corporation at all times to monitor the Assuming Institution’s performance of its duties hereunder.

 

125



 

3.2                                Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .

 

(a) In the performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Institution shall:

 

(i) manage, administer, collect and effect Charge-Offs and Recoveries with respect to each Shared-Loss Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Institution’s (or, in the case a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution, with respect to the management, administration and collection of and taking of charge-offs and write-downs with respect to loans, other real estate and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared Loss Assets;

 

(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Assets;

 

(iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Assets;

 

(iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;

 

(v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and

 

(vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, together with a copy of that contract.

 

(b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.

 

(c) The following categories of expenses shall not be deemed to be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses:

 

(i) Federal, State, or local income taxes and expenses related thereto;

 

(ii) salaries or other compensation and related benefits of Assuming Institution employees and the employees of its Affiliates including, without limitation, any bonus, commission or severance arrangements, training, payroll taxes, dues, or travel- or relocation-related expenses,;

 

(iii) the cost of space occupied by the Assuming Institution, any Affiliate thereof and their staff, the rental of and maintenance of furniture and equipment, and expenses for data processing including the purchase or enhancement of data processing systems;

 

(iv) except as otherwise provided herein, fees for accounting and other independent

 

126



 

professional consultants (other than consultants retained to assess the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Asset that has been fully or partially charged-off); provided , that for purposes of this Section 3.2(c)(iv), fees of attorneys and appraisers engaged as necessary to assist in collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets shall not be deemed to be fees of other independent consultants;

 

(v) allocated portions of any other overhead or general and administrative expense other than any fees relating to specific assets, such as appraisal fees or environmental audit fees, for services of a type the Assuming Institution does not normally perform internally;

 

(vi) any expense not incurred in good faith and with the same degree of care that the Assuming Institution normally would exercise in the collection of troubled assets in which it alone had an interest; and

 

(vii) any expense incurred for a product, service or activity that is of an extravagant nature or design.

 

(d) Subject to Section 3.7, the Assuming Institution shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Institution would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

3.3                                Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss Securities.

 

(a) In the performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Institution shall:

 

(i) manage, administer, collect and each Shared-Loss Security in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Institution’s practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution, with respect to the management, administration and collection of similar assets that are not Shared-Loss Securities;

 

(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Securities;

 

(iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss Securities and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss Security, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Securities, provided that, any sale of a Shared-Loss Security shall only be made with the prior approval of the Receiver or the Corporation;

 

(iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Securities, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;

 

(v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and

 

(vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Securities, together with a copy of that contract.

 

127



 

(b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Security including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.

 

(c) The Assuming Institution shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Institution would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

3.4                                Records and Reports . The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate to account for the Shared-Loss Assets and the Shared-Loss Securities, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may require, to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver to the Receiver or the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request regarding the Shared-Loss Assets, the Shared-Loss Securities and the Quarterly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

3.5                                Related Loans .

 

(a)                                  The Assuming Institution shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the final Recovery Quarter that is: (i) made to the same Obligor with respect to a Loan that is a Shared-Loss Asset or with respect to a Loan from which Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE derived, or (ii) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described in clause (i) under the rules of the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date, as applied to the Assuming Institution.

 

(b)                                  The Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Quarterly Certificates for the Calendar Quarters ending June 30 and December 31 for all Shared-Loss Quarters and Recovery Quarters, a schedule of all Related Loans which are commercial loans or commercial real estate loans with Legal Balances of $5,000,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution as of the end of each such semi-annual period, and all other commercial loans or commercial real estate loans attributable to the same Obligor on such loans of $5,000,000 or more.

 

3.6                                Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article IV below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Institution shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Institution shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.

 

128



 

3.7                                Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Institution hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, as the case may be, to the same extent such expenses would so qualify if incurred by the Assuming Institution); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution of any obligation or liability hereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV — PORTFOLIO SALE

 

4.1                                Assuming Institution Portfolio Sales of Remaining Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Institution shall have the right with the consent of the Receiver, commencing as of the first day of the third to last Shared-Loss Quarter, to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Shared-Loss Assets held by the Assuming Institution (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Institution exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Institution’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Institution’s contractors.

 

4.2                                Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Shared-Loss Assets gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 will be calculated as the aggregate sales price received by the Assuming Institution less the aggregate book value of the remaining Shared-Loss Assets.

 

ARTICLE V — LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO CORPORATION AND/OR RECEIVER

 

As a supplement to the notice provisions contained in Section 13.7 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any notice, request, demand, consent, approval, or other communication (a “Notice”) given to the Corporation and/or the Receiver in the loss-sharing context shall be given as follows:

 

5.1                                With respect to a Notice under Section 2 and Sections 3.1-3.5 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429

 

Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing

 

5.2                                With respect to a Notice under Section 3.6 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
1601 Bryan Street
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Regional Counsel

 

with a copy to:

 

129



 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division

550 17th Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20429

Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)

 

ARTICLE VI – MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1                                Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by a party hereto in connection with this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.

 

6.2                                Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, and all of the terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns only. The Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Receiver hereunder (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, the Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or any of the Assuming Institution’s rights or obligations hereunder (in whole or in part), or sell or transfer of any subsidiary of the Assuming Institution holding title to Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss Securities, without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole and absolute discretion. An assignment or transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement includes:

 

(i) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with or into another company, if the shareholders of the Assuming Institution will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;

 

(ii) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution’s Holding Company with or into another company, if the shareholders of the Holding Company will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;

 

(iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another company or person; or

 

(iv) a sale of shares by any one or more shareholders that will effect a change in control of the Assuming Institution, as determined by the Receiver with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act, 12 U.S.C. 1817 (j).

 

For the avoidance of doubt, any transaction under this Section 6.2 that requires the Receiver’s consent that is made without consent of the Receiver hereunder will relieve the Receiver of any of its obligations under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.

 

No Loss shall be recognized under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to or as a result of any assignment or transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or any merger, consolidation, sale or other transaction to which the Assuming Institution, its Holding Company or any Affiliate is a party, regardless of whether the Receiver consents to such assignment or transfer in connection with such transaction pursuant to this Section 6.2.

 

130



 

6.3                                WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

6.4                                No Third Party Beneficiary . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

6. 5                                Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

6.6                                Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.

 

131



 

Exhibit 1

 

For the commercial and other pool, the FDIC reporting requirement includes the following:

·                   A quarterly loan level download for all loans in the asset pool

·                   A quarterly asset level download of commercial ORE

·                   A quarterly certificate report that includes 3 sections:

·                   1: A summary report of total covered losses for the quarter and the derivation of the FDIC portion of the covered loss

·                   2: A summary report on the commercial and other portfolio and covered losses and recoveries

·                   3: A performance report on the outstanding commercial and other pool assets under loss share

·                   A quarterly listing of assets with covered losses

 

A blank version of the quarterly certificate report is shown below.

 

132



 

CERTIFICATE

QUARTERLY SUMMARY

FOR COMMAND OTHER SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

FDIC - RECEIVER OF

 


 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT DATED:           

 

Shared-Loss Quarter Ended:

 

(Dollars)

 

Calculation of Amount Due from (to) FDIC

 

FDIC % Share

 

0%

 

80%

 

95%

 

Total

 

Carry forward from other types of assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Cumulative losses from single family loans

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

2.

Cumulative losses from securities

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

3.

Cumulative loss from non-single family

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

4.

Total cumulative losses at beg of quarter

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

5.

Covered losses (gains) during quarter

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

6.

Cumulative loss at end of quarter

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

FDIC % Share

 

x 0

%

x 80

%

x95

%

 

 

7.

Amount Due from (to) FDIC

 

0

  +

0

  +

0

  =

 

Memo: threshold for recovery percentage

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preparer name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preparer signature

Preparer title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Officer name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Officer signature

Officer title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

1



 

CERTIFICATE

QUARTERLY SUMMARY

FOR COMM AND OTHER SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

 

FDIC - RECEIVER OF

         BANK

 

                BANK

PURCH AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT DATED:         

 

 

Shared-Loss Quarter Ended:

 

 

 

(Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This Quarter

 

 

 

PART A. Opening Closing Net Shared-Loss Asset

 

Cumulative at beg

 

Commercial Real Estate Loans

 

 

 

ORE & oth repo

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

FDIC

 

Cumulative at

 

Balances

 

of Quarter

 

Constr & Dev

 

Other

 

C & I Loans

 

assets

 

Loans

 

Other Loans

 

Total

 

Adjustments

 

and of Quarter

 

1.

Opening Balance

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

2.

Adjustments:

a) Transfers

 

 

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b) Reclassfications

 

 

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c) Other

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

3.

Adjusted Opening Balance

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

4.

Add:

a) Assumed Commitment Advances

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

b) Permitted Advances

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

c) Capital Expenditures

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

d) Recoveries

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

5.

Less:

a) Pin Collectors (Payoffs and ament

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

b) Sales

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

c) Charge-Offs (excluding acct int)

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

d) Qualifying loss on sales

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

6.

Net (Reduction) Increase Amount

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

7.

Closing Balance

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

PART B. Charge-Offs, Recoveries & Reimbursable Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.

Charge Offs:

a) Principal (from 5c and 5d)

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

b) Acct int (up to 90 days)

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

9.

Total Charge-Offs

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

10.

Less: Recoveries

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

11.

Net Charge-Offs (Recoveries)

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

12.

Add: Reimbursable Expenses

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

13.

Less: Offsetting Income

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

14.

Shared-Loss Debit (Credit) Amount

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 



 

Failed Bank Name

Performance Status: Commercial and Other Loans

Quarter ending                   

(Dollars)

 

Number of Loans / Properties

 

 

 

 

 

Delinquent

 

In

 

Repossessed

 

 

 

 

 

Performing

 

30-59 days

 

60-89 days

 

90+ days

 

Foreclosure

 

Assets*

 

Total

 

Construction & Development

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Other Comm Real Estate

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Total Comm Real Estate

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

C&I

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Consumer Loans

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Other Loans

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Total

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

$ Balance (000s)

 

 

 

 

 

Delinquent

 

In

 

Repossessed

 

 

 

 

 

Performing

 

30-59 days

 

60-89 days

 

90+ days

 

foreclosure

 

Assets*

 

Total

 

Construction & Development

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Other Comm Real Estate

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Total Comm Real Estate

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

C&I

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Consumer Loans

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Other Loans

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Total

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 


* ORE for CRE loans: other types of repossessed assets for other types of loans.

 

3


EXHIBIT 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

ARTICLE ONE

NAME

 

The name of the corporation is State Bank Financial Corporation.

 

ARTICLE TWO

CAPITALIZATION

 

The corporation shall have the authority, exercisable by its Board of Directors, to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”).  In addition to the Common Stock, the corporation shall have the authority, exercisable by its Board of Directors, to issue up to 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), and any part or all of such shares of Preferred Stock may be established and designated from time to time by the Board of Directors by filing an amendment to these Articles of Incorporation, which is effective without shareholder action, in accordance with the appropriate provisions of the Georgia Business Corporation Code (the “Code”), and any amendment or supplement thereto (a “Preferred Stock Designation”), in such series and with such preferences, limitations, and relative rights as may be determined by the Board of Directors.  The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the Preferred Stock Designation or Preferred Stock Designations establishing the series of Preferred Stock.

 

ARTICLE THREE

INITIAL REGISTERED OFFICE, REGISTERED AGENT AND PRINCIPAL OFFICE

 

The street address and county of the initial registered office of the corporation shall be at 415 East Paces Ferry Road, NE, Suite 200, Atlanta, Georgia 30305 in Fulton County.  The initial registered agent of the corporation at such address shall be J. Daniel Speight.  The principal office shall be the same as the registered office.

 

ARTICLE FOUR

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

 

The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be elected by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented at each annual meeting of shareholders or by similar vote at any special meeting called for the purpose.  Each director, except in the case of his death, written resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal, shall serve for the duration of his term until the next succeeding annual meeting, and thereafter until his successor shall have been elected and qualified.

 



 

ARTICLE FIVE

LIMITATION ON DIRECTOR LIABILITY

 

No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of the duty of care or any other duty as a director, except that such liability shall not be eliminated for:

 

(i)                                      any appropriation, in violation of the director’s duties, of any business opportunity of the corporation;

 

(ii)                                   acts or omissions that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

(iii)                                liability under Section 14-2-832 (or any successor provision or redesignation thereof) of the Code; and

 

(iv)                               any transaction from which the director received an improper personal benefit.

 

If at any time the Code shall have been amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director, then the liability of each director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Code, as so amended, without further action by the shareholders, unless the provisions of the Code, as amended, require further action by the shareholders.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Five shall not adversely affect the elimination or limitation of liability or alleged liability pursuant hereto of any director of the corporation for or with respect to any alleged act or omission of the director occurring prior to such a repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE SIX

INDEMNIFICATION

 

The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of the Code, as may be amended and supplemented, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under the Code from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or covered by the Code.  Any indemnification effected under this provision shall not be deemed exclusive of rights to which those indemnified persons may be entitled under any bylaw, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to actions in their official capacity and as to actions in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

FACTORS CONSIDERED IN BUSINESS TRANSACTION

 

(i)            The Board of Directors, when evaluating any offer of another party (a) to make a tender offer or exchange offer for any equity security of the corporation, (b) to merge or consolidate any other entity with the corporation, or (c) to purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation, may, in determining what is in the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including without limitation: (1) the short-term and long-term social and economic effects on the employees, customers, shareholders and other constituents of the corporation and its subsidiaries, and on the communities within which the corporation and its subsidiaries operate (it being understood that the corporation is charged with providing support to and being involved in the

 

2



 

communities it serves); and (2) the consideration being offered by the other party in relation to the then-current value of the corporation in a freely negotiated transaction and in relation to the Board of Directors’ then-estimate of the future value of the corporation as an independent entity.

 

(ii)           Unless two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then in office shall approve the proposed change, this Article Seven may be amended or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the issued and outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote thereon, at any regular or special meeting of the shareholders, and notice of the proposed change must be contained in the notice of the meeting.

 

These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation amend and restate the corporation’s Articles of Incorporation originally filed on January 7, 2010, in their entirety.  All amendments contained herein were duly adopted and approved by the sole shareholder of the corporation on February 5, 2010 in accordance with the provisions of Section 14-2-1003 of the Code.

 

[ Signature on Following Page ]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the corporation has caused these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to be signed by the undersigned duly authorized officer, this 8 th  day of February 2010.

 

 

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ J. Daniel Speight

 

By: J. Daniel Speight

 

Its: Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operations Officer and Secretary

 


 

EXHIBIT 3.2

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 



 

BYLAWS

OF

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

References in these Bylaws to “Articles of Incorporation” are to the Articles of Incorporation of State Bank Financial Corporation, a Georgia corporation (the “Corporation”), as amended and restated from time to time.

 

All of these Bylaws are subject to contrary provisions, if any, of the Articles of Incorporation (including provisions designating the preferences, limitations, and relative rights of any class or series of shares), the Georgia Business Corporation Code (the “Code”), and other applicable law, as in effect on and after the effective date of these Bylaws.  References in these Bylaws to “Sections” shall refer to sections of the Bylaws, unless otherwise indicated.

 

ARTICLE ONE
OFFICE

 

1.1           Registered Office and Agent .  The Corporation shall maintain a registered office and shall have a registered agent whose business office is the same as the registered office.

 

1.2           Principal Office .  The principal office of the Corporation shall be at the place designated in the Corporation’s annual registration with the Georgia Secretary of State.

 

1.3           Other Offices .  In addition to its registered office and principal office, the Corporation may have offices at other locations either in or outside the State of Georgia.

 

ARTICLE TWO
SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

2.1           Place of Meetings .  Meetings of the Corporation’s shareholders may be held at any location inside or outside the State of Georgia designated by the Board of Directors or any other person or persons who properly call the meeting, or if the Board of Directors or such other person or persons do not specify a location, at the Corporation’s principal office.

 

2.2           Annual Meetings .  The Corporation shall hold an annual meeting of shareholders, at a time determined by the Board of Directors, to elect directors and to transact any business that properly may come before the meeting.  The annual meeting may be combined with any other meeting of shareholders, whether annual or special.

 

2.3           Special Meetings .  Special meetings of shareholders of one or more classes or series of the Corporation’s shares may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer, or the Vice Chairman of the Board, if the Chairman of the Board is the same as the Chief Executive Officer, or shall be called by the Corporation upon the written request (in compliance with applicable requirements of the Code) of the holders of shares representing 25% or more of the votes entitled to be cast on each issue proposed to be considered at the special meeting.  The business that may be transacted at any special meeting of shareholders shall be limited to that proposed in the notice of the special meeting given in accordance with Section 2.4 (including related or incidental matters that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the proposed business).

 

2.4           Notice of Meetings .  In accordance with Section 9.5 and subject to waiver by a shareholder pursuant to Section 2.5, the Corporation shall give written notice of the date, time, and place of each annual and special shareholders’ meeting no fewer than 10 days nor more than 60 days before the meeting date to each

 



 

shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.  The notice of a special meeting shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  If an annual or special shareholders’ meeting is adjourned to a different date, time, or location, the Corporation shall give shareholders notice of the new date, time, or location of the adjourned meeting, unless a quorum of shareholders was present at the meeting and information regarding the adjournment was announced before the meeting was adjourned; provided, however , that if a new record date is or must be fixed in accordance with Section 7.6, the Corporation must give notice of the adjourned meeting to all shareholders of record as of the new record date who are entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting.

 

2.5           Waiver of Notice .  A shareholder may waive any notice required by the Code, the Articles of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, before or after the date and time of the matter to which the notice relates, by delivering to the Corporation a written waiver (or by electronic transmission) of notice signed by the shareholder entitled to the notice.  In addition, a shareholder’s attendance at a meeting shall be (a) a waiver of objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and (b) a waiver of objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose stated in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.  Except as otherwise required by the Code, neither the purpose of nor the business transacted at the meeting need be specified in any waiver.

 

2.6           Voting Group; Quorum; Vote Required to Act .

 

(a)           Unless otherwise required by the Code or the Articles of Incorporation, all classes or series of the Corporation’s shares entitled to vote generally on a matter shall for that purpose be considered a single voting group (a “Voting Group”).  If either the Articles of Incorporation or the Code requires separate voting by two or more Voting Groups on a matter, action on that matter is taken only when voted upon by each such Voting Group separately.  At all meetings of shareholders, any Voting Group entitled to vote on a matter may take action on the matter only if a quorum of that Voting Group exists at the meeting, and if a quorum exists, the Voting Group may take action on the matter notwithstanding the absence of a quorum of any other Voting Group that may be entitled to vote separately on the matter.  Unless the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or the Code provides otherwise, the presence (in person or by proxy) of shares representing a majority of votes entitled to be cast on a matter by a Voting Group shall constitute a quorum of that Voting Group with regard to that matter.  Once a share is present at any meeting other than solely to object to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, the share shall be deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournments of that meeting, unless a new record date for the adjourned meeting is or must be set pursuant to Section 7.6 of these Bylaws.

 

(b)           Except as provided in Section 3.4, if a quorum exists, action on a matter by a Voting Group is approved by that Voting Group if the votes cast within the Voting Group favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless the Articles of Incorporation, a provision of these Bylaws that has been adopted pursuant to Section 14-2-1021 of the Code (or any successor provision), or the Code requires a greater number of affirmative votes.

 

2.7           Voting of Shares .  Unless otherwise required by the Code or the Articles of Incorporation, each outstanding share of any class or series having voting rights shall be entitled to one vote on each matter that is submitted to a vote of shareholders.

 

2.8           Proxies .  A shareholder entitled to vote on a matter may vote in person or by proxy pursuant to an appointment executed in writing by the shareholder or by his or her attorney-in-fact.  An appointment of a proxy shall be valid for 11 months from the date of its execution, unless a longer or shorter period is expressly stated in the proxy.

 

2.9           Presiding Officer .  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.9, the Chairman of the Board, and in his or her absence or disability the Chief Executive Officer, or the Vice Chairman of the Board, if the Chairman of the Board is the same as the Chief Executive Officer, shall preside at every shareholders’ meeting (and any adjournment thereof) as its chairman, if either of them is present and willing to serve.  If neither the Chairman of the Board nor the Chief Executive Officer, or the Vice Chairman of the Board, if the Chairman of the Board is the

 

2



 

same as the Chief Executive Officer, is present and willing to serve as chairman of the meeting, and if the Chairman of the Board has not designated another person who is present and willing to serve, then a majority of the Corporation’s directors present at the meeting shall be entitled to designate a person to serve as chairman.  If no director of the Corporation is present at the meeting or if a majority of the directors who are present cannot be established, then a chairman of the meeting shall be selected by a majority vote of (a) the shares present at the meeting that would be entitled to vote in an election of directors, or (b) if no such shares are present at the meeting, then the shares present at the meeting comprising the Voting Group with the largest number of shares present at the meeting and entitled to vote on a matter properly proposed to be considered at the meeting.  The chairman of the meeting may designate other persons to assist with the meeting.

 

2.10         Adjournments .  At any meeting of shareholders (including an adjourned meeting), a majority of shares of any Voting Group present and entitled to vote at the meeting (whether or not those shares constitute a quorum) may adjourn the meeting, but only with respect to that Voting Group, to reconvene at a specific time and place.  If more than one Voting Group is present and entitled to vote on a matter at the meeting, then the meeting may be continued with respect to any such Voting Group that does not vote to adjourn as provided above, and such Voting Group may proceed to vote on any matter to which it is otherwise entitled to do so; provided , however , that if (a) more than one Voting Group is required to take action on a matter at the meeting and (b) any one of those Voting Groups votes to adjourn the meeting (in accordance with the preceding sentence), then the action shall not be deemed to have been taken until the requisite vote of any adjourned Voting Group is obtained at its reconvened meeting.  The only business that may be transacted at any reconvened meeting is business that could have been transacted at the meeting that was adjourned, unless further notice of the adjourned meeting has been given in compliance with the requirements for a special meeting that specifies the additional purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  Nothing contained in this Section 2.10 shall be deemed or otherwise construed to limit any lawful authority of the chairman of a meeting to adjourn the meeting.

 

2.11         Conduct of the Meeting .  At any meeting of shareholders, the chairman of the meeting shall be entitled to establish the rules of order governing the conduct of business at the meeting.

 

2.12         Action of Shareholders Without a Meeting .  Action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all shareholders entitled to vote on the action or, if permitted by the Articles of Incorporation, by persons who would be entitled to vote at a meeting shares having voting power to cast the requisite number of votes (or numbers, in the case of voting by groups) that would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting at which all shareholders entitled to vote were present and voted.  The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records.  Where required by Section 14-2-704 or other applicable provision of the Code, the Corporation shall provide shareholders with written notice of actions taken without a meeting.

 

2.13         Matters Considered at Annual Meetings .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bylaws, the only business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of shareholders shall be business brought before the meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors prior to the meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and the Vice Chairman of the Board if the Chairman of the Board is the same as the Chief Executive Officer, or (c) by a shareholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote with respect to the business and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.13.  For business to be brought properly before an annual meeting by a shareholder, the shareholder must have given timely notice of the business in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.  To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received at the principal offices of the Corporation not less than thirty nor more than sixty days prior to any such meeting (provided, however, that if less than thirty-one days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to shareholders).  A shareholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth a brief description of each matter of business the shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting and the reasons for conducting that business at the meeting; the name, as it appears on the Corporation’s books, and address of the shareholder proposing the business; the series or class and number of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock that are beneficially owned by the shareholder; and any material interest of the shareholder in the proposed business.  The chairman of the meeting shall have the discretion to declare to the meeting that any business proposed by a shareholder to be considered at the meeting is out of order

 

3



 

and that such business shall not be transacted at the meeting if (i) the chairman concludes that the matter has been proposed in a manner inconsistent with this Section 2.13, or (ii) the chairman concludes that the subject matter of the proposed business is inappropriate for consideration by the shareholders at the meeting.

 

ARTICLE THREE
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

3.1           General Powers .  All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, the Board of Directors, subject to any limitation set forth in the Code, the Articles of Incorporation, in bylaws approved by the shareholders, or in agreements among all the shareholders that are otherwise lawful.

 

3.2           Number, Election and Term of Office .  The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors or of the shareholders from time to time and, until otherwise determined, shall be between five and twenty-five; provided , however , that no decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of an incumbent director.  The number of directors shall initially be fixed at seven.  The Board of Directors may increase or decrease the number of directors by not more than two in any one year, as long as such increase or decrease does not place the number of directors at less than five, or more than twenty-five.  The members of the Board of Directors need not be shareholders nor need they be residents of any particular state.  Each director, except in the case of his earlier death, written resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal, shall serve for the duration of his term until the next succeeding annual meeting, and thereafter until his successor shall have been elected and qualified.

 

3.3           Removal of Directors .  The entire Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office without cause by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast a least a majority of the votes which all shareholders would be entitled to cast at an annual election of directors, provided , however , that directors elected by a particular Voting Group may be removed only by the shareholders in that Voting Group.  In addition, the Board of Directors may remove a director from office if such director is adjudicated incompetent by a court; is convicted of a felony; does not, within 60 days after being elected, accept the office in writing or by attendance at a meeting of the Board of Directors and fulfill other requirements for holding the office of director; fails to attend regular meetings of the Board of Directors for six consecutive meetings without having been excused by the Board of Directors; or was an employee or duly elected officer of the Corporation and was discharged, or resigned at the request of the Board of Directors for reasons relating to performance of duties as an employee or officer of the Corporation.

 

3.4           Vacancies .  A vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled for the unexpired term, unless the shareholders have elected a successor, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, whether or not the remaining directors constitute a quorum; provided , however , that if the vacant office was held by a director elected by a particular Voting Group, only the holders of shares of that Voting Group or the remaining directors elected by that Voting Group shall be entitled to fill the vacancy; provided further , however , that if the vacant office was held by a director elected by a particular Voting Group and there is no remaining director elected by that Voting Group, the other remaining directors or director (elected by another Voting Group or Groups) may fill the vacancy during an interim period before the shareholders of the vacated director’s Voting Group act to fill the vacancy.  A vacancy or vacancies in the Board of Directors may result from the death, resignation, disqualification, or removal of any director, or from an increase in the number of directors.

 

3.5           Compensation .  Directors may receive such compensation for their services as directors as may be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time.  A director may also serve the Corporation in one or more capacities other than that of director and receive compensation for services rendered in those other capacities.

 

3.6           Committees of the Board of Directors .  The Board of Directors may designate from among its members an executive committee or one or more other standing or ad hoc committees, each consisting of one or more directors, who serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  Subject to the limitations imposed by the Code, each committee shall have the authority set forth in the resolution establishing the committee or in any other resolution of the Board of Directors specifying, enlarging, or limiting the authority of the committee.

 

4



 

3.7           Qualification of Directors .  No individual who is or becomes a Business Competitor (as defined below) or who is or becomes affiliated with, employed by or a representative of any individual, corporation, association, partnership, firm, business enterprise or other entity or organization which the Board of Directors, after having such matter formally brought to its attention, determines to be in competition with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (any such individual, corporation, association, partnership, firm, business enterprise or other entity or organization being hereinafter referred to as a “Business Competitor”) shall be eligible to serve as a director if the Board of Directors determines that it would not be in the Corporation’s best interests for such individual to serve as a director of the Corporation.  Such affiliation, employment or representation may include, without limitation, service or status as an owner, partner, shareholder, trustee, director, officer, consultant, employee, agent, or counsel, or the existence of any relationship which results in the affected person having an express or implied obligation to act on behalf of a Business Competitor; provided, however, that passive ownership of a debt or equity interest not exceeding 1% of the outstanding debt or equity, as the case may be, in any Business Competitor shall not constitute such affiliation, employment or representation.  Any financial institution having branches or affiliates in Dooly County, Bibb County or Fulton County, Georgia shall be presumed to be a Business Competitor unless the Board of Directors determines otherwise.

 

3.8           Certain Nomination Requirements .  No person may be nominated for election as a director at any annual or special meeting of shareholders unless (a) the nomination has been or is being made pursuant to a recommendation or approval of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or a properly constituted committee of the Board of Directors previously delegated authority to recommend or approve nominees for director; (b) the person is nominated by a shareholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote for the election of the nominee at the subject meeting, and the nominating shareholder has furnished written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation, at the Corporation’s principal office, not less than thirty days nor more than sixty days prior to any such meeting (provided, however, that if less than thirty-one days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to shareholders), and the notice sets forth (i) the name and address of the shareholder who intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated; (ii) a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the shareholder; (iv) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such shareholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the election of directors, and (v) is accompanied by the sworn or certified statement of the shareholder that the nominee has consented to being nominated and that the shareholder believes the nominee will stand for election and will serve if elected; or (c) (i) the person is nominated to replace a person previously identified as a proposed nominee (in accordance with the provisions of subpart (b) of this Section 3.8) who has since become unable or unwilling to be nominated or to serve if elected, (ii) the shareholder who furnished such previous identification makes the replacement nomination and delivers to the Secretary of the Corporation (at the time of or prior to making the replacement nomination) an affidavit or other sworn statement affirming that the shareholder had no reason to believe the original nominee would be so unable or unwilling, and (iii) such shareholder also furnishes in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation (at the time of or prior to making the replacement nomination) the same type of information about the replacement nominee as required by subpart (b) of this Section 3.8 to have been furnished about the original nominee.  The chairman of any meeting of shareholders at which one or more directors are to be elected, for good cause shown and with proper regard for the orderly conduct of business at the meeting, may waive in whole or in part the operation of this Section 3.8.

 

3.9           Additional Nomination Requirements .  Notwithstanding Section 3.8, if the Corporation or any banking subsidiary of the Corporation is subject to the requirements of Section 914 of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, then no person may be nominated by a shareholder for election as a director at any meeting of shareholders unless the shareholder furnishes the written notice required by Section 3.8 to the secretary of the Corporation at least ninety days prior to the date of the meeting and the nominee has received regulatory approval to serve as a director prior to the date of the meeting.

 

5



 

ARTICLE FOUR
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

4.1           Regular Meetings .  A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held in conjunction with each annual meeting of shareholders.  In addition, the Board of Directors may, by prior resolution, hold regular meetings at other times.

 

4.2           Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or any director in office at that time.

 

4.3           Place of Meetings .  Directors may hold their meetings at any place in or outside the State of Georgia that the Board of Directors may establish from time to time.

 

4.4           Notice of Meetings .  Directors need not be provided with notice of any regular meeting of the Board of Directors.  Unless waived in accordance with Section 4.10, the Corporation shall give at least two days’ notice to each director of the date, time, and place of each special meeting; provided that if notice is given personally or by telephone, telecopy, or email such notice shall be required only 24 hours before the time at which such meeting is to be held.  Notice of a meeting shall be deemed to have been given to any director in attendance at any prior meeting at which the date, time, and place of the subsequent meeting was announced.

 

4.5           Quorum .  At meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

4.6           Vote Required for Action .  If a quorum is present when a vote is taken, the vote of a majority of the directors present at the time of the vote will be the act of the Board of Directors, unless the vote of a greater number is required by the Code, the Articles of Incorporation, or these Bylaws.  A director who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors when corporate action is taken is deemed to have assented to the action taken unless (a) he or she objects at the beginning of the meeting (or promptly upon his or her arrival) to holding the meeting or transacting business at it; (b) his or her dissent or abstention from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or (c) he or she delivers written notice of dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the Corporation immediately after adjournment of the meeting.  The right of dissent or abstention is not available to a director who votes in favor of the action taken.

 

4.7           Participation by Conference Telephone .  Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment through which all persons participating may hear and speak to each other.  Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 4.7 shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

4.8           Action by Directors Without a Meeting .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if a written consent, describing the action taken, is signed by each director and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records.  The consent may be executed in counterpart, and shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Board of Directors at a duly convened meeting.

 

4.9           Adjournments .  A meeting of the Board of Directors, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned by a majority of the directors present to reconvene at a specific time and place.  It shall not be necessary to give notice to the directors of the reconvened meeting or of the business to be transacted, other than by announcement at the meeting that was adjourned, unless a quorum was not present at the meeting that was adjourned, in which case notice shall be given to directors in the same manner as for a special meeting.  At any such reconvened meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted that could have been transacted at the meeting that was adjourned.

 

4.10         Waiver of Notice .  A director may waive any notice required by the Code, the Articles of Incorporation, or these Bylaws before or after the date and time of the matter to which the notice relates, by a written waiver signed by the director and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the

 

6



 

corporate records.  Attendance by a director at a meeting shall constitute waiver of notice of the meeting, except where a director at the beginning of the meeting (or promptly upon his or her arrival) objects to holding the meeting or to transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

 

ARTICLE FIVE

OFFICERS

 

5.1           Offices .  The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer and a Secretary, each of whom shall be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may also elect a Chairman of the Board from among its members.  The Board of Directors from time to time may create and establish the duties of other offices and may elect or appoint, or authorize specific senior officers to appoint, the persons who shall hold such other offices, including, but not limited to, a President, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, Assistant Vice Presidents, and the like), one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers.  Whether or not so provided by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board may appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, except the offices of Chief Executive Officer and Secretary.  Until a Treasurer is appointed by the Board, the Secretary shall be responsible for the duties of the Treasurer described in Section 5.9 below.

 

5.2           Term .  Each officer shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors (or, if appointed by a senior officer pursuant to this Article Five, at the pleasure of the Board of Directors or any senior officer authorized to have appointed the officer) until his or her death, resignation, or removal, or until his or her replacement is elected or appointed in accordance with this Article Five.

 

5.3           Compensation .  The compensation of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or by a committee or officer appointed by the Board of Directors.  Officers may serve without compensation.

 

5.4           Removal .  All officers (regardless of how elected or appointed) may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors, and any officer appointed by another officer may also be removed, with or without cause, by any senior officer authorized to have appointed the officer to be removed.  Removal will be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person removed, but shall be effective notwithstanding any damage claim that may result from infringement of such contract rights.

 

5.5           Chairman of the Board .  The Chairman of the Board (if there be one) shall preside at and serve as chairman of meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors (unless another person is selected under Section 2.9 to act as chairman).  The Chairman of the Board shall perform other duties and have other authority as may from time to time be delegated by the Board of Directors.

 

5.6           Chief Executive Officer .  Unless otherwise provided in these Bylaws or by resolution of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, shall be charged with the general and active management of the business of the Corporation, shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect, shall have the authority to select and appoint employees and agents of the Corporation, and shall, in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board (if there shall be one), perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board.  The Chief Executive Officer shall perform any other duties and have any other authority as may be delegated from time to time by the Board of Directors, and shall be subject to the limitations fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

5.7           President .  The President (if there shall be one, and if such person is different from the Chief Executive Officer) shall, in the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, or at the direction of the Chief Executive Officer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer, whether the duties and powers are specified in these Bylaws or otherwise.  The President shall perform any other duties and have any other authority as from time to time may be delegated by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

7


 


 

5.8           Vice Presidents .  The Vice President (if there shall be one) shall, in the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President (if there shall be one), or at the direction of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, whether the duties and powers are specified in these Bylaws or otherwise.  If the Corporation has more than one Vice President, the one designated by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer and the President (in that order of precedence) shall act in the event of the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President.  Vice Presidents shall perform any other duties and have any other authority as from time to time may be delegated by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer and the President.

 

5.9           Secretary .  The Secretary shall be responsible for preparing minutes of the meetings of shareholders, directors, and committees of directors and for authenticating records of the Corporation.  The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall have authority to give all notices required by law or these Bylaws.  The Secretary shall be responsible for the custody of the corporate books, records, contracts, and other documents.  The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may affix the corporate seal to any lawfully executed documents requiring it, may attest to the signature of any officer of the Corporation, and shall sign any instrument that requires the Secretary’s signature.  The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall perform any other duties and have any other authority as from time to time may be delegated by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

5.10         Treasurer .  Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall be responsible for the custody of all funds and securities belonging to the Corporation and for the receipt, deposit, or disbursement of these funds and securities under the direction of the Board of Directors.  The Treasurer shall cause full and true accounts of all receipts and disbursements to be maintained and shall make reports of these receipts and disbursements to the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer upon request.  The Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer shall perform any other duties and have any other authority as from time to time may be delegated by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

ARTICLE SIX
DISTRIBUTIONS AND DIVIDENDS

 

Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise, the Board of Directors, from time to time in its discretion, may authorize or declare distributions or share dividends in accordance with the Code and any applicable banking regulations.

 

ARTICLE SEVEN
SHARES

 

7.1           Shares of Stock .  The shares of stock of the Corporation may be certificated or uncertificated, as provided under Georgia law, and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation and registered as they are issued.  Any certificates representing shares of the capital stock shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall prescribe, certifying the number and class of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation owned by the shareholder.  Any such certificate may bear the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof or may be represented by a global certificate through the Depository Trust Company.  Any certificates issued to shareholders of the Corporation shall bear the name of the Corporation and state that it is organized under the laws of the State of Georgia, the name of the shareholder and the number and class (and the designation of the series, if any) of the shares represented.   Each such certificate shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer (or in lieu thereof, by the Chairman of the Board or President, if there be one) and may be signed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary; provided , however , that where the certificate is signed (either manually or by facsimile) by a transfer agent, or registered by a registrar, the signatures of those officers may be facsimiles.

 

Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice that shall set forth the name of the Corporation, that the Corporation is organized under the laws of the State of Georgia, the name of the shareholder, the number and class (and the designation of the series, if any) of the shares represented, and any restrictions on the transfer or registration of such shares of stock imposed by the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws, any agreement among shareholders or any

 

8



 

agreement between shareholders and the Corporation, and such other matters as are required by law.

 

7.2           Rights of Corporation with Respect to Registered Owners .  Prior to due presentation for transfer of registration of its shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner of the shares (or the beneficial owner of the shares to the extent of any rights granted by a nominee certificate on file with the Corporation pursuant to any procedure that may be established by the Corporation in accordance with the Code) as the person exclusively entitled to vote the shares, to receive any dividend or other distribution with respect to the shares, and for all other purposes; and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in the shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it has express or other notice of such a claim or interest, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

7.3           Transfers of Shares .  Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate or evidence of the issuance of uncertificated shares to the shareholder entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon the books of the Corporation.

 

Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares, such shares shall be cancelled, issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the shareholder entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the Corporation.  If the Corporation has a transfer agent or registrar acting on its behalf, the signature of any officer or representative thereof may be in facsimile.

 

7.4           Duty of Corporation to Register Transfer .  Notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 7.3 of these Bylaws, the Corporation is under a duty to register the transfer of its shares only if:  (a) the share certificate is endorsed by the appropriate person or persons; (b) reasonable assurance is given that each required endorsement is genuine and effective; (c) the Corporation has no duty to inquire into adverse claims or has discharged any such duty; (d) any applicable law relating to the collection of taxes has been complied with; (e) the transfer is in fact rightful or is to a bona fide purchaser; and (f) the transfer is in compliance with applicable provisions of any transfer restrictions of which the Corporation shall have notice.

 

7.5           Lost, Stolen, or Destroyed Certificates .  Any person claiming a share certificate to be lost, stolen, or destroyed shall make an affidavit or affirmation of this claim in such a manner as the Corporation may require and shall, if the Corporation requires, give the Corporation a bond of indemnity in form and amount, and with one or more sureties satisfactory to the Corporation, as the Corporation may require, whereupon an appropriate new certificate or uncertificated shares may be issued in lieu of the one alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

7.6           Fixing of Record Date .  For the purpose of determining shareholders (a) entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or, if necessary, any adjournment thereof, (b) entitled to receive payment of any distribution or dividend, or (c) for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date.  The record date may not be more than 70 days (and, in the case of a notice to shareholders of a shareholders’ meeting, not less than 10 days) prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring the determination of shareholders, is to be taken.  A separate record date may be established for each Voting Group entitled to vote separately on a matter at a meeting.  A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, unless the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for the reconvened meeting, which it must do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

 

7.7           Record Date if None Fixed .  If no record date is fixed as provided in Section 7.6, then the record date for any determination of shareholders that may be proper or required by law shall be, as appropriate, the date on which notice of a shareholders’ meeting is mailed, the date on which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution declaring a dividend or authorizing a distribution, or the date on which any other action is taken that requires a determination of shareholders.

 

9



 

ARTICLE EIGHT
INDEMNIFICATION

 

8.1           Indemnification of Directors .  The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless any director, including such party (and in such capacity) if he or she is also an officer, of the Corporation (an “Indemnified Person”) who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, whether formal or informal, including any action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation (for purposes of this Article Eight, collectively, a “Proceeding”) because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, against any judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, or reasonable expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, court costs, and expert witness fees) incurred with respect to the Proceeding (for purposes of this Article Eight, a “Liability”), provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made for:  (a) any appropriation by a director, in violation of the director’s duties, of any business opportunity of the Corporation; (b) any acts or omissions of a director that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (c) the types of liability set forth in Code Section 14-2-832; or (d) any transaction from which the director received an improper personal benefit.

 

8.2           Indemnification of Others .  The Board of Directors shall have the power to cause the Corporation to provide to officers, employees, and agents of the Corporation all or any part of the right to indemnification permitted for such persons by appropriate provisions of the Code.  Persons to be indemnified may be identified by position or name, and the right of indemnification may be different for each of the persons identified.  Each officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation so identified shall be an “Indemnified Person” for purposes of the provisions of this Article Eight.

 

8.3           Other Organizations .  The Corporation shall provide to each director, and the Board of Directors shall have the power to cause the Corporation to provide to any officer, employee, or agent, of the Corporation who is or was serving at the Corporation’s request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise all or any part of the right to indemnification and other rights of the type provided under Sections 8.1, 8.2, 8.4, and 8.10 of this Article Eight (subject to the conditions, limitations, and obligations specified in those Sections) permitted for such persons by appropriate provisions of the Code.  Persons to be indemnified may be identified by position or name, and the right of indemnification may be different for each of the persons identified.  Each person so identified shall be an “Indemnified Person” for purposes of the provisions of this Article Eight.

 

8.4           Advances .  Expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, court costs, and expert witness fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any Proceeding of the kind described in Sections 8.1 or 8.3, as to an Indemnified Person who is a director of the Corporation, or in Sections 8.2 or 8.3, as to other Indemnified Persons, if the Board of Directors has specified that advancement of expenses be made available to any such Indemnified Person, shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding as set forth herein.  The Corporation shall promptly pay the amount of such expenses to the Indemnified Person, but in no event later than 10 days following the Indemnified Person’s delivery to the Corporation of a written request for an advance pursuant to this Section 8.4, together with a reasonable accounting of such expenses; provided , however , that the Indemnified Person shall furnish the Corporation a written affirmation of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct and a written undertaking and agreement to repay to the Corporation any advances made pursuant to this Section 8.4 if it shall be determined that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation for such amounts.  The Corporation may make the advances contemplated by this Section 8.4 regardless of the Indemnified Person’s financial ability to make repayment.  Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 8.4 may be unsecured and interest-free.

 

8.5           Non-Exclusivity .  Subject to any applicable limitation imposed by the Code or the Articles of Incorporation, the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article Eight shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any provision of the Articles of Incorporation, or any Bylaw, resolution, or agreement specifically or in general terms approved or ratified by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the shares entitled to be voted thereon.

 

10



 

8.6           Insurance .  The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or who, while serving in such a capacity, is also or was also serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, partner, employee, or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, against any Liability that may be asserted against or incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article Eight.

 

8.7           Notice .  If the Corporation indemnifies or advances expenses to a director under any of Sections 14-2-851 through 14-2-854 of the Code in connection with a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation, the Corporation shall, to the extent required by Section 14-2-1621 or any other applicable provision of the Code, report the indemnification or advance in writing to the shareholders with or before the notice of the next shareholders’ meeting.

 

8.8           Security .  The Corporation may designate certain of its assets as collateral, provide self-insurance, establish one or more indemnification trusts, or otherwise secure or facilitate its ability to meet its obligations under this Article Eight, or under any indemnification agreement or plan of indemnification adopted and entered into in accordance with the provisions of this Article Eight, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

 

8.9           Amendment .  Any amendment to this Article Eight that limits or otherwise adversely affects the right of indemnification, advancement of expenses, or other rights of any Indemnified Person hereunder shall, as to such Indemnified Person, apply only to Proceedings based on actions, events, or omissions (collectively, “Post Amendment Events”) occurring after such amendment and after delivery of notice of such amendment to the Indemnified Person so affected.  Any Indemnified Person shall, as to any Proceeding based on actions, events, or omissions occurring prior to the date of receipt of such notice, be entitled to the right of indemnification, advancement of expenses, and other rights under this Article Eight to the same extent as if such provisions had continued as part of the Bylaws of the Corporation without such amendment.  This Section 8.9 cannot be altered, amended, or repealed in a manner effective as to any Indemnified Person (except as to Post Amendment Events) without the prior written consent of such Indemnified Person.

 

8.10         Agreements .  The provisions of this Article Eight shall be deemed to constitute an agreement between the Corporation and each Indemnified Person hereunder.  In addition to the rights provided in this Article Eight, the Corporation shall have the power, upon authorization by the Board of Directors, to enter into an agreement or agreements providing to any Indemnified Person indemnification rights substantially similar to those provided in this Article Eight.

 

8.11         Continuing Benefits .  The rights of indemnification and advancement of expenses permitted or authorized by this Article Eight shall, unless otherwise provided when such rights are granted or conferred, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person.

 

8.12         Successors .  For purposes of this Article Eight, the term “Corporation” shall include any corporation, joint venture, trust, partnership, or unincorporated business association that is the successor to all or substantially all of the business or assets of this Corporation, as a result of merger, consolidation, sale, liquidation, or otherwise, and any such successor shall be liable to the persons indemnified under this Article Eight on the same terms and conditions and to the same extent as this Corporation.

 

8.13         Severability .  Each of the Sections of this Article Eight, and each of the clauses set forth herein, shall be deemed separate and independent, and should any part of any such Section or clause be declared invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall in no way render invalid or unenforceable any other part thereof or any separate Section or clause of this Article Eight that is not declared invalid or unenforceable.

 

8.14         Additional Indemnification .  In addition to the specific indemnification rights set forth herein, the Corporation shall indemnify each of its directors and such of its officers as have been designated by the Board of

 

11



 

Directors to the full extent permitted by action of the Board of Directors without shareholder approval under the Code or other laws of the State of Georgia as in effect from time to time.

 

ARTICLE NINE
MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1           Inspection of Books and Records .  The Board of Directors shall have the power to determine which accounts, books, and records of the Corporation shall be available for shareholders to inspect or copy, except for those books and records required by the Code to be made available upon compliance by a shareholder with applicable requirements, and shall have the power to fix reasonable rules and regulations (including confidentiality restrictions and procedures) not in conflict with applicable law for the inspection and copying of accounts, books, and records that by law or by determination of the Board of Directors are made available.  Unless required by the Code or otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, a shareholder of the Corporation holding less than two percent of the total shares of the Corporation then outstanding shall have no right to inspect the books and records of the Corporation.

 

9.2           Fiscal Year .  The Board of Directors is authorized to fix the fiscal year of the Corporation and to change the fiscal year from time to time as it deems appropriate.

 

9.3           Corporate Seal .  The corporate seal will be in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may authorize the use of one or more facsimile forms of the corporate seal. The corporate seal need not be used unless its use is required by law, by these Bylaws, or by the Articles of Incorporation.

 

9.4           Annual Statements .  Not later than four months after the close of each fiscal year, and in any case prior to the next annual meeting of shareholders, the Corporation shall prepare (a) a balance sheet showing in reasonable detail the financial condition of the Corporation as of the close of its fiscal year, and (b) a profit and loss statement showing the results of its operations during its fiscal year.  Upon receipt of written request, the Corporation promptly shall mail to any shareholder of record a copy of the most recent such balance sheet and profit and loss statement, in such form and with such information as the Code may require.

 

9.5           Notice .

 

(a)           Whenever these Bylaws require notice to be given to any shareholder or to any director, the notice may be given by mail, in person, by courier delivery, by telephone, by telecopier, or similar electronic means.  Whenever notice is given to a shareholder or director by mail, the notice shall be sent by depositing the notice in a post office or letter box in a postage-prepaid, sealed envelope addressed to the shareholder or director at his or her address as it appears on the books of the Corporation.  Any such written notice given by mail shall be effective: (i) if given to shareholders, at the time the same is deposited in the United States mail; and (ii) in all other cases, at the earliest of (x) when received or when delivered, properly addressed, to the addressee’s last known principal place of business or residence, (y) five days after its deposit in the mail, as evidenced by the postmark, if mailed with first-class postage prepaid and correctly addressed, or (z) on the date shown on the return receipt, if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and the receipt is signed by or on behalf of the addressee.  Whenever notice is given to a shareholder or director by any means other than mail, the notice shall be deemed given when received.

 

(b)           In calculating time periods for notice, when a period of time measured in days, weeks, months, years, or other measurement of time is prescribed for the exercise of any privilege or the discharge of any duty, the first day shall not be counted but the last day shall be counted.

 

12



 

ARTICLE TEN
AMENDMENTS

 

Except as otherwise provided under the Code, the Board of Directors shall have the power to alter, amend, or repeal these Bylaws or adopt new Bylaws.  Any Bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors may be altered, amended, or repealed, and new Bylaws adopted, by the shareholders.  The shareholders may prescribe in adopting any Bylaw or Bylaws that the Bylaw or Bylaws so adopted shall not be altered, amended, or repealed by the Board of Directors.

 

The undersigned, as Secretary of the Corporation, on behalf of the Corporation, hereby certifies that these Bylaws were adopted in compliance with the procedural requirements of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and the laws of the State of Georgia, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and have not been amended or revoked as of the date herein.

 

 

 

/s/ J. Daniel Speight

 

Name:

J. Daniel Speight

 

By:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

Date:

1/27/2010

 

13


EXHIBIT 4.2

 

CS - #

 

Common Stock Shares

 

 

No. of shares

 

[STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION LOGO]

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF GEORGIA

 

This certifies that                                                                is the owner of                                                                              fully paid and non-assessable Shares of $.01 par value Common Stock of

 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by a  duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.  This Certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

 

WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ J. Daniel Speight

 

[Corporate Seal]

/s/ Joseph W. Evans

J. Daniel Speight

 

 

Joseph W. Evans

Vice Chairman and Secretary

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Countersigned and Registered]

 

 

 

American Stock Transfer & Trust

 

 

 

Company, LLC (New York, NY) /

 

 

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar /

 

 

 

Authorized Signature

 



 

STATE BANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

TEN COM

as tenants in common

 

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT —

 

Custodian

 

(Minor)

TEN ENT

as tenants by the entireties

 

under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

 

 

 

(State)

JT TEN

as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the list.

 

For value received,                                                                the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Please insert Social Security or Other Identifying Number of Assignee

 

 

 

PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 

Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

 

Dated ,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTICE :

 

 

THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:

 

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

 

 

 

 

 


EXHIBIT 10.1

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of July 24, 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”), between State Bank and Trust Company, a banking corporation organized under the laws of the State of Georgia (the “ Bank ”) and Joseph W. Evans, a resident of the State of Georgia (the “ Employee ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to employ Employee and Employee desires to be employed by the Bank; and

 

WHEREAS, Employee is willing to enter into this Employment Agreement in consideration of the agreements set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.              Definitions .

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following terms and their variant forms shall have the meaning set forth below:

 

1.1            Agreement ” shall mean this Agreement and any exhibits incorporated herein together with any amendments hereto made in the manner described in this Agreement.

 

1.2            Affiliate ” shall mean any business entity which controls the Bank or is controlled by or is under common control with the Bank.

 

1.3            Area ” shall mean the geographic area within the boundaries of Bibb, Fulton, Houston and Jones Counties, Georgia.  It is the express intent of the parties that the Area as defined herein is in the area where the Employee performs services on behalf of the Bank under this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

1.4            Average Monthly Compensation ” shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the sum of the Employee’s then current Base Salary (as defined in Section 4.1 hereof) and the greater of the most recently paid Incentive Compensation (as defined in Section 4.2 hereof) or the average of Incentive Compensation paid over the three most recent years by twelve.

 

1.5            Bank ” shall mean the State Bank and Trust Company or its successor(s).

 

1.6            Business of the Bank ” shall mean the business conducted by the Bank, which is the business of banking, including the solicitation of time and demand deposits and the making of residential, consumer, commercial and corporate loans, provided, however , that the Business

 



 

of the Bank shall not include (i) the origination, or purchase, of any loan which at inception or purchase would be considered a criticized or classified loan by bank regulatory authorities, (ii) the origination, or purchase, of any loan to a borrower whose residence or domicile is not in the Area, or (iii) any loan secured by real estate, where the real estate collateral securing the loan is located outside of the Area, all of which activities are currently conducted by Bankers’ Capital Group, LLC.

 

1.7            Cause ” shall mean:

 

1.7.1         With respect to termination by the Bank:

 

(a)            A material breach of the terms of this Agreement by the Employee, including, without limitation, failure by the Employee to perform the Employee’s duties and responsibilities in the manner and to the extent required under this Agreement, which breach remains uncured after the expiration of thirty (30) days following the delivery of written notice of such breach to the Employee by the Bank;

 

(b)            Conduct by the Employee that (i) constitutes fraud, dishonesty, gross malfeasance of duty or conduct grossly inappropriate to the Employee’s office and (ii) is demonstrably likely to lead to material injury to the Bank or resulted or was intended to result in direct or indirect gain to or personal enrichment of the Employee; provided, however, that such conduct shall not constitute “Cause” unless there shall have been delivered to the Employee a written notice setting forth with specificity the reasons that the Bank believes the Employee’s conduct meets the standard set forth in this Section 1.7.1(b), the Employee shall have been provided with an opportunity to be heard in person by the Board of Directors of the Bank (with the assistance of counsel, if desired) and, in the event of any such hearing, the decision of the Bank is confirmed by a vote of the membership of the Board of Directors of the Bank as provided in Section 3.2.1;

 

(c)            Conduct resulting in the conviction of the Employee of a felony; or

 

(d)            Conduct by the Employee that results in the permanent removal of the Employee from his position as an officer or employee of the Bank pursuant to a written order by any regulatory agency with authority or jurisdiction over the Bank.

 

1.7.2         With respect to termination by the Employee:

 

(a)            a material diminution in the powers, responsibilities, duties or total compensation of the Employee hereunder by the Bank, which condition remains uncured after the expiration of thirty (30) days following the delivery of written notice of such condition to the Bank by the Employee;

 

2



 

(b)            the failure of the Board of Directors of the Bank to maintain the Employee’s appointment to the offices of its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; upon the Bank’s notice of non-renewal of this Agreement; or the failure of the shareholders of the Bank to elect Employee as a director of the Bank; or

 

(c)            a material breach of the terms of this Agreement by the Bank, which breach remains uncured after the expiration of thirty (30) days following the delivery of written notice of such breach to the Bank by the Employee.

 

1.8            Change in Control ” means any one of the following events occurring after the Effective Date:

 

(a)            the acquisition by any person or persons acting in concert of the then outstanding voting securities of the Bank, if, after the transaction, the acquiring person (or persons) owns, controls or holds with power to vote more than twenty-five percent (25%) of any class of voting securities of the Bank or such other transaction as may be described under 12 C.F.R. § 225.41(c) or any successor thereto;

 

(b)            within any twelve-month period (beginning on or after the Effective Date) the persons who were directors of the Bank immediately before the beginning of such twelve-month period (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) shall cease to constitute at least a majority of such Board of Directors; provided that any director who was not a director as of the Effective Date shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director if that director was elected to such Board of Directors by, or on the recommendation of or with the approval of, at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who then qualified as Incumbent Directors; and provided further that no director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of directors shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

 

(c)            the approval by the stockholders of the Bank of a reorganization, merger or consolidation, with respect to which persons who were the stockholders of the Bank immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation do not, immediately thereafter, own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power entitled to vote in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged or consolidated company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 

(d)            the sale, transfer or assignment of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank and its subsidiaries to any third party.

 

1.9            Confidential Information ” means data and information relating to the Business of the Bank (which does not rise to the status of a Trade Secret) which is or has been disclosed to the Employee or of which the Employee became aware as a consequence of or through the Employee’s relationship to the Bank and which has value to the Bank and is not generally known to its competitors.  Without limiting the foregoing, Confidential Information shall include:

 

3



 

(a)            all items of information that could be classified as a trade secret pursuant to Georgia law;

 

(b)            the names, addresses and banking requirements of the customers of the Bank and the nature and amount of business done with such customers;

 

(c)            the names and addresses of employees and other business contacts of the Bank;

 

(d)            the particular names, methods and procedures utilized by the Bank in the conduct and advertising of its business;

 

(e)            application, operating system, communication and other computer software and derivatives thereof, including, without limitation, sources and object codes, flow charts, coding sheets, routines, subrouting and related documentation and manuals of the Bank; and

 

(f)             marketing techniques, purchasing information, pricing policies, loan policies, quoting procedures, financial information, customer data and other materials or information relating to the Bank’s manner of doing business.

 

Confidential Information shall not include any data or information that has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by the Bank (except where such public disclosure has been made by the Employee without authorization) or that has been independently developed and disclosed by others, or that otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means.

 

1.10          Bank Information ” means Confidential Information and Trade Secrets.

 

1.11          Permanent Disability ” shall mean a condition for which benefits would be payable under any long-term disability coverage (without regard to the application of any elimination period requirement) then provided to the Employee by the Bank or, if no such coverage is then being provided, the inability of the Employee to perform the material aspects of the Employee’s duties under this Agreement for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days as certified by a physician chosen by the Employee and reasonably acceptable to the Bank.

 

1.12          Term ” shall mean that period of time commencing on the Effective Date and running until (a) the close of business on the last business day immediately preceding the third (3rd) anniversary of the thirtieth (30th) day following the date any notice of non-renewal of this Agreement is received, or (b) any earlier termination of employment of the Employee under this Agreement as provided for in Section 3.

 

1.13          Trade Secrets ” means information, without regard to form, including, but not limited to, technical or nontechnical data, formulas, patterns, compilations, programs, devices, methods, techniques, drawings, processes, financial data, financial plans, product plans or lists of

 

4



 

actual or potential customers or suppliers which (a) derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (b) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy.

 

2.              Duties .

 

2.1            The Employee is employed as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors of the Bank or its designee(s).  The Employee shall perform and discharge well and faithfully the authority, duties and responsibilities which may be assigned to the Employee from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Bank in connection with the conduct of the Business of the Bank; provided, however , that, in making its assignments, the Board of Directors of the Bank shall assign only such authority, duties and responsibilities assigned to the Employee from time to time as are, in the aggregate, consistent with the duties and responsibilities as would be customarily assigned to a person occupying the positions held by the Employee pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, those set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

2.2            In addition to the duties and responsibilities specifically assigned to the Employee pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof and as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, the Employee shall:

 

(a)            devote substantially all of the Employee’s time, energy and skill during regular business hours to the performance of the duties of the Employee’s employment (reasonable vacations and reasonable absences due to illness excepted) and faithfully and industriously perform such duties;

 

(b)            diligently follow and implement all management policies and decisions communicated to the Employee by the Board of Directors of the Bank, which are consistent with this Agreement; and

 

(c)            timely prepare and forward to the Board of Directors of the Bank, all reports and accounting as may be requested of the Employee.

 

2.3            The Employee shall devote the Employee’s entire business time, attention and energies to the Business of the Bank and shall not during the term of this Agreement be engaged (whether or not during normal business hours) in any other business or professional activity, whether or not such activity is pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage; but this shall not be construed as preventing the Employee from:

 

(a)            managing the Employee’s personal assets and investing the Employee’s personal assets in businesses, which (subject to clause (b) below) are not in competition with the Business of the Bank and which will not require any services on the part of the Employee in their operation or affairs and in which the Employee’s participation is solely that of an investor;

 

5



 

(b)            purchasing securities or other interests in any entity provided that such purchase shall not result in the Employee’s collectively owning beneficially at any time five percent (5%) or more of the equity securities of any business in competition with the Business of the Bank;

 

(c)            serving on the board of directors of other organizations so long as such service does not materially interfere with the performance of the Employee’s duties under this Agreement and are not in competition with the Business of the Bank; and

 

(d)            participating in civic and professional affairs and organizations and conferences, preparing or publishing papers or books or teaching so long as the Board of Directors of the Bank approves of such activities prior to the Employee’s engaging in them.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.3, the Employee may serve as (i) a general partner of Howell Dexter Evans Family Partnership, LP, (ii) president of Rosebub Farm, Inc., and (iii) a principal of Bankers’ Capital Group, LLC.  For the avoidance of doubt, Bankers’ Capital Group, LLC also serves as a general partner of Sagus Partners, LLC and intends to do so following the date of this Agreement.

 

3.              Term and Termination .

 

3.1            Term .  This Agreement shall remain in effect for the Term.  While this Agreement remains in effect, it shall automatically renew each day after the Effective Date such that the Term remains a three-year term from day-to-day thereafter unless any party gives written notice to the others of its or his intent that the automatic renewals shall cease.  In the event such notice of non-renewal is properly given, absent prior termination by the Bank or the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2, this Agreement and the Term shall expire on the third (3rd) anniversary of the thirtieth (30th) day following the date such written notice is received.  Without limiting the foregoing, if the Bank determines in any annual performance review that the Employee’s performance under this Agreement is not satisfactory, the Bank may provide the Employee with written notice of non-renewal of this Agreement.

 

3.2            Termination .  During the Term, the employment of the Employee under this Agreement may be terminated only as follows:

 

3.2.1         By the Bank:

 

(a)            For Cause, following approval of such action by at least seventy-five (75%) of the membership of the Board of Directors of the Bank and only after providing Employee with at least thirty (30) days’ written notice, in which event the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee except for the payment of any amounts earned and unpaid as of the effective date of termination; or

 

6



 

(b)            Without Cause at any time, following approval of such action by at least two-thirds (2/3) of the disinterested directors of the Bank, provided that the Bank shall give the Employee sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of its intent to terminate, in which event the Bank shall be required to meet its obligations to the Employee under Section 3.3.1 below.

 

3.2.2         By the Employee:

 

(a)            For Cause, with no prior notice except as provided in Section 1.7.2, in which event the Bank shall be required to meet its obligations to the Employee under Section 3.3.1 below; or

 

(b)            Without Cause, provided that the Employee shall give the Bank sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of the Employee’s intent to terminate, in which event the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee except for payment of any amounts earned and unpaid as of the effective date of the termination.

 

3.2.3         By the Employee within the period commencing three (3) months prior to and ending twelve (12) months after a Change in Control of the Employer (the “ Election Period ”), provided that the Employee shall give thirty (30) days’ written notice prior to the end of the Election Period to the Employer of the Employee’s intention to terminate this Agreement, in which event the Employer shall be required to meet its obligations to the Employee under Section 3.3.2 below.

 

3.2.4         At any time upon mutual, written agreement of the parties, in which event the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee except for the payment of any amounts earned and unpaid as of the effective date of the termination.

 

3.2.5         Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Term shall expire automatically upon the Employee’s death or Permanent Disability, and if the reason for termination is the Employee’s death, the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee except for the payment of any amounts earned and unpaid as of the effective date of termination and, if the reason for termination is the Employee’s Permanent Disability, the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to Average Monthly Compensation for each full month following such termination until the earlier of the month prior to the month for which the Employee’s long-term disability benefits become payable or six (6) full months commencing with the month following the month in which the date of termination occurs.

 

3.3            Termination Payments .

 

3.3.1         In the event the Employee’s employment is terminated under this Agreement prior to the expiration of the Term pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b) or Section 3.2.2(a), the Bank shall pay to the Employee as severance pay and liquidated damages a

 

7



 

lump sum amount equal to the (a) greater of (i) the current Base Salary divided by 12, or (ii) the Average Monthly Compensation, multiplied by (b) 12.  In addition, from the effective date of the termination pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b) or Section 3.2.2(a), the Bank shall pay an amount equal to what would be the Employee’s cost of COBRA health continuation coverage for the Employee and eligible dependents for the greater of twelve (12) months or the period during which the Employee and those eligible dependents are entitled to COBRA health continuation coverage from the Bank.

 

3.3.2         In the event the Employee’s employment is terminated under this Agreement prior to the expiration of the Term pursuant to Section 3.2.3, the Bank shall pay to the Employee as severance pay and liquidated damages a lump sum amount equal to the (a) greater of (i) the current Base Salary divided by 12, or (ii) the Average Monthly Compensation, multiplied by (b) the number of months (including partial months) from the effective date of the termination through the then unexpired portion of the Term or, if greater, 24.  In addition, from the effective date of the termination pursuant to Section 3.2.3, through the then unexpired portion of the Term (or, if greater, for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the effective date of the termination) (the “ Severance Period ”), the Bank shall pay an amount equal to what would be the Employee’s cost of COBRA health continuation coverage for the Employee and eligible dependents for the greater of the Severance Period or the period during which the Employee and those eligible dependents are entitled to COBRA health continuation coverage from the Bank.

 

3.3.3         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the aggregate of the payments provided for in this Agreement and the other payments and benefits that the Employee has the right to receive from the Bank (the “ Total Payments ”) would constitute a “parachute payment,” as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “ Code ”), the Employee shall receive the Total Payments unless the (a) after-tax amount that would be retained by the Employee (after taking into account all federal, state and local income taxes payable by the Employee and the amount of any excise taxes payable by the Employee under Section 4999 of the Code that would be payable by the Employee (the “ Excise Taxes ”)) if the Employee were to receive the Total Payments has a lesser aggregate value than (b) the after-tax amount that would be retained by the Employee (after taking into account all federal, state and local income taxes payable by the Employee) if the Employee were to receive the Total Payments reduced to the largest amount as would result in no portion of the Total Payments being subject to Excise Taxes (the “ Reduced Payments ”), in which case the Employee shall be entitled only to the Reduced Payments.  If the Employee is to receive the Reduced Payments, the Employee shall be entitled to determine which of the Total Payments, and the relative portions of each, are to be reduced.

 

In connection with the Total Payments contemplated in this Section 3.3.3, the parties agree that to the minimum extent necessary to comply with Section 280G of the Code and to avoid the imposition of excise taxes under Section 4999 of the Code, the Employee agrees to provide personal services on behalf of the Bank following his termination of employment in exchange for reasonable compensation for such services.  If so required, a portion of the Total Payments shall be deemed to be attributable to such

 

8



 

post-termination services.  The parties agree that any compensation attributable to such services must comply with the requirements of Section 280G of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, including, but not limited to, the requirements set forth in Q/A-9 of Treasury Regulation 1.280G-1.  The parties agree to negotiate in good faith at the time of Employee’s termination of employment to determine the scope and duration of services to be rendered (if any) by Employee, and the related compensation payable therefore, for the period following such termination of employment, all with the objective of complying with Section 280G of the Code and the intent of this paragraph.

 

4.              Compensation .

 

The Employee shall receive the following salary and benefits during the Term:

 

4.1            Base Salary .  The Employee shall be compensated at a base rate of Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000) per year, which may be increased from time to time in accordance with the immediately succeeding sentence (“ Base Salary ”).  The Employee’s salary shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors of the Bank annually, and the Employee shall be entitled to receive annually an increase in such amount, if any, as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Bank based upon the performance of the Bank and its compliance with regulatory standards.  Such salary shall be payable in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices.

 

4.2            Incentive Compensation .  The Employee shall be eligible for an annual bonus in an amount up to fifty percent (50%) of the Employee’s Base Salary pursuant to any bonus, incentive or other executive compensation programs as are made available to senior management of the Bank from time to time (the “ Incentive Compensation ”); provided, however , that any bonus to which the Employee is entitled under such programs for the fiscal year 2010 is subject to forfeiture pursuant to Section 4(e) of that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated July 14, 2009.

 

4.3            Stock Options .  The Bank may grant to the Employee stock options from time to time commensurate with the Employee’s position.  Any such options shall be reflected by a separate written award.

 

4.4            Benefits .  The Employee shall be entitled to such benefits as may be available from time to time for senior executives of the Bank similarly situated to the Employee.  All such benefits shall be awarded and administered in accordance with the Bank’s standard policies and practices.  Such benefits may include, by way of example only, profit sharing plans, retirement or investment funds, dental, health and life insurance benefits and such other benefits as the Bank deems appropriate.

 

4.5            Business Expenses .  The Bank shall reimburse the Employee for reasonable business (including travel) expenses incurred by the Employee in performance of the Employee’s duties hereunder; provided, however, that the Employee shall, as a condition of reimbursement, submit verification of the nature and amount of such expenses in accordance with reimbursement

 

9



 

policies from time to time adopted by the Bank and in sufficient detail to comply with rules and regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

4.6            Professional Associations .  The Employee shall be entitled to attend such courses, annual meetings, conferences and seminars of his selection at the Bank’s expense, provided that the Bank shall only be required to cover reasonable expenses associated with the Employee’s attendance at such courses, conferences and seminars that are incurred consistent with the Bank’s budget operating plan and policies then in effect.

 

4.7            Vacation .  On a non-cumulative basis the Employee shall be entitled to a minimum of four weeks (4) weeks of vacation annually, during which the Employee’s compensation shall be paid in full.

 

4.8            Withholding .  The Bank may deduct from each payment of compensation hereunder all amounts required to be deducted and withheld in accordance with applicable federal and state income tax, FICA and other withholding requirements.

 

5.              Bank Information .

 

5.1            Ownership of Information .  All Bank Information received or developed by the Employee while employed by the Bank will remain the sole and exclusive property of the Bank.

 

5.2            Obligations of the Employee .  The Employee agrees (a) to hold Bank Information in strictest confidence, and (b) not to use, duplicate, reproduce, distribute, disclose or otherwise disseminate Bank Information or any physical embodiments thereof and may in no event take any action causing or fail to take any action necessary in order to prevent any Bank Information from losing its character or ceasing to qualify as Confidential Information or a Trade Secret.  In the event that the Employee is required by law to disclose any Bank Information, the Employee will not make such disclosure unless (and then only to the extent that) the Employee has been advised by independent legal counsel that such disclosure is required by law and then only after prior written notice is given to the Bank when the Employee becomes aware that such disclosure has been requested and is required by law.  This Section 5 shall survive for a period of twelve (12) months following termination of this Agreement with respect to Confidential Information, and shall survive termination of this Agreement for so long as is permitted by the then-current Georgia Trade Secrets Act of 1990, O.C.G.A. §§ 10-1-760 to -767, with respect to Trade Secrets.

 

5.3            Delivery upon Request or Termination .  Upon request by the Bank, and in any event upon termination of the Employee’s employment with the Bank, the Employee will promptly deliver to the Bank all property belonging to the Bank, including without limitation all Bank Information then in the Employee’s possession or control.

 

10



 

6.              Non-Competition .

 

The Employee agrees that during his employment by the Bank hereunder and, in the event of his termination other than by the Bank without Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b), by the Employee for Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.2(a), or by the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2.3, for a period of thirty-six (36) months thereafter, the Employee will not (except on behalf of or with the prior written consent of the Bank), within the Area, either directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, as an executive employee or in any other capacity which involves duties and responsibilities similar to those undertaken for the Bank, engage in any business which is the same as or essentially the same as the Business of the Bank.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank agrees that the Employee may own up to 5% of the voting shares of any financial institution engaged in the Business of the Bank in the Area.

 

7.              Non-Solicitation of Customers .

 

The Employee agrees that during the Employee’s employment by the Bank hereunder and, in the event of Employee’s termination other than by the Bank without Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b), by the Employee for Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.2(a), or by the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2.3, for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter, the Employee will not (except on behalf of or with the prior written consent of the Bank), on the Employee’s own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, solicit, divert or appropriate or attempt to solicit, divert or appropriate, directly or by assisting others, any business from any of the Bank’s customers, including actively sought prospective customers, with whom the Employee has or had material contact during the last twelve (12) months of the Employee’s employment, for purposes of providing products or services that are competitive with those provided by the Bank.

 

8.              Non-Solicitation of Employees .

 

The Employee agrees that during the Employee’s employment by the Bank hereunder and, in the event of the Employee’s termination other than by the Bank without Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b), by the Employee for Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.2(a), or by the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2.3, for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter, the Employee will not on the Employee’s own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, solicit, recruit or hire away or attempt to solicit, recruit or hire away, directly or by assisting others, any employee of the Bank or its Affiliates, whether or not such employee is a full-time employee or a temporary employee of the Bank or its Affiliates and whether or not such employment is pursuant to written agreement and whether or not such employment is for a determined period or is at will. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 8 will not apply to Lisa Lane or Cindy Cline.

 

9.              Remedies .

 

The Employee agrees that the covenants contained in Sections 5 through 8 hereof are of the essence of this Agreement; that each of the covenants is reasonable and necessary to protect

 

11



 

the business, interests and properties of the Bank; and that irreparable loss and damage will be suffered by the Bank should he breach any of the covenants.  Therefore, the Employee agrees and consents that, in addition to all the remedies provided by law or in equity, the Bank shall be entitled to a temporary restraining order and temporary and permanent injunctions to prevent a breach or contemplated breach of any of the covenants.  The Bank and the Employee agree that all remedies available to the Bank or the Employee, as applicable, shall be cumulative.  In addition, in the event the Employee fails to comply with any of the covenants contained in Section 5 hereof and such failure shall not be cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the Bank within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice thereof from the Bank, the Bank shall thereupon be relieved of liability for all obligations then remaining under Section 3.3 hereof.

 

10.           Severability .

 

The parties agree that each of the provisions included in this Agreement is separate, distinct and severable from the other provisions of this Agreement and that the invalidity or unenforceability of any Agreement provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.  Further, if any provision of this Agreement is ruled invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction because of a conflict between the provision and any applicable law or public policy, the provision shall be redrawn to make the provision consistent with and valid and enforceable under the law or public policy.

 

11.           No Set-Off by the Employee .

 

The existence of any claim, demand, action or cause of action by the Employee against the Bank, or any Affiliate of the Bank, whether predicated upon this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Bank of any of its rights hereunder.

 

12.           Notice .

 

All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and, if mailed by prepaid first-class mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed to have been received on the earlier of the date shown on the receipt or three (3) business days after the postmarked date thereof.  In addition, notices hereunder may be delivered by hand, facsimile transmission or overnight courier, in which event the notice shall be deemed effective when delivered or transmitted.  All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be given to the parties hereto at the following addresses:

 

(a)            If to the Bank, to the Bank at:

 

State Bank and Trust Company

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

321 Fullington Avenue

Pinehurst, Georgia  31070

 

12



 

(b)            If to the Employee, to the Employee at:

 

Joseph W. Evans

4270 W. Club Lane NE

Atlanta, Georgia 30319

 

13.           Assignment .

 

Neither party hereto may assign or delegate this Agreement or any of its rights and obligations hereunder without the written consent of the other party hereto; provided, however, that this Agreement shall be assumed by and shall be binding upon any successor to the Bank.

 

14.           Waiver .

 

A waiver by the Bank of any breach of this Agreement by the Employee shall not be effective unless in writing, and no waiver shall operate or be construed as a waiver of the same or another breach on a subsequent occasion.

 

15.           Arbitration .

 

Except for any claim for injunctive relief, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, which shall be conducted by a three-person arbitration panel, one of whom shall be selected by each party and the third of whom shall be selected jointly upon mutual agreement of both parties.  The place of arbitration shall be Fulton County, Georgia and the Bank and the Employee agree that they will seek to enforce any arbitration award in the Superior Court of Fulton County.  The decision of the arbitration panel shall be final and binding upon the parties and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitration panel may be entered by any court having jurisdiction.  The Bank agrees to pay the fees and expenses associated with the arbitration proceedings.

 

16.           Attorneys’ Fees .

 

With respect to arbitration of disputes and if litigation ensues between the parties concerning the enforcement of an arbitration award, each party shall pay its own fees, costs and expenses; provided, however, the Bank shall advance to the Employee reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Employee in preparing for and in initiating or defending against any proceeding or suit brought to enforce rights or obligations set forth in this Agreement.  Such advances shall be made within thirty (30) days after receiving copies of invoices presented by the Employee for such fees, costs and expenses.  The Employee shall have the obligation to reimburse the Bank within sixty (60) days following the final disposition of the matter (including appeals) to the full extent of the aggregate advances unless the panel of arbitrators or court, as

 

13



 

the case may be, has ruled in favor of the Employee on the merits of the substantive issues in dispute.

 

17.           Applicable Law .

 

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia.  The parties agree that the Superior Court of Fulton County, Georgia, shall have jurisdiction of any case or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement and shall be a proper forum in which to adjudicate such case or controversy.  The parties consent to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

18.           Interpretation .

 

Words importing any gender includes all genders.  Words importing the singular form shall include the plural, and vice versa.  The terms “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereby, “hereto, “hereof” and any similar terms refer to this Agreement.  Any captions, titles or headings preceding the text of any article, section or subsection herein are solely for convenience of reference and shall not constitute part of this Agreement or affect its meaning, construction or effect.

 

19.           Entire Agreement .

 

This Agreement embodies the entire and final agreement of the parties on the subject matter stated in the Agreement.  No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the Bank or the Employee unless made in writing and signed by both parties.  All prior understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter of this Agreement are hereby expressly terminated.

 

20.           Rights of Third Parties .

 

Nothing herein expressed is intended to or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any person, firm or other entity, other than the parties hereto and their permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

21.           Survival .

 

The obligations of the Bank pursuant to Sections 3.2.5 and 3.3 and the obligations of the Employee pursuant to Sections 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 shall survive the termination of the employment of the Employee hereunder for the period designated under each of those respective sections.

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto executed this Agreement in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

/s/ J. Daniel Speight

 

Name:

J. Daniel Speight

 

Title:

Vice Chairman, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

 

Date:

July 24, 2009

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

/s/ Kim M. Childers

 

 

Name:

Kim M. Childers

 

Title:

President and Chief Credit Officer

 

Date:

July 24, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EMPLOYEE

 

 

 

/s/ Joseph W. Evans

 

Name:

Joseph W. Evans

 

Date:

July 24, 2009

 

Employment Agreement Signature Page

 


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of July 24, 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”), between State Bank and Trust Company, a banking corporation organized under the laws of the State of Georgia (the “ Bank ”) and Kim Michael Childers, a resident of the State of Georgia (the “ Employee ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to employ Employee and Employee desires to be employed by the Bank; and

 

WHEREAS, Employee is willing to enter into this Employment Agreement in consideration of the agreements set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.              Definitions .

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following terms and their variant forms shall have the meaning set forth below:

 

1.1            Agreement ” shall mean this Agreement and any exhibits incorporated herein together with any amendments hereto made in the manner described in this Agreement.

 

1.2            Affiliate ” shall mean any business entity which controls the Bank or is controlled by or is under common control with the Bank.

 

1.3            Area ” shall mean the geographic area within the boundaries of Bibb, Fulton, Houston and Jones Counties, Georgia.  It is the express intent of the parties that the Area as defined herein is in the area where the Employee performs services on behalf of the Bank under this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

1.4            Average Monthly Compensation ” shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the sum of the Employee’s then current Base Salary (as defined in Section 4.1 hereof) and the greater of the most recently paid Incentive Compensation (as defined in Section 4.2 hereof) or the average of Incentive Compensation paid over the three most recent years by twelve.

 

1.5            Bank ” shall mean the State Bank and Trust Company or its successor(s).

 

1.6            Business of the Bank ” shall mean the business conducted by the Bank, which is the business of banking, including the solicitation of time and demand deposits and the making

 



 

of residential, consumer, commercial and corporate loans, provided, however , that the Business of the Bank shall not include (i) the origination, or purchase, of any loan which at inception or purchase would be considered a criticized or classified loan by bank regulatory authorities, (ii) the origination, or purchase, of any loan to a borrower whose residence or domicile is not in the Area, or (iii) any loan secured by real estate, where the real estate collateral securing the loan is located outside of the Area, all of which activities are currently conducted by Bankers’ Capital Group, LLC.

 

1.7            Cause ” shall mean:

 

1.7.1         With respect to termination by the Bank:

 

(a)            A material breach of the terms of this Agreement by the Employee, including, without limitation, failure by the Employee to perform the Employee’s duties and responsibilities in the manner and to the extent required under this Agreement, which breach remains uncured after the expiration of thirty (30) days following the delivery of written notice of such breach to the Employee by the Bank;

 

(b)            Conduct by the Employee that (i) constitutes fraud, dishonesty, gross malfeasance of duty or conduct grossly inappropriate to the Employee’s office and (ii) is demonstrably likely to lead to material injury to the Bank or resulted or was intended to result in direct or indirect gain to or personal enrichment of the Employee; provided, however, that such conduct shall not constitute “Cause” unless there shall have been delivered to the Employee a written notice setting forth with specificity the reasons that the Bank believes the Employee’s conduct meets the standard set forth in this Section 1.7.1(b), the Employee shall have been provided with an opportunity to be heard in person by the Board of Directors of the Bank (with the assistance of counsel, if desired) and, in the event of any such hearing, the decision of the Bank is confirmed by a vote of the membership of the Board of Directors of the Bank as provided in Section 3.2.1;

 

(c)            Conduct resulting in the conviction of the Employee of a felony; or

 

(d)            Conduct by the Employee that results in the permanent removal of the Employee from his position as an officer or employee of the Bank pursuant to a written order by any regulatory agency with authority or jurisdiction over the Bank.

 

1.7.2         With respect to termination by the Employee:

 

(a)            a material diminution in the powers, responsibilities, duties or total compensation of the Employee hereunder by the Bank, which condition remains uncured after the expiration of thirty (30) days following the delivery of written notice of such condition to the Bank by the Employee;

 

2



 

(b)            the failure of the Board of Directors of the Bank to maintain the Employee’s appointment to the offices of its President and Chief Credit Officer; upon the Bank’s notice of non-renewal of this Agreement; or the failure of the shareholders of the Bank to elect Employee as a director of the Bank;

 

(c)            a material breach of the terms of this Agreement by the Bank, which breach remains uncured after the expiration of thirty (30) days following the delivery of written notice of such breach to the Bank by the Employee; or

 

(d)            if the Bank requires, for any reason whatsoever, that the Employee relocate his work location from the Macon, Georgia area, or assume or be assigned responsibilities that will require the Employee to travel, on a regular basis, outside of the Macon, Georgia area.

 

1.8            Change in Control ” means any one of the following events occurring after the Effective Date:

 

(a)            the acquisition by any person or persons acting in concert of the then outstanding voting securities of the Bank, if, after the transaction, the acquiring person (or persons) owns, controls or holds with power to vote more than twenty-five percent (25%) of any class of voting securities of the Bank or such other transaction as may be described under 12 C.F.R. § 225.41(c) or any successor thereto;

 

(b)            within any twelve-month period (beginning on or after the Effective Date) the persons who were directors of the Bank immediately before the beginning of such twelve-month period (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) shall cease to constitute at least a majority of such Board of Directors; provided that any director who was not a director as of the Effective Date shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director if that director was elected to such Board of Directors by, or on the recommendation of or with the approval of, at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who then qualified as Incumbent Directors; and provided further that no director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of directors shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

 

(c)            the approval by the stockholders of the Bank of a reorganization, merger or consolidation, with respect to which persons who were the stockholders of the Bank immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation do not, immediately thereafter, own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power entitled to vote in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged or consolidated company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 

(d)            the sale, transfer or assignment of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank and its subsidiaries to any third party.

 

3



 

1.9            Confidential Information ” means data and information relating to the Business of the Bank (which does not rise to the status of a Trade Secret) which is or has been disclosed to the Employee or of which the Employee became aware as a consequence of or through the Employee’s relationship to the Bank and which has value to the Bank and is not generally known to its competitors.  Without limiting the foregoing, Confidential Information shall include:

 

(a)            all items of information that could be classified as a trade secret pursuant to Georgia law;

 

(b)            the names, addresses and banking requirements of the customers of the Bank and the nature and amount of business done with such customers;

 

(c)            the names and addresses of employees and other business contacts of the Bank;

 

(d)            the particular names, methods and procedures utilized by the Bank in the conduct and advertising of its business;

 

(e)            application, operating system, communication and other computer software and derivatives thereof, including, without limitation, sources and object codes, flow charts, coding sheets, routines, subrouting and related documentation and manuals of the Bank; and

 

(f)             marketing techniques, purchasing information, pricing policies, loan policies, quoting procedures, financial information, customer data and other materials or information relating to the Bank’s manner of doing business.

 

Confidential Information shall not include any data or information that has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by the Bank (except where such public disclosure has been made by the Employee without authorization) or that has been independently developed and disclosed by others, or that otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means.

 

1.10          Bank Information ” means Confidential Information and Trade Secrets.

 

1.11          Permanent Disability ” shall mean a condition for which benefits would be payable under any long-term disability coverage (without regard to the application of any elimination period requirement) then provided to the Employee by the Bank or, if no such coverage is then being provided, the inability of the Employee to perform the material aspects of the Employee’s duties under this Agreement for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days as certified by a physician chosen by the Employee and reasonably acceptable to the Bank.

 

1.12          Term ” shall mean that period of time commencing on the Effective Date and running until (a) the close of business on the last business day immediately preceding the third (3rd) anniversary of the thirtieth (30th) day following the date any notice of non-renewal of this

 

4



 

Agreement is received, or (b) any earlier termination of employment of the Employee under this Agreement as provided for in Section 3.

 

1.13          Trade Secrets ” means information, without regard to form, including, but not limited to, technical or nontechnical data, formulas, patterns, compilations, programs, devices, methods, techniques, drawings, processes, financial data, financial plans, product plans or lists of actual or potential customers or suppliers which (a) derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (b) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy.

 

2.              Duties .

 

2.1            The Employee is employed as the President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank, subject to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors of the Bank or its designee(s).  The Employee shall perform and discharge well and faithfully the authority, duties and responsibilities which may be assigned to the Employee from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Bank in connection with the conduct of the Business of the Bank; provided, however , that, in making its assignments, the Board of Directors of the Bank shall assign only such authority, duties and responsibilities assigned to the Employee from time to time as are, in the aggregate, consistent with the duties and responsibilities as would be customarily assigned to a person occupying the positions held by the Employee pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, those set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

2.2            In addition to the duties and responsibilities specifically assigned to the Employee pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof and as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, the Employee shall:

 

(a)            devote substantially all of the Employee’s time, energy and skill during regular business hours to the performance of the duties of the Employee’s employment (reasonable vacations and reasonable absences due to illness excepted) and faithfully and industriously perform such duties;

 

(b)            diligently follow and implement all management policies and decisions communicated to the Employee by the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors of the Bank, which are consistent with this Agreement; and

 

(c)            timely prepare and forward to the Board of Directors of the Bank, all reports and accounting as may be requested of the Employee.

 

2.3            The Employee shall devote the Employee’s entire business time, attention and energies to the Business of the Bank and shall not during the term of this Agreement be engaged (whether or not during normal business hours) in any other business or professional activity, whether or not such activity is pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage; but this shall not be construed as preventing the Employee from:

 

5



 

(a)            managing the Employee’s personal assets and investing the Employee’s personal assets in businesses, which (subject to clause (b) below) are not in competition with the Business of the Bank and which will not require any services on the part of the Employee in their operation or affairs and in which the Employee’s participation is solely that of an investor;

 

(b)            purchasing securities or other interests in any entity provided that such purchase shall not result in the Employee’s collectively owning beneficially at any time five percent (5%) or more of the equity securities of any business in competition with the Business of the Bank;

 

(c)            serving on the board of directors of other organizations so long as such service does not materially interfere with the performance of the Employee’s duties under this Agreement and are not in competition with the Business of the Bank; and

 

(d)            participating in civic and professional affairs and organizations and conferences, preparing or publishing papers or books or teaching so long as the Board of Directors of the Bank approves of such activities prior to the Employee’s engaging in them.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.3, the Employee may serve as a principal of Bankers’ Capital Group, LLC.  For the avoidance of doubt, Bankers’ Capital Group, LLC also serves as a general partner of Sagus Partners, LLC and intends to do so following the date of this Agreement.

 

3.              Term and Termination .

 

3.1            Term .  This Agreement shall remain in effect for the Term.  While this Agreement remains in effect, it shall automatically renew each day after the Effective Date such that the Term remains a three-year term from day-to-day thereafter unless any party gives written notice to the others of its or his intent that the automatic renewals shall cease.  In the event such notice of non-renewal is properly given, absent prior termination by the Bank or the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2, this Agreement and the Term shall expire on the third (3rd) anniversary of the thirtieth (30th) day following the date such written notice is received.  Without limiting the foregoing, if the Bank determines in any annual performance review that the Employee’s performance under this Agreement is not satisfactory, the Bank may provide the Employee with written notice of non-renewal of this Agreement.

 

3.2            Termination .  During the Term, the employment of the Employee under this Agreement may be terminated only as follows:

 

6



 

3.2.1         By the Bank:

 

(a)            For Cause, following approval of such action by at least seventy-five (75%) of the membership of the Board of Directors of the Bank and only after providing Employee with at least thirty (30) days’ written notice, in which event the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee except for the payment of any amounts earned and unpaid as of the effective date of termination; or

 

(b)            Without Cause at any time, following approval of such action by at least two-thirds (2/3) of the disinterested directors of the Bank, provided that the Bank shall give the Employee sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of its intent to terminate, in which event the Bank shall be required to meet its obligations to the Employee under Section 3.3.1 below.

 

3.2.2         By the Employee:

 

(a)            For Cause, with no prior notice except as provided in Section 1.7.2, in which event the Bank shall be required to meet its obligations to the Employee under Section 3.3.1 below; or

 

(b)            Without Cause, provided that the Employee shall give the Bank sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of the Employee’s intent to terminate, in which event the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee except for payment of any amounts earned and unpaid as of the effective date of the termination.

 

3.2.3         By the Employee within the period commencing three (3) months prior to and ending twelve (12) months after a Change in Control of the Employer (the “ Election Period ”), provided that the Employee shall give thirty (30) days’ written notice prior to the end of the Election Period to the Employer of the Employee’s intention to terminate this Agreement, in which event the Employer shall be required to meet its obligations to the Employee under Section 3.3.2 below.

 

3.2.4         At any time upon mutual, written agreement of the parties, in which event the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee except for the payment of any amounts earned and unpaid as of the effective date of the termination.

 

3.2.5         Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Term shall expire automatically upon the Employee’s death or Permanent Disability, and if the reason for termination is the Employee’s death, the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee except for the payment of any amounts earned and unpaid as of the effective date of termination and, if the reason for termination is the Employee’s Permanent Disability, the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to Average Monthly Compensation for each full month following such termination until the earlier of the month prior to the month for which the Employee’s long-term disability benefits

 

7



 

become payable or six (6) full months commencing with the month following the month in which the date of termination occurs.

 

3.3            Termination Payments .

 

3.3.1         In the event the Employee’s employment is terminated under this Agreement prior to the expiration of the Term pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b) or Section 3.2.2(a), the Bank shall pay to the Employee as severance pay and liquidated damages a lump sum amount equal to the (a) greater of (i) the current Base Salary divided by 12, or (ii) the Average Monthly Compensation, multiplied by (b) 12.  In addition, from the effective date of the termination pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b) or Section 3.2.2(a), the Bank shall pay an amount equal to what would be the Employee’s cost of COBRA health continuation coverage for the Employee and eligible dependents for the greater of twelve (12) months or the period during which the Employee and those eligible dependents are entitled to COBRA health continuation coverage from the Bank.

 

3.3.2         In the event the Employee’s employment is terminated under this Agreement prior to the expiration of the Term pursuant to Section 3.2.3, the Bank shall pay to the Employee as severance pay and liquidated damages a lump sum amount equal to the (a) greater of (i) the current Base Salary divided by 12, or (ii) the Average Monthly Compensation, multiplied by (b) the number of months (including partial months) from the effective date of the termination through the then unexpired portion of the Term or, if greater, 24.  In addition, from the effective date of the termination pursuant to Section 3.2.3, through the then unexpired portion of the Term (or, if greater, for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the effective date of the termination) (the “ Severance Period ”), the Bank shall pay an amount equal to what would be the Employee’s cost of COBRA health continuation coverage for the Employee and eligible dependents for the greater of the Severance Period or the period during which the Employee and those eligible dependents are entitled to COBRA health continuation coverage from the Bank.

 

3.3.3         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the aggregate of the payments provided for in this Agreement and the other payments and benefits that the Employee has the right to receive from the Bank (the “ Total Payments ”) would constitute a “parachute payment,” as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “ Code ”), the Employee shall receive the Total Payments unless the (a) after-tax amount that would be retained by the Employee (after taking into account all federal, state and local income taxes payable by the Employee and the amount of any excise taxes payable by the Employee under Section 4999 of the Code that would be payable by the Employee (the “ Excise Taxes ”)) if the Employee were to receive the Total Payments has a lesser aggregate value than (b) the after-tax amount that would be retained by the Employee (after taking into account all federal, state and local income taxes payable by the Employee) if the Employee were to receive the Total Payments reduced to the largest amount as would result in no portion of the Total Payments being subject to Excise Taxes (the “ Reduced Payments ”), in which case the Employee shall be entitled only to the Reduced Payments.  If the Employee is to receive the Reduced

 

8



 

Payments, the Employee shall be entitled to determine which of the Total Payments, and the relative portions of each, are to be reduced.

 

In connection with the Total Payments contemplated in this Section 3.3.3, the parties agree that to the minimum extent necessary to comply with Section 280G of the Code and to avoid the imposition of excise taxes under Section 4999 of the Code, the Employee agrees to provide personal services on behalf of the Bank following his termination of employment in exchange for reasonable compensation for such services.  If so required, a portion of the Total Payments shall be deemed to be attributable to such post-termination services.  The parties agree that any compensation attributable to such services must comply with the requirements of Section 280G of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, including, but not limited to, the requirements set forth in Q/A-9 of Treasury Regulation 1.280G-1.  The parties agree to negotiate in good faith at the time of Employee’s termination of employment to determine the scope and duration of services to be rendered (if any) by Employee, and the related compensation payable therefore, for the period following such termination of employment, all with the objective of complying with Section 280G of the Code and the intent of this paragraph.

 

4.              Compensation .

 

The Employee shall receive the following salary and benefits during the Term:

 

4.1            Base Salary .  The Employee shall be compensated at a base rate of Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000) per year, which may be increased from time to time in accordance with the immediately succeeding sentence (“ Base Salary ”).  The Employee’s salary shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors of the Bank annually, and the Employee shall be entitled to receive annually an increase in such amount, if any, as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Bank based upon the performance of the Bank and its compliance with regulatory standards.  Such salary shall be payable in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices.

 

4.2            Incentive Compensation .  The Employee shall be eligible for an annual bonus in an amount up to fifty percent (50%) of the Employee’s Base Salary pursuant to any bonus, incentive or other executive compensation programs as are made available to senior management of the Bank from time to time (the “ Incentive Compensation ”); provided, however , that any bonus to which the Employee is entitled under such programs for the fiscal year 2010 is subject to forfeiture pursuant to Section 4(e) of that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated July 14, 2009.

 

4.3            Stock Options .  The Bank may grant to the Employee stock options from time to time commensurate with the Employee’s position.  Any such options shall be reflected by a separate written award.

 

4.4            Benefits .  The Employee shall be entitled to such benefits as may be available from time to time for senior executives of the Bank similarly situated to the Employee.  All such

 

9



 

benefits shall be awarded and administered in accordance with the Bank’s standard policies and practices.  Such benefits may include, by way of example only, profit sharing plans, retirement or investment funds, dental, health and life insurance benefits and such other benefits as the Bank deems appropriate.

 

4.5            Business Expenses .  The Bank shall reimburse the Employee for reasonable business (including travel) expenses incurred by the Employee in performance of the Employee’s duties hereunder; provided, however, that the Employee shall, as a condition of reimbursement, submit verification of the nature and amount of such expenses in accordance with reimbursement policies from time to time adopted by the Bank and in sufficient detail to comply with rules and regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

4.6            Professional Associations .  The Employee shall be entitled to attend such courses, annual meetings, conferences and seminars of his selection at the Bank’s expense, provided that the Bank shall only be required to cover reasonable expenses associated with the Employee’s attendance at such courses, conferences and seminars that are incurred consistent with the Bank’s budget operating plan and policies then in effect.

 

4.7            Vacation .  On a non-cumulative basis the Employee shall be entitled to a minimum of four weeks (4) weeks of vacation annually, during which the Employee’s compensation shall be paid in full.

 

4.8            Withholding .  The Bank may deduct from each payment of compensation hereunder all amounts required to be deducted and withheld in accordance with applicable federal and state income tax, FICA and other withholding requirements.

 

5.              Bank Information .

 

5.1            Ownership of Information .  All Bank Information received or developed by the Employee while employed by the Bank will remain the sole and exclusive property of the Bank.

 

5.2            Obligations of the Employee .  The Employee agrees (a) to hold Bank Information in strictest confidence, and (b) not to use, duplicate, reproduce, distribute, disclose or otherwise disseminate Bank Information or any physical embodiments thereof and may in no event take any action causing or fail to take any action necessary in order to prevent any Bank Information from losing its character or ceasing to qualify as Confidential Information or a Trade Secret.  In the event that the Employee is required by law to disclose any Bank Information, the Employee will not make such disclosure unless (and then only to the extent that) the Employee has been advised by independent legal counsel that such disclosure is required by law and then only after prior written notice is given to the Bank when the Employee becomes aware that such disclosure has been requested and is required by law.  This Section 5 shall survive for a period of twelve (12) months following termination of this Agreement with respect to Confidential Information, and shall survive termination of this Agreement for so long as is permitted by the then-current Georgia Trade Secrets Act of 1990, O.C.G.A. §§ 10-1-760 to -767, with respect to Trade Secrets.

 

10



 

5.3            Delivery upon Request or Termination .  Upon request by the Bank, and in any event upon termination of the Employee’s employment with the Bank, the Employee will promptly deliver to the Bank all property belonging to the Bank, including without limitation all Bank Information then in the Employee’s possession or control.

 

6.              Non-Competition .

 

The Employee agrees that during his employment by the Bank hereunder and, in the event of his termination other than by the Bank without Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b), by the Employee for Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.2(a), or by the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2.3, for a period of thirty-six (36) months thereafter, the Employee will not (except on behalf of or with the prior written consent of the Bank), within the Area, either directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, as an executive employee or in any other capacity which involves duties and responsibilities similar to those undertaken for the Bank, engage in any business which is the same as or essentially the same as the Business of the Bank.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank agrees that the Employee may own up to 5% of the voting shares of any financial institution engaged in the Business of the Bank in the Area.

 

7.              Non-Solicitation of Customers .

 

The Employee agrees that during the Employee’s employment by the Bank hereunder and, in the event of Employee’s termination other than by the Bank without Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b), by the Employee for Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.2(a), or by the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2.3, for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter, the Employee will not (except on behalf of or with the prior written consent of the Bank), on the Employee’s own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, solicit, divert or appropriate or attempt to solicit, divert or appropriate, directly or by assisting others, any business from any of the Bank’s customers, including actively sought prospective customers, with whom the Employee has or had material contact during the last twelve (12) months of the Employee’s employment, for purposes of providing products or services that are competitive with those provided by the Bank.

 

8.              Non-Solicitation of Employees .

 

The Employee agrees that during the Employee’s employment by the Bank hereunder and, in the event of the Employee’s termination other than by the Bank without Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b), by the Employee for Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.2(a), or by the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2.3, for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter, the Employee will not on the Employee’s own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, solicit, recruit or hire away or attempt to solicit, recruit or hire away, directly or by assisting others, any employee of the Bank or its Affiliates, whether or not such employee is a full-time employee or a temporary employee of the Bank or its Affiliates and whether or not such employment is pursuant to written agreement and whether or not such employment is for a determined period or is at will. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 8 will not apply to Lisa Lane or Cindy Cline.

 

11



 

9.              Remedies .

 

The Employee agrees that the covenants contained in Sections 5 through 8 hereof are of the essence of this Agreement; that each of the covenants is reasonable and necessary to protect the business, interests and properties of the Bank; and that irreparable loss and damage will be suffered by the Bank should he breach any of the covenants.  Therefore, the Employee agrees and consents that, in addition to all the remedies provided by law or in equity, the Bank shall be entitled to a temporary restraining order and temporary and permanent injunctions to prevent a breach or contemplated breach of any of the covenants.  The Bank and the Employee agree that all remedies available to the Bank or the Employee, as applicable, shall be cumulative.  In addition, in the event the Employee fails to comply with any of the covenants contained in Section 5 hereof and such failure shall not be cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the Bank within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice thereof from the Bank, the Bank shall thereupon be relieved of liability for all obligations then remaining under Section 3.3 hereof.

 

10.           Severability .

 

The parties agree that each of the provisions included in this Agreement is separate, distinct and severable from the other provisions of this Agreement and that the invalidity or unenforceability of any Agreement provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.  Further, if any provision of this Agreement is ruled invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction because of a conflict between the provision and any applicable law or public policy, the provision shall be redrawn to make the provision consistent with and valid and enforceable under the law or public policy.

 

11.           No Set-Off by the Employee .

 

The existence of any claim, demand, action or cause of action by the Employee against the Bank, or any Affiliate of the Bank, whether predicated upon this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Bank of any of its rights hereunder.

 

12.           Notice .

 

All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and, if mailed by prepaid first-class mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed to have been received on the earlier of the date shown on the receipt or three (3) business days after the postmarked date thereof.  In addition, notices hereunder may be delivered by hand, facsimile transmission or overnight courier, in which event the notice shall be deemed effective when delivered or transmitted.  All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be given to the parties hereto at the following addresses:

 

12



 

(a)            If to the Bank, to the Bank at:

 

State Bank and Trust Company

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

321 Fullington Avenue

Pinehurst, Georgia  31070

 

(b)            If to the Employee, to the Employee at:

 

Kim Michael Childers

9395 Highway 341

Fort Valley, Georgia 310303

 

13.           Assignment .

 

Neither party hereto may assign or delegate this Agreement or any of its rights and obligations hereunder without the written consent of the other party hereto; provided, however, that this Agreement shall be assumed by and shall be binding upon any successor to the Bank.

 

14.           Waiver .

 

A waiver by the Bank of any breach of this Agreement by the Employee shall not be effective unless in writing, and no waiver shall operate or be construed as a waiver of the same or another breach on a subsequent occasion.

 

15.           Arbitration .

 

Except for any claim for injunctive relief, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, which shall be conducted by a three-person arbitration panel, one of whom shall be selected by each party and the third of whom shall be selected jointly upon mutual agreement of both parties.  The place of arbitration shall be Fulton County, Georgia and the Bank and the Employee agree that they will seek to enforce any arbitration award in the Superior Court of Fulton County.  The decision of the arbitration panel shall be final and binding upon the parties and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitration panel may be entered by any court having jurisdiction.  The Bank agrees to pay the fees and expenses associated with the arbitration proceedings.

 

16.           Attorneys’ Fees .

 

With respect to arbitration of disputes and if litigation ensues between the parties concerning the enforcement of an arbitration award, each party shall pay its own fees, costs and expenses; provided, however, the Bank shall advance to the Employee reasonable fees, costs and

 

13



 

expenses incurred by the Employee in preparing for and in initiating or defending against any proceeding or suit brought to enforce rights or obligations set forth in this Agreement.  Such advances shall be made within thirty (30) days after receiving copies of invoices presented by the Employee for such fees, costs and expenses.  The Employee shall have the obligation to reimburse the Bank within sixty (60) days following the final disposition of the matter (including appeals) to the full extent of the aggregate advances unless the panel of arbitrators or court, as the case may be, has ruled in favor of the Employee on the merits of the substantive issues in dispute.

 

17.           Applicable Law .

 

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia.  The parties agree that the Superior Court of Fulton County, Georgia, shall have jurisdiction of any case or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement and shall be a proper forum in which to adjudicate such case or controversy.  The parties consent to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

18.           Interpretation .

 

Words importing any gender includes all genders.  Words importing the singular form shall include the plural, and vice versa.  The terms “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereby, “hereto, “hereof” and any similar terms refer to this Agreement.  Any captions, titles or headings preceding the text of any article, section or subsection herein are solely for convenience of reference and shall not constitute part of this Agreement or affect its meaning, construction or effect.

 

19.           Entire Agreement .

 

This Agreement embodies the entire and final agreement of the parties on the subject matter stated in the Agreement.  No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the Bank or the Employee unless made in writing and signed by both parties.  All prior understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter of this Agreement are hereby expressly terminated.

 

20.           Rights of Third Parties .

 

Nothing herein expressed is intended to or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any person, firm or other entity, other than the parties hereto and their permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

14



 

21.           Survival .

 

The obligations of the Bank pursuant to Sections 3.2.5 and 3.3 and the obligations of the Employee pursuant to Sections 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 shall survive the termination of the employment of the Employee hereunder for the period designated under each of those respective sections.

 

[Signatures Appear on the Following Page.]

 

15



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto executed this Agreement in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

/s/  Joseph W. Evans

 

Name:

Joseph W. Evans

 

Title:

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Date:

July 24, 2009

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

/s/ J. Daniel Speight

 

 

Name:

J. Daniel Speight

 

Title:

Vice Chairman, Chief Financial
Officer and Chief Operating Officer

 

Date:

July 24, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EMPLOYEE

 

 

 

/s/  Kim Michael Childers

 

Name:

Kim Michael Childers

 

Date:

July 24, 2009

 

Employment Agreement Signature Page

 


EXHIBIT 10.3

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of July 24, 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”), between State Bank and Trust Company, a banking corporation organized under the laws of the State of Georgia (the “ Bank ”) and J. Daniel Speight, a resident of the State of Georgia (the “ Employee ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to employ Employee and Employee desires to be employed by the Bank; and

 

WHEREAS, Employee is willing to enter into this Employment Agreement in consideration of the agreements set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following terms and their variant forms shall have the meaning set forth below:

 

1.1                                  Agreement ” shall mean this Agreement and any exhibits incorporated herein together with any amendments hereto made in the manner described in this Agreement.

 

1.2                                  Affiliate ” shall mean any business entity which controls the Bank or is controlled by or is under common control with the Bank.

 

1.3                                  Area ” shall mean the geographic area within the boundaries of Bibb, Fulton, Houston and Jones Counties, Georgia.  It is the express intent of the parties that the Area as defined herein is in the area where the Employee performs services on behalf of the Bank under this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

1.4                                  Average Monthly Compensation ” shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the sum of the Employee’s then current Base Salary (as defined in Section 4.1 hereof) and the greater of the most recently paid Incentive Compensation (as defined in Section 4.2 hereof) or the average of Incentive Compensation paid over the three most recent years by twelve.

 

1.5                                  Bank ” shall mean the State Bank and Trust Company or its successor(s).

 

1.6                                  Business of the Bank ” shall mean the business conducted by the Bank, which is the business of banking, including the solicitation of time and demand deposits and the making of residential, consumer, commercial and corporate loans, provided, however , that the Business

 



 

of the Bank shall not include (i) the origination, or purchase, of any loan which at inception or purchase would be considered a criticized or classified loan by bank regulatory authorities, (ii) the origination, or purchase, of any loan to a borrower whose residence or domicile is not in the Area, or (iii) any loan secured by real estate, where the real estate collateral securing the loan is located outside of the Area, all of which activities are currently conducted by Bankers’ Capital Group, LLC.

 

1.7                                  Cause ” shall mean:

 

1.7.1                         With respect to termination by the Bank:

 

(a)                                   A material breach of the terms of this Agreement by the Employee, including, without limitation, failure by the Employee to perform the Employee’s duties and responsibilities in the manner and to the extent required under this Agreement, which breach remains uncured after the expiration of thirty (30) days following the delivery of written notice of such breach to the Employee by the Bank;

 

(b)                                  Conduct by the Employee that (i) constitutes fraud, dishonesty, gross malfeasance of duty or conduct grossly inappropriate to the Employee’s office and (ii) is demonstrably likely to lead to material injury to the Bank or resulted or was intended to result in direct or indirect gain to or personal enrichment of the Employee; provided, however, that such conduct shall not constitute “Cause” unless there shall have been delivered to the Employee a written notice setting forth with specificity the reasons that the Bank believes the Employee’s conduct meets the standard set forth in this Section 1.7.1(b), the Employee shall have been provided with an opportunity to be heard in person by the Board of Directors of the Bank (with the assistance of counsel, if desired) and, in the event of any such hearing, the decision of the Bank is confirmed by a vote of the membership of the Board of Directors of the Bank as provided in Section 3.2.1;

 

(c)                                   Conduct resulting in the conviction of the Employee of a felony; or

 

(d)                                  Conduct by the Employee that results in the permanent removal of the Employee from his position as an officer or employee of the Bank pursuant to a written order by any regulatory agency with authority or jurisdiction over the Bank.

 

1.7.2                         With respect to termination by the Employee:

 

(a)                                   a material diminution in the powers, responsibilities, duties or total compensation of the Employee hereunder by the Bank, which condition remains uncured after the expiration of thirty (30) days following the delivery of written notice of such condition to the Bank by the Employee;

 

2



 

(b)                                  the failure of the Board of Directors of the Bank to maintain the Employee’s appointment to the offices of its Vice Chairman, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer; upon the Bank’s notice of non-renewal of this Agreement; or the failure of the shareholders of the Bank to elect Employee as a director of the Bank; or

 

(c)                                   a material breach of the terms of this Agreement by the Bank, which breach remains uncured after the expiration of thirty (30) days following the delivery of written notice of such breach to the Bank by the Employee.

 

1.8                                  Change in Control ” means any one of the following events occurring after the Effective Date:

 

(a)                                   the acquisition by any person or persons acting in concert of the then outstanding voting securities of the Bank, if, after the transaction, the acquiring person (or persons) owns, controls or holds with power to vote more than twenty-five percent (25%) of any class of voting securities of the Bank or such other transaction as may be described under 12 C.F.R. § 225.41(c) or any successor thereto;

 

(b)                                  within any twelve-month period (beginning on or after the Effective Date) the persons who were directors of the Bank immediately before the beginning of such twelve-month period (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) shall cease to constitute at least a majority of such Board of Directors; provided that any director who was not a director as of the Effective Date shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director if that director was elected to such Board of Directors by, or on the recommendation of or with the approval of, at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who then qualified as Incumbent Directors; and provided further that no director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of directors shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

 

(c)                                   the approval by the stockholders of the Bank of a reorganization, merger or consolidation, with respect to which persons who were the stockholders of the Bank immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation do not, immediately thereafter, own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power entitled to vote in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged or consolidated company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 

(d)                                  the sale, transfer or assignment of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank and its subsidiaries to any third party.

 

1.9                                  Confidential Information ” means data and information relating to the Business of the Bank (which does not rise to the status of a Trade Secret) which is or has been disclosed to the Employee or of which the Employee became aware as a consequence of or through the

 

3



 

Employee’s relationship to the Bank and which has value to the Bank and is not generally known to its competitors.  Without limiting the foregoing, Confidential Information shall include:

 

(a)                                   all items of information that could be classified as a trade secret pursuant to Georgia law;

 

(b)                                  the names, addresses and banking requirements of the customers of the Bank and the nature and amount of business done with such customers;

 

(c)                                   the names and addresses of employees and other business contacts of the Bank;

 

(d)                                  the particular names, methods and procedures utilized by the Bank in the conduct and advertising of its business;

 

(e)                                   application, operating system, communication and other computer software and derivatives thereof, including, without limitation, sources and object codes, flow charts, coding sheets, routines, subrouting and related documentation and manuals of the Bank; and

 

(f)                                     marketing techniques, purchasing information, pricing policies, loan policies, quoting procedures, financial information, customer data and other materials or information relating to the Bank’s manner of doing business.

 

Confidential Information shall not include any data or information that has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by the Bank (except where such public disclosure has been made by the Employee without authorization) or that has been independently developed and disclosed by others, or that otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means.

 

1.10                            Bank Information ” means Confidential Information and Trade Secrets.

 

1.11                            Permanent Disability ” shall mean a condition for which benefits would be payable under any long-term disability coverage (without regard to the application of any elimination period requirement) then provided to the Employee by the Bank or, if no such coverage is then being provided, the inability of the Employee to perform the material aspects of the Employee’s duties under this Agreement for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days as certified by a physician chosen by the Employee and reasonably acceptable to the Bank.

 

1.12                            Term ” shall mean that period of time commencing on the Effective Date and running until (a) the close of business on the last business day immediately preceding the third (3rd) anniversary of the thirtieth (30th) day following the date any notice of non-renewal of this Agreement is received, or (b) any earlier termination of employment of the Employee under this Agreement as provided for in Section 3.

 

4



 

1.13                            Trade Secrets ” means information, without regard to form, including, but not limited to, technical or nontechnical data, formulas, patterns, compilations, programs, devices, methods, techniques, drawings, processes, financial data, financial plans, product plans or lists of actual or potential customers or suppliers which (a) derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (b) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy.

 

2.                                       Duties .

 

2.1                                  The Employee is employed as the Vice Chairman, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank, subject to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors of the Bank or its designee(s).  The Employee shall perform and discharge well and faithfully the authority, duties and responsibilities which may be assigned to the Employee from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Bank in connection with the conduct of the Business of the Bank; provided, however , that, in making its assignments, the Board of Directors of the Bank shall assign only such authority, duties and responsibilities assigned to the Employee from time to time as are, in the aggregate, consistent with the duties and responsibilities as would be customarily assigned to a person occupying the positions held by the Employee pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, those set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

2.2                                  In addition to the duties and responsibilities specifically assigned to the Employee pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof and as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, the Employee shall:

 

(a)                                   devote substantially all of the Employee’s time, energy and skill during regular business hours to the performance of the duties of the Employee’s employment (reasonable vacations and reasonable absences due to illness excepted) and faithfully and industriously perform such duties;

 

(b)                                  diligently follow and implement all management policies and decisions communicated to the Employee by the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors of the Bank, which are consistent with this Agreement; and

 

(c)                                   timely prepare and forward to the Board of Directors of the Bank, all reports and accounting as may be requested of the Employee.

 

2.3                                  The Employee shall devote the Employee’s entire business time, attention and energies to the Business of the Bank and shall not during the term of this Agreement be engaged (whether or not during normal business hours) in any other business or professional activity, whether or not such activity is pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage; but this shall not be construed as preventing the Employee from:

 

(a)                                   managing the Employee’s personal assets and investing the Employee’s personal assets in businesses, which (subject to clause (b) below) are

 

5



 

not in competition with the Business of the Bank and which will not require any services on the part of the Employee in their operation or affairs and in which the Employee’s participation is solely that of an investor;

 

(b)                                  purchasing securities or other interests in any entity provided that such purchase shall not result in the Employee’s collectively owning beneficially at any time five percent (5%) or more of the equity securities of any business in competition with the Business of the Bank;

 

(c)                                   serving on the board of directors of other organizations so long as such service does not materially interfere with the performance of the Employee’s duties under this Agreement and are not in competition with the Business of the Bank; and

 

(d)                                  participating in civic and professional affairs and organizations and conferences, preparing or publishing papers or books or teaching so long as the Board of Directors of the Bank approves of such activities prior to the Employee’s engaging in them.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.3, the Employee may serve as a principal of Bankers’ Capital Group, LLC.  For the avoidance of doubt, Bankers’ Capital Group, LLC also serves as a general partner of Sagus Partners, LLC and intends to do so following the date of this Agreement.

 

3.                                       Term and Termination .

 

3.1                                  Term .  This Agreement shall remain in effect for the Term.  While this Agreement remains in effect, it shall automatically renew each day after the Effective Date such that the Term remains a three-year term from day-to-day thereafter unless any party gives written notice to the others of its or his intent that the automatic renewals shall cease.  In the event such notice of non-renewal is properly given, absent prior termination by the Bank or the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2, this Agreement and the Term shall expire on the third (3rd) anniversary of the thirtieth (30th) day following the date such written notice is received.  Without limiting the foregoing, if the Bank determines in any annual performance review that the Employee’s performance under this Agreement is not satisfactory, the Bank may provide the Employee with written notice of non-renewal of this Agreement.

 

3.2                                  Termination .  During the Term, the employment of the Employee under this Agreement may be terminated only as follows:

 

3.2.1                         By the Bank:

 

(a)                                   For Cause, following approval of such action by at least seventy-five (75%) of the membership of the Board of Directors of the Bank and only after providing Employee with at least thirty (30) days’ written notice, in which

 

6



 

event the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee except for the payment of any amounts earned and unpaid as of the effective date of termination; or

 

(b)                                  Without Cause at any time, following approval of such action by at least two-thirds (2/3) of the disinterested directors of the Bank, provided that the Bank shall give the Employee sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of its intent to terminate, in which event the Bank shall be required to meet its obligations to the Employee under Section 3.3.1 below.

 

3.2.2                         By the Employee:

 

(a)                                   For Cause, with no prior notice except as provided in Section 1.7.2, in which event the Bank shall be required to meet its obligations to the Employee under Section 3.3.1 below; or

 

(b)                                  Without Cause, provided that the Employee shall give the Bank sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of the Employee’s intent to terminate, in which event the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee except for payment of any amounts earned and unpaid as of the effective date of the termination.

 

3.2.3                         By the Employee within the period commencing three (3) months prior to and ending twelve (12) months after a Change in Control of the Employer (the “ Election Period ”), provided that the Employee shall give thirty (30) days’ written notice prior to the end of the Election Period to the Employer of the Employee’s intention to terminate this Agreement, in which event the Employer shall be required to meet its obligations to the Employee under Section 3.3.2 below.

 

3.2.4                         At any time upon mutual, written agreement of the parties, in which event the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee except for the payment of any amounts earned and unpaid as of the effective date of the termination.

 

3.2.5                         Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Term shall expire automatically upon the Employee’s death or Permanent Disability, and if the reason for termination is the Employee’s death, the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee except for the payment of any amounts earned and unpaid as of the effective date of termination and, if the reason for termination is the Employee’s Permanent Disability, the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to Average Monthly Compensation for each full month following such termination until the earlier of the month prior to the month for which the Employee’s long-term disability benefits become payable or six (6) full months commencing with the month following the month in which the date of termination occurs.

 

7



 

3.3                                  Termination Payments .

 

3.3.1                         In the event the Employee’s employment is terminated under this Agreement prior to the expiration of the Term pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b) or Section 3.2.2(a), the Bank shall pay to the Employee as severance pay and liquidated damages a lump sum amount equal to the (a) greater of (i) the current Base Salary divided by 12, or (ii) the Average Monthly Compensation, multiplied by (b) 12.  In addition, from the effective date of the termination pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b) or Section 3.2.2(a), the Bank shall pay an amount equal to what would be the Employee’s cost of COBRA health continuation coverage for the Employee and eligible dependents for the greater of twelve (12) months or the period during which the Employee and those eligible dependents are entitled to COBRA health continuation coverage from the Bank.

 

3.3.2                         In the event the Employee’s employment is terminated under this Agreement prior to the expiration of the Term pursuant to Section 3.2.3, the Bank shall pay to the Employee as severance pay and liquidated damages a lump sum amount equal to the (a) greater of (i) the current Base Salary divided by 12, or (ii) the Average Monthly Compensation, multiplied by (b) the number of months (including partial months) from the effective date of the termination through the then unexpired portion of the Term or, if greater, 24.  In addition, from the effective date of the termination pursuant to Section 3.2.3, through the then unexpired portion of the Term (or, if greater, for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the effective date of the termination) (the “ Severance Period ”), the Bank shall pay an amount equal to what would be the Employee’s cost of COBRA health continuation coverage for the Employee and eligible dependents for the greater of the Severance Period or the period during which the Employee and those eligible dependents are entitled to COBRA health continuation coverage from the Bank.

 

3.3.3                         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the aggregate of the payments provided for in this Agreement and the other payments and benefits that the Employee has the right to receive from the Bank (the “ Total Payments ”) would constitute a “parachute payment,” as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “ Code ”), the Employee shall receive the Total Payments unless the (a) after-tax amount that would be retained by the Employee (after taking into account all federal, state and local income taxes payable by the Employee and the amount of any excise taxes payable by the Employee under Section 4999 of the Code that would be payable by the Employee (the “ Excise Taxes ”)) if the Employee were to receive the Total Payments has a lesser aggregate value than (b) the after-tax amount that would be retained by the Employee (after taking into account all federal, state and local income taxes payable by the Employee) if the Employee were to receive the Total Payments reduced to the largest amount as would result in no portion of the Total Payments being subject to Excise Taxes (the “ Reduced Payments ”), in which case the Employee shall be entitled only to the Reduced Payments.  If the Employee is to receive the Reduced Payments, the Employee shall be entitled to determine which of the Total Payments, and the relative portions of each, are to be reduced.

 

8



 

In connection with the Total Payments contemplated in this Section 3.3.3, the parties agree that to the minimum extent necessary to comply with Section 280G of the Code and to avoid the imposition of excise taxes under Section 4999 of the Code, the Employee agrees to provide personal services on behalf of the Bank following his termination of employment in exchange for reasonable compensation for such services.  If so required, a portion of the Total Payments shall be deemed to be attributable to such post-termination services.  The parties agree that any compensation attributable to such services must comply with the requirements of Section 280G of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, including, but not limited to, the requirements set forth in Q/A-9 of Treasury Regulation 1.280G-1.  The parties agree to negotiate in good faith at the time of Employee’s termination of employment to determine the scope and duration of services to be rendered (if any) by Employee, and the related compensation payable therefore, for the period following such termination of employment, all with the objective of complying with Section 280G of the Code and the intent of this paragraph.

 

4.                                       Compensation .

 

The Employee shall receive the following salary and benefits during the Term:

 

4.1                                  Base Salary .  The Employee shall be compensated at a base rate of Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000) per year, which may be increased from time to time in accordance with the immediately succeeding sentence (“ Base Salary ”).  The Employee’s salary shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors of the Bank annually, and the Employee shall be entitled to receive annually an increase in such amount, if any, as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Bank based upon the performance of the Bank and its compliance with regulatory standards.  Such salary shall be payable in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices.

 

4.2                                  Incentive Compensation .  The Employee shall be eligible for an annual bonus in an amount up to fifty percent (50%) of the Employee’s Base Salary pursuant to any bonus, incentive or other executive compensation programs as are made available to senior management of the Bank from time to time (the “ Incentive Compensation ”); provided, however , that any bonus to which the Employee is entitled under such programs for the fiscal year 2010 is subject to forfeiture pursuant to Section 4(e) of that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated July 14, 2009.

 

4.3                                  Stock Options .  The Bank may grant to the Employee stock options from time to time commensurate with the Employee’s position.  Any such options shall be reflected by a separate written award.

 

4.4                                  Benefits .  The Employee shall be entitled to such benefits as may be available from time to time for senior executives of the Bank similarly situated to the Employee.  All such benefits shall be awarded and administered in accordance with the Bank’s standard policies and practices.  Such benefits may include, by way of example only, profit sharing plans, retirement

 

9



 

or investment funds, dental, health and life insurance benefits and such other benefits as the Bank deems appropriate.

 

4.5                                  Business Expenses .  The Bank shall reimburse the Employee for reasonable business (including travel) expenses incurred by the Employee in performance of the Employee’s duties hereunder; provided, however, that the Employee shall, as a condition of reimbursement, submit verification of the nature and amount of such expenses in accordance with reimbursement policies from time to time adopted by the Bank and in sufficient detail to comply with rules and regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

4.6                                  Professional Associations .  The Employee shall be entitled to attend such courses, annual meetings, conferences and seminars of his selection at the Bank’s expense, provided that the Bank shall only be required to cover reasonable expenses associated with the Employee’s attendance at such courses, conferences and seminars that are incurred consistent with the Bank’s budget operating plan and policies then in effect.

 

4.7                                  Vacation .  On a non-cumulative basis the Employee shall be entitled to a minimum of four weeks (4) weeks of vacation annually, during which the Employee’s compensation shall be paid in full.

 

4.8                                  Withholding .  The Bank may deduct from each payment of compensation hereunder all amounts required to be deducted and withheld in accordance with applicable federal and state income tax, FICA and other withholding requirements.

 

5.                                       Bank Information .

 

5.1                                  Ownership of Information .  All Bank Information received or developed by the Employee while employed by the Bank will remain the sole and exclusive property of the Bank.

 

5.2                                  Obligations of the Employee .  The Employee agrees (a) to hold Bank Information in strictest confidence, and (b) not to use, duplicate, reproduce, distribute, disclose or otherwise disseminate Bank Information or any physical embodiments thereof and may in no event take any action causing or fail to take any action necessary in order to prevent any Bank Information from losing its character or ceasing to qualify as Confidential Information or a Trade Secret.  In the event that the Employee is required by law to disclose any Bank Information, the Employee will not make such disclosure unless (and then only to the extent that) the Employee has been advised by independent legal counsel that such disclosure is required by law and then only after prior written notice is given to the Bank when the Employee becomes aware that such disclosure has been requested and is required by law.  This Section 5 shall survive for a period of twelve (12) months following termination of this Agreement with respect to Confidential Information, and shall survive termination of this Agreement for so long as is permitted by the then-current Georgia Trade Secrets Act of 1990, O.C.G.A. §§ 10-1-760 to -767, with respect to Trade Secrets.

 

5.3                                  Delivery upon Request or Termination .  Upon request by the Bank, and in any event upon termination of the Employee’s employment with the Bank, the Employee will

 

10



 

promptly deliver to the Bank all property belonging to the Bank, including without limitation all Bank Information then in the Employee’s possession or control.

 

6.                                       Non-Competition .

 

The Employee agrees that during his employment by the Bank hereunder and, in the event of his termination other than by the Bank without Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b), by the Employee for Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.2(a), or by the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2.3, for a period of thirty-six (36) months thereafter, the Employee will not (except on behalf of or with the prior written consent of the Bank), within the Area, either directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, as an executive employee or in any other capacity which involves duties and responsibilities similar to those undertaken for the Bank, engage in any business which is the same as or essentially the same as the Business of the Bank.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank agrees that the Employee may (a) own up to 5% of the voting shares of any financial institution engaged in the Business of the Bank in the Area, and (b) engage in the practice of law in the Area representing institutions engaged in the Business of the Bank.

 

7.                                       Non-Solicitation of Customers .

 

The Employee agrees that during the Employee’s employment by the Bank hereunder and, in the event of Employee’s termination other than by the Bank without Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b), by the Employee for Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.2(a), or by the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2.3, for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter, the Employee will not (except on behalf of or with the prior written consent of the Bank), on the Employee’s own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, solicit, divert or appropriate or attempt to solicit, divert or appropriate, directly or by assisting others, any business from any of the Bank’s customers, including actively sought prospective customers, with whom the Employee has or had material contact during the last twelve (12) months of the Employee’s employment, for purposes of providing products or services that are competitive with those provided by the Bank.

 

8.                                       Non-Solicitation of Employees .

 

The Employee agrees that during the Employee’s employment by the Bank hereunder and, in the event of the Employee’s termination other than by the Bank without Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b), by the Employee for Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.2(a), or by the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2.3, for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter, the Employee will not on the Employee’s own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, solicit, recruit or hire away or attempt to solicit, recruit or hire away, directly or by assisting others, any employee of the Bank or its Affiliates, whether or not such employee is a full-time employee or a temporary employee of the Bank or its Affiliates and whether or not such employment is pursuant to written agreement and whether or not such employment is for a determined period or is at will. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 8 will not apply to Lisa Lane or Cindy Cline.

 

11



 

9.                                       Remedies .

 

The Employee agrees that the covenants contained in Sections 5 through 8 hereof are of the essence of this Agreement; that each of the covenants is reasonable and necessary to protect the business, interests and properties of the Bank; and that irreparable loss and damage will be suffered by the Bank should he breach any of the covenants.  Therefore, the Employee agrees and consents that, in addition to all the remedies provided by law or in equity, the Bank shall be entitled to a temporary restraining order and temporary and permanent injunctions to prevent a breach or contemplated breach of any of the covenants.  The Bank and the Employee agree that all remedies available to the Bank or the Employee, as applicable, shall be cumulative.  In addition, in the event the Employee fails to comply with any of the covenants contained in Section 5 hereof and such failure shall not be cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the Bank within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice thereof from the Bank, the Bank shall thereupon be relieved of liability for all obligations then remaining under Section 3.3 hereof.

 

10.                                Severability .

 

The parties agree that each of the provisions included in this Agreement is separate, distinct and severable from the other provisions of this Agreement and that the invalidity or unenforceability of any Agreement provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.  Further, if any provision of this Agreement is ruled invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction because of a conflict between the provision and any applicable law or public policy, the provision shall be redrawn to make the provision consistent with and valid and enforceable under the law or public policy.

 

11.                                No Set-Off by the Employee .

 

The existence of any claim, demand, action or cause of action by the Employee against the Bank, or any Affiliate of the Bank, whether predicated upon this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Bank of any of its rights hereunder.

 

12.                                Notice .

 

All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and, if mailed by prepaid first-class mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed to have been received on the earlier of the date shown on the receipt or three (3) business days after the postmarked date thereof.  In addition, notices hereunder may be delivered by hand, facsimile transmission or overnight courier, in which event the notice shall be deemed effective when delivered or transmitted.  All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be given to the parties hereto at the following addresses:

 

12



 

(a)                                   If to the Bank, to the Bank at:

 

State Bank and Trust Company

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

321 Fullington Avenue

Pinehurst, Georgia  31070

 

(b)                                  If to the Employee, to the Employee at:

 

J. Daniel Speight

1855 Liberty Church Road

Pinehurst, Georgia 31070

 

13.                                Assignment .

 

Neither party hereto may assign or delegate this Agreement or any of its rights and obligations hereunder without the written consent of the other party hereto; provided, however, that this Agreement shall be assumed by and shall be binding upon any successor to the Bank.

 

14.                                Waiver .

 

A waiver by the Bank of any breach of this Agreement by the Employee shall not be effective unless in writing, and no waiver shall operate or be construed as a waiver of the same or another breach on a subsequent occasion.

 

15.                                Arbitration .

 

Except for any claim for injunctive relief, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, which shall be conducted by a three-person arbitration panel, one of whom shall be selected by each party and the third of whom shall be selected jointly upon mutual agreement of both parties.  The place of arbitration shall be Fulton County, Georgia and the Bank and the Employee agree that they will seek to enforce any arbitration award in the Superior Court of Fulton County.  The decision of the arbitration panel shall be final and binding upon the parties and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitration panel may be entered by any court having jurisdiction.  The Bank agrees to pay the fees and expenses associated with the arbitration proceedings.

 

16.                                Attorneys’ Fees .

 

With respect to arbitration of disputes and if litigation ensues between the parties concerning the enforcement of an arbitration award, each party shall pay its own fees, costs and expenses; provided, however, the Bank shall advance to the Employee reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Employee in preparing for and in initiating or defending against any

 

13



 

proceeding or suit brought to enforce rights or obligations set forth in this Agreement.  Such advances shall be made within thirty (30) days after receiving copies of invoices presented by the Employee for such fees, costs and expenses.  The Employee shall have the obligation to reimburse the Bank within sixty (60) days following the final disposition of the matter (including appeals) to the full extent of the aggregate advances unless the panel of arbitrators or court, as the case may be, has ruled in favor of the Employee on the merits of the substantive issues in dispute.

 

17.                                Applicable Law .

 

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia.  The parties agree that the Superior Court of Fulton County, Georgia, shall have jurisdiction of any case or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement and shall be a proper forum in which to adjudicate such case or controversy.  The parties consent to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

18.                                Interpretation .

 

Words importing any gender includes all genders.  Words importing the singular form shall include the plural, and vice versa.  The terms “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereby, “hereto, “hereof” and any similar terms refer to this Agreement.  Any captions, titles or headings preceding the text of any article, section or subsection herein are solely for convenience of reference and shall not constitute part of this Agreement or affect its meaning, construction or effect.

 

19.                                Entire Agreement .

 

This Agreement embodies the entire and final agreement of the parties on the subject matter stated in the Agreement.  No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the Bank or the Employee unless made in writing and signed by both parties.  All prior understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter of this Agreement are hereby expressly terminated.

 

20.                                Rights of Third Parties .

 

Nothing herein expressed is intended to or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any person, firm or other entity, other than the parties hereto and their permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

14



 

21.                                Survival .

 

The obligations of the Bank pursuant to Sections 3.2.5 and 3.3 and the obligations of the Employee pursuant to Sections 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 shall survive the termination of the employment of the Employee hereunder for the period designated under each of those respective sections.

 

[Signatures Appear on the Following Page.]

 

15



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto executed this Agreement in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

/s/ Joseph W. Evans

 

Name:

Joseph W. Evans

 

Title:

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Date:

July 24, 2009

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

/s/ Kim M. Childers

 

Name:

Kim M. Childers

 

Title:

President and Chief Credit Officer

 

Date:

July 24, 2009

 

 

 

 

EMPLOYEE

 

 

 

/s/ J. Daniel Speight

 

Name:

J. Daniel Speight

 

Date:

July 24, 2009

 

Employment Agreement Signature Page

 


EXHIBIT 10.4

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of July 19, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”), between State Bank and Trust Company, a banking corporation organized under the laws of the State of Georgia (the “ Bank ”) and Stephen Winston Doughty, a resident of the State of Georgia (the “ Employee ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to employ Employee and Employee desires to be employed by the Bank; and

 

WHEREAS, Employee is willing to enter into this Employment Agreement in consideration of the agreements set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following terms and their variant forms shall have the meaning set forth below:

 

1.1                                  Agreement ” shall mean this Agreement and any exhibits incorporated herein together with any amendments hereto made in the manner described in this Agreement.

 

1.2                                  Affiliate ” shall mean any business entity which controls the Bank or is controlled by or is under common control with the Bank.

 

1.3                                  Area ” shall mean the geographic area within the boundaries of Bibb, Fulton, Houston and Jones Counties, Georgia.  It is the express intent of the parties that the Area as defined herein is in the area where the Employee performs services on behalf of the Bank under this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

1.4                                  Average Monthly Compensation ” shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the sum of the Employee’s then current Base Salary (as defined in Section 4.1 hereof) and the greater of the most recently paid Incentive Compensation (as defined in Section 4.2 hereof) or the average of Incentive Compensation paid over the three most recent years by twelve.

 

1.5                                  Bank ” shall mean the State Bank and Trust Company or its successor(s).

 

1.6                                  Business of the Bank ” shall mean the business conducted by the Bank, which is the business of banking, including the solicitation of time and demand deposits and the making

 



 

of residential, consumer, commercial and corporate loans, provided, however , that the Business of the Bank shall not include (i) the origination, or purchase, of any loan which at inception or purchase would be considered a criticized or classified loan by bank regulatory authorities, (ii) the origination, or purchase, of any loan to a borrower whose residence or domicile is not in the Area, or (iii) any loan secured by real estate, where the real estate collateral securing the loan is located outside of the Area, all of which activities are currently conducted by Bankers’ Capital Group, LLC.

 

1.7                                  Cause ” shall mean:

 

1.7.1                         With respect to termination by the Bank:

 

(a)                                   A material breach of the terms of this Agreement by the Employee, including, without limitation, failure by the Employee to perform the Employee’s duties and responsibilities in the manner and to the extent required under this Agreement, which breach remains uncured after the expiration of thirty (30) days following the delivery of written notice of such breach to the Employee by the Bank;

 

(b)                                  Conduct by the Employee that (i) constitutes fraud, dishonesty, gross malfeasance of duty or conduct grossly inappropriate to the Employee’s office and (ii) is demonstrably likely to lead to material injury to the Bank or resulted or was intended to result in direct or indirect gain to or personal enrichment of the Employee; provided, however, that such conduct shall not constitute “Cause” unless there shall have been delivered to the Employee a written notice setting forth with specificity the reasons that the Bank believes the Employee’s conduct meets the standard set forth in this Section 1.7.1(b), the Employee shall have been provided with an opportunity to be heard in person by the Board of Directors of the Bank (with the assistance of counsel, if desired) and, in the event of any such hearing, the decision of the Bank is confirmed by a vote of the membership of the Board of Directors of the Bank as provided in Section 3.2.1;

 

(c)                                   Conduct resulting in the conviction of the Employee of a felony; or

 

(d)                                  Conduct by the Employee that results in the permanent removal of the Employee from his position as an officer or employee of the Bank pursuant to a written order by any regulatory agency with authority or jurisdiction over the Bank.

 

1.7.2                         With respect to termination by the Employee:

 

(a)                                   a material diminution in the powers, responsibilities, duties or total compensation of the Employee hereunder by the Bank, which condition remains uncured after the expiration of thirty (30) days following the delivery of written notice of such condition to the Bank by the Employee;

 

2



 

(b)                                  the failure of the Board of Directors of the Bank to maintain the Employee’s appointment to the offices of its Vice Chairman (assuming employee is ever elected to this office), Executive Risk Officer and Chief Banking Officer; upon the Bank’s notice of non-renewal of this Agreement; or the failure of the shareholders of the Bank to elect Employee as a director of the Bank (assuming employee is ever elected to the Bank’s board of directors);

 

(c)                                   a material breach of the terms of this Agreement by the Bank, which breach remains uncured after the expiration of thirty (30) days following the delivery of written notice of such breach to the Bank by the Employee.

 

1.8                                  Change in Control ” means any one of the following events occurring after the Effective Date:

 

(a)                                   the acquisition by any person or persons acting in concert of the then outstanding voting securities of the Bank, if, after the transaction, the acquiring person (or persons) owns, controls or holds with power to vote more than twenty-five percent (25%) of any class of voting securities of the Bank or such other transaction as may be described under 12 C.F.R. § 225.41(c) or any successor thereto;

 

(b)                                  within any twelve-month period (beginning on or after the Effective Date) the persons who were directors of the Bank immediately before the beginning of such twelve-month period (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) shall cease to constitute at least a majority of such Board of Directors; provided that any director who was not a director as of the Effective Date shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director if that director was elected to such Board of Directors by, or on the recommendation of or with the approval of, at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who then qualified as Incumbent Directors; and provided further that no director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of directors shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

 

(c)                                   the approval by the stockholders of the Bank of a reorganization, merger or consolidation, with respect to which persons who were the stockholders of the Bank immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation do not, immediately thereafter, own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power entitled to vote in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged or consolidated company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 

(d)                                  the sale, transfer or assignment of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank and its subsidiaries to any third party.

 

1.9                                  Confidential Information ” means data and information relating to the Business of the Bank (which does not rise to the status of a Trade Secret) which is or has been disclosed to

 

3



 

the Employee or of which the Employee became aware as a consequence of or through the Employee’s relationship to the Bank and which has value to the Bank and is not generally known to its competitors.  Without limiting the foregoing, Confidential Information shall include:

 

(a)                                   all items of information that could be classified as a trade secret pursuant to Georgia law;

 

(b)                                  the names, addresses and banking requirements of the customers of the Bank and the nature and amount of business done with such customers;

 

(c)                                   the names and addresses of employees and other business contacts of the Bank;

 

(d)                                  the particular names, methods and procedures utilized by the Bank in the conduct and advertising of its business;

 

(e)                                   application, operating system, communication and other computer software and derivatives thereof, including, without limitation, sources and object codes, flow charts, coding sheets, routines, subrouting and related documentation and manuals of the Bank; and

 

(f)                                     marketing techniques, purchasing information, pricing policies, loan policies, quoting procedures, financial information, customer data and other materials or information relating to the Bank’s manner of doing business.

 

Confidential Information shall not include any data or information that has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by the Bank (except where such public disclosure has been made by the Employee without authorization) or that has been independently developed and disclosed by others, or that otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means.

 

1.10                            Bank Information ” means Confidential Information and Trade Secrets.

 

1.11                            Permanent Disability ” shall mean a condition for which benefits would be payable under any long-term disability coverage (without regard to the application of any elimination period requirement) then provided to the Employee by the Bank or, if no such coverage is then being provided, the inability of the Employee to perform the material aspects of the Employee’s duties under this Agreement for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days as certified by a physician chosen by the Employee and reasonably acceptable to the Bank.

 

1.12                            Term ” shall mean that period of time commencing on the Effective Date and running until (a) the close of business on the last business day immediately preceding the third (3rd) anniversary of the thirtieth (30th) day following the date any notice of non-renewal of this Agreement is received, or (b) any earlier termination of employment of the Employee under this Agreement as provided for in Section 3.

 

4



 

1.13                            Trade Secrets ” means information, without regard to form, including, but not limited to, technical or nontechnical data, formulas, patterns, compilations, programs, devices, methods, techniques, drawings, processes, financial data, financial plans, product plans or lists of actual or potential customers or suppliers which (a) derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (b) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy.

 

2.                                       Duties .

 

2.1                                  The Employee is employed as the Executive Risk Officer and Chief Banking Officer of the Bank, subject to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors of the Bank or its designee(s).  The Employee shall perform and discharge well and faithfully the authority, duties and responsibilities which may be assigned to the Employee from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Bank in connection with the conduct of the Business of the Bank; provided, however , that, in making its assignments, the Board of Directors of the Bank shall assign only such authority, duties and responsibilities assigned to the Employee from time to time as are, in the aggregate, consistent with the duties and responsibilities as would be customarily assigned to a person occupying the positions held by the Employee pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, those set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

2.2                                  In addition to the duties and responsibilities specifically assigned to the Employee pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof and as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, the Employee shall:

 

(a)                                   devote substantially all of the Employee’s time, energy and skill during regular business hours to the performance of the duties of the Employee’s employment (reasonable vacations and reasonable absences due to illness excepted) and faithfully and industriously perform such duties;

 

(b)                                  diligently follow and implement all management policies and decisions communicated to the Employee by the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors of the Bank, which are consistent with this Agreement; and

 

(c)                                   timely prepare and forward to the Board of Directors of the Bank, all reports and accounting as may be requested of the Employee.

 

2.3                                  The Employee shall devote the Employee’s entire business time, attention and energies to the Business of the Bank and shall not during the term of this Agreement be engaged (whether or not during normal business hours) in any other business or professional activity, whether or not such activity is pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage; but this shall not be construed as preventing the Employee from:

 

(a)                                   managing the Employee’s personal assets and investing the Employee’s personal assets in businesses, which (subject to clause (b) below) are

 

5



 

not in competition with the Business of the Bank and which will not require any services on the part of the Employee in their operation or affairs and in which the Employee’s participation is solely that of an investor;

 

(b)                                  purchasing securities or other interests in any entity provided that such purchase shall not result in the Employee’s collectively owning beneficially at any time five percent (5%) or more of the equity securities of any business in competition with the Business of the Bank;

 

(c)                                   serving on the board of directors of other organizations so long as such service does not materially interfere with the performance of the Employee’s duties under this Agreement and are not in competition with the Business of the Bank; and

 

(d)                                  participating in civic and professional affairs and organizations and conferences, preparing or publishing papers or books or teaching so long as the Board of Directors of the Bank approves of such activities prior to the Employee’s engaging in them.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.3, the Employee may serve as a principal of Bankers’ Capital Group, LLC.  For the avoidance of doubt, Bankers’ Capital Group, LLC also serves as a general partner of Sagus Partners, LLC and intends to do so following the date of this Agreement.

 

3.                                       Term and Termination .

 

3.1                                  Term .  This Agreement shall remain in effect for the Term.  While this Agreement remains in effect, it shall automatically renew each day after the Effective Date such that the Term remains a three-year term from day-to-day thereafter unless any party gives written notice to the others of its or his intent that the automatic renewals shall cease.  In the event such notice of non-renewal is properly given, absent prior termination by the Bank or the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2, this Agreement and the Term shall expire on the third (3rd) anniversary of the thirtieth (30th) day following the date such written notice is received.  Without limiting the foregoing, if the Bank determines in any annual performance review that the Employee’s performance under this Agreement is not satisfactory, the Bank may provide the Employee with written notice of non-renewal of this Agreement.

 

3.2                                  Termination .  During the Term, the employment of the Employee under this Agreement may be terminated only as follows:

 

3.2.1                         By the Bank:

 

(a)                                   For Cause, following approval of such action by at least seventy-five (75%) of the membership of the Board of Directors of the Bank and only after providing Employee with at least thirty (30) days’ written notice, in which

 

6



 

event the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee except for the payment of any amounts earned and unpaid as of the effective date of termination; or

 

(b)                                  Without Cause at any time, following approval of such action by at least two-thirds (2/3) of the disinterested directors of the Bank, provided that the Bank shall give the Employee sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of its intent to terminate, in which event the Bank shall be required to meet its obligations to the Employee under Section 3.3.1 below.

 

3.2.2                         By the Employee:

 

(a)                                   For Cause, with no prior notice except as provided in Section 1.7.2, in which event the Bank shall be required to meet its obligations to the Employee under Section 3.3.1 below; or

 

(b)                                  Without Cause, provided that the Employee shall give the Bank sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of the Employee’s intent to terminate, in which event the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee except for payment of any amounts earned and unpaid as of the effective date of the termination.

 

3.2.3                         By the Employee within the period commencing three (3) months prior to and ending twelve (12) months after a Change in Control of the Employer (the “ Election Period ”), provided that the Employee shall give thirty (30) days’ written notice prior to the end of the Election Period to the Employer of the Employee’s intention to terminate this Agreement, in which event the Employer shall be required to meet its obligations to the Employee under Section 3.3.2 below.

 

3.2.4                         At any time upon mutual, written agreement of the parties, in which event the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee except for the payment of any amounts earned and unpaid as of the effective date of the termination.

 

3.2.5                         Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Term shall expire automatically upon the Employee’s death or Permanent Disability, and if the reason for termination is the Employee’s death, the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee except for the payment of any amounts earned and unpaid as of the effective date of termination and, if the reason for termination is the Employee’s Permanent Disability, the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to Average Monthly Compensation for each full month following such termination until the earlier of the month prior to the month for which the Employee’s long-term disability benefits become payable or six (6) full months commencing with the month following the month in which the date of termination occurs.

 

7



 

3.3                                  Termination Payments .

 

3.3.1                         In the event the Employee’s employment is terminated under this Agreement prior to the expiration of the Term pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b) or Section 3.2.2(a), the Bank shall pay to the Employee as severance pay and liquidated damages a lump sum amount equal to the (a) greater of (i) the current Base Salary divided by 12, or (ii) the Average Monthly Compensation, multiplied by (b) 12.  In addition, from the effective date of the termination pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b) or Section 3.2.2(a), the Bank shall pay an amount equal to what would be the Employee’s cost of COBRA health continuation coverage for the Employee and eligible dependents for the greater of twelve (12) months or the period during which the Employee and those eligible dependents are entitled to COBRA health continuation coverage from the Bank.

 

3.3.2                         In the event the Employee’s employment is terminated under this Agreement prior to the expiration of the Term pursuant to Section 3.2.3, the Bank shall pay to the Employee as severance pay and liquidated damages a lump sum amount equal to the (a) greater of (i) the current Base Salary divided by 12, or (ii) the Average Monthly Compensation, multiplied by (b) the number of months (including partial months) from the effective date of the termination through the then unexpired portion of the Term or, if greater, 24.  In addition, from the effective date of the termination pursuant to Section 3.2.3, through the then unexpired portion of the Term (or, if greater, for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the effective date of the termination) (the “ Severance Period ”), the Bank shall pay an amount equal to what would be the Employee’s cost of COBRA health continuation coverage for the Employee and eligible dependents for the greater of the Severance Period or the period during which the Employee and those eligible dependents are entitled to COBRA health continuation coverage from the Bank.

 

3.3.3                         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the aggregate of the payments provided for in this Agreement and the other payments and benefits that the Employee has the right to receive from the Bank (the “ Total Payments ”) would constitute a “parachute payment,” as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “ Code ”), the Employee shall receive the Total Payments unless the (a) after-tax amount that would be retained by the Employee (after taking into account all federal, state and local income taxes payable by the Employee and the amount of any excise taxes payable by the Employee under Section 4999 of the Code that would be payable by the Employee (the “ Excise Taxes ”)) if the Employee were to receive the Total Payments has a lesser aggregate value than (b) the after-tax amount that would be retained by the Employee (after taking into account all federal, state and local income taxes payable by the Employee) if the Employee were to receive the Total Payments reduced to the largest amount as would result in no portion of the Total Payments being subject to Excise Taxes (the “ Reduced Payments ”), in which case the Employee shall be entitled only to the Reduced Payments.  If the Employee is to receive the Reduced Payments, the Employee shall be entitled to determine which of the Total Payments, and the relative portions of each, are to be reduced.

 

In connection with the Total Payments contemplated in this Section 3.3.3, the parties agree that to the minimum extent necessary to comply with Section 280G of the Code and to avoid the imposition of excise taxes under Section 4999 of the Code, the

 

8



 

Employee agrees to provide personal services on behalf of the Bank following his termination of employment in exchange for reasonable compensation for such services.  If so required, a portion of the Total Payments shall be deemed to be attributable to such post-termination services.  The parties agree that any compensation attributable to such services must comply with the requirements of Section 280G of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, including, but not limited to, the requirements set forth in Q/A-9 of Treasury Regulation 1.280G-1.  The parties agree to negotiate in good faith at the time of Employee’s termination of employment to determine the scope and duration of services to be rendered (if any) by Employee, and the related compensation payable therefore, for the period following such termination of employment, all with the objective of complying with Section 280G of the Code and the intent of this paragraph.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions in this Section 3.3.3, the Bank and the Employee shall take all steps necessary (including with regard to any post-termination services by the Employee) to ensure that any termination described in Section 3 constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

 

3.3.4                         This Agreement is intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code and any regulations and U.S. Department of Treasury guidance promulgated thereunder.  If any provision of this Agreement does not satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall nevertheless be applied in a manner consistent with those requirements. If any provision of this Agreement would subject Employee to additional tax or interest under Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, the Bank shall reform the provision, and the Bank and Employee agree that they will execute any and all amendments to this Agreement as they mutually agree in good faith may be necessary to ensure compliance with Section 409A of the Code.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if Employee is determined by the Bank, as of the date of termination of employment with the Bank, to be a “specified employee,” as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, and if any benefits paid to Employee hereunder would be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and finally if an exemption from the six month delay requirement of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code is not available, then all severance payments and other payments, other than as a result of death, that would normally be paid within six months from the date of termination of employment shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following termination of employment.

 

4.                                       Compensation .

 

The Employee shall receive the following salary and benefits during the Term:

 

4.1                                  Base Salary .  The Employee shall be compensated at a base rate of Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000) per year, which may be increased from time to time in accordance with the immediately succeeding sentence (“ Base Salary ”).  The Employee’s salary shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors of the Bank annually, and the Employee shall be entitled to receive annually an increase in such amount, if any, as may be determined by the

 

9



 

Board of Directors of the Bank based upon the performance of the Bank and its compliance with regulatory standards.  Such salary shall be payable in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices.

 

4.2                                  Incentive Compensation .  The Employee shall be eligible for an annual bonus in an amount up to fifty percent (50%) of the Employee’s Base Salary pursuant to any bonus, incentive or other executive compensation programs as are made available to senior management of the Bank from time to time (the “ Incentive Compensation ”).

 

4.3                                  Stock Options .  The Bank may grant to the Employee stock options from time to time commensurate with the Employee’s position.  Any such options shall be reflected by a separate written award.

 

4.4                                  Benefits .  The Employee shall be entitled to such benefits as may be available from time to time for senior executives of the Bank similarly situated to the Employee.  All such benefits shall be awarded and administered in accordance with the Bank’s standard policies and practices.  Such benefits may include, by way of example only, profit sharing plans, retirement or investment funds, dental, health and life insurance benefits and such other benefits as the Bank deems appropriate.

 

4.5                                  Business Expenses .  The Bank shall reimburse the Employee for reasonable business (including travel) expenses incurred by the Employee in performance of the Employee’s duties hereunder; provided, however, that the Employee shall, as a condition of reimbursement, submit verification of the nature and amount of such expenses in accordance with reimbursement policies from time to time adopted by the Bank and in sufficient detail to comply with rules and regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

4.6                                  Professional Associations .  The Employee shall be entitled to attend such courses, annual meetings, conferences and seminars of his selection at the Bank’s expense, provided that the Bank shall only be required to cover reasonable expenses associated with the Employee’s attendance at such courses, conferences and seminars that are incurred consistent with the Bank’s budget operating plan and policies then in effect.

 

4.7                                  Vacation .  On a non-cumulative basis the Employee shall be entitled to a minimum of four weeks (4) weeks of vacation annually, during which the Employee’s compensation shall be paid in full.

 

4.8                                  Withholding .  The Bank may deduct from each payment of compensation hereunder all amounts required to be deducted and withheld in accordance with applicable federal and state income tax, FICA and other withholding requirements.

 

5.                                       Bank Information .

 

5.1                                  Ownership of Information .  All Bank Information received or developed by the Employee while employed by the Bank will remain the sole and exclusive property of the Bank.

 

10



 

5.2                                  Obligations of the Employee .  The Employee agrees (a) to hold Bank Information in strictest confidence, and (b) not to use, duplicate, reproduce, distribute, disclose or otherwise disseminate Bank Information or any physical embodiments thereof and may in no event take any action causing or fail to take any action necessary in order to prevent any Bank Information from losing its character or ceasing to qualify as Confidential Information or a Trade Secret.  In the event that the Employee is required by law to disclose any Bank Information, the Employee will not make such disclosure unless (and then only to the extent that) the Employee has been advised by independent legal counsel that such disclosure is required by law and then only after prior written notice is given to the Bank when the Employee becomes aware that such disclosure has been requested and is required by law.  This Section 5 shall survive for a period of twelve (12) months following termination of this Agreement with respect to Confidential Information, and shall survive termination of this Agreement for so long as is permitted by the then-current Georgia Trade Secrets Act of 1990, O.C.G.A. §§ 10-1-760 to -767, with respect to Trade Secrets.

 

5.3                                  Delivery upon Request or Termination .  Upon request by the Bank, and in any event upon termination of the Employee’s employment with the Bank, the Employee will promptly deliver to the Bank all property belonging to the Bank, including without limitation all Bank Information then in the Employee’s possession or control.

 

6.                                       Non-Competition .

 

The Employee agrees that during his employment by the Bank hereunder and, in the event of his termination other than by the Bank without Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b), by the Employee for Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.2(a), or by the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2.3, for a period of thirty-six (36) months thereafter, the Employee will not (except on behalf of or with the prior written consent of the Bank), within the Area, either directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, as an executive employee or in any other capacity which involves duties and responsibilities similar to those undertaken for the Bank, engage in any business which is the same as or essentially the same as the Business of the Bank.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank agrees that the Employee may own up to 5% of the voting shares of any financial institution engaged in the Business of the Bank in the Area.

 

7.                                       Non-Solicitation of Customers .

 

The Employee agrees that during the Employee’s employment by the Bank hereunder and, in the event of Employee’s termination other than by the Bank without Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b), by the Employee for Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.2(a), or by the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2.3, for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter, the Employee will not (except on behalf of or with the prior written consent of the Bank), on the Employee’s own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, solicit, divert or appropriate or attempt to solicit, divert or appropriate, directly or by assisting others, any business from any of the Bank’s customers, including actively sought prospective customers, with whom the Employee has or had

 

11



 

material contact during the last twelve (12) months of the Employee’s employment, for purposes of providing products or services that are competitive with those provided by the Bank.

 

8.                                       Non-Solicitation of Employees .

 

The Employee agrees that during the Employee’s employment by the Bank hereunder and, in the event of the Employee’s termination other than by the Bank without Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b), by the Employee for Cause pursuant to Section 3.2.2(a), or by the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2.3, for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter, the Employee will not on the Employee’s own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, solicit, recruit or hire away or attempt to solicit, recruit or hire away, directly or by assisting others, any employee of the Bank or its Affiliates, whether or not such employee is a full-time employee or a temporary employee of the Bank or its Affiliates and whether or not such employment is pursuant to written agreement and whether or not such employment is for a determined period or is at will.

 

9.                                       Remedies .

 

The Employee agrees that the covenants contained in Sections 5 through 8 hereof are of the essence of this Agreement; that each of the covenants is reasonable and necessary to protect the business, interests and properties of the Bank; and that irreparable loss and damage will be suffered by the Bank should he breach any of the covenants.  Therefore, the Employee agrees and consents that, in addition to all the remedies provided by law or in equity, the Bank shall be entitled to a temporary restraining order and temporary and permanent injunctions to prevent a breach or contemplated breach of any of the covenants.  The Bank and the Employee agree that all remedies available to the Bank or the Employee, as applicable, shall be cumulative.  In addition, in the event the Employee fails to comply with any of the covenants contained in Section 5 hereof and such failure shall not be cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the Bank within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice thereof from the Bank, the Bank shall thereupon be relieved of liability for all obligations then remaining under Section 3.3 hereof.

 

10.                                Severability .

 

The parties agree that each of the provisions included in this Agreement is separate, distinct and severable from the other provisions of this Agreement and that the invalidity or unenforceability of any Agreement provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.  Further, if any provision of this Agreement is ruled invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction because of a conflict between the provision and any applicable law or public policy, the provision shall be redrawn to make the provision consistent with and valid and enforceable under the law or public policy.

 

12



 

11.                                No Set-Off by the Employee .

 

The existence of any claim, demand, action or cause of action by the Employee against the Bank, or any Affiliate of the Bank, whether predicated upon this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Bank of any of its rights hereunder.

 

12.                                Notice .

 

All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and, if mailed by prepaid first-class mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed to have been received on the earlier of the date shown on the receipt or three (3) business days after the postmarked date thereof.  In addition, notices hereunder may be delivered by hand, facsimile transmission or overnight courier, in which event the notice shall be deemed effective when delivered or transmitted.  All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be given to the parties hereto at the following addresses:

 

(a)                                   If to the Bank, to the Bank at:

 

State Bank and Trust Company

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

4219 Forsyth Road

Macon, Georgia 31210

 

(b)                                  If to the Employee, to the Employee at:

 

Stephen Winston Doughty

9050 Old Southwick Pass

Alpharetta, Georgia 30022

 

13.                                Assignment .

 

Neither party hereto may assign or delegate this Agreement or any of its rights and obligations hereunder without the written consent of the other party hereto; provided, however, that this Agreement shall be assumed by and shall be binding upon any successor to the Bank.

 

14.                                Waiver .

 

A waiver by the Bank of any breach of this Agreement by the Employee shall not be effective unless in writing, and no waiver shall operate or be construed as a waiver of the same or another breach on a subsequent occasion.

 

13



 

15.                                Arbitration .

 

Except for any claim for injunctive relief, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, which shall be conducted by a three-person arbitration panel, one of whom shall be selected by each party and the third of whom shall be selected jointly upon mutual agreement of both parties.  The place of arbitration shall be Fulton County, Georgia and the Bank and the Employee agree that they will seek to enforce any arbitration award in the Superior Court of Fulton County.  The decision of the arbitration panel shall be final and binding upon the parties and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitration panel may be entered by any court having jurisdiction.  The Bank agrees to pay the fees and expenses associated with the arbitration proceedings.

 

16.                                Attorneys’ Fees .

 

With respect to arbitration of disputes and if litigation ensues between the parties concerning the enforcement of an arbitration award, each party shall pay its own fees, costs and expenses; provided, however, the Bank shall advance to the Employee reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Employee in preparing for and in initiating or defending against any proceeding or suit brought to enforce rights or obligations set forth in this Agreement.  Such advances shall be made within thirty (30) days after receiving copies of invoices presented by the Employee for such fees, costs and expenses.  The Employee shall have the obligation to reimburse the Bank within sixty (60) days following the final disposition of the matter (including appeals) to the full extent of the aggregate advances unless the panel of arbitrators or court, as the case may be, has ruled in favor of the Employee on the merits of the substantive issues in dispute.

 

17.                                Applicable Law .

 

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia.  The parties agree that the Superior Court of Fulton County, Georgia, shall have jurisdiction of any case or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement and shall be a proper forum in which to adjudicate such case or controversy.  The parties consent to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

18.                                Interpretation .

 

Words importing any gender includes all genders.  Words importing the singular form shall include the plural, and vice versa.  The terms “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereby, “hereto,” “hereof” and any similar terms refer to this Agreement.  Any captions, titles or headings preceding the text of any article, section or subsection herein are solely for convenience of reference and shall not constitute part of this Agreement or affect its meaning, construction or effect.

 

14



 

19.                                Entire Agreement .

 

This Agreement embodies the entire and final agreement of the parties on the subject matter stated in the Agreement.  No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the Bank or the Employee unless made in writing and signed by both parties.  All prior understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter of this Agreement are hereby expressly terminated.

 

20.                                Rights of Third Parties .

 

Nothing herein expressed is intended to or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any person, firm or other entity, other than the parties hereto and their permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

21.                                Survival .

 

The obligations of the Bank pursuant to Sections 3.2.5 and 3.3 and the obligations of the Employee pursuant to Sections 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 shall survive the termination of the employment of the Employee hereunder for the period designated under each of those respective sections.

 

[Signatures Appear on the Following Page.]

 

15



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto executed this Agreement in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Joseph W. Evans

 

Name:

Joseph W. Evans

 

Title:

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Date:

July 19, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

/s/ J. Daniel Speight

 

Name:

J. Daniel Speight

 

Title:

Vice Chairman, Chief Financial

 

 

Officer and Chief Operating Officer

 

Date:

July 19, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

EMPLOYEE

 

 

 

/s/ Stephen Winston Doughty

 

Name:

Stephen Winston Doughty

 

Date:

July 19, 2010

 

Employment Agreement Signature Page

 


EXHIBIT 10.5

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), is made effective as of May 11, 2010, to the Employment Agreement dated July 24, 2009 (the “ Employment Agreement ”), between State Bank and Trust Company, a banking corporation organized under the laws of the State of Georgia (the “ Bank ”), and Joseph W. Evans, a resident of the State of Georgia (the “ Employee ”).

 

WHEREAS, Employee and the Bank entered into the Employment Agreement which provides for the terms and conditions of the Bank’s employment of Employee;

 

WHEREAS, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Section 409A ”), and additional guidance issued thereunder, requires that in order to avoid taxation and penalties to the Employee, any deferred compensation paid by the Bank to the Employee must comply with the requirements of Section 409A in form and operation at all times on and after January 1, 2005; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank has administered the Employment Agreement in good faith compliance with Section 409A and now wishes to memorialize its compliance in the form of an amendment to the Employment Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficient of which are hereby acknowledged, the Bank and Employee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Section 3.3.3 of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following language to the end of Section 3.3.3:

 

“Notwithstanding the provisions in this Section 3.3.3, the Bank and the Employee shall take all steps necessary (including with regard to any post-termination services by the Employee) to ensure that any termination described in Section 3 constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.”

 

2.             The Employment Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 3.3.4:

 

“This Agreement is intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code and any regulations and U.S. Department of Treasury guidance promulgated thereunder.  If any provision of this Agreement does not satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall nevertheless be applied in a manner consistent with those requirements. If any provision of this Agreement would subject Employee to additional tax or interest under Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, the Bank shall reform the provision, and the Bank and Employee agree that they will execute any and all amendments to this Agreement as they mutually agree in good faith may be necessary to ensure compliance with Section 409A of the Code.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if Employee is determined by the Bank, as of the date of termination of employment with the Bank, to be a “specified employee,” as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, and if any benefits paid to Employee hereunder would be considered deferred compensation under

 



 

Section 409A of the Code, and finally if an exemption from the six month delay requirement of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code is not available, then all severance payments and other payments, other than as a result of death, that would normally be paid within six months from the date of termination of employment shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following termination of employment.”

 

3.             Terms defined in the Employment Agreement shall have the same meaning herein unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

4.             Except as expressly amended hereby, all terms, provisions, conditions and covenants contained in the Employment Agreement are not modified by this Amendment and continue in full force and effect as originally written.

 

[Signatures Appear on Following Page]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

 

“BANK”

 

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

/s/ J. Daniel Speight

 

Name:

J. Daniel Speight

 

Title:

Vice Chairman, Chief Financial Officer and
Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

/s/ Kim M Childers

 

Name:

Kim M. Childers

 

Title:

President and Chief Credit Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“EMPLOYEE”

 

 

 

/s/ Joseph W. Evans

 

Name:

Joseph W. Evans

 

3


EXHIBIT 10.6

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), is made effective as of May 11, 2010, to the Employment Agreement dated July 24, 2009 (the “ Employment Agreement ”), between State Bank and Trust Company, a banking corporation organized under the laws of the State of Georgia (the “ Bank ”), and Kim Michael Childers, a resident of the State of Georgia (the “ Employee ”).

 

WHEREAS, Employee and the Bank entered into the Employment Agreement which provides for the terms and conditions of the Bank’s employment of Employee;

 

WHEREAS, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Section 409A ”), and additional guidance issued thereunder, requires that in order to avoid taxation and penalties to the Employee, any deferred compensation paid by the Bank to the Employee must comply with the requirements of Section 409A in form and operation at all times on and after January 1, 2005; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank has administered the Employment Agreement in good faith compliance with Section 409A and now wishes to memorialize its compliance in the form of an amendment to the Employment Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficient of which are hereby acknowledged, the Bank and Employee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Section 3.3.3 of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following language to the end of Section 3.3.3:

 

“Notwithstanding the provisions in this Section 3.3.3, the Bank and the Employee shall take all steps necessary (including with regard to any post-termination services by the Employee) to ensure that any termination described in Section 3 constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.”

 

2.                                        The Employment Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 3.3.4:

 

“This Agreement is intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code and any regulations and U.S. Department of Treasury guidance promulgated thereunder.  If any provision of this Agreement does not satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall nevertheless be applied in a manner consistent with those requirements. If any provision of this Agreement would subject Employee to additional tax or interest under Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, the Bank shall reform the provision, and the Bank and Employee agree that they will execute any and all amendments to this Agreement as they mutually agree in good faith may be necessary to ensure compliance with Section 409A of the Code.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if Employee is determined by the Bank, as of the date of termination of employment with the Bank, to be a “specified employee,” as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, and if any benefits paid to Employee hereunder would be considered deferred compensation under

 



 

Section 409A of the Code, and finally if an exemption from the six month delay requirement of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code is not available, then all severance payments and other payments, other than as a result of death, that would normally be paid within six months from the date of termination of employment shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following termination of employment.”

 

3.                                        Terms defined in the Employment Agreement shall have the same meaning herein unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

4.                                        Except as expressly amended hereby, all terms, provisions, conditions and covenants contained in the Employment Agreement are not modified by this Amendment and continue in full force and effect as originally written.

 

[Signatures Appear on Following Page]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

 

“BANK”

 

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

/s/ Joseph W. Evans

 

Name:

Joseph W. Evans

 

Title:

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

/s/ J. Daniel Speight

 

Name:

J. Daniel Speight

 

Title:

Vice Chairman, Chief Financial

 

 

Officer and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

“EMPLOYEE”

 

 

 

/s/ Kim Michael Childers

 

Name:

Kim Michael Childers

 

3


EXHIBIT 10.7

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), is made effective as of May 11, 2010, to the Employment Agreement dated July 24, 2009 (the “ Employment Agreement ”), between State Bank and Trust Company, a banking corporation organized under the laws of the State of Georgia (the “ Bank ”), and J. Daniel Speight, a resident of the State of Georgia (the “ Employee ”).

 

WHEREAS, Employee and the Bank entered into the Employment Agreement which provides for the terms and conditions of the Bank’s employment of Employee;

 

WHEREAS, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Section 409A ”), and additional guidance issued thereunder, requires that in order to avoid taxation and penalties to the Employee, any deferred compensation paid by the Bank to the Employee must comply with the requirements of Section 409A in form and operation at all times on and after January 1, 2005; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank has administered the Employment Agreement in good faith compliance with Section 409A and now wishes to memorialize its compliance in the form of an amendment to the Employment Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficient of which are hereby acknowledged, the Bank and Employee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Section 3.3.3 of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following language to the end of Section 3.3.3:

 

“Notwithstanding the provisions in this Section 3.3.3, the Bank and the Employee shall take all steps necessary (including with regard to any post-termination services by the Employee) to ensure that any termination described in Section 3 constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.”

 

2.             The Employment Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 3.3.4:

 

“This Agreement is intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code and any regulations and U.S. Department of Treasury guidance promulgated thereunder.  If any provision of this Agreement does not satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall nevertheless be applied in a manner consistent with those requirements. If any provision of this Agreement would subject Employee to additional tax or interest under Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, the Bank shall reform the provision, and the Bank and Employee agree that they will execute any and all amendments to this Agreement as they mutually agree in good faith may be necessary to ensure compliance with Section 409A of the Code.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if Employee is determined by the Bank, as of the date of termination of employment with the Bank, to be a “specified employee,” as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, and if any benefits paid to Employee hereunder would be considered deferred compensation under

 



 

Section 409A of the Code, and finally if an exemption from the six month delay requirement of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code is not available, then all severance payments and other payments, other than as a result of death, that would normally be paid within six months from the date of termination of employment shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following termination of employment.”

 

3.             Terms defined in the Employment Agreement shall have the same meaning herein unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

4.             Except as expressly amended hereby, all terms, provisions, conditions and covenants contained in the Employment Agreement are not modified by this Amendment and continue in full force and effect as originally written.

 

[Signatures Appear on Following Page]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

 

“BANK”

 

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

/s/ Joseph W. Evans

 

Name:

Joseph W. Evans

 

Title:

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

/s/ Kim M. Childers

 

Name:

Kim M. Childers

 

Title:

President and Chief Credit Officer

 

 

 

 

 

“EMPLOYEE”

 

 

 

/s/ J. Daniel Speight

 

Name:

J. Daniel Speight

 

3


EXHIBIT 10.8

 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of July 14, 2009 (the “ Signing Date ”), is by and among State Bank and Trust Company, a banking corporation organized under the laws of the State of Georgia, (the “ Bank ”), and each of the investors identified on the signature pages hereto (individually, a “ Purchaser ” and collectively, the “ Purchasers ”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

A.                                    The Bank and each Purchaser (severally and not jointly) is executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon the exemption from securities registration afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), and Rule 506 of Regulation D as promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the 1933 Act (“ Regulation D ”).

 

B.                                      Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly, wishes to purchase and the Bank wishes to sell, upon the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement, shares of common stock, par value $5.00 per share, of the Bank (the “ Common Stock ”), in the aggregate number indicated below such Purchaser’s name on the signature page of this Agreement (which aggregate amount for all Purchasers together shall be 28,455,000 shares of Common Stock and shall collectively be referred to herein as the “ Common Shares ”).

 

C.                                      The Bank has engaged FBR Capital Markets & Co. as its placement agent (the “ Placement Agent ”) for the offering of the Common Shares on a “best efforts” basis.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Bank and each Purchaser, severally and not jointly, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                        PURCHASE AND SALE OF COMMON SHARES

 

(a)                                   Purchase of Common Shares .

 

On the terms set forth in this Agreement and subject to the satisfaction (or waiver) of the conditions set forth in Sections 6 and 7 below, the Bank shall issue and sell to each Purchaser, and each Purchaser severally, but not jointly, shall purchase from the Bank on the Closing Date (as defined below), the number of Common Shares as indicated below such Purchaser’s name on the signature page of this Agreement at the closing (the “ Closing ”).  The Bank, at any time, in its sole discretion, will determine whether or not the subscription for the number of Common Shares as indicated below each Purchaser’s name on the signature pages of this Agreement will be accepted or rejected, in whole or in part, which may occur after the Signing Date.  If a subscription is rejected in part, then the subscription for the number of Common Shares as indicated below such Purchaser’s name on the signature page of this Agreement automatically will be deemed to be modified and amended to reflect the actual number of Common Shares to be received by such Purchaser; provided, however , that such

 



 

Purchaser’s subscription may not be rejected in part after the Signing Date without such Purchaser’s prior consent.  With respect to each subscription that is rejected, in whole or in part, the Bank will direct the Escrow Agent (as defined below) to as promptly as practicable issue a Federal Funds wire transfer in the amount of the rejected investment (if rejected only in part, then the amount rejected in part only), without interest, directly to such Purchaser in accordance with the Escrow Agreement (as defined below) without liability of any party to any other party.

 

(i)                                      Closing .  The date of the Closing (the “ Closing Date ”) shall be the day the Bank receives notice of the acceptance of its bid from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“ FDIC ”) (or the next business day thereafter if necessary to complete the Closing process) at the offices of Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP, Atlantic Station, 201 17 th  Street, Suite 1700, Atlanta, Georgia 30363, or at such other location as mutually agreed upon by the parties hereto.

 

(ii)                                   Purchase Price .  The purchase price is $10.00 per share, and the aggregate purchase price for the Common Shares to be purchased by each such Purchaser at the Closing (the “ Purchase Price ”) shall be the amount indicated below such Purchaser’s name on the signature page of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Form of Payment .  Prior to the Closing Date, each Purchaser shall have either delivered the Purchase Price to the Placement Agent (i) by means of a check payable to “Bank of New York Mellon, as Escrow Agent for State Bank and Trust Company” or (ii) by wire transfer to the following account at Bank of New York Mellon (the “ Escrow Agent ”):  Bank of New York Mellon, ABA No. ***-***-***, Credit: State Bank and Trust Company, Account No. *****.  On the Closing Date: (x) the Escrow Agent shall wire to the Bank the Purchase Price for each Purchaser in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement, dated July 6, 2009, among the Escrow Agent, the Placement Agent and the Bank (the “ Escrow Agreement ”); (y) the Bank shall deliver to the Escrow Agent, as agent for the Bank, the Common Shares with written instructions to deliver the Common Shares to the Purchasers as set forth therein; and (z) the Escrow Agent shall deliver to each Purchaser the amount of Common Shares that such Purchaser is purchasing hereunder, registered in the name of such Purchaser or its designee.

 

(c)                                   Transaction Documents .  The term “Transaction Documents” includes this Agreement (including the Appendices attached hereto) and the Escrow Agreement, but does not include the P&A Agreement (as defined in Section 2(e)(iii)), the complete bid proposal submitted by the Bank to the FDIC to acquire the assets and liabilities of the Target Banks (as defined in Section 2(e)(iii)), or any other documents or agreements entered into in connection with the Proposed Acquisition (as defined in Section 2(e)(iii)).  Certain information related to the Proposed Acquisition, including a summary of the bid by the Bank to acquire the Target Banks, is set forth in an Offering Summary (as defined in Section 2(e)(iii)), and such information shall be updated by the Bank, and provided to the Purchasers, upon any material change thereto.

 

2



 

2.                                        PURCHASER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

 

Each Purchaser represents and warrants as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (except for the representations and warranties that are as of a specific date, which shall be made as of such date) to the Bank that:

 

(a)                                   No Public Sale or Distribution .  Such Purchaser understands that the Common Shares have not been registered under the 1933 Act or any applicable state securities law and is acquiring the Common Shares as principal for its own account and not with a view towards, or for resale in connection with, the public sale or distribution thereof, except pursuant to sales registered or exempted under the 1933 Act; provided, however , that by making the representations herein, such Purchaser does not agree to hold any of the Common Shares for any minimum or other specific term and reserves the right to sell or dispose of the Common Shares at any time in accordance with or pursuant to a registration statement or an exemption under the 1933 Act and pursuant to the applicable terms of the Transaction Documents.  Such Purchaser is acquiring the Common Shares hereunder in the ordinary course of its business.  Such Purchaser does not presently have any agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any Person (as defined in Section 3(u)) to distribute any of the Common Shares.

 

(b)                                  Purchaser Status .  Such Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D and has provided the information in the Accredited Investor Questionnaire attached hereto as Appendix II.  Such Purchaser is not a registered broker-dealer under Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”) or an unregistered broker-dealer engaged in the business of being a broker-dealer.

 

(c)                                   General Solicitation .  Such Purchaser is not purchasing the Common Shares as a result of any advertisement, article, notice or other communication regarding the Common Shares published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television or radio or presented at any seminar or any other general advertisement.

 

(d)                                  Reliance on Exemptions .  Such Purchaser understands that the Common Shares are being offered and sold to it in reliance on specific exemptions from the registration requirements of United States federal and state securities laws and that the Bank is relying in part upon the truth and accuracy of, and such Purchaser’s compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of such Purchaser set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of such Purchaser to acquire the Common Shares.

 

(e)                                   Review of Information and Consultation with Advisors .  Such Purchaser has, either alone or through its representatives:

 

(i)                                      consulted with its own legal, regulatory, tax, business, investment, financial and accounting advisers in connection herewith to the extent it has deemed necessary;

 

(ii)                                   had a reasonable opportunity to ask such questions as it has deemed necessary of, and to receive answers from, officers and representatives of the Bank concerning the Bank and its financial condition and results of operations, the terms and

 

3



 

conditions of the offering of the Common Shares, and any additional relevant information that the Bank possesses, and any such questions have been answered to its satisfaction;

 

(iii)                                had the opportunity to review and evaluate the following in connection with its investment decision in the Common Shares: (A) all publicly available records and filings concerning the Bank, as well as all other documents, records, filings, reports, agreements and other materials provided by the Bank regarding its business, operations and financial condition sufficient to enable it to evaluate its investment; (B) the offering overview, investor presentations (as supplemented), and term sheet (collectively, the “ Offering Summary ”) that summarizes this offering, the proposed transaction by the Bank to use the proceeds of this offering to acquire the assets and liabilities of Security Bank of North Metro, Security Bank of Gwinnett County, Security Bank of North Fulton, Security Bank of Houston County, Security Bank of Jones County, and Security Bank of Bibb County , which institutions are in receivership (each, a “ Target Bank ,” and collectively, the “ Target Banks ”), through the FDIC bid process for failed institutions (the “ Proposed Acquisition ”), and the Bank’s proposed and final bid information to acquire the Target Banks; (C) the publicly available records and filings concerning the Target Banks; and (D) the FDIC’s form of purchase and assumption agreement to be entered into by the Bank and the FDIC with respect to the Proposed Acquisition of the Target Banks (the “ P&A Agreement ”);

 

(iv)                               electronically agreed to the FDIC confidentiality agreement for each Target Bank contained in the electronic data room maintained by the FDIC for such Target Bank, and had the opportunity to review and evaluate all documents, records, filings, reports, agreements and other materials regarding the Target Banks’ business, operations and financial condition, including the assets and liabilities, that were provided by the FDIC and were made available in an electronic data room maintained by the FDIC for each Target Bank;

 

(v)                                  had the opportunity to review, evaluate and meet with the proposed management team that will operate and manage the Bank after the completion of the Proposed Acquisition and the Closing, including review of any subscription agreements, purchase agreements, warrant agreements, lock-up agreements and employment agreements between the Bank and the proposed management team, all of which have been provided to such Purchaser and constitute all of the agreements, arrangements or understandings between the Bank and the proposed new management team as of the Closing Date; and

 

(vi)                               made its own investment decisions based upon its own judgment, due diligence and advice from such advisers as it has deemed necessary and not upon any view expressed by any Person.  Neither such inquiries nor any other due diligence investigations conducted by such Purchaser or its advisors, if any, or its representatives shall modify, amend or affect such Purchaser’s right to rely on the Bank’s representations and warranties contained herein.  Such Purchaser understands that its investment in the Common Shares involves a high degree of risk and is able to afford a complete loss of such investment.

 

(f)                                     No Reliance .  Purchaser acknowledges that the information in the Offering Summary is as of the date thereof and may not contain all of the terms and conditions of the offering and the Proposed Acquisition, and understands and acknowledges that it is Purchaser’s responsibility to: (i) conduct its own independent investigation and evaluation of the Bank, the

 

4



 

Target Banks and the Proposed Acquisition, including, without limitation, (A) the information provided by the FDIC that was set forth in the electronic data room regarding the Target Banks and (B) the business prospects and future operations of the Bank after completion of the Proposed Acquisition; and (ii) review and evaluate the management team proposed to operate and manage the Bank upon completion of the Proposed Acquisition and after the Closing.  Such Purchaser is not relying upon, and has not relied upon, any advice, statement, representation or warranty made by any Person, including, without limitation, the Placement Agent, except for the statements, representations and warranties of the Bank made or contained in this Agreement.  Furthermore, such Purchaser acknowledges that: (1) the Placement Agent has not performed any due diligence review on behalf of the Purchaser; (2) the Purchaser has made, and has relied upon, its own independent examination in purchasing the Common Shares, including, without limitation, of the Bank, the Target Banks, the Proposed Acquisition and the proposed management team that will operate and manage the Bank after the completion of the Proposed Acquisition; (3) nothing in this Agreement or any other materials presented by or on behalf of the Bank to the Purchaser in connection with the purchase of the Common Shares constitutes legal, tax or investment advice and such Purchaser has consulted such legal, tax and investment advisors as it, in its sole discretion, has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with its purchase of the Common Shares; and (4) the Purchaser received or had access to all of the information the Purchaser deemed necessary in order to make its investment decision in the Common Shares.  Purchaser acknowledges and understands that there is no representation or warranty being made to Purchaser as to the suitability or sufficiency of the information provided by the FDIC regarding the Target Banks or the assets and liabilities of the Target Banks to be acquired in the Proposed Acquisition.  Such Person, including, without limitation, the Placement Agent, is a third-party beneficiary to this Section 2(f).

 

(g)                                  No Public Market; No Governmental Review; Common Shares Not Insured .  Such Purchaser understands that there is no established market for the Common Shares and that no public market for the Common Shares may develop.  Such Purchaser understands that no United States federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has passed on or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Common Shares or the fairness or suitability of the investment in the Common Shares nor have such authorities passed upon or endorsed the merits of the offering of the Common Shares.  Such Purchaser understands that the Common Shares are not deposits or other obligations of a depository institution and are not insured by the FDIC, including the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund, or any other governmental agency.

 

(h)                                  Brokers and Finders .  No Person will have, as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any valid right, interest or claim against or upon the Bank, or any Purchaser, for any commission, fee or other compensation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into by or on behalf of such Purchaser.

 

(i)                                      No Conflicts .  The execution, delivery and performance by such Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation by such Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (i) result in a violation of the organizational documents of such Purchaser, or (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which such Purchaser

 

5



 

is a party, or (iii) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including federal and state securities laws and regulations, assuming the correctness of the representations and warranties made by the Bank herein) applicable to such Purchaser, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for such conflicts, defaults, rights or violations which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such Purchaser to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

(j)                                      Investment Risk .  Such Purchaser understands that its investment in the Common Shares involves a high degree of risk and that no representation is being made as to the business or prospects of the Bank after completion of the Proposed Acquisition or the future value of the Common Shares.  Such Purchaser, either alone or together with its representatives, has the knowledge, sophistication and experience in financial and business matters as to fully understand and be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Common Shares and has the ability to bear the economic risks of an investment in the Common Shares and, at the present time, is able to afford a complete loss of such investment.

 

(k)                                   Residency .  Such Purchaser has, if an entity, its principal place of business or, if an individual, its primary residence in the jurisdiction indicated below such Purchaser’s name on the signature pages hereto.

 

(l)                                      Organization; Authorization .  Such Purchaser is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized and has the requisite organizational power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted.  Such Purchaser has the requisite organizational power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.  The execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents by such Purchaser and performance by such Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or, if such Purchaser is not a corporation, such partnership, limited liability company or other applicable like action, on the part of such Purchaser and no further consent or authorization in connection therewith is required by such Purchaser, its Board of Directors or its shareholders, or if such Purchaser is not a corporation, such partnership, limited liability company or other applicable like action, on the part of such Purchaser.  This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Purchaser is a party have been (or upon delivery will have been) duly executed by such Purchaser, and when delivered by such Purchaser in accordance with terms hereof and thereof, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Purchaser, enforceable against it in accordance with its respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally, and to general principles of equity, including principles of materiality, commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity) and except that rights to indemnification and contribution thereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws or public policy relating thereto.

 

(m)                                Ownership of Common Stock and Non-Exercise of Controlling Influence .  After giving effect to the purchase of Common Shares hereunder and assuming full exercise of the put right described in Section 3(t) by the current shareholders of the Bank, such Purchaser,

 

6



 

either acting alone or together with any other person or entity that may be affiliated with such Purchaser, or deemed to be acting in concert with such Purchaser pursuant to 12 C.F.R. Part 303, Subpart E, will not beneficially own in excess of 9.9% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding (or 4.9% in the event that a Purchaser is a bank, bank holding company or other “company” as defined by 12 C.F.R. § 225.2(d)) immediately after giving effect to the issuance of the Common Shares to all of the Purchasers hereunder.  Without limiting the foregoing, Purchaser represents and warrants that such Purchaser: (i) has no present intention of acquiring control of the Bank, as “control” is defined in 12 C.F.R. Part 303, Subpart E (“Control”); (ii) will not acquire Control in the future without the prior approval of the applicable Governmental Entities (as defined below); (iii) is not participating and has not participated with any other Purchaser in any joint activity or parallel action towards a common goal between or among such Purchasers of acquiring Control of the Bank; (iv) no other person holding Common Shares of the Bank or that presently proposes to acquire Common Shares of the Bank is (a) a member of Purchaser’s immediate family (if Purchaser is an individual), (b) under common Control with Purchaser, or (c) a controlling shareholder, partner, trustee, officer, or director of Purchaser or has policy-making functions with respect to Purchaser, unless, with regard to this clause 2(m)(iv), all such persons together with such Purchaser would beneficially own no more than 9.9% of the shares of Common Stock; and (v) will not, without first determining whether the prior approval of the applicable Government Entities is required and, if such approval is required, obtaining such approval, directly or indirectly seek to appoint any director or executive officer to the Bank or otherwise attempt to direct the management or policies of the Bank.

 

(n)                                  Review of Risk Factors .  Such Purchaser recognizes that the Bank is a recently organized institution and has limited financial or operating history, and that an investment in the Common Shares involves certain risks.  Such Purchaser has read and understands the Bank’s “Risk Factors” outlining certain, but not all, risks related to the Bank and an investment in the Bank, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

3.                                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BANK .

 

The Bank hereby represents and warrants as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (except for the representations and warranties that are as of a specific date which shall be made as of that date) to each of the Purchasers that:

 

(a)                                   Organization and Qualification .

 

(i)                                      The Bank has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a banking corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Georgia, with the requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted, and as will be conducted following the closing of the Proposed Acquisition, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties, or conducts its business in a manner or to an extent that would require such qualification, other than such failures to be so qualified or in good standing as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Bank Material Adverse Effect.  The Bank is an insured depository institution pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, and all premiums and assessments required to be paid in connection therewith have been paid when due.

 

7



 

(ii)                                   As used in this Agreement, “ Bank Material Adverse Effect ” means any material adverse effect on the business, results of operation, prospects or financial condition of the Bank or on the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and by the P&A Agreement or by the transactions, agreements and instruments to be entered into in connection herewith or therewith (including, without limitation, the Proposed Acquisition and the proposed new management team to manage and operate the Bank after the completion of the Proposed Acquisition), or on the authority or ability of the Bank to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents or the P&A Agreement; provided, however , that Bank Material Adverse Effect shall not be deemed to include the effects of (A) changes after the Signing Date in general business, economic or market conditions (including changes generally in prevailing interest rates, credit availability and liquidity, currency exchange rates and price levels or trading volumes in the United States or foreign securities or credit markets), or any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declared or undeclared acts of war or terrorism, in each case generally affecting the industries in which the Bank operates, (B) changes or proposed changes after the Signing Date in generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“ GAAP ”) or regulatory accounting requirements, or authoritative interpretations thereof, (C) changes or proposed changes after the Signing Date in securities, banking and other laws of general applicability or related policies or interpretations of any federal or state agency charged with the supervision or regulation of depository institutions or holding companies of depository institutions, or engaged in the insurance of depository institution deposits, or any court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental agency, authority or instrumentality having supervisory or regulatory authority with respect to the Bank (each a “ Governmental Entity ” and collectively, “ Governmental Entities ”) (in the case of each of these clauses (A), (B) and (C), other than changes or occurrences to the extent that such changes or occurrences have or would reasonably be expected to have a disproportionate adverse effect on the Bank relative to comparable U.S. banking or financial services organizations), or (D) changes in the market price or trading volume of the Common Stock or any other equity, equity-related or debt securities of the Bank (it being understood and agreed that the exception set forth in this clause (D) does not apply to the underlying reason giving rise to or contributing to any such change).

 

(b)                                  Subsidiaries .  The Bank has no direct or indirect subsidiaries.  The Bank does not, directly or indirectly, own any joint venture or similar entity or capital stock or hold any equity or similar interests.

 

(c)                                   Authorization; Enforcement; Validity .  The Bank has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under: (i) the Transaction Documents and to issue the Common Shares in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof and (ii) the P&A Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.  The execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and the P&A Agreement by the Bank and the consummation by the Bank of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, the issuance of the Common Shares, have been duly authorized by the Bank’s Board of Directors and no further consent or authorization in connection therewith is required by the Bank, its Board of Directors or its shareholders.  This Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the P&A Agreement to which the Bank is a party have been duly executed and delivered by the Bank, and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Bank, enforceable against the Bank in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent

 

8



 

conveyance or transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally, and to general principles of equity, including principles of materiality, commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity) and except that rights to indemnification and contribution thereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws or public policy relating thereto.

 

(d)                                  Issuance of Common Shares .  The Common Shares are duly authorized and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents, shall be validly issued and free from all preemptive or similar rights, taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof, and the Common Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable with the holders being entitled to all rights accorded to a holder of Common Stock.  The offer and issuance by the Bank of the Common Shares is exempt from registration under the 1933 Act.

 

(e)                                   Adequate Capitalization .  As of June 30, 2009, the Bank meets or exceeds the standards necessary to be considered “adequately capitalized” under the FDIC’s regulatory framework for prompt corrective action and is in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements of the State of Georgia.

 

(f)                                     No Conflicts .  The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the P&A Agreement by the Bank and the consummation by the Bank of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including, without limitation, the issuance of the Common Shares) will not (i) result in a violation of the Articles of Incorporation (the “ Articles of Incorporation ”), the Bylaws (“ Bylaws ”) or the capital stock of the Bank or (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) in any respect under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Bank is a party, except, in each case in this clause (ii), for such conflicts, defaults or events of default which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Bank Material Adverse Effect or (iii) except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Bank Material Adverse Effect, result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including federal and state securities laws and regulations, assuming the correctness of the representations and warranties made by the Purchasers herein) applicable to the Bank or by which any property or asset of the Bank is bound or affected.

 

(g)                                  Consents .  Except for any report or notice required under Regulation D or any applicable state securities laws, the Bank is not required to obtain any consent, waiver, authorization or order of, give any notice to, or make any filing or registration with, any court, governmental agency or any regulatory or self-regulatory agency or any other Person in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the P&A Agreement, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof.  The Bank is unaware of any facts or circumstances that might prevent the Bank from obtaining or effecting any of the registration, application or filings pursuant to the preceding sentence required to be obtained or effected.

 

(h)                                  Acknowledgment Regarding Purchaser’s Purchase of Common Shares .  The Bank acknowledges and agrees that each Purchaser is acting solely in the capacity of an

 

9



 

arm’s length purchaser with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and that no Purchaser is (i) an officer or director of the Bank, (ii) to the knowledge of the Bank, an “affiliate” of the Bank (as defined in Rule 144 of the 1933 Act) or (iii) to the knowledge of the Bank, a “beneficial owner” of more than 10% of the Common Stock (as defined for purposes of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act).  The Bank further acknowledges that no Purchaser is acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary of the Bank (or in any similar capacity) with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and any advice given by a Purchaser or any of its representatives or agents in connection with the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby is merely incidental to such Purchaser’s purchase of the Common Shares.  The Bank further represents to each Purchaser that the Bank’s decision to enter into the Transaction Documents has been based solely on an independent evaluation by the Bank and its representatives.

 

(i)                                      No General Solicitation; Placement Agent’s Fees .  Neither the Bank nor any of its affiliates, nor, to the Bank’s knowledge, any Person acting on its or their behalf, has engaged in any form of “general solicitation” or “general advertising” (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with the offer or sale of the Common Shares.  The Bank shall be responsible for the payment of any placement agent’s fees, financial advisory fees, or brokers’ commissions (other than fees or commissions of persons engaged by any Purchaser or its investment advisor) relating to or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby.  Other than the Placement Agent, the Bank has not engaged any placement agent or other agent in connection with the sale of the Common Shares.

 

(j)                                      Ownership .  The Bank acknowledges, represents, warrants and agrees that after giving effect to the purchase of the Common Shares hereunder, and giving effect to the exercise of the put right described in Section 3(t) by the current shareholders of the Bank, that no Purchaser will be issued more than 9.9% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of the Common Shares to all of the Purchasers hereunder.  The Bank acknowledges that each Purchaser is relying on the capitalization information in the Offering Summary, as supplemented, that has been provided by the Bank in order for such Purchaser to determine its ownership of the Common Shares as of the Closing.

 

(k)                                   No Integrated Offering .  Neither the Bank nor any of its affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf, has, directly or indirectly, at any time within the past six months made any offers or sales of any Bank security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require registration of the issuance of any of the Common Shares under the 1933 Act, whether through integration with prior offerings or otherwise, or cause this offering of the Common Shares to require approval of shareholders of the Bank for purposes of any applicable shareholder approval provisions.  None of the Bank, its affiliates and any Person acting on their behalf will take any action or steps referred to in the preceding sentence that would require registration of the issuance of any of the Common Shares under the 1933 Act or shareholder approval under applicable shareholder approval provisions.

 

(l)                                      Regulatory Enforcement Matters; Distributions .  Neither the Bank nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees or representatives, is subject or is party to, or has received any notice from any Governmental Agency that any of them shall become subject or

 

10



 

party to any investigation with respect to any cease-and-desist order, agreement, civil monetary penalty, consent agreement, memorandum of understanding or other regulatory enforcement action, proceeding or order with or by, or is a party to any commitment letter or similar undertaking to, or is subject to any directive by, or has been a recipient of any supervisory letter from, or has adopted any board resolutions at the request or suggestion of, any Governmental Agency that, in any such case, currently restricts in any material respect the conduct of their business or that in any manner relates to their capital adequacy, their credit policies, their management or their business (each, a “ Regulatory Action ”), nor has the Bank been advised by any Governmental Agency that it is considering issuing or requesting any such Regulatory Action; and there is no unresolved material violation, criticism or exception by any Governmental Agency with respect to any report or statement relating to any examinations of the Bank.

 

The Bank has no knowledge of any facts and circumstances, and has no reason to believe that any facts or circumstances exist, that would cause it (i) to be deemed not to be in satisfactory compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder or to be assigned a CRA rating by federal or state banking regulators of lower than “satisfactory”; (ii) to be deemed to be operating in violation, in any material respect, of the Bank Secrecy Act, the Patriot Act, any order issued with respect to anti-money laundering by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or any other anti-money laundering statute, rule or regulation; or (iii) to be deemed not to be in satisfactory compliance, in any material respect, with all applicable privacy of customer information requirements contained in any federal and state privacy laws and regulations.

 

Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Bank Material Adverse Effect, the Bank has properly administered all accounts for which it acts as a fiduciary, including accounts for which it serves as a trustee, agent, custodian, personal representative, guardian, conservator or investment advisor, in accordance with the terms of the governing documents, applicable federal and state law and regulation and common law.  None of the Bank or any director, officer or employee of the Bank has committed any breach of trust or fiduciary duty with respect to any such fiduciary account that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Bank Material Adverse Effect and, except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Bank Material Adverse Effect, the accountings for each such fiduciary account are true and correct and accurately reflect the assets of such fiduciary account.

 

(m)                                Bank Secrecy Act, Anti-Money Laundering and OFAC and Customer Information .  The Bank is not aware of, has not been advised of, and, to the Bank’s knowledge, has no reason to believe that any facts or circumstances exist, which would cause it to be deemed to be not (i) operating in compliance, in all material respects, with the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (also known as the USA PATRIOT Act), any order issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or any other applicable anti-money laundering statute, rule or regulation; and (ii) operating in compliance in all material respects with the applicable privacy and customer information requirements contained in any federal and state privacy laws and regulations, including, without limitation, in Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 and the regulations promulgated thereunder. 

 

11



 

The Bank is not aware of any facts or circumstances that would cause it to believe that any non-public customer information has been disclosed to or accessed by an unauthorized third party in a manner that would cause it to undertake any material remedial action.  The Bank’s Board of Directors has adopted and implemented an anti-money laundering program that contains adequate and appropriate customer identification verification procedures that comply with the USA PATRIOT Act and such anti-money laundering program meets the requirements in all material respects of Section 352 of the USA PATRIOT Act and the regulations thereunder, and it has complied in all respects with any requirements to file reports and other necessary documents as required by the USA PATRIOT Act and the regulations thereunder.

 

(n)                                  Questionable Payments .  Neither the Bank, nor any directors, officers, nor to the Bank’s knowledge, employees, agents or other persons acting at the direction of or on behalf of the Bank has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Bank:  (a) directly or indirectly, used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to foreign or domestic political activity; (b) made any direct or indirect unlawful payments to any foreign or domestic governmental officials or employees or to any foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds; (c) violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or (d) made any other unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influenced payment, kickback or other material unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee.

 

(o)                                  Financial Statements .  From and after December 31, 2007, all financial statements of the Bank complied as to form in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements, and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, during the periods involved (except (i) as may be otherwise indicated in such financial statements or the notes thereto and (ii) in the case of unaudited interim financial statements, to the extent they may exclude footnotes, may be subject to customary year-end adjustments or may be condensed or summary statements) and fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Bank as of the dates thereof and the results of its operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments).

 

(p)                                  Absence of Certain Changes .  Since December 31, 2008, (i) there has been no event, occurrence or development that has had or that could reasonably be expected to result in a Bank Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Bank has not incurred any material liabilities (contingent or otherwise) other than trade payables, accrued expenses, and other liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (iii) the Bank has not altered its critical accounting policies or the identity of its auditors, (iv) the Bank has not purchased, redeemed or made any agreements (except for the put right described in Section 3(t)) to purchase or redeem any shares of its capital stock, and (v) the Bank has not issued any equity securities to any officer, director or affiliate (except for equity securities described in the Offering Summary).

 

(q)                                  No Undisclosed Events, Liabilities, Developments or Circumstances .  Other than the impact of completion of the Proposed Acquisition and the events disclosed in the Offering Summary, there are no obligations or liabilities of the Bank that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Bank Material Adverse Effect.

 

12



 

(r)                                     Conduct of Business; Regulatory Permits .  The Bank is not in violation of any term or provision of its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws.  The Bank is not in violation in any material respect of any judgment, decree or order or any statute, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to the Bank.  The Bank possesses all material certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate regulatory authorities necessary to conduct its business as presently conducted and as is proposed to be conducted following consummation of the Proposed Acquisition.  The Bank has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit.

 

(s)                                   Transactions With Affiliates .  None of the officers, directors or employees of the Bank, or any of the officers, directors or employees of the Bank proposed in connection with the Proposed Acquisition, is, directly or indirectly, presently a party to any transaction with the Bank (other than for ordinary course services as employees, officers or directors), which is, taken individually or in the aggregate with other unreported transactions, material, including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any such officer, director or employee or any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any such officer, director, or employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

 

(t)                                     Equity Capitalization .  The authorized capital stock of the Bank consists of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 767,437 shares are issued and outstanding, and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $1.00 par value per share, of which no shares of preferred stock are issued and outstanding.  Additionally, the Bank has entered into subscription agreements with certain individuals (including members of proposed new management team) to purchase up to 800,000 shares of Common Stock and, upon such acquisitions of Common Stock, warrants to purchase up to 2,202,605 shares of Common Stock.  All of such outstanding shares have been, or upon issuance will be, validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.  None of the Bank’s capital stock is subject to preemptive rights or any other similar rights or any liens or encumbrances suffered or permitted by the Bank.  Except as disclosed in this Section 3(t), there are no outstanding options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock of the Bank, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Bank is or may become bound to issue additional shares of capital stock of the Bank or options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any capital stock of the Bank.  There are no agreements or arrangements under which the Bank is obligated to register the sale of any of their securities under the 1933 Act.  There are no outstanding securities or instruments of the Bank which contain any redemption or similar provisions, and, except for a put right whereby, within 90 days after regulatory approval, shareholders of the Bank who held shares immediately prior to the Closing have the right to cause the Bank to repurchase only the shares held by them prior to the Closing (for a total of 767,437 shares) for $11.00 per share, there are no contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Bank is or may become bound to redeem a security of the Bank.  There are no securities or instruments containing anti-dilution or similar provisions that will be triggered by the issuance of the Common Shares.  The Bank does not have any stock appreciation rights or “phantom stock” plans or agreements or any similar plan or agreement.

 

13



 

(u)                                  Indebtedness and Other Contracts .  The Bank (i) does not have any outstanding Indebtedness (as defined below), (ii) is not a party to any contract, agreement or instrument, the violation of which, or default under which, by the other party(ies) to such contract, agreement or instrument would result in a Bank Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) is not in violation of any term of or in default under any contract, agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness, except where such violations and defaults would not result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Bank Material Adverse Effect.  For purposes of this Agreement: (x) “ Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication (A) all indebtedness for borrowed money, (B) all obligations issued, undertaken or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services, including (without limitation) “capital leases” in accordance with GAAP (other than trade payables entered into in the ordinary course of business), (C) all reimbursement or payment obligations with respect to letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments, (D) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, including obligations so evidenced incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses, (E) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or incurred as a financing, in either case, with respect to any property or assets acquired with the proceeds of such indebtedness (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or bank under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (F) all monetary obligations under any leasing or similar arrangement which, in connection with GAAP, consistently applied for the periods covered thereby, is classified as a capital lease, (G) all indebtedness referred to in clauses (A) through (F) above secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or other encumbrance upon or in any property or assets (including accounts and contract rights) owned by any Person, even though the Person which owns such assets or property has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness, and (H) all Contingent Obligations in respect of indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (A) through (G) above; (y) “ Contingent Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to any Indebtedness, lease, dividend or other obligation of another Person if the primary purpose or intent of the Person incurring such liability, or the primary effect thereof, is to provide assurance to the obligee of such liability that such liability will be paid or discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with, or that the holders of such liability will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss with respect thereto; and (z) “ Person ” means an individual, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization and a government or any department or agency thereof.

 

(v)                                  Absence of Litigation .  Except as in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the Bank, threatened against or affecting the Bank, the Common Stock or any of the Bank’s officers or directors.

 

(w)                                Insurance .  The Bank is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as management of the Bank believes to be prudent and customary in the businesses and location in which the Bank is engaged.  The Bank has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for, and the

 

14



 

Bank does not have any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Bank Material Adverse Effect.

 

(x)                                    Employee Relations .

 

(i)                                      No material labor dispute exists or, to the Bank’s knowledge, is imminent with respect to any of the employees of the Bank that would have, or reasonably be expected to have, a Bank Material Adverse Effect.  The Bank is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement and does not employ any member of a union.  The Bank believes that its relations with its employees are satisfactory.  Other than in connection with changes resulting from the introduction of the proposed new management team after the completion of the Proposed Acquisition, no executive officer of the Bank has notified the Bank that such officer intends to leave the Bank or otherwise terminate such officer’s employment with the Bank.  Other than new employment agreements that will be entered into with the proposed new management team, including Joseph W. Evans, J. Daniel Speight, and Kim Michael Childers, in connection with the Proposed Acquisition, as of the Closing Date, the Bank has not entered into any employment agreements with any of its employees or any other agreement that would require the Bank to provide severance payments or similar payments upon termination.  In addition, the Bank may retain certain of the current employees, including the current chief financial officer, after the completion of the Proposed Acquisition.

 

(ii)                                   The Bank is in compliance with all federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations respecting labor, employment and employment practices and benefits, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, except where failure to be in compliance would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Bank Material Adverse Effect.

 

(y)                                  Title .  The Bank has good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by it, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects, except for liens and encumbrances which do not materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Bank.  Any real property and facilities held under lease by the Bank are valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions that are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Bank.

 

(z)                                    Intellectual Property Rights .  The Bank owns or possesses adequate rights or licenses to use all trademarks, service marks and all applications and registrations therefor, trade names, patents, patent rights, copyrights, original works of authorship, inventions, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights (“ Intellectual Property Rights ”) necessary to conduct its business as conducted on the Signing Date.  To the knowledge of the Bank, no product or service of the Bank infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of others.  Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Bank Material Adverse Effect, the Bank has not received notice of any claim being made or brought, or, to the knowledge of the Bank, being threatened, against the Bank regarding (i) its Intellectual Property Rights, or (ii) that the products

 

15



 

or services of the Bank infringe the Intellectual Property Rights of others.  The Bank is not aware of any facts or circumstances which might give rise to any of the foregoing claims.

 

(aa)                             Environmental Laws .  To the Bank’s knowledge, the Bank (i) is in compliance with any and all Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined), (ii) has received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct its business and (iii) is in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval where, in each of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the failure to so comply could be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Bank Material Adverse Effect.  The term “ Environmental Laws ” means all federal, state or local laws relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata), including, without limitation, laws relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, or toxic or hazardous substances or wastes into the environment.

 

(bb)                           Tax Status .  The Bank (i) has prepared and filed all foreign, federal and state income and all other tax returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject and required to be filed through the Signing Date, subject to permitted extensions, (ii) has paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges that are material in amount, shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations, except those being contested in good faith and (iii) has set aside on its books provision reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply, except in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, where the failure to so pay or file any such tax, assessment, charge or return would not result in a Bank Material Adverse Effect.  There are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the Bank know of no reasonable basis for any such claim.

 

(cc)                             Internal Accounting and Disclosure Controls .  The Bank maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset and liability accountability, (iii) access to assets or incurrence of liabilities is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets and liabilities is compared with the existing assets and liabilities at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any difference.  During the 24 months prior to the date hereof, the Bank has not received any notice or correspondence from any accountant relating to any material weakness in any part of the system of internal accounting controls of the Bank.

 

(dd)                           Off Balance Sheet Arrangements .  There is no transaction, arrangement, or other relationship between the Bank and an unconsolidated or other off-balance sheet entity.

 

(ee)                             Investment Company Status .  The Bank is not, and upon consummation of the sale of the Common Shares will not be, an “investment company,” a company controlled by an “investment company” or an “affiliated person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter”

 

16



 

of, an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of  1940, as amended.

 

(ff)                                 Transfer Taxes .  On the Closing Date, all stock transfer or other taxes (other than income or similar taxes) which are required to be paid in connection with the sale and transfer of the Common Shares to be sold to each Purchaser hereunder will be, or will have been, fully paid or provided for by the Bank, and all laws imposing such taxes will be or will have been complied with.

 

(gg)                           Disclosure .  The Bank understands and confirms that each of the Purchasers will rely on the foregoing representations and warranties in purchasing the Common Shares.  All disclosure provided to the Purchasers regarding the Bank, its business and the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the Proposed Acquisition), furnished by or on behalf of the Bank on or prior to the Signing Date, including without limitation, all disclosure contained in the Offering Summary, when taken as a whole, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  Any forward looking information contained in such disclosure was prepared on the basis of assumptions that the Bank reasonably believed in good faith at the time of preparation to be reasonable and the Bank has no knowledge of any fact or information that would lead it to believe that such assumptions are incorrect or misleading in any material respect.  The Bank expressly does not make any representation or warranty as to any of the information provided by or made available by the FDIC regarding the Target Banks or that relates to the Proposed Acquisition or the assets and liabilities of the Target Banks that the Bank intends to acquire in the Proposed Acquisition.

 

4.                                        COVENANTS .

 

(a)                                   Reasonable Best Efforts .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and acceptance by the FDIC of the Bank’s bid for the Target Banks, each of the parties shall use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or desirable, or advisable under applicable laws, so as to permit consummation of the issuance of the Common Shares as promptly as practicable and otherwise to enable consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cooperate with the other party to that end.

 

(b)                                  Notice Filings .  The Bank agrees to timely file any notices and other filings that may be required under applicable federal and state securities laws, and to provide copies thereof to Patton Boggs LLP, counsel to the Placement Agent, after such filing.

 

(c)                                   Filing of Registration Statement and Listing of Common Stock .

 

(i)                                      On or before April 1, 2010 (the “ First Filing Deadline ”), the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization (as defined below), shall file a registration statement on Form 10, or any successor form thereto (“ Registration Statement ”), with the appropriate federal regulatory agency (whether the FDIC or the Commission), to register the Common Shares (or any securities

 

17



 

received in exchange for the Common Shares as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization) under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.  The Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective as soon as practicable after the initial filing thereof, but no later than December 31, 2010 (the “ Effectiveness Deadline ”).  The Bank (or the holding company formed in the Holding Company Reorganization) shall pay the costs and expenses related to its preparation of the Registration Statement and the filing and effectiveness thereof.

 

(ii)                                   The Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, shall use its reasonable best efforts to enlist a market maker (who meets the eligibility requirements under applicable Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) rules) to file an application with FINRA to register and quote the Common Shares (or any securities received in exchange for the Common Shares as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization) on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board Service as soon as possible following the filing of the Registration Statement, but in no event more than thirty (30) days after the Registration Statement is declared effective.  In addition, after the Registration Statement is declared effective, the Bank will use its reasonable best efforts to file an initial listing application to list the Common Shares (or any securities received in exchange for the Common Shares as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization) on a national securities exchange within thirty (30) days after the initial listing standards and corporate governance requirements for such national securities exchange are satisfied by the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization.  The Bank shall take all actions necessary to comply with any such listing standards or corporate governance requirements that are within its control.

 

(d)                                  Holding Company Reorganization .  The Bank may, within a reasonable period of time after the Closing and the consummation of the Proposed Acquisition, and prior to the First Filing Deadline, form a bank holding company in accordance with applicable requirements of the bank holding company regulations and the laws of the State of Georgia.  Under current Georgia law, the formation of a bank holding company will require a vote of the shareholders of the Bank and any shareholders voting against the plan of reorganization shall be entitled to the rights and remedies of a dissenting shareholder under Georgia corporate law.  To the extent the Bank completes a reorganization prior to the First Filing Deadline or the Effectiveness Deadline, as the case may be, where the Common Shares are exchanged for securities of a newly formed holding company of the Bank (“ Holding Company Reorganization ”), the obligations of the Bank pursuant to Sections 4(c), 4(e) and 4(f) shall then become the obligations of the newly formed holding company of the Bank.

 

(e)                                   First Registration Default; Reduction of Bonus Compensation .  If the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, has not filed a Registration Statement with the appropriate federal regulatory agency by the First Filing Deadline, other than as a result of a delay caused by such federal regulatory agency being unable to accept such filings on such date (whereupon the First Filing Deadline will then be the next date such filings are accepted by the appropriate federal regulatory agency) (a “ First Registration Default ”), then for each day that a First Registration Default continues, Joseph W. Evans, J. Daniel Speight, Jr., and Kim Childers (the “ Executives ”), shall

 

18



 

each forfeit 1.0% of any bonus that would otherwise be payable by the Bank and/or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization to each Executive for the 2010 fiscal year (or to which he became entitled as a result of performance during the 2010 fiscal year), whether under an employment agreement, a bonus plan or any other bonus arrangement, including any bonus compensation for which payment would otherwise be deferred until after 2010.  No bonuses, compensation, awards, equity compensation or other amounts shall be paid or granted in lieu of or to make such Executive whole for any such forfeited bonuses.  The total amount forfeited by each Executive may amount to up to 100% of Executive’s bonus for the 2010 fiscal year.  The requirements of this Section 4(e) shall be incorporated into any employment agreement, bonus plan or other compensation arrangement between the Bank and/or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, and each Executive.  The Bank shall provide each Purchaser with notice in writing of the occurrence of a First Registration Default within a reasonable period of time after the occurrence of the First Registration Default.

 

(f)                                     Second Registration and Effectiveness Default; Special Election Meeting .

 

(i)                                      (A) If the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, has not filed a Registration Statement with the appropriate federal regulatory agency by September 15, 2010 ( the “ Second Filing Deadline ”), other than as a result of a delay caused by such federal regulatory agency being unable to accept such filings on such date (whereupon the Second Filing Deadline will then be the next date such filings are accepted by the appropriate federal regulatory agency) (“ Second Registration Default ”) or (B) if the Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the Effectiveness Deadline by the appropriate federal regulatory agency (“ Effectiveness Default ”), then upon the occurrence of either (A) or (B), the President and/or Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, or the President and/or Chief Executive Officer of any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, shall promptly call a special meeting of shareholders (the “ Special Election Meeting ”) in accordance with the Bylaws of the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, for the purposes set forth in Section 4(f)(ii).  The Special Election Meeting shall occur as soon as possible following the date of the Second Registration Default or the Effectiveness Default, as applicable, but in no event more than sixty (60) days after such date.  The Bank shall provide each Purchaser with notice in writing of the occurrence of a Second Registration Default or an Effectiveness Default within a reasonable period of time after the occurrence of the Second Registration Default or Effectiveness Default, as applicable.

 

(ii)                                   The Special Election Meeting shall be called solely for the purposes of: (A) considering and voting upon proposals to remove up to a majority of the then-serving directors of the Bank (whether or not cause exists), or up to a majority of the then-serving directors of any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization (whether or not cause exists); and (B) electing such number of directors as there are then vacancies on the Board of Directors of the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization (including any vacancies created by the removal of any director pursuant to this Section 4(f)(ii)(A)).  Any removal of directors or appointment of new directors pursuant to this Section 4(f), subject to applicable regulatory approvals, shall be effective immediately upon the receipt of the final

 

19



 

report of the Inspector of Elections for the Special Election Meeting of the result of the vote on such proposals.  To the extent a Holding Company Reorganization is completed prior to a Second Registration Default or an Effectiveness Default, the provisions of this Section 4(f) providing for removal of directors and appointment of new directors following a Second Registration Default or an Effectiveness Default, as the case may be, will apply to the board of directors of such newly formed holding company of the Bank; provided, however, that subject to any required prior approval from a Governmental Entity, all the necessary corporate action shall be taken immediately after the Special Election Meeting to change the directors serving on the Board of Directors of the Bank to be identical to those directors serving on the board of directors of the newly formed holding company of the Bank following the Special Election Meeting.

 

(iii)                                In order for a proposal to remove up to a majority of the then-serving directors of the Bank, or the holding company in the case of a Holding Company Reorganization, as the case may be, to be considered at the Special Election Meeting, and subject to any applicable regulatory approvals, shareholders of the applicable entity representing not less than 25% of the votes entitled to be cast at the Special Election Meeting must submit a written notice to the Secretary of the Bank, or the Secretary of any successor as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, as the case may be, not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 10 th  day after delivery of notice to the Purchasers of the Second Registration Default or the Effectiveness Default, as applicable (“ Removal Notice ”).  The Removal Notice shall include and shall specify:

 

(A)                               the name(s) of the director(s) that such shareholder or shareholders is seeking to remove from the Board of Directors of the Bank, or the holding company in the case of a Holding Company Reorganization, as the case may be;

 

(B)                                 an affirmative statement requesting that a proposal be included in the Special Election Meeting agenda for shareholders to consider and vote upon the removal of such director(s); and

 

(C)                                 as to each shareholder giving a Removal Notice, an attestation and evidence of the number of all shares of Common Stock of the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, that are owned by such shareholder beneficially or of record.

 

(iv)                               All shareholders that submit a Removal Notice pursuant to Section 4(f)(iii) shall also timely submit a Nomination Notice (as defined in Section 4(f)(vi)) nominating an equal number of Nominees (as defined in Section 4(f)(v)), to serve as replacement directors in accordance with Sections 4(f)(v) and 4(f)(vi) hereof.

 

(v)                                  Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors of the Bank, or  any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, at the Special Election Meeting may only be made upon receipt by the applicable entity of written notice of shareholders of such entity entitled to cast, or direct the casting of, not less than 25% of the votes entitled to be cast at the Special Election Meeting and containing the information specified by Section 4(f)(vi) hereof.  Each individual whose

 

20



 

nomination is made in accordance with this Section 4(f)(v) is hereinafter referred to as a “ Nominee .”

 

(vi)          For nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before the Special Election Meeting by a shareholder or shareholders of the Bank, or the holding company in the case of a Holding Company Reorganization, as the case may be, a shareholder or shareholders must have given notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of such entity not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 10 th  day after the date of the Second Registration Default or the Effectiveness Default, as applicable (“ Nomination Notice ”).  The Nomination Notice shall include and shall specify:

 

(A)          a writing executed by a proposed Nominee that provides his or her written consent to serve as a director, if elected;

 

(B)           as to each proposed Nominee, the name, age, business address and residence address of such proposed Nominee, as well as the type of information relating to such proposed Nominee that would be required in Items 401(a), (d), (e) and (f) and 404(a) of Regulation S-K (or any successor provisions); and

 

(C)           as to each shareholder giving a Nomination Notice, an attestation and evidence of the number of all shares of Common Stock of the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, that are owned by such shareholder beneficially or of record.

 

(vii)         Not less than ten (10) nor more than fifty (50) days before the Special Election Meeting, the Secretary of the Bank, or the Secretary of any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, shall give to each shareholder entitled to vote at, or to receive notice of, such meeting at such shareholder’s address as it appears in the share transfer records of such entity, notice in writing setting forth: (A) the date, time and place of the Special Election Meeting; (B) the agenda as well as each proposal to be voted upon at the Special Election Meeting; and (C) the information about each Nominee that was provided in the Nomination Notice, as well as information in the Removal Notice about any director for which a proposal has been submitted for removal.

 

(viii)        The Board of Directors of the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, shall take all necessary action to call the Special Election Meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4(f), the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of such entity and applicable state corporate and banking laws.  The shareholder vote required to approve the removal of directors from the Board of Directors of the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, shall be the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders would be entitled to cast at the Special Election Meeting or such different vote requirement as may be required under applicable state corporate and banking laws to the extent that the law is changed after the date hereof.  The shareholder vote required to appoint new directors to the Board of Directors of the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, shall be the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes that are represented at the Special

 

21



 

Election Meeting or such different vote requirement as may be required under applicable state corporate and banking laws to the extent that the law is changed after the date hereof.  Only proposals submitted by shareholders pursuant to this Section 4(f) shall be considered and voted upon at the Special Election Meeting.

 

(ix)           The Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Bank do not, and the governing documents of any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization will not, prevent or be inconsistent with the procedures set forth in this Section 4(f).

 

(x)            The rights of each shareholder of the Bank, or the holding company in the case of a Holding Company Reorganization, as the case may be, under this Section 4(f) shall inure to the benefit of any purchaser or transferee of the Common Shares without the need for an express assignment or assumption by any such subsequent holders of the Common Shares after such purchase and/or transfer.  Subsequent holders of the Common Shares shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder.

 

(g)           Waiver .  Each of the obligations set forth in (c), (e) and (f) of this Section 4 may be waived, including by written consent, by the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding.

 

(h)           Information for Shareholders and Shareholder Calls .  Until the Registration Statement is declared effective by the appropriate federal regulatory agency, and beginning no earlier than approximately six months after the Closing Date, the Bank shall hold, within a reasonable time after the financial information contained in the Bank’s quarterly Call Reports is filed with the FDIC and upon reasonable notice to the Purchasers and the Bank’s other existing shareholders (either by mail or e-mail, by posting on the Bank’s website, or by press release), a quarterly shareholder conference call to discuss such financial information, which call may, but is not required to, include an opportunity to ask questions of management with regard to such financial statements.  In addition, if for some reason the Registration Statement is not filed by the First Filing Deadline or the requirements for filing a registration statement as set forth in Section 4(c) are not met, the Bank shall provide the Purchasers with annual audited financial statements.

 

(i)            Expenses .  Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, each of the parties hereto will bear and pay all costs and expenses incurred by it or on its behalf in connection with the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, including fees and expenses of its own financial or other consultants, investment bankers, accountants and counsel.

 

(j)            Right of First Offer .  Up until, but not including, an initial public offering by the Bank or until the Bank begins trading on a national securities exchange and, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4(j) and applicable securities laws, if the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, proposes to offer or sell any of its equity securities, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, securities that may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities or any debt securities (collectively, “ New Securities ”), the

 

22



 

Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, shall first offer such New Securities to each Purchaser, in the amount set forth in Section 4(j)(ii).

 

(i)            Notification of Offer .  The Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, shall give notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) to each Purchaser, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

 

(ii)           Election to Exercise .  By notification to the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, within 10 calendar days after the Offer Notice is given (the “ Acceptance Period ”), each Purchaser may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held by such Purchaser bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, outstanding on the date of the Offer Notice.  The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 4(j) shall occur within the later of 90 days of (i) the date that the Offer Notice is given, or (ii) the date of the initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 4(j)(iii).

 

(iii)          Sale of Unsubscribed Portion .  If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired within the Acceptance Period as provided in Section 4(j)(ii), the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, may, during the 90 day period following the expiration of the Acceptance Period, offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than that specified in the Offer Notice.  If the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 30 days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Purchasers in accordance with this Section 4(j).

 

(iv)          Exclusions .  The provisions of Section 4(j) shall not apply to (i) any issuance of securities upon the conversion of any warrant, option, or other convertible security outstanding as of the time of the Closing Date, (ii) any offer and sale of New Securities in a registered public offering, (iii) up to 850,000 shares of Common Stock to parties not purchasing in this Offering at a price not less than the Purchase Price for a period of six months following the Closing Date, or (iv) shares (or options to purchase shares) issued or issuable to employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Bank, or any newly formed holding company of the Bank as a result of a Holding Company Reorganization, pursuant to any equity incentive plan approved by the Board of Directors.

 

(k)           Delivery of Final Bids .  The Bank shall have posted to its electronic data room on or before July 14, 2009, a summary of the aggregate final bids to be submitted by the Bank to the FDIC for the Proposed Acquisition (“ Final Bid Summary ”), which will be an accurate and complete summary of the aggregate final bids, and such final bids submitted to the

 

23



 

FDIC will not deviate in any material respect from the information contained in the Final Bid Summary.

 

5.                                        TRANSFER AGENT INSTRUCTIONS .

 

(a)           Transfer Agent Instructions .  Subject to the provisions of Section 2(a), no instruction will be given by the Bank to its transfer agent restricting the transfer of the Common Shares, and the Common Shares shall be freely transferable on the books and records of the Bank.  If a Purchaser effects a sale, assignment or transfer of the Common Shares, the Bank shall, in accordance with applicable securities laws, permit the transfer and shall promptly instruct its transfer agent to issue one or more certificates in such name and in such denominations as specified by such Purchaser to effect such sale, transfer or assignment.

 

6.                                        CONDITIONS TO THE BANK’S OBLIGATION TO SELL .

 

The obligation of the Bank hereunder to issue and sell the Common Shares to each Purchaser at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions are for the Bank’s sole benefit and may be waived by the Bank at any time in its sole discretion by providing each Purchaser with prior written notice thereof:

 

(a)           Each Purchaser shall have duly executed each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and delivered the same to the Bank.

 

(b)           Each Purchaser shall have duly executed a fully completed Book Entry and Wire Information Questionnaire and Accredited Investor Questionnaire in the forms attached hereto as Appendix I and Appendix II, respectively.

 

(c)           The FDIC shall have accepted the Bank’s bid to acquire the Target Banks and, with respect to the Target Banks, shall have entered into the P&A Agreement with the Bank.

 

(d)           The Escrow Agent shall have delivered to the Bank the Purchase Price for the Common Shares being purchased by each of the Purchasers at the Closing, as indicated below such Purchaser’s name on the signature page of this Agreement, by wire transfer of immediately available funds pursuant to the wire instructions provided by the Bank.

 

(e)           The representations and warranties of each Purchaser contained in Section 2 of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for those representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or Bank Material Adverse Effect, which shall be true and correct in all respects) as of the date when made and as of the Closing Date as though made at that time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which shall be true and correct as of such specified date), and each Purchaser shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by the Transaction Documents to be performed, satisfied or complied with by each Purchaser at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

24



 

7.                                        CONDITIONS TO EACH PURCHASER’S OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE .

 

The obligation of each Purchaser to purchase the Common Shares at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions are for each Purchaser’s sole benefit and may be waived by such Purchaser at any time in its sole discretion by providing the Bank with prior written notice thereof:

 

(a)           The Bank shall have duly executed and delivered to such Purchaser each of the Transaction Documents.

 

(b)           Such Purchaser shall have received an opinion of Dinur and DeLuca, LLP, counsel for the Bank, dated the Closing Date, in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

(c)           The Bank shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate evidencing the incorporation and good standing of the Bank as of a date within ten business days before the Closing Date.

 

(d)           The Bank shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate, executed by the Secretary of the Bank and dated as of the Closing Date, as to (i) the resolutions consistent with Section 3(b) as adopted by the Bank’s Board of Directors, (ii) the Articles of Incorporation of the Bank and (iii) the Bylaws of the Bank, each as in effect at the Closing, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

(e)           The representations and warranties of the Bank contained in Section 3 of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for those representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or Bank Material Adverse Effect, which shall be true and correct in all respects) as of the Signing Date and as of the Closing Date as though made at that time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which shall be true and correct as of such specified date), and the Bank shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by the Transaction Documents and the P&A Agreement (and by the FDIC and Georgia Department of Banking and Finance, if any)  to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Bank at or prior to the Closing Date.  Such Purchaser shall have received a certificate, executed by the Senior Vice President of the Bank, dated as of the Closing Date, to the foregoing effect in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

 

(f)            The Bank shall have obtained any third party consents and approvals, if any, necessary for the completion of the Proposed Acquisition.

 

(g)           The Bank shall have delivered or cause to have delivered to each Purchaser the number of the Common Shares indicated below such Purchaser’s name on the signature page to this Agreement, subject to the conditions set forth in Section 1(a), registered in the name of such Purchaser.

 

(h)           The Bank shall have raised an aggregate amount of at least $284,550,000 in the Offering, and the FDIC shall have accepted the Bank’s bid to acquire the Target Banks, as

 

25



 

demonstrated by the FDIC’s adoption of a resolution to enter into the P&A Agreement (to the extent legally required by FDIC laws and regulations), on terms not less favorable to the Bank, the Purchasers or its shareholders than set forth in the Final Bid Summary, and, with respect to the Target Banks, shall have entered into the P&A Agreement with the Bank.

 

(i)            The Bank shall have: (i) entered into the employment agreements with the proposed new management team and (ii) delivered or cause to have delivered the Common Stock and warrants to the proposed new management team as set forth in their amended and restated subscription agreements, dated April 1, 2009, with the Bank.

 

(j)            The Bank shall have delivered to such Purchaser such other documents relating to the purchase and sale of the Common Shares contemplated by this Agreement as such Purchaser or its counsel may reasonably request.

 

8.             TERMINATION .  In the event that the Closing shall not have occurred with respect to a Purchaser on or before July 31, 2009 for any reason, including but not limited to the Bank’s or such Purchaser’s failure to satisfy the conditions set forth in Sections 6 and 7 above (and the nonbreaching party’s failure to waive such unsatisfied condition(s)), the nonbreaching party shall have the option to terminate this Agreement with respect to such breaching party at the close of business on such date without liability of any party to any other party; provided, however , that in addition to the foregoing, if the Bank does not win its bid submitted to the FDIC to acquire the assets and liabilities of the Target Banks, and the Proposed Acquisition is not completed, then the Bank will immediately terminate the offering of the Common Shares and take all such action necessary, including providing specific instructions to the Escrow Agent no later than one business day after the bid rejection, to return each Purchaser’s full investment, without interest, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement without liability of any party to any other party.

 

9.                                        MISCELLANEOUS .

 

(a)           Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Jury Trial .  All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of New York.  Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in New York, of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper.  Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address for such notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof.  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law.

 

26



 

(b)           Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party; provided that a facsimile signature shall be considered due execution and shall be binding upon the signatory thereto with the same force and effect as if the signature were an original, not a facsimile signature.

 

(c)           Headings .  The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

(d)           Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in that jurisdiction or the validity or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

 

(e)           Entire Agreement; Amendments .  This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, together with the Appendixes and Exhibits thereto, supersede all other prior oral or written agreements between the Purchasers, the Bank, their affiliates and Persons acting on their behalf with respect to the matters discussed herein, and this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the instruments referenced herein and therein contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and therein and, except as specifically set forth herein or therein, neither the Bank nor any Purchaser makes any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to such matters.  No amendment to this Agreement may limit the right of a Purchaser to waive any provision which they have the right to waive, and no provision of this Agreement may be amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by the Bank and the Purchasers listed on the signature pages hereto as being obligated to purchase at least 66-2/3% of the amount of the Common Shares to be sold hereunder; provided that no such amendment to this Agreement that would disproportionately impact a Purchaser may be made without the consent of such Purchaser; and provided further that no amendment to Section 2, Section 4(k), Section 7 or Section 8 may be made without the express written consent of each Purchaser.  No provision hereof may be waived other than by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.  No consideration shall be offered or paid to any Person to amend or consent to a waiver or modification of any provision of any of the Transaction Documents unless the same consideration also is offered to all of the parties to the Transaction Documents.  The Bank has not, directly or indirectly, made any agreements with any Purchasers relating to the terms or conditions of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, except as set forth in the Transaction Documents, nor has any other agreement or arrangement been made by the Bank with any other Purchaser outside of the Transaction Documents.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Bank confirms that, except as set forth in this Agreement, no Purchaser has made any commitment or promise or has any other obligation to provide any financing to the Bank or otherwise.

 

(f)            Notices .  Any notices, consents, waivers or other communications required or permitted to be given under the terms of this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been delivered:  (i) upon receipt, when delivered personally; (ii) upon receipt, when sent by facsimile (provided confirmation of transmission is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party); or (iii) one Business Day after deposit with an

 

27



 

overnight courier service, in each case properly addressed to the party to receive the same.  The addresses and facsimile numbers for such communications shall be:

 

If to the Bank:

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

321 Fullington Avenue
Pinehurst, Georgia  31070

Telephone:            (478) 627-3970

Facsimile:             (478) 627-3971

Attention:              Marvin Ragan, Senior Vice President

 

with a copy (for informational purposes only) to:

 

NELSON MULLINS RILEY & SCARBOROUGH, LLP

Atlantic Station

201 17 th  Street, Suite 1700

Atlanta, Georgia  30363

Telephone:            (404) 322-6218

Facsimile:             (404) 817-6041

Attention:              J. Brennan Ryan, Esq.

 

and

 

DINUR AND DELUCA, LLP

One Lakeside Commons

990 Hammond Drive, Suite 760

Atlanta, Georgia  30328

Telephone:            (770) 395-3170

Facsimile:             (770) 395-3171

Attention:              Daniel D. Dinur

 

If to a Purchaser, to its address and facsimile number set forth under such Purchaser’s name on the signature page hereto, with copies to such Purchaser’s representative as set forth under such Purchaser’s name on the signature page hereto, or to such other address and/or facsimile number and/or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by written notice given to each other party five days prior to the effectiveness of such change.  Written confirmation of receipt (A) given by the recipient of such notice, consent, waiver or other communication, (B) mechanically or electronically generated by the sender’s facsimile machine containing the time, date, recipient facsimile number and an image of the first page of such transmission or (C) provided by an overnight courier service, shall be rebuttable evidence of personal service, receipt by facsimile or receipt from an overnight courier service in accordance with clause (A), (B) or (C) above, respectively.

 

(g)           Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any purchasers of the Common Shares.  The Bank shall not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the aggregate

 

28



 

number of Common Shares issued hereunder.  A Purchaser may assign some or all of its rights hereunder without the consent of the Bank if in compliance with this Agreement and applicable law, in which event such assignee shall be deemed to be a Purchaser hereunder with respect to such assigned rights and shall be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement that apply to “Purchasers.”

 

(h)           No Third Party Beneficiaries .  Except as expressly set forth herein, this Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person.

 

(i)            Survival .  Unless this Agreement is terminated under Section 8, all representations and warranties of the Purchasers and the Bank contained in Sections 2 and 3, and the agreements and covenants set forth in Sections 4, 5 and 9 shall survive the Closing.  Each Purchaser shall be responsible only for its own representations, warranties, agreements and covenants hereunder.

 

(j)            Further Assurances .  Each party shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as any other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(k)           Indemnification .  In consideration of each Purchaser’s execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and acquiring the Common Shares thereunder, and in addition to all of the Bank’s other obligations under the Transaction Documents, the Bank shall defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless each Purchaser and each other holder of the Common Shares and all of their shareholders, partners, members, officers, directors, employees and direct or indirect investors and any of the foregoing Persons’ agents or other representatives (collectively, the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, losses, costs, penalties, fees, liabilities and damages, and expenses in connection therewith (irrespective of whether any such Indemnitee is a party to the action for which indemnification hereunder is sought), and including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred by any Indemnitee as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to any misrepresentation or breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of the Bank contained in the Transaction Documents.

 

(l)            No Strict Construction .  The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party.

 

(m)          Rescission and Withdrawal Right .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in (and without limiting any similar provisions of) the Transaction Documents, whenever any Purchaser exercises a right, election, demand or option under a Transaction Document and the Bank does not timely perform its related obligations within the periods therein provided, then such Purchaser may rescind or withdraw, in its sole discretion

 

29



 

from time to time upon written notice to the Bank, any relevant notice, demand or election in whole or in part without prejudice to its future actions and rights

 

(n)           Payment Set Aside .  To the extent that the Bank makes a payment or payments to the Purchasers hereunder or pursuant to any of the other Transaction Documents or the Purchasers enforce or exercise their rights hereunder or thereunder, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or exercise or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, recovered from, disgorged by or are required to be refunded, repaid or otherwise restored to the Bank, a trustee, receiver or any other Person under any law (including, without limitation, any bankruptcy law, foreign, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause of action), then to the extent of any such restoration the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

 

(o)           Independent Nature of Purchasers’ Obligations and Rights .  The obligations of each Purchaser under any Transaction Document are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Purchaser, and no Purchaser shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Purchaser under any Transaction Document.  The decision of each Purchaser (other than those Purchasers that are affiliates of each other) to purchase the Common Shares pursuant to the Transaction Documents has been made by such Purchaser independently of any other non-affiliated Purchaser and independently of any information, materials, statements or opinions as to the business, affairs, operations, assets, properties, liabilities, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Bank, which may have been made or given by any other non-affiliated Purchaser or by any agent or employee of any other non-affiliated Purchaser, and no Purchaser and any of its agents or employees shall have any liability to any other Purchaser (or any other Person) relating to or arising from any such information, materials, statement or opinions.  Nothing contained herein or in any other Transaction Document, and no action taken by any Purchaser pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Purchasers as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Purchasers are in any way acting in concert or as a group, and the Bank will not assert any such claim with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.  Each Purchaser (other than those Purchasers that are affiliates of each other) confirms that it has independently participated in the negotiation of the transaction contemplated hereby with the advice of its own counsel and advisors and no other non-affiliated Purchaser has acted as agent for such Purchaser in connection with making its investment hereunder and that no non-affiliated Purchaser will be acting as agent of such Purchaser (and its affiliates) in connection with monitoring its investment in the Common Shares or enforcing its rights under the Transaction Documents.  Each Purchaser shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including, without limitation, the rights arising out of this Agreement or out of any other Transaction Documents, and it shall not be necessary for any other Purchaser to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

 

(p)           Publicity .  Except as may be required by applicable law, neither the Bank nor any representative of the Bank (including the Placement Agent) will issue any press release or public statement that identifies any Purchaser or any investment advisor to a Purchaser, or

 

30



 

otherwise makes any public statement with respect to any Purchaser or any investment advisor to a Purchaser hereby without the prior written consent of such Purchaser.  Any such press release or public statement required by applicable law shall only be made by the Bank after reasonable notice and opportunity for review by the Purchasers.

 

[Signatures appear on the following pages.]

 

31



 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marvin Ragan

 

 

Marvin Ragan

 

 

Senior Vice President

 

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

 

[Signature pages for Purchasers appear on the following pages.]

 

 

Bank Signature Page to Agreement

 



 

 

NAME OF PURCHASER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contact Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E-mail:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Common Shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase Price Per Share: $10.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate Purchase Price: $

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax ID No.:

 

 

Legal Representative Address:

 

 

 

Attn:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Address:

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

E-mail:

 

 

 

Purchaser Signature Page to Agreement

 



 

SUMMARY INSTRUCTION SHEET FOR PURCHASER

 

(To be read in conjunction with the entire

preceding Agreement )

 

A.                                  Complete the following items on the Agreement:

 

1.                                        Signature page:  Provide the information requested on the signature page.

 

2.                                        Provide the information requested in the Book Entry and Wire Information Questionnaire attached hereto as Appendix I, including wire instructions for the return of funds if the Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.

 

3.                                        Provide the information requested by the Accredited Investor Questionnaire attached hereto as Appendix II.

 

B.                                    Please e-mail to dfarrell@fbr.com or fax to (703) 469-1131 the properly completed and signed Agreement, including the properly completed Appendix I and Appendix II.  Please send the originals to:

 

FBR Capital Markets & Co.

1001 Nineteenth Street North

Arlington, Virginia  22209

 

Attention:  Dawn Farrell

 

C.                                    Instructions regarding the transfer of funds for the purchase of Common Shares will be sent by facsimile to the Purchaser by the Placement Agent at a later date.

 

Summary Instruction Sheet for Purchaser

 



 

APPENDIX I

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
BOOK ENTRY AND WIRE INFORMATION QUESTIONNAIRE

 

Please provide us with the following information:

 

A. DTC INFORMATION:

 

Name of DTC Participant:

 

 

Participant’s DTC Account Number:

 

 

Investor’s Account Number with Participant:

 

 

 

Provide the following information for regarding the Contact Person at DTC Participant:

 

Name:

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

Telephone Number:

 

 

 

Fax Number:

 

 

 

E-mail:

 

 

 

B.  RETURN WIRE INSTRUCTION INFORMATION:

 

Purchaser’s wire instructions for return of funds invested if the Stock Purchase Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8 is as follows:

 

Bank Name:

 

 

 

Bank Address

 

 

 

Account Number:

 

 

 

ABA Number:

 

 



 

APPENDIX II

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
ACCREDITED INVESTOR QUESTIONNAIRE

 

Note to Purchasers :

 

For Corporations, Partnerships, Trusts, Foundations, Joint Purchasers (other than married couples) and Other Entities, please provide the information requested by Appendix II-1 .

 

For Individuals (including married couples), please provide the information requested by Appendix II-2 .

 



 

APPENDIX II-1

 

Accredited Investor Questionnaire
for
Corporations, Partnerships, Trusts, Foundations,
Joint Purchasers (other than married couples) and Other Entities

 

If the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, trust, pension plan, foundation, joint purchaser (other than a married couple) or other entity, an authorized officer, partner, or trustee must complete, date and sign this Certificate.

 

Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meaning ascribed to them in the Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

CERTIFICATE

 

The undersigned certifies that the representations and responses below are true and accurate:

 

(a)                                   The undersigned has been duly formed and is validly existing and has full power and authority to invest in the Bank. The person signing on behalf of the undersigned has the authority to execute and deliver the Stock Purchase Agreement on behalf of the undersigned and to take other actions with respect thereto.

 

(b)                                  Indicate the form of entity of the undersigned:

 

o                                     Limited Partnership

o                                     General Partnership

o                                     Corporation

o                                     Revocable Trust (identify each grantor and indicate under what circumstances the trust is revocable by the grantor):

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continue on a separate piece of paper, if necessary.)

 

o                                     Other Type of Trust (indicate type of trust and, for trusts other than pension trusts, name the grantors and beneficiaries):

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continue on a separate piece of paper, if necessary.)

 

1



 

o                                     Other form of organization (indicate form of organization):

 

 

(c)                                   Indicate the approximate date the undersigned entity was formed:

 

(d)                                  In order for the Bank to offer and sell the Common Shares in conformance with state and federal securities laws, the following information must be obtained regarding your investor status. Please initial each category applicable to you as a Purchaser of the Common Shares of the Bank.

 

o  (1)                   A bank as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the 1933 Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution pursuant to Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the 1933 Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity;

 

o  (2)                   A broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

 

o  (3)                   An insurance company as defined in Section 2(13) of the 1933 Act;

 

o  (4)                   An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of that act;

 

o  (5)                   A Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958;

 

o  (6)                   A plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

 

o  (7)                   An employee benefit plan within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of such act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;

 

o  (8)                   A business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

 

o  (9)                   An organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, a corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or partnership,

 

2



 

not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Common Shares, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

 

o  (10)             A trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Common Shares, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person who has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such person is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investing in the Bank;

 

o  (11)             An entity in which all of the equity owners qualify under any of the above subparagraphs. If the undersigned belongs to this investor category only, list the equity owners of the undersigned, and the investor category which each such equity owner satisfies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Continue on a separate piece of paper, if necessary.)

 

 

Dated:                                   , 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Purchaser:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

An Authorized Officer, Partner or Trustee

 

3



 

APPENDIX II-2

 

Accredited Investor Questionnaire

for

Individuals (including married couples)

 

If the undersigned is an Individual (or married couple), the undersigned must complete, date and sign this Certificate.

 

CERTIFICATE

 

I certify that the representations and responses below are true and accurate:

 

(a)                                   In order for the Bank to offer and sell the Common Shares in conformance with state and federal securities laws, the following information must be obtained regarding your investor status. Please initial each category applicable to you as a Purchaser of the Common Shares of the Bank.

 

o                                     (1)                               A natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, at the time of his or her purchase exceeds $1,000,000;

 

o                                     (2)                               A natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years, or joint income with that person’s spouse in excess of $300,000, in each of those years, and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

 

o                                     (3)                                   An executive officer or director of the Bank.

 

(b)                                  Set forth in the space provided below the state(s), if any, in the U.S. in which you maintained your residence during the past two years and the dates during which you resided in each state:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:                                      , 2009

 

 

 

Name(s) of Purchaser:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

(If joint ownership, both individuals must execute this

 

 

Certificate.)

 

 

1



 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

Risk Factors

Exhibit B

Form of Counsel Opinion for the Bank

Exhibit C

Form of Secretary’s Certificate

Exhibit D

Form of Officer’s Certificate

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

RISK FACTORS

 

There are many risks and uncertainties related to the Bank’s business and operations and an investment in the Common Shares.  Before making an investment decision, the Purchaser should read carefully and consider the risk factors below relating to the Bank and this offering of the Common Shares.  The Purchaser should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all other information provided with regard to evaluating the offering of the Common Shares and the Proposed Acquisition, including, but not limited to, the Offering Summary.  The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones the Bank faces.  Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to the Bank or that may be deemed currently immaterial also may adversely affect the Bank’s business, financial condition and operations.  Any of the following risks could negatively affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and actual results may differ substantially from those discussed.  Such projections and information are based on assumptions about future events that are inherently uncertain and subjective, and they may change.  No representation or warranty is made about whether projected events or results will occur or will be obtained.

 

The future results of the Bank could be affected by subsequent events and could differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements.  If future events and actual performance differ from the Bank’s assumptions, the actual results could vary significantly from the performance projected in the forward-looking statements.  The Bank cautions readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.

 

Risks Specifically Related to the Bank’s Proposed Acquisition

 

The Bank’s current opportunity to acquire the Target Banks from the FDIC may present challenges, and the Bank may incur unanticipated losses related to the assets and liabilities of such financial institutions.

 

The Bank is evaluating an opportunity to acquire the Target Banks from the FDIC.  It will use the proceeds of this offering to acquire the assets and liabilities of certain Target Banks that are in receivership through the FDIC bid process for failed institutions.  Such an acquisition will require the Bank to enter into the P&A Agreement with the FDIC.  The P&A Agreement is a form document prepared by the FDIC, and the ability to negotiate the terms of this agreement is limited or non-existent.  As a result, the P&A Agreement provides for limited disclosure about, and limited indemnification for, risks associated with, the Target Banks and is only that which is provided for by the FDIC.  There is a risk that such disclosure regarding, and indemnification for, the Target Banks will not be sufficient and the Bank will incur unanticipated losses.

 

A-1



 

The success of the Proposed Acquisition will depend on the Bank’s ability to successfully combine the Target Banks’ business with the Bank’s business, and, if the Bank experiences difficulties with the integration process, the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected.

 

The success of the Proposed Acquisition will depend, in part, on the Bank’s ability to successfully combine the Target Banks’ business with the Bank’s business.  As with any acquisition involving financial institutions, there may be business disruptions that result in the loss of customers or cause customers to remove their accounts and move their business to competing financial institutions.  It is possible that the integration process could result in the disruption of ongoing business or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect the Bank’s ability to maintain relationships with clients, customers, depositors and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.  Integration efforts, including integration of the Target Banks’ systems into the Bank’s current systems, will also divert the Bank’s management’s attention and resources.  If the Bank experiences difficulties with the integration process, the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected.

 

The Bank has made certain assumptions regarding the potential losses it will incur in connection with its acquisition of the assets and liabilities of the Target Banks from the FDIC; if these assumptions are inaccurate, or if the loss share provisions provided for in the P&A agreement are administered improperly or, in the future, the FDIC interprets such provisions in a way different from what the Bank anticipates, then the Bank’s losses could increase.

 

The Bank is seeking to acquire the assets and liabilities of certain Target Banks that are in receivership through the FDIC bid process for failed institutions.  In conjunction with the acquisitions, the Bank will be discounting portions of the acquired loan portfolios based on its estimates of remaining credit losses related to credit-impaired loans.  In addition, the Bank will enter into a loss sharing agreement with the FDIC, pursuant to which the FDIC will retain 80% of the loan losses incurred in connection with the Target Banks’ loans, up to an agreed upon maximum threshold amount of aggregate losses, and will assume 95% of any additional loan losses above such threshold amount.  Through the loss sharing arrangement, the FDIC absorbs a significant portion of the loss from the Target Banks’ asset portfolios, and the asset management and disposition incentives of the Bank and the FDIC become more aligned as both parties are sharing in the loss.  If the loss share provisions provided for in the loss sharing agreement are administered improperly or, in the future, the FDIC interprets such provisions in a way different from what the Bank anticipates, then the Bank’s losses could increase.

 

The Bank will establish its bid to the FDIC for the Target Banks to cover its anticipated losses, as shown in “Preliminary Bid Calculations,” on page 17 of the Offering Summary.  However, there is no assurance that loans the Bank will acquire will not further deteriorate in value, below the Bank’s estimates, such estimates being reflected in the “Management Loss Assumption Analysis of Target Bank Loans,” set forth on page 16 of the Offering Summary.  As a result, if the Bank is required to take additional markdowns on the acquired loan portfolios or on the other assets it acquires, the Bank will incur its pro rata portion of additional losses under the loss sharing agreement, which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial

 

A-2



 

condition and results of operations and which could cause a material negative deviation from the results projected in “Model Summary,” on page 18 of the Offering Summary (the “ Model Summary ”).

 

The Bank’s success is dependent upon the new management team, which may be unable to successfully implement their proposed business strategy.

 

The Bank’s success is expected to be largely dependent upon its proposed new management team consisting of Joseph W. Evans, who will serve as the Bank’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, J. Daniel Speight, who will serve as the Bank’s Vice Chairman, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and Kim Michael Childers, who will serve as the Bank’s President and Chief Credit Officer.  The proposed new management team intends to adopt a traditional, community-focused commercial banking strategy.  See “State Bank and Trust Company Plan for Target Bank,” on page 11 of the Offering Summary.  In order to execute this new business strategy, the new management team will need to, among other things:

 

·                   attract sufficient retail and commercial deposits;

 

·                   attract and maintain business banking relationships with businesses in the Bank’s market area;

 

·                   attract and retain experienced commercial and community bankers;

 

·                   identify and pursue suitable opportunities for opening new branches in the Bank’s market area;

 

·                   maintain adequate regulatory capital and comply with applicable federal and state regulations;

 

·                   attract sufficient loans, including correspondent and purchased loans that meet prudent credit standards; and

 

·                   maintain expenses in line with their current projections.

 

Failure to achieve these strategic goals could adversely affect the Bank’s ability to successfully implement the new management team’s business strategies, as well as the Bank’s business, financial condition and results of operations, and, therefore, could cause a material negative deviation from the results projected in the Model Summary.

 

No assurance can be made that the Bank’s proposed new management team’s strategies for the enhancement of shareholder value will be accomplished or that other strategies may be undertaken.

 

The Bank’s proposed new management team contemplates taking certain actions after completion of this offering in order to enhance shareholder value, including closing various branches, opening a new branch in Atlanta, consolidating operation centers, reviewing personnel, assembling a team for correspondent banking and purchasing performing loans from the FDIC and others, beginning a special asset division, strategically repricing deposits, and continuing to review FDIC assisted deals on a whole bank and deposit only basis.  There is no assurance that

 

A-3



 

any or all of the actions discussed above will be accomplished, that other such strategies will be undertaken, or that enhanced shareholder value will be realized.

 

Risks Generally Related to the Bank’s Future Business

 

Recent negative developments in the financial industry and the current economic environment pose significant challenges for the Bank and its industry and could adversely affect the Bank’s business, financial condition and results of operations .

 

The Bank is, and will be, operating in a challenging and uncertain economic environment, including generally uncertain national and local conditions.  Negative developments in the global credit and securitization markets during 2008 have resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets in general, with the expectation of the general economic downturn continuing in 2009. As a result of this “credit crunch,” commercial as well as consumer loan portfolio performances have deteriorated at many institutions and the competition for deposits and quality loans has increased significantly.  Global securities markets, and bank holding company stock prices in particular, have been negatively affected, as has the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets.

 

Financial institutions like the Bank have been, and may continue to be, affected by sharp declines in the real estate market, including falling home prices and increasing delinquencies, foreclosures and increased unemployment.  Concerns over the stability of the financial markets and the economy have resulted in decreased lending by financial institutions to their customers and to each other with such concerns leading to increased commercial and consumer deficiencies, lack of customer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction in general business activity.  The Bank does not expect these difficult conditions to improve in the near future.  A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects on the Bank.

 

As a result, the Bank may face the following risks:

 

·                   Economic conditions that negatively affect housing prices and the job market may continue to cause the credit quality of the Bank’s loan portfolios to deteriorate;

 

·                   Market developments that affect consumer confidence may cause adverse changes in payment patterns by the Bank’s customers, causing increases in delinquencies and default rates on loans and other credit facilities;

 

·                   The processes that the Bank uses to estimate its allowance for loan losses and reserves may no longer be reliable because they rely on judgments such as forecasts of economic conditions, that may no longer be capable of accurate estimation;

 

·                   The value of the Bank’s securities portfolio may decline; and

 

·                   The Bank may face increased regulation of its industry, and the costs of compliance with such regulation may increase.

 

A-4



 

These conditions or similar ones may continue to persist or worsen, causing the Bank to experience continuing or increased adverse effects on its business, financial condition, results of operations and the price of the Common Stock.

 

The banking industry is heavily regulated, and that regulation could limit or restrict the Bank’s activities and adversely affect its financial results .

 

The Bank operates in a highly regulated industry and is subject to examination, supervision, and comprehensive regulation by various federal and state agencies, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “ FDIC ”) and the State of Georgia Department of Banking and Finance.  The Bank’s compliance with these regulations is costly and restricts some of its activities, including payment of dividends, mergers and acquisitions, investments, loans and interest rates and locations of offices.  The Bank is also subject to capitalization guidelines established by its regulators, which require the Bank to maintain adequate capital to support its business.

 

In light of current conditions in the global financial markets and the global economy, regulators have increased their focus on the regulation of the financial services industry.  Most recently, governments in the U.S. and abroad have intervened on an unprecedented scale.  Proposals for legislation, including a comprehensive overhaul of the financial regulatory system in the U.S., have been, and are expected to be, introduced in the U.S. Congress, in state legislatures and around the world.  These proposals are likely to alter standards used to measure regulatory compliance and to determine the adequacy of liquidity, risk management and other operational practices for financial services companies.  The Bank is unable to predict whether any of these legislative and regulatory initiatives will succeed, which form they will take, or whether any additional changes to statutes or regulations, including the interpretation or implementation of those statutes or regulations, will occur in the future.  Any action of that nature could affect the Bank in substantial and unpredictable ways and could have an adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations and the price of the Common Stock.

 

Changes in monetary policy and interest rates could adversely affect the Bank’s profitability .

 

The Bank’s results of operations are affected by credit policies of monetary authorities, particularly the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “ Federal Reserve ”).  The Bank’s profitability depends to a significant extent on the Bank’s net interest income.  Net interest income is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.  Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the Bank’s control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies.  Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest the Bank receives on loans and securities and the interest it pays on deposits and borrowings, but those changes could also affect its ability to originate loans and obtain deposits.

 

A-5



 

The Bank’s net interest income will be adversely affected if market interest rates change such that the interest it pays on deposits and borrowings increases faster than the interest earned on loans and investments.  Changes in interest rates could also adversely affect the income of some of the Bank’s noninterest income sources.  For example, if mortgage interest rates increase, the demand for residential mortgage loans will likely decrease, which will have an adverse effect on the Bank’s mortgage loan fee income.  Continuing declines in security values could further reduce trust and investment income.

 

In light of changing conditions in the national economy and in the financial markets, particularly the uncertain economic environment, the continuing threat of terrorist acts and the current military operations in the Middle East, the Bank cannot predict possible future changes in interest rates, which may negatively affect its deposit levels, loan demand and its business and earnings.  Furthermore, the actions of the United States and other governments in response to ongoing economic crises may result in currency fluctuations, exchange controls, market disruption and other adverse effects.

 

Changes in local economic conditions where the Bank operates could have a negative effect .

 

The Bank’s success depends significantly on growth, or lack thereof, in population, income levels, deposits and housing starts in the geographic markets it serves in the State of Georgia.  The local economic conditions in these areas have a significant impact on the Bank’s commercial, real estate and construction loans, the ability of borrowers to repay these loans, and the value of the collateral securing these loans.  Adverse changes in, and further deterioration of, the economic conditions of the Southeastern United States in general or any one or more of the Bank’s local markets could negatively affect the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations and the Bank’s profitability.  A continuing deterioration in economic conditions could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s business:

 

·                    loan delinquencies may increase;

 

·                    problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

 

·                    demand for the Bank’s products and services may decline; and

 

·                    collateral for loans that the Bank makes, especially real estate, may decline in value, in turn reducing a customer’s borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with the Bank’s loans.

 

The Bank will face strong competition from other financial services providers.

 

The Bank has and will continue to operate in highly competitive markets for the products and services it offers.  The competition among financial services providers to attract and retain customers is strong.  Customer loyalty can be easily influenced by a competitor’s new products, especially offerings that could provide cost savings or a higher return to the customer.  Some of the Bank’s competitors may be better able to provide a wider range of products and services over a greater geographic area.  The Bank has and will continue to compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance

 

A-6



 

companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market funds, and other mutual funds, as well as other regional, super-regional, national and international financial institutions that operate offices in the Bank’s market and elsewhere.  Moreover, this highly competitive industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation.

 

Some of the Bank’s competitors may have fewer regulatory constraints, lower cost structures and higher lending limits.  In terms of lending limits, the Bank’s legally mandated lending limits are and would be lower than those of some of its competitors because it will have less capital than such competitors.  The Bank’s lower lending limits may discourage borrowers with lending needs that exceed those limits from doing business with it.  While the Bank may try to serve these borrowers by selling loan participations to other financial institutions, this strategy may not succeed in this current market because the number of institutions that are willing to act as loan participants is decreasing.

 

While the Bank believes it can and does successfully compete with these other financial institutions in its market areas, it may face a competitive disadvantage as a result of its relatively smaller size, lack of geographic diversification beyond the State of Georgia and inability to spread its marketing costs across a broader market.

 

Future growth or operating results may require the Bank to raise additional capital, but that capital may not be available or may be dilutive.

 

Although the Bank expects to raise approximately $250 million in this offering, to the extent that its future operating results erode capital, or if it elects to expand through loan growth, the Bank may be required to raise additional capital.  In addition, the Bank is required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support its operations.

 

The Bank’s ability to raise capital will depend on conditions in the capital markets, which are outside of the Bank’s control and largely do not depend on the Bank’s financial performance.  Accordingly, the Bank cannot be assured of its ability to raise capital when needed or on favorable terms.  If the Bank cannot raise additional capital when needed, it will be subject to increased regulatory supervision and the imposition of restrictions on its growth and business.  These restrictions could negatively affect the Bank’s ability to operate or further expand its operations through loan growth, acquisitions or the establishment of additional branches and may result in increases in operating expenses and reductions in revenues that could have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations and the price of Common Stock.

 

Liquidity needs could adversely affect the Bank’s results of operations and financial condition .

 

The Bank’s primary sources of funds are customer deposits and loan repayments.  Deposit levels may be affected by a number of factors, including rates paid by competitors, general interest rate levels, returns available to customers on alternative investments and general economic conditions.  Moreover, upon completion of the assumption of the Target Banks’

 

A-7



 

deposit liabilities from the FDIC, the Bank intends to reprice some or all of the acquired deposits to conform with current market conditions.  If the Bank reprices these liabilities too aggressively, the affected depositors could choose to withdraw their deposits, which could result in a need for new funding sources to replace these lost deposits.  Scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds; however, they are subject to the ability of borrowers to repay the loans.  The ability of borrowers to repay loans can be adversely affected by a number of factors outside of the Bank’s control, including changes in economic conditions, adverse trends or events affecting business industry groups, reductions in real estate values or markets, business closings or lay-offs, inclement weather, natural disasters and international instability.  Accordingly, the Bank may be required from time to time to rely on secondary sources of liquidity to meet withdrawal demands or otherwise fund operations.  Those sources may include Federal Home Loan Bank (“ FHLB ”) advances, brokered deposits and federal funds lines of credit from correspondent banks.  While the Bank believes that these sources are currently adequate, there can be no assurance they will be sufficient to meet future liquidity demands, particularly if the Bank experiences atypical deposit withdrawal demands or increased loan demand or if regulatory decisions should limit available funding sources such as brokered deposits.  The Bank may be required to slow or discontinue loan growth, capital expenditures or other investments or liquidate assets should those sources not be adequate.

 

The Bank will face risks with respect to future expansion and acquisitions or mergers.

 

In the future, the Bank may seek to acquire other financial institutions or parts of those institutions, including additional purchases from the FDIC.  However, the Bank may not have the opportunity to make suitable acquisitions on favorable terms, which could negatively impact the growth of its business.  The Bank expects that other banking and financial companies, many of which have significantly greater resources, will compete with it to acquire compatible businesses.  This competition could increase prices for acquisitions that the Bank would likely pursue.  Also, acquisitions of regulated businesses such as banks are subject to various regulatory approvals.  If the Bank fails to receive the appropriate regulatory approvals, it will not be able to consummate an acquisition that it believes is in its best interests.

 

The Bank’s financial condition may be affected negatively by the costs of litigation.

 

The Bank may be involved from time to time in a variety of litigation, investigations or similar matters arising out of its business.  The Bank’s insurance may not cover all claims that may be asserted against it, and any claims asserted against it, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, may harm the Bank’s reputation.  Should the ultimate judgments or settlements in any litigation or investigation significantly exceed the Bank’s insurance coverage, they could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.  In addition, the Bank may not be able to obtain appropriate types or levels of insurance in the future, nor may it be able to obtain adequate replacement policies with acceptable terms, if at all.

 

The Bank may be required to pay significantly higher FDIC premiums in the future.

 

Recent insured institution failures, as well as deterioration in banking and economic conditions, have significantly increased the loss provisions of the FDIC, resulting in a decline in

 

A-8



 

the designated reserve ratio to historical lows.  The FDIC expects a higher rate of insured institution failures in the next few years compared to recent years.  Therefore, the reserve ratio may continue to decline.  Additionally, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act temporarily increased the limit on FDIC coverage to $250,000 through December 31, 2009, which was extended to December 13, 2019 on May 20, 2009.

 

These developments have caused the premiums assessed by the FDIC to increase.  Specifically, beginning April 1, 2009, the deposit insurance assessment increased to 22 basis points per $100 of deposits for institutions in Risk Category II, which is the category into which the Bank is likely to fall.  Additionally, on May 22, 2009, the FDIC announced a final rule imposing a 5 basis point special emergency assessment on June 30, 2009, payable September 30, 2009.  The amount of the assessment will be $0.05 for each $100 of assets, less Tier 1 capital, as of June 30, 2009, but the amount of the assessment is capped at 10 basis points of domestic deposits.  The final rule also allows the FDIC to impose additional special emergency assessments on or after September 30, 2009, of up to 5 basis points per quarter, if necessary to maintain public confidence in FDIC insurance.  The FDIC has indicated that a second assessment is probable.  These higher FDIC assessment rates and special assessments will have an adverse impact on the Bank’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

Changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or other authoritative bodies, could materially impact the Bank’s financial statements.

 

The Bank’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how it records and reports its financial condition and results of operations.  From time to time, the regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, and other authoritative bodies change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Bank’s financial statements.  These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how the Bank records and reports its financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Bank must respond to rapid technological changes, and these changes may be more difficult or expensive than anticipated.

 

The Bank will have to respond to future technological changes. Specifically, if the Bank’s competitors introduce new products and services embodying new technologies, or if new industry standards and practices emerge, then the Bank’s existing product and service offerings, technology and systems may be impaired or become obsolete.  Further, if the Bank fails to adopt or develop new technologies or to adapt its products and services to emerging industry standards, then the Bank may lose current and future customers, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.  The financial services industry is changing rapidly and in order to remain competitive, the Bank must continue to enhance and improve the functionality and features of its products, services and technologies.  These changes may be more difficult or expensive than the Bank anticipates.

 

A-9



 

Risks Related to Investing in the Common Stock

 

There is no public market for the Common Stock.

 

There is no public market for the Bank’s Common Stock and, as none should be expected to develop in the foreseeable future, a Purchaser may be unable to liquidate his, her, or its investment and should be prepared to bear the economic risk of an investment for an indefinite period.  The Bank cannot predict the extent to which an active public market for the Common Stock will develop or be sustained after this Proposed Acquisition.  In recent years, the stock market has experienced a high level of price and volume volatility, and market prices for the stock of many companies have experienced wide price fluctuations that have not necessarily been related to operating performance.

 

The Bank cannot predict the effect of future sales of the Common Stock in the market, the availability of the Common Stock for sale in the market, or the market price of the Common Stock.  Therefore, the Bank cannot assure the Purchaser that sales of substantial amounts of the Common Stock in the market, or the potential for large amounts of market sales, would not cause the price of the Common Stock to decline or impair the Bank’s ability to raise capital.  Following the Proposed Acquisition, the Bank expects to have approximately 25,767,437 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

 

The Purchaser’s funds that are being held in escrow in the amount of such Purchaser’s Purchase Price will not be available to the Purchaser for a period of time, and the Purchaser may not revoke his, her or its subscription .

 

All subscription funds will be held in an escrow account maintained by the Escrow Agent until the earlier of the Closing, the rejection of the subscription or the termination of this offering pursuant to Section 8 of the Agreement.  During such time, the Purchaser may not revoke his, her or its subscription.  The Purchaser will not earn interest on its investment or have use of its funds during such period, even if the Bank ultimately does not accept such Purchaser’s subscription or if the offering is terminated.

 

If the Bank’s stock price fluctuates after this offering, the Purchaser could lose a significant part of its investment.

 

The market price of the Bank’s stock may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond the Bank’s control, including those described above in this Exhibit A and the following:

 

·                    general economic and stock market conditions;

 

·                    risks related to the Bank’s business and the Bank’s industry, including those discussed above;

 

·                    changes in conditions or trends in the Bank’s industry, markets or customers;

 

·                    strategic actions by the Bank or the Bank’s competitors;

 

A-10



 

·                    announcements by the Bank or the Bank’s competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

·                    variations in the Bank’s quarterly operating results and those of the Bank’s competitors;

 

·                    future sales of the Common Stock or other securities;

 

·                    investor perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with the Common Stock relative to other investment alternatives; and

 

·                    continuing threats of terrorist acts.

 

As a result of these factors, investors in the Common Stock may not be able to resell their shares at or above the offering price or may not be able to resell them at all.  These broad market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of the Common Stock, regardless of the Bank’s operating performance.  In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of the Common Stock is low.

 

The market price of the Common Stock may decline after the stock offering.

 

The Bank is currently offering for sale 25,000,000 shares of the Common Stock.  The possibility that substantial amounts of shares of the Common Stock may be sold in the public market may cause market prices for the Common Stock to decrease.  Additionally, because stock prices generally fluctuate over time, there is no assurance that Purchasers of the Common Shares will be able to sell shares after the offering at a price equal to or greater than the actual purchase price.  Purchasers should consider these possibilities in determining whether to purchase the Common Shares and the timing of any sale of shares of the Common Stock.

 

The Common Stock is illiquid, and the transfer of the Common Shares purchased in this offering may be restricted.

 

The Bank is offering the Common Shares pursuant to exemptions from registration under applicable federal and state securities laws, and any transfer of the Common Shares purchased in this offering may be restricted unless exemptions from such registration provisions are applicable to the transfer or unless the transfer of the Common Stock is registered pursuant to applicable federal and state securities laws.  Therefore, holders of the Common Shares may be required to bear the economic risk of this investment for an indefinite period of time.

 

The Bank’s new management team will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds of this offering.

 

All of the estimated net proceeds from this offering will be allocated to acquire the assets and liabilities of the Target Banks and for general corporate purposes, including the put right to the shareholders that held shares prior to the Closing.  Although this is the intended use of the proceeds, the Bank’s new management team will have broad discretion as to the application of such proceeds.

 

A-11



 

The offering price for the Common Shares has been established arbitrarily and may not reflect current or future value of the Common Shares.

 

The offering price for the Common Shares offered hereby was arbitrarily determined and is unrelated to any specific investment criteria and may not reflect current or future value of the Common Shares.  There can be no assurance that the Bank’s future valuation will be equal to or higher than the valuation reflected in the Common Shares in this offering, and indeed such future valuation could be lower.

 

The Bank does not anticipate declaring dividends in the foreseeable future .

 

Holders of the Common Stock are not entitled to receive dividends unless declared by its Board of Directors.  Since the Bank’s inception, it has not paid any dividends on the Common Stock and does not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.  Even if the Bank decides to pay dividends, its ability to do so will be limited by regulatory restrictions, its financial condition, results of operation, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, and such other factors as the Bank’s Board of Directors deems relevant.  The ability of the Bank to pay dividends is limited by its obligations to maintain sufficient capital and by other restrictions on its dividends that are applicable to banks.  If the Bank does not satisfy these regulatory requirements, it will be unable to pay dividends on the Common Stock.

 

An entity holding as little as a 5% interest in the Bank’s outstanding Common Stock could, under certain circumstances, be subject to regulation as a “bank holding company.”

 

Any entity, including a “group” composed of natural persons, owning or controlling with the power to vote 25% or more of the Bank’s outstanding Common Stock, or 5% or more if the holder otherwise exercises a “controlling influence” over the Bank, may be subject to regulation as a “bank holding company” in accordance with the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “ BHC Act ”).  In addition, (i) any bank holding company or foreign bank with a U.S. presence may be required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve under the BHC Act to acquire or retain 5% or more of the Bank’s outstanding Common Stock and (ii) any person not otherwise defined as a company by the BHC Act and its implementing regulations may be required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve under the Change in Bank Control Act to acquire or retain 10% or more of the Bank’s outstanding Common Stock.  Becoming a bank holding company imposes statutory and regulatory restrictions and obligations, such as providing managerial and financial strength for any bank subsidiaries.  Regulation as a bank holding company could require the holder to divest all or a portion of the holder’s investment in the Common Stock or those nonbanking investments that may be deemed impermissible or incompatible with bank holding company status, such as a material investment in a company unrelated to banking.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in the Bank’s charter documents could discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of the Bank and diminish the value of the Common Stock.

 

Some of the provisions of the Bank’s articles of incorporation and bylaws could make it difficult for the Bank’s shareholders to change the composition of the Bank’s Board of Directors,

 

A-12



 

preventing them from changing the composition of management.  In addition, the same provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that the Bank’s shareholders may consider favorable.

 

These provisions include:

 

·                    authorizing the Bank’s Board of Directors to issue preferred shares without shareholder approval;

 

·                    no preemptive rights; and

 

·                    pursuant to the Georgia Business Corporation Code § 14-2-728, no cumulative voting.

 

These anti-takeover provisions could impede the ability of the Bank’s common shareholders to benefit from a change of control and, as a result, could have a material adverse effect the market price of the Common Stock and the Purchasers’ ability to realize any potential change-in-control premium.

 

The Bank’s securities are not FDIC insured.

 

The Bank’s securities, including the Common Stock, are not savings or deposit accounts or other obligations of the Bank, and are not insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund, the FDIC or any other governmental agency and are subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal.

 

The price of the Common Shares is not a guarantor of future value.

 

The price of the Common Shares may not indicate the market price for the Common Stock after the Proposed Acquisition is completed or at any future time.  The price of the Common Shares was determined by considering a variety of factors, including, among other things, the prices at which the Common Stock has most recently been sold, the history of, and prospects for, the banking industry in the Bank’s market area, the price to earnings and price to book value multiples represented by the price, the prices of Common Stock of comparable companies, and the Bank’s historical and prospective cash flow and earnings and those of comparable companies in recent periods.

 

The Bank’s future capital needs could result in dilution of the Purchasers’ investment.

 

The Bank’s Board of Directors may determine from time to time that there is a need to obtain additional capital through the issuance of additional shares of the Common Stock or other securities.  Particularly given the current depressed market for financial stocks, these issuances would likely dilute the ownership interests of the Purchasers and may dilute the per share book value of the Common Stock.  New investors may also have rights, preferences, and privileges senior to the Bank’s current shareholders who may be adversely impacted by the new investors.

 

A-13



 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE BANK

 

The opinion of Dinur and DeLuca, LLP, counsel for State Bank and Trust Company (the “ Bank ”), to be delivered pursuant to Section 7(b) of the Stock Purchase Agreement dated July 14, 2009 by and among the Bank and each of the Purchasers named therein (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) shall be to the effect that:

 

(A)          The Bank (a) has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a banking corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Georgia and (b) has the corporate power to own its property, to conduct the business in which it is engaged and which it is proposed to be engaged immediately after the consummation of the Proposed Acquisition, to execute and deliver each of the Transaction Documents (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and the P&A Agreement to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder.

 

(B)           The Bank is duly qualified to transact business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the character or location of its assets or properties (owned, leased or licensed) or the nature of its businesses makes such qualification necessary, except for such jurisdictions where the failure to so qualify, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Bank Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

 

(C)           The Bank has duly authorized, executed and delivered each of the Transaction Documents and the P&A Agreement, and each Transaction Document and the P&A Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Bank and is enforceable against the Bank in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement hereof may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization, receivership, conservatorship or other similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or (ii) general equity principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(D)          The Common Shares (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  Except as provided for in the Agreement, the issuance of the Common Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

 

(E)           To such counsel’s knowledge, the Bank is not in breach of, or in default under (nor has any event occurred which with notice, lapse of time, or both would constitute a breach of, or default under), any license, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or any other agreement or instrument to which the Bank is a party or by which its respective properties may be bound or affected or under any law, regulation or rule or any decree, judgment or order applicable to the Bank, which breach or default would have a Bank Material Adverse Effect.

 

(F)           The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents and the P&A Agreement by the Bank and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (including, without limitation, the issuance and sale of the Common Shares) do not and will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or

 

B-1



 

result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Bank pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or any other agreement, instrument, franchise, license or permit known to such counsel to which the Bank is a party or by which any of the Bank or its respective properties or assets may be bound, except for such violations as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Bank Material Adverse Effect, (ii) violate the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Bank or (iii) violate any provision of any federal or state law, statute, rule or regulation which applies to the Bank.

 

(G)           Based upon the representations, warranties and agreements of the Purchasers in Section 2 of the Purchase Agreement, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Common Shares to the Purchasers under the Purchase Agreement to register the Common Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, it being understood that no opinion is expressed as to any subsequent resale of any Common Shares.

 

(H)          To our knowledge, after having made inquiry of officers of the Bank but without having made any other investigation, the Bank is not a party to any action, suit or proceeding.

 

(I)            The Bank has received approval from the Bank’s primary regulators regarding the appointment of the proposed management team after the completion of the Proposed Acquisition. (1)

 


(1)    This opinion will be based upon a certificate from the management team that includes a copy of confirmation in writing from the FDIC and Georgia Department of Banking and Finance with regard to the Interagency Notice of Change in Control that the management team filed with such regulators.

 

B-2



 

EXHIBIT C

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE

 

July     , 2009

 

I, Marvin Ragan, Corporate Secretary of State Bank and Trust Company, a Georgia banking corporation (the “ Bank ”), hereby certify that:

 

(a)           The Bank’s records indicate that the total number of shares of the common stock of the Bank issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the transactions contemplated by that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2009, by and among the Bank and the Purchasers set forth therein (the “ Agreement ”), was 767,437 shares of common stock, and, as of the date hereof, after giving effect to the issuance of 28,455,000 shares pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and the issuance of 800,000 shares pursuant to certain other agreements, the total number of shares of common stock of the Bank outstanding will be 30,022,437 shares;

 

(b)           Attached hereto as Annex A is a true and complete copy of the Articles of Incorporation of the Bank, as in full force and effect as of the date hereof;

 

(c)           Attached hereto as Annex B is a true and complete copy of the Bylaws of the Bank, as in full force and effect as of the date hereof;

 

(d)           Attached hereto as Annex C is a true, complete and correct copy of all resolutions of the Board of Directors and of each committee, if any, thereof, of the Bank adopted by unanimous written consent or at a meeting called at which a quorum was present and acting throughout, relating either directly or indirectly to the Transaction Documents and the P&A Agreement (each as such term is defined in the Agreement) and all transactions in connection therewith, all of which resolutions have not been amended, modified or rescinded and are in full force and effect on the date hereof and which resolutions are the only resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors or any committee, if any, thereof relating either directly or indirectly to the Transaction Documents, the P&A Agreement and the transactions contemplated in connection therewith.

 

Capitalized terms that are not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

 

Signature appears on the following page.

 

C-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , I have hereunto signed my name as of the date first written above.

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Marvin Ragan

 

 

Corporate Secretary

 

C-2



 

EXHIBIT D

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

 

July     , 2009

 

The undersigned, Marvin Ragan, Senior Vice President of State Bank and Trust Company (the “ Bank ”), does hereby certify that I am the duly appointed, qualified and acting Senior Vice President of the Bank.  For purposes of this Certificate, the terms used and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings specified in that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2009 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among the Bank and the Purchasers set forth therein.

 

Pursuant to Section 7(e) of the Agreement, the undersigned certifies as of the date of this Certificate that (i) the representations and warranties of the Bank contained in Section 3 of the Agreement were true and correct in all material respects (except for those representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or Bank Material Adverse Effect, which were true and correct in all respects) as of the date of the Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made at that time (except that representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date shall be true and correct as of such specified date), and (ii) the Bank has performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by the Transaction Documents and the P&A Agreement (and by the FDIC and Georgia Department of Banking and Finance, if any) to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Bank at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

Capitalized terms that are not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

 

Signature appears on the following page.

 

D-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , I have hereunto signed my name as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Marvin Ragan

 

 

Senior Vice President

 

D-2


EXHIBIT 10.9

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK OF

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

This warrant agreement (the “Warrant”), effective as of June 24, 2009 (the “Effective Date”), certifies that                             or his assigns (each individually, the “Holder”), for value received, is entitled to purchase from STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY , Pinehurst, Georgia, a Georgia state bank (the “Company”), fully-paid and nonassessable Common Shares of the Company (the “Common Shares”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

1.                                       GENERAL.

 

1.1                                Purchase of Units; Associated Warrant.   This Warrant is issued in connection with, and as part of, the Holder’s purchase of units of the Company pursuant to that certain Subscription Agreement dated April 1, 2009, with each unit containing a Common Share and a warrant to purchase 3.337675 Common Shares.

 

1.2                                Type of Shares Subject to Warrant.   This Warrant shall be exercisable for Common Shares, as adjusted pursuant to the other provisions of this Warrant.

 

1.3                                Per share Exercise Price of Warrant.   The per share exercise price of this Warrant shall be $10.00, as adjusted pursuant to the other provisions of this Warrant (the “Purchase Price”).

 

1.4                                Number of Shares Subject to Warrant.   The number of Common Shares issuable upon full exercise of this Warrant shall initially be 400,521.

 

1.5                                Term.   This Warrant may be exercised at any time or from time to time until 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on April 1, 2019 (the “Expiration Date”).

 

2.                                       EXERCISE; ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES; PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

 

2.1                                General.  This Warrant shall be exercised by surrender to the Company at its principal office (or at such other location as the Company may advise the Holder in writing) of this Warrant properly endorsed with the Form of Subscription attached hereto duly filled in and signed and, if applicable, upon payment in cash or by check of the aggregate Purchase Price for the number of Common Shares for which this Warrant is being exercised determined in accordance with the provisions hereof.  The Common Shares purchased under this Warrant shall be and are deemed to be issued to the Holder hereof as the record owner of such shares as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered, properly endorsed, the completed, executed Form of Subscription delivered and payment made for such Common Shares.  In case of a purchase of fewer than all the Common Shares that may be purchased under this Warrant, the Company shall cancel this Warrant and execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor for the balance of the Common Shares purchasable under the Warrant surrendered upon such purchase to the Holder within a reasonable time and in any event within 10 days after the rights represented by this Warrant have been so exercised.

 



 

2.2                                Net Issue Exercise .  Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the fair market value of one Common Shares is greater than the Purchase Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), in lieu of exercising this Warrant for cash, the Holder may elect to receive Common Shares equal to the value (as determined below) of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the properly endorsed Form of Subscription and notice of such election in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of Common Shares computed using the following formula:

 

 

X = Y (A-B)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

              A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Where

X =       the number of Common Shares to be issued to the Holder

 

 

 

 

 

Y =       the number of Common Shares purchasable under the Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)

 

 

 

 

 

A =       the fair market value of one Common Share (at the date of such calculation)

 

 

 

 

 

B =       Purchase Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

 

For purposes of the above calculation, fair market value of one Common Share shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith; provided, however, that (a) in the event that this Warrant is exercised pursuant to this Section 2.1 in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock, the fair market value per share shall be the product of (i) the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering, and (ii) the number of Common Shares into which each Warrant Share is convertible at the time of such exercise; and (b) in the event that this Warrant is exercised after the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Shares, the fair market value per share shall be the average closing price of the Company’s Common Shares over the five trading days immediately preceding the time of exercise.

 

3.                                       SHARES TO BE FULLY PAID; RESERVATION OF SHARES.

 

The Company covenants and agrees that all Common Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all preemptive rights of any shareholder and free of all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.  The Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such Common Shares may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation or the Company’s organizational documents, or of any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which the Common Shares may be listed; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to effect a registration under Federal or state securities laws with respect to such exercise.

 

4.                                       ADJUSTMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES.

 

The Purchase Price and the number of Common Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events described

 

2



 

in this Section 4.  Upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price, the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of Common Shares obtained by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of Common Shares purchasable pursuant hereto immediately prior to such adjustment, and dividing the product thereof by the Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment.

 

4.1                                Subdivision or Combination of Common Shares .  In case the Company shall at any time subdivide its outstanding Common Shares into a greater number of shares, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and conversely, in case the outstanding Common Shares shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

 

4.2                                Dividends in Common Shares, Other Shares, Property, Reclassification .  If at any time or from time to time the holders of the class and series of shares for which this Warrant is then exercisable (or any other securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant), shall have received or become entitled to receive, without payment therefor,

 

(a)                                   Common Shares or any other securities that are at any time directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares of the Company, or any rights or options to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any of the foregoing by way of dividend or other distribution,

 

(b)                                   any cash paid or payable (other than as a cash dividend or distribution), or

 

(c)                                   Common Shares or any other securities or property (including cash) by way of spinoff, split-up, reclassification, combination of shares or similar corporate rearrangement, (other than Common Shares issued as a stock split or adjustments in respect of which shall be covered by the terms of Section 4.1 above),

 

then and in each such case, the Holder shall, upon the exercise of this Warrant, be entitled to receive, in addition to the number of shares receivable thereupon, and without payment of any additional consideration therefor, the amount of shares and other securities and property (including cash in the cases referred to in clause (b) above) that such Holder would hold on the date of such exercise had it been the holder of record of such Common Shares as of the date on which holders of Common Shares received or became entitled to receive such shares or all other additional shares and other securities and property.

 

4.3                                Reorganization, Consolidation, Merger or Sale .  If any recapitalization, reclassification or reorganization of the capital stock of the Company, or any consolidation or merger of the Company with another entity, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets or other transaction shall be effected in such a way that holders of the class and series of capital stock for which this Warrant is then exercisable shall be entitled to receive stock, securities, or other assets or property (an “Corporate Change”), then, as a condition of such Corporate Change, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made by the Company whereby the Holder hereof shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive (in lieu of the Common Shares of the Company immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented hereby) such shares, securities or other assets or property as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares equal to the number of Common Shares immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant.  In the event of any Corporate Change, appropriate provision shall be made by the Company with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder of this Warrant to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the Purchase Price and of the number of shares purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall thereafter be applicable, in

 

3



 

relation to any shares, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant.  The Company will not effect any such consolidation, merger or sale unless, prior to the consummation thereof, the successor corporation (if other than the Company) resulting from such consolidation or the corporation purchasing such assets shall assume by reasonable written instrument, executed and mailed or delivered to the Holder at the last address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Company, the obligation to deliver to such Holder such shares, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such Holder may be entitled to purchase.

 

4.4                                Certain Events.  If any change in the outstanding class and series of shares for which this Warrant is exercisable or any other event occurs as to which the other provisions of this Section 4 are not strictly applicable or if strictly applicable would not fairly protect the purchase rights of the Holder in accordance with such provisions, then the Company shall make an adjustment in the number and class of shares available under this Warrant, the Purchase Price or the application of such provisions, so as to protect the purchase rights of the Holder.  The adjustment shall give the Holder of this Warrant upon exercise for the same aggregate Purchase Price the total number, class and kind of shares as the Holder would have owned had this Warrant been exercised prior to the event and had the Holder continued to hold such shares until after the event requiring adjustment.

 

4.5                                Notices of Change.

 

(a)                                   Immediately upon any adjustment in the number or class of shares subject to this Warrant and of the Purchase Price, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Holder, setting forth in reasonable detail and certifying the calculation of such adjustment.

 

(b)                                   The Company shall give written notice to the Holder at least 10 days prior to the date on which the Company closes its books or takes a record for determining rights to receive any dividends or distributions.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall also give written notice to the Holder at least 20 days prior to the date on which a Corporate Change, Change of Control or initial public offering of Common Stock shall take place.  “Change of Control” shall mean (x) a sale, lease or disposition of all of substantially all of the assets of the Company or (y) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other entity, or any other corporate reorganization, in which the Company’s unitholders immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization own less than 50% of the surviving entity’s or its parent’s voting power immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization.

 

5.                                       NO VOTING OR DIVIDEND RIGHTS; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

 

Except as expressly set forth herein, nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as conferring upon the Holder the right to vote or to consent or to receive notice as a shareholder of the Company or any other matters or any rights whatsoever as a shareholder of the Company.  No dividends or interest shall be payable or accrued in respect of this Warrant or the shares purchasable hereunder until, and only to the extent that, this Warrant shall have been exercised.  No provisions hereof, in the absence of affirmative action by the Holder to purchase Common Shares of the Company shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the Purchase Price or as a shareholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by its creditors.

 

6.                                       REGISTRATION RIGHT.  The Company agrees to grant the Holder piggyback registration rights to register this Warrant and the shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Such rights will be granted if, and only if, the Company agrees to grant registration rights to another holder(s) of Company shares or warrants, and the terms of these piggyback

 

4



 

rights will be the same as the piggyback rights granted to the other holder(s).  The Company agrees to ensure that any such registration rights agreement will include the Holder as a party thereto, or a third party beneficiary thereof, consistent with this Section 6.

 

7.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

 

7.1                                Authority.   The execution and delivery by the Company of this Warrant and the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder, including the issuance to Holder of the right to acquire shares of the Company’s capital stock hereunder, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and this Warrant is consistent with the Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

7.2                                Consents and Approvals.   No consent or approval of, giving notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, Federal or other governmental authority or agency is required with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of its obligations under this Warrant, except for any filing which may be required by applicable Federal and state securities laws, which filings will be made and effective by the time required by such laws.

 

8.                                       MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

 

This Warrant and any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of is sought.

 

9.                                       NOTICES.

 

Any notice, request or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to the holder hereof or the Company shall be delivered or shall be sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, to Holder at its address as shown on the books of the Company or such other address as either may from time to time provide to the other.

 

10.                                BINDING EFFECT ON SUCCESSORS.

 

This Warrant shall be binding upon any corporation succeeding the Company by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

11.                                DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS AND GOVERNING LAW.

 

The description headings of the several sections and paragraphs of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Warrant.  This Warrant shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Georgia.

 

12.                                LOST WARRANTS.

 

The Company covenants to the Holder hereof that upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company, at Holder’s expense, will make and deliver a new warrant, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated warrant.

 

5



 

13.                                FRACTIONAL SHARES.

 

No fractional shares shall be issued upon exercise of this Warrant.  The Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay the holder entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then effective Purchase Price.

 

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

6



 

The parties hereto have caused this Warrant to be duly executed effective as of the Effective Date.

 

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[

 

]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

SUBSCRIPTION/EXERCISE FORM

 

Date:                                    , 20       

 

State Bank & Trust Company

321 Fullington Avenue

P.O. Drawer A

Pinehurst, Georgia 31070

Attn:  President

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

o                                     The undersigned hereby elects to exercise the warrant issued to it by State Bank & Trust (the “Company”) and dated June 24, 2009 (the “Warrant”) to purchase                        shares of common stock of the Company (the “Common Shares”) at a purchase price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $                                 (the “Purchase Price”).  Pursuant to the terms of the Warrant, the undersigned has delivered the Purchase Price herewith in full in cash or by certified check or wire transfer.

 

o                                     The undersigned hereby elects to convert                    shares issuable pursuant to this Warrant pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 of the Warrant in a cashless exercise for a total number of Common Shares to be received of                         .

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 


Exhibit 10.10

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of July 24, 2009, by and between State Bank and Trust Company, a Georgia state bank (the “ Company ”), and                           , an individual resident of the State of Georgia (the “ Owner ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Owner is the current holder of that certain Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of State Bank and Trust Company (the “ Warrant ”) to purchase 400,521 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Common Stock ”) at $10.00 per share; and

 

WHEREAS, the Owner has agreed to grant the Company certain repurchase rights with respect to both (i) the Warrant (and the shares of Common Stock then issuable pursuant to the Warrant), and (ii) the shares of Common Stock that have been issued to the Owner upon partial or complete exercise of the Warrant (the “ Exercised Common Shares ” and together with the Warrant, the “ Covered Securities ”) on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.             Repurchase Option .

 

(a)           “Triggering Event” means (i) the Company’s termination of the Owner’s employment from the Company for “Cause” pursuant to that certain Employment Agreement (the “ Owner Employment Agreement ”) dated as of July 24, 2009 between Owner and the Company, or (ii) the Owner’s termination of Owner’s employment with the Company without “Cause” pursuant to the Owner Employment Agreement.

 

(b)           In the event that a Triggering Event occurs, the Company shall, from the date thereof, have an option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of ninety (90) days after the Triggering Event (the “ Repurchase Period ”) to repurchase any or all of the Covered Securities.  The repurchase price(s) for the Covered Securities is set forth in Section 1(c) below.  The Company’s decision to elect to exercise the Repurchase Option shall be made by a majority of the then serving independent directors of the Company (for purposes of this Agreement, “independent directors” shall be those members of the board of directors who are not executive officers of the Company).  If the Company elects to exercise the Repurchase Option, it shall be exercised by the Company by written notice to the Owner, which notice shall specify the number of Covered Securities and the time, date (not later than thirty (30) days from the date of the Company’s notice) and place for the closing of the repurchase of the Covered Securities.  Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the purchase price in accordance with the terms herewith, and delivery by the Owner of the Warrant and the stock certificates evidencing the Exercised Common Shares, if any, the Owner shall no longer be the legal or beneficial owner of the Covered Securities being repurchased and all rights and interests therein or relating thereto shall terminate such that the Covered Securities will no longer be outstanding.

 



 

(c)           (i) The purchase price for the Warrant being repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 1(b) above shall be equal to $2.00 per each share of Common Stock that remains issuable upon exercise of the Warrant at the time of the Repurchase Option;

 

(ii) The purchase price for each Exercised Common Share being repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 1(b) above shall be equal to $12.00 per Exercised Common Share.

 

(d)           The purchase price shall be paid at the Company’s option by delivery of cash or a check in the amount of the purchase price.

 

(e)           In the event that the Repurchase Option is triggered pursuant to a Triggering Event and the Company fails to exercise the Company’s option for the repurchase of any or all of the Covered Securities then subject to the Repurchase Option and upon the expiration of the Repurchase Period, any and all such Covered Securities not repurchased by the Company shall be released from the Repurchase Option.

 

(f)            Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company’s Repurchase Option shall expire as follows: (i) one-third (1/3 rd ) of the Covered Securities shall be released from the Repurchase Option on the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement; (ii) one-third (1/3 rd ) of the Covered Securities shall be released on the second anniversary of this Agreement; and (iii) the last one-third (1/3 rd ) of the Covered Securities shall be released on the third anniversary of this Agreement; provided, further , the Company’s Repurchase Option with respect to the Covered Securities shall automatically expire upon a “Change in Control” of the Company (as hereinafter defined) and all obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall terminate.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Owner Employment Agreement.

 

(g)           The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Owner’s Covered Securities then subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option hereunder pursuant to Section 1(f) above, and any certificates evidencing the Covered Securities shall be endorsed with the legend set forth in Section 3(b) below.

 

2.             Restriction on Transfer .  None of the Covered Securities or any beneficial interest therein may at any time be assigned, transferred, sold, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Owner (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) until the release of such Covered Securities from the Repurchase Option in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.  Additionally, none of the Covered Securities shall be assigned, transferred, sold, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of except in compliance with the provisions herein and applicable securities laws and any permitted transferee of any or all of the Covered Securities shall be required, as a condition to such transfer, to agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement to the same extent as is the person making such transfer.  Any purported transfer of shares of Covered Securities in violation of this Agreement shall be void and shall not transfer any interest or title to any Covered Securities to the purported transferee.

 

2



 

The Company shall be under no obligation to recognize any such transfer in violation of this Agreement.

 

3.             Representations and Warranties of the Owner .

 

(a)           The Owner understands that the Covered Securities have not been registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or under the securities acts or laws of any state in reliance upon exemptions under those acts, and that the Covered Securities must be held indefinitely unless the transfer thereof is subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from registration is available.

 

(b)           The Owner acknowledges that the certificates evidencing the Covered Securities shall be endorsed with a legend, in addition to any other legends required by this Agreement or any other agreement to which the Covered Securities are subject, substantially as follows:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND TO THE RESTRICTIONS CONTAINED THEREIN, INCLUDING RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER.  A COPY OF THE AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED TO ANY INTERESTED PARTY UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, WITHOUT CHARGE.

 

(c)           The Owner understands and agrees that neither the Company nor any agent of the Company shall be under any obligation to recognize and transfer any of the Covered Securities if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such transfer would result in violation by the Company of any federal or state law with respect to the offering, issuance or sale of securities.

 

(d)           The Owner is an individual with the legal capacity, power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and otherwise to carry out his obligations hereunder, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Owner of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Owner.  This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Owner, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Owner, enforceable against the Owner in accordance with its terms.

 

(e)           The Owner is the sole owner of the Warrant free and clear of any liens, security interests, pledges or encumbrances of any kind, and no liens, security interests, pledges or encumbrances of any kind are contemplated as of the date hereof.

 

(f)            No authorization, consent, approval or other order of, or declaration to or filing with, any governmental agency or body or other person, spousal or otherwise, is required for the valid authorization, execution, delivery and performance by the Owner of this Agreement.

 

4.             Representations and Warranties of the Company .  The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a banking corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Georgia with full right, corporate, partnership or other applicable power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and

 

3



 

otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or similar action on the part of the Company.  This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

5.             Adjustment for Stock Splits and the Like .  If, from time to time, during the term of the Agreement there is any change affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock as a class that is effected without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, stock split, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, change in corporation structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company), then any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which Owner is entitled by reason of Owner’s ownership of the Covered Securities shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase Option and be included in the term “Covered Securities” for all purposes of the Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Covered Securities presently subject to the Repurchase Option, but only to the extent the Covered Securities are, at the time, covered by such Repurchase Option.  While the total purchase price for the Covered Securities shall remain the same after each such event, the purchase price per Covered Securities upon exercise of the Repurchase Option shall be appropriately adjusted.

 

6.             General Provisions .

 

(a)           This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Georgia.  This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the repurchase of the Covered Securities by the Company and the other transactions contemplated hereby and may be modified or amended only in a writing signed by all parties hereto; provided, however , that any such modification or amendment by the Company shall require the approval or consent of a majority of the then serving independent directors of the Company.

 

(b)           It is expressly agreed between the parties that money damages are inadequate to compensate the Company for the Covered Securities and that the Company shall, upon proper exercise of the Repurchase Option, be entitled to specific enforcement of its rights to purchase and receive said Covered Securities.

 

(c)           This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Facsimile transmission of signatures shall be deemed originals.

 

(d)           Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or deposited in the U.S. mail, first class, certified or registered, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of this Agreement or such other address as a party may designate by notifying the other in writing.

 

4



 

(e)           Neither the Company nor the Owner shall have the right to assign any of its rights or obligations pursuant to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however , that any such assignment by the Company shall require the consent of a majority of the then serving independent directors of the Company. This Agreement shall be assumed by and shall be binding upon any successor to the Company.  To the extent the Company completes a reorganization where the Common Stock is exchanged for securities of a newly formed holding company of the Company, the obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall then become the obligations of the newly formed holding company of the Company, and the securities of the newly formed holding company issued in exchange for the Covered Securities shall be subject to this Agreement.

 

(f)            Any party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement, except for the exercise by the Company of its Repurchase Option set forth in Section 1(b), shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent the party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.  The rights granted the parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of any party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

 

(g)           The Company and the Owner agree, upon request, to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.

 

(h)           The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement.  In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as it was drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

5



 

EXECUTION PAGE

TO THE

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

321 Fullington Avenue

 

 

Pinehurst, Georgia 31070

 

 

 

 

OWNER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 


Exhibit 10.11

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

                THIS PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of July 24, 2009, by and between State Bank and Trust Company, a Georgia state bank (the “ Company ”), and                                 , an individual resident of the State of Georgia (the “ Owner ”).

 

                WHEREAS, the Owner is the current holder of that certain Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of State Bank and Trust Company (the “ Warrant ”) to purchase 400,521 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Common Stock ”) at $10.00 per share; and

 

                WHEREAS, the Owner has agreed to grant the Company certain repurchase rights with respect to both (i) the Warrant (and the shares of Common Stock then issuable pursuant to the Warrant), and (ii) the shares of Common Stock that have been issued to the Owner upon partial or complete exercise of the Warrant (the “ Exercised Common Shares ” and together with the Warrant, the “ Covered Securities ”) on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

                NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

                1.             Repurchase Option .

 

                (a)           “Triggering Event” means the date on which the second of two of the three executive officers of the Company set forth on attached Exhibit A (each, an “ Executive Officer ”) ceases to be employed by the Company because of (i) the Company’s termination of the Executive Officer’s employment from the Company for “Cause” pursuant to such Executive Officer’s Employment Agreement with the Company (each, the “ Executive Officer Employment Agreement ”), or (ii) the Executive Officer’s termination of Executive Officer’s employment with the Company without “Cause” pursuant to such Executive Officer’s Employment Agreement.  Termination of an Executive Officer’s employment by the Company for “Cause” or by an Executive Officer without “Cause” under this Agreement shall occur, if and only if, the termination of such Executive Officer is established under such conditions pursuant to such Executive Officer’s own Purchase Agreement similar to this Agreement with the Company.  A copy of each Executive Officer’s Purchase Agreement and each Executive Officer’s Employment Agreement was delivered to Owner prior to the execution of this Agreement.

 

                (b)           In the event that a Triggering Event occurs, the Company shall, from the date thereof, have an option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of ninety (90) days after the Triggering Event (the “ Repurchase Period ”) to repurchase any or all of the Covered Securities.  The repurchase price(s) for the Covered Securities is set forth in Section 1(c) below.  The Company’s decision to elect to exercise the Repurchase Option shall be made by a majority of the then serving independent directors of the Company (for purposes of this Agreement, “independent directors” shall be those members of the board of directors who are not executive

 



 

officers of the Company).  If the Company elects to exercise the Repurchase Option, it shall be exercised by the Company by written notice to the Owner, which notice shall specify the number of Covered Securities and the time, date (not later than thirty (30) days from the date of the Company’s notice) and place for the closing of the repurchase of the Covered Securities.  Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the purchase price in accordance with the terms herewith, and delivery by the Owner of the Warrant and the stock certificates evidencing the Exercised Common Shares, if any, the Owner shall no longer be the legal or beneficial owner of the Covered Securities being repurchased and all rights and interests therein or relating thereto shall terminate such that the Covered Securities will no longer be outstanding.

 

                (c)           (i) The purchase price for the Warrant being repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 1(b) above shall be equal to $2.00 per each share of Common Stock that remains issuable upon exercise of the Warrant at the time of the Repurchase Option;

 

                                (ii) The purchase price for each Exercised Common Share being repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 1(b) above shall be equal to $12.00 per Exercised Common Share.

 

                (d)           The purchase price shall be paid at the Company’s option by delivery of cash or a check in the amount of the purchase price.

 

                (e)           In the event that the Repurchase Option is triggered pursuant to a Triggering Event and the Company fails to exercise the Company’s option for the repurchase of any or all of the Covered Securities then subject to the Repurchase Option and upon the expiration of the Repurchase Period, any and all such Covered Securities not repurchased by the Company shall be released from the Repurchase Option.

 

(f)            Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company’s Repurchase Option shall expire as follows: (i) one-third (1/3 rd ) of the Covered Securities shall be released from the Repurchase Option on the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement; (ii) one-third (1/3 rd ) of the Covered Securities shall be released on the second anniversary of this Agreement; and (iii) the last one-third (1/3 rd ) of the Covered Securities shall be released on the third anniversary of this Agreement; provided, further , the Company’s Repurchase Option with respect to the Covered Securities shall automatically expire upon a “Change in Control” of the Company (as hereinafter defined) and all obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall terminate.  A “Change in Control” of the Company under this Agreement shall occur, if and only if, a “Change in Control” of the Company is established pursuant to any Executive Officer Employment Agreement.

 

(g)           The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Owner’s Covered Securities then subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option hereunder pursuant to Section 1(f) above, and any certificates evidencing the Covered Securities shall be endorsed with the legend set forth in Section 3(b) below.

 

                2.             Restriction on Transfer .  None of the Covered Securities or any beneficial interest therein may at any time be assigned, transferred, sold, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or

 

2



 

otherwise disposed of in any way by the Owner (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) until the release of such Covered Securities from the Repurchase Option in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.  Additionally, none of the Covered Securities shall be assigned, transferred, sold, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of except in compliance with the provisions herein and applicable securities laws and any permitted transferee of any or all of the Covered Securities shall be required, as a condition to such transfer, to agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement to the same extent as is the person making such transfer.  Any purported transfer of shares of Covered Securities in violation of this Agreement shall be void and shall not transfer any interest or title to any Covered Securities to the purported transferee. The Company shall be under no obligation to recognize any such transfer in violation of this Agreement.

 

                3.             Representations and Warranties of the Owner .

 

                (a)           The Owner understands that the Covered Securities have not been registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or under the securities acts or laws of any state in reliance upon exemptions under those acts, and that the Covered Securities must be held indefinitely unless the transfer thereof is subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from registration is available.

 

                (b)           The Owner acknowledges that the certificates evidencing the Covered Securities shall be endorsed with a legend, in addition to any other legends required by this Agreement or any other agreement to which the Covered Securities are subject, substantially as follows:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND TO THE RESTRICTIONS CONTAINED THEREIN, INCLUDING RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER.  A COPY OF THE AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED TO ANY INTERESTED PARTY UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, WITHOUT CHARGE.

 

                (c)           The Owner understands and agrees that neither the Company nor any agent of the Company shall be under any obligation to recognize and transfer any of the Covered Securities if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such transfer would result in violation by the Company of any federal or state law with respect to the offering, issuance or sale of securities.

 

                (d)           The Owner is an individual with the legal capacity, power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and otherwise to carry out his obligations hereunder, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Owner of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Owner.  This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Owner, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Owner, enforceable against the Owner in accordance with its terms.

 

3



 

                (e)           The Owner is the sole owner of the Warrant free and clear of any liens, security interests, pledges or encumbrances of any kind, and no liens, security interests, pledges or encumbrances of any kind are contemplated as of the date hereof.

 

                (f)            No authorization, consent, approval or other order of, or declaration to or filing with, any governmental agency or body or other person, spousal or otherwise, is required for the valid authorization, execution, delivery and performance by the Owner of this Agreement.

 

                4.             Representations and Warranties of the Company .  The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a banking corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Georgia with full right, corporate, partnership or other applicable power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or similar action on the part of the Company.  This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

                5.             Adjustment for Stock Splits and the Like .  If, from time to time, during the term of the Agreement there is any change affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock as a class that is effected without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, stock split, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, change in corporation structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company), then any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which Owner is entitled by reason of Owner’s ownership of the Covered Securities shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase Option and be included in the term “Covered Securities” for all purposes of the Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Covered Securities presently subject to the Repurchase Option, but only to the extent the Covered Securities are, at the time, covered by such Repurchase Option.  While the total purchase price for the Covered Securities shall remain the same after each such event, the purchase price per Covered Securities upon exercise of the Repurchase Option shall be appropriately adjusted.

 

                6.             General Provisions .

 

                (a)           This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Georgia.  This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the repurchase of the Covered Securities by the Company and the other transactions contemplated hereby and may be modified or amended only in a writing signed by all parties hereto; provided, however , that any such modification or amendment by the Company shall require the approval or consent of a majority of the then serving independent directors of the Company.

 

                (b)           It is expressly agreed between the parties that money damages are inadequate to compensate the Company for the Covered Securities and that the Company shall, upon proper

 

4



 

exercise of the Repurchase Option, be entitled to specific enforcement of its rights to purchase and receive said Covered Securities.

 

                (c)           This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Facsimile transmission of signatures shall be deemed originals.

 

                (d)           Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or deposited in the U.S. mail, first class, certified or registered, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of this Agreement or such other address as a party may designate by notifying the other in writing.

 

                (e)           Neither the Company nor the Owner shall have the right to assign any of its rights or obligations pursuant to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however , that any such assignment by the Company shall require the consent of a majority of the then serving independent directors of the Company. This Agreement shall be assumed by and shall be binding upon any successor to the Company.  To the extent the Company completes a reorganization where the Common Stock is exchanged for securities of a newly formed holding company of the Company, the obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall then become the obligations of the newly formed holding company of the Company, and the securities of the newly formed holding company issued in exchange for the Covered Securities shall be subject to this Agreement.

 

                (f)            Any party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement, except for the exercise by the Company of its Repurchase Option set forth in Section 1(b), shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent the party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.  The rights granted the parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of any party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

 

                (g)           The Company and the Owner agree, upon request, to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.

 

                (h)           The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement.  In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as it was drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

5



 

EXECUTION PAGE

TO THE

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

STATE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Joseph W. Evans

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Address:

321 Fullington Avenue

 

 

Pinehurst, Georgia 31070

 

 

 

 

OWNER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

 

Name

 

Office

 

 

 

Kim Michael Childers

 

President and Chief Credit Officer

Joseph W. Evans

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

J. Daniel Speight

 

Vice Chairman, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

 


EXHIBIT 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of State Bank Financial Corporation

 

State Bank and Trust Company